THE

JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

BOTANY.

VOL, XXXVIII.,

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND СО,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1907-1909.

Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume.

No. 263, pp. 1- 80, published July 11, 1907.
» 264, , 81-197, » . October 14, 1907.

» 265, » 198-289, " January 11, 1908.
» 266, » 290-386, » June 3, 1908.
» 267, „ 887-894, » October 13, 1908.

„ 395-495, ^ February 15, 1909.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

LIST OF PAPERS.

da wa
ARBER, E. А. NEwELL, M.A., F.L.S., Demonstrator in Paleobotany, Trinity mee
College, Cambridge, and Јонх PARKIN, M.A., F.L.S., Trinity College,
Cambridge.
On the Origin of Angiosperms. (With 4 text-figures.) ....... eee 29-80

BAKER, E. G., F.L.S.
An Account of the Plants collected on Mt. Ruwenzori by Dr. А. F.
В. Wollaston. (See Кехрі, Dr. А. B.) emn 228-219

СнЕЕЗМАХ, W. N., F.L.S.
A Contribution to the Mycology of South Africa, With a Note on the
Coprophilous Fungi by Tuomas GIBBS. (Plate 36) ..............: 408-417

СніРР, Т. Е.
A Revision of the Genus Codonopsis, Wall. (Communicated by
W. Воттіхс Немзьву, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (With 4 text-figures.) ... 374-391

Сіоххіхотом, Dr. W. А. (See Rennie, Dr. A. B., and West, G. 8.)

Dunn, SrerHen TnovrE, B.A., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Botanieal and
Forestry Department, Hongkong, China.

A Revision of the Genus Jiligera, Blume ............ n 290-297
А Botanical Expedition to Central Fokien _................... е. 350-373

+

IV

Pages
Ewart, ALFRED Ja DSc, F.L.&., Government Botanist to the State of
Victoria,
The Systematic Position of Hectorella cespitosa, Hook. f. (With 1 text-
figure) Lise RE 1-3

Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., F.R.S.

Altitude and Distribution of Plants in Southern Mexico. (Communicated
by Dr. A. В. RENDLE, M.A., F.L.S.) (With 2 diagrams.) ......... 429-440

Сиввз, Tuomas. See CHEESMAN, W. N.

Gibson, R. J. Harvey, M.A., F.LS.

Reports on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea.
IX. Ав. ПОА 441-445

Havara, Bunzo (Tokyo).
On some new Species of Conifers from the Island of Formosa. (Commu-
nicated by W. Вотттхс Немзиву, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 22 & 23) 297-300

Hemsiey, W. Bortixe, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Platanthera chlorantha, Custor, var, iricalearata, Hemsl. (Plate 1) ... 3-5

Another Specimen of Platanthera chlorantha with Three Spurs. (With

2 text-figures.) лыла... 391-394
— Communications by (Hayata) 297-300 ; (Chipp) 374-391,
Нотснтузох, J.
Gardenia Thunbergia and its Allies. (See Srapr, Dr. OTTO) ......... 417—428

MASTERS, Dr. MaxwELL T., F.R.S., F.L.S., Corresponding Member of the
Institute of France (Académie des Sciences).
On the Distribution of the Species of Conifers in the severa] Districts of
China, and on the Occurrence of the same Species in neighbouring
Countries 2d 198-205

Moore, S. Le M.

An Aceount of the Plants collected on МЕ, Ruwenzori by Dr. А. Е.
В. Wollaston. (See Renpue, Dr, A. B.) уул... 228-279

Pages
Parkin, Јонх, M.A., F.L.S.
On the Origin of Angiosperms. (See ARBER, E. А. NEWELL) ...... 29-80
Rew, Crement, F.R.S., F.L.S., and ELEANOR M. Rem, B.Sc.
On the Pre-Glacial Flora of Britain. (Plates 11-15)... 206-227
Rei, ErnrANon M., B.Sc.
On the Pre-Glacial Flora of Britain. (See REID, CLEMENT.) .... 206-227

On a Method of Disintegrating Peat and other Deposits containing

Fossil Seeds. (Communicated by CLEMENT Rar, F.R.S., F.L.S.)... 454-47

Вехрте, Dr. A. B., M.A., F.L.S.
General Report upon the Botanical Results of the "Third Tanganyika
Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904—1905 ...... 18-28

Вехи, Dr. А. B., M.A., F.L.5., E. С. Bager, F.L.S., and 5. Le M. Moore,
B.Sc., F.L.8.
An Account of the Plants collected on Mt. Ruwenzori by Dr. A. F.
R. Wollaston. (Plates 16-19)... 228-219

— See Gadow, H.

Бірін, H. N., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.5., assisted by other Botanists.

On a Collection of Plants by H. C. Robinson and L. Wray from Gunong
301-336

Tahan, Pahang.... eene

Robinson, H. C. (See Крку, Н. №.)

Srarr, Dr. Отто, F.L.S., Principal Assistant, Herbarium, Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew.

Hallieracantha, a new Genus of Acanthaceg синее 6-17
Srapr, Dr. Отто, F.L.S., and J. HUTCHINSON.

Gardenia Thunbergia and its Allies. (Plate 87) Hn 417—428
Surron, Автнок W., F.L.5.

Brassica Crosses, (Plates 24-85)... bin 337-849

Notes on some Wild Forms and Species of Tuber-bearing Solanums.
(Plates 38-49) ................... eee eee eee ee EEE 446-453

vi
Pages

West, G. S., M.A., A.R.CS., F.L.S., Lecturer in Botany, Birmingham
University.
Report on the Freshwater Algæ, including Phytoplankton, of the Third

Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-
I" 81-197

1905. (Plates 2-10)
279-289

rs

WILLIAMS, FREDERIC N., F.LS.
The Caryophyllacew of Tibet ................................................ 395 -407

Worrasrox, Dr. A. Е. В. (See Rendue, Dr. A. B.)

Wray, L. (See Ңтрцкү, Н. N.)

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLANKTON from Nyasa.
Victoria Nyanza.

” ”

" ‚„ Tanganyika.

74 AFRICAN Ае ж.

11. \
12. |
13. + Tug PnE-GrAcIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

d
y VEGETATION ОЕ Mr. RUWENZORI.
|
|

20.
1 j CRITICAL GREEN ALG.

92. PINUS FORMOSANA, Hayata.

93. CuNNINGHAMIA Кохтзни, Hayata.,
24. |

25.
26.
27.
28.
29. BRASSICA CROSSES.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.

35

|
|
|
|
|

PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA var. TRICALCARATA.

viii

PLATE
36. COPRINUS ОнкквмАхт, Gibbs,
37. GARDENIA SUBACAULIS, Stapf & Hutch,
38. SoLANUM MAGLIA, Schlecht.
39. Уоглхом Соммевзохи, Dun. (white-flowered form).
40. “ Soranum Соммевзохи ‘ Violet,’ " Labergerie.
41. PAvtsen’s “ Brue Grant” Ротато.
42. BoLANUM Соммевзохи, Dun. (white-flowered form).
43. “ SonANUM СоммЕввзохи ‘ Violet,’ ” Labergerie.
44. PaursEN's “ BnvE Giant " Potato.
45. SoLANUM TUBEROSUM, Linn., var.
46. SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl.
47. SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl. (white-flowered seedling).
48. SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl, (lilae-flowered seedling),
49. PoLLEN of various Species of Solanum.

ERRAT A.

Расе
19, line 16, for Wolfia read Wolfia.
55, lines 10 & 12, for Ward read nob.
56, line 38, , " "RN
59, lines 35 & 36, ,, » "RN
92, line 2 from bottom, for nodosum read nodiferum.

92, , 2 , » for Cymbella read Cocconema.

96, „ T 4, » or Gay read Е. Gay.

96, , 23 , » for Roy. read Roy

208, 4, 3 ,, » for Rupprechti read Principis-Ruppreehti.

229, . 30, for pileatum read plicatum.

231, , 16, for aculeatum read aculeastrum.

246, 2, for Cassus read Cissus,

252, ,, 15, for [RISTEMMA read TRISTEMMA,

288, bottom line, read Füllemann.

294, line 5, for .— dubia, read .— I. dubia,

294, „ 26, reed 3. I. MEYENIANA, Kunth, and delete I. TERNATA, Dunn.
800, ,, 16 et seqq., see cancel-page, issued with No. 967.

333, p 18, for BRUNONIS read BRUNONIS,

354, , 17, for fusca read fuscata.

371, „ 6, for Brown read №. В. Dr.

399, ,, 7, for Pulica vend bulica, Stapf.

410, ,, 15, for SANGUINEUS, Fr., read saNGUINEUS, G. Е, W. Meyer.
422, 31, for lavendulacea read lavandulifolium.,

442. „ 27, for DICTOSPHÆRIA read DICTYOSPHÆRIA,

Jury 11. . Price 1з.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No.

k

263.

CONTENTS.

I. The Systematic Position of Hectorella cespitosa, Hook. f. By
ALFRED J. Ewart, D.Sc., F.L.S., Government Botanist to the
State of Victoria (with 1 text-figure) ........ enn

IL Platanthera chlorantha, Custor, var. tricalcarata, Hemsl. By
W. Borrine Hemsury, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Plate 1.) неее

ТП. Hallieracantha,a New Genus of Acanthaceæ. By Dr. Отто Starr,
F.L.S., Principal Assistant, Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens,
Ew АА E E аас E T E
IV. General Report upon the Botanical Results of the Third Tanganyika
Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904 and 1905.
By Dr. А. В. Rennie, Е.Г.В. een а

V. On the Origin of Angiosperms. By E. A. NEWELL ARBER, M.A.,
F.L.S., Trinity College, Cambridge, University Demonstrator in
Paleobotany, and JogN PARKIN, M.A., F.L.S., Trinity College,
Cambridge. (With 4 text-figures) .... eene

LONDON:

SULD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY b Ў
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., Bi |
| AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1907.

Page

18

г?

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1907.

PRESIDENT.
Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Lt.-Col, D. Prain, F.R.S.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Dr. A. B. Rendle.
TREASURER.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES.
Dr. D. H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S. | Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.
V. H. Blackman, M.A. Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S.
Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq. Prof. Е. B. Poulton, F.R.s.
Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Sc. Lt.-Col. D. Prain, F.R.S.
Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. A. B. Rendle, D.Sc.
Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A. Miss Ethel Sargant.
G. Herbert Fowler, Ph.D. Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S,
Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Otto Stapf, Ph.D.
Prof. James Peter Hill. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D. Prof. Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. A. Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.
LIBRARIAN. | CLERK.

A. W. Kappel. | Р. Е. Visick,

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

The Committee meets as required during the Session. The Members for 1906-1907

in addition to the Officers, are :—

Herbert Druce, F.Z.S. A. G. Tansley, M.A.
Antony Gepp, M.A. F. N. Williams, Esq.
Dr. G. Henderson. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

Dr. Otto Stapf. |

3

%

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

(BOTANY.)

The Sys matic Position of Hectorella cespitosa, Hook. f. By ALFRED J.
Ewart, D.Sc., F.L.S., Government Botanist to the State of Victoria.

(With 1 Text-figure.)
[Read 1st November, 1906.]

Tuis interesting little plant from New Zealand was placed by Sir J. D. Hooker
among the Portulacaces», although he considered it to be allied to no other
genus (in this Order), and was aware of its strong resemblance in habit to
Lyallia among the Alsinoidex-Polycarpee group of the СагуорһуПасеғ.
Mr. Petrie collected a large quantity of this plant in flower and fruit, and
forwarded the same to the late Baron von Mueller, who apparently was
unable to subject the material to more than a superficial examination.

The fruits were unknown to Hooker, although Pax, in Engler's * Pflanzen-
familien? (11. 1b, р. 58), gives the carpels as containing 4 to 5 ovules, of
which a fewer number ripen in the fruit.

The following is a verified and slightly modified description from the MS.
of the late Baron von Mueller :—

“ Ripe fruit almost globular or somewhat turbinate, membranous, nearly
as long as the sepals, and hence slightly shorter than the petals, retaining the
style and stigmas for some time, bursting by irregular valves at the apex, and
measuring about 4 of an inch. Ripe seeds 2 to 4, ovate roundish, slightly
compressed, smooth outside, shining black, about , inch long. Endosperm
scanty, curved embryo, the ends not meeting, and the cotyledons hardly
longer than the radicle.”

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. B

bo

DR. А J. EWART ON HECTORELLA CSPITOSA.

There is nothing in this description to connect Hectorella any more definitely
with the Portulacacese than with the Alsinoidee-Polycarpes. The chief
distinction lies in the fact that in Lyallia the pair of leaves just beneath the
base of the perianth are considered to be prophylls, and in Hectorella sepals.
The latter is, however, an error. Of the two supposed “sepals” one can
usually be seen to arise at a slightly higher level than the other as in Lyallia,
while the vascular bundles are inserted obliquely and distinctly below the
origin of those which run to the perianth and stamens. In the figure here
given the line a а gives the point at which the perianth-segments usually
separate, b b the level of the thalamus. The “sepals” are inserted below b 0,
and at or above с с. The vascular bundles of the stamens and petals vary
as regards their exaet origin in different flowers, but always diverge abruptly
at the apex of the flattened flower-stalk, forming a distinct group of bifurca-
tions well above the point of origin of the vascular bundles of the sepals, and
splitting up at once or after a slight preliminary branching in the fused base

of the perianth. In the figure of the flower given by Pax (l. e. p. 53, fig. 20),
the close relation of the prophylls to the flower is somewhat exaggerated,
and the bluntly-pointed tips of the petals and their slight concavity are not
shown, so that the flower appears more widely dissimilar from that of Lyallia
than it really is.

In regard to the stamens, Pax doubts whether they really alternate with
the perianth-segments, as stated by Hooker. The latter author is, however,
correct, as the term is ordinarily understood, although when the vascular
bundles of stamen and perianth-segment have a short common branch, that
from the stamen may be seen to twist laterally and join the common branch
from the inside, as though antipetalous, in cleared and mounted preparations
showing no signs of lateral distortion. Out of the large number of flowers
examined all but two had 5 stamens, the exceptions having 6 and 7 respec-
tively, and the extra stamens being opposite to the “ petals” at their junction
with the perianth-tube. In regard to the stigmas, Hooker and also Pax
give the number as from 1 to 3. Out of several dozen flowers examined, all
but 1 had two stigmas only, the exceptional flower having one of its stigmatic

MR. HEMSLEY ON PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA, VAR. TRICALCARATA, 3

lobes partially split. Before the stigmas separate there appears to be oneonly,
but Hooker's 1 to 315 probably a misprint for 2 (as in Lyallia), very rarely 3.

Altogether there сап be no doubt that Hectorella cwspitosa and Lyallia
kerguelensis are closely related plants, the former being the more primitive
type, and being still in a plastic condition as regards its flower. — Zectorella is
peeuliar in having lost or never having developed its petals. In the former
case an outer, and in the latter case an inner row of 5 stamens has probably
been lost. In Lyallia the reduction is carried further, the seeds being
reduced usually to 1, the stamens to 3, and the perianth-segments to 4, and
being more distinetly united at their bases. It is worthy of note that
gamophylly, indicating as it does floral specialization, is very commonly
coupled with a reduction in the number of stamens.

If we include Hectorella with the Alsinoides-Polycarpes: along with
Lyallia and Pycnophyllum, the question at once arises as to whether the
“ sepals” in the Portulacacez as a whole are not capable of the same inter-
pretation, in which case it would be difficult to avoid including the
Portulacaceze as a sub-group of the Caryophyllacese. That is, however, a
matter for further discussion.

/
DLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA, Custgr, var. TRICALCARATA, Hemsl.

Ву W. Borrixa Нему, F.R.S., F.L.S.
(PLATE 1.)
[ Read 17th January, 1907.)

In June 1906, Miss D. В. Wilson, of Pax, Sherborne, Dorset, sent to Kew
a painting of a British Orchid, which she at first took to be Platanthera
bifolia, but she afterwards came to the conclusion that it could not be that
plant, because it was so different in floral structure. Awaiting a reply,
Miss Wilson had fortunately preserved the specimen in water, and offered to
send it to Kew if required. Naturally the offer was accepted, and Miss M.
Smith has made the more detailed drawings which I now exhibit and fully
illustrate the nature of the morphological transformation which the flowers
have undergone. But before describing it I will give Miss Wilson's original
note :—“ I enclose a painting of an orchid which I found on June 12th, and
which I cannot identify. It was growing among Butterfly, Tway-blade, and
Spotted Orchis in a grass drive along the border of a wood. It is sweet-
scented, like Habenaria bifolia, and at first sight I took it for that plant. On
examination, however, I saw that it had three spurs, very narrow sepals, and
the two lateral petals curved back like horns. The flowers are also tilted
upwards, so that the lip turns up, the spurs down, and the central parts lie
horizontal, not perpendieular as in other orchids."
B 2

4 MR. HEMSLEY ON PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA, VAR. TRICALCARATA.

Well, there is no doubt that it is an abnormal condition or variety of
Platanthero, bifolia, as limited by some botanists; but I prefer treating
P. bifolia and P. chlorantha as species, and I regard the plant in question as
belonging to the latter, though the anther-cells are parallel. It presents а
very rare kind of metamorphosis, namely the metamorphosis of the lateral or
paired sepals into spurred organs of which the limb is unlike the lip. The
only other similar instance 1 find recorded is of Orchis pyramidalis, L.
( Anacamptis pyramidalis, Rich.), by Dr. Faggioli (Atti del Congresso Botanico
Internazionale di Genova, 1892, p. 521, t. 19. ff. 11-13). I say similar,
because the limb of the spurred sepals in the Orchis is enlarged, two-lobed,
and the pose normal ; that is, the ovary is twisted, so that the lip is lowermost.

Miss Wilson's specimen of Platanthera chlorantha, var. tricalcarata was
about 22 em. high, but only the inflorescence was saved. It bore ten flowers,
all of which are modified in exaetly Ше same way, and they are larger than
ordinary P. bifolia.

Description.—Ovary straight. Odd sepal about 6 mm. long, broad in the
lower part, then abruptly constricted and almost linear in the upper part,
which is incurved over the column, with the margins recurved. Paired sepals
spurred; spur cylindrical, acute, about 2 cm. long when stretched out, spreading
at a right angle from the lip, curved upwards and towards the Пр and forming
almost a semicircle with the tip nearly as high as the orifice; limb horizontal
in relation to the spur, sickle-shaped with the curve away from the lip, acute,
about 1 ст. long. Petals very similar to the odd sepal, but oblique at the
base with a rounded auricle extended in the direction of the lip, narrowed
upwards and connivent with the odd sepal, tip incurved. Lip uppermost ;
limb ligulate, about 1 em. long, nearly equal in width throughout, very obtuse
and bearing one small tubercle on each side at the base ; spur cylindrical or
slightly compressed, about 2:3 em. long, thickened below the middle, some-
what acute, curved away from the axis. Staminodia 2, small, adnate to the
column at the base of each anther-cell, papillose at the top. Column relatively
large and broad. — Anther-cells distant, parallel. Caudicle nearly as long as
the anther, attached to a circular gland.

From the foregoing description and the accompanying figures, it will be
perceived that nearly all parts of the three-spurred flower are more or less
modified, in response, apparently, to the chief modification, which occupies a
larger basal area than the normal paired sepals. It is also evident that the
abnormally modified flower presents one at least of the characters commonly
supposed to be peculiar to P. bifolia, and that is the parallel anther-cells. But
this modification may be a part of the general deviation from the normal
condition, because the three-spurred variety has the long caudicle and circular
gland of normal P. chlorantha.

The flowers of Orchids present probably a greater variety of deviations
from the ordinary or normal structure than any other natural order of plants,

Hemsley.

LINN. Soc. Journ. Bot VoL. XXXVIIL Pl 4.

M.Smith del.
J.N.Fitch lith.

PLATANTHERA

West, Newman imp.

CHLORANTHA var. TRICALCARATA.

MR. HEMSLEY ON PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA, VAR. TRICALCARATA. 5

which may perhaps be accounted for by the fact that the ordinary structure
is very unusual owing to the suppression of parts and the singular forms
assumed by those developed. Theoretically the orchid flower consists of a
perianth of six parts, in two series ; of six stamens, in two series; and a
tricarpellary pistil. In the great majority of orchids, including Platanthera,
the six parts of the perianth are all developed, but they often differ very much
in shape in the same series, and one of the inner series differs so much from
the others that it has the distinctive name of lip or labellum. On the other
hand, only one stamen is usually developed. |

Returning to Platanthera bifolia in the broad sense, that is including
P. chlorantha, many deviations from the typical floral structure are on record,
which collectively support the theory explained.

The kind of deviation just described has been designated false or irregular
peloria, because the parts concerned belong to different whorls; that is to say»
two of the spurred organs belong to the sepal-series and one to the petal-series.
True peloria of two kinds has been observed in Platanthera, namely lip-peloria
and petal-peloria, in which the transformed organs, being of the petal-series,
are either like the lip or the lip takes the shape and colouring of the other
two petals. In some instances of petal-peloria six fertile stamens are developed,
thus exhibiting a reversion, may we call it, to the ordinary monocotyledonous
type. Many instances of imperfect peloria are on record, such as the
conversion of one of the paired petals into a lip-like organ, or, as in some
cases, only one half of an organ is affected. As I have no practical knowledge
of anatomical development I will not attempt an explanation of these
phenomena, but I must say that it seems to me very diffieult to explain whence
the sepals in the three-spurred Platanthera derive the material for their extra
development, unless we may assume the foundation of surplus-spur-material.
The staminodes being present, it is not from that source that material is
diverted.

Miss Wilson has written again to say that she found only one spike of the
three-spurred Platanthera, and that was on the fringe of a wood called The
Holts, which Нез along a ridge of hill north of the village of Bishop's Caundle,

about five miles from Sherborne.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.

Figures 1 to 3 are more or less diagrammatic and the pose is not quite natural, as the
median longitudinal plane of the flowers was oblique to the axis.
. 1. A flower attached to the axis, natural size.
>, 2, The same about three times natural size, front view.
3. Back view of the same.

. 4. Odd sepal, very much enlarged.
ig. 5, A petal, very much enlarged.

6. A pollinium and gland, very much enlarged.

clc lc clc
ag dQ O93 953

б DR. ОТТО STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

HazrrzrkRACANTHA, а New Genus of Acanthacem. By Dr. Отто Star, F.L.S.,
Principal Assistant, Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

[ Read 7th February, 1907.]

THE genus Ptyssiglottis was established by T. Anderson? on Fihytiglossa
radicosa, a plant described by Nees* from specimens collected by Champion
in Ceylon. Rhytiglossa comprised originally a few South African species.
Subsequently the genus was considerably enlarged by the addition of other,
mainly American, species, growing thereby rather heterogeneous, and at
present its species are distributed over several genera. There is no doubt
that T. Anderson was perfectly justified in separating the Ceylon species from
Rhytiglossa, in whichever sense that genus may be taken. His description of
Ptyssiglottis is, so far as it goes, unobjectionable. Unfortunately, however,
he adopted Miquel’s* view that the Ceylon Rhytiglossa radicosa of Nees was
identical with the Mostellularia sarmentosa of Zollinger *, an identification
that is difficult to understand, as the description of Rostellularia sarmentosa,
and still more the comparison of the specimens, do not suggest any close
relationship. Miquel’s statement did not remain unchallenged. Bentham °
suggested that the Zostellularia sarmentosa of Java might be specifically
distinct from Ptyssiglottis radicosa, and С. B. Clarke” more emphatically
stated that the former * does not belong here,” viz. to Ptyssiglottis. Notwith-
standing those eritical remarks Ptyssiglottis was generally enumerated as a
monotypic genus inhabiting Ceylon and Java, until, in 1896, Hallier #17
published two new species of Ptyssiglottis from Borneo and several more? in
the following year, also from Borneo. In referring those Borneo species to
Ptyssiglottis, he relied on a rather incomplete specimen of Ptyssiglottis radicosa
in the Buitenzorg Herbarium and Anderson’s description of that plant.
Subsequently he saw the specimens of Ptyssiglottis radicosa in the Kew
Herbarium. Referring to them he said? they were not sufficient to contirm
the placing of his new species from Borneo in Ptyssiglottis.

When some years ago I was working out Haviland’s and Hose’s Acanthacex
from Sarawak, several species which were evidently congeneric with Hallier’s
Ptyssiglottis attracted my attention, but also convinced me of their generic
distinctness from the Ptyssiglottis of Ceylon. This induced me to examine

* In Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. (1860) p. 235.

* In De Candolle's Prodr. vol. xi. (1847) p. 344.

? Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. (1856) p. 825.

+ Ех Nees in De Candolle, 7. с. p. 370.

* In Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. ii. (1876) p. 1118.

° In Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. iv. (1885) р. 544.

7 In Ann. Jard. Buitenz. vol. xiii. (1896) pp. 289-298, t. 23. figs. 2, a-c.
* In Nov. Act. Nat. Сит. lxx. (1898) pp. 212-228, tabb. 9-16.

° In Bull. Herb. Boiss. vol. vi. (1898) p. 622.

A NEW GENUS OF ACANTHACEJE. 7

the whole group, which is fairly well represented at Kew. Through the
courtesy of Professor Radlkofer I had, further, an opportunity of seeing the
originals of Hallier’s Ptyssiglottis so far as they are preserved in the Munich
Herbarium, whilst the late M. Drake del Castillo sent me a fragment of
Zollinger’s original of Rostellularia sarmentosa, of which, moreover, an
excellent duplicate specimen was subsequently discovered by Mr. C. B. Clarke
in the Kew Herbarium, where it had been placed in Justicia.

Rostellularia sarmentosa was easily recognized as a species of Rungia, and
named R. sarmentosa by the late С. B. Clarke. All the Borneo plants described
by Hallier f. as species of Ptyssiglottis were found to be closely connected
members of a very homogeneous group, which, for reasons stated below, could
not well be retained in Ptyssiglottis. On the other hand, the only non-Borneo
Ptyssiglottis described by Hallier, P. picta, a native of North-east Sumatra,
exhibited differences in the pollen, which suggested other affinities. The
material of this species in the Munich Herbarium was, however, too scanty to
warrant a more definite statement. But when last year Mr. C. B. Clarke
examined the Calcutta set of Acanthaces from the Malayan Peninsula, he
found among them several species which he comprised under the new genus
Polytrema, and I have no doubt that Ptyssiglottis picta will have to be referred
to it. If we exclude therefore Ptyssiglottis radicosa and P. picta, all of
Hallier's Ptyssiglottis appear confined to Borneo, and more especially to the
Kapuas Basin of West and Central Borneo. That area is considerably
extended through the accession of not less than ten additional species from
Sarawak, including Brunei and British North Borneo, and one species from
Mindanao. For this group, which thus includes eight species described by
Hallier and eleven to be described below, I propose the name Hallieracantha.
Compared with many other genera of Acanthacez, it has the merit of being
very homogeneous and also of. having a continuous and uniform distribution
area. It is more difficult to define its exact position in the family. Its
relationship with Polytrema is manifest, and botanists who prefer larger
genera with subgenera as subdivisions may feel inclined to reduce Polytrema
to a subgenus of Hallieracantha, as the two genera differ only in the shape of
the corolla, the attachment of the anther-cells on the connective, and the
structure of the pollen. Оп the other hand, the relationship of Hallieracantha
and Ptyssiglottis seems to be much more remote. Ptyssiglottes has been
plaeed by Lindau' near Codonticanthus in Pseuderanthemee, and I would
leave it there for the present; whilst НаШетасат а seems to have more in
common with the Justiciee (Lindau) than with the Pseuderanthemeew ; and
Bentham?, who placed two of Motley's plants which I deseribe below as
Hallieracantha Motleyi and Н. laxa in Dianthera, was not so far wrong. А
closer examination of the very heterogeneous genus Justicia (heterogeneous

1 In Engl. & Prantl, Natürl. Pflanzenf. vol. iv. З b (1895) p. 33
2 In Bentham & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. ii, p. 1114.

8 DR. ОТТО STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

also in regard to pollen-structure) will probably give the key to the phylo-
genetic position of Hallieracantha.

Before proceeding to the purely descriptive part of the paper, I would
indicate the characters which distinguish /Hallieracantha and Ptyssiglottis.
They concern mainly the inflorescence, the corolla, and the pollen. The
inflorescences of НаШетасап а, are axillary or rarely pseudoterminal, loose
or much contracted, and made up of dichotomously arranged dichasia. Those
of Ptyssiglottis are terminal and represent few-flowered, more or less one-
sided racemes. The corolla of Hallieracantha consists of a tube which is
somewhat obliquely widened in the upper part and a typically bilabiate limb,
in most species three to five times shorter than the tube. The upper lip is
very shortly, the lower more deeply lobed, and the latter has two conspicuous
vaulted ridges on the palate. On the other hand, the corolla of Ptyssiglottis
is obliquely companulate, with a very short cylindrical tube at the base ; it
has a wide mouth, and the lobes of the limb are much less unequal than in
Hallieracantha, nor is there a distinct vaulted palate. In Hallieracantha the
stamens spring from the middle of the tube, in Ptyssiglottis the insertion
is considerably lower down. The pollen of Hallieracantha is throughout
ellipsoid, in Ptyssiglottis globose. I may add that the leaves of Ptyssiglottis are
thin and of a texture such as does not occur in Hallieracantha. The
characters given here for Hallieracantha are common to all its species, and
it 1s their constant correlation that marks the genus as distinct from
Ptyssiglottis.

HALLIERACANTHA, Stapf.

Calyæ fere ad basin 5-partitus (rarissime 9-dentatus), segmentis zequalibus
linearibus vel subulatis. Corolla bilabiata ; tubus limbo plerumque 8—5р1о,
rarius tantum 2plo longior, infra medium magis minusve cylindricus, superne
sensim ampliatus; labium superum erectum, emarginatum vel breviter
2-lobum ; labium inferum superum eequans vel subsequans, 3-lobum, lobis
sub:equilongis, lateralibus oblongis vel ovatis, intermedio latiore in alabastro
extimo ; palatum 2-plicato-fornieatum. Stamina 2, medio tubo vel paulo
supra orta, e corollæ tubo vix exserta; filamenta glabra; anther 2-loculares
thecis zequalibus vel rarius inzequalibus oblongis muticis subparallelis dorso
connectivo angusto eadem altitudine (vel una quam altera paulo altius)
adnatis subcontiguis. Pollen ellipsoideus, poris 3 zequatorialibus plieze tenuis-
sime polos haud attingenti impositis plerumque plicis aecessoriis utrinque
singulis additis, exinio tenuissime punctato vel raro levi ; staminodia nulla.
Discus annularis vel breviter tubulosus, ovarium arcte cingens. Ovarium
glabrum vel parce papilloso-pilosulum ; loculi 2-ovulati ; stylus filiformis,
glaber; stigma punctiforme vel paulo dilatatum. Capsula clavata oblonga,
acuminata vel apiculata, ad fere medium solida, coriaceo-indurata. Semina
lenticularia, tenuiter scrobiculata.—Herbæ erecti vel procumbentes, simplices

A NEW GENUS OF ACANTHACES. 9

vel ramosw, isophylle vel anisophylle vel specie alternifolie, Flores minores,
albi palato plerumque luteo. — Inflorescentize azillares vel pseudo-terminales,
plerumque dichotome, ramulis apice dichasia 1-, rarius 2-flora gerentibus, lave
vel admodum abbreviate et tune plerumque ob bracteas dense imbricata strobilos
parvos referentes.

Species 19, in Borneo et (una) in Insulis Philippinis.

Antherarum thecæ valde inzequales; pollinis exinium leve ; plante
isophylle.
Calyx 5-dentatus; inflorescentia longe pedunculata, multiflora,
capituliformis ; herba erecta, elata, undique molliter hirsuta.. 1. Arsuta.
Calyx 5-partitus; inflorescentia modice pedunculata, pauciflora,
laxa; herba prostrata, radicans, subglabra ...... TON 2. auriculata.
Antherarum thecæ æquales; pollinis exinium minute foveolato-
punctatum.
Inflorescentiz pauciflorz, laxe, graciliter pedunculatæ; folia tenuia,
exsiccando viridia; herbs eximie anisophylle vel specie

alternifoliz.
Folia normalia petiolata; folia redacta lamina distincta munita.
Folia redacta uti normalia late lanceolate ................ З. dulcamarioides.
Folia redacta cordato-orbicularia, а normalibus maxime
diversa .................. TC 4. Creaghit.
Folia normalia subsessilia ; folia redacta minuta, subulata .... 5. laxa.

Inflorescentize subsessiles vel breviter pedunculate, contracte, заре
imbricato-squamatie, plerumque sub apice ramulorum florem
1-2 gerentes; folia firma vel crassiuscula (H. leptoneura
excepta), seepissime exsiccando fuscescentia vel nigricantia.
Isophylle.
Folia late vel elliptico-lanceolata, fuscescentia.
Folia 14-20 cm.: 5-6:5 cm., utrinque acuminate ; caulis

glaber...................... AA ee nh nnn 11. psychotrüfolia.
Folia 5-9 cm. : 2-3:5 cm., utrinque acuta ; caulis undique
villosulo-puberulus .................. . 9. Motleyi.
Folia anguste lanceolata, exsiccando fere atra; caulis glaber-
TİMUS ........................ hm mh me 6. salicifolia.
Anisophylle.
Folia redacta lanceolata vel subulata, sepe fugacia; herba
erecti.
Folia normalia 5-13 сш. longa.
Folia lanceolata, acuminata.
Folia crassiuscula; caulis lineis binis puberulis rotata.. 7. lanceolata.

Folia tenuia; caulis glaber ........................ 8. leptoneura.
Коба elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, acuta vel sub-
acuminata ....... MEDIE VN 10. Beccari.

Folia normalia 12-25 ст. longa.
Folia lanceolata, 3-4plo longiora quam lata, costa latiuscula
et uti nervi subtus prominentibus.
Folia pallide viridia, subtus uti caulis (secus lineas binas)
et calyx minute puberula,...,.................. 12. philippinensis.
Folia saturate viridia uti tota planta glabra.......... 13. proeridifolia.

10 DR. OTTO STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

Folia elliptica vel elliptico-lanceolata, 2-2:5pl> longiora
quam lata, costa nervisque tenuibus,
Petioli ad 5 mm. longi; calyx 4-4-5 mm. longus ...... 14. micropollinia.
Petioli 10-17 mm. longi; calyx 7-9 mm. longus.
Folia tenuiter caudato-acuminata ; nervi laterales
utrinque 6-10; vens tenues, laxe anasto-

mosante$ ..,............................. 15. caudata.
Folia acuminata; nervi laterales utrinque. 13-15;
vena prominule, arcte anastomosantes........ 16. frutescens.

Folia redacta rotundata, cordato-ovata (imprimis parium
superiorum) ; herb procumbentes, radicantes.
Folia normalia oblongo-lanceolata, subacuminata ........ 17. dispar.
Folia normalia elliptica, apice obtusa.
Folia normalia basi obtusa, uno latere acuta altero obtusa,
triste viridia, exsiccata cystolithis granulata........ 18. granulata.
Folia normalia basi oblique subcordata, nigrescentia,
bullata, in bullarum centris albo-maculata, exsiccata
cystolithis striolata ............................ 19. anisophylla.

1. Hallieracantha hirsuta, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis hirsuta, Hall. f. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. vol. Ixx. (1898)
p. 217, tab. 14. f, 2.
CENTRAL Вовхко: Upper Kapuas Basin, upper reaches of the Mandae
River; near Nanda Raun, Hallier, B. 2589, and on Mount Liang Gagang,
from the foot to 700 m., in damp shady virgin forest, Hallier, В. 2588!

2. H. auriculata, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis, Hall. f. in Ann. Jard. Buitenz. vol. xiii. (1896) p. 292,
and in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. l. с. p. 219, tab. 14. £. 3.
CENTRAL Borneo: at the foot of Mount K'lamm near Sintang, in shady
bamboo thickets, Hallier, B. 2291!

3. H. dulcamarioides, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba, anisophylla in superiore quidem parte sicca viridis vel fusco- vel
fulvo-viridis. Caulis teres (juniores exsiccando suleati), magis minusve
anfractus, in lineis e commissuris decurrentibus minutissime fulvo-villosulus.
Folia petiolata, lanceolata vel oblongo- vel elliptico-lanceolata, sepe obliqua,
breviter acuminata vel minore вере vix acuminato, basi acuta, majora
7-10 em. longa, 2-4 cm. lata, minora 15-3 em. longa, 0:6-1 сш. lata vel
in paribus inferioribus multo maiora, integra, vel obseure undulata, tenuia,
utrinque glabra, cystolithis minute striolatis, nervis utrinque circiter 6-8
tenuibus valde prorsus curvatis ; petiolus gracilis, foliorum majorum 1-2 ст.
longus. Znjlorescentie pedunculo ad 12 mm. longo tenui suffulte, plerumque
bifurcatee, dense vel laxe bracteate: bracteæ ovato-lanceolatze, acuta,
l-L:5 mm. long, papilloso-pilosule ; pedicelli tenues, ad 4 mm. longa,

A NEW GENUS OF АСАХТНАСЕЖ. 11

patule glanduloso-pilosule. ^ Calyz fere ad basin 5-partitus, 5:5-65 mm.
longus, patule glanduloso-pilosulus, fusco-viridis ; segmenta subulato-linearia.
Corolla 9 mm. longa, extus papillosa ; tubus 6 mm. longus ; labium superum
late ovatum, breviter 2-lobum ; labium inferum supero sublongius, vix ad
medium 3-lobum, lobis lateralibus oblongis, intermedio latissimo rotundato.
Staminum thecæ æquales et æqualiter affixee, basi obtuse vel subacute.
Pollen 42-49 u longus, 28-33 р latus, plicis accessoriis nullis, exinio
tenuissime punctato.
Sarawak: near Kuching, Haviland, 792! 3512!

4. H. Creaghii, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba erecta, anisophylla, sicca triste viridis. Caulis subteres, superne
suleatus, in lineis binis e commissuris decurrentibus minutissime puberulus,
demum glabratus. Folia normalia petiolata, late lanceolata vel elliptico-
lanceolata, utrinque acuminata, 12-18 cm. longa, 3-6 em. lata, supra glabra,
cystolithis striolata, subtus in nervis (basin versus quidem) minute papilloso-
pubescentia nervis lateralibus utrinque 7-8 uti venis tenuibus ; petiolus ad
10 mm. longus, minute pubescens ; folia redacta rotundato-ovata vel orbicu-
laria, basi cordata, 3-4 mm. longa, subsessilia. Injlorescentie pallide virides,
pedunculo gracili ad 2:5 ст. longo suffultæ, bifureate, laxæ, undique
puberule ; bracteæ lineari-lanceolate, acute, ad 2*5 mm. longe; pedicelli
3 mm. longi. Caly fere ad basin 5-partitus, 4 mm. longus, glanduloso-
puberulus ; segmenta lineari-subulata, acuta. Corolla 12-15 mm. longa,
extus glabra ; tubus 9 mm. longus ; labium superum late ovatum, breviter
bilobum ; labium inferum supero zequilongum, profunde 3-lobum, lobis latera-
libus oblongis obtusis quam intermedio rotundato-ovato multo angustioribus.
Staminum есе squales, una quam altera paulo altius affixa, subparallel:e,
1 mm. longs, inferior basi acuta; pollen 50-53 р longus, 35 p latus, plicis
accessoriis tenuissimis utrinque vel in uno latere tantum singulis, exinio
tenuissime punctato.

British Хоктн Borneo: Sandakan District, Creagh !

5. H. laxa, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Syn. Dianthera sp., Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. ii.
p. 1114.

Herba erecta, 15—35 cm. alta, ob folium alterum uniuscuiusque paris
rudimentarium subulatum deciduum specie alternifolia, sicca lete viridi.
Caulis teres, glaber vel in lineis binis e commissuris decurrentibus tenuissimis
brevissime villosulus. Folia normalia brevissime petiolata vel sessilia, oblonga
vel elliptico-oblonga, interdum obliqua, acuminata, basi acuta, 9-13 em. longa,
3—4:5 cm. lata, glabra, tenuia, cystolithis inconspicuis striolata, nervis tenuibus
lateralibus utrinque circa 7 valde prorsus curvatis ; petiolus nullus, raro
1-1:5 mm.longus. Inflorescentie pedunculo tenui ad 2:5 em. longo suffultze,

12 DR. OTTO STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

plerumque bifurcatze, sæpe laxæ, ramis ad 12 mm. longis vel brevibus, inter-
nodiis 1-4 mm. longis ; bracteze lanceolate, acutz, 1-13 mm. long, virides,
glabro ; pedicelli ad 3:5 mm. longi. Сайа fere ad basin 5-partitus, ad 5 mm.
longus, viridis, glanduloso-puberulus ; segmenta subulata, acuta. Corolle
20 mm. longa ; tubus 7 mm. longus ; labium superum late ovatum, breviter
2-lobum ; labium inferum supero paulo longius, ultra medium 3-lobum, lobis
lateralibus oblongis quam intermedio rotundato-ovato multo angustioribus.
Staminum thecæ squales, subsequaliter ах, 1:6 mm. longs, basi obtuse.
Pollen 45-46 p longus, 25-35 p latus, plicis accessoriis nullis, exinio tenuissime
punetato.
ГАВОАХ : Kolong Kolong hills, in deep shade, Motley ! Barber, 334 !

6. Н. salicifolia, Stap/ (sp. nov.).

Herba erecta, ramosa, isophylla, calycibus exceptis glaberrima, sicca
nigricans vel fere atra. Caulis subteres. Folia petiolata, lanceolata, tenuiter
longe acuminata, basi acuta, 7-12 cm. longa, L:5-2:5 em. lata, crassiuscula,
cystolithis inconspieuis multo-striolata, nervis lateralibus tenuibus utrinque
6-7 valde curvatis ; petiolus ad 1 cm. longus, gracilis. — Znfforescentic:
brevissimz, simplices vel furcatz, pedunculo ad 6 mm. longo ваше,
densissime bracteatz ; bracteze lanceolato-subulate, acute, 3 mm. long,
nigricantes ; pedicelli tenues, circiter 2 mm. longi. Calyx fere ad basin
9-partitus, 10-12 mm. longus ; segmenta linearia, acuta, apice pilosula.
Corolla 13-14 mm. longa, glabra ; tubus 8 mm. longus, labium superum late
ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum supero equilongum, breviter 3-lobum,
lobis lateralibus ovato-oblongis quam intermedio rotundato vix longioribus.
Staminum thecæ æquales, subæqualiter affixæ, parallelæ, basi obtusæ. Pollen
49-55 ш longus, 35-36 ш latus, plicis accessoriis utrinque singulis, exinio
minutissime punctato. Capsula oblonga, acuta acuminata, stipite paulo
breviore crassiusculo incluso 12-14 cm. longa. Semina 2:5 mm. longa.

Sarawak : Mount Buan, on limestone, Haviland, 2032 !

7. Н. lanceolata, Stapf.

Syn. Ptyssiglottis lancéolata, Hall. f. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. vol. Ixx.
(1898) p. 221, tab. 15. fig. 1.

West Borneo: Delta of the Kapuas River, near Suka Lanting,
forest, Hallier, B. 82, В. 177.

SARAWAK : Niah, Haviland & Hose, 3546 ! Baram, Hose, 120! Haviland
$ Hose, 3548! Marudi River near Claudetown, Hose, 169! 285! 300!

I have not seen Hallier’s specimens, and their identification with those of
Haviland and Hose rests therefore entirely on Hallier’s description and figure
of Ptyssiglottis lanceolata. If I am right, Hallieracantha lanceolata is more
variable than the other species of the genus,

in shady

A NEW GENUS OF ACANTHACEA. 13

8. Н. leptoneura, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis leptoneura, Hall. f. т Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur.
vol. Ixx. (1898) p. 222, tab. 12. fig. 2.
West Borneo: near the Kapuas River, Teysmann, 7918 ; near the Melawi
River (tributary of the Kapuas), Teysmann, 7923.

9. H. Motleyi, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Syn. Dianthera sp., Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. vol. ii.
p. 1114.

Herba erecta, isophylla, sicca nigricans. Caulis circiter 18 ст. altus,
subteres, undique villosulo-puberulus. Folia petiolata, elliptico-lanceolata,
utrinque acuta vel apice subacuminata, margine interdum subundulata
5-9 em. longa, 2-3:5 ст. lata, supra glabra, cystolithis sspe inconspicuis
striolatis, subtus in nervis minute fulvo-furfuraceis, nervis lateralibus utrinque
4-6 prorsus curvatis ; petiolus fulvo-furfuraceus, 2-4 mm. longus. /njfores-
centia axillares vel pseudoterminales, simplices vel bifurcatee, pedunculate, ob
bracteas dense imbricatas strobiliformes, perpauciflores ; pedunculus ad 7 mm.
longus; bracteæ ovate vel lanceolatee, acute, 1-2 mm. longs, herbaceæ,
nigricantes, sparse furfuraceæ ; pedicelli 8—5 lin. longi. Calyx fere ad basin
5-partitus, ad 7 mm. longus, nigricans, furfuraceo-puberulus ; segmenta
subulata, acuta. Corolla 7-10 mm. longa, extus papillosa ; tubus 4-6 mm.
longus ; labium superum late ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum supero
vix longius, fere ad medium 3-lobum, lobo intermedio rotundato lateralibus
multo angustioribus. — Staminum еса :equales, ineequaliter affixæ, basi
obtuse, 1 mm. longs. Pollen 50 ш longus, 35 р latus, plicis accessoriis
utrinque singulis, exinio tenuissime punctato. Ovarium minute papillosum
vel glabrum (?). | Capsula juvenilis appresse minute papillosa.

LABUAN : near Sanjong Kubong, in deep shade, not uncommon, Motley,
128 ! ; near Sungei Tragan, on damp, shady banks, Barber, 273 !

Sarawak: Baram District, by the Entoyout River, near Claudetown,
Hose, 460 1

10. Н. Beccarii, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba erecta vel basi prostrata, ob folium alterum uniuscuiusque paris
minutum mucroniforme vel subulatum deciduum specie alternifolia, sicca
fusco-viridis. Caulis subteres, in lineis binis e commissuris decurrentibus
minutissime sparseque furfuraceus. Folia normalia petiolata, elliptica vel
oblongo-elliptica, utrinque acuminata vel basi subacuta, interdum obliqua,
magnitudine varia, ad 15 em. longa, ad 6:5 em. lata, integra, subundulata vel
crenulata, supra glaberrima, subtus sparse adpresse papilloso-pubescentia,
cystolithis inconspicuis, nervis lateralibus utrinque 5-7 valde prorsus curvatis ;
petioli inferiores ad 1 em. longi, superiores multo breviores vel fere nulli,

14 DR. ОТТО STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

minute furfuracei. Jnjlorescentiv breviter pedunculate, simplices vel bifurcatze,
ob bracteas dense imbricatas strobiliformes, perpauciflores ; pedunculus ad
4 mm. longus; bractese ovate vel lanceolato-ovate, acute vel acuminate,
1-2 mm. longe, furfuraceæ vel glabrata vel nigrescentes ; pedicelli 1-2 mm.
longi. Саул fere ad basin 5-partitus, 4—4:5 mm. longus, nigricans, parce vel
copiose papilloso-pubescens ; segmenta e basi paulo dilatata subulata. Corolla
11-13 mm. longa, extus papillosa ; tubus 8 mm. longus ; labium superum late
ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum superum vix æquans, breviter 3-lobum,
lobis lateralibus ovatis intermedio rotundato multo latiore. Staminum theese
æquales, sequaliter affixee, obtuse, 2 mm. longs. Pollen 45-50 u longum,
38 ш latum, exinio tenuissime punctato, plicis longis accessoriis utrinque 2.
Ovarium glabrum.
SARAWAK : without precise locality, Beccari, 1053! Haviland, 571!

11. H. psychotriifolia, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba isophylla, sicca luride fusca. Caulis teres, glaber. Folia petiolata,
late lanceolata, utrinque acuminata, apice obtusiuscula, 14-20 em. longa,
2-05 ст. lata, margine obscure undulata, utrinque. glabra, supra cystolithis
striolata, nervis lateralibus utrinque 5-6 tenuibus valde prorsus curvatis ;
petiolus 3-4 mm. longus, supra canaliculatus, papillosus. — Inflorescentic
peduneulatze, plerumque geminatze, interdum bifureatze, ob bracteas densissime
imbricatas tetrastichas strobiliformes ; peduneulus ad 7 mm. longus ; bractew
ovate, acute, 1-1:5 mm. long, subglabrze, nigricantes ; pedicelli tenues, ad
З mm. longi. Саул fere ad basin 5-partitus, 4:5 mm. longus, glanduloso-
puberulus ; segmenta subulata. Corolla 12 mm. longa, extus parce minutissime
papillosa ; tubus 8—9 mm. longus ; labium superum late ovatum, emarginatum ;
labium inferum supero subzequilongum, ad medium 3-lobum, lobis lateralibus
oblongis intermedio rotundato-quadrato :equilongis. Staminum theceze sequales,
subæqualiter а ха. Pollen 42-45 u longus, 30 ш diametro, plicis accessoriis
utrinque singulis, exinio tenuissime punetato. Capsula oblonga, breviter
acuminata, in stipitem subzequilongum attenuata, eo incluso 16 mm. longa,
parce minutissime papillosa.

Sarawak : Brunei, near the Limbang Hiver, Maviland, 576 ! Hose,
160 !

-' 12. H. philippinensis, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba parce ramosa, ob folium alterum uniuscuiusque paris rudimentarium
vel suppressum specie alternifolia, sicca pallide luride viridis. Caulis obtuse
quadrangularis, lineis binis e commissuris decurrentibus villosulus, praeterea
glaber. Folia normalia petiolata, late lanceolata, acuminata, basi acuta,
12-18 em. longa, 2°5—5°5 ст. lata, obscure undulata, supra glabra, infra in
nervis minute papilloso-pubescens, utrinque cystolithis striolata, nervis
lateralibus utrinque circiter 7 supra tenuibus subtus uti costa validiuscula

A NEW GENUS OF АСАХТНАСЕМ. 15

prominentibus valde obliquis ; petiolus crassiusculus, ad 7 mm. longus, superne
‘analiculatus, papilloso-villosulus. — /nfforescentic axillares et specie terminales,
plerumque geminatz, interdum bifurcatz, cylindriez, strobiliformes, pauci-
Нога, ad 1:5 em. longi ; pedunculus tenuis, 0:5-1:2 em. longus; bracteze
ovatee, acute, I-1:5 mm. long» ; pedicelli ad 4 mm. longi. Calyæ fere ad
basin 5-partitus, 8 mm. longus, glanduloso-puberulus ; segmenta subulata,
setaceo-attenuata. Corolla ad 15 mm. longa, extus papillosa ; tubus ad
12 mm. longus ; labium superum late ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum
supero subsequilongum, fere ad medium 3-lobum, lobis lateralibus ovatis,
intermedio rotundato -quadrato paulo longiore. Staminim еса subin-
sequaliter affixee, sequales, basi obtusee. Pollen 44—48 р longum, 32 p diametro,
plicis accessoriis utrinque singulis, exinio tenuissime punctato. Capsula
oblonga, acuta, papillosa, in stipitem :equilongum attenuata, eo incluso
13-14 mm. longa. Semina lenticularia, vix 2 mm. longa, minute rugulosa.
Philipines : Mindanao, Zamboanga, Vidal, 3408 !

18. H. procridifolia, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis procridifolia, Hall. f. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. vol. lxx.
(1898) p. 223, tab. 16. fig. 1.
West Borneo: at the foot of Mount K’lamm near Sintang, in high forest,
Hallier, В. 2512.

14. H. micropollinia, Stapf (sp. nov.)

Herba ob folium alterum uniuscuiusque paris minutissimum vel suppressum
specie alternifolium, sicca fusco-viridis. Caulis subteres, superne magis
minusve anfractus, minute villosulo- pubescens vel furfuraceus. Folia
normalia petiolata, oblique elliptica vel obovato-elliptica, longe acuteque
acuminata, basi acuta, 13-20 em. longa, 5-9:5 ст. lata, integra vel crenulato-
undulata, supra glaberrima, subtus in nervis parcissime papilloso-pubescentia
vel glabrata, cystolithis inconspieuis, nervis lateralibus 6-8 valde prorsus
curvatis ; petiolus ad 5 mm. longus, minute furfuraceus. —Znjlorescentic
plerumque plures in axillis foliorum, sessiles vel pedunculo communi ad 4 mm.
longo suffultz ob bracteas plerumque dense imbricatas strobiliformes; bracteæ
ovate vel lanceolato-ovate, acute vel acuminate, 1-2 mm. longs, parce
minutissime papillosee ; pedicelli 2-3 mm. longi. Calys fere ad basin
5-partitus, 4-4°5 mm. longus, parcissime papillosus; segmenta subulata.
Corolla ad 10 mm. longa, extus papillosa ; tubus 5-6 mm. longus ; labium
superum late ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum superum eequans, ultra
tertiam partem 3-lobum, lobis lateralibus oblongis subdivaricatis, intermedio
ovato-rotundato. Staminum thece zequales, subæqualiter affixæ, basi obtuse,
1:5 mm. longer. Pollen 35 p longum, 25 u diametro, plicis aecessoriis utrinque
singulis, exinio tenuissime punctato. Capsula oblonga, acuminata, in stipitem

16 DR. OTTO STAPF ON HALLIERACANTHA,

subeequilongum attenuata, eo incluso 14-16 mm. longa, superne papillosa.
Semina 3 mm. longa, minute rugulosa vel scabra.
SARAWAK : Mt. Koum, Haviland, 1717!

15. H. caudata, Stapf (sp. nov.).

Herba ob folium alterum uniuscuiusque paris rudimentarium subulatum
specie alternifolium, sicca nigricans vel fere atra. Caulis teres, lineis binis e
commissuris decurrentibus tenuibus tenuissime puberulis exceptis glaber.
Folia normalia petiolata, elliptico-lanceolata vel oblonga, apice caudato-
acuminata, basi acuta, 13-18 cm. longa, 3:5-8 em. lata, utrinque glabra,
cystolithis minute striolata, nervis lateralibus utrinque 6-10, valde prorsus
curvatis ; petiolus ad 1 em. longus, glaber. —/nfforescentie interdum etiam ex
axillis foliorum rudimentariorum, subsessiles, solitariæ vel plures ex eadem
axilla, ob bracteas densissime imbricatas strobiliformes ; bracteze ovate, acute,
glabree, 1-1-5 mm. longe ; pedicelli vix ulli vel ad 3 mm. longi. Calyx fere
ad basin 5-partitus, 7-9 mm. longus, nigricans, glaber ; segmenta linearia,
0775-1 mm. lata, etiam in fructu plana, acuminata. Corolla ad 17 mm. longa,
extus superne parce papillosula ; tubus 12 mm. longus ; labium superum late
ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum supremum zequans, breviter 3-lobum,
lobis lateralibus ovatis, intermedio rotundato latissimo paulo breviore. Stami-
пит thecæ æquales, subæqualiter affixze, oblong, obtuse. Pollen 49-53 m
longus, 36-39 ш diametro, plicis accessoriis utrinque singulis, exinio tenuissime
punctato. Capsula oblonga, subacuminata, in stipitem subsequilongum
attenuata, eo incluso circiter 18 mm. longa, glabra. Semina 3 mm. longa,
minute scrobiculata.

SARAWAK : at the foot of Mount Gading, north of Lundu, Hariland,

988!

16. H. frutescens, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis frutescens, Hall. f. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. vol. lxx.
(1898) p. 222, tab. 16. fig. 2.
CENTRAL Borneo: Upper Kapuas Basin, on Mount Gagang in high forest,
Hallier, 2831, 3071!

West BonxEo : on Mount Biang, near the Kapuas River, Teysmann, 7920.
B > 267

17. H. dispar, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis dispar, Hall. f. l. с. p. 220, tab. 15. fig. 4.

West Borneo: Landak, near Ngabang, Teysmann, 11495.

18. H. granulata, Stapf (sp. nov.).
Herba humilis, procumbens vel e basi prostrata ascendens, sicca. viridis, in
parte superiore eximie anisophylla. — Cawlis superne villosulo-pubescens,

A NEW GENUS OF АСАХТНАСЕ Ж. 17

imprimis in lineis binis e commissuris decurrentibus, inferne glabrescens,
viridis, e nodis sepe radicans. Folia normalia petiolata, valde obliqua,
elliptica, utrinque obtusa, 5-7°5 ст. longa, 2-3:5 cm. lata, supra glabra vel
subglabra, in parenchymate ob cystolithos granulares scabro-punctata, in nervis
striolata, in margine subundulato pilosula, subtus in nervis papilloso-furfuracea,
nervis lateralibus utrinque 5-7 curvatis ; petiolus 2:5 mm. villosulo-pubescens
vel glabrescens ; folia redacta inferiora normalibus similia, superiora sub-
sessilia, rotundato-ovata, basi cordata, apice subacuta, 5-8 mm. longa.
Inflorescentie axillares vel specie terminales, breviter pedunculatz, simplices
vel bifurcatz, ob bracteas dense imbricatas strobiliformes ; pedunculus 2-3 mm.
longus ; bractez lineari-lanceolate, subulato-caudatze, 5 mm. longze, herbaces,
nigrescentes, ad margines parce pilosulz ; pedicelli ad 4 mm. longi. Calyz
fere ad basin 5-partitus, ad 5 mm. longus, nigricans ; segmenta lineari-
subulata, acuminata, sparse pilosula. Corolla 12 mm. longa; tubus 8 mm.
longus ; labium superum late ovatum, emarginatum ; labium inferum supera
paululo longius, fere ad medium 3-lobum. | Staminum thecæ zequales, zequaliter
affixee, basi acute, 1:8 mm. longs. Pollen 50 p longus, 35 p diametro,
plicis polos fere attingentibus, accessoriis nullis, exinio subleevi.

Sarawak: Lundu, Haviland’s coll., 993 |

19. Н. anisophylla, Stapf.
Syn. Ptyssiglottis anisophylla, Hall. f. т Ann. Jard. Buitenz. vol. xiii.
(1896) р. 289, tab. 23. figs. 2 a-c, and in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur.
vol. Ixx. (1898) p. 219.
West Borneo: Landak, Teysmann, 11509.
CENTRAL Borneo: Upper Kapuas Basin, on Mount Gagang and on the
banks of the Saniai Stream on the foot of Mount Amai Ambit, common in

shady forest in damp soil, Hallier, 3095 1; on the Kapuas near Nanga Era
Hallier.

There are at Kew several more specimens which evidently belong to Hal-
lieracantha, but are too incomplete for accurate determination. They include
probably one or two distinct species and were collected in Northern Borneo.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. C

ха

18 DR. А. B. RENDLE— BOTANICAL RESULTS

General Report upon {һе Botanical Results of the Third Tanganyika
Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904 and 1905.
By Dr. A. D. Вехоге, F.L.S.

[Read 20th December, 1906.]

Тнк following is an account of the plants collected by Dr. W. A. Cunnington
in the three great Central African lakes in 1904-5. The main object of the
expedition was the investigation of Lake Tanganyika, which, on one view
of its origin and previous connections, might be expected to show in its flora
and fauna evidence of a marine affinity.

Dr. Cunnington arrived at Lake Nyasa early in June 1904, and spent
about three weeks there ; one week at the southern end, a week in ascending
the lake, and a week at Karonga at the northern end. He collected, as far
as possible in the short time, specimens to illustrate the flora of the lake,
including alge scraped from rocks, and tow-nettings containing diatoms
and other plankton. He then crossed the intervening plateau to Lake
Tanganyika, the southern end of which he reached early in July. About
eight months were spent on and around Lake Tanganyika; the first two
months at the southern end, the remainder in cruising about and visiting
the most interesting and likely places on the lake-shore. As complete a
representation of the flora as possible was collected, including scrapings from
the rocks, submerged stems of plants, and tow-nettings made at various
places, times, and seasons. Leaving Tanganyika on March 18, 1905,
Dr. Cunnington reached Bukoba, on the western shore of the Victoria
Nyanza, on April 16. During a stay of ten days here and during a short
stay at Entebbe, representatives of the water flora of the lake were collected
and a few tow-nettings were taken.

The collections include about 45 species of the larger plants and more
than 400 species and varieties of freshwater Algz, including Peridiniez.

The seed-plants and fern-plants, numbering respectively 30 and 4, are of
no special interest. They include a number of widely distributed aquatics,
such as Najas marina, Potamogeton pectinatus, P. javanicus, Vallisneria
spiralis, Pistia Stratiotes, Ceratophyllum demersum, Myriophyllum spicatum,
Jussiæa repens, Trapa bispinosa and T. natans, some of which were not
previously recorded from these lakes; and marsh-plants such as Juncellus
lævigatus, Fuirena glomerata, and Lyuisetum ramosissimum. The most
interesting from this point of view is Myriophyllum spicatum, an almost
cosmopolitan water-weed ; the genus had not hitherto been recorded from
Tropical Africa. Other species found are more or less widely distributed in
Tropical Africa: such are Najas horrida, Potamogeton Schweinfurthii, Ottelia
lancifolia, several species of Utricularia, Azolla nilotica, Pycreus Mundtii,
and Pepalanthus Wahlbergi, the last two being marsh-plants.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 19

А few species, such as Potamogeton Livingstonei, only known from Lake
Nyasa, Boottia scabra, previously found in the Nile and Gazelle Rivers, and
now brought from Tanganyika, and Xyris multicaulis, a marsh-plant found
in swampy ground at Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza, and previously known only
from Namasi, in Nyasa-land, have a more restricted distribution.

The only remarkable plant is a new variety of Fimbristylis stolonifera,
deseribed by the late Mr. C. B. Clarke from swampy ground near the
harbour, Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza ; the species has only been previously
recorded from India and China (Yunnan).

As shown in the accompanying table (p. 28) (in which two species of Chara
are included), 16 species were collected at Lake Nyasa, 16 at Victoria Nyanza,
and 27 at Lake Tanganyika. The fact that the larger number found at
Tanganyika bears a small proportion to the much longer time spent there,
suggests that there was not very much more to collect in the way of aquatic
seed-plants, ferns, and Сћагасее. It is surprising, however, that the margins
of the lakes yielded no Lemnacez, as several species of Lemna and Wolfia are
recorded from British Central Africa ; nor Alismaces, such as Limnophyton,
known from several localities in Nile-land and the Mozambique district.
The characteristic tropical African water-weed Lagarosiphon is also unre-
presented in the collection ; we may note, however, that a species, L. Nyasse,
has previously been described from one of the lakes. Mr. Bennett remarks
on the paucity of the number of species of Potamogeton found in the margins
and bays of these lakes.

A comparison of the aquatic plants (omitting the Algæ) from Lake
Tanganyika with those from Lake Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza throws no
light on any theory as to a difference of origin or conditions, present
or past, in the case of Tanganyika as compared with the other two lakes.
The true aquatics which were collected only in Tanganyika are the
following :—

(1) Najas marina, a cosmopolitan submerged plant which occurs in two
of the Norfolk Broads and at other reputed brackish localities, but is
also a common freshwater weed, occurring in the Swiss lakes, and
plentiful generally in the lakes and rivers of the Continent of
Europe.

(2) Potamogeton pectinatus, also cosmopolitan and also found in both
brackish and fresh water. The leaves are submerged.

(3) Ottelia lancifolia, a freshwater species with both submerged and
floating leaves; widely distributed in Tropical Africa.

(4) Boottia scabra, a freshwater species with submerged leaves; recorded
from the Nile and Gazelle Rivers in Central Tropical Africa,

(9) Nymphea Lotus, a water-lily ; recorded from North and Tropical
Africa and Madagascar.

c2

20 DR. A. B. RENDLE—BOTANICAL RESULTS

(6) Jussiwa repens, a floating plant, widely distributed in fresh water in
the warmer parts of the whole world.

(T) Utricularia exoleta, widely distributed in fresh water in the warmer
parts of the whole world ; leaves submerged.

(8) Chara zeylanica, а submerged plant common throughout the tropics.

The swamp and marsh plants are also widely distributed and afford no
evidence of any peculiarity in the conditions associated with Tanganyika as
compared with the other lakes. The freshwater Algæ, on the other hand,
have yielded a rich harvest, as ably set forth by Mr. G. S. West. They
include representatives of 101 genera and 367 species, of which one genus
Sphinctosiphon, belonging to the Palmellaceze, and 34 species are described
as new. Mr. Lemmerman, of Bremen, has worked out the Peridiniex,
whieh comprise representatives of 4 genera and 5 species ; two of the latter
are new. The plankton from Tanganyika is of special interest, partly
from the fact that no work has been previously done on the plankton from
this lake, but especially from the great difference from that of Lake Nyasa
and Victoria Nyanza, and the striking marine affinity of some of its
constituents. Several of the species are usually marine or brackish in habit,
and others more nearly approach marine than freshwater species, indicating
in Mr. West's opinion that at one time the lake must have approached marine
conditions in the salinity of its water.

The most interesting part of the report is, as I have indicated, Mr. West’s
account of the freshwater Algz, which forms an independent paper. In the
determination of the higher plants I have to acknowledge the help of
Mr. Е. С. Baker, Mr. Arthur Bennett, Mr. А. Gepp, Messrs. Н. & J. Groves,
Dr. Stapf, and the late Mr. C. B. Clarke.

The plants have been presented to the Department of Botany, British
Museum, by the Tanganyika Committee through Professor E. Ray Lankester,
F.R.S., F.LS.

DICOTYLEDONS.
POLYGONACEJE.

Polygonum barbatum, Linn. Lake TaNGaNYIKA.—From swamp, Kituta,
Aug. 24. No. 26.
Widely distributed in the tropies of the Old World.

P. lanigerum, А. Br., var. africanum, Meissn. Lake TANGANYIKA.—Marsh
close to shore, Komba Bay, Oct. 11. No. 34.
Tropical and South Africa.

P. glabrum, Willd. Lake Nyasa.—From swamp, Kota Kota, June 90.
No. 6.
Widely distributed in the tropics.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 21

МУМРНЖАСЕЖ.
(Мг. Е. С. BAKER.)

Nymphza ovalifolia, Conard, Monograph, 150. LAKE TANGANYIKA.— Swampy
pond at Mbete, Sept. 28. No. 31. (In flower.) Lake Nyasa.—
Swamp at Kota Kota, June 20. No. 5. Flowers bright blue.

Mr. Drummond, who has paid special attention to this genus, states:
“I cannot exactly match these with anything in Herb. Mus. Brit., nor
does it recall any specimens at Kew. The forms it seems to approach
most closely are JN. ovalifolia, Conard, and (ex descr.) a specimen of
A. von Mechow's, referred but rather doubtfully by Conard to his
N. Heudelotii type. Pending more material these interesting specimens
might be referred to N. ovalifolia, Conard.”

М. zanzibarensis, Caspary. VICTORIA Nyanza.—Shallow water in river,
Bukoba, April 20. No. 52.
Previously recorded only from the Island of Zanzibar.

N. calliantha, Conard, Monograph, 151. VICTORIA Nyanza.—Shallow water
in harbour, Bukoba, April 19. No. 49. Flowers pink.
Central and South-west Tropical Africa.

N. Lotus, Linn. Forma approaching N. dentata, Schum. & Thonn. LAKE
TANGANYIKA.—Mouth of Lofu River, Oct. 5. No. 32.

Leaves broadly elliptieal, margin remotely undulate-dentate. Differs
from the type in the shape and margin of the leaf. In the type the
leaves are generally circular in outline and the margin much more
distinetly subspinose-dentate. But the anthers are numerous and the
connective is absent or very short and obtuse as in the type. Dr. Conard
in his Monograph excludes the Indian and American plants which have
previously been regarded as belonging to this species.

North and Tropical Africa and Madagascar.

CERATOPHYLLACEX.

Ceratophyllum demersum, Linn. LAKE Nyasa.—In about 4 feet of water,
near bar, June 14. No. 3 (small-leaved form). LAKE TANGANYIKA.—In
about 4 feet of water, Niamkolo, Aug. 11. VICTORIA Nyanza.—Surface
of weedy lake inlet to north of town, Bukoba, April 24. No. 58.
Floating in lake in sheltered bay near Entebbe, May 1. No. 65 (small-
leaved form).

Widely distributed in temperate and tropical regions.

22 DR. A. B. RENDLE—BOTANICAL RESULTS

НАТОКАСАСЕ Ж,

Myriophyllum spicatum, Linn. LAKE Nyasa.—Swamp, Kota Kota, June 20.
No.10. LAKE TANGANYIKA.— Taken shore-wading and in about 4 feet
of water, Niamkolo, Aug. Nos. 18, 24.
Almost cosmopolitan, but not hitherto recorded from Tropical Africa, from
where the genus also has not hitherto been recorded.

ОМАСВАСЕ Ж.
(Mr. Е. С. Baker.)

Jussiæa repens, Linn. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—S wampy pond at Mbete, Sept. 28,
No. 30.
Warmer parts of the whole world.

Trapa bispinosa, Rox). LAREN YASA,— Floating on surface, Kambwe Lagoon,
June 27. No. 13. Flower faint bluish pink. Lake TANGANYIKA.—
Floating on lake at mouth of Malagarasi River, Jan. 16. No. 31.
Flower pink.

Tropical Africa and Asia.

T. natans, Linn. Victoria Nvawza.—fkloating on lake in sheltered bay
near Entebbe, May 1. No. 64. Also found in the Upper Nile at 2° N.
latitude by Speke & Grant.

Central Europe and Temperate Asia.

LENTIBULARIACEA.
(Dr. Отто STAPF.)

Utricularia Thonningii, Schum. | LAKE NvAsA.— Surface swamp, Domira Bay,
Junel9. No.4. Flower with a pale bluish tinge. LAKE TANGANYIKA.
—Mouth of Lofu River, Oct. 5. No. 33.

East and West Tropical Africa.

U. exoleta, R. Br. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Among other water-weeds in
shallow water, mouth of Malagarasi River, Jan. 16. No. 611.
Tropical and South Africa, and widely distributed in the warmer parts of
the Old World.

U. reflexa, Oliver. VICTORIA NYANZA.—Floating on surface of river, Bukoba,
April 20. No. 55.
East and West Tropical Africa.

U. stellaris, Linn. VICTORIA Nyanza.—Sheltered bay near Entebbe, May 1.
No. 620.
East and West Tropical Africa ; also in South Africa, Madagascar, India,
and Tropical Australia.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 23

COMPOSITA.

Spilanthes Acmella, Linn. Lake TANGANYIKA.—Swampy ground near shore,
Kibwesi, Dec. 21. No. 40. Flower white.
Common in Tropics.

УЕВВЕМАСЕ М.

Lippia nodiflora, Rich. Lake TaNGANYIKA.—rowing in marsh and swamp,
Sumbu, Oct. 19. No. 35. Flower pink.

A common tropical plant.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.
NAIADACELE.

Najas marina, Linn. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo
Bay, Aug. 3. No. 17. A form verging towards var. muricata, A. Br.
Var. muricata, A. Br. Lare Nyasa.—In about 4 feet of water at Kota
Kota, June 20. No. 9.
N. marina is a cosmopolitan species with numerous forms and varieties ;
var. muricata is recorded from North Africa (Algiers, Egypt) and Albert
Nyanza ; and outside Africa, from Sicily, Ceylon, and Australia.

N. horrida, А. Br. VICTORIA Nyanza.—Shallow water in harbour, Bukoba,
April 20. No. 50.
Widely distributed in Tropical Africa ; recorded from Lake Tanganyika.

РОТАМОСЕТОМАСЕ Ж.
(Mr. Автнов BENNETT.)

Potamogeton pectinatus, Linn. LAKE TANGANYIKA.— Water-weed taken by
shore-wading, Mtondwe Bay, Aug. 10. No. 23 (flower).

Cosmopolitan.

P. Livingstonei Arth. Bennett. LAKE Nyasa.—In about 4 feet of water,
Kambwe Lagoon, June 27. No. 12.
Known only from Lake Nyasa. No fruit has yet been seen.

P. Schweinfurthii, Arth. Bennett. LAKE Nyasa.—Water-weed growing in
about 4 feet of water ; south-eastern arm, near anchorage and off Kota
Kota, June. Nos. 2 & 8 (flower). LAKE Tanganyika.—Growing in
shallow water, mouth of Malagarasi River, Jan. 16. No. 45 (flower and
unripe fruit). УтстомАа NyANZA.—From shallow water in harbour,
Bukoba, April 21. No. 56 (barren shoot).

24 DR. А. B. RENDLE—BOTANICAL RESULTS

These specimens show a greater variation as to leaves and nervation than
the original ones; the broadest are 17-nerved, whereas in the original
specimens 13 was the largest number of nerves observed.

Confined to East Tropical Africa.

Potamogeton javanicus, Hassk. VICTORIA NYANZzA.—Shallow water in river,

Bukoba, April 20. No. 54 (flower).
Widely distributed in the warmer parts of the Old World and in Tropical
and South Africa, but not recorded from Lakes Tanganyika and Nyasa.

The only other Potamogeton I have seen from Lake Nyasa is P. erispus,
Linn., collected by Kirk “In Roangiva (Loangiva ?) river." The species
is widely distributed in all warm and temperate regions. In these great
masses of water it is surprising that around their margins and bays
there are so few of this genus. L. Nyasa especially looks like providing
them, judging by the large map issued for the Railway.

HYDROCHARIDE Æ.

Ottellia lancifolia, Rich. Lake Tancanyika.—Swampy pond, Mshale, Feb. 2.
No. 48.
Widely distributed in Tropical Africa.

Boottia scabra, Ridl. LAKE TaNncanyika.—Growing in shallow water,
mouth of Malagarasi River, Jan. 16. No. 46.
Previously recorded only from the Central African Nile distriet (Nile and

Gazelle Rivers).

Vallisneria spiralis, Linn. Lare Nvasa.— Water-weed growing in about
4 feet of water; south-eastern arm, near anchorage, June 10. No. 1.
LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Taken shore-wading, Mtondwe Bay, Aug. 10.
No. 21. Victoria Nyanza.—Dredged in shallow water in harbour,
Bukoba, April 25. No. 59.

Widely distributed in the warm regions of both hemispheres.

Hydrilla verticillata, Royle, var. brevifolia, Caspary. VICTORIA NYANZA.—
From shallow water in harbour, Bukoba, April 20. No. 51.
Vegetative shoots only.
The species is widely distributed in the warmer parts of the Old World ;
the variety is recorded from India and East Tropical Africa.

ON THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 25

CYPERACEJE.
(Mr. C. B. CLARKE.)

Kyllinga chrysantha, A. Schum. VICTORIA NYANZA. — From swampy ground
close to harbour, Bukoba, April 26. No. 60.
Previously recorded only from German East Africa and the Shiré High-
lands (near Zomba).

К. Buchanani, C. В. Clarke. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Swampy ground, Kibwesi,
Edith Bay, Dec. 20. No. 39. This specimen differs from all the
K. Buchanani known to me, in having two spikes to the head, not one,
and in having the nut narrowly linear-oblong. There are several
admitted species very close.
Nyasaland, and also in South Africa.

Pycreus Mundtii, Nees. Lare Nyasa.—From swamp, Kambwe Lagoon,
June 27. No.14. Lake TANGanyika.—From swamp, Kituta, Aug. 24.
No. 27.
Frequent from Algiers to the Cape of Good Hope.
Juncellus levigatus, C. В. Clarke. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Swamp by river
mouth, Kirando, Dec. 1. No. 36.
Widely distributed in Tropical Africa, and found in all warm and temperate
regions.
Fuirena glomerata, Гат. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Swamp by river mouth,
Kirando, Dec. 1. No. 37.
Widely distributed in Tropical Africa, and in the warm parts of the Old
World.

Fimbristylis stolonifera, C. B. Clarke, var. africana, var. nov. ; bractea inferiore

9 mm. longa ; nucis humeris a squamis rotundis minutis verrucosis.

VICTORIA NyanzA.—From swampy ground close to harbour, Bukoba,
April 26. No. 61.

А remarkable find as the species is known only from India and Yunnan.

There are only two species of Fimbristylis (out of about 120) that have a
creeping root. As regards the squamelle on the shoulders of the nut
(which are not present in the Indian F. stolonifera) I esteem them of
small importance ; for in the closely allied F. diphylla, Vahl, nuts with-
out and with such squamellze are abundant.

АВОШЕ м.

Pistia Stratiotes, Linn. Lake Nyasa.—On surface of swamp, Kota Kota,
June 20. No. 11 (in part). Lake Tancaxyika.—Floating on lake at
Kituta, Aug. 26. No. 29.

Widely distributed in Tropical Africa and in the warmer regions of both
hemispheres.

26 DR. A. B. RENDLE—BOTANICAL RESULTS

XYRIDACE Ж.
Xyris multicaulis, JV. №. Br. Vicrorta Nyanzs.—From swampy ground
close to harbour, Bukoba, April 26. No. 62.
Previously known only from Namasi, Nyasaland.

ERIOCAULACEA,

Pepalanthus Wahlbergii, Koern. VICTORIA Nyanza.—From swampy ground
close to harbour, Bukoba, April 26. No. 63.
East and West Tropical Africa ; also in the Transvaal.

COMMELINACEJE.

Commelina nudiflora, Linn. Lake TANGANYIKA.—Swamp, Kota Kota, Lake
Nyasa, June 20. No. 7. Swamp, Kituta, Aug. 26. No. 28.

А common weed in tropical and warm regions.

PTERIDOPHYTA.
(Mr. А. СЕРР.)

Salvinia hastata, Desv. ТАКЕ Nyasa.—Floating on surface of swamp, Kota
Kota, June 26. Мо. 11 (in part).
Also in Mozambique district and Madagascar.

Azolla pinnata, J. Br., var. africana, Baker. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Surface
of swampy pond, Mzumbi, Dec. 27. No.41. Floating on lake, mouth of
Malagarasi River, Jan. 16. №. 44. VrcroRIA. Nyanza.—Floating on
surface of river, Bukoba, April 20. No. 53.

Widely spread in Tropical Asia and Africa.

А. nilotica, Decaisne. LAKE Nyasa.—Floating on surface of swamp, Kota
Kota, June 26. No. 11 (in part).
East Tropical Africa.

Equisetum ramosissimum, Desf. LAKE TANGANYIKA.—Close to shore, near
mouth of Lukuga River, Jan. 4. No. 42.
Warm temperate and tropical zones.

CHARACE A,
(Messrs. H. & J. Groves.)
Chara brachypus, А. Br. LAKE Nyasa.—Swamp near Karonga, July 2.

No. 15. А fairly normal form, in habit resembling large, somewhat
connivent forms of C. fragilis, Desv.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 27

Recorded in Africa from Suez, Damietta, Kordofan, and Dongola ; also
specimens in Herb. Kew from Tanganyika Plateau collected by
А. Carson.

Known also from India, New Guinea, and North Australia.

Chara zeylanica, Willd. (C. polyphylla, С. дутпориз, &c., А. Br.. | LAKE
TaNGANYIKA.—Niamkoli Bay, Aug. 8. No. 19.

А very small, tufted form of this extremely variable species, in habit
resembling small compact C. aspera. It does not quite agree with any
of the varieties described by A. Braun. It is about 3 in. high, with
short, somewhat connivent branchlets; the spine cells are rather numerous,
not exceeding in length the diameter of the stem. Branchlets 8-9.
Segments about 8, the last 1-2 ecorticate. Bract-cells whorled. Fruit
at the 2nd and 3rd nodes, sometimes at the 4th, rarely at the 1st,
about :9—95 mm. long x48 through, showing 11-12 stris. Nucleus
‘62 х'35, almost cylindrical, black, with well-developed calcareous
covering.

No. 22 from Mtondwe Вау, Tanganyika, is a larger state of the same form.
It is young and without fruit.

C. zeylanica appears to be the commonest Chara throughout the Tropics.
It also occurs northward to the United States and Bermuda, and south-
ward to Australia, New Caledonia, &c.

In Africa it reaches from Egypt southward to Madagascar, and from
Angola to Somali-land.

The following Fungi, determined by Mr. V. Н. Blackman, were collected
on the rotten wood-stays of the canoe on Lake Tanganyika :— Polystictus
sanguineus, Meyer, a common speciesin warm countries ; a second species of
Polystictus, the material of which is insufficient for specific determination ;
and Schizophyllum commune, Fr., a cosmopolitan plant.

In the following table I have added a few names of species not collected
by Dr. Cunnington. Of true aquaties I find little to add ; the number of
marsh-plants might probably be still further increased, but these are of less
interest.

28

BOTANICAL RESULTS OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION.

LIST OF PLANTS FROM THE THREE LAKES.

(Those in italics were not collected by Dr. Cunnington.)

Nyasa.

Victoria
Nyanza. yika.

| Tangan-

Polygonum barbatum .................... |
P. lanigerum, var. africanum .............. |
P. glabrum ............................ |
Ceratophyllum demersum ................
Myriophyllum spicatum ..................
Nymphæa ovalitolia...................... |
N. zanzibarensis ........................ |
N.calliantha............................ |
N. Lotus forma.......................... |
Jussiæa repens .......................... | ..
Trapa bispinosa.......................... X
T. natans .............................. | x
Utricularia Thonningi .................. x
U.ezoleta..............................
О, reflexa ..............................
U. в{еПатїз..............................
Spilanthes Acmella ...................... |
Lippia nodiflora ........................ |
Najas marina ..........................

XXXX.

3
N.horrida..............................
Potamogeton pectinatus .................. | .
P. Livingstone ........................ | x
P. Schweinfurthii........................ х
P.javanieus ............................ .
Ottelia lancifolia ........................ ..
О. alismoides ............................ x
Boottia scabra .......................... :
Vallisneria spiralis ..,................... x
Hydrilla verticillata...................... :
Lagarosiphon Nyasse .................... | х
Kyllinga chrysantha .................... |
К. Buchanani .......................... ..
Pyereus Mundtii ........................ | x
Juncellus 1еуїраййв...................... | ..
Fuirena glomerata ...................... |
F. pachyrrhiza ,......................... |
Fimbristylis stolonifera, var, africana ...... |
Scirpus littoralis ........................ |
Pistia Stratiotes ........................ |
Xyris multicaulis ........................
Pepalanthus Wahlbergii..................
Commelina nudiflora ....................
Salvinia hastata ........................ |
Azolla pinnata, var. africana .............. | ..
A. nilotica ............................ | x

x

XX.

XX:

Equisetum ramosissimum ................ |
Chara brachypus ........................ i
С. zeylanica ............................ |

XX:

хх XXX хх XXX

x

xx X

XXX X

х

Total ...... 19

Total Dicotyledons ........ 18
„ Monocotyledons ...... 25

» Fernalles .......... 4

» Characeme ............ 2
Total ...... 49

16

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 29
~ a
On the Origin of Angiosperms. By E. A. NEWELL АЌвев, M.A., F.L.S.,

Trinity College, Cambridge, University Demonstrator in Palæobotany,
and Јонх Parkin, M.A., F.L.S., Trinity College, Cambridge.

(With 4 Text-figures.)
[Read 21st March, 1907. |

CONTENTS.
Page
Introduction ааа. 29
Historical ,,................................................ 31
Principles of Evolution ...................................... 34
The Law of Corresponding Stages in Evolution .............. 85
Homoplasy oo. eet eee eee 35
Mutation ,.,,....................-з ажа. hh 36
Primitive Features among Living Angiosperms .................. 36

The Strobilus Theory of the Angiospermous Fructification .... 86

Engler’s Theory ........... sese 38
Piperales .......................................... 39
Amentifer& ........................................ 40
Monocotyledons .................................... 42

The Primitive Form of the Organs of the Eu-anthostrobilus or

Flower ........... eeemoesessessseestbusseseeeese 43

The Megasporophylls and Megasporangia ................ 47

The Microsporophylls and Місгозрогапоіа .............. 48

The Perianth ........... еее HI 48

Fossil Evidence ............................................ 51

The Bennettitee ........................................ 52

Previous Interpretations of the Bennettitean Strobilus ........ 55

The present Interpretation of the Fructification of the
Bennettite& ........................................ 58

The Hemiangiosperme ...................................... 62
The Origin of the Angiospermee .............................. 64

The Gyngceum .............................nasnamenasa 65

The Andrecium ........ een 67

The Perianth ...... еее Hmm 68

The Angiospermous Type of Foliage ........................ 69

The Origin of Monocotyledons ................................ 71
Entomophily 2.0.0... cece cece nee hmmm 73
General Conclusions and Summary ............................ 75
Bibliography еек mnm 77

INTRODUCTION.

THE recent progress in our ideas as regards the phylogeny of the Gymnosperms,
and more especially of the present day Cycads, led us, in 1908, to begin an
enquiry into the origin of Angiosperms. During the last three years we have
devoted considerable attention to the living members of this group, for it was
thought that the attack could be best begun by taking as broad a survey as

30 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

possible of their varied types of fructification, with a view to determining
which among them exhibit features that strike us as being of а more or less
primitive nature. Having completed this study, we have endeavoured to test
the accuracy of our conclusions by an appeal to such evidence as is presented
by fossil botany. The result has been that our previously ascertained notions,
as to the constitution of the flowers of comparatively primitive members of the
group, have been found to agree to a remarkable extent with the facts presented
by the fructifications of some, now well-known, Mesozoie fossils. So close is
this agreement, that the phylogeny of the Angiosperms in its broad outlines
seems to us to be sufficiently clear to permit of the construction of a working
hypothesis towards its solution.

It appears to us that although the direct ancestors of the Angiosperms are as
yet unknown in the fossil state, this line of descent ean now be traced back to
the great group of Mesozoic Cycadophyta, and to a hypothetical race of plants
nearly related to the Bennettitee. There would seem to be good reasons to
connect the Cycadophyta themselves with the Fern-like Spermophytes, or
Pteridosperms, of the Paleeozoic period, and thus the Angiosperms, on our
hypothesis, can be derived ultimately from an as yet unknown, fern-like
ancestor, existing at a very early geological period.

In this connection the publication of Wieland’s full account of the
‘American Fossil Cycads’ has furnished us with data with regard to the
Mesozoic Cycadophyta which, until recently, we did not possess, and to the
author of this magnificent volume we would gratefully express our indebtedness
for the material which he has placed at our disposal.

We have from the first recognized that what is called the problem of the
origin of Angiosperms is in reality a plexus of problems. In addition to
the evolution of the flower, there is the puzzling type of Angiospermous
foliage, and many other questions to be explained in connection with this group.
At the time when we commenced a consideration of this subject, there could
hardly be said to be a clue to the mystery in which these matters were
shrouded. In presenting this, the first definite hypothesis with regard to the
phylogeny of the race, we are aware that many of the main points of our
argument are devoid of novelty. Others, notably Hallier, have already
brought forward arguments or facts, of which we have made free use in
this attempt to fashion our theory.

The subject is a large one, and the present communication is to be
regarded as a brief résumé of a discussion which we hope to elaborate more
completely elsewhere. For the present we have contented ourselves with a
statement of the main features of the problem, and its solution, with brief
evidence in support of our views.

We would take this opportunity of expressing our sincere thanks to
Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S., for many suggestions during the past three years,
and for the interest he has taken in the progress of the work.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 31

HISTORICAL.

The great race of plants, commonly referred to as the * Flowering Plants,"
differ so obviously from the rest of the Vegetable Kingdom, that they were
recognized, comparatively early in the history of botanical study, as forming a
distinct group, and for a long time attention was almost entirely concentrated
on them.

The stamens and carpels were soon identified as the male and female organs
respectively, and by the close of the 17th century Camerarius had shown
that reproduction by means of seeds depends on the male element,
the pollen, reaching the receptive part, or stigma, of the female organ ;
though what exactly happens in the process of fertilization remained mere
guesswork until many years later. This establishment of the sexual theory
of reproduction in Flowering Plants led to the subdivision of the V egetable
Kingdom, by Brongniart in 1843, into two great groups, the Phanerogams
and the Cryptogams, the latter still being incorrectly regarded as devoid of
sex, and as possessing a ‘cryptic’ type of reproduction.

The researches of Robert Brown led to the distinction of Gymnosperms as
opposed to Angiosperms, though for many years the former were commonly
looked upon as a detached group or appendage of the Dicotyledons, with the
consequence that the terminology of the flower came to be applied to their very
different kind of fructification. Hofmeister’s classical researches, published
in the years 1849 and 1851, completely broke down the barrier separating
the Phanerogams from the Cryptogams ; in fact these terms were no longer
applicable in their original sense, for their meaning had become reversed,
since the Flowering Plant was found to be more ‘ cryptogamic’ as regards its
manner of sexual reproduction than the Fern. The alternation of generations,
so clear in the Pteridophytes, was shown to be also present in both Gymno-
sperms and Angiosperms. The male and female prothalli of the heterosporous
Vascular Cryptogams had their very reduced representatives in the pollen-grain
and embryo-sac respectively of the Phanerogams.

These discoveries, followed so closely by the publication of Darwin’s
‘Origin of Species,’ gave a great impetus to the evolutionary hypothesis as
applied to plants, and a great stimulus to phylogenetic speculations.

Though the various parts of the embryo-sac of the Conifer could be
interpreted in terms of the female prothallus of a heterosporous Pteridophyte,
investigations of the corresponding organ of the true Flowering Plant (either
Monocotyledon or Dicotyledon) failed to show any such clear homologies.
In other words the gap that originally existed between the Phaneroga ms
and Vascular Cryptogams was now bridged, and in its place there appeared
a wide gulf between the Conifers and true Flowering Plants, or more exact ly
between the Gymnosperms as a whole and the Angiosperms.

32 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBEH AND J. PAHKIN ON

The subsequent tendency of various lines of research, until quite recently,
has been on the one hand to draw closer together the ties of relationship
existing between Gymnosperms and Pteridophytes, and on the other hand to
increase the isolation of the Angiosperms. For instance, one of the most
important embryological facts, recently brought to light, linking together the
Gymnosperms and the Pteridophytes, is the formation of antherozoids in the
pollen-tubes of Cycas and Ginkgo.

Much work has been done on the embryo-sac of Angiosperms, primarily
with the hope of throwing light on the question of its homologies, and the
line of descent of the group. Practically every Angiospermous family,

e
which is of interest phylogenetically, has now been examined, including quite

recently the Magnoliaceze *. The outcome of the whole of this vast investi-
gation has merely emphasized the great difference which exists between the
Angiospermous and Gymnospermous embryo-saes, and in addition the great
similarity between those of the Dicotyledons and the Monocotyledons.
Variations do occur, but these appear to us to be points of detail rather than
of fundamental importance. In fact they are of such a kind that it is
uncertain whether they should be best regarded as primitive or as recently
acquired. ‘This is particularly true of the antipodals, a group of cells more
variable perhaps than any of the other constituents of the embryo-sac.
Though the net result of these studies has so far not enabled us to bridge the
gap between the Angiospermous and Gymnospermous embryo-sacs, yet
additional discoveries of great interest have been made, e. g. double fertilization
and chalazogamy. The former seems to increase rather than to diminish the
difficulty of explaining the Angiospermous embryo-sac and especially its
endosperm in terms of the fern-prothallus, or the female gametophyte of the
Gymnosperm.

Turning now to paleeobotanical work, the main result has been the same.
Remarkable fossils have been found connecting the Gymnosperms more closely
with the Ferns, but anything of a like nature bearing on the Angiosperms has
remained hidden. The rocks have been singularly silent as regards the origin
of the latter group, now predominant in the vegetation of the world.

The existing Cycads, and less clearly the Conifers, have been linked up with
the Ferns by means of the anatomical investigations of certain Palaeozoic
petrified stems possessing fern-like characters, known as the Cycadofilices, and
by the discovery of the seeds and male fronds of these plants. The old idea of
connecting the Gymnosperms with the Lycopods is now no longer tenable, at
any rate so far as the Cycads are concerned. The Angiosperms, on the
other hand, have been considered to have sprung from the Ferns; yet
no work on the existing Filices has shown any direct connection between the
two groups. 16 15 true that Zsoetes f has been brought forward as revealing
in the mode of origin of its stem, root, and first leaf, as well as in its adult

* Strasburger (1905). t Campbell (1891) pp. 253-254.

vegetative features,

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 33

points of close resemblance to certain Monocotyledons,

but to build a relationship upon such slight evidence appears to us hardly
worthy serious consideration. In fact Campbell himself says * : “There 18,
however an immense interval between the flower of the simplest angiosperm
and the porophylls of 7soetes, and it would be rash to assume a relationship
unless moi ~ evidence can be produced on the side of the angiosperms to

warrant this.

It is generan “held that when we first meet with fossil Angiosperms in the
Mesozoic rocks, th. Yeaf-impressions closely resemble those of existing genera.

Whence they sprar
Saporta and M:
Іг Évolution du R
for a hypothetical
Monocotyledons ar
such fossils as Wili
gestions we think
their disposal. I
supports them.

A brief reference
Angiosperms and
particular group h:
features in commor
establish a clear rel

Lotsy 1, from ar
The ¢
independently of
Pteridophytes, and,

Lignier §, more
fructifications, also
a complex infloresc:

conclusions.

show any affinity b
Hence he conelud
Gymnosperms and
Miss Benson |,
memoirs, has ende:
line with that of
the internodes in t
further, so that the
resembling the re
complicated, and |

* (190
| Lots
|| Bens
LINN. JOURN.—B¢

| has hitherto remained a complete mystery.
don f, some twenty years ago, in their work entitled
gne végétal, brought into use the term Proangiosperms
group of extinct plants which gave rise to the modern
. Dicotyledons. They went even further, and included
Imsona among the members of this group. These sug-
yere particularly happy, considering the material then at
the main palzobotanical science at the present time

must be made to the supposed connection between the
he Gnetacee. Of all the existing Gymnosperms, this
| long been considered to show the largest number of
with the true Flowering Plants. Attempts, however, to
tionship have not met with much success.

embryological study of Gnetum, came to the following
oup appears to be of very ancient origin, it probably arose
је other Gymnosperms direct from the heterosporous
noreover, has not given rise to any single Angiosperm.
ecently, from a general examination of the Gnetacean
ecides against any direct relationship. He says that such
ice as that possessed by the Gnetaceze cannot be held to
ween this group and the simplest Angiospermous flower.
‚ that the Gnetacez are not intermediate between the
ngiosperms.

п the other hand, since the publication of these two
roured to bring the floral morphology of this group into
пе Angiosperm. She suggests that the suppression of
e inflorescence of Gnetum may have been carried still
whole is reduced to a conical torus, that is to а structure
»ptacle of a flower like Liriodendron. This seems а
rdly justifiable hypothesis, for there is no evidence to

| р. 254. t Saporta & Marion (1885).
(1899). $ Lignier (19052).
а (19045.

IANY, VOL. XXXVIII. D

34 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

show that such simple flowers as those possessed by the Magnoliace are in
reality compound structures, і. е., very compressed inflorescences. Every-
thing points in the other direction, namely that the sporophylls (stamens and
carpels) are borne directly on the main axis of the floral shoot.

Hallier *, quite recently, has suggested a possible connection between the
Gnetacez and the Loranthacee. Though agreeing in the main with his
phylogenetie views respecting the Flowering Plants as a whole, we are
inclined to regard this as a somewhat rash, though ingenious speculation ;
especially because it necessitates, as he admits, the nucellus of Gnetum being
regarded, not as a single ovule, but as a placenta bearing several ovules.

Finally, then, we may conclude that the study of the Gnetacez does not, and
does not seem likely to, help us in understanding the phylogeny of existing
Angiosperms. It would appear more probable that a knowledge of the descent
of the latter, obtained from other sources, will itself shed light on the
relationships of the former.

From a discussion on the vascular structure of seedlings, at the last meeting
of the British Association at York f, the inference may be drawn that some
help will be forthcoming from this line of study towards solving the problem
of the origin of the Angiosperms. So far, the examination of the “ transition ”
phenomena in seedlings has led Mr. Tansley and Miss Thomas to regard the
simple type met with in the Dicotyledons, and most of the Coniferze, as derived
by reduction from the more complicated one found in the Cycads and the
Araucariez.

Thus, by way of summary, it may be said that no definite theory, as
regards the origin of the Angiosperms, has up to the present. been elaborated.
The views put forward from time to time have been more of the nature of
casual suggestions. The problem has not yet been separately treated as a
whole, in all its bearings. The morphologist has perhaps hitherto inclined
only to a comparison between living members of the race, with neglect of the
fossil evidence. Тһе paleeobotanist, in approaching the subject, does not
appear to have arrived at any clear conception of what may be considered the
primitive features of living Angiosperms.

In concluding this section of the paper, it is interesting to note that this
unsolved problem has its parallel in the Animal Kingdom. The origin of the
highest group, the Mammalia, still remains largely problematical.

PRINCIPLES OF EVOLUTION.

Before discussing what we regard as the primitive forms of the various
organs of the Angiospermez, we would emphasize briefly certain principles
connected with evolution to which we attach considerable importance when
attempting to trace the phylogeny of living or extinct races.

* Hallier (1905). 1 Anonymous (1906) p. 182.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 35

The Law of Corresponding Stages in Evolution.

If we study the stages in evolution reached by the different organs of a
seed-plant at any one period, we shall find that they are dissimilar. Some
are obviously more highly evolved than others. Corresponding stages in the
evolution of the various members of a seed-plant are not contemporaneous
in point of time. Conversely, at any one period in geological time, one organ
or set of organs will be found to have reached a far higher stage of evolution
than another.

The study of fossil botany has afforded numerous instances of. the truth of
this principle. The foliage of the Pteridospermes, as also the habit of the
stem , 1s essentially fern-like, though the female organ is а seed. "The male
organs ( Crossotheca) of Lyginodendron are obviously far less highly evolved
than the female (Lagenostoma). "The former is essentially a. simple fern-like
fructification, the latter a highly evolved seed.

Or, again, to turn to the Bennettitez, the Mesozoic descendants of the
Pteridospermesz, the mierosporophylls are still essentially fern-like fronds,
while the megasporophylls are of an extremely advanced type. The trunk
habit of these plants also shows scarcely any modification as compared
with that of a Paleozoic tree-fern.

Or to turn to recent plants. The fern-like foliage of the Cycad Stangeria
is associated with highly-evolved strobili. Again, the female sporophyll of
Cycas is more primitive than the male, and its fern-like origin is still
traceable.

Other instances might be quoted *, but the above may suffice. It follows
from this law that there was never in existence such a plant as a really
primitive Angiosperm, in the sense that all its organs were equally of a
primitive nature. On the contrary, the earliest Angiosperms were no doubt
characterised by possessing some members much more highly evolved than
others. There is reason to believe that the Angiosperms were derived from
other seed-plants, but that the seed, in itself a highly evolved structure,
originated at а much more remote period.

We believe that the application of this principle will be found to be of
great service in such considerations as the present. At a later stage (p. 70)
we propose to demonstrate by its aid the probability that the earlier
Angiosperms still retained the megaphyllous foliage of their ancestors ; а
supposition which will explain several puzzling facts.

Homoplasy.
It is well recognised that one of the great difficulties to be faced in
attempting to trace the phylogeny of living groups lies in the tendency to
error, arising from laying stress on certain features as indicative of close

* See Wieland (1906) p. 244, who has also discussed this law.
D 2

36 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

relationship, which are more probably simple expressions of parallelism of
development. Sometimes the issue is so obseured by numerous instances of
homoplasy, that it is difficult to arrive at any sure conclusion. The broad
question of the phylogeny of Angiosperms, however, seems to us to be
remarkably free from embarrassment in this respect.

Mutation.

While we regard the course of evolution as for the most part a slow and
gradual process of. variation, we are prepared to admit that, now and again,
abrupt and discontinuous phases * occur. The same conclusion holds in
regard to theories connected with inorganic evolution. Catastrophism has
been replaced by uniformitarianism, which in turn is succeeded by а theory,
which admits that, at certain periods, the forces of nature may have been
working at a greater intensity than they are to-day.

There is a bare possibility that mutation may have been concerned with the
evolution of the Angiosperms themselves, for the suddenness with which this
group rises to the position of a dominant type in the flora of the Cretaceous
and Tertiary periods is perhaps difficult to explain on any other hypothesis,
unless we accept the theory of the imperfection of the geological record in
this instance.

One of the great difficulties which arises from our still highly imperfect
knowledge of the Mesozoic floras is that at present, in the great majority of
instances, we are familiar only with the foliage of these plants. Among such
leaf impressions, the absence of any conspicuous intermediate forms combining
features common to the Angiosperms and any other group is remarkable, and
this evidence, though not perhaps of great importance, may admit the possibility
of mutation rather than of gradual variation (see p. 71). On the other hand,
too free a use of this principle is not to be favoured, else there is a distinct danger
that mutation may become the last resort of the phylogenetically destitute.

PRIMITIVE FEATURES AMONG LIVING ANGIOSPERMS.
Tug STROBILUS THEORY OF THE ANGIOSPERMOUS FRUCTIFICATION.

The basis of our theory as to the nature of a typical Angiospermous flower
is that such a fructification consists essentially of а strobilus or cone ї. We
regard the simpler, unisexual flowers, including apetalous forms, as derived
from a amphisporangiate } strobilus by reduction. The term * flower " has

* De Vries (1901, 1905). + Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 9.

f The terms “ bisporangiate " and * ambisporangiate" have been used by Wieland and
other authors. We regard these terms as open to objection, and propose to adopt * amphi-
sporangiate” in their place, as the antithesis of * mcnosporangiate."

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 37

been used in a great variety of senses *. We would, however, restrict its
application to the Angiosperms alone, since it was from these plants that the
idea expressed by the word originally arose. In our opinion extra-seminal
pollination, in which the carpel or carpels play the chief part in the pollen
collection, is the essential feature of a hermaphrodite, or female flower. We
regard a flower as typical when it possesses both micro- and megasporangia,
as well as a perianth which in many cases has an attractive function.

А flower, on our view, is a special form of a type of strobilus, which is
common both to the Angiosperms and to certain Mesozoic plants, and which
may be termed an anthostrobilus. The anthostrobilus of hypothetical Mesozoic
ancestors of the Angiosperms, and of their supposed near relatives the Ben-
nettitese, differed from the flower of the Angiosperm in certain important
respects, especially in the presence of direct pollination, in which the mega-
sporophyll played no part. Tt may perhaps be useful to distinguish it as a
Pro-anthostrobilus, and the Flower proper, a term here restricted, as an
Eu-anthostrobilus.

Pro-anthostrobilus of Mesozoic Ancestors and Bennettitez.
Anthostrobilus
Eu-anthostrobilus (Flower) of Angiospermez.

The necessity for these new terms arises from the fact that the word “ flower ”
has been applied in many different senses, for instance even to the strobili of the
Coniferales. Also because, as we hope to show here, the Angiosperms are
descended from Mesozoic ancestors nearly related to a group of fossil plants,
whose fructification is now well known, and indeed has been, though as we
think inaccurately, termed a flower.

We shall discuss at some length at a later stage the evidence for the
derivation of the Eu-anthostrobilus from the Pro-anthostrobilus—types of
cones which we believe represent different stages in the evolution of the
fructification of one and the same line of descent.

The strobilus or cone is of course a very ancient type of fructification,
common to many distinct, and only very remotely related lines of descent.
Other forms of strobili were borne by plants which flourished at a very much
earlier period in geological time than the anthostrobilate races discussed here.
The anthostrobilus is distinct from any of these, and it is, in all probability, the
newest modification or creation of the strobilate form of fructification, in point
of geological time. Tt differs from all other strobili in that it is typically
amphisporangiate, by the megasporophylls being invariably aggregated on the
axis of the strobilus above the microsporophylls (i. e. nearer the apex of the
cone), and by the presence of a distinct perianth, below the fertile sporophylls,
whose function is apparently wholly, or partly, of a protective nature. In

* Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 9.

38 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

other words, the protective office, which in the strobili of many Pteridophyta
is performed by the aggregate of the fertile sporophylls themselves es, is, in the
anthostrobilus, localised towards the base of the cone, and performed by
sterile members. In order to bring out more clearly the essential features of
the anthostrobilus, we may compare it briefly with a heterosporous cone of an
ancient type, such as that of Lepidodendron Hibbertianus, Binney *, from the
Lower Carboniferous of Scotland.

L. Hibbertianus, Binn. Anthostrobilus.
Elongated axis cylindrical. more or less conical.
Megasporophylls basally as regards apically as regards
situated the microsporophylls. the microsporophylls.

Protective function distal extremities of sterile, basal, leaf-like
performed by both types of fertile organs.
sporophylls.

ExcLER's THEORY.

The Strobilus Theory of the nature of the typical Angiospermous flower is
not by any means a new one f, though it differs in toto from that generally
accepted by systematists at the present time. According to current notions,
widely but not universally adhered to, the primitive type of Angiospermous
fructification is to be sought for among the unisexual Apetale, which, on our
view, are forms reduced from amphisporangiate strobili, in each case possessing
a perianth.

This prevailing opinion, for which Engler 1 is largely responsible, has been
too readily accepted § as a self-apparent axiom, before careful examination of
its truth has been made.

In a recent authoritative discussion of this question, Coulter and
Chamberlain || state that as a consequence of the now “ discarded doctrine of
metamorphosis . . .. it has been a very prevalent conception, therefore, that
flowers of simpler structure than the assumed type are reduced forms. There
are certain cases in which this seems clear.... but the vast major ity of
simpler flowers are better regarded as primitive than as reduced forms.”

On the other hand there have not been wanting others 4, especially Hallier **

* See Scott (1900) p. 162, fig. 65.
t Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) pp. 9 & 10.
f Engler (1897) p. 358. $ Chamberlain (1897).
|| Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 10.
{| Henslow (1893!) p. 485; Čelakovský (1897).
** Hallier (1901', 1901?, 1903, 1905).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 39

who have already upheld the view maintained here. Goebel?, in particular,
regards the amphisporangiate condition as primitive, and the monosporangiate
as derived from it.

It will be necessary here to examine somewhat at length the evidence for the
assumption that certain naked flowers may be regarded as primitive, and the
consequent corollary that their near relatives, with insignificant perianth, are
derived from them.

The main departure of Engler’s and Eichler's systems of classification from
that of Bentham and Hooker consists in the abolition of the large group
Monochlamydez or Incomplete, and the distribution of its families among the
Polypetale, making one large series, the Archichlamydez ог Choripetale ;
without question a move in the right direction. At the same time both Engler
and Eichler cease to regard the Ranales (Polycarpice) as the starting point of
existing Dicotyledons. They commence their systems with plants possessing
flowers composed of few parts, especially the Piperaeez and its near allies,
and also with the Amentiferous families. Their scheme of classification then
gradually advances from plants with naked flowers to others possessing an
insignificant sepaloid perianth, and finally to such orders as the Caryo-
phyllaceze with a well-marked calyx and a conspicuous corolla. From this
point of view, the gradual evolution and differentiation of а perianth can be
traced in a general way.

Three objections of considerable weight can be advanced against this theory.
In the first place, it must be assumed that the perianth is evolved de novo, and
is an organ sui generis. Secondly, in many of the groups regarded as primitive,
e.g., Piperales, Amentiferze, and Pandanales, the inflorescence is a sharply
defined and often a highly complicated structure. Lastly, such a theory has
so far proved barren from a phylogenetic standpoint, especially when the
attempt is made to bring into line evidence derived from the study of fossil
plants.

We may now briefly examine the cohorts which Engler regards as showing

primitive features.

Piperales.

This cohort is placed first in Engler and Prantl’s system, and includes four
orders, of which only the Piperaceæ is well represented by the species of
two genera Piper and Peperomia. A survey of its members suggests that its
flowers are fashioned, for the most part, on the trimerous plan, with two whorls
of stamens and three carpels. No one would argue that a species of Piper
with only two stamens has preceded one with six, nor that one with three
carpels has been derived from an ancestor with a single carpel. Nor is it to be
supposed that a genus like Chloranthus, with a sin gle tepal, has given rise to one

* Goebel (1905) p. 528.

40 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

like Lacistema, with a complete perianth whorl. It is much more natural to
suppose that the other members of the whorl have been aborted, and that such
genera as Piper and Peperomia have been evolved by further reduction,
during which the perianth has disappeared altogether. In the monotypie
genus Lactoris, placed by Engler in the Ranales, but by Bentham and Hooker,
among others, in the Рірегасеғ, сап be found а synthetic type linking these
two cohorts together *.

Thus, in our opinion, the more obvious and plausible view is that the
Piperales branched off, probably at an early period, from the Ranales, and, as
in the case of many other Angiosperms, have suffered considerable reduction
in the individual flower, so much so that in many instances they have lost their
perianth. This line of evolution appears to have progressed side by side witha
tendency to aggregate the flowers into dense spikes ; the bracts assuming more
and more the functions originally performed by the perianth. Ina few of the
Piperales the grouping of the flowers has advanced a stage further. In the
Peppers of the section Potomorpha the spikes are arranged in umbels. Such
compound inflorescences surely are hardly characteristic of “plants of low
organisation? f.

Both the recent studies of the seed-development of the Piperales by
Johnson f, and of the seedling-structure by T. G. Hill$, have led these
authors to conclude that this is not to be regarded as a primitive cohort.

Amentifera.

The term Amentiferz is used here, for the sake of convenience, to include
those families of trees characterized by unisexual flowers—or at least the
male flowers—crowded together into very dense and definite inflorescences
known as catkins; a type of inflorescence which is shed entire, and thus
functions largely as a single flower. In some families, e. g., those included in
Engler’s cohort Fagales, the catkin is of a highly complex and compressed
nature—a feature hardly suggestive of primitiveness, but rather of a reduction
in the component parts. In such, a suppression of the perianth might
naturally be expected. .

Salicacee.—This family consists of two genera only, Salix and Populus,
the one entomophilous, the other anemophilous. Divergeney of opinion
exists as to whether the entomophilous habit of Saliz—an almost unique
occurrence amongst the Amentiferz:e — is. to be regarded as a primitive
feature, or one derived from a Poplar-like ancestor by a change in the method
of pollination.

Chamberlain |, from an embryological study, concluded that the genus

* Hallier (1901?). t Willis (1904) p. 515. { Johnson (1905).
$ Hill, T. G. (1906). | Chamberlain (1897).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 41

Sali; is primitively unisexual, diœcious, and naked. Robertson *, on general
grounds, considers Populus the more recent genus.

On the other hand, the opposite view has been maintained, and has quite
recently received strong support from Haines’ t deseriptions of two new
species of Indian Poplars. Опе of these, Populus glauca, Haines, frequently
possesses hermaphrodite flowers with an undoubted perianth.

To us it appears to be the more reasonable view to regard Populus as the
older genus, and Salix as derived from a Poplar-like ancestor at a more recent
period. On this view, Populus glauca has retained more primitive features
than the other species, and thus departs less from the ancestral type, while
the entomophily of Saliw is but a recently acquired character. It also implies
the derivation of a flower such as that of Saliw, which has only two stamens
and never more than two carpels, by reduction from a plant like Populus,
possessing many stamens and sometimes more than two carpels. At the
same time, we regard Populus itself as not primitively anemophilous, but
derived originally, with the other Amentiferous families, from entomophilous
ancestors.

Another fact to be taken into consideration in this connection is that,
at the present day, the genus Salix is largely represented by species, whereas
Populus contains comparatively few. The former thus appears to be a plastic
up-grade type, as is further emphasized by the ill-defined nature of many of
its species. The re-adoption of entomophily has possibly been the saving of
the Willows.

Casuarina.—For those who uphold the view that some of the present day
Angiosperms without perianth are primitively naked, this genus has been
perhaps the most promising. In several features it strongly suggests the
retention of archaic structures. Attempts have been made to separate it
entirely from the rest of the Dicotyledons. Treub’s $ suggestion, based on the
initial discovery of chalazogamy, broke down when the fact was ascertained
that many of the Amentiferz, as well as other groups, also exhibit this mode of
fertilization. On the other hand, Engler § regards Casuarina, which he places
in a new cohort Verticillate, as the most primitive of Dicotyledons, from the
fact that many megaspores are found within the nucellus. In the light,
however, of recent research this conclusion is by no means Justified, for
Chamberlain || finds that more than one megaspore occasionally occurs in
Salix. Still more recently Shoemaker Ч has shown that in Hamamelis several
megaspores are found. Frye’s** study of the embryo-sac of this genus has
demonstrated that it is quite of the usual type, and does not differ as regards

* Robertson (1904). T Haines (1906).

1 Treub (1891). $ Engler (1897) p. 362. || Chamberlain (1897).
$ Shoemaker (1905) ; see also Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) р. 242.

** Frye (1903).

42 MESSRS, NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

the presence of antipodals, or the time of endosperm formation, from that of
other Dicotyledons, as Treub supposed. It has been further suggested, within
the last year, on embryological evidence, that Casuarina is closely related to
Carpinus, and may be placed within the Betulaceze as а group of equivalent
rank with the Corylez *.

Consequently, on such arguments as have been brought forward, we fail
to find conclusive evidence that the flower of Casuarina is essentially of a
primitive nature. Nor does the position of the group now appear to be isolated.

Fagales.—The perianth of the female flower, when present, is superior and
somewhat gamophyllous. These are not likely to be the characters of a primitive
perianth. Besides, the syncarpous inferior ovary does away with any idea of
primitiveness as regards the whole flower. The inflorescence is also especially
complicated. Similar considerations apply equally to the Juglandales.

We are inclined to adopt Hallier^s } view, that this group can be connected
with the Hamamelidacez, and thus with ancestors possessing hermaphrodite
flowers and biseriate perianths. On this supposition, the perianth of the
Fagales may probably be regarded as a survival of the calyx, the corolla
having disappeared completely.

Monocotyledons.

Among the Monocotyledons we find certain genera which may very possibly
be ancient types, without, or with a only very insignificant perianth. Hence
the question arises whether these plants were originally without such an
envelope.

Pandanales.—To this group, regarded as among the most primitive by
Engler f, and also by Coulter and Chamberlain $, we think the same arguments
apply as in the case of the Piperales and Amentiferous families. The
inflorescence is of a very dense and sharply defined nature. In the Pan-
danaceæ the individual flowers are difficult to make out, bracts and
bracteoles being absent. It seems much more probable that in this case the
perianth of the individual flowers, as well as the bracts and bracteoles of
the inflorescence, have totally disappeared, and the internodes of the floral
axis become greatly reduce d, with the result that the individual flowers,
especially the male, have become so merged together that they can hardly
be distinguished from one another. Consequently we are inclined to think
that the Pandanacez branched off at some early period from the main line
of the Monocotyledonous descent, and are thus c: ipable of being derived from
an ancestor with hermaphrodite flowers and a well-developed perianth.

Aracew.—lIn the interpretation of the Araceous flower we are in general
agreement with Engler. He regards those members of the family with few

* Benson, Sanday & Berridge (1906) p. 43. + Hallier (1903).
t Engler (1897) p. 360. $ Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 298.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 43

floral parts as reduced. Here the gradation from hermaphrodite flowers with
a complete perianth to unisexual naked types presents all stages of reduction.
At the same time we can trace the evolution of a complicated inflorescence.
The attractive function of the perianth in a less highly evolved genus, such as
Acorus, is transferred in many of the higher members to the spathe, which may
become petaloid and envelop the whole inflorescence. In fact the inflor-
escence practically comes to function as a single flower.

Here we find our opponents adopting the very views which we, in common
with Hallier and others, urge as applicable to all such cases where naked flowers
are aggregated in dense inflorescences. If Acorus and its near allies were
non-existent, would this interpretation. of the family have met with equal
acceptance? Because these stages cannot be so easily traced in other groups
such as the Piperales and Amentifers, the absence of а perianth in these
flowers has been too readily accepted as a primitive feature,

Though Engler regards the hermaphrodite flowers of a genus like Acorus
as the most primitive types in the order, Campbell *, оп the other hand, has
decided that the unisexual flower, with a single carpel and a solitary basal ovule,
e. g., Spathicarpa, Aglaonema, and Nephthytis, is really the least highly evolved.
This conclusion, based on embryological considerations, appears to us to rest on
far tooslender evidence, especially in view of the fact that no general agreement
exists as to which features presented by a study of the embryo-sac may be
regarded as primitive.

THE PRIMITIVE Form or THE ORGANS OF THE EUC-ANTHOSTROBILUS OR FLOWER.

We have seen that Engler and others regard certain orders, where the flowers
are devoid of perianth and often unisexual, as the more primitive members
of both existing Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons. But it must not be over-
looked that Engler's Theory, like the Strobilus Theory diseussed here, is but
a working hypothesis, the truth of which is to be sought for in its application.
The, at present, prevailing view has the merit of simplicity. We start with
something simple, and from it derive the more complicated types оЁ flowers,
possessing a biseriate perianth, and at the same time the hermaphrodite or
amphisporangiate condition. But its application as a working hypothesis does
not assist us in our search for a clue to the phylogeny of the Angiosperms as
a whole. Nor does it help to bring this group into line with any of those
now known to us in the fossil state. On the other hand, the Strobilus Theory,
which postulates that the monosporangiate Apetalee were derived by reduction
from an amphisporangiate strobilus possessing a distinct perianth, leads us back
‘naturally to a great group of Mesozoic plants, the Bennettiteze, which afford
the key to the ancestry of the race in question.

* Campbell (1905).

44 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J, PARKIN ON

In trying to arrive at some conclusion with regard to the primitive form of
the various organs of the Angiospermous strobilus, we have found it helpful to
endeavour to conceive a mental picture of a flower in which all the members
were alike primitive. We, however, by no means wish to infer that such a
flower ever existed, for, as we have pointed out above (p. 35), this would be
contrary to the general trend of evolution, since corresponding stages in the
differentiation of the various organs of a seed-plant, at any one point of time, are

~
Fig. 1.

An Angiospermous strobilus or flower in which the perianth, microsporophylls and mega-
sporophylls, two of the latter being shown in longitudinal section, are represented as if
in the primitive condition. This cone is entirely imaginary, and in all probability
never existed.

dissimilar. Such a strobilus (see fig. 1) would consist of a large, elongated,
conical axis bearing megasporophylls above and microsporophylls below.
At the base of the cone, a well marked perianth would be found, con-
sisting of sterile, leaf-like members, affording protection to the cone as a
whole, and playing some part in the mechanism for insuring cross-fertilisation
by adding to its conspicuousness. All the organs of the cone would be of
large size, numerous or indefinite in number, and spirally arranged. The
cone would be solitary, borne either terminally or axillary.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 45

The gyneceum would consist of an indefinite number of carpels forming
apocarpous, monocarpellary ovaries, each containing several ovules, with
marginal placentation. There would be no style. The stigmatie surface
would be more or less confined to the apex of the carpel, and would probably
be of a sticky nature, or the apex of the carpel may have remained slightly
open, as in the modern Reseda. Тһе ovule would be orthotropous, with two
integuments. The carpel would dehisce by ihe ventral suture, and the seeds
be distributed by simply falling from the carpel, or being shaken out of it
by the wind. The embryo would germinate within a short period after
fertilisation, and would possess two epigeal cotyledons.

The andreecium would comprise an indefinite number of stamens, with long
anthers. The filaments would be short, and the connective produced beyond
the anther as a slight expansion.

The perianth would consist of numerous, spirally arranged members, either
all similar in form, colour, ete., or somewhat differentiated, with an inner
petaloid series serving both as an attractive and protective organ.

The mode of fertilisation would be by means of entomophily, the pollen-
collecting mechanism being performed by the carpels.

It will thus be seen that we regard polypetaly, hypogyny, and apocarpy *
as primitive conditions, antecedent in point of time to the more highly evolved
states, in which cohesion and adhesion of similar or dissimilar organs is to be
found.

As we have pointed out, there is no reason to believe that any Angiosperm
with a complete assemblage of primitive floral characters is to be found to-day,
nor indeed that such a flower ever existed. On the other hand, there are
many Angiospermous flowers which retain one or more primitive features.
According to our view, the greatest number are exhibited in the families
Magnoliacew, Ranunculaceae, Nympheacece and Calycanthaceæ, amongst
Dicotyledons ; and Alismaceve, Butomacee and Palmacese, among Mono-
cotyledons.

Magnoliacew.

In this family we find an elongated receptacle, bearing an indefinite
number of stamens and carpels, which are spirally arranged. The form of
the stamen, with its long and broad connective, continued below as a very
short filament and above as a sterile apex, is also a primitive feature.
The perianth of the members of the two tribes Sehizandres and Illicieæ
consists of. many tepals, spirally arranged. In the tribe Magnolieze however,
it is cyclie, and sometimes in three definite whorls ; a stage obviously derived
from the preceding. In the allied Апопасег this arrangement is generally
characteristic.

* See also Bessey (1897).

46 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J, PARKIN ON

Certain members of this alliance also retain a primitive feature in the
homoxylous character of the wood, e. g., Drimys, Tetracentron, and Trocho-
dendron*. This family has already been instanced by Hallier f and others
as showing a comparatively large number of primitive characters. The recent
study by Strasburger f of the embryo-sae of Drimys has shown, however,
that it practically does not depart from the stereotyped form common to
nearly all Angiosperms.

Папипсшасее.

Some members of this family present primitive features in the form of the
receptacle and perianth, as well as in the fact that the numerous stamens and
carpels are spirally arranged. The perianth of this group is also in many cases
of a primitive nature, though often petaloid and sometimes clearly differentiated
into calyx and corolla. In addition, honey-leaves, the homologues of fertile
microsporophylls, may be present.

Nym phæeaceæ.

In the members of this family, especially in the genus Nelumbium, we find
numerous stamens of a similar form to those of the Magnoliacez, as well as
certain features in connection with the perianth, which we regard as fairly
primitive.

Calycanthacew.

The numerous, spirally arranged stamens and carpels, and the large number
of perianth members may be regarded as primitive features.

MONOCOTYLEDONS.
Alismaceæ and Butomacee.

In some members of these closely-allied families the stamens are indefinite
in number, and the carpels numerous and apocarpous, features which, from
our point of view, may be regarded as primitive.

Ратасее.

In this large family, in many instances, the unbranched habit $ and the
free carpels are primitive features.

* Harms (1897). t Hallier (1903).
t Strasburger (1905). $ See Morris (1893).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 41

The Megasporophylls and Megasporangia.

The dietum of Goethe that the carpel is a fertile leaf, more or less modified,
has stood unshaken, and there appear to be such ample evidences of its truth
that it need not be considered further here. Among the Angiosperms, the
condition of аросагру seems to us to be primitive. The spiral arrangement
of the monocarpellary ovaries on a long receptacle, a state of affairs which
still survives in the Magnoliaceze, and in certain other members of the Ranales,
may be regarded as a primitive feature of the flower. From this we derive,
by suppression of the internodes, the whorled arrangement so characteristic
of the great majority of Angiosperms, and often common to all parts of the
strobilus. We regard the verticillate grouping as due partly to a tendency
to cohesion and adhesion, which has always been marked among the Angio-
sperms, and partly to a proneness to а dissimilarity in the size and shape
of the different organs of the strobilus. The fact that the protective function
is, in this type of cone, relegated to sterile members at the base may also have
had some bearing on the question ; more efficient protection being perhaps
afforded where the axis is reduced in length, and the various organs arranged
in whorls. The result has thus been a tendency to a horizontal rather than
a vertical distribution of the organs.

There are numerous instances shown by many families, e. g., Ranunculacee,
Crassulaceze, and Rosaceæ, of how syncarpy has arisen from apocarpy. In
the great majority of the Angiosperms there has been a distinct bias in this
direction, with various modifications, the significance of which is to be sought
for in the fruits. Bi- and multicarpellary ovaries have been the result.

We regard the carpel as а megasporophyll, present in the ancestor of the
Angiosperms as an open leaf, bearing several ovules on its margins, and
not unlike the megasporophyll of Cycas. With the shifting of the pollen

collection from the seed itself to the carpel, it became possible for the
latter, both to afford more efficient protection to the developing seeds,
by eompletely closing over them, and also, at the same time, to fulfil its new
duties as а pollen receiver, by adopting some mechanism for the purpose at
the apex. The necessity for some protection for the ovule is well seen in
Bennettites, where, however, it is effected in a totally different manner. The
style, probably non-existent at first, may be looked upon as a later adaptation,
connected with the perfection of the method of insuring cross-fertilisation.
The stigmatic surface was, in the early stages, simply a localised portion of
the carpel, adapted possibly by some sticky secretion for the collection of
pollen.

It need hardly be mentioned that we are in agreement with Bessey *
and other recent writers, in deriving all syncarpous ovaries from apocarpous

* Bessey (1897).

48 MESSRS, NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

ancestors, and all inferior ovaries from ancestors in which these organs were
superior.

The ovule in the primitive Angiosperms was orthotropous. This view is
also that commonly held”. From this primitive type were derived the
campylotropous and anatropous types.

We are inclined to regard the primitive carpel as multi-ovulate f. There
is, however, a constant tendency to reduction in the number of ovules among
monocarpellary ovaries. This is especially well seen in an order such as
Ranunculacese. The significance is to be found in the fruits, which commonly
become indehiscent and one-seeded, 7. e., achenes.

The Microsporophylls and Microsporangia.

The type of mierosporophyll and mierosporangium, found almost throughout
the living Angiosperms, is a very constant one on the whole, and this indicates
that these are organs which have become fixed, although in many cases there is a
strong tendency in the direction of abortion, suppression, or transformation.
We regard the stamen as а sporophyll, equivalent to the modified foliar organ,
which сап be shown to have existed in the case of the Pteridospermez
or Paleozoic ancestor. This sporophyll bears two synangia, each, in. some
respects, similar to the male organ of a Pteridosperm, e. g., Crossotheca.
The synangial view of the stamen is by no means a new one, but hitherto
no attempt has been made to link it with an ancestor, also possessing
this type of mierosporangium. We shall endeavour to show at a later stage
(pp. 67, 68) that such a view is tenable.

Among living Angiosperms, we regard the andreecium as primitive in such
an order as the Magnoliacez, especially as regards the spiral arrangement,
the indefinite number, and the form of the microsporophylls and mierospor-
angia. The shortness of the filament, the length of the connective, and its
continuation beyond the anther as a sterile tip, are important features in this
connection. We are thus in general agreement with Hallier { as regards
the microsporophylls of Angiosperms. From such a type of stamen, later
stages in evolution have involved modifications of the connective and
filament, resulting in the basifixed and versatile types of anther.

The Perianth.
Tt has been already shown that Angiospermous flowers without a perianth,
or those in which this organ is insignificant, occur in plants possessing dense
inflorescences. Solitary naked flowers, with many stamens and carpels, are

almost unknown to us. In consequence of these two facts, we believe that

* Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) р. 57. t Prantl (1888). t Hallier (1903).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 49

all existing Angiosperms are descended from forms with a conspicuous
perianth, and that, in those plants where it is not present, its absence is
due to abortion. We are thus inclined to postulate for the group a primitive
perianth, which was completely differentiated, from the sporophylls on the
one hand, and from the foliage leaves on the other, before the existing
Angiosperms came into being. Hence we can hardly seek for its origin
among their present-day representatives. At the same time we agree
that the modern perianth may have, in certain instances, acquired additional
members, either from above by the sterilisation of mierosporophylls, or from
below by the modification of foliar organs.

On this supposition, let us endeavour to arrive at some idea, from a study of
living forms, of what may have been the characters of this primitive perianth,
possessed by the immediate ancestors of the existing Angiosperms.
Naturally we turn first to the Ranales, for in this group of families, as we
have already seen, a number of primitive features appear to be retained in the
andrecium and gyneceum. Тһе special points presented by the Ranalian
perianth as а whole, which strike us as primitive, are the inconstant
number and spiral arrangement of its members, as well as the absence
of a marked separation into calyx and corolla. Тһе perianth of the
Magnoliaceze is of special interest from this point of view, as showing
transitions towards a definite number of tepals, arranged in whorls, and
a differentation into a calyx and corolla. In Zlliciwm, there is a gradual
passage from sepaloid to petaloid tepals. In Drimys, the distinction
between the protective and attractive parts of the perianth is more marked,
though they are still spirally arranged. In Magnolia, and its close allies,
the perianth tends to assume a cyclic arrangement, and the tepals become
reduced to a definite number. M. grandiflora, L., and М. stellata, Maxim.,
for example, have as many as thirteen perianth members, all much alike.
In M. Yulan, Desf., they are reduced to nine, arranged in three fairly similar
whorls. M. obovata, Thunb., and M. glauca, Linn., have likewise the same
number, but the three outer ones are quite small. The tendency then in
this family may be said to be towards a definite perianth, comprised in three
whorls. Such a floral envelope, in which as a rule the outer whorl is
sepaloid and the two inner petaloid, is a constant feature of the closely
allied, but more highly evolved family, the Anonaces.

The Ranunculaceæ are perhaps the next most interesting Ranalian family
from this point of view, but the perianth here, on the whole, appears to be
hardly so primitive, and is complicated by the occurrence of the so-called
* honey-leaves," which we regard, in agreement with Prantl*, as recent
modifications of some of the outer stamens. We should be inclined to view

* Prantl (1888).
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. Е

50 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

the many-leaved floral envelope of Trollius, with its spirally arranged and
largely petaloid members, as a primitive perianth.

Without going into further details as regards the Ranales, we believe
their perianth can be best explained on the assumption that their ancestors
possessed one composed of an indefinite number of members spirally arranged,
of which the outer were sepaloid and the inner petaloid, but with no marked
separation between the two. Since we regard the Ranales as the most
primitive group, we should expect the immediate ancestors of the Angiosperms,
as a whole, to have possessed this type of perianth.

Without attempting to follow fully the evolution of the perianth in the
higher cohorts of the Dicotyledons, a few tentative remarks here may not be
out of place. It might be inferred from the above hypothesis of а primitive
perianth, partly sepaloid and partly petaloid, that we would consequently
derive the floral envelopes of the higher Polypetale and the Gamopetale by
a marked separation of the sepaloid and petaloid members into two distinct,
usually pentamerous whorls, corresponding respectively to the calyx and
corolla of these sub-classes. This of course is a possible, and besides a
simple view, but there may be other explanations, which appear equally
plausible. А.Р. De Candolle long ago suggested that all floral leaves are
derived from the sterilisation of sporophylls. Celakovsky *, from an exhaustive
study of the perianth, finally came to the same conclusion. For the petals,
at any rate, this view is supported by the Ranunculacez, where the evolution
of a “corolla” of honey-leaves, by a modification of stamens, can be traced.

A third origin of the biseriate perianth occurs to us, on the supposition of
a primitive floral envelope. The latter may have become wholly petaloid, and
persisted as the corolla, whereas the calyx may have been a new structure,
derived from foliage leaves.

In the Ranales we believe it is possible to trace the origin of a double
perianth in conformity with each of these three theories. As regards the
first method—viz., the differentiation of the original simple perianth into
a definite calyx and corolla,—the flowers of Drimys, and of members of the
Anonaceæ, may be instanced. As regards the second, the direct origin of
the corolla from stamens may be followed in Ranunculus; and with respect
to the third—viz., a calyx derived from below through a modification of
foliage leaves, or, their direct homologues, bracts,—attention may be drawn
to Anemone Hepatica, Linn., Реота, and genera of ОШешасез f.

In fact, the Ranales may be considered an experimental group so far as
the formation of a distinct calyx and corolla is concerned, some members
progressing in one direction, and some in another.

* Celakovsky (1897) Part II. p. 46.
1 Placed in the Cohort Ranales by Bentham and Hooker.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 51

FOSSIL EVIDENCE.

In the foregoing pages we have emphasized certain features exhibited by
living Angiosperms, which appear to us to be of a more or less primitive
nature. We may now turn to fossil botany to inquire whether we can there
gather any evidence of a race of plants, which combines any of these
peculiarities. |

There occur in the Mesozoic rocks a large number of fossile, which in
many respects have much in common with the living Cycads. These
plant-remains have been often spoken of as Mesozoic Cycads, and the
idea has to some extent become ingrained that, whatever else they may
have been, they were essentially Cycads. This conclusion, we believe, is
incorrect. It partly arises from the fact that these fossils were for many
years, and are perhaps even now, best known to us by impressions of their
detached fronds, which are admittedly of the same general type as those of
modern Cycads.

Even Wieland * in his quite recent work, in many respects the most
important which has ever been done in this direction, has labelled his book
‘American Fossil Cycads,’ and speaks of the extremely interesting members
of the genus Cycadeoidea as Cycads. This conclusion we hold to be incorrect,
and one which is liable to give rise to a false impression as to the nature of
these fossils, many of which we regard as standing nearer to the Angiosperms
than to any other group.

For some years past, it has become more and more fully realised, in
certain directions, that, among this great plexus of Mesozoic fossils, there
were many which could not be called Cycads in the sense that we apply
the term to the living plants. It was for this reason that Nathorst f, in
1902, proposed the name Cycadophyta, as a general and non-committal
designation for this extensive Mesozoic plexus.

It has also become clear that this group was complex. It includes some
plants which were true Gymnosperms, and so nearly allied to the modern
Cycads, that, in all probability, they may be regarded as the ancestors of
that race. These true Gymnosperms naturally fall within the group
Cycadales. As illustrations, we may mention the fact that the type of
female fructification exhibited by the living genus Сусаз is apparently an
ancient one. Several examplesi of carpellary leaves like those of Cycas,
in some cases even with seeds attached, are known in the fossil state from
rocks of different ages$. Also strobilate fructifications, similar to those
of other genera of living Cycads, have been described ||.

* Wieland (1906) Chapter IX. + Nathorst (1902) p. 3.

і Nathorst (1902) p. 6, pl. 1. fig. 11. $ Solms-Laubach (1891) p. 86.

|| Seward (1895) p. 109, pl. 9. figs. 1-4; Nathorst (1902) p. 5, pl. 1. figs. 1-4.
Е?

л
bo

MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

THE BENNETTITEA,

Apart from such fossils as may well be included within the term
Cycadales, there are others, differing in toto as regards the type of fruc-
tification. During the last thirty-six years we have gradually come to
know more of these Mesozoic plants. The earliest account of their structure
relates to Williamsonia gigas, described by Williamson *, in 1870. This
was followed immediately by the important work of Carruthers f оп
Bennettites and other genera, also founded on British material. Solms-
Laubach f, some years later, added considerably to our knowledge of this
group, from British and Italian specimens of the latter genus. —Lignier $
has also contributed further information with regard to Williamsonia and
Bennettites, from French material.

From these researches it has become clear that neither of these genera
ап be regarded as members of the Cycadales, but must be placed in a new
group of ordinal rank, the Bennettites ||.

But by far the fullest, and from our point of view the most important
work, which has been carried out on these fossils, is that of Wieland @ on
the magnificent material of Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) ** collected from the
Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks of the United States. The earlier, preliminary
papers ЇЇ of this author have now been supplemented by a complete account,
published in the sumptuously illustrated volume, entitled * American Fossil
Cycads, which appeared last autumn. It is to this work that we are specially
indebted for the first adequate description of the amphisporangiate strobilus
of the genus, as well as for much further information on the subject of the
habit and structure of these fossils. Wieland’s work has also cleared up.
many points which were left obscure by the British, French, and Italian
material, earlier examined.

This study of the American Bennettiteee has further emphasized the fact
that not only did there exist a great abundance and variety of Cycad-like
Mesozoic plants, which cannot be included in the Cycadales, but that
some of them warranted the distinction of being regarded as more closely
related to the Angiosperms than to Gymnosperms. In fact the Mesozoic
Веппе еж, as we now know them, appear to afford the long sought for
clue to the phylogeny of the Angiosperms, especially on our view of the
primitive features of the flower, already discussed.

* Williamson (1870). t Carruthers (1870).

i Solms-Laubach (1890) ; Capellini and Solms-Laubach (1891).

$ Lignier (1894, 1901, 1903', 1904).

|| This term is now employed in a much wider sense than that originally intended by

Carruthers. Engler (1897) pp. 5, 341, adopts the derivative Bennettitales.
< Wieland (1906).

** We regard these generic names as synonymous, though we express no opinion as
to priority. tt Wieland (1899, 1901).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 53

It is only proposed here to recapitulate briefly the main points in the
morphology of the fructification of Bennettites. Fora full account the reader
is referred to Wieland's excellently illustrated monograph.

The structure of the strobilus is illustrated by figs. 2 & 3 taken from
Wieland’s book *. As Dr. Scott f has pointed out, it is evident that “in
approaching this subject we must divest our minds of all preconceptions
drawn from a knowledge of existing Cycadean cones.”

Fig. 2.

Diagrammatic sketch of a longitudindal section through the amphisporangiate cone of
Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) dacotensis, Ward. About natural size, (After Wieland.)

The species, which may be regarded as typical from our point of view,
is Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) dacotensis, Ward, from the Black Hills of South
Dakota. As is invariably the case in this genus, the fructifications are
borne laterally, wedged-in between the persistent leaf-bases of the stem.
In all the examples, so far obtained, the cone is quite mature, and has
reached the fruiting stage.

* Wieland (1906) text-figs. 87 & 88 on pp. 164-5.
+ Scott (1900) p. 464,

94 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

The strobilus, which has a length of about 12 cm., consists of an elongated
conical axis, bearing several series of bract-like structures below,-tbetween
which is packed a copious ramentum. Above these bract-like organs,
recognised in figs. 2 and 3 by their hairy surface, and attached to the axis
in a hypogynous manner, is a structure known as the “ disc,".formed by the
basal cohesion of 18-20 bipinnate fronds, the male sporophylls. In fig. 2,
one of the latter is seen in the incurved condition, and the other, asiexpanded

Restoration of а longitudinal section through the amphisporangiate strobilus of
Bennettites (Cycadeoidea), About natural size. (After Wieland.)

when fully mature. In fig.3 several of the microsporophylls are indicated in
the unexpanded state. The bipinnate frond bears many, very reduced pinnules,
each supporting two sessile synangia. The mierosporophyll is bent inwards in
the young state, for about a third of its length, and the secondary rhachides
are folded inwards in pairs, lying in the plane of the primary rhachis.

At the apical portion of the strobilus, at a later stage when the

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 55

microsporophylls have been shed, a large number of orthotropous seeds
are found, mounted on long pedicels, arising directly from the axis. The
seeds contain dicotyledonous embryos. Between the seeds, a still larger
number of somewhat club-shaped organs, known as the interseminal scales,
occur, also attached directly to the receptacle. —Distally these scales are
all coherent by their apical margins, thus completely covering in the seeds,
leaving, however, an orifice directly above each seed, through which the
micropylar tube projects. Thus, in the fruiting stage, the interseminal scales
form a complete investment or pericarp, and the whole of the macro-
sporangiate portion of the cone appears to be of the nature of a single fruit.
In figs. 2 and 3, the scale is too small to show the young seeds and interseminal
scales clearly. Their position, however, lining the apical portion of the
axis, is indicated.

Further points in relation to the structure of the fructification of Bennettites
will be discussed subsequently. We will, however, only add here that
Wieland’s elucidation of the amphisporangiate cone of Bennettites has
incidentally extended our knowledge of the earlier described genus William-
sonia, in which the fructifications are borne on long peduncles, among the
leaves forming the crown at the apex of the stem. It is possible that
Williamsonia, in these features, is more primitive than Bennettites.

Previous Interpretations of the Bennettitean Strobilus.

Before beginning a discussion of the origin of the Angiospermez from
ancestors nearly related to the Bennettitez, we would endeavour to make it
clear that we do not consider any known member of the latter group to be
exactly on the main line along which the Angiosperms have advanced.
They, however, diverge so slightly, that we believe there is now little
difficulty in perceiving how the Angiosperms may have originated.

We may commence by considering the interpretations which have been
arrived at with regard to the strobili of the known members of the group.
In thus reviewing some of the earlier work, it must be remembered that,
until recently, the evidence has been very incomplete.

It is curious in this connection to find that in one of the earliest descrip-
tions of the strobili of Williamsonia, read by Yates* before the Yorkshire
Philosophical Society in 1847, the fructification was interpreted as consisting
of “a number of scales, resembling sepals, petals, or perhaps dilated stamens,
all growing from the top of the fruit-stalk, and overlapping one another.”
Yates also points out how very different this cone is, both esternally and
internally, from the flowers of the Cycads.

Williamson t, working with very incomplete material of the genus William-
sonia, distinguished two types of fructification as male and female, which he
compared with the cones of living Cycads. Although we know now that this

* Yates (1855) p. 40. t Williamson (1870) p. 672.

56 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

was not a correct conclusion, it was hardly to be expected that a closer
approximation to the truth would then have been possible.

Carruthers *, discussing ће cone of Bennettites in relation to those of the
living Cycadez, states that * the points of difference are more obvious than
those in which they agree... .. The fossil is truly gymnospermous, the pollen
having access to the embryo-sac through the tubular openings in the covering
of the seed, and not through a style developed from an investing carpellary
organ. The most remarkable difference is to be found in the compound fruit
of the fossil. . . . .. It must be considered to hold the same relation to the
other Cyeadez that Tazus, with its succulent, cup-shaped pericarp, does to
the cone-bearing Coniferze."

Saporta f regarded the fructification of Williamsonia as the fruit of a
primitive Monocotyledon, and more especially as belonging to a member of the
Pandanacez. The same author ў, in conjunction with Marion, recognised in
the interseminal scales the homologues of carpels, and concluded that the
inflorescence is similar to a spadix, bearing unisexual flowers, found in
certain Monocotyledons.

Solms- Laubach $, when discussing the fructification of — Bennettites
Gibsonianus, Carruth., in 1890, states that its closest affinities among living
plants are with the Cycadeæ, though he is not altogether disinclined to accept
Saporta’s argument that the genus may be found to show analogies in the
direction of the Angiosperms. The same author also outlines three hypotheses
as to the homologies of the female portion of the strobilus. Either the seed-
pedicels and interseminal scales are all carpels, the one fertile and the other
sterile; or the scales are of the nature of shoots without leaves, and the pedicels
shoots ending in a flower reduced to a single ovule ; or, again, the scales are
leaves subtending uniovulate shoots. On the whole he inclines to the last of
these interpretations.

Similarly, Lignier ||, in describing the structure of B. Morierei, Sap. & Mar.,
in 1894, concluded that, so far as the female cone is concerned, it is of
the nature of an inflorescence, the bracts and interseminal scales being the
leaves of the main axis, the seed-pedicels being fertile leaves which belong
to unifoliate buds of a higher order. He regards the group as descended
from ancestors common to the Суса4ею, but not from the Cycads them-
selves, and further suggests that eventually the Bennettiteze and Cordaitales
may be found to have a greater affinity than is at present supposed.

In March 1899, Wieland Ч described, for the first time, the male flower of
Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) ingens, Ward, and showed that it differed entirely
from the male cones of the living Cycads. However, as the author ** sub-

* Carruthers (1870) p. 698. T Saporta (1875) p. 56.
] Saporta & Marion (1881) p. 1187 ; Saporta (1891) p. 88.
$ Solms-Laubach (1890) pp. 830, 832, 843. || Lignier (1894) рр. 69 & 73.

$ Wieland (1899) p. 294, ** Wieland (1901 and 1906).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 57

anted out, this strobilus is really amphisporangiate, a fact which

Bt then recognised. In this later communication, Wieland calls attention

"© the resemblance of this fructification to that of the Angiosperms on the
one hand, and to that of the Cycadofilices on the other.

Dr. Scott, in his “Studies in Fossil Botany’ *, sums up the views with
regard to the homologies of the Bennettitean cone. He says, “that the axis
of the inflorescence is a modified branch of the stem is clear, the enveloping
bracts are obviously modified leaves or leaf-bases (В. Morierei), and likewise
present no difficulty. We might well compare them to the scale-leaves, in
which the young cone of an ordinary Cycad is enwrapped.” With regard to
the seed-pedicels and interseminal scales, “the simplest view, then, would be
to regard them as modified leaves, the fertile pedicels being the sporophylls,
and the interseminal scales representing either abortive sporophylls or a
special kind of bract. But we might also interpret both organs as reduced
shoots, or might limit this view to the seed-pedicels, continuing to regard the
interseminal scales as bracts, comparable to the paleae found among the florets
on the receptacle of some Composite.”

It must be remembered that, when these views were expressed, our know-
ledge of the Веппе {ег was much less advanced than it is at the present
time, thanks to the researches of Wieland.

In a later paper, Lignier + adheres to his interpretation of the nature of
the female strobilus of the Bennettiteze, mentioned above, and discusses the
morphological value of the cone of Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) ingens. He
suggests that the male portion may be of the nature of a flower, that is to
say, composed of staminiferous fronds borne on the main axis, though the
female is an inflorescence. He also criticises Wieland’s comparison of this
strobilus with that of the Cycadeæ and Angiosperms. Не appears to derive
the latter from the Cordaitales t. In a later note the same author $ discusses
the morphology of the interseminal scales.

We now pass to consider the interpretation given by Wieland, who alone
has so far had before him the complete evidence of the strobili of the
American Bennettitese. That author || describes the amphisporangiate axis as
a flower homologous with ! 1at of an Angiosperm. He speaks of it as follows :—
* The flower or strobilus a.: thus borne on a short and heavy peduncle consists
in a terminal ovulate cone surrounded by an hypogynous staminate disc and
an outer series of enveloping bracts, followed by the old leaf-bases of the
armor" є. Comparing this cone with the flower of the Angiosperms, the
same author** concludes :—“It appears that organization into a dise

* Scott (1900) pp. 475-76. + Lignier (1903!) p. 44.
і Lignier (1903) diagram on р. 49. $ Lignier (1904).

|| Wieland (1906) Chapter VII. & p. 143.
*| Wieland (1906) p. 165, also p. 235. ** Wieland (1906) p. 230, also p. 79.

58 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON`

preceded by spirally arranged bracts with the subsequent prolonga 7
main floral axis, either as that of а simple terminal cone (or an infloresc?
is, in later geological time, mainly an angiospermous juxtaposition, althoug:.
it may yet prove that its seemingly isolated occurrence in gymnosperms is
largely due to an imperfectly known and understood fossil record."
Discussing the evolution of the Bennettitez, contrasted with the Cycads,
he says *:—* In the one case the much greater change went on in the mega-
sporophylls, and there was evolved a form of true flower exactly suggestive
of the types of change in reproductive organs that resulted in the angiosperms.
In the other" [the Cycads] * both types of sporophylls were seized upon and
carried forward through the same stages of reduction, save for that single,
wonderful, and marvelous survival from the Paleozoic, that analogue of the
staminate frond, the carpophyll of Сусаз.”

The present Interpretation of the Fructification of the Bennettitem.

Having briefly reviewed previous opinions as to the homologies of the
Bennettitean cone, we may pass on to state our own interpretation,
which differs considerably from nearly all those previously advocated.
According to our view, this cone is a simple strobilus, and not an inflor-
escence. Its parts are homologous with the carpels, stamens, and perianth of
a typical, amphisporangiate, Angiospermous flower. In other words, the simple
cone of the Веппе фе» is an anthostrobilus (see p. 37), differing from the
anthostrobilus of the Angiosperm in several important features, especially
in the presence of a seminal pollen-collecting mechanism, and in the form of
the microsporophylls. Such a fructification may be distinguished as a
pro-anthostrobilus (p. 37).

It will readily be seen that this interpretation has all the merit of simplicity.
Yet, like most theories, it has certain difficulties peculiar to itself, which will
be discussed here. We propose to show that it is possible to institute a very
close comparison between the eu-anthostrobilus of the Angiosperm and the
pro-anthostrobilus of the Bennettiteze. Further, the agreement between these
two types of anthostrobili is so close that the conclusion that the Angiosperms
sprang from Mesozoic ancestors, nearly related to the Bennettitex, is
rendered extremely probable.

On the view that the pro-anthostrobilus is a simple cone, the term “ bract "
сап no longer be applied to the outer, enveloping, foliar organs. On our
interpretation, these constitute a primitive perianth, and are of the nature of
sterile leaf-members. The male organs, the 10-20 bipinnate, Marattiaceous-
like fronds, are collectively homologous with the androecium of the Angio-
sperms, the stamens of the latter being derived from them by reduction.
The position of the microsporophylls on the axis, with regard to the other

* "Wieland (1900) p. 66.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 59

organs of the strobilus, is similar to that of the andreecium of a typical
Angiospermous flower, and, with the exception of Welwitschia, is peculiar
to this line of descent. The female organs consist of seeds, mounted
on long pedicels, and interseminal scales. We regard the latter as homologous
with the carpels of the Angiosperms, despite the fact that they subtend, and
do not bear the seed-pedicels. The obvious difficulty which arises from this
fact will be discussed later (р. 66). It is this feature, interpreted on the
axioms of rigid morphology, which has hitherto biased opinion in favour of
interpreting the ovulate portion of the pro-anthostrobilus as an inflorescence.
On our view, the carpels of the Bennettitez are to a certain degree syncarpous,
and this represents a stage in evolution antecedent, in this case, to the method
of enclosing the seeds by the infolding of the carpels on themselves. We
regard this feature especially as one in which the known Bennettitee depart
from the direct line of descent of the Angiospermes. In their basal cohesion
and cyclic arrangement, the male organs show a like early departure.

We regard the fructifications of the Bennettiteze as having been essentially
amphisporangiate, though we recognise the possibility that in this group, as in
their descendants the Angiospermeze, there has been a strong and constant
tendency to reduction to the monosporangiate condition, with the corollary of
the monocious and diccious states. This view has been emphasized so
admirably, and at such length by Wieland *, that it is unnecessary to do more
than add the following quotation :—“ The condition in the great majority
of the eones thus far examined is such that one is forced to the conclusion
that all the known Cycadeoideæ are descended from bisporangiate forms, and
that of all the considerable number of fruits of Cycadeoidea and Bennettites
Gibsonianus or allied species, far the larger portion were actually bisporangiate
and discophorous.” We may add, in discussing this point, that it must be
remembered, that in the majority of the known cones of the Bennettitez, the
fruits are more or less mature, and often possess a well-developed embryo.
At such a stage the microsporophylls would most likely have died down, or,
as Wieland expresses it, “ wilted,” or have been shed altogether, as that
author has pointed out at some length. Remnants of the * hypogynous dise,"
formed by the basal cohesion of the 10-20 microsporophylls, usually remain
as sole evidence of the amphisporangiate nature of the cone, except in some
25 known cases, including Bennettites (Cycadeoidea) Jenneyana, Ward,
В. (C. ingens, Ward, В. (C.) dacotensis, Ward, where these organs are
preserved. Even in Williamsonia, such “discs” have been long known,
though their precise nature has only recently been explained by Wieland's
work.

That the fructification of the Веппе {ее presents features recalling those
of the Angiosperms has been already pointed out by previous authors.

* Wieland (1906) p. 114, also pp. 130, 137, 169, 174, 184.

60 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON
Saporta *, in 1871, referred Williamsonia to the Monocotyledons on the
supposed similarity of the female portion of the strobilus to the fruit of
certain Pandanaceze. In subsequent memoirs this author +, in conjunction
with Marion, included the genus in a new class, the Proangiosperme:e, or
primitive Angiosperms. Although the evidence for this attribution was then
very imperfect, and the deduction by no means warranted or strictly accurate,
yet Saporta, in our opinion, was perfectly correct in his happy guess as to the
near affinities of this Mesozoic fossil.

In 1880, Nathorst t came to the conclusion that the supposed fruits of the
Bennettitee really represented parasitic plants analogous to the Balano-
phoracez.

Solms-Laubach’s $ conclusions have been already mentioned (р. 56). In
the English translation (1891) of his * Fossil Botany,’ the following passage
occurs :—* Tt is possible that the seed-stalks may prove to be carpophylls of a
peculiar kind ; in that case we should be obliged to separate the Bennettitese
altogether from the Cycadeæ, and to regard them as an intermediate group
between Gymnosperms and Angiosperms.”

Dr. Scott || remarked in his * Studies, published in 1900, that the fruit of
Bennettites “comes very near to being angiospermous," but *only in the
sense that the seeds were enclosed within a coherent pericarp.’ The same
author concluded that “ the Bennettitese may well be called pro-angiosperms,
to use Saporta’s name, if by that we simply mean to indicate plants with a
near approach to angiospermous structure, without implying any relationship
to the Class Angiosperms as now existing. On the present evidence such a
relationship is altogether improbable."

It must, however, be pointed out that it was only in 1901, or, more strictly
speaking, during the last year, that the full evidence as to the fructification of
Bennettites has become available, and consequently these conclusions, founded
on imperfect material, could not be other than provisional.

Wieland Ч] in 1901, when describing in a preliminary note the amphisporan-
giate strobilus of Bennettites, emphasized the following suggestion, made in a
previous communication : “ While the staminate disk surrounding the ovulate
axis of Cycadeoidea indicates primarily an evolution ierminating, so far as
now possible to trace, in the Gymnosperms, the juxtaposition of parts is
exceedingly suggestive of the possibility, if not the manner as well, of angio-
sperm development directly from pteridophytic forms. For in these strobili
the sporophylls are organized into а flower, . . . . . foreshadowing distinctly
the characteristic angiospermous arrangement of stamens inserted on a
shortened axis about an ovulate center, apieal and sometimes strobilar as
seen in Liriodendron.”

* Saporta (1875) p. 56.
T Saporta & Marion (1885) vol. i. p. 246, and Saporta (1891) p. 87.

$} Nathorst (1880). $ Solms-Laubach (1891) p. 97.
| Scott (1900) pp. 462, 477, & 478, also p. 523. * Wieland (1901) p. 426.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 61

In 1903, Lignier * criticised Wieland’s views with regard to the possible
relationship of the amphisporangiate strobilus of Bennettites to the
Angiosperms, and rejected this theory on the ground that the fructification
could not be correctly interpreted as a simple cone.

Of more importance are the opinions expressed by Wieland t in presenting
the full evidence with regard to the fructification of Bennettites, recently
published. He concludes that “it would be most extraordinary if at the
present day the angiosperm line of descent could be laid down, except on the
broadest lines. It would be most extraordinary, we say, if a mere half-dozen
well-understood great plant types scattered over vast periods of time, and
representing but a few of a vast array of unknown evolutionary steps, should
be exactly the ones enabling us to say, for instance, that certain lines
(Cycadofilices) led into the Cycadales and Ginkgoales, and sent off a branch
which yielded Cycadeoidean stock jirst, then the Cordaitales, or vice versa,
and that from these latter the angiosperms sprang." This author f also
expresses his conviction that primitive seed- ferns gave rise “ to such types as
the Mesozoic Cycadeoide, and, as І believe, at much the same time or a little.
later than these the early angiosperms.”

He defends § the analogy which he previously suggested between the
Cycadeoidean flower and that of Liriodendron. He says: * Also, in the case
of the sole remote type of which we have now gained a fortuitous knowledge,
striking analogies to living angiosperms are suggested, no difference whether,
laying “histological structure somewhat aside, we fasten our attention upon
one set of characters and Liriodendron be called to mind, or upon another
with the result that the male and female catkins of Amentace: first suggest
themselves, or upon a third set that call to mind some other hint of characters
that must have been present in the countless members of a great proangio-
sperm complex, just as the monocotyl Pandanus thus suggested itself to
Saporta. We should not ask too much of isolated evidence, nor yet be
content with a scant interpretation of highly suggestive facts.”

Further he adds ||: “For the purposes of broader generalization, fern-like
fronds upon which were doubtless borne the pollen of Lyginodendron, the
staminate fronds of Cycadeoidea of true Marattiacean type, the mega- and
microsporophylls of Cycas, the stamens of Cordaites and Ginkgo, and finally
of Ricinus and Liriodendron, all belong to а series.” The same author also
points out other analogies between the Bey iettiteee (Cycadeoidez) and the
Angiosperms. |

It will be seen from this short résumé li previous opinion that, so far аз
the full structure of the cone of the Веппеййе» has been disclosed, there

* Lignier (1903') p. 45. T Wieland (1906) pp. 243-44.
і Wieland (1906) p. 245. $ Wieland (1906) p. 245.
| Wieland (1906) zd. * Wieland (1906) pp. 66, 79, 128, 143.

62 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

have already been recognised, on many sides, indications of Angiospermous
affinity, and thus support is afforded to the theory maintained here.

Only one discussion of the affinities of the Bennettitean strobilus has
appeared, so far as we are aware, since Wieland’s full results were disclosed last
autumn. Professor Oliver *, in a short paper on this subject, has stated some
of the main points of the argument, to which we had arrived independently.
He says: “We now come to the question of the morphological interpretation
of this fructification, whether it is to be regarded as ‘an axis beset with
sporophylls,’ 2. e. a flower, or whether, on the other hand, it is really a much
more complex structure, i. e. an inflorescence or branch-system showing
extreme reduction. . . . .. The view taken by Dr. Wieland, that we have
here a hermaphrodite flower, wil meet with very general agreement.
Looked at broadly and having regard to the pteridospermous affinities of the
Bennettitese this interpretation seems irresistible. To take the other view
and read a * cyathium? into its structure seems to verge on the gratuitous.”

The same author adds: * Whatever else one may think of this flower
it cannot be regarded as that of а quite typical Angiosperm. . . . . Its great
interest and value seem to be that whilst just missing the Angiosperm
it shows how close the Cycad line could come to realising it. It is indeed
the key to the Angiosperms ; when that is recognised the rest is easy ....
It is possible, no doubt, though it seems almost incredible, that a flower with
perianth, stamens, and gynzeceum in proper relative position as in Cycadeoidea
should have been produced except in a line very closely related to that which
led to the Angiosperms.”

THE HEMIANGIOSPERME K.

According to our view, the Tertiary and Recent Angiosperms are directly
descended from a group of Mesozoic plants to which we apply the new term
Hemiangiospermec. This group at present is entirely hypothetical. N othing
is known as to the fructification of any of its members, but we believe that
its cone approximated so closely to the pro-anthostrobilus of the Bennettitex,
that the latter, although somewhat removed from the direct line of descent,
demonstrates emphatically the type of strobilus which gave rise to the eu-
anthostrobilus, or flower of the Angiospermez. This cone (fig. 4), like that of
the closely related Bennettiteze +, was ап anthostrobilus of the pro-anthostro-
biloid type. It was also essentially a Gymnospermic fructification, the pollen
collection being performed by the ovule itself. — Yet it agreed with the typica]
flower of the Angiosperm on the one hand, and with the strobilus of the
Bennettitee on the other, in the juxtaposition of the mega- and micro-
sporophylls, a feature which is peculiar to the cones of this line of descent,

* Oliver (1906) pp. 239-40.
T Hallier (1901 !) p. 105, (1905) p. 154

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 63

as well as in the possession of a primitive perianth. It differed from
the Bennettitean strobilus in that the megasporangia were seated on the
margins of the carpels, the homologues of the interseminal scales, which were
free from one another and not united at the apex. Also the microsporophylls
were spirally arranged, and perhaps more reduced than those of that group.
Such a strobilus would be all but Angiospermie, were it not that the task of pollen

collection was still performed by the ovule, and that it lacked the precise form
Fig. 4.

at
kis
Nie
..
.
".
eas
< . `
Ы .
...
.
EET
Sens
è .
N

L S

The pro-anthostrobilus of the hypothetical Hemiangiospermeæ. Diagrammatic
representation of a longitudinal section through the cone, showing perianth,
microsporophylls and megasporophylls.

of mierosporophyll which is termed a stamen. The general form of mega-
sporophyll would correspond more closely with that of the living genus Cycas,
than with the corresponding structures presented by the known Bennettitez.
That this assumption is a natural one may be inferred from the known
antiquity, and frequent occurrence of such a type of megasporophyll in the
ancient rocks *.

* See Solms-Laubach (1891) p. 86.

64 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

The faet that such a cone appears to be wholly unknown at present
should not militate against the theory, if we bear in mind that the total
number of Mesozoie fructifications of Gymnospermous affinity at present
discovered is extremely small, as Wieland has emphatically pointed out in
the passages quoted above.

It might be asked why we have not adopted Saporta's * term, Proangio-
spermer, if some such name is really required. It must, however, be
remembered that this name was given to fossils, which were regarded as
primitive Angiosperms, combining characters common to both Dicotyledons
and Monocotyledons, whereas the hypothetical forms, which we are discussing,
were the ancestors of these primitive Angiosperms, and were Gymnosperms.
Further we do not agree that the Bennettitese, in the light of the recent
researches of Wieland, can be referred to the Ргоаполозрегтег Tf of Saporta,
as the latter author concluded, for the same reason that their mode of
fertilization was essentially Gymnospermie $.

THE ORIGIN OF THE ANGIOSPERME/E.

We may now proceed to outline the steps by which the typical strobilus of
the Angiospermez was evolved from that of the hypothetical Hemiangio-
spermez. We have already (pp. 44—45) indicated what we regard as the
primitive form of the various organs which compose the flower.

The amphisporangiate cone of the Bennettiteze was identical, so far as the
juxtaposition of the mega- and microsporophylls is concerned, not only with
that of the Hemiangiospermez, but also with that of the Angiosperms them-
selves. The hypogynous arrangement of the -parts, as in the Bennettiteze,
was also a primitive feature of the Angiosperms, from which the perigynous
and epigynous states have been more recently evolved, as indeed has been
pointed out by several writers §.

In the cone of the Bennettitez, all the organs are spirally arranged with
the exception of the microsporophylls. In the cyclic grouping of the latter,
these plants may be regarded as showing evidences of an early departure
from the main line of descent of the Angiosperms. In the strobilus of the
hypothetical Hemiangiospermeze, the organs were all arranged spirally (see
fig. 4), and this primitive feature is still to be found preserved to some extent

* Saporta & Marion (1885) vol. 1. pp. 220 & 222,

T This term is also open to the objection that many fossils have been included under it,
the nature or affinities of which are wholly doubtful.

f The term *Angiocycad, provisionally suggested by Oliver (1906) p. 240, does not
appear to us to be free from objections, for we regard the fructification of this ancestor as, in
the first place, Gymnospermie, and, in the second, very far removed from that of the living
Cycad.

$ Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 15.

—

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 65

among Angiosperms, as for instance among certain members of the Magno-
liaceæ. With the Angiosperms generally, just as with the Bennettiteze, there
has been a constant tendency, by suppression of internodes, to derive a cyclic
arrangement of the parts of the cone from the primitive spiral type.

The first step in the immediate evolution of the Angiosperms was the
transference of the pollen-collecting mechanism from the ovule to the carpel
or carpels, with consequent localisation of the stigmatic surface. It was this
act which called the Angiosperms into being, as we shall endeavour to
emphasize more fully at a later stage in this consideration.

We may therefore first consider the gynzeceum.

The Gyneceum.

We regard the Bennettitese, so far as the megasporophylls of the cone
are concerned, as departing considerably from the main line of descent
of the Angiospermez. The orthotropous ovule or seed, enveloped by what
was probably a single integument *, may be regarded as a fairly primitive
structure. In the anthostrobilus of the Аполозрегтег, the primitive condition
of the ovule was undoubtedly orthotropous, and probably there was a distinet
funicle, a feature whieh may, or may not, be homologous with the seed-pedicel
of the Bennettiteze. The origin of the second integument does not appear to
us to present any great difficulty. It is absent in many living Angiosperms,
especially among the Gamopetalze, and several members of the Ranunculacez,
an order which we regard as having retained a comparatively large number
of primitive features in the strobilus f. Moreover, we regard an integument
as a structure which may arise de novo, and one without close homologies
among those plants which do not bear seeds. That this is the case is evident
in such a seed as that of the Paleozoic Lycopod, Lepidocarpon 1, and in
certain arils found among living Angiosperms.

The seeds of the Bennettiteze show a close approximation to those of the
Angiosperms in the fact that the embryo of Bennettites, and presumably of
the Hemiangiosperme:e, possesses two cotyledons, and that, unlike the Cycads,
and in all probability the Pteridosperms, these seeds germinated after a
comparatively short resting period, both of which we regard as primitive
features among the Angiospermez.

The structure of the unfertilised ovule of the Bennettiteze is still practically
unknown, for in all the specimens examined so far, the ovule has apparently
already become a mature seed. We are, therefore, ignorant of the precise
anatomy of the micropylar end of the ovule. Did it possess a pollen chamber,
comparable to that of Lagenostoma, or was the pollen-collecting mechanism
confined to the micropylar region of the integuments? On this point

* Wieland (1906) p. 234. T Prantl (1888).
t Scott (1901) p. 317.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. F

66 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

Wieland * gives no clear information. But the fact that the integument,
enclosing the micropyle, is produced f beyond the united outer surfaces of the
interseminal scales for some 2 mm., or, as Wieland describes it, “ projects
stigma-like a little beyond the pericarp,” seems to show that the latter, what-
ever their homologies may be, played no part in the pollen-collecting
mechanism, a duty no doubt performed by the ovule itself. This also lends
probability to the view that pollination was effected by means of anemophily.
These points appear to us to be of great importance, since we regard the
likelihood that, in the Bennettiteæ and the Hemiangiosperme, the pollen-
collecting office was performed by the ovule itself (as in the Coniferales and
the Pteridospermex), and the additional probability that the microspores
were brought into position, as it were, by the wind, as being two features
eminently characteristic of these groups, as opposed to the Angiosperms.

With regard to the precise homologies of the seed-pedicels and interseminal
scales of the Bennettitean fructification, there are already several theories in
the field. Lignier's conclusions have been mentioned (p. 56) and Wieland's {
views will be found discussed at length in the IXth Chapter of his book. We
do not intend to pursue the matter at length here. On our view, the homologues
of the interseminal scales of the Bennettiteze in the cone of the Hemiangio-
spermeæ were simple earpellary leaves, bearing several ovules on their margins,
much like the megasporophylls of the living genus Cycas. We conceive
that the ancestors of the Bennettiteze themselves also possessed this type of
sporophyll, though in Bennettites this structure has become highly modified,
perhaps even divided ; for there is a possibility that the seed-pedicels may,
in part, represent a lobe of the carpellary leaf. Also the megasporophylls,
or portions of them, have become united to form the pericarp of the fruit.
In these features we recognise clearly that the strobilus of the Bennettiteze
departs considerably from the lines along which the Angiospermes have
descended. The evolution of the pericarp of the Bennettitez represents one
path of advance, and one wholly gymnospermic. On the other hand, the
Angiospermee, with their closed carpels, form another line of descent, called
into being by the adoption of the entomophilous habit, in conjunction with a
shifting of the mechanism for pollen-collection from the megaspore itself to
the closed megasporophylls.

Since the adoption of entomophily, by means of closed carpels, as the
mode of fertilisation, evolution has taken place in many different directions,
and thus the great cohorts, families, and orders of Angiosperms have been
called into being. Among the more important changes have been reduction
and suppression in the number of the floral members, leading in extreme
cases to the monecious and diccious conditions, often, as we have pointed

L* Wieland (1906) p. 122, fig. 63, t Wieland (1906) pp. 121, 234.
1 Wieland (1906) p. 230, «е,

=з

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 6

out, correlated with inereased complexity of the inflorescenee ; the general
replacement of the spiral by the cyclic arrangement in the parts of the
flower; cohesion and adhesion, especially the evolution of the perigynous
and epigynous states from the primitive hypogyny * ; and alterations in
symmetry f, notably the evolution of zygomorphic structures. Further in
many cases there has been a return to the primitive anemophilous habit,
often accompanied by diclinism, and complicated inflorescences.

The Andrecium.

Perhaps the most striking contrast between the pro-anthostrobilus and the
flower or eu-anthostrobilus, is to be found in the nature of the microsporo-
phylls. In the Bennettitez, these are bipinnate { fronds of the fern type,
coherent at the base, bearing greatly reduced pinnules, which in turn bear
synangia. The connection between such organs and the andrecium of the
Angiosperms is not at first sight obvious. If, however, we compare parallel
stages in the evolution of the ап4гостат and the gynzceum, we may perhaps
arrive at a clearer insight on this point.

The seed itself is an exceedingly ancient organ, dating back far beyond the
period at which we first became acquainted with fossil plants. In other words,
it was a highly evolved structure at a very remote period in geological time.
The seed of the Pteridosperms, the earliest stage in the line of descent under
discussion with which we are at present familiar, was long antecedent to the
evolution of the stamen. The male organs of the Pteridosperms, so far as we
have been able to recognise them, were simple synangia-like structures, not
dissimilar to those of the Eusporangiate Ferns in certain particulars, and
were borne on fern-like fronds. In another Paleozoic group, the Cordaitales,
an organ, in some respects closely similar in organisation to a stamen, existed
contemporaneously with the fern-like male organ of the Pteridospermese, but
this line of descent, on our view, has, at the most, only a remote connection
with that discussed here. Thus we find that an organ in some respects like :
stamen was in existence in the Palzozoie period, although in the Angiosperm
line of descent it was not evolved until quite late in geological time.

The fructifications of the Pteridospermez, both male and female, were
borne in a lax manner, on fronds similar in structure to the sterile fronds, or
on leaves in which the lamina was more or less greatly reduced. There is no
indieation, in any known member of the group, that there was any attempt
to aggregate either the male or female fructifications in the form of a

strobilus or cone.

* Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 13. T Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 15.
1 Wieland (1906) p. 165, &c., describes the microsporophylls as “once pinnate.” They
are, however, obviously bipinnate.

F2

68 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

In the case of the Bennettiteze, however, the Mesozoic descendants of this
group, we find both the male and female organs aggregated into an amphi-
sporangiate strobilus, and further that the megasporophylls are of a highly
advanced type, and have undergone great reduction, as well as possibly other
extreme modifications. The stage reached in the evolution of the micro-
sporophylls is obviously greatly behind that of the megasporophylls. They
show hardly any marked advance beyond the condition of affairs met with in
the Pteridospermesm. The microsporophylls are still essentially compound,
fertile fronds. Any progress in evolution is confined to the synangium, which
is still the dominant type of male fructification. and perhaps more highly
evolved in the Bennettite than in any known Pteridosperms. The stamen,
per se, is quite a recent innovation, so far as this line of descent 1s concerned.
But the adoption of entomophily, by means of closed carpels, which in the
ultimate analysis will, we believe, be found to be the real influence which
called the Angiosperms into being, no doubt involved considerable modifica-
tion in other parts of the flower, and among these the male organs. The
incoming of this type of pollination, thereby effecting an immense saving
in the amount of pollen produetion necessary to ensure cross-fertilization
(see p. 74), seems to have been the signal for considerable reduction in the
male fronds of the pro-anthostrobilus. Eventually a much simpler structure
has been evolved, consisting of a sporangiophore bearing two synangia.

Although we regard the microsporophyll of the Angiosperms as derived
originally from a highly branched organ, by reduction, there would seem to
he very few cases among living members of the group in which a survival of
this ancient feature can be traced. It is just possible that such may occur
among the Myrtaceæ, e. g., Calothamnus, and possibly also in Ricinus, where
the stamens are pinnately branched, but in the Polypetalous orders, such as

Capparidacese, Dilleniaceze, ВезеЧасе», Hypericacese, Cistaceze, Malvacere, &e.,
in which so-called branched or divided stamens are found, this phenomenon
is of a different nature *, and has no direct bearing on this discussion. On
the other hand, it is admitted that the gap between the male organs of the
Bennettiteze and the Angiosperms i is a big one, and that we are not at present
able to trace the various stages in the reduetion of the mier osporophyll.

The Perianth.

The Bennettitean cone possesses а basal, spirally arranged series of sterile,
leaf-like organs, which form an integral part of the strobilus. We imagine
that the pro-anthostrobilus of the Hemiangiospermez also possessed this
feature, which we interpret as an undifferentiated, primitive perianth. With
the assumption of entomophily, and the consequent evolution of the Angio-

* (Goebel (1905) p. 535.

THE. ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 69.

spermex proper, concomitant changes! in the form and function of the
primitive perianth may well have taken place. To the original protective
function of this organ would be added an attractive office, in connection with
the entomophilous habit. The changes involved may have affected the
perianth as а whole, or only the higher series of its members. While we
may suppose that, in some cases, the primitive perianth became differentiated
in this way into an outer series the calyx, and an inner series the corolla, it
is unlikely that all corollas, or, for that matter, all calyces have originated
in this manner. The study of the homologies of the members of the floral
envelopes among living Angiosperms is a very difficult one, as we have already
pointed out (р. 50). In some cases, e. g, .Vymphea, the petals may be
modified stamens, ¿. e. degraded fertile sporophylls, as Grant Allen * long ago
suggested. In others, foliar structures, not originally forming an integral
portion of the cone, may have come to function as a calyx. А well-known
example occurs in the case of the involucre of Anemone Hepatica, L.f.

While therefore, we reserve for the present a fuller discussion of the
homologies of the various types of floral envelopes found among living
Angiosperms, we may conclude that at least a part of the modern perianth
was derived originally from the ancient primitive perianth of the
Hemiangiosperms.

The Angiospermous Tupe of Foliage.

If our view is correct that the eu-anthostrobilus or flower of the Angio-
sperme has been evolved from the pro-anthostrobilus of an unknown ancestor,
allied to the Bennettitese, then we may imagine that this evolution would be
correlated with a marked change in the habit of the whole plant, especially
as regards the branching and leaf-form. We believe, however, that this
latter modification took place ata considerably later geological period than
the evolution of the flower. In other words, we conceive that the earlier
Angiosperms may have retained, for the most part, the unbranched habit, and
also the Cycadean type of foliage of their ancestors, for some considerable
time after the fructification had become a typical eu-anthostrobilus or
flower.

One of the most difficult of the lesser problems which make up the plexus
of problems, which we call the origin of Angiosperms, refers to the evolution
of the typical form of Angiospermous foliage. Тһе leaves of this group are
greatly varied both in form and size, but the majority of them exhibit
certain peculiarities of shape and nervation, which, though hard to define,
readily permit us to recognise at sight the affinities of such plants, even when
we have only their detached foliage to guide us.

* Allen (1882) p. 11. + Goebel (1905) р. 550.

70 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

What, then, is the origin of this type of foliage? We believe the solution
to the question is to be sought for in a study of the branch-habit.
Wieland* has shown clearly that the Bennettiteæ possessed stems of restricted
vertical growth, either unbranched or branched only to a limited extent.
The same also seems to have been true of the Pteridospermes, their ancestors.
On the other hand, one of the great characteristics of the Angiosperms, as a
whole, is their free branching, whether of the monopodial or thesympodial system.
With this change in habit was probably correlated a. general alteration in the
character of the foliar organs. The Pteridospermez, with their unbranched,
or tree-fern-like habit, obtained a considerable assimilatory surface by means
of very large leaves. — Probably, for mechanical reasons, the inerease in the
size of the leaf as а whole would have to be accompanied by much subdivision
of the lamina. Hence the highly compound fronds of the Paleozoic period.
The large, but simpler foliage of the Bennettiteæ, and of the Cycadophyta
generally, can easily be derived from this type of leaf, and is likewise corre-
lated with a non-branched or feebly branched habit. The association of
megaphylly and a simple stem is found in certain living Angiosperms,
е. g., the Palms, where it may perhaps be regarded as an ancient
feature.

Thus in the Angiosperms as a class, free branching and small leaves have
been substituted for a simple unbranched habit and large leaves. One can
readily understand how, as the tendency to branching increased, the necessity
for mierophylly would arise and smaller foliage be evolved. In the one case
branching takes place, as it were, in the leaf, in the other, in the stem.
Both represent efficiency from a physiological standpoint attained by
different methods.

The theory that the origin of the Angiospermous type of branching and
consequently the prevailing leaf-form, took place some considerable time after
the evolution of the primitive flower is in harmony with the axiom (see p. 35)
that corresponding stages in the evolution of the various organs of a seed-
plant are not reached contemporaneously. It also explains certain facts
which have hitherto been regarded as highly mysterious. When we attempt
to summarise the existing data relative to the first appearance of Angiosperms
in Neocomian rocks, we are led to three remarkable conclusions. In the
first place, the Angiosperms appear toarise very abruptly or suddenly. In the
second, judging by their detached leaf-impressions, our sole evidence at present,
they belong to highly evolved, and still existing natural orders. There
appears to be nothing primitive about these early forms. In the third place,
from their first incoming, they are the dominant types in the vegetation of
the Cretaceous and Tertiary periods.

* Wieland (1906) Chapter II.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 71

These conclusions are easily esplained on the supposition that the earlier
Angiosperms still retained the Cycad-like type of foliage of their ancestors ;
and as our knowledge of the Mesozoic floras is in great part, if not almost
entirely, derived from detached leaf-impressions, and not from fructifications,
it is not surprising that we have been puzzled by the facts as presented
by the geological record. The so-called “ sudden appearance” of the
Angiosperms in Neocomian times may have no significance as regards the
phylogeny of the group, but may well express the fact, that this group,
already highly evolved and diversified, then assumed the free-branching
habit and consequent mierophylly. This hypothesis also explains why this
race appears to be dominant over other groups even in the Neocomian period,
for the subsidiary incoming stage of the life-line would be masked by the
retention of the Cycad-type of foliage.

But, apart from these considerations, the great problem remains as to how
the microphyllous foliage of the Angiosperms was derived from the Cycadean
type. On this point we are at present unable to offer any suggestion unless
we call mutation to our aid (see p. 36). So far we are not aware that fossil
botany has afforded evidence of transitions from the type of foliage peculiar
to any Mesozoic group to that of the Angiosperms.

THE ORIGIN OF MONOCOTYLEDONS.

It is still a matter of keen debate whether the Dicotyledons or the
Monocotyledons are geologically the older group. The arguments are derived,
partly from our knowledge of their living members, and partly from a study
of fossil impressions. But it may be doubted whether either of these lines of
attack afford sufficient data at present to settle the question quite beyond
doubt.

Some* have regarded the Dicotyledons as derived from the Monocotyledons,
while othersf, including Hallierf, hold the converse, in some cases with the
reservation that the Monocotyledons branched off from the main Angiospermous
line, i. e. Dicotyledons, at a very early period. With the latter view we
entirely agree.

So far аз the fossil evidence is concerned, we doubt if it is possible to show
that either group is really more aneient than the other. We agree with the
opinion, now generally held, that the earliest fossil remains, whieh in the
present state of our knowledge we can recognise as clearly belonging to the

* Lyon (1901, 1905).
t Sargant (1903), Mottier (1905), Chrysler (1906), Plowman (1906).
і Hallier (1905).

12 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

Angiosperms, are those of the Neocomian (Lower Cretaceous) of Portugal
and the United States. In these rocks, what appear to be Dicotyledonous
and Monocotyledonous leaf-impressions occur together. There have, of
course, been many attempts to show that Monocotyledonous leaves are to be
found in Mesozoic sediments of pre-Cretaceous age, or even in the Paleozoic.
None of these, however, appear to us to afford trustworthy evidence, and
in many cases such fossils have been already claimed as members of other
groups, such as the Cycadophyta and Cordaitales.

It seems evident that the earlier Angiospermous fossils afford practically no
help in attempting to trace the ancestry of the race. Such plant remains consist
almost entirely of detached leaf-impressions, which furnish little or по trust-
worthy evidence, beyond the fact that they are of undoubted Angiospermous
origin. In the Tertiary rocks, seeds and fruits, also detached, occur on
certain horizons, but impressions of flowers are almost unknown, or at least
extremely rare. On the other hand, petrified woods, showing the typical
structure of Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons, especially Palms, аге found
in the Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary formations. These fossils are usually
of considerable size, but on the whole hardly advance our ideas in respect to
the phylogeny of the group.

On the other hand, the Bennettitez, the near relatives of the hypothetical
Нетіапріоѕрегтеғе, afford some evidence in this connection. Аз was first
pointed out by Solms-Laubach some years ago, the embryo of Bennettites has
two cotyledons. We imagine that the Hemiangiospermez also possessed two
cotyledons, and that the Dicotyledonous type was thus more primitive than the
Monocotyledonous.

Turning to the living Monocotyledons, we regard this race as one which
has become largely specialised, in part to a geophilous, and in part to a
hydrophilous * habit. The best explanation of the monocotyledonous embryo
is, in our opinion, that put forward by Miss Sargant f. We consider that it
is more than probable that the single cotyledon of Monocots, and also of
some Dicots, is due to the fusion of the two cotyledons originally present, in
response to the geophilous habit.

During the course of evolution there would seem to have been considerable
“play upon,” or modification of, every unit of the flower. And this appears
to us to be true also of the embryo. Late, or far from primitive adaptations
are to be found among embryos, just as among flowers. The cotyledonary
tubes of some Ranunculacez and other families, and the division of labour
exhibited by the cotyledons of certain geophilous Peperomias, recently
described by Mr. A. W. Hill f, appear to us to be cases in point.

In regarding the Angiosperms as a whole as monophyletic, we are in

* Gardner (1883), Henslow (1893) p. 527. t Sargant (1903, 1904, 1905).
1 Hill, A. М. (1906).

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 73

agreement with Hallier " and Bessey f among others, though the contrary
view has been recently upheld by Coulter and Chamberlain {. In our
opinion, the similarity to be found between the general structure of the
amphisporangiate strobili of both Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons, especially
in those cases which we regard as preserving primitive features, and the
general identity exhibited by the gametophytes, is almost conclusive in this
respect. The supposition that such resemblances are due to homoplasy, as
‘oulter and Chamberlain assert, does not appeal to us, for the chances of
such complete parallelism of long duration must be almost infinitely small.

Some evidence also has been recently brought forward to show that the
polycotylous embryo may have been derived from a dicotyledonous ancestor,
by the splitting of the two seed-leaves $. This, in conjunction with the fact
that Bennettites, as also Ginkgo and living Cycads, possess two cotyledons,
inclines us to the view that the dicotylous condition was a primitive feature
of the great majority, if not all Spermophyta.

ENTOMOPHILY.

We have already indicated that, on our view, it was a radical change in the
method of cross-fertilisation which called the Angiosperms into existence.
It is not perhaps safe to assume that the Bennettitez, or still more the
Hemiangiospermez, were wholly anemophilous, though we think there is a
strong probability that such was the general method of pollination. At first
we may imagine that such insects as visited the Mesozoie ancestors would
be attracted to the male sporophylls for the sake of the pollen. In such
amphisporangiate strobili as those of the Hemiangiosperms, cross-fertilisation
would be likely to result occasionally through insect visitors, owing to the
close proximity of male and female sporophylls. In a monosporangiate
strobilus, however, the male cones would probably alone be visited, hence
there would be no tendency to cross-fertilisation. Consequently the evolution
of entomophily may be expected to have arisen in anthostrobiloid plants.
In the case of the Angiosperms such primitive entomophily was preserved,
and rendered permanent by a transference of the pollen-collecting mechanism
from the ovule itself to the carpel ог megasporophyll, and by the closure of
this organ.

Such a view is in accordance with that expressed by Robertson |. The
question, however, remains as to why this change in the manner of fertili-
sation should have necessitated the infolding and union of the carpels.
Robertson has recently asked this question, at the same time pointing out
that a single ovule could hardly be pollinated any better, and that more than
one could not be fertilised as well by the anemophilous method. It might,

* Hallier (1901?, 1905). * Bessey (1897).
1 Coulter & Chamberlain (1904) p. 283. $ Hill & de Fraine (1906).
|| Robertson (1904).

14 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

however, be argued that the closed condition would be as effective for wind
pollination as the open carpel. А definite, receptive part of the closed
sporophyll could catch the pollen wafted by wind as easily as the ovule of an
open one. True, but on the supposition of a multiovulate carpel, the closed
state would not be so effective for anemophily, since the chances are that
insufficient pollen would reach the stigmatic surface to fertilise all the ovules.
By entomophily, on the other hand, large masses of pollen, sufficient for the
fertilisation of all the ovules, would be deposited on the carpel, as the result
of a single visit. This view is borne out by the fact that most anemophilous
Angiosperms have uniovulate carpels.

There is this further consideration that, by the closing in of the carpel,
more efficient protection is afforded to the developing ovules and seeds, and
at the same time the chance of their being pollinated is increased by the
localisation of the collection mechanism. The insect has only to leave the
pollen on one part of the carpel, whereas to fertilise each ovule of a
multiovulate open carpel it must be deposited on or near each ovule.

Though agreeing so far with Robertson, we part company with him when
he suggests that honey, and not pollen, first attracted insects to flowers.
The converse seems to us the more probable, and besides offers a better
explanation of how entomophily arose. Otherwise how are we to account for
the evolution of floral nectaries ? The seerction of honey previous to insect
visitation does not appear likely. Afterwards, of course, the plant would
gain by substituting this cheaper food-material in the place of pollen. It
could then exercise considerable economy in the production of the latter,
quite apart from the fact that entomophily in itself is less wasteful in this
respect than anemophily. It is unnecessary here to trace further the
evolution of the Angiospermous flower under insect influence. This study
belongs to a special branch of botany, the main results of which are general
knowledge.

While we regard the entomophilous condition as a primitive feature among
Angiosperms *, there are numerous instances in which a return to the older,
anemophilous habit has, more recently, taken place. These are frequently
associated with the more extreme cases of reduction from the amphisporangiate
to the monosporangiate condition, accompanied by suppression, often complete,
of the perianth. Against the view that such anemophilous plants are
primitive may be urged the fact that the inflorescence is almost invariably of
a dense, complicated type, while the style, and especially the stigma, are
obviously highly evolved structures, fashioned on the same plan as pertains
in entomophilous flowers.

* Henslow (1898*) p. 266; Wallace (1889) pp. 323-4.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. : 15

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY.

From a general survey of existing Angiosperms, we have arrived at the
conclusion that the Apetalous orders without perianth, such as the Piperales,
Amentiferous families, and Pandanales, cannot be regarded as primitive
Angiosperms. We thus dissent entirely from the current view, advocated
especially by Engler. Engler's theory is criticised on three grounds.
Firstly it presupposes that the perianth must arise de novo, and be an organ
sui generis. On the contrary, we surmise that the perianth is an ancient
structure, present in the fructification of the immediate ancestors of the
Angiosperms. In the second place, the so-called primitive flowers of the
above orders are invariably accompanied by a complicated and highly-evolved
inflorescence, which we are unable to regard as a primitive character. Thirdly,
such a theory is phylogenetically sterile, for, while it has the merit of simplicity,
it does not afford any clue to the ancestry of the group, nor does it tend to
bring the living Angiosperms into line with the fossil plants of the past.
On our view, the primitive and typical Angiospermous fructification is a
special form of amphisporangiate cone, distinguished by the peculiar juxta-
position of the mega- and microsporophylls, and by possessing a well-marked
perianth. А strobilus exhibiting these features we term an Anthostrobilus.
The word “flower,” which in our opinion should be restricted to the Angio-
sperms, is used in a great variety of senses. The flower of members of this
group is regarded as a special form of the Anthostrobilus, and may be dis-
tinguished as ап Eu-anthostrobilus, o£ which the distinctive features are the
presence of the special type of microsporophyll termed a stamen, and of closed
carpels. On our view, however, an earlier form of Anthostrobilus is to be
found among Gymnosperms, where, however, the megasporophylls are not
closed, and the microsporophylls have not the form which can be called
stamens. We designate this latter type a Pro-anthostrobilus. This is the
form of cone possessed by the Mesozoic Bennettitew, and also we believe
by the hypothetical, direct ancestors of the Angiosperms, or, as we here term
them, the Hemiangiospermee.

On the strobilus theory of the primitive Angiospermous fructification, we
find, when we turn to the fossil evidence, that it is possible to trace the
descent of living Angiosperms in its broad outlines. The direct ancestors of
this group (the Hemiangiospermez) are unknown as yet in the fossil state
But on this theory we recognise in the Pro-anthostrobilus of the Mesozoic
Bennettitee, which we regard as closely related to the Hemiangio-
spermex, features which enable us to restore in some measure the missing
fructification of the ancestor. We are helped in this task by what we have
termed the law of corresponding stages in evolution, which states that
equivalent stages in the evolution of the different organs of one and the same
seed-plant are not contemporaneous in point of time. This has proved

16 MESSRS, NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

especially valuable in the consideration of the origin of the Angiospermous
type of leaf, which we suggest was initiated by a change in the branch habit.

We regard the Angiosperms as essentially a monophyletic group, the
Monocotyledons having branched off from the Dicotyledonous stock at an
early period, probably from the Ranalian plexus. In both these groups
entomophily was a primitive feature. We consider that the change, from the
assumed generally anemophilous habit of the Mesozoic Hemiangiospermeze,
and the Bennettitese, to entomophily, by means of a shifting of the pollen-
collecting mechanism from the megasporangium to the megasporophyll, and
the consequent formation of an ovary, has supplied the “motive force,"
which not only called the Angiosperms into existence, but laid the foundation
of their future prosperity.

If these conclusions have weight, then it is now possible to trace back the
line of descent of the Angiosperms to a very early geological period. This
may be shown in tabular form as follows :—

E . Mesozoic and Tertiary (Recent), —
5. Angiospermea:........................ .
i Eu-anthostrobilateæ.

4. Hemiangiospermeæ ..................

‚о. Mesozoie,— Pro-anthostrobilateze.
(unknown fossils).

3. Pteridospermes ..................... | .
9 л . Palmozoic, —N on-strobilate
2. Heterosporous Fern-like Ancestor. Ancest
. Ancestors.
1. Homosporous Fern-like Ancestor..

Numbers 1, 2, and 4 are unknown fossils, but the key to numbers 1 and 2
is given by the Pteridospermem (No. 3), and to number 4 by the Bennettiteze.
Numbers 3, 4, and 5 were Spermophytes.

Such a theory of descent will permit us to venture rather further afield.

In both the homo- and heterosporous, primitive, fern-like ancestors, there
is every reason to believe that the sporophylls were arranged in a lax manner,
and not aggregated into definite strobili. This condition still remained a
feature of the fern-like seed-plants, or Pteridospermes. From this Palæ-
ozoic plexus, however, strobilate lines of descent were probably evolved
in Mesozoic times by two distinct methods. In the one, like sporophylls
were aggregated into monosporangiate cones. In the other, both male and
female sporophylls were massed in one amphisporangiate strobilus, the
sporophylls however, for a time at least, retaining their primitive, fern-like
form, as is clearly seen in the male organs of the Bennettitez. The mono-
sporangiate Strobilateze led to the modern Cycads. This conclusion receives
support from the fact that, in the genus Сусаз itself, only the male sporophylls
are aggregated into cones. The female may be regarded as having remained
more or less in their ancestral condition, especially with regard to their
distribution on the axis. Such a сазе would be difficult to explain on the

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 77

supposition that, in the modern Cycads, the monosporangiate condition was
originally derived from a amphisporangiate strobilus. Оп the other hand, the
amphisporangiate Strobilatece gave rise to other groups, such as the Веппей ег
and the Angiosperms, in the manner indicated in the following table :—

TABLE OF ANGIOSPERMOUS RELATIONSHIPS.

| —— Recent |
| A
| Tertiary. < E З.
| | Ё 3
= E
= |
> © |
© zi
2 о |
L - а =
= Ranalian | plexus
2, g Eu-anthostrobilates E
5 E 1р
| . | = |
Mesozoic. < 3 А
Е S
E ®
| Pro-anthostrobilatez. `2
EU
| |. | =
|
| Monosporangiatez. | Diplosporangiateæ.
g
. | 2
| Paleozoic. < | z
| Ё,
a
| | ©
| i| =
|
| C =
|
| -
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

ALLEN, ©. (1882).—The Colours of Flowers. (Nature Ser.) London, 1882.

Anonymous (1906). — Discussion on the Vascular Structure of Seedlings. New Phytologist,
vol. v. 1906, p. 182.

Benson, М. (1904).— The Origin of Flowering Plants. New Phytologist, vol. iii. 1904, p. 49.

Benson, M., SandaY, Е., & BERRIDGE, E. (1906).—Contributions to the Embryology of
the Amentiferre. Part II. Carpinus Betulus. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd' ser.
Bot. vol. vii. pt. 3, 1906, p. 37.

Bessey, С. E. (1897).—Phylogeny and Taxonomy of the Angiosperms. Bot. Gaz. vol. xxiv.
1897, p. 145.

18 MESSRS. NEWELL ARBER AND J. PARKIN ON

CAMPBELL, D. Н. (1891).—Contributions to the Life-History of Isoetes. Ann. of Bot.
vol. v. 1891, p. 281.

—— (1905).—Studies on the Атасеж. Ш. Ann. of Bot. vol. xix. 1905, p. 329.

CAPELLINI, G., & Sorus-Lavnacu, H., Grar zu (1891).—I Tronchi di Bennettitee dei
musei italiani. Мет. R. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, Ser. 5, vol. ii. 1891, p. 161.

CARRUTHERS, W. (1870).—On Fossil Cycadean Stems from the Secondary Rocks of Britain.
Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxvi. 1870, p. 675.

ČELAKOVSKÝ, L. J. (1897).— Ueber den phylogenetischen Entwicklungsgang der Blüthe und
über den Ursprung der Biumenkrone. I. Theil. Sitzungs. k. Böhm. Gesell, Wiss.
(M.-.N. Cl), vol. for 1896, xl. 1897; П. Theil. bid. vol. for 1900, iii. 1901.

CHAMBERLAIN, C. J. (1897).—Contributions to the Life History of Saliv. Bot. Gaz.
vol. xxiii. 1897, p. 147.

CHRYSLER, М. A. (1906).—The Nodes of Grasses. Bot. Gaz. vol. xli. 1906, p. 1.

CourTER, J. M., and CHAMBERLAIN, C. J. (1904).—Morphology of Angiosperms. London
and New York, 1904.

ENaLER, А. (1897), in ENGLER & Ркамті, : Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Nachtrag :
Parts II.-IV. Leipzig, 1897.

Frye, T. C. (1903).—The Embryo-Sac of Casuarina stricta. Bot. Gaz. vol. xxxvi. 1903,
p. 101.

GARDNER, W. (1883).—On the Physiological Significance of Water-Glands and Nectaries.
Proc. Camb, Phil. Soc. vol. v. part 1, 1883, p. 35.

GOEBEL, К. (1905).—Organography of Plants. Part II. Special Organography. (English
Edition) Oxford, 1905.

Haines, H. Н. (1906).—Оп two new Species of Populus from Darjeeling. Journ. Linn. Soc.
London, Bot, vol. xxxvii. 1906, р. 407.

HALLER, Н. (1901').—Beitrage zur Morphogenie der Sporophylle und des Trophophylls in
Beziehung zur Phylogenie der Kormophyten. Jahrb. Hamburg. Wissen, Anstalt,
Ве. 3, vol. xix. 1901, р. 1.

—— (1901*).—Ueber die Verwandtschaftsverhültnisse der Tubifloren und Ebenalen, den
polyphyletischen Ursprung der Sympetalen und Apetalen und die Anordnung der
Angiospermen überhaupt. Abhandi. Naturw. Verein Hamburg, vol. xvi. 1901,
р. 1.

—— (1903).— Über den Umfang, die Gliederung und die Verwandtschaft der Familie
der Hamamelidaceen. Betheft. Bot. Centralb. vol. xiv. 1903, р. 947.

—— (1905).—Provisional Scheme of the Natural (Phylogenetic) System of Flowering
Plants. New Phytologist, vol. iv. p. 151, 1905. See also Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell.
vol. xxiii. 1905, p. 85.

Harms, Н. (1897).—Ueber die Stellung der Gattung Tetracentron Oliv., und die Familie
der Trochodendraceen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. vol. xv. 1897, p. 350.
HzwsLow, С. (1893').—A Theoretical Origin of Endogens from Exogens through Self-
Adaptation to an Aquatie Habit. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. vol. xxix. 1893,

p. 485.

——— (1893*).—The Origin of Floral Structures through Insect and other Agencies,
2nd Edit. Intern. Scient. Ser. vol. lxiv. London, 1898.

Hinr, А. W. (1906).—The Morphology and Seedling Structure of the Geophilous Species of
Peperomia, together with some Views on the Origin of Monocotyledons. Ann. of
Bot. vol. xx. 1906, р. 395.

Haz, T. G. (1906).—On the Seedling-Structure of certain Piperales. Ann. of Bot. vol. xx.
1906, p. 161.

Ниши, T. G., and Dr Евліхе, E. (1906).—Оп the Seedling-Structure of Gymnosperms.
Ann. of Bot, vol. xx. 1906, p. 471.

THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS. 19

Jouns on, D. S. (1905).—Seed Development in the Piperales and its bearing on the Rela-
tionship of the Order. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. No. 178 (N.S. No. 5), 1905, р. 28.

Lewis, C. Е. (1904).—Studies on some anomalous Dicotyledonous plants. Bot. Gaz.
vol. xxxvii. 1904, p. 127.

LieniEr, О. (1894).—Végétaux fossiles de Normandie. Structure et Affinités du Bennettites
Morierei, Sap. & Мат. (sp). Мёт. Soc. Linn, Normandie, vol. xviii. 1894, p. 1.

—— (1901).— Végétaux fossiles de Normandie. Ш. Étude anatomique du Cycadeoidea
micromyela, Мог. Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie, vol. xx. 1901, р. 331.

—— (1903').—Le Fruit du Williamsonia gigas Carr., et les Bennettitales. Mém. бос,
Linn. Normandie, vol. xxi. 1903, p. 19.

—— — (1903*).—La Fleur des Gnétacées est-elle intermédiaire entre celle des Gymno-
spermes et celle des Angiospermes? Вий. Soc. Linn. Normandie, Ser. 5, vol. vii.
1903, p. 55.

— (1904).—Notes complémentaires sur la structure du Bennettites Morierei Sap. et Mar.
Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, Ser. 5, vol. viii. 1904, p. 3.

Lorsy, J. (1899).— Contributions to the Life-History of the genus Gnetum. Ann. Jard.
Bot. Buitenzorg, vol. xvi. (Ser. 2, vol. 1.) 1899, p. 46.

Lyon, H. L. (1901). —Observations on the Embryogeny of Nelumbo. Minnesota Botanica
Studies, vol. 2. No. xxxviii. 1901, p. 643.

—— (1905).—The Embryo of the Angiosperms. Amer, Nat. vol. xxxix. 1905, p. 13.

Morais, D. (1893). —On the Phenomena concerned in the Production of Forked and Branched
Palms. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. vol. xxix. 1893, р 281.

Мотттев, D. M. (1905).—The Embryology of some Anomalous Dictyledons. Ann. of Bot.
vol. xix. 1905, p. 447.

NarHonsr, А. С. (1880).—Nágra anmärkningar om Williamsonia, Carruthers. Ófvers. k.
Vetenskaps- Akad. Fórhandl. vol. xxxvii. No. 9, 1880, p. 33.

— (1902).—Beitrüge zur Kenntnis einiger Mesozoischen Cycadophyten. К. Svens.
Vetensk.- Akad. Нап. vol. xxxvi. No. 4, 1902.

OLIVER, Е. W. (1906).—Pteridosperms and Angiosperms. New Phytologist, vol. v. No. 10,
1906, p. 232.

Рто\мАм, A. B. (1906).—The Comparative Anatomy and Phylogeny of the Cyperacezw.
Ann. of Bot. vol. xx. 1906, p. 1.

Рвамті,, К. (1888).—Beitrüge zur Morphologie und Systematik der Ranunculaceen.
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. vol. ix. 1888, p. 225.

Robertson, С. (1904).—The Structure of the Flowers and the Mode of Pollination of
the Primitive Angiosperms. Jot. Gaz. vol. xxxvii, 1904, p. 294.

SAPORTA, Gaston DE (1875).—Paléontologie française. 2° Séries— Végétaux. Plantes
Jurassiques. Vol. II. Cycadées. Paris, 1875.

— (1891).—Paléontologie française. 2° Séries—Végétaux. Plantes Jurassiques.
Vol. IV. Types Proangiospermiques, ete. Paris, 1891.

SAPORTA, G. DE, and Marion, А. Е. (1881).—Sur les genres Williamsonia Carruth. et
Goniolina d'Orb. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. vol. xciv. 1881, pp. 1185 & 1268.

— — —— (1885).—L'Évolution du Règne végétal Les Phanérogames. Vol. I. Paris,
1885.

SARGANT, Е. (1903).—A Theory of the Origin of Monocotyledons founded on the Structure
of their Seedlings. Ann. of Bot. vol. xvii. 1908, p. 1.

—— (1904).— The Evolution of Monocotyledons. Bot. Gaz. vol. xxxvii. 1904, p. 326.

—— (1905) Тье Капу History of Angiosperms. Bot. Gaz. vol xxxix. 1905,
p. 420.

SCHAFFNER, J. Н. (1897).—The Development of the Stamens and Carpels of Typha
latifolia. Bot. Gaz. vol. xxiv. 1897, p. 93.

80 THE ORIGIN OF ANGIOSPERMS.

Scorr, D. H. (1900).—Studies in Fossil Botany. London, 1900.

—— (1901)—On the Structure and Affinities of Fossil Plants from the Palæozoic
Rocks.—IV. The Seed-like Fructification of Lepidecarpon, a genus of Lycopo-
diaceous cones from the Carboniferous Formation. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Ser. B,
vol. 194, 1901, p. 291.

Sewand, A. C. (1895).—The Wealden Flora.—Part П. Gymnosperme. Catalogue of
the Mesozoic Plants in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London, 1895.

SHOEMAKER, D. М. (1905).—On the Development of Hamamelis virginiana, Bot. Gaz.
vol. xxxix. 1905, p. 248.

SorMs-LavnacH, H., GRAF zv (1890).— Ueber die Fructification von Bennettites Gibsonianus
Carr, Bot. Zeit. for 1890, рр. 789, 805, 821, 843, Translation in Ann. of Bot.
vol. v. 1891, p. 419.

—— (1891).— Fossil Boteny. (Engl. Trans.) Oxford, 1891.

SrRAsBURGER, Е. (1905).—Die Samenanlage von Dronys Winteri und die Endosperm-
bildung bei Angiospermen. Flora, vol. xcv. 1905, p. 215.

Твков, М. (1891).—Sur les Casuarinées et leur place dans le système naturel. Ann. Jard.
Bot, Buitenzorg, vol. x. 1891, p. 145.

WALLACE, А. В. (1889).— Darwinism. London, 1889.

WIELAND, G. К. (1899).—4 Study of some American Fossil Cycads. Parts I-III. Amer.
Journ. Sci, Ser. 4, vol. vii. 1899, pp. 219, 805, 383.

—— (1901).—A Study of some American Fossil Cycads. Pt. IV. On the Micro-

sporangiate Fructification of Cycadeoidea. Amer. Journ, Sci. Ser. 4, vol. xi. 1901,
p. 423.

(1906).—A merican Fossil Cycads. Washington, 1906.

У илламзом, W. С. (1870).—Contributions towards the History of Zamia gigas Lindl. &
Hutt. Trans, Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxvi. 1870, p. 663.

WiLLis, J. C. (1904).—A Manual and Dictionary ofthe Flowering Plants and Ferns.
2nd Edit. Cambridge, 1904.

Vaiss, Н. ре (1901).—Die Mutationstheorie. Vols. I-II. Leipzig, 1901-03.

(1905).—Species and Varieties. "Their Origin by Mutation. London, 1905.

Yates, J. (1855).—Notice of Zamia gigas, a fossil plant occurring on the Х.Е. coast of
Yorkshire. Proc. Yorkshire Phil. Soc, (read 1847), 1855, p. 37.

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

Тне Коул Society has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catalogue of Scientific Literature,
beginning from the lst January, 1901. Each science is represented in
an annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by means of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences; those Societies whose domains
overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanic workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete

record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

The fifth volume, for 1905, will shortly be issued.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

p.
ie
t

NOTICE.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 58. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,

but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
t LIBRARIAN."

The Apartments of the Society will be closed during the month of
August. |

—— curent n m —

OCTOBER 14. Price 16s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

pi Lr. ; v
Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No. 264.

CONTENTS.
Page
Report on the Freshwater Algæ, including Phytoplankton, of the
Third Tanganyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington,
1904-1905. By G. S. Wzsr, M.A., F.L.S., Lecturer on Botany,
Birmingham University. (Plates 2-10.) .............................. 81

LONDON:

SULD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1907.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1907.

PRESIDENT.
Prof. W. А. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Dr. A. B. Rendle, M.A.

TREASURER.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES.

Dr. D. H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S.

Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.

V. H. Blackman, M.A.

Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq.

Prof. Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Sc.

Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc.

Rev. Canon Fowler, М.А.

G. Herbert Fowler, Ph.D.

Prof. W. А. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Prof. James Peter НШ, D.Sc.

В. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S,

LIBRARIAN.
A. W. Kappel.

Prof. Е. W. Oliver, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.

А. B. Rendle, D.Sc.

Miss Ethel Sargant.

Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Otto Stapf, Ph.D.

Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

Prof. Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
A. Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.

|

|

CLERK.
P. F. Visick,

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

The Committee meets ns required during the Session. The Members for 1906-1907,

in addition to the Officers, are :—

Herbert Druce, F Z.S.
Antony Gepp, M.A.
Dr. G. Henderson.
Dr. Otto Stapf.

Prof. A. G. Tansley, M.A.
F. N, Williams, Esq.
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

FRESHWATER ALGA OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 81

Report on the Freshwater Algo», including Phytoplankton, of the Third
Tanganyika Expedition conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-
1905. By G. 8. West, M.A., F.L.S., Lecturer on Botany, Birmingham
University.

(PLATES 2-10.)

[Read 20th December, 1906.]

Page

I. Introduction ...................................... 81
II. The Phytoplankton ................................ 83
III. Systematic Account of the Algz of the Collections ...... 97
IV. General Summary of the Investigation ................ 190

1. INTRODUCTION.

Tar Alge collected by Dr. Cunnington during his expedition to the large
African lakes, in 1904—5, were submitted to me for examination by Dr. Rendle,
Keeper of the Botanical Department of the British Museum. Dr. Cunning-
ton's collections were of an extensive nature, and consisted largely of plankton
obtained from the three great lakes, Nyasa, Victoria Nyanza, and Tanganyika.
А portion of the material was collected in swamps and swampy pools, and a
few of the most interesting Alge were obtained from among the finely
divided leaves of certain species of Utricularia.

The plankton from Tanganyika is for several reasons of the greatest
interest. In the first place, no plankton has previously been reported on from
this lake, although accounts have appeared on plankton from both Lake
Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza. The species of the phytoplankton are likewise
of a very noteworthy character, and the phytoplankton as a whole presents
several peculiarities which may be of some slight assistance in the elucidation
of the Tanganyika problem.

During recent years a considerable amount of work has been done on the
freshwater Algw of Tropical Africa, but our knowledge of their distribution
throughout this vast area still remains very fragmentary and incomplete. No
colleetions have as yet been sufficiently representative, and the published
records are both few in number and from districts widely remote from
one another. Until much more collecting and systematic examination has
been accomplished, it is quite impossible to draw any definite conclusions
concerning the geographical distribution of the Alge in the fresh waters of
Tropical Africa.

It would appear that the study of the family Desmidiacee is likely to give
more valuable evidence regarding a definite region characterized by African
types than the investigation of any other family of Algze, and therefore future
collections would have most value if made largely from the permanent and
long-standing swamps. Notwithstanding the cosmopolitan nature of no

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. G

82 MR. G. 8S, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

small number of Desmids, these plants show more decided geographical
peculiarities than are to be found among the members of any other large
group of Algse. Even with the present state of our knowledge there is
evidence which indicates a very definite Indo-Malayan region, extending to
North Queensland, and characterized by certain well-marked types; a second
one comprising much of North America and N.W. Europe; and also a third,
South-American region, which possibly extends into the South Australian
area. The African region may probably embrace Madagascar, and there is
also much similarity between some of the Madagascar Desmids and those of
Ceylon. More collections of Alg from Tropical Africa are urgently required
consisting of material obtained by carefully squeezing and stripping the
aquatic phanerogams and submerged mosses of the swamps.

Only a small proportion of Dr. Cunnington's material was from swamps,
and much of that which had been collected from such situations consisted
merely of floating Algee. This at once explains the fact that the Desmidiaceæ
recorded in this paper are in no way striking, or, with few exceptions,
particularly representative of the African region. Those which may be
regarded as of a distinctly African type are the following :—

Еиаятит hypochondroides, W. & С. 8. W.
E. personatum, W. & G. S. W.

Е. pseudopectinatum, Schmidle.

Cosmarium glyptodermum, W. & G. S. W.
C. planum, W. & С. S. W.

C. subauriculatum, W. & G. S. W.

C. multiordinatum, W. & G. S. W.

С. subconstrictum, Schmidle.

Staurastrum limneticum, Schmidle.

S. gracile, Ralfs, var. subornatum, Schmidle.

Five Desmids and two filamentous Conjugates Г have described as new
species.

Of the Chlorophycez other than the Conjugate, GZdogontum Kurzii, Zeller,
and Chodatella subsalsa, Lemm., are both very interesting species, and seven
others I have described as new ; one—Sphinctosiphon polymorphus, from the
plankton of Victoria Nyanza—having had to be regarded as the type of а
new genus. Of the other new forms of green Algo, Colastrum compositum
differs from all other described species of the genus in the composite grouping
of its cells.

The Diatoms were both numerous and peculiar, ten species not agreeing
with any previously described. The Diatoms of the plankton are particularly
noteworthy, especially those of the family Surirellacem.

Numerous Myxophycesx (or blue-green Algs) were present both in the
plankton and the other collections. The genera Anabena, Calothriz, Lyngbya,

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 83

Phormidium, and Oscillatoria were very well represented, and eleven species
of various genera have been regarded as new.

The collections were preserved in formalin, and taken as a whole the
material was in very good condition for examination.

Considering the somewhat special character of the plankton, and the fact
that it constituted one half of the material collected, I have dealt with it
separately in the next chapter.

The principal publications on Freshwater Algze from Tropical Africa,
which are particularly important in conjunction with the present paper, are
the following :—

Е. Coun: Desmidiacee Dongoenses. Festschr. d. naturf. Ges. in Halle, 1879.

С. F. О. Ховозтерт: De Algis et Characeis, I. Act. Univ. Lund. xvi., 1880.

—— Conjugate. Forschungsr, S.M.S. ‘Gazelle,’ IV., Berlin, 1888.

E. ре WILDEMAN: Quelques mots sur la flore algologique du Congo. Bull. Soc. roy.
bot. Belg. xxviii. 2, 1889.

J. B. De Том: Alge Abyssiniem a cl. Prof. О. Penzig collecte. Malpighia, Ann. v.,
fasc. vii.-ix., 1862.

G. v. LAGERHEIM : Chlorophyceen aus Abessinien und Kordofan. La Nuova Notarisia,
ser. 4, 1893.

W. Wzsr & G. 5. West: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Freshwater Algw
of Madagascar. Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2 (Bot.) v. part 2, 1895.

Alge from Central Africa. Journ. Bot. xxxiv. 1896.

—— ——- Welwitsch's African Freshwater Algæ. Journ. Bot. xxxv. 1897.

W. 5снмїргє: Die von Professor Volkens und Dr. Stuhlmann in Ost-Africa gesam-
melten Desmidiaceen. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi., 1898.

—— Beitrüge zur Algenflora Afrikas. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx., 1901.

—— Sehizophyces, Conjugate, Chlorophycee in A. Engler, Die von W. Goetze am
Rukwa- und Nyasa-See etc. ges. Pflanzen. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx., 1902.

— Algen, insbesondere solche des Plankton, aus dem Nyassa-See und seiner
Umgebung, gesammelt von Dr. Fülleborn. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii., 1903.

— Das Chloro- und Cyanophyceenplanhton des Nyassa und einiger anderer inner-
afrikanischer Seen. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiii., 1904.

О. MLLER: Berichte über die botanischen Ergebnisse der Nyassa-See und Kinga-
Gebirgs-Expedition, VII. ВасШамасееп aus dem Nyassalande und einigen
benachbarten Gebieten. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiv., 1905; xxxvi., 1905.

П. THE PHYTOPLANKTON.

General remarks.—The observations on the phytoplankton of Lake Nyasa,
Victoria Nyanza, and Lake Tanganyika are largely concerning the occurrence
of certain species, and it has been a matter of no small difficulty to identify
with certainty some of these plankton-forms. With regard to the. species
which were present in the collections, the examination of the material has
been fairly exhaustive, but owing to the restricted explorations little can be
said about the periodicity, or concerning any maximum development which
these species may attain. In Lake Nyasa the material was collected in

G2

Ра

84 МК. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

June 1904, and is chiefly interesting in comparison with material collected
by Dr. Fülleborn (1898-1900) and reported upon by Schmidle*. In
Victoria Nyanza the material was collected in April 1905, and again the
chief interest lies in a comparison with Schmidle's report f upon material
collected by Dr. Stuhlmann in Oct. 1892. From Tanganyika, however, the
collections were much more extensive, ranging from July 1904 to Feb. 1905,
and this is the more gratifying as there are no previous records of phyto-
plankton from this lake.

The phytoplankton of these large African lakes is at once peculiar in the
absence of many genera which are a dominant feature of the European lake-
plankton. Most noticeable in this respect are the genera Dinobryon, Asterio-
nella, Tabellaria, Rhizosolenia, and Colospherium. Schmidle has already
commented f upon the absence of Dinobryon from Lake Nyasa, and it is
similarly absent from both Victoria Nyanza and Tanganyika. In temperate
Europe and N. America this genus is one of the most conspicuous of plankton-
organisms, having a well-marked maximum period, and it also occurs in
abundance in the lakes of more northern latitudes. Its absence from the
plankton of the tropics is perhaps due to unsuitable conditions of temperature,
as this genus appears to attain its maximum in the European plankton at a
temperature below 15° C., whereas the mean temperature of Tanganyika is
about 24:7? С. The absence of Asterionella and Jhizosolenia may be due to
the same cause, viz., too high a temperature, the latter genus attaining its
maximum in certain European lakes at a temperature below 10? C. The
genus Tabellaria is absent from the plankton, but Tabellaria floceulosa has
been observed from other situations in Angola, W. Africa.

Spherocystis Schroeteri is also absent from the collections of phytoplankton
which have so far been made in these great African lakes, and as Schmidle
has also commented upon its absence from the plankton of Lake Nyasa $,
even from collections extending over a period of ten or eleven months, it
would appear that the Alga in question is entirely absent from this lake. It
is likewise absent from the Tanganyika collections, which are fairly repre-
sentative of eight months of the year; but, strange to say, it occurred in great
abundance in two samples of plankton from the Lofu River which runs into
Tanganyika.

The Desmidiace: are poorly represented in the plankton of Tanganyika
and Lake Nyasa, but in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza Desmids play a
conspicuous part. This was not only the case in Dr. Cunnington's material
collected in April 1905, but also in Dr. Stuhlmann's material collected in
October, 1902 ||. The plankton of Victoria Nyanza thus compares favourably

* W. Schmidle, in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903).
t W. Sehmidle, 7. c. xxvi. (1898). t W. Schmidle, 7. с. xxxii. (1903) р. 8.
$ W. Schmidle, 7. c. xxxii. (1903) p. 8. | W. Sehmidle, 7. c. xxvi. (1896) p. 6

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIRA EXPEDITION. 85

with that of the British lakes with regard to Из Desmid-flora. Moreover,
the most abundant Desmid is Staurastrum limneticum, Schmidle, a species of
a similar type to S. Ophiura, Lund., which latter is generally distributed in
many lakes of the western areas of the British Islands.

The Surirellacee are well represented, and certain handsome species of
Surirella seem to have firmly established themselves in the plankton. This
is again strictly comparable to the establishment as plankton-species of
several large Surirellas in the Scottish and Irish lake-plankton *. Cymato-
pleura Solea seems also in many cases to have become a plankton Diatom,
and in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza there is a large species which I have
named Cymatopleura Nyanse.

Species of Celospherium, which constitute no small amount of the European
lake-plankton at certain seasons of the year, appear to be quite absent from
these African lakes.

As in the European plankton, there is a tendency among certain of the
Alge to a spiral growth, which results in the production of close-coiled
filaments. In the Scottish and Irish plankton this feature was principally
confined to the filaments of Anabena Flos-aque and A. circinalis, to certain of
the small species of Mougeotia, and to the disposition of the frustules in the
colonies of Asterionella and Tabellaria. In the African plankton a spiral
twisting is a conspicuous feature of the Anabena-filaments, but the spirals
are of a more regular type and the filaments relatively much shorter. In
Lyngbya cireumcretum the same tendency to spiral growth has resulted in the
formation of short spiral filaments which have the appearance of little coils of
wire. The same spiral character is exhibited by Lyngbya contorta, Lemm.
Ostenfeld + has described and figured from a lake in Iceland, and Volk 1 has
mentioned as occurring in the Elbe, a similar coiled condition of the filaments
of Melosira granulata.

It has already been suggested $ that the development of this coiled
condition is a limnetie character, and it is certainly of great interest to find
this character in so many different species апа genera of the phytoplankton.
Lemmermann || attributes the curvature of the Melosira-filaments to the
movements of the water. This may be so, but how is it that the majority of
Melosira-filaments met with in the plankton are quite straight? The filaments

* W. & G. S, West, in Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xli. part З (1906), р. 515, t. 1.
figs. 2-4, t. 2. figs. 4 & 6. W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad, xxxiii. sect. B (1906),
р. 89, t. 6. figs. 1 & 3, t. 8. figs. 2 & 3, t. 9. fig. 6.

+ C. Н. Ostenfeld, in Botanisk Tidsskrift, xxvi. (1904) p. 233, fig. 5 (p. 232).

t В. Volk, Hamburgische Elb-Untersuchung I., Hamburg, 1903, p. 113.

$ №. & 0. S. West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1903) p. 524 (Mougeotia sp.)
Ostenfeld, 1904, Z. с. p. 233 (Melosira granulata f. curvata, Grun.); W. & G. S. West, in
Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xli. (1905) p. 497 (Mougeotia sp.).

| E. Lemmermann, in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xxii. (1904) p. 17.

86 MR. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER АТСА

of Melosira granulata and of M. nyassensis in the African plankton were
either quite straight or almost straight, and the same remarks apply to the
species of Melosira in the Scottish and Irish plankton. Ostenfeld points out
that the Melosira-filaments are straight in the Danish plankton *, but
commonly coiled in plankton he examined from a lake in Iceland.

I am notaware of a definite spiral character, such as the one just mentioned,
having been developed by any Algs other than limnetic species f, and
another equally well-marked limnetic feature is exhibited by certain of the
smaller species of Synedra, in which there is a tendency to assume a colonial
character owing to the grouping of the frustules in radiating clusters 1].

Special eharaeters of this nature, which appear only to be fully aequired
in the plankton, are most probably directly concerned in increasing the
floating-capacity of the species; and the rearrangement of the mucus en-
veloping all these plants to a greater or less degree, which must be caused by
the acquirement of such peculiarities, may also assist their capabilities of
suspension.

A strict comparison between the phytoplankton of the three lakes is not
possible from the present material, owing to the fact that the collections from
each lake were not made at the same seasons of the year. Nevertheless,
considerable differences exist which are in no way due to seasonal variations
of the plankton-organisms, and these differences are of a highly interesting
character. A more complete comparison can be made between Tanganyika
and Lake Nyasa than between either of these lakes and Victoria Nyauza, ав
collections from the two former lakes extend over a corresponding period of
about eight months.

The table immediately following has been constructed to show all the
species which have been observed in Dr. Cunnington's plankton-collections ;
after which are paragraphs relating to the peculiarities of the plankton of
each lake, Tanganyika receiving rather fuller treatment than the others.

* Cf. also C. Wesenberg-Lund, ‘Studier over de danske Süers Plankton, Kjóbenhavn,
1904.

T In the genera Spirulina and Arthrospira the filaments are usually very much longer and
the spirals of much less diameter than in the limnetic spirally-twisted forms. Spirulina
laxissima, a new species from the plankton of Tanganyika, is particularly interesting, as in
correlation with its limnetic existence the filaments are short and the spiral twists of much
greater diameter than usual.

{ Lemmermann has created а subgenus “ Belonastrum” for the plankton-species which
form these stellate or radiating clusters. Cf. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xviii. (1900) p. 30.
In this subgenus of Synedra Lemmermann places four species (S. actinastroides, S. berolinensis,
S. revaliensis, and 5. limnetica) and several varieties, of which he gives a summary in the
same Journal, xxiv. (1906) pp. 537, 538.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION.

GENERAL TABLE or PHYTOPLANKTON.

Species.

Chlorophycez.
Closterium Leibleinit, Kiitz.........................
Cosmarium depressum, (Nàg.) Lund. ..............
» contractum, Kirchn., var. ellipsoideum,
(Eliv.) W. & G. S. West.
m moniliforme, (Turp.) Ralfs ............
Arthrodesmus Incus, (Bréb.) Hass., forma ..........
Staurastrum cuspidatum, Breb... ...........-......
» brevispinum, Brób., var. inerme, Wille ..
» alternans, Bréb. ..... seen
» setigerum, Cleve, var. Nyanse, Schmidle .
» tohopekaligense, Wolle ................
" leptocladum, Nordst., forma africanum ..
» gracile, Ralfs, var. subornatum, Schmidle .
» » var. protractum, var. n. ........
» » var. Nyanse, var. п. ........ А
» anatinum, Cooke & Wills, var. subglabrum,
var. n.
„ limneticum, Schmidle ................
» „ var. aculeatum, Lemm. ......
Spheroxzosma excavatum, Ralfs ....................
Hyalotheca mucosa, (Dillw.) Ehrenb. ..........
Pediastrum simpler, Meyen........ eene

forma Sturmiz, (Reinsch) nob.

” ”
» » var. clathratum, (Schrót.) nob.
» » » forma radians
» » „ forma microporum
» " „ forma ovatum
" duplex, Meyen ....... e hm emet
» » var. clathratum, A.Br...........
„ » Var. reticulatum, Lagerh. ........
„ Boryanum, (Turp.) Menegh. ............
„ » var. rugulosum, var. п. ......
» Tetras, (Ehrenb.) Ңайз................
» », var. longicorne, Racib. .......
» integrum, Nig, ......................
Cælastrum sphericum, Мас. ......................
» microporum, Nag. ....................
» cambricum, Atrch.......................
» ” var. intermedium, (Bohlin) nob.
» » var. nasutum, (Schmidle) nob. .
» reticulatum, (Dang.) Senn. ..............
" compositum, вр. D. isse n
Sorastrum Hathoris, (Cohn) Schmidle ............
Crucigenia tetracantha, вр. п. enn
Scenedesmus bijugatus, (Turp.) Кафа. ..............
» » forma arcuatus, (Lemm.) W. &

G. S. West.

acutiformis, Schröder, var. brasiliensis,
(Bohlin) W. & G. S. West.

» quadricauda, (Turp.) Bréb. .........

„ » — var maximus, W. & G. S. West
Dimorphococcus lunatus, A. Br... sese

Nyasa.

x:

Xi хххх:

XXXX.

X:

8T

Victoria

Nyanza.

1
|
|

XX XX XXXX:.XXXX XX:

XX. Xi ххххх X X.

XXXX

|

Тап-
ganyika.

XX

XX X XXX

88 MR. G. $, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

Species.

Nyasa.

Victoria
Nyanza.

Tan-
ganyika.

| '
| CHLOROPHYCE (continued).

| Ankistrodesmus aleatus, (Corda) Ralfs, var. spirilli-
formis, G. S. West.

Bacillariez.

| Melosira granulata, Ralfs, var. angustissima, O. Müll. .
| „ nyassensis, О. Mull.......................
| Cyclotella Kützingiana, Chauvin ..................

» operculata, Кїїл.........................

» compta, (Ehrenb.) Ки. '................
| Stephanodiscus Astrea, (Ehrenb.) Grun. ............
| » » Var. spinulosus, Grun.........
| ” ” var. minutulus, (Kütz.) Grun.. .
| Synedra Acus, Kiitz. ............................
| » » Var. delicatissima, (W. Sm.) Grun. ....
| » » уат.Р (=5. revaliensis, Lemm.) ......

» acinastroides, Lemm. ....................
| Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehrenb. ...... DEEP
| » Placentula, Erhenb. ....................
Navicula Tanganyike, 8р. | CP
| » elliptica, Kiitz...........................
» Pupula, Kütz. ..........................
» mutica, Kütz. ..........................
» Crucicula, (W. Sm.) Donkin ............
» bahusiensis, Grun. ......................
» radiosa, Kütz. ..........................

» distincta, P D. ...................,,....
Gastrum, Ehrenb. ......................

| » Cistula, (Ehrenb.) W. Sm., var. maculata,

хі XXXI XXXX

хі хі XXXI X: |

хх: ххх: хххх:

[XX x X: XXX

x

x X XXX XXX X

XXXXXXXXX

X XXXXXXXXX

OF THE THIRD TAGANYIKA EXPEDITION.

89

Speci | Nvas | Victoria Tan-
рестев. | 57888. | Nyanza. | ganyika.
| |
| |
Amphora ovalis, КИ. .......................... | | x
” coffeiformis, (Ag.) Kütz. ................ 2... e| x
Epithemia turgida, (Ehrenb.) Kiitz................. x x | х
Rhopalodia gibba, (Kütz.) O. Müll., var. ventricosa, — .. x x
(Grun.) O. Müll.
» hirudiniformis, О. Müll. .............. х x х
i gracilis, О. МИП, .................... | ине x
» » var. undulata, О. Müll. | x |
| vermicularis, О. Müll. ................| х х |
Nitzschia Tr yblionella, Hantzsch, var. littoralis, (Grun.)| .. x
Van Heurck. |
» Lancettula, О. Müll. .................... x
” dissipata, (Kütz.) Grun., var. media, Hantzsch. х
» tubicola,Grun........................... ess | x
| » Palea, (Kütz.) W, Sm. .................. .... x x
nyassensis, О. Müll. .................... x .... X
Surirella Füllebor mit, O. Müll. .................... .... х
» » var. elliptica, О. Müll. ........ X
» bifrons, (Ehrenb.) Kütz., var. tumida, x
O. Müll.
» » var. intermedia, О. Müll. .......... x
» Malombe, О. Мий|....................... M x
" Nyasse, О, МИП. ...................... х
» plana, вр. N............................. x
» constricta, Ehrenb., var. africana, О. Müll. . x
» obtusiuscula, Sp. D. ................. TP x
» Tanganyike, sp. D....................... .. . x
striatula, Татр. ........................ .... eee x
Cymatopleura Solea, (Kiitz.) W. бш. .............. x x x
» „ var. laticeps, О. Müll. .......... x
» ANyanse, Sp-n. .................... .... x
Myxophycez.
Nostoc piscinale, Kiitz. .......................... x
» CGrmeum, Ag. ............................ .... x
Anabena Flos-aque, (Lyngb.) Bréb., forma.......... x х
» var. circularis, VAT. N. .......... — x
> sp. 7 (fil. rgidissim.) .................... . х
» a PART conl вр.п. .................... Е x
» .? (fil. contort.) ...................... X
Pleclonema. Wollei, Farlow........................ Г x
Lyngbya bipunctata, Lemm. ...................... x
» X circeumcreta, Sp. п. ...................... .... X
» . бйттейса‚,Тетш......................... .... x
| » perelegans, Lemm. ...................... А х
Phormidium tenue, (Ag.) бош..................... x
angustissimum, W. & G.S. West ...... x
Oscillatoria princeps, Vauch. ...................... x
» Cortiana, Menegh. .................... x
» Tanganyike, 8р. D..................... x
» tenuts, AG. .......................... . х
Spirulina lazissima, sp. n. ...................... .. .... X
Gleotrichia longiarticulata, sp. D................... x
» natans, (Hedwig) Rabenh. ............ .... .... x
Dactylococcopsis africana, вр. п. .................. | х |
| |

90 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

| | |
| Gneci | Хула | Victoria Tan- |
Species. Nyasa. Nyanza. | ganyika.
DOS.
д а |
МҮХОРНҮСЕЖ (continued).
Merismopedia elegans, A. Br....................... x
” » Var. remota, VA. D. ,......... X
» eruginea, Breb. ....................| х
» glauca, (Khrenb,) Nag. .............. | x
» punctata, Meyen .................... | x
Gomphospheria aponina, Kiitz..................... ho... T x
lacustris, Chodat .................. | х х
| Microcystis viridis, (A. Br.) Тешт................. | x x
” eruginosa, Kiitz. .................... | x | x
» elabens, (Bréb.) Кїїш................... .... |... x
„ incerta, Lemm. ...................... ess | x
Chroococcus minimus, (Keissler) Lemm. ............ x | |
> turgidus, (Kiitz.) Nig, ................ | poses | x
» pallidus, Nàg. ........................ | | х
|
Peridiniez. |
Glenodinium Pulvisculus, (Ehrenb.) Stein. .......... | .... .... x |
Peridinium africanum, Lemm., sp. п. .............. | x x |
" berolinense, Lemm., var. apiculatum, Lemm., x |
var. n. |
Peridiniopsis Cunningtonii, Lemm., sp. п. .......... MEE .... x |
Ceratium Hirundinella, О. Е. Müll, forma .......... ees | X | |
1

Phytoplankton of Nyasa.—This lake lies between 9° 30' and 14° 25! S. lat.,
its long axis running almost north and south. It is about 400 miles long,
with an average width of 25 miles, and is 1570 ft. above sea-level. Its area
is about equal to that of Tanganyika. The phytoplankton has been fairly
well investigated by Schmidle from material collected at intervals from April
1898 to Dec. 1900 by Dr. Fülleborn. Schmidle reported upon the species he
found in the plankton, the periodicity of the genera so far аз he was able to
work it out, and the vertical depth to which the various genera extended in
the lake. Nyasa is shallow at the north end and very deep towards the south
end, no bottom having been found in several places at 1200 feet. Schmidle
states that the phytoplankton extends in no trifling quantity to fully 300 ft.
from the surface, and at this depth consists principally of Diatoms, with a
few Chlorophycese and Myxophyceæ.

In Dr. Cunnington's material, collected in June 1904, Chlorophyces were
not very abundant, and those which did oceur were mostly representatives of
the Protococcoidez. Only three Desmids were observed, one of which—
Staurastrum leptocladum forma africanum—was in moderate abundance. Forms
of Pediastrum simplex and species of Соїаѕітит were very abundant, and іп
some of the collections Closteriopsis longissima was fairly common. The
Diatoms comprised relatively few genera, of which Melosira, Cyclotella,

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 91

Stephanodiscus, and Surirella were conspicuous. А few species of Navicula
were not uncommon and Nitzschia nyassensis was frequent. Surirella Nyasse
and S. bifrons were very characteristic, the former being a large and hand-
some species which is apparently peculiar to this lake.

Some of the collections, more especially nos. 15 and 16, were remarkable
for the prodigious abundance of a form of Anabaena Flos-aque. The other
Myxophycem of importance were Lyngbya bipunctata and Glootrichia. longi-
articulata, sp. n.

А species of Peridinium, which Lemmermann has described as P. africanum,
occurred abundantly in some/ sf the material.

Phytoplankton of Victoria Nyanza.—This large sheet of water extends from
0° 95! N. to 39 S. and from 31° 45! to 34° 45 E., occupying an area of
32,167 square miles. Its greatest length is 180 miles and its greatest width
208 miles, its height above the sea being about 3800 ft. The depth is very
variable, from about 6 ft. (at 2 miles from the shore) in Speke Gulf in the
south to 300 ft. towards the middle, and 620 ft. near the eastern shore.

The material was colleeted in April 1905, and was decidedly rich in
Chlorophycez, especially Protococcoidew and Desmidiaces. ОЁ the latter,
Staurastrum limneticum and S. tohopekaligense occurred in great abundance,
and S. leptocladum forma africanum, S. brevispinum var. inerme, forms of
S. gracile, and Cosmarium moniliforme were fairly common. The Proto-
coccoidess were both abundant and of diverse character. Conspicuous were
numerous forms of Pediastrum simplex and large cœnobia of Colastrum
reticulatum and С. cambricum var. nasutum. Calastrum compositum 15 a
previously undescribed species in which the grouping of the cells is very
peculiar. Fine colonies of Dimorphococcus lunatus were not uncommon, and
the colonies of Selenastrum gracile were the largest and best-developed I have
ever seen. Closteriopsis longissima, which was present in the material from
Lake Nyasa, and which is known from the plankton of several parts of
Europe, was frequent, and Sphinctosiphon polymorphus is a new genus of the
Ра|теПасе in which the mature colonies assume a vermiform character.

The Diatoms were relatively few in number, but included a few fine species
of Surirella, such as S. Füllebornii and S. Маот и», a large new species of
Cymatopleura (C. Nyanse, sp. n.), and several species of Cyclotella and
Melosira.

The Myxophyceæ were poorly represented except for a few of the
Chroococcaceæ. Two species I have considered to be new, Lyngbya circum-
creta and Dactylococcopsis africana. Only a few fragments of a species of
Anabæna were observed, but this may be due to the season of the year, as this
genus was abundant in Tanganyika and Lake Nyasa later in the year.

Of the Peridinieæ, a curious reduced form of Ceratium Hirundinella was

92 МВ. G. S, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

rather scarce. The apical horn was very short and only two ant-apical horns
were present.

From the examination of Dr. Cunnington's material collected in April,
I agree with Schmidle's remarks upon Dr. Stuhlmann's collections which
were made in October. The phytoplankton is essentially a Chlorophyceous
plankton, and from the abundance of certain species of Staurastrum, it has all
the features of a Desmid-plankton.

Phytoplankton of Tanganyika—This lake is an elongated sheet of water
lying between 3° and 9° S. lat. It has a length of 400 miles and a width
varying between 10 and 45 miles. Its area is estimated at 14,000 square
miles, and it is situated at 2700 ft. above sea-level. It is а deep lake, the
southern end reaching a depth of 980 ft., and the northern end exceeding
1300 ft. in several places. The mean temperature of the water is stated to
be 24-7? C. (76:69 F.).

Dr. Cunnington’s collections of plankton extended from July 1904 to
February 1905, and can be considered as fairly representative of eight
consecutive months from July to February inclusive.

The phytoplankton is considerably richer as regards species than that of
Lake Nyasa or Victoria Nyanza. The Chlorophycesm are not particularly
abundant, and, as in Lake Nyasa, Desmids are practically absent. In direct
contrast to the phytoplankton both of Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza, Pediastrum
simplex was very scarce and the genus Colastrum was quite absent. Oocystis
lacustris was the most abundant of the Protococcoidez, although Scenedesmus
quadricauda was fairly general, and Scenedesmus bijugatus forma arcuatus
was a feature of the October and November plankton. Other interesting
species of the Protococcoidese were Crucigenia tetracantha, sp. n., Ankistro-
desmus nitzschioides, sp. n., Cerasterias rhaphidioides, Reinsch, and Chodatella
subsalsa, Lemm. The latter is а brackish-water species which occurred in
abundance in one of the November collections.

The Diatoms formed a large part of the phytoplankton throughout the
whole eight months, and 25 of the species were not observed either in Nyasa
or Vietoria Nyanza, Eight species of Navicula were noted, two of which,
N. Tanganyike and N. distincta, are new. The genus Surirella was repre-
sented by five species, of which three (S. plana, S. obtusiuscula, and
S. Tanganyika) are new, and one of the others, S. striatula, is usually brackish
or marine. А Diatom which I have considered to be identical with Nitzschia
nyassensis, О. Müll, occurred in prodigious abundance from July to
September, and in considerable quantity in the other months. The remaining
Diatoms of importance were Synedra actinastroides, S. Acus var. ? revaliensis,
Gyrosigma nodosum, and Cymbella grossestriata var. T. anganyikæ.

The almost entire absence of Centric Diatoms is a noteworthy feature of

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 93

the Tanganyika collections, offering a marked contrast to the plankton
of Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza, in which Stephanodiscus, Cyclotella, and
Melosira abound. Only one species of Cyclotella was observed in the
Tanganyika plankton and that very sparingly in the November collections.

Of the Myxophyceæ, two pelagic species of Nostoc (N. piscinale and
N. carneum) were present in the August collections, and Anabena Flos-aque
var. circularis occurred in large quantity from October to February. So
abundant was this Anabena from October to December that the material
taken from the tow-nets was of a dull blue-green colour although no spores
had been developed. A. Tanganyikw, a new, spirally-twisted species, only
occurred in January and February. Four species of Oscillatoria were
observed, one of which, O. Zanganyikw, is а remarkable new species nearest
to the marine O. subuliformis. Another new species of interest is Spirulina
laxissima. The cells in the genus Spirulina are normally twisted into a rather
close and narrow spiral, and the laxness of the twists in S. laxissima may be
due to its adaptation to a pelagic existence.

The occurrence of Plectonema Wollei, Farlow, in the plankton is also
worthy of note. This alga is not uncommon in the more aérated of the fresh
waters of the tropics, but usually occurs attached to stones or large aquatic
plants, especially in running water. Except for the very rare presence of
false branches (“ pseudo-rami "), this species appears to me to differ in no
essential point from Lyngbya majuscula, Harvey, which is the largest of the
marine species of Lyngbya. May not the presence or absence of false
ramifieation be due to a difference of environment ? |

Eight species of the Chroococcacee were observed in the plankton ot
Tanganyika which were not observed from the other lakes.

Four species of the Peridiniez occurred, all of which were most abundant
from September to November, about the time of the maximum period of
Anabwna Flos-aque var. circularis: Peridinium africanum and Peridiniopsis
Cunningtonii have been described by Lemmermann as new species. Glenodintum
Pulvisculus was particularly abundant in one of the November collections.

From a careful comparison of the collections there are slight indications
that the plankton of this lake may not be uniform throughout. The con-
stituents are probably not in the same proportions in different parts of the
lake at the same time, and further observations will probably show that this
is especially the case with regard to the relative dominance of Anabena
Flos-aque and Synedra Acus (together with Nitzschia nyassensis).

The following table contrasts the relative frequency of the various species
observed in the collections from July 1904 to February 1905. “сес” = very

2? [44 5*5

abundant, “сс” = common, “с” = fairly common, “г” = infrequent,

“rr” = rare, and “rrr” = very rare.

94 MR. G. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

1904. | 1905.
Species. tT | 77 ~ | )
July. Aug. Sept. Oct. | Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb.
EO от Des mes
Chlorophycez. | | |
Closterium Leibleinii, Kiitz. .................. КИНИНИ | IT
Staurastrum alternans, Breb................... a fae ee ss | TIT | |
Hyalotheca mucosa, (Dillw.) Ehrenb. .......... ар | |
| Pediastrum simpler, Meyen .................. |.. б... то... | IT
ya duplex, Meyen .................. we fe dae ee fae]. | т
» Boryanum, (Turp.) Menegh. ...... epe see атт |
„ Tetras, (Ehrenb.) Ralfs ............ elle eflet! rr
| > inlegrum,Nag. .................. рз отто... рат | |
| Crucigenia tetracantha, эр. n. .................. | | rmi
| Scenedesmus bijugatus, (Turp.) Kiitz. .......... с | r
| » » forma arcuatus, (Lemm.) | .. |... |... | e | cc
W. & G. S. West. | | | |
" acutiformis, Schröder, var. brasiliensis, .. |... |. | r |
(Bohlin) W. & С. S. West. |
" quadricauda, (Turp.) ВгбЬ. ......., eril. | ror гіт
> » var. mavimus, W. &| .. | es oP ford B
G. S. West. | | | |
Ankistrodesmus falcatus, (Corda) Ralfs, | | |
var. spirilliformis, G. S. West. .. |.. 1.. | | mi
» nitzschiordes, sp. п. ............ AMEND. |
Tetraédron minimum, (A. Br.) Hansg. .......... rm | ! | |
Cerasterias rhaphidioides, Reinsch. ............| ,. |... .. | rm |
Richteriella botryoides, (Schmidle) Lemm., |
forma quadriseta, (Lemm.) Chodat.| .. |... |... | mi
Chodatella subsalsa, Lemm. .................. р... рт
Dictyospherium pulchellum, Wood ............ ЕНЕ:
Tetracoccus botryoides, West .................. №... |... | mag |
Botryococcus Braunii, Kiitz. .................. .. [ec
Gleocystis gigas, (Kütz.) Lagerh............... | r |
| |
Bacillariez. | | |
Cyclotella operculata, Kütz. .............., epe р. | орт
Synedra Acus, Kiitz. ........................ рее еее
» » var, delicatissima, (W. Sm.) Grun.| cc | c | с cec | ecc | elec
„ » ?var.revaliensis, (Lemm.) ...... e ede mm re e
» &ctiastroides, Lemm................. cc c [е rr rr | rr
Cocconeis Pediculus, Ehrenb. .................. IT r | |
> Placentula, Ehrenb................... e | rT re
Navicula Tanganyike, вр. п. .................. EC (rr
» elliptica, Kiitz....................... pego тт |
» Рирша,‚,Кишїш....................... (e aT |... тоот от
» bahusiensis, Grun. .................. | | | | rrr | |
| » radiosa, Kütz. ...................... c |e Toa
» rhynchocephala, Кий. .............. (s rfa r |
» distincta, sp. n....................... тт |
| p Gastrum, Ehrenb. .................. от ре с св r|
| Schizostauron Crucieula, Grun. ................ [e |. тт г | |
| Gyrosigma attenuatum, (Kütz.) Cleve ,,....,.... 1 (ar | or |
| > nodiferum, (Grun.) nob. ............ rrr | |
| Cocconema grossestriatum, (О. Müll.) nob., | || |
| var. Tanganyike, var. n... .. |... | a. mir) | |
| " eymbiforme, Ehrenb. .............. эз. | rore |
| Amphora ovalis, Kiitz......................... ие

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION.

Species.

| Amphora coffeiformis, (Ag.) Kütz. .........
| Epithemia turgida, (Ehrenb.) Kütz. ............
| Rhopalodia gibba, (Kütz.) O. Müll., var. ventricosa,
| (Grun.) О. Müll.
| „ hirudiniformis, O. Müll. ............
| " gracilis, O. МШП...................
| Nitzschia Tryblionella, Hantzsch, var. littoralis,
| (Grun.) Van Heurck.
dissipata, (Kütz.) Grun., var. media,
Hantzsch.

tubicola, Grun. ....................
| Palea, (Kütz.) W.Sm...............
» nyassensis, О. Müll. ................
Surirella plana, sp. n. n.o leen

| , eonstricta, Ehrenb., var. africana, О. Müll.
» obtusiuscula, sp. п. ..................

» Tanganyike, sp. D. .......>..........

» striatula, Татр. ....................
Cymatopleura Solea, (Kütz.) W. бш. ..........

|

| Myxophycez.
| Nostoc piscinale, Kiitz. ......................
| „ Carmeum, Ag. ........................
| Anabena Flos-aque, (Lyngb.) Bréb., forma ..
| > » var. circularis, var. п.......
| » sp.? (Ша rigidissima) ..............
| » Tanganyike, Sp. n. ................
| Plectonema Wolle, Farlow ..................
| Lyngbya perelegans, Lemm. ..................
| , lmnetica, Lemm. ..................
Phormidium tenue, (Ag.) Gomont ............
» angustissimum, W. & G. S. West. ..
| Oscillatoria Princeps, Vauch...................
| » Cortiana, Menegh. ................
| » Tanganyike, sp. n. ............... .
" tenuis, Ag. ......................
| Spirulina lazissima, Sp. D. ....................
| Gleotrichia natans, (Hedwig) Rabenh. ........
| Merismopedia elegans, А. Вг. _................
| » » var. remota, Var. п. ......
» eruginosa, Breb.................
glauca, (Ehrenb.) Nag. ..........
| » punctata, Meyen _..............
| Gomphospheria aponina, Kutz.................
Microcystis elabens, (Bréb.) Ки. ............
Chroococcus turgidus, (Kütz.) Nag, ............

| ”

Peridiniez.
Glenodinium Pulvisculus, (Ehrenb.) Stein ......
| Peridinium africanum, Lemm., sp. п. ..........
» berolinense, Lemm., var. apiculatum,
Lemm., var. n.
| Peridiniopsis Cunningtonii, Lemm., sp. п. ......

1904. l
|
— TOT — | |
July.| Aug. Sept. | Oct. | Nov. Dec. || Jan. | Feb. |
| | n |
| | l a
| | |
| |
| |
we | ee | n | |
e mrj.. | rr | |
rrr c | |
| |
r г |
.. Ir |
^ |
rr |
|
m" rr |
oe r |
cee | ecc | с c | |
ede de | IT |
rr | rrr | ir | | |
‚|р... | Е рт |
rr r | |
.. |р... || ЕЕ |
т | IT | r т IY |
| | |
| | |
r | | |
| | |
rr | |
EP г е!
| | |
| cece | сес cce | e | r
| |
| IT | | |
| ot y | eel
.. eje E ec |
.. с | |
с IT |
хә. | IT | .. .. r
‚|... | OC | mr тг
ж | ! 1
ITT |
.. | .. ср... | rm |
ре . рат г |
201 | |
| | е | |
oe | of | . | | |
ec | | | | |
| | | |
TE rrr | | |
|... eb. 280 IT |
.. | 2. | IT | |
| | | c
.. |. EE. | |
e. | .. rr | | |
ат | | |
os | | TIT
| |
| |
|
; rj} xr | ee
| C | |
| с r
| | |
e | r |

96 МЕ. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

It will be seen from the above table that the phytoplankton is richest in
species in October and November, especially the latter month. In these
months occur the maxima of Scenedesmus bijugatus f. areuatus, Synedra Acus
(and var. delicatissima), Navicula Gastrum, Anabena Flos-aque (and var.
circularis), Phormidium angustissimum, Spirulina lavissima, and Glenodinium
Pulvisculus. In December there is a marked general decrease in the number
of species. In January (the following month) the decrease in the Chloro-
рһусее and Мухоррусе» is very noticeable, and concurrently a great
quantity of Nauplius-larvee appear in the plankton.

Plankton from the Гори River.—This river runs into Tanganyika, and two
tubes of plankton-material were collected from it by Dr. Cunnington in
October 1904. The phytoplankton differs very much from that of Tanganyika,
and the species bear much resemblance to those of the surrounding pools
and swamps, from which they are doubtless recruited. Of the thirty species
observed in this river-plankton only one occurred in the plankton of the
lake itself.

The occurrence of Spherocystis Schroeteri, Chodat, is very remarkable.
This Alga is one of the most conspicuous features of the European freshwater
phytoplankton, and is rarely found except in the plankton of lakes. No
specimens were observed in the collections from Tanganyika itself, nor any
from Lake Nyasa or Victoria Nyanza, but it was present in great abundance
in the Lofu River and the specimens were exceedingly well developed.

The following species were observed :—

Chlorophycez.
(Hdogontum, sp.
Myxonema subuligerum, (Kütz.) Hazen.
Ulothrix tenerrima, Kütz.
Mougeotia, sp.
Zygnema, sp.
Spirogyra, spp.
Gonatozygon monotenium, De Bary.
Closterium Venus, Kiitz.
Pleurotenium subcoronulatum, (W. D. Turn.) W. & G. S. West.
" elatum, (W. B. Turn.) Borge, var. conjunctum, (W. В.
Turn.) W. & G. S. West.
Euastrum denticulatum, (Kirchn.) Gay.
Micrasterias americana, (Ehrenb.) Ralfs.
Cosmarium Pseudobroomei, Wolle.
» Dlyttii, Wille.
" binum, Nordst.
margaritatum, ( Lund.) Hoy. & Diss.
nitidulum, De Not.

э?

2?

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 97

Hyalotheca mucosa, (Dillw.) Ehrenb.

Scenedesmus denticulatus, Lagerh., var. linearis, Hansg.
" obliquus, (Turp.) Kütz.

Ankistrodesmus falcatus, (Corda) Ralfs.

Spherocystis Schroeteri, Chodat.

Bacillariez.
Synedra Ulna, (Nitzsch) Ehrenb.
» » var, splendens, (Kütz.) Van Heurck.
Achnanthes linearis, (W. Sm.) Grun.
Vanheurckia vulgaris, (Thw.) Van Heurck.
Gomphonema parvulum, (Kütz.) Grun.
Cocconema gracile, (Rabenh.) G. S. West.
» leve, (Nüg.) nob.
Surirella robusta, Ehrenb., var. splendida, (Ehrenb.) Van Heurck.

Myxophycesz.
Lyngbya bipunctata, Lemm.

III SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT OF THE ALGÆ OF THE COLLECTIONS.

This portion of the paper is devoted to a complete systematic account of
all the Algæ observed in Dr. Cunnington's collections, those from pools and
swamps, from scrapings of wet rocks, &c., being included along with the
plankton. The collections from Tanganyika and the vicinity were the most
numerous, and this fact accounts largely for the greater number of species
recorded from that area. The few collections from the vicinity of Victoria
Nyanza contained a relatively greater variety of Algz, and had more collec-
tions been made in the area, a very rich Alga-flora would undoubtedly have
peen revealed.

The absence of plants belonging to the Stigonemacex is somewhat remark-
able, the genus Nostochopsis being the only representative of the family
observed. Species of Hapalosiphon are of general occurrence in the swamps
and marshes of the tropics, not to mention certain of the bog-loving and
rupestral Stigonema, and four species of the first-mentioned genus have
already been recorded from Tropical Africa.

Several of the Algw observed have been excluded from this account owing
to the impossibility of identifying them with any degree of certainty. Such
species were mostly in a fragmentary condition, and amongst them were two
species of Nostoc from the Tanganyika area, а species of Calothrix from Deep
Bay, Nyasa, and a Batrachospermum from the Lofu River, Tanganyika.

One genus, thirty-six species, and eighteen varieties and forms are here
described for the first time.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII.

98 MR. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE

The Peridinieæ have been examined, and the new forms described, by
Mr. E. Lemmermann of Bremen, to whom I offer my best thanks for his
kindly assistance on this as on other occasions, with this group of flagellate
organisms.

Class CHLOROPHYCE.
Order (GEDOGONIALES.
Family (EDOGONIACE.

Genus CGEDOGONIUM, Zink.

1. (ŒDOGONIUM CRYPTOPORUM, И. Dispos. Œdog. Suec. (1810) р. 19;
Prodr. Monog. GEdog. (1814) p. 7.
Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

9. (Rpoaoxivw Нівхи, Gutw. in Rospraw. matem.-przy. Akad. Ито).
Krakow. xxxii. C) p. 2, t. 5. fig. 15 Hirn, in Act. Soc. Sci. Fennice, xxvii.
(1900) p. 93, t. 5. fig. 29.

Crass. cell. veget. ...... 11-13 ш; altit. 4—5-plo major ;
, 00g0N............. 34-37 ws 87-40 ш;
„ оозрог. ......... 30-31 p; „ 30-31 p;
„ cell. antherid... Пи; „ T- $5 p.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

This species has previously been observ ed only in Galicia and Ireland.

Var. AFRICANUM, var. n.

Var. cellulis vegetativis leviter crassioribus et brevioribus, levissime capi-
tellatis ; oogoniis paullo majoribus ; antheridiis 3-cellularibus.

Crass. cell. veget. ...... 13-15 р; altit. 23-3-plo major ;
„ 00gon. ....... .. 89-40 u; , 38 р;
„ оозрог. ........ 33-34 Ji ; „ 33-34 ш;
„ cell. antherid.... 13-1355 „ 5- бр.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (э July, 1901 no. 34).

3. (Edogonrum picryosporum, Wittr. Prodr. Monogr. Œdog. (1814) p.13;
Hirn, l. с. p. 108, t. 7. fig. 43.

Forma oogoniis et oosporis ovato-ellipsoideis, paullo majoribus.

‘rass. cell. veget. ...... 14-16 д; altit. 3-5-plo major ;
„ O0gon. ......... 42и; , 52 р;
„ оозрог. ......... 40 и; › 50 р;
„ cell. antherid.... pes y 8-9 р.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; по. 80).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 99

4. Gipoconium Kurzu, Zeller, in Hedwigia, xii. (1873) p. 189; Hirn,
т Act. Soc. Kei. Fennice, xxvii. (1900) p. 185, t. 16. fig. 93.

Crass. cell. veget. ...... 47-51 и; altit. 2-5-plo major ;
>> 00000. ......... 78-90 p; „ 111-121 p;
‚‚ оозрог. ......... 75-86 и; „ 80- 90 y;

» cell antherid.... 44-50 и; , 6- 16 p.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904; no. 32).

This interesting species was in fine fruiting condition. It has only pre-
viously been found in the Pegu province of E. India. Hirn states that the
number of cells composing the antheridia may be as many as six. In the
Afriean specimens four or five was the usual number, but some of the
antheridia were composed of as many as 15 cells. The hypogynous position
of the antheridia was very characteristic.

9. Фровомом Kirura, sp. n

(E. dioieum, nannandrium ; oogoniis singulis vel binis, subglobosis vel
obovato-globosis, poro superiore apertis ; oosporis globosis, oogonia non com-
plentibus, membrana glabra; cellulis suffultioriis tumidis ; androsporangiis
e +? cellula terminali obtusa ; nannandribus elongatis, leviter curvatis,
oblongis, inferne angustioribus, in cellulis suffultioriis et oogoniis sedentibus,
antheridio interiori (?).

Crass. cell. veget. ...... 26 ш; altit. 5-7-plo major ;
„ O0gon. ......... 76-78 p; , 75-80 ш;
>> оозрог. ......... 72 и; ›„ 12 u;
„ cell.suffult. ... 445: p J-plo major ;
., nannandr. ...... 12-19 и; 58-66 p.

Тапрапу а. — п swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

No examples of this species were observed in which the antheridia were
fully formed, but from the structure of the dwarf-males (nannandria) there
can be little doubt that they are internal in development. The only dicecious
nannandrous species in which the antheridia are developed internally within
the dwarf-males, and which can be compared with 07, Kitute in respect of
size of vegetative cells and form of oogonia and oospores, are (FE. alternans,
Wittr. & Lund., СЕ. cataractum, Wolle, and Œ. eyathigerum, Wittr.

CE. Kitute differs from С. alternans in the smaller size of Из vegetative
cells, which are more elongated, and in the oospores not filling the oogonia,
The oogonia are also much. less numerous than т 7. alternans, and they are
only found singly or in pairs near the ends of the filaments.

From Œ. cyathi gerum it 1s distinguished by its relatively larger and
differently-shaped oogonia and oospores, the latter being destitute of the
longitudinal cost».

It should also be compared with (Е. Borisienum, (Le Clere) Wittr., from

H 2

100 МВ. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

which it differs in its slightly thicker vegetative cells, its larger oogonia and
oospores, and in its internal antheridia. The oogonia are developed in a
very similar manner and in the same part of ihe filament as those of
(Е. Borisianum.

NorkE.—Sterile species of GZdogontwm were observed from the following
localities :—Nyasa. In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18) ; in
swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no 84); small sp. with capitellate cells in
the plankton of Monkey Bay (17 June, 1904 ; no. 15), and off Vahambwera
Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24).—Tanganyika. In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug.
1904; no. 72): on surface of swampy pond, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904;
no. 195) ; in the plankton of Lofu Hiver (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 124).

Genus BULBOCIL/ETE, Ag.

6. BULBOCHÆTE ELATIOR, Pringsh. Jahrb. i. p. 73 (1858); Hirn, т Act.
Soc. Scient. Fenniee, xxvii. (1900) p. 321, t. 51. fig. 327.

Crass. cell. veget. ...... 14-17 p; altit. 2-3-plo major ;
„ 00001. ......... 41-43 и; 36-38 ш;
„ cell. androsp. ... ws y 9u;
» stip. nannandr.. Bhs y 23 ш;
„ cell. antherid.... Тш; > П р.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Nork.—Sterile species of Bulbochwte were observed from the two following
localities :—Nyasa. In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18).—
Tanganyika. Surface of swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905; no. 208).

Order CHAZETOPHORALES.
Family ULOTRICHACEZ.
Genus ULOTHRIX, Киш.

T. ULOTHRIX TENERRIMA, Kitz. Phye. Germ. (1845) p. 253, t. 9. fig. 1;
Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 346 ; Rabenh. Fl. Китор. Alg. ii. (1868) p. 366 ; Hazen,
т Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, xi. no. 2 (1902) р. 151, t. 21. figs. 3, 4.

Crass. fil. 7°5-8°5 ш; cellulis diametro 1-12-plo longioribus.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, surface of Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 124).

Genus URONEMA, Zagerh.

8. UnoNEMA CONFERVICOLUM, Lagerh. т Malpighia (1887), р. 518, t. 12.
figs. 1-10.
Crass. fil. 45-675 yu.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 101

Victoria Nyanza.— Among Utricularia in swampy pool near Bukoba (20
Aug. 1905 ; no. 618).

Tanganyika.—A mong Utricularia, mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan.
1905; no. 611).

Family CHZETOPHORACEZE.
Genus CHJETOPHORA, Schrank.

9. P CHÆTOPHORA ELEGANS, (Ко) Ag. Dispos. Alg. Suec. 42 (1812);
Cooke, Brit. Freshw. Alg. (1883) p. 194, t. 78. fig. 2.

Crass. cell. 3°5-5°5 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123) ; in small
gelatinous masses among Mywonema subuligerum. The specimens were insuf-
ficient for aceurate identification.

Genus MYXONEMA, Fries, 1825.

10. МүхохЕмА SUBULIGERUM, ( Aütz.) Hazen, in Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, xi.
(1902) p. 200, t. 30.—Stigeoclonium subuligerum, Küte. Sp. Alg. (1849)
p.354; Tab. Phyc. iii. (1853) t. 5. fig. 1.

Crass. fil. prim. 14°5-16 р; crass. ram. circ. 6-10 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; поз. 123 and 124)

Order CLADOPHORALES.

Family CLADOPHORACEZ.
Genus CHATOMORPHA, Katz.

11. CHÆTOMORPHA LINUM, А2. Рус. Germ. (1845) р. 204; Rabenh. Рі.
Europ. Alg. iii. (1868) р. 327.—Conferva Linum, О. F. Müll. Chaetomorpha
sutoria, Berk.

Crass. fil. 108-161 ш; crass. membr. cell. 6-8 д.

Tanganyika.— Dredged from а few fathoms, Niamkolo Bay (3 Aug. 1904 ;
no. 40). Floating on the surface, Kituta Вау (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 79).

Genus CLADOPHORA, Кш.

12. ULADOPHORA FRACTA, (Dillw.) Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alg. (1845) р. 216.
$. 55; Кг. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 410.—C. fracta a. fracta normalis, Rabenh.
Fl. Europ. Alg. ш. (1868) p. 334.

102 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Forma FrorowrANa, (Kütz.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Ala. iii. (1868) p. 335.

Crass. fil. prim. 80-102 р; crass. ram. 65-70 ш; crass. ramul. 25-32 д.

Tanganyika.—Scraped from the bottom of Dr. Cunnington’s “dau”
(24 Jan. 1905 ; no. 216).

The branches of the first order were somewhat patent and subdichotomously
branched ; those of the second order (ramuli) were short, often papilliform
and unicellular, or even merely curved (subuncinate) outgrowths from the
upper extremities of the cells of branches of the first order.

13. CLADOPHORA CRISPATA, (Roth) Kütz. Phye. Gen. (1843) p. 264; Rabenh.
l. c. p. 836 ; Cooke, Brit. Freshw. Alg. р. 143, t. 55. fig. 3.

Tanganyika.—Growing on grass-stems close to the shore, Kituta Bay
(23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 73).

Forma parva, parce ramosa, articulis diametro 5-12-plo longioribus ; cytio-
dermate crasso, distincte plicato-striato.

Crass. fil. prim. 48-58 м; crass. ram. 23-21 р.

Nyasa.—Dredged in three fathoms, growing on bivalve shells, Anchorage
Bay (no. 11).

Forma parva, rigida, parce ramosa, filis usque ad 2:5 em. longis.

Cross. fil. prim. 95-104 р; crass. ram. 30-64 р.

Victoria Nyanza.—Growing on rocks just below the water-level, Bukoba
(17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 247).

14. CLADOPHORA CANALICULARIS, (Roth) Kütz. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 109
Rabenh. 1. c. p. 842.

Forma CAPITELLATA.

Forma parva, usque ad 2 em. alta, ramosissima, ramis basi connatis;
articulis diametro 4-8-plo longioribus, distincte capitellatis, ad genicula plus
minusve constrictis.

Crass. fil. prim. 26-84 р; crass. ram. 18-24 y.

Nyasa.—On rocks at water-level, Deep Bay (25 June, 1904 ; no. 26).

Tanganyika.—Scraped from the bottom of Dr. Cunnington’s * dau” (24
Jan. 1905 ; no. 217).

15. CLADOPHORA BRACHYSTELECHA, Вабетй. Alg. Sachs. no. 654 (1862);
Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1868) p. 343.

Fila usque ad 4 mm. alta, densissime radiata circa culmos vetustos pelagios,
ramosissima; ramis divaricatis et intricatis; articulis diametro 5-11-plo
longioribus.

Crass. fil. prim. 50-64 ш; crass. ram. её ramul. 27-35 д.

_ Tanganyika.—Thickly covering floating fragments of stems collected in the
tow-nets off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904; no. 36).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 103

16. CLADOPHORA INCONSPICUA, sp. n.

C. pallide viridis, minuta, calce partim incrustata, in lapidibus litoris erosis ;
cespitibus 1-8 mm. alta, valde et dichotome ramosa, ramis sursum subdicho-
tome ramulosis, ramis et ramulis plerumque crassitudine equalibus, insertione
ramorum laterali vel apicali; cellulis (fil. prim., ramorum, et ramulorum)
diametro 34-84-plo longioribus; cellula apicali ramorum mucronata ; mem-
brana firma et subcrassa.

Crass. fil. prim. 50-56 p; crass. ram. et гати]. 18—40 ш; crass. ramul. ult.
12-15 p.

Tanganyika.—On stones, dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo.

The pebbles on which this Cladophora was growing were coated with a
deposit of lime about 4—5 mm. in thickness, the surface of which was much
eroded, and the minute tufts of the Alga occupied the numerous irregular
depressions and holes covering the exposed surface of the incrustation. The
pebbles were of a flinty nature, consisting of dark-coloured impure silica, and
the outer incrustation of lime containing the hollows was of a brownish-yellow
colour and much pitted. The actual thallus of the Cladophora is not incrusted
with lime except at the extreme basal portions. The pebbles presented much
the same appearance as those described by Chodat from the lakes of the
Jura.

Cladophora inconspicua is probably the smallest described species of the
genus. The thallus is much branched, the branching being mostly dicho-
tomous. The tufts are very dense, and the basal part of the thallus is firmly
attached to the stone by colourless rhizoids, which frequently branch and
become somewhat irregular in outline. Some of the branches of the first
order terminate in cylindrical apical cells with a mucronate apex, whereas the
apical cells of the smaller branches are generally narrower and considerably
attenuated to a blunt extremity.

Among the basal portions of the Cladophora, in the eroded cavities of the
stones, were numerous thallitof Palmophyllum jfoliaceum, sp. n., and attached
to the branches of the Cladophora, especially the younger ones, were quantities
of Calothriz brevissima forma.

17. CLADOPHORA sp.

C. filis di(vel 3—4)-chotoma, ramosissima, ad 6 mm. altis, ramulis
brevibus et fasciculatis, articulis diametro 3—7-plo longioribus.

Crass. fil. prim. usque ad 130 ш; crass. ram. 24-34 p.

Tanganyika.—Growing on stones, shells, submerged roots and grasses,
Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904; по. 44). Probably the same plant but less branched,
with quantities of sand among the branches, attached to shells dredged in
about 10 fathoms, Mtondwe Bay (2 Sept. 1904 ; no. 83).

101 МК. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Order CONJUGATA,

Family ZYGNEMACER.
Subfam. MESOCARPER,
Genus MOUGEOTIA, Ag.

A number of sterile species of this genus were observed, principally from
the Tanganyika region. No trace of spore-formation was observed in any
of them.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; по. 72). In plankton,
Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; nos. 123 and 124).

Subfam. ZYGNEME X.
Genus DEBARYA, Witt».

18. DxBARYA AFRICANA, sp. п. (РІ. 5. figs. 8—4.)

D. cespitibus laxe intricatis, cellulis vegetativis diametro 4—8-plo longi-
oribus, pyrenoidibus 5-8 in chromatophora unoquoque ; Zygosporis ubi conju-
gatione scalariformi productis, globoso-ellipsoideis, magnis, tubo conjugatione
complentibus et in gametangiis immersis, axe longiore transverse disposito ;
membrana zygospore glabra; membrana gametangiorum suberassa; gamet-
angiis szepe tortis.

Crass. cell. veget. 23-26 р; lat. Zygosp. 96 ш; long. zygosp. 50 p.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

As in other species of Debarya ihe gametangia undergo a change subse-
quent to conjugation. In this сазе the cell-walls increase considerably in
thickness, and during this process а narrow pit arises in the middle of each
transverse wall (vide Pl. 5. fig. 4). The zygospore is large and occupies
the whole of a greatly swollen conjugating-tube, extending on each side to
the outer walls of the gametangia.

D. africana is nearest to D. immersa, W. West (Mougeotia immersa,
W. West, in Journ. Bot. xl. (1902) p. 144), a species only known from India,
but is distinguished by its much longer vegetative cells, its larger, smooth,
and more completely immersed Zygospores, and by the thickened walls of the
gametangia.

Genus ZYGNEMA, Ay.

Sterile species were observed from :—
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; по. 80). In plankton,
Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; nos. 123 and 124),

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 105

Genus SPIROGYRA, Link.

19. SPrROGYRA sp. ad ©. longatam, (Vauch.) Мг. accedens.

The zygospores were not mature and the specimens were scarcely in a
condition for accurate description.

Crass. cell. veget. 34-38 ш; long. zygosp. immatur. 72 р, lat. 53 д.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

20. SPIROGYRA PORTICALIS, ( Vauch.) Clevejin Nov. Act. В. Soc. Sci. Upsal.
ser. д. vi. no. 11 (1868), р. 22; Petit, Spirog. Environs Paris (1880), p. 21,
t. 5. figs. 8-12.

Var. AFRICANA, Var. n.

Var. cellulis fructiferis leviter tumidis; cellulis vegetativis et chromato-
phoris singulis ut in forma typica; zygosporis paullo majoribus, oblongo-
ellipticis, mesosporio plicato-ruguloso.

Crass. cell. veget. 40-41 u; long. zygosp. 93 р, lat. 58 p.

Nyasa.—Among weeds and various Algæ, in swamp, Karonga (2 July,
1904 ; no. 34).

21. SPIROGYRA AQUINOCTIALIS, sp. п. (РІ. 5. figs. 1-2.)

S. cellulis vegetativis diametro circiter 4—6-plo longioribus, extremitatibus
. non replicatis ; chromatophoris 3 (interdum 2), suberassis, marginibus irregu-
lariter undulatis, anfractibus 1-12, cum pyrenoidibus magnis; conjugatione
scalariformi, cellulis fructiferis inflatis et suboblongo-rectangularibus ; zygo-
sporis oblongo-ellipticis, ovoideis, vel oblongo-ovoideis, diametro circiter
1}-14-plo longioribus ; membrana zygosporz crassa, lamina mediana dense
scrobiculata.

Crass. cell. veget. 23-25 д; crass. cell. fructif. ($) 41°5-43 ш; long.
zygosp. 52-71 р, lat. 41-43 д; crass. membr. zygosp. 4 д.

Nyasa.—Growing on stones, &c., on the shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904;
no. 17).

The zygospores are mostly oblong-elliptic in form, with brown walls of
considerable thickness, the middle coat of which is densely and markedly
scrobiculate. They fill up the fructiferous cells transversely, being closely
applied to the swollen walls of the female gametangia. ‘The chloroplasts are
most commonly three (sometimes only two) in each cell, with nodulose or
undulate margins and large pyrenoids.

It stands nearest to another tropical species, 5. соти, W. & G. S. West
(Freshw. Alg. Koh Chang, in Bot. Tidsskr.. xxiv. (1901) p. 161, t. 4. figs.
48—45), but is distinguished by its thinner vegetative filaments with shorter
cells, by the shorter and more oblong zygospores, and by the oblong form of
the inflated fructiferous cells.

106 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG.E

22. SPIROGYRA DECIMINA, (Müll) Kiti. Рус. Germ, (1845) p. 223;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868) р. 242; Petit, Spirog. Ene. Paris, 1880,
р. 25, t. 8. figs. 1-8.

Crass. cell. veget. 32-36 р; long. zygosp. 65-68 ш; lat. zygosp. 37-39 д.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; nos. 32 and 33).

Forma cellulis crassioribus et zygosporis sepe diametro duplo longioribus.

Crass. cell. veget. 42-54 ш; long. zygosp. 68-124 ш; lat. zygosp, 47—50 и.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; по. 32).

Forma ТЕОР1СА [.S. decimina, forma, W. & G. S. West, in Bot. Tidsskr.
xxiv. (1901) р. 161].

Forma major, cellulis vegetativis diametro 21—5(usque 6)-plo longioribus ;
cellulis fruetiferis non inflatis ; chromatophoris 3, eum marginibus asperis,
anfractibus 24—44.

Crass. cell. veget. 46-52 р; long. zygosp. 72-92 ш; lat. zygosp. 46-50 д.

Nyasa.—In pools on the shore, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

Precisely the same form has been observed from Koh Chang in the Gulf
of Siam.

Very near to these tropical forms of 5. decimina, and most probably iden-
tical with them, is a species described by Schmidle as S. Füllebornei (vide
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903) p. 76, t. 3. fig. 2). The thickness of the
vegetative cells is the same, there are three spirals in each case, and the size
and form of the zygospores are the same. Schmidle’s plant was described
from the vicinity of Nyasa.

23. SPIROGYRA NEGLECTA, (Назз.) Kütz. Sp. Alg. (1849) p.441; Rabenh.
lie, p. 248; Petit, l. с. p. 26, t. 9. figs. 1-5.—Zygnema neglecta, Hass.

Var. TERNATA, (Ripart) И’. у (+. S. West, т Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897)
р. 41.— №. ternata, /братЬ in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxiii. (1876) p. 162; Petit,
l. c. p. 26, t. 8. figs. 4—7.

Crass. cell. veget. 52-59 ш; long. zygosp. 74-78 ш; lat. zygosp. 52-53 и.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904 ; no. 196).

24. SPIROGYRA NITIDA, (Dillw.) Link, Handb. iii. (1833) p. 262; Kütz.
[. с. р. 442; Petit, l. c. p. 28, t. 10. figs. 6—10.

Crass. cell. veget. 80-85 ш; long. zygosp. 105-148 ш; lat. zygosp. 55-84 д.

Муаза.— [п swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

25. SPIROGYRA BELLIS, ( Hass.) Cleve, т Nov. Act. В. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. З,
vi. no. 11 (1868), p. 18 ; Petit, l. v. р. 91, t. 10. figs. 1-8.

Var. MINOR, var. n.

Var. cellulis angustioribus et zygosporis minoribus. Crass. cell. veget.
56-58 м; diam. zygosp. 44—56 д.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904; no. 196).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 107

Norr.—Sterile species of Spirogyra were observed from the following
localities :—Nyasa. In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18). In
pools, on shore, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904; no. 22). Among weeds, in
swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; no. 34).— Tanganyika. In swamp, Mbete
(28 Sept. 1904 ; по. 108). In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; nos. 123
and 124); this was a large species, similar to 5. crassa, Kütz.; crass. veg.
cell. 114-132 u ; diam. zygosp. immatur. 100-104 д.

A fact of some interest is the complete absence from the collections of any
species of Spirogura with replicate extremities to the vegetative cells.

Family DESMIDIACEZE.
Subfam. SACCODERM A.
Genus GONATOZYGON, De Bary.

26. Goxarozyaox MONOTÆNIUM, De Bary, in Rabenh. Alg. (1856) по. 533;
И’, & G. S. West, Brit. Desm. i. (1904) p. 30, t. 1. figs. 1-7.—G. Ralfsii, De
Bary, Conj. (1858) p. 76, t. 4. figs. 23-29.

Tanganyika.— In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; nos. 123 and 124).

97. Gonarozycon KiwaHaNr, (Arch.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868)
р. 156; №. & G. S. West, l c. p. 35, t. 2. figs. 1-3.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).

Genus CYLINDROCYSTIS, Menegh.

98. CYLINDROCYSTIS sUBPYRAMIDATA, W. $ G. S. West, in Bot. Tidsskr.
xxiv. (1901) p. 162, t. 2. figs. 8-11.

Long. 26-29 р; lat. 16-18 p ; lat. constrict. 15-16 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; по. 618).

Tanganyika.—Among weeds, mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan. 1905
no. 611).

Genus NETRIUM, Zütkem.

29. Nerrium Drerrus, (Ehrenb.) ftzigs. § Rothe, in Rabenh. Alg. no. 508
(1856); W. & G. S. West, Brit. Desm. i. (1904) p. 64, t. 6. figs. 14-16.—
Penium Digitus, Bréb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 150, t. 25. fig. 3.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Forma parva et angustior : long. 112-140 ш ; lat. 27-32 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1306 ; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamps, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

108 MR. G. S. WEST on THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Subfam. PLACODERM. Ж.
Genus PENIUM, Bréb.
30. PENIUM NavicuLA, Bréb. in Мет. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherb. iv. (1856) p. 146,
t. 2. fig. 37; W. & С. S. West, Brit. Desm. i. (1904) p. 75, t. 7. figs. 12-15.
Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).

31. PENIUM AUSTRALE, Racib. in Rospraw. matem.-przy. Akad. Umiej.
Krakow. ser. 2, xxii. (1892) p. 367, t. 6. fig. 27; W. 4 G. S. West, in
Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxiii. (1897) p. 157, t. 8. fig. 16; in Bot. Tidsskr.
xxiv. (1901) р. 163.

a. Forma brevior: long. 55-57 р; lat. 36-38 ш; lat. isthm. 35-36 д.
(РІ. 6. fig. 3.)

Victoria Nyanza.—Near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

6. Forma crassior: long. 72 p ; lat. 51 ш: lat. isthm. 48 p. (РІ. 6. fig. 4.)

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618 )

Genus CLOSTERIUM, Nitzsch.
32. CLOSTERIUM LAGOENSE, Nordst. т Vidensk. Medd. f. d. Naturh. Foren.
Кудр. (1870) р. 208, t. 2. fig. 2.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; по. 108).

33. OLOSTERIUM NEMATODES, Josh. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxi. (1886)
р. 652, t. 22. figs. 7-9.

Var. томом, var. п. (PI. 6. fig. 2.)

Var. cellulis paullo tumidis ad medium marginis ventralis, polis obtusioribus,
striis validioribus.

Long. 190 ш; lat. 27 ш; lat. apie. 10 м.

Victoria Nyanza.— Near the shore of the lake, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ;
no. 251).

The apices of this variety are more obtuse than in the typical form, and
the ventral margin of the cell is distinctly tumid, giving it a stouter
appearance.

34. CLOSTERIUM PARVULUM, Ndg. Gatt. einz. silg. (1849) p. 106, t. 6c.
fig. 2 (ex parte); W. & G.S. West, Brit. Desm. i. (1904) p. 133, t. 15.
figs. 9-12.

Small forms: lat. 11 р; apicibus 105 и inter se distantibus.

Nyasa.— In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; поз. 33 and 34).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swamp pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).

39. CLosrERIUM JENNERI, Ralfs, Brit. Desm. ( 1848) p. 167, t. 28. fig. 6 ;
W. & G. S. West, l. c. p. 134, t. 15. figs. 28—25.

Lat. 11-13 p ; apicibus 82-91 y inter se distantibus.

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 109

36. CLOSTERIUM Venus, Айс. Phye. Germ. (1845) p. 1305 W. & G. S.
West, Brit. Desm. 1. (1904) p. 137, t. 15. figs. 15-20.

Lat. 85 и; apicibus 72 р inter se distantibus.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

37. ČLOSTERIUM Главтетхи, Küt:. in Linnea, viii. (1833) p. 596; И, $
G. S. West, l. с. p. 141, t. 16. figs. 9-14.

Nyasa.—Among Algæ growing on stones, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ;
по. 17). Among Utricularia, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Арг. 1905;
no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108). In plankton,
Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

38. CLOSTERIUM MONILIFERUM, (Bory) Ehrenb. Infus. p. 91 (1838) ; Ваз,
Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 166, t. 28. fig. 3; W. $ G. S. West, l c. p. 142,
t. 16. figs. 15, 16.

Var. GALICIENSE, (Gutw.) nob. Closterium galiciense, G'utw. in Rospraw.
matem.-przy. Akad. Umiej. Krakow. (1896), p. 39, t. 6. fig. 18.

Long. 248-294 р; lat. 44—47 u; lat. apic. 11-12 р.

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

The African plants possessed a smooth and colourless cell-wall, and agreed
perfectly in size and general proportions with Gutwinski's Galician examples.
The distinctive features from typical C. moniliferum are the thickened apices
of the cells and the reduced ventral inflation.

39. CLOSTERIUM ACEROSUM, (Schrank) Ehrenb. Infus. p. 92 (1838); Ка},
Brit. Desm. (1848) р. 164, t. 27. fig. 2; W. & G.S. West, l.c. p. 146, t. 18.
figs. 2—9.

Nyasa.—Among other Algæ on the shore, Domira Day (19 June, 1904 ;
по. 17). Among Utricularia, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579.)

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 : no. 208.)

40. CLosTERIUM TUMIDUM, Johnson, т Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxii. (1895)
р. 291, t. 239. fig. 4; W. $ G. 5. West, Lc. p. 156, t. 19. figs. 15-18.

Rather stout forms: long. 116-142 ш; lat. 19-20 ш; lat. apie. circ. 5 р.

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

41. CLosTERIUM GRACILE, Breb. List Desmid. p. 155 (1856); И’. $ (G.S.
West, 1. е. p. 166, t. 21. figs. 8-12.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

110 МК. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Var. TENUE, (Гетт.) И”. $ G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot.
vi. (1902) p. 138, t. 18. figs. 22, 23.—С. limneticum, Lemm., var. tenue, Lemm.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 Мау, 1905;
no. 620).

42. OLosrERIUM ACUTUM, (Lyngb.) Breb. т Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848)
р. 177, t. 30. fig. 5, t. 34. fig. ба, b, d-f ; И’. С. S. West, Brit. Desm. i.
(1904) р. 177,t. 23. figs. 9-14.

Lat. cell. 4-45 u ; long. zygosp. 32 ш; lat. max. zygosp. 18 y.

Nyasa.—Among Utricularia, swampy margin of lake, Domira Bay (19
June, 1904; no. 579).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta, with zygospores (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

43. CLOSTERIUM RaLrsu, Breb. т Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 17; Ralfs,
l. с. p. 174, t. 20. fig. 2; W. & G. S. West, l. e. p. 182, t. 24. figs. 6, 7.

Var. HYBRIDUM, /ФабепА. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1808) p. 135; W. & G.S.
West, l. c. p. 183, t. 24. figs. 8-12.

Forma paullo crassior : long. 802-332 ш; lat. 42-45 р; lat. apic. 9-10 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

The specimens were rather broader than is usual for this frequent tropical
Closterium, and in this respect they resembled a plant described by Gutwinski
as C. Wage (vide Rospraw. matem.-przyr. Akad. Umiej. Krakow. 1896,
р. 40, +. 2. fig. 20). The apices were also somewhat angular. It seems pro-
bable that C. Wage is only an extreme shortened form of С. Ralfsii
var. hybridum.

Genus PLEUROTZENIUM, №.

44. PLEUROTENIUM COoRONATUM, (Bréb.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868)
р. 148; W. & G. S. West, l. с. р. 199, t. 27. figs. 16-18, t. 28. fig. 4.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; nos. 72 and 80).

45. PLEUROTÆNIUM suBcoRONULATUM, ( W. В. Turn.)
in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. у. (1895) p. 44, t. 5. f. 33.

Var. pgruM, W. $ G. 5. West, l c. (1896) р. 235, t. 13. figs. 2, 3.

Long. 460 р; lat. ad bas. semicell. 40 и, ad apic. 35 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia in swampy pool near Bukoba (20
Apr. 1905; no. 618).

Borge has observed specimens from Brazil in which only one semicell
possessed the infra-apical constriction (vide Arkiv fór Botanik, К. Sv. Vet.-
Akad., Bd. i. (1903), p. 82). The curious ligature-like constriction of this
variety was well marked in the examples from Victoria Nyanza, but it is
possible that it is only a variation due to inequality of growth.

W. у G.S. West,

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 111

46. PLEUROTÆNIUM ELATUM, (W. B. Turn.) Borge, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Handl. xxiv. (1899) Afd. 3, по. 12, p. 16.—Docidium elatum, W. В.
Turn. in K. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 27, t. 2. fig. 16.
Docidium robustum, W. B. Turn. l. с. р. 27, t. 2. fig. 8.

Var. CONJUNCTUM, (W. В. Turn.) W. у б. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soe.,
ser. 2, Bot. vi. (1902) p. 144.—Docidium conjunctum, W. B. Turn. l.c.
р. 32, t. 4. fig. 6.

Long. 530-561 ш; lat. ad bas. semicell. 45-48 д; lat. apic. 40-42 y.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; nos. 123 and 124).

The individuals observed were slightly larger than Turner's measurements
of P. elatum var. conjunctum, but not so large as the forma duplo-major
described from Ceylon. The lateral margins of the semicells were slightly
undulate from base to apex, and each apex possessed 26-27 tuberculi. The
individuals remained attached by their apices, and filaments of 15 cells were
observed.

47. PLEUROTANICM CALDENSE, Nordst., in Ofvers. К. Vet.-Akad. Fórh.
(1877) no. 3, p. 17, t. 2. fig. 2.

Forma AFRICANA. (РІ. 6. fig. 1.)

Forma cellulis longioribus, leviter attenuatis apices versus, tuberculis
apicalibus 18 (9—10 visis).

Long. 670 р; lat. ad bas. semicell. 34 р ; lat. apic. 25 р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; по. 34).

The African form differs principally from the Brazilian one in the distinct
attenuation of the apical part of the semicells.

48. PLEUROTÆNIUM EHRENBERGII, (Breb.) De Bary, Conj. (1858) р. 75 ;
W. & G. S. West, Brit. Desm. i. (1904) p. 205, t. 29. figs. 9-11.— Docidium
Ehrenbergii, Эте.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; nos. 33 and 34).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; nos. 251
and 618).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72. Also 26 Aug.
1904; no. 80).

49. PLEUROTÆNIUM TRABECULA, (hrenb.) Ndg. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849)
р. 104, t. 6. fig. А; W. 4 G. S. West, l.e. p. 209, t. 30. figs. 11-13,
Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

50. PLEUROTÆNIUM MAXIMUM, (Reinsch) Lund. in Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci.
Upsal. ser. 3, viii. (1871) p. 89; И’. & G. S. West, l. c.ip. 213, t. 31. figs. 1, 2.—
Docidium maximum, /teinsch.

Long. 720 р; lat. ad bas. semicell. 40 p, ad apic. 28 р.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72).

112 MR. Ө. Б. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

Genus EUASTRUM, Ehrenb.

51. Kuastrum sINUOSUM, Lenorm. ex Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 85;
W. & G. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 20, t. 36. fig. 1.
Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).

52. Evastrum ANSATUM, Ralfs, l.c. t. 14. fig. 2.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

53. EvasrRUM RosTRATUM, Ralfs, in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. (1844) p. 192;
W. à G.S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) р. 35, t. 37. figs. 11-13.

Long. 46 ш; lat. 27 р.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

54. EvAsrTRUM PERsONATUM, W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc.,
ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 52, t. 6. fig. 19.

Forma incisuris apicalibus leviter apertioribus, angulis basalibus semi-
cellularum delicatissime bidenticulatis.

Long. 48 р; lat. 32 р; lat. isthm. 9 ш; crass. 17 p.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18).

55. ЕГАЗТВОМ ELEGANS, (Bréb.) Kütz. Phyc. Germ. (1845) p. 135; W. $
(т. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 48, t. 38. figs. 16-21.

Forma angulis basalibus semicellularum sursum divergentibus.

Long. 31 ш ; lat. 20 р; lat. ізі, 6-5 p.

Victoria Nyanza.— A mong Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May,1905; no. 620),

56. ErasrRUM BINALE, ( Титр.) Ehrenb. in Berlin. Monatsber. (1840)
р. 208; W. & G. S. West, le. p. 51, t. 38. figs. 28, 29.

Forma nrAxs, West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxix. (1892) p. 140, t. 20.
fig. 14.

Nyasa.— Among Algæ growing on stones, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ;
no. 17).

Var. sUBELOBATUM, West, l. с. р. 140, t. 20. fig. 15.

Long. 214; lat. 16:5 ш; lat. із. 5 p.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18).

57. ЮСАБТЕСМ pENTICULATUM, (Airehn.) F. Gay, in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.
xxxi (1884) p. 335.— E. binale, rar. denticulatum, Kirchn. Alg. Schles.
(1878) p. 159.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; поз. 123 and 124).

58. EUASTRUM HYPOCHONDROIDES, И’, à G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc.,
ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 49, t. 6. fig. 8.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia in sheltered bay near Entebbe
(1 May, 1905; no. 620).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 113

59. Evasrrum spinuLosum, Delp, in Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 2, xxx.
(1878) p. 97, t. 6. figs. 17, 18.

Subsp. AFRICANUM, JVordst. in Act. Univ. Lund. xvi. (1880) p. 9, t. 1. fig. 16.
Small form: long. 56 ш; lat. 485; lat. isthm, 12 y.
Tanganyika.—A mong Algæ in swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904; по. 196).

forma puPLO-wINOR, W. $ G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. v. (1895) p. 51, t. 6. fig. 13.

Long. 44 w; lat. 39 y.

Муаза.— п swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; поз. 33 and 34).

60. EuASTRUM PSEUDOPECTINATUM, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi.
(1898) p. 46, t. 2. fig. 39.

Forma mucronibus lobi polaris reductis. (PI. 7, figs. 4—5.)

Long. 44-46 ш; lat. 34-35: д; lat. lob. polar. 20-21:5 ш ; lat. isthm. 8 д.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72).

61. EUASTRUM TRUNCATIFORME, sp. п. (Pl. 7. fig. 3.)

Е. submediocre, circiter 14-ро longius quam latius, profundissime con-
strictum, sinu angusto-lineari extremo subampliato ; semicellule trilobæ,
ineisuris lateralibus subprofundis et angustis; lobis lateralibus sinuato-
bilobulatis, lobulis subquadratis rotundo-emarginatis; lobo polari transverse
rectangulari-fusiformi, lateribus sursum convergentibus et retusis, apice
convexo; tumore magno glabro in lobo laterali unoquoque, tumore magno
in centro lobi polaris, tumore parvo intra lobulum lateralem unumquemque;
a vertice vise oblongo-elliptieze, polis rotundatis, tumoribus magnis binis
subdistantibus: utrobique et tumore parvo polum unumquemque versus
utrobique, lobo polari subrhomboideo; а latere vise subovate, tumore
magno prope basin et tumore minore apicem rotundatum versus utrobique.

Long. 47 ш; lat. 33 ш; lat. lob. polar. 21 р; lat. isthm. 8 ш; crass. 19 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no.620).

This species bears considerable resemblance to E. sympageum, W. & G.
S. West (in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 50, t. 6. fig. 11), а
species known only from Madagascar, but is distinguished by the relatively
smaller polar lobe, by the strongly retuse lateral lobes with broader angles
(lobules), and by the different disposition of the surface tumours, the latter
feature causing considerable differences in the vertical aud lateral views.

It should also be compared with А. truncatum, Joshua (vide W. & G. S.
West, l. c. vi. (1902) p. 152, t. 20. figs. 9, 10), from which it differs in the
deeply retuse lateral lobes, the convex apex of the polar lobe, and the form
of the polar lobe in vertical view. Тһе three large tumours of E. trun-
catiforme also occur in the same relative positions on E. truncatum, but
the latter possesses two others within the angles of the polar lobe, and

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. I

114 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE

lacks the small tumours which occur within the lateral lobules of FEuastrum
truncatiforme. The large scrobiculation in the centre of the semicells of
E. truncatum is likewise absent from Æ. truncatiforme.

Compare also with Æ. pseudopectinatum, Schmidle, var. evolutum, Schmidle
(in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903) p. 72, t. 2. fig. 6).

Genus MICRASTERIAS, Ag.

62. MICRASTERIAS INCISA, Breb., ex Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 211;
W. B. Turn. т К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 89 (a. typica).
—Euastrum incisum, Breb. in Menegh. Synops. Desm. (1840) p. 216.
Holocystis incisa, ©. C. Wall. in Ann. Маа. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v. (1860)
p. 276, t. 13. figs. 4, 5.

Forma lobis lateralibus oblique truncatis; spinis totis minoribus.

Long. 56 р; lat. cum spin. 60 ш; lat. isthm. 11 р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; по. 80).

63. MICRASTERIAS CUNNINGTONH, sp. п. (Pl. 7. figs. 1-2.)

M. mediocris, circiter 14-plo longior quam latior, elliptica, profundissime
constricta, sinu angusto sed leviter aperto ; semicellulie quinquelobe, in-
cisuris inter lobos non profundis et apertis; lobo polari late et breviter
euneato (late campanulato e basi subangusto), apice convexo sed late
emarginato ad medium, cum dentibus irregularibus circ. 10 ad marginem
superiorem et angulis lateralibus unidentatis; lobis lateralibus subeequalibus
(superioribus majoribus), cum incisura primaria mediana et incisuris parvis
secundis duobus, lobulis emarginato-bispinatis (raro trispinatis) quattuor ;
membrana irregulariter et subsparse denticulato-spinata. Semicellule a
latere vise ovato-lanceolate, ad basin subrotundate, lateribus subretusis,
apice rotundato et tridentato, marginibus lateralibus dense denticulato-
spinatis.

Long. 192 p ; lat. 138 u ; lat. max. lob. polar. 74-78 ш; lat. isthm. 28 ш;
crass. sine spin. 54-56 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr.
1905 ; no. 251).

This species can best be compared with M. apiculata, (Ehrenb.) Menegh.,
from which it is at once distinguished by the shallow incisions and the much
wider and shorter polar lobe. The spines are also shorter, and they are
much more irregular in size and disposition than those of М. apiculata,
especially towards the centre of the semicells. It is, however, the polar
lobe which is the distinctive feature of M. Cunningtonii. It is very widely
campanulate from a rather narrow base, and the disposition of the spines on
its convex-emarginate apex is also peculiar.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 115

64. MIcRASTERIAS AMERICANA, ( Ehrenb.) Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 19
И’. $ 4.5. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 117, t. 53. figs. 4, 5, t. 54. figs. 1-3

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia in swampy pool, Bukoba (20 Apr
1905; no. 618).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; no. 124).

Genus COSMARIUM, Corda.

65. COSMARIUM OBSOLETUM, (/Jantzsch) Reinsch, Sp. Gen. АІ. (1867)
р. 142, t. 22. D.I. figs. 1-4; W. § Ц. S. West, l. c. p. 133, t. 56. figs. 1-3.

Nyasa.—In pools on the shore, Nkata Вау (23 June, 1904; no. 22).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools near the shore, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905;
no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72. Also 26 Aug.
1904 ; no. 80).

66. Cosmartum LUNDELLII, Delp. in Мет. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 2, xxx.
(1878) p. 13, t. 7. figs. 62-64.—C. subcirculare, W. В. Turn. in K. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 52, t. 8. fig. 3, and t. 9. figs. 27, 37.

Var. MADAGASCARIENSE, W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Dot. v. (1895) p. 55, t. 8. fig. 2.

Long. 74 ш; lat. 67 ш ; lat. isthm. 29 д.

Nyasa.—[In pools on the shore, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

67. COSMARIUM SUBAURICULATUM, W. & G. S. West, l. c. p. 55, t. 6. fig. 31.

Forma sinu non aperto.

Long. 48-56 р; lai. sine spin. 46-54; lat. cum spin. 49-58 ш; lat.
isthm. 27-30 y.

Nyasa.—lIn pools on the shore, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904; no. 22).

Victoria Nyanza.—A mong Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; по. 620).

This species has been recorded by Schmidle from the vicinity of Lake
Nyasa (vide Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903) p. 68, t. 1. fig. 24). It is now
known to occur in Madagascar, Central Africa, Siam, and Central China.

The Desmid described by Gutwinski from Java as C. suberosum (Gutw. in
Bull. de l'Acad. Sci. Cracov., Nov. 1902, p. 592, t. 38. fig. 36) is identical with
C. subauriculatum var. truncatum, W. & G. S. West, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv.
(1901) p. 172, t. 2. fig. 20, described from the island of Koh Chang in the Gulf

of Siam.

68. CoSMARIUM FONTIGENUM, JVordst. in Wittr. § Nordst. Alg. Ezsic. 1878,
по. 171; W. $ G. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 147, t. 59. figs. 16, 17.
Long. 24:5 ; lat. 24:5 р; lat. isthm. 7 p.
Nyasa.—Among Utricularia, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; по. 579).
12

116 MR, С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

69. Cosmarium PuasEoLvs, Bréh. in. Menegh. Synops. Desm. (1840) p. 220;
Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 106, t. 32. fig. 5. |

A form approaching var. elevatum, Nordst.

Nyasa.—Among Algæ on the shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17).

70. Cosmarium BIOCULATUM, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 95,
t. 15. fig. 5; W. $ G. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 165, t. 61. figs. 8-7.

Forms with a punctate cell-wall, some individuals approaching var. hians,
W. & G. В. West: long. 19-21 ш; lat. 16-18 4; lat. isthm. 4:5-6 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—A mong Utricularia, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618.

71. ? CosMARIUM MINUTISSIMUM, Arch. in Quart. Journ. Міст. Set. xvii.
(1877) pp. 194 and 301.

Long. 11 р; lat. 9 ш; lat. isthm. Эш; crass. 55 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; по.620).

It is with much doubt that I refer this minute Cosmarium to C. minutissimum,
Arch., a species concerning which very little is definitely known. Another
African form, from Huilla, Angola, W. Africa, has also been with uncertainty
regarded as C. minutissimum (vide W. & С. S. West, in Journ. Bot. xxxv.
(1897) p. 38). The sinus of the Nyanza specimens was not “a narrow
incision " as deseribed by Archer, and the outline of the cell was exactly
similar to that exhibited by some forms of C. contractum, var. ellipsoideum.

72. Cosmartum CONTRACTUM, Airchn. Alg. Schles. (1878) p. 47; Wolle,
Desm. U.S. (1884) p. 68, t. 50. fig. 24; W. ў G. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii.
(1905) p. 170, t. 61. figs. 23-25, 34.

Var. ELLIPSOIDEUM, (Elfe) W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.
xxxii. part i. (1902) p. 40.—С. ellipsoideum, fv.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905; no. 249). In
sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

13. CosMARIUM DEPRESSUM, (№49.) Lund. in Мог. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal.
ser. 3, viii. (1871) p. 38; И’. & б. 5. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) р. 176,
t. 62. figs. 2-5. —C. Scenedesmus, Delp.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

14. CosMARIUM RETUSIFORME, ( Wille) Gutw. in Bot. Centralbl. xliii. (1890)
p. 69.—C. Hammeri, Feinsch, var. retusiforme, Wille.

Forma ABscmsUuM (Schmidle), Borge, in Arkiv för Bot. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad.
i. (1903) p. 96, t. 3. fig. 19.—C. Hammeri, Reinsch, f. abscissa, Schmidle, in
Hedwigia, xxxiv. (1895) p. 302, t. 4. fig. 8.

Long. 22-31 ш; lat. 17-22 р; lat. аріе. 9°5-13°5 p ; lat. isthm. 5-675 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; по. 618). In sheltered
bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 117

This form was not uncommon from the above localities, and to a certain
extent it combines the characters of C. retusum, (Perty) Rabenh., and С.
retusiforme, (Wille) Gutw. It has the deep linear constriction of the former,
but the proportions of the latter. The subrectangular basal angles are
distinctive. It appears to be a tropical form with a wide geographical
distribution, and was first described from Sumatra.

15. COSMARIUM HAMMERI, Reinsch, Sp. Gen. Alg. (1867) p. 115, t. 22 B.I.
figs. 1-10; W. у 6. 5. West, Brit. Desm. 11. (1905) p. 181, t. 62. figs. 20, 21.

Long. 30 ш; lat. 22 ш; lat. isthm. 6 р; crass. 11 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

76. CosMARIUM GRANATUM, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 96, t. 32.
fig. 6: W. & G. S. West, l. c. p. 186, t. 63. figs. 1-3.

Nyasa.—In pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904; no. 22). In swamp,
Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

11. CosMARIUM GALERITUM, JVordst. in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren.
Кё}. (1870) p. 209, t. 3. fig. 26.

Var. RETUsUM, var. п. (Pl. 7. fig. 6.)

Semicellule lateribus paullo retusis apicem versus et apice leviter retuso.

Long. 38 ш; lat. 34 u ; lat. isthm. 10 р.

Nyasa.—In the swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 519).

Victoria Nyanza.—In sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

The Desmid described and figured by Schmidle from Nyasa (cf. Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903) p. 69, t. 1. fig. 26) as “С. homalodermum var. minor ”
is most probably identical with this variety.

78. COSMARIUM NITIDULUM, De Not. Desm. Ital. (1867) p. 42, t. 3. fig. 26 ;
W. & G. S. West, Brit. Desm. ii. (1905) p. 197, t. 64. figs. 1-3.

Small form: long. 25 ш; lat. 21 р; lat. isthm. 5 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; по. 124).

19. (OSMARIUM PSEUDOPYRAMIDATUM, Lund. in Act. R. бос, Sci. Upsal.
ser. 3, viii. (1871) p. 41, t. 2. fig. 18.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (28 Aug. 1904 ; no. 79. Also 26 Aug.
1904; no. 80).

80. COSMARIUM MONILIFORME, (Turp.) Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 107,
t. 17. fig. 6.
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

118 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGAE

81. Cosmartum GLOBOSUM, Buln. in Hedwigia, ii. (1861) p. 52, t. 9. fig. 8.

Var. Мош, W. & G. S. West, т Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. v. (1896)
p. 252, t. 15. fig. 17.—C. globosum, Wolle, Desm. U.S. (1884) p. 60, t. 49.
figs. 15-17.

Forma major: long. 44-19 р; lat. 37-39 ш; lat. isthm. 35-37 p. (РІ. 4.
fig. 10.)

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; поз. 251
and 618).

Tanganyika.—In swamp close to shore, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; nos. 72
and 73. Also 26 Aug. 1904 ; по. 80). |

This Cosmarium occurred in some abundance, and is characterized by the
slightness of its constriction. In outline the African specimens agreed
exactly with the figures given by Wolle, but they were of decidedly larger
dimensions.

There is one pyrenoid in each semicell, from which radiate a number of
vertically-disposed divisions of the chloroplast.

The specimens very closely resemble a Desmid described by Schmidle from
Zanzibar as Dysphinctium subellipticum (vide Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi. (1898)
р. 21, t. 1. fig. 15), but there was no large series of punctulations on each side
of the isthmus.

82. CosMARIUM SUBCONSTRICTUM, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx. (1901)
р. 66, t. 2. fig. 4.

Long. 27-30 ш; lat. 26-28 ш ; lat. isthm. 17-20 ш; crass. 17-19 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; nos. 251
and 618).

This species was fairly abundant, and seems well characterized by its
shallow constriction and by the two pyrenoids in each semicell.

83. Cosmartum REGNESI, Reinsch, in Abh. Naturh. Ges, Nürnb. iii. (1866)
р. 112, t. 7. fig. 8 ; G. 5. West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxvii. (1899) p. 387,
t. 10. figs. 10-21.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 12).

84. CoswARIUM PLANUM, И”. $ G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot.
v. (1895) p. 59, t. 8. fig. 9.

Long. 29 ш; lat. 18 р; lat. isthm. 6 p.

Nyasa.—In shore pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; по. 22).

85. COSMARIUM MINIMUM, W. $ G. S. West, l.c. p. 58, t. 8. fig. 10.
Several slightly different forms.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 12).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 119

86. CosMARIUM SEXANGULARE, Lund. in Act. R. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3,
viii. (1871) p. 35, t. 2. fig. 23.

Forma minimum, Nordst. in Bot. Notiser (1887), p. 162; т К. Sr. Vet.- Akad.
Папі. xxii. (1888) по. 8, p. 60, t. 7. fig. Z6.

Long. 13:5 ш; lat. 11:5 ш; lat. isthm. 3 ш; lat. арт. 6 р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34). Among Utricularia,
Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

87. Cosmarium ABRUPTUM, Lund. tom. cit. p. 43, t. 2. fig. 22.

Var. GRANULATUM, W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. v.
(1895) p. 65, t. 7. fig. 82.

Victoria Nyanza.—A mong Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

88. COSMARIUM Мехканихи, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 96,
t. 15. fig. 6.

Forma ОСТАХОСТАВЕ, Wille, in. Ofvers. К. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. (1879) no. 5,
p. 43, t. 12. fig. 35.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251),

89. COSMARIUM ANGULOSUM, Bréb, in Мет. Soc. Sci. Nat. Сет. iv. (1856)
p. 127, t. 1. fig. 17.

Nyasa.—Among Algw on shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; по. 17).
In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Var. сохотумом, (Rabenh.) W. & G. S. West, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv. (1901)
р. 91.—Cosmarium concinnum, Feinsch.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

90. CosMARIUM Lave, Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. Ш. (1868) p. 161; G.S.
West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxvii. (1899) p. 386, t. 10. figs. 1-6.

Nyasa.—Among Alg:e on shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620?

Var. minimum, W. & G. 8. West, in Journ. Bot. xxxv. (1897) p. 119.
t. 368. fig. 6.
Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

91. CosMARIUM CUNNINGTONH, sp. п. (Pl. 7. fig. 7.)

C. parvum, circiter 11-plo longius quam latius, profundissime constrictum,
sinu angustissimo-lineari extremo paullo ampliato ; semicellule pyramidatze
(vel pyramidato-subtrapeziformes), angulis basalibus truncato-rectangularibus

120 МВ. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE

(interdum levissime retusis), lateribus subrectis vel levissime convexis,
angulis superioribus subrotundatis, apice subtruncato-convexo, infra et juxta
apicem granulis magnis binis ornate, granulo singulo ad angulis basalibus
juxta sinum, et scrobieulis conspicuis quincuncialiter ordinatis in centro
semicellule ; a vertice vise elliptice, polis levissime truncatis, intra marginem
unumquemque granulis magnis binis instructe ; a latere vise oblongo-
ellipticæ (vel elliptico-circularis), ad apicem utrinque granulo magno ornate ;
pyrenoidibus binis.

Long. 42—44}; lat. 31:5-32:5 ш; lat. isthm. 9 ш; crass. 19 p-

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

This species stands nearest to C. bigemma, Racib. (in Pamietnik matem.-
przy. Akad.} Umiej. Krakow. xvii. (1889) p. 85, t. 5. fig. 10), from which
it is distinguished by the truncate basal angles of the semicells, the smooth
sides and slightly convex apex, as well as by the two pyrenoids in each
chloroplast.

It should also be compared with C. supergranatum, W. B. Turn., forma
pulehrum, W. B. Turn. (in K. Sv. Vet-Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5,
р. 97, t. 9. fig. 24),and C. ceylanicum, W. & G. S. West (in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. 2, Dot. vi. (1902) p. 174, t. 21. figs. 14, 15).

92. COSMARIUM scABRATULUM, W. & G. 5. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) р. 64, t. 6. fig. 27.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

95. COSMARIUM PRÆMORSUM, Bréb, in Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherb. iv. (1856)
р. 128, t. 1. fig. 8; Nordst. in Act. Univ. Lund, ix. (1873) p. 12, t. 1. fig. 1.
Victoria Nyanza.—In sheltered bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

94. COSMARIUM DECACHONDRUM, Roy $ Biss. in Journ. Bot. xxiv. (1886)
p. 196, t. 268. fig. 15.

Var. ORNATUM, var. п. (Pl. 7. fig. 8.)

Var. semicellulis depressis, granulis infra sed juxta apicem majoribus et
conspicuis, eum granulum supra isthmum et granulis duobus apicem versus.

Long. 26 u ; lat. 26-29 ш; lat. isthm. 9 № 5 crass. 17 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—A mong Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 Мау, 1905; по.620).

This variety differs from the type in the somewhat flattened apices, the
more conspicuous apical granules, the single granule above the isthmus,
and the two granules below the apex of the semicells. Schmidle has described
a var. striatum of this species from Zanzibar and Mozambique.

It is closely allied to varieties of С. taxichondrum, Lund., especially to
var. subundulatum, Boldt, and its form subdenticulatum, W. & С. S. West.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 121

95. Cosmarium Bryrri, Wille, in Vid.-Selsk. Forhandl. C hristiania (1880),
no. 11, p. 25, t. 1. fig. 7.

Nyasa.—On the shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; no. 123).

96. Cos MARIUM SUBCOSTATUM, Nordst. in Ofcers. К. Vet.- Akad. Едт. (1816)
no. 6, p. 37, t. 12. fig. 13.

Long. 33 ш; lat. 29 ш; lat. isthm. 9 р.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905; no. 208).

Forma minus, W. & G. S. West, in Journ. Bot, xxxiv. (1896) p. 379, t. 361.
fig. 15.
Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 519).

97. COSMARIUM scvBPROTUMIDUM, JVordst. in Ofvers. К. Vet.-Akad. Fórh.
(1876) p. 38, t. 12. fig. 14.

Long. 24-25 д; lat. 22-23 ш; lat. isthm. 6-7 p.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Арг. 1905; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; no. 80).

Schmidle has described a species from Nyasa as C. occultum which stands
very near to C. subprotumidum.

98. COSMARIUM GLYPTODERMUM, W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 69, t. 7. fig. 23.

Long. 70-80 ш ; lat. 45-55 и; lat. isthm. 34 м.

Tanganyika.—Abundant in swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72. Also
26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

99. COSMARIUM BINTM, Nordst. in Wittr. 6 Nordst. Alg. Елвіс. (1880)
no. 383, fasc. 21 (1889), p. 39 ; De Toni, Syll. Alg. i. p. 993.

Nyasa.—In shore pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

100. Cosmarium sUBSPECIOSUM, JVordst. in (сет. К. Vet.-Akad. Fórh.
(1875) no. 6, p. 22, t. 6. fig. 13.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept, 1904 ; no. 108).

101. COSMARIUM MULTIORDINATUM, W. $ (7. 5. West, in Journ. Dot. xxxv.
(1897) p. 121, t. 367. fig. 8.

Long. 66 ш; lat. 48 ш; lat. із. 15 м.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 : no. 251).

The original examples of this species were described from Pungo Andongo

122 MR. G. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

in Angola, W. Africa. The Nyanza specimens were relatively a little longer,
but otherwise precisely similar.

One of the chief features of this species is the presence between the
granules of small rounded scrobiculations similar to those of C. margaritatum
(Lund.), Roy & Biss. ; and I should like once more to emphasize the fact that
it is the only species of its section in which the hexagons of scrobiculations
are disposed so that two opposite sides are horizontal.

Schmidle (in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi. (1898) p. 27, t. 1. fig. 20) has
described and figured a Cosmarium from Zanzibar, which he names “С. multi-
ordinatum, forma," but which is most probably a form of C. decoratum,

W. & G. S. West.

102. COSMARIUM QUADRUM, Lund. in Act. R. Sor. Sel. Upsal. ser. 3, viii.
(1871) p. 25, t. 2. fig. 11.

Forma granulis paullo minoribus.

Long. 66 p; lat. 65 ш; lat. isthm. 22 y.

Nyasa.— Among Algæ on rocks, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 23).

This form was very slightly smaller than the original Swedish plants, and
the granules were rather more numerous and of somewhat smaller size.

103. COSMARIUM MARGARITATUM, (Lund.) Roy у Biss. in Journ. Bot. xxiv.
(1886) р. 194.—C. latum, Breb., var. margaritatum, Lund.

Long. 66 ш; lat. 60 ш; lat. isthm, 19 р.

Nyasa.—Among Algæ on stones, Domira Day (19 June, 1904 ; no. 17).

Tanganyika.— п plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 : no. 124).

104, COSMARIUM LACUNATUM, sp. n.

C. mediocre, circiter tam longum quam latum, profundissime constrictum,
sinu angusto introrsum valdissime ampliato (lacunato), isthmo breviter
cylindrico ; semicellul:e trapeziformes, angulis superioribus et inferioribus
rotundatis, apice lato recto vel levissime concavo, lateribus leviter convexis et
sursum divergentibus ; membrana granulata, granulis in seriebus obliquis
(cire. 14) ordinatis, in ambitu toto semicellularum cum granulis circiter 35,
punctulis minutis 5-6 circa granulum unumquemque ; a vertice vis anguste
ellipticæ vel oblongo-ellipticz, polis rotundatis.

Long. 77 р; lat. bas. semicell. 60-62 №; lat. apic. semicell. 80-86 ш; lat.
isthm. 22 ш; crass. 37 д.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32).

This remarkable Cosmarium is at once distinguished by the form of the
semicells and the extraordinarily dilated sinus. The granulation is very
similar to that of С. margaritatum, and, as in that species, small punctulations
are present between the granules. Excluding the sinus, the outline of the
semicells very much resembles that of С. biretum, Bréb.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 123

One other curious feature of C. lacunatum 13 the narrowness of the vertical
view, which is 21 times longer than broad.
Compare also with C. sublatum, Nordst.

105. COSMARIUM PSEUDOBROOMEI, Wolle, Desm. U.S. (1884) p. 86, t. 51.
figs. 36, 37 (fig. not good) ; W. В. Turner, in К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxv.
(1893) n. 5, p. 66, t. 9. fig. 41; W. $ G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. vi. (1902) p. 170, t. 21. fig. 4.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; по. 18). In swamp,
Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; по. 123).

Var. COMPRESSUM, var. п. (Pl. 7. fig. 11.)

Var. cellulis paullo latioribus quam longioribus, angulis superioribus magis
rotundatis.

Long. 30 p ; lat. 35 p ; lat. isthm. 8 ш; crass. 18 р.

Tanganyika.—Abundant in swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; по. 72).

Since Wolle's somewhat crude account of C. Pseudobroomei in 1884, the
species has been found in many parts of the world and is now very well
known.

А number of varieties have also been discovered, some of which appear to
be well-marked and of constant character. The African variety most nearly
approaches var. convexum, W. & ©. S. West (in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb.,
Nov. 1904, p. 21, t. 1. fig. 22), in the roundness of the upper angles of its
semicells, but the general proportions and the basal angles are quite different.

106. Cosmarium onEPERUM, W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. v. (1895) p. 63, t. 7. fig. 11.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Ufricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ;
no. 620).

This plant differs from typical C. Pseudobroomei in its open sinus and in
its fewer and relatively smaller granules. In view, however, of the recently
discovered varieties of С. Pseudobroomei, it would perhaps be better regarded
as a variety of that species.

107. CosMARIUM PsEUDAMCNUM, Wille, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl.
viii. (1884) по. 18, p. 18, t. 1. fig. 37.—C. inornatum, Joshua, in Journ. Linn.
Soc., Bot. xxi. (1886) p. 648, t. 24. figs. 26, 2T.

a. Forma paullo major: long. 59 ш; lat. 28 р; lat. isthm. 23 р.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

$. Forma major et paullo longioribus: long. 71 ш; lat. 29 ш; lat.
isthm. 24 д.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

Many of the specimens of the latter form were considerably larger than
any I have previously examined, and in some the granules were more evidently
arranged in transverse than in longitudinal series.

121 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Genus XANTHIDIUM, Ehrenb.

108. Xanruipium CRISTATUM, Bréb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 115,
t. 19. fig. 3.

Forma semicellulis subsemicireulari-trapeziformibus, sinu aperto, spinis
basalibus paullo reductis (interdum duplicatis ut in X. faseieulato).

Long. sine spin. 60 и, cum spin. 74 u : lat. sine spin. 46 p, cum spin. 58 u;
lat. isthm. 15 y.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Genus ARTHRODESMUS, Ehrenb.

109. AnrHRoDEsMUs Ixcus, (Breb.) Hass. Brit. Freshw. Alge, p. 357
(1845); Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 118, t. 20. fig. 4 a-d.

Var. Катехп, W. & G. 8. West, Alga-l. Yorks. (1901) p. 109.—4. Ralfsii,
West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxix. (1 892) p. 168. А. Ineus, Ralfs, l. c.
t. 20. fig. 4 e-A.

а. Forma semicellulis triangularibus, apice recto, spinis validis variabiliter
curvatis subhorizontaliter dispositis.

Long. 20 ш ; lat. sine spin. 16 и, cum spin. 52 y. (РІ. 6. fig. 13.)

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

b. Forma spinis multe brevioribus.

Long 1455, ; lat. sine spin. 13 ш ; long. spin. 3:5 и.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).

This form is almost identical with one observed in the Scottish plankton
(vide W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xli. pt. iii. (1905) p. 501
t. 7. fig. 10).

Genus STAURASTRU M, Meyen.

110. Sraurasrrum DICKIEI, Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 123, t. 14. fig. 23.
Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

111. STAURASTRUM CUSPIDATUM, Bréb. in Menegh. Synops. Desm. (1840)
р. 226; Ralfs, l. c. р. 122, t. 21. fig. 1.
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

112. STAURASTRUM BREVISPINUM, Би. т Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 124,
t. 34. fig. T.

Var. INERME, Wille, in Ofvers. К. Vet.-Akad. Еот. 1879, no. 5, p. 52,
t. 13. fig. 62.

Forma tetragona : long. 40-43 ш ; lat. 32-38 ш: lat. isthm. 14-17 ТА

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton with preceding species (no. 252).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 125

113. STAURASTRUM ORBICULARE, ( Ehrenb.) Menegh. in Linnea, xiv. (1840)
p. 225; Nordst. in Wittr., Nordst. 9 Lagerh. Alg. Ewsie. fasc. 85 (1908)
pp. 9-10 (с. fig.).

Var. DEPRESSUM, Roy d Biss. in Journ. Bot. xxiv. (1886) p. 237,
$. 268. fig. 14.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Victoria Nyanza—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

114. SrAURAsTRUM tURGESCENS, De Not. Desm. Ital. (1867) p. 51, t. 4.
fig. 43; W. § 6. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish. Acad. xxxii. sect. В (1902),
p. 50, t. 2. fig. 32.

Forma minor: long. 28 ш; lat. 25 p; lat. isthm. 10 р.

Nyasa.—In shore pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904; no. 22).

115. ЗТАСВАЗТВОМ PUNOTULATUM, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848)
p. 113, t. 22. fig. 1.
Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

116. STAURASTRUM ALTERNANS, Bréb. in Ralfs, l. с. р. 132, t. 21. fig. T.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; no. 154).

117. SrAURASTRUM SINENSE, Lütkem. in Ann. des К-К. Naturhist. Hofmus.
Wien, xv. (1900) p. 124, t. 6. figs. 39, 40.

Long. 18-18:5 р; lat. 18-23 д; lat. isthm. 7 ya.

Victoria Nyanza—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

118. SravRA&TRUM PILOSUM, (JVág.) Arch. in Pritch. Infus. (1861) p. 739.—
Phycastrum pilosum, Mig. Gatt. ета. Alg. 1849, p. 126, t. 8 A. fig. 4.

Var. MINIMUM, var. п. (Pl. 6. fig. 5.)

Var. perparva, spinis ut in forma typica sed minoribus.

Long. sine spin. 22 и, cum spin. 25 ш; lat. sine spin. 20-22 u, cum spin.
25 ш; lat. із. 6 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1305 ; no. 618).

119. SrAvnAsTRUM ECHINATUM, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 215,
t. 35. fig. 24 (figure poor); W. $ G. 5. West, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv. (1901)
p. 177, t. д. fig. 31.

Small form: long. sine spin. 26 м, cum spin. 314; lat. sine spin. 23 р, cum
spin. 32 ш; lat. isthm. 8 p.

Victoria Nyanza.— With the preceding species (no. 618).

Except for being slightly smaller, the specimens agreed very well with
those observed from Siam. The cells were of the same form, and the spines
were of the same size and length.

136 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

120. STAURASTRUM SETIGERUM, Cleve, Bidr. р. 490 (1863) ; Roy & Biss. in
Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist. (1893) p. 243; ib. (1894) t. 3. fig. 9.

Var. Nyans2, Schmidle, т Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi. (1898) p. 53, t. 4.
fig. 8.

Long. sine acul. 60 u, cum acul. 77 #3 lat. sine acul. 48-52 u, cum acul.
84-90 ш; lat. isthm. 11 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In the plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

This Desmid was not uncommon in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza, but
the specimens observed were decidedly larger than those collected by Stuhlmann
in 1872 and subsequently described by Schmidle (1898). The var. Nyanse
appears to differ from the type in the deeper constriction and in the fewer
number of the more delicate aculei. Even in European specimens, however,
the number of these delicate aculei is very variable.

121. STAURASTRUM QUADRANGULARE, Breb. in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848)
р. 128, t. 34. fig. 11, t. 22. fig. 7.

Var. ATTENUATUM, Nordst. in. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjób. (1870)
р. 229, t. 4. fig. 44.

Forma angulis semicellularum compressis, cum spinis duobus supra et spinis
singulis vel binis infra ; a vertice visis pentagonis, lateribus retusis, angulis
bi- vel trispinatis. (PI. 6. fig. 6.)

Long. 25 ш; lat. sine spin. 21-24 д, cum spin. 24-27 д; lat. isthm. 9 y.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

Lagerheim has recorded a pentagonal form of this variety from Abyssinia
(vide Nuova Notarisia, 1893, p. 164). The form observed from Tanganyika
might equally well be regarded as a small pentagonal form of S. angulare,
W. В. Turn. (in К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 130, t. 14.

По. 17), a species which appears scarcely to be distinct from S. quadrangulare.

122. STAURASTRUM MONTICULOSUM, Breb. in Menegh. Synops. Desm. (1840)
p. 226; Ralfs, Brit. Рехт. (1848) p. 130, t. 34. fig. 9.

Var. BIDENS, var. п. (РІ. 6. fig. 9.)

Semicellula a fronte visse subreetangulares, verrucis bidenticulatis (vel
bispinatis) binis supra angulum unumquemque ; a vertice visa quadratze,
lateribus levissime retusis, angulis bidenticulatis.

Long. sine dentic. 27 p, cum dentic. 32 №; lat. sine dentic. 22-26 д, cum
dentic. 26-32 р; lat. isthm. 10 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

This variety differs from S. monticulosum var. bifariwn, Nordst., in the
absence of the six inferior accessory spinate warts. It closely approaches a
Desmid described by Raciborski as 5. Libeltii (in Pamietnik matem.-przy.
Akad. Umiej. Krakow. xvii. (1889) p. 100, t. 7. fig. 12).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 127

123. STAURASTRUM DENTICULATUM, (Näg.) Arch. in Priteh. Infus. (1861)
р. 738; W. у 4. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxxiii. sect. В (1906),
р. 103, t. 11. fig. 11.—Phycastrum denticulatum, Näg.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; по. 618).

124. SrAURASTRUM CUNNINGTONI, sp. п. (РІ. 6, fig. 7.)

5. parvum, circiter tam. longum quam latum (cum processibus), modice
constrictum ; semicellulee campanulatze, parte inferiore glabra, angulis superi-
oribus in processus breves denticulatos horizontaliter dispositos productis,
apicibus processuum tridenticulatis, apice convexo et verrucoso ; a vertice visa
triangulares, lateribus rectis (vel levissime convexis), angulis in processus
breves denticulatos productis, cum dente conico ad basin processuum utrobique
et verrucis bidentieulatis intra marginem lateralem unumquemque, in centro
punctatæ.

Long. 30 д; lat. cum proc. 24-30 ш; lat. isthm. 8 p.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; по. 108).

This species should be compared with 6. margaritaceum, (Ehrenb.)
Menegh., from which it is distinguished by the more delicate processes, the
verrucose apex of the semicell and the form of the vertical view. The
triangular vertieal view possesses a conical tooth at each side of the base of
each process and a pair of bidenticulate warts within each lateral margin.

125. STAURASTRUM SUBGEMMULATUM, W. § G. S. West, in Trans. Linn.
Soc. ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 16, t. 8. fig. 34.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

126. STAURASTRUM MUTABILE, W. В. Turn. т К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl.
xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 129, t. 16. fig. 42.

Long. 35 р; lat. 36 м.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; по. 72).

127. STAURASTRUM POLYMORPHUM, Breb., in Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848)
p. 135, t. 22. fig. 9, t. 34. fig. 6.
Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; по. 618).

128. STAURASTRUM PSEUDOTETRACERUM, (JVordst.) W. 4 G. S. West, in
Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 79.—S. contortum, Delp., var.
pseudotetracerum, JVordst. in К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxii. (1888) no. 8,
p. 37, t. 4. fig. 9.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251.)

129. STAURASTRUM TETRACERUM, Ralfs, in Ann. Nat. Hist. iv. (1845)
р. 150; Brit. Desm. (1848) р. 137, t. 23. fig. 7 (figures not good).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72). In swamp,
Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

128 MR. С. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

Forma processibus minus divergentibus.

Long. sine proc. 8 и, cum proc. 16 ш; lat. sine proc. 6 д, cum proc. 29 ш;
lat. isthm. 2:5 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;

no. 620).

130. SrAURAsTRUM GRACILLIMUM, W. & G. S. West, т Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. 2, Bot. v. (1895) p. 75, t. 8. fig. 1.

Forma 3-radiata.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, in sheltered bay near Entebbe
(1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

131. STAURASTRUM GRACILE, Аа, т Ann. Nat. Hist. ху. (1845) p. 155;
Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 136, t. 22. fig. 12.

Var. SUBORNATUM, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi. (1898) p. 51,
t. 4. Во. 1.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

Var. PROTRACTUM, var. п. (РІ. 6, fig. 11.)

Var. apice semicellulz protracto leviter retuso et glabro.

Long. 29 w ; lat. sine proc. circ. 16 p, cum proc. 58-62 ш; lat. isthm. 7 д.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

Var. Nyansz, var. п. (РІ. 6. fig. 10.)

Var. corpore semicellularum angustiore, ad basin inflato-bulboso, processibus
incurvatis delicate noduloso-denticulatis.

Long. 26 р; lat. sine proc. circ. 12 u, cum proc. 48 ш; lat. isthm. 4:5 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

This variety is very near to S. gracile var. elegantulum, W. & G. S. West
(in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Bot. vi. (1902) p. 191, t. 22. fig. 20), but differs
in the narrow and bulbous base of the semicells, and in the more incurved
and more coarsely denticulate processes.

132. STAURASTRUM LONGIRADIATUM, И” & G. S. West, in Trans. Linn.
Soc. ser. 2, Dot. у. (1896) p. 267, t. 17. fig. 23.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 Мау, 1905;
n. 620).

133. STAURAsTRUM SuBMANFELDTH, W. 6: G. S. West, in Trans. Linn.
Soc. ser. 2, Bot. vi. (1906) р. 188, t. 22. fig. 16.

Victoria Nyanza.— With the preceding species (no. 620).

Forma semicellulz a vertice visæ lateribus undulatis et denticulatis (verrucis
emarginatis perreductis ornatis).

Long. 38 ш; lat. cum proc. 52-60 ш; lat. bas. semicell. 13:5 ш; lat.
isthm. 85 р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 Aug. 1904 ; no. 34).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 129

134. STAURASTRUM ANATINUM, Cooke & Wills, in Journ. Quek. Mier. Club
(1881), t. 15. figs. 12, 18; И’. д G. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.
xxxil. sect. В (1902), p. 54, t. 1. figs. 24, 25.

Var. SUBGLABRUM, var. п. (Pl. 6, fig. 8.)

Var. eorpore semicellularum verrucis emarginatis pæne destituto ; pro-
cessibus ut in forma typica.

Long. sine proc. 42 ш; lat. sine proc. 24-27 ш; cum proc, 84-96 y ; lat.
isthm. 11°5 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Only a few of the emarginate warts are present on the semicells of this
variety, but the processes are quite characteristic of the species.

135. STAURASTRUM LEPTOCLADUM, .Vordst. in Vidensk. Medd. Naturh.
Foren. Kjób. 1869, p. 228, t. 4. lig. 51.

Forma AFRICANUM, nob. (РІ. 6. fig. 12.)

Forma paullo major, processibus subrectis et horizontaliter dispositis
(parallelis), ad basin semicellulee cum dentieulis singulis vel binis ; apicibus
semicellularum convexis et glabris ; semicellulis а vertice visis corpore lato
elliptico-rotundato.

Long. 42-43 ш ; lat. sine proc. circ. 11-21 и, cum proc. 146-152 и; lat.
isthm. 6-7 ш; crass. 14 д.

Nyasa.—In the plankton, near Mtangula (22 June, 1904; по. 20).
Plankton, off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24). Plankton, Deep
Bay (24 June, 1904; по. 25). Plankton, off Karonga (1 July, 1904;
no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252).

This large form with horizontally-directed processes was frequent in the
plankton of Nyasa and Victoria Nyanza. Schmidle mentions a form which
is possibly identical with it as occurring in Stuhlmann's collections from
Victoria Nyanza.

A few smaller specimens of S. leptocladum were observed from Victoria
Nyanza in which the processes were shorter, and the two spines at the
extremity of each process disposed in a horizontal plane, the bifurcation only

being apparent in the vertical view.

136. STAURASTRUM LIMNETICUM, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi.
(1898) p. 52, t. 4. fig. 5.

Long. sine proc. 46-51 р; lat. sine proc. circ. 28-36 м, cum proc. 100-
130 w; lat. isthm. 14 м. (РІ. 3, figs. 8-10, 20.)

Victoria Nyanza.—Abundant in the plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ;
no. 249, and 21 Арг. 1905 ; no. 252).

LINN. JOURN,— BOTANY, VOL, XXXVIII, K

130 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

This species was in great abundance in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza,
the locality from which Sehmidle originally described it. The semicells
possessed either five or six processes, which exhibited considerable variation
in the denticulation. The denticulation of the under surfaces of the processes
was commonly much more pronounced than that of the upper surfaces, but
in some few cases the denticulation was almost equal all round the processes.
Each process was terminated by three or four short spines.

Var. ACULEATUM, Lemm. т Abh. Nat. Ver. Brem. xvi. (1899) p. 344, t. 1.
figs. 10, 11.

Long. sine proc. 36-38 ш; lat. sine proc. cire. 23-25 p, cum proc. 103-
128 ш; lat. isthm. 9 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Abundant with the type (nos. 249 and 252).

This variety was quite as abundant as the more typical form, and the semi-
cells similarly possessed either five or six processes. It appears to differ from
S. limneticum in two principal features:—the body of the semicell is relatively
much smaller, and the processes are aculeate.

Lemmermann’s specimens were from the plankton of Lake Wakatipu, New
Zealand, and the African examples differed from his in the fewer and more
irregularly disposed aculei, which were strongly reminiscent of those on the
processes of S. aspinosum, Wolle, and S. acanthastrum, W. & G. S. West.
Some individuals were noticed which possessed a few sharp aculei on the apex
of the semicells near the bases of the processes.

137. STAURASTRUM TOHOPEKALIGENSE, Wolle, Freshw. Alg. U.S. (1887)
р. 45, t. 59. figs. 4, 5.—8. nonanum, W. B. Turn. т K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
xxv. (1893) no. 5, p. 119, t. 15. fig. 14.

a. Forma triangularis : long. sine proc. 51 р, cum proc. 86-91 ш; lat. sine
proc. 35-36 и, cum proc. 90-96 ш; lat. isthm. 16:5 д.

b. Forma quadrangularis : long. sine proc. 49 и, cum proc. 84 p ; lat. sine
proc. 33-34 u, cum proc. 76-78 ш; lat. isthm. 16 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249, and 21
Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Triangular and quadrangular forms of this species were equally abundant
in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza. They were typical as regards pro-
portions and length of processes, and the latter possessed two or three
divergent spines at their apices. These are the first specimens of the type
form which have been recorded with more than two spines on the processes,
although three spines are generally found on the described varieties of this
species.

Schmidle has recorded the var. quadrangulare, W. & С. S. West, from
Victoria Nyanza, but no specimen I examined possessed the proportions of
that variety.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 131

Genus SPH EROZOSMA, Corda.

138. SPHJEROZOSMA EXCAVATUM, Ralfs, in Ann. Nat. Hist. xvi. (1845)
р. 15; Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 67, t. 6. fig. 2.

Nyasa.— Plankton, Anchorage Bay (11 June, 1904 ; no. 5).

Genus HYALOTHECA, Ehrenb.

139. HvaLoTH&ECA MUCOSA, (Dillw.) Ehrenb. т Bericht Berlin (1840),

р. 212; Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 53, t. 1. fig. 2.—Conferva mucosa,
Dillw. (1819).

Tanganyika.—Plankton, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 105).

Plankton,
Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 : nos. 123 and 124), very abundant.

Order PROTOCOCCOIDE A.

Family VOLVOCACEZ.
Genus PANDORINA, Bory.

140. Panporina мовом, (0. F. Müll.) Bory ; Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. Ш
(1868) p. 99 ; Cooke, Brit. Freshw. Alg. t. 27. fig. 2.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).
Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

Family СНАВАСТЕЖ.
Genus CHARACIUM, A. Br.

141. CHARACIUM LONGIPES, Rabenh. Alg. Sachs. no. 171 (1852) ; FI. Europ.
Alg. iii. (1868) p. 85.

Long. cell. 28:5-31 ш; lat. cell. 6-7 ш; long. stip. 12-5-18 p.
Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

142. Cuaracium Рвгхавнкмп, А. В». Alg. Unicell. p. 106 (1855); Rabenh.
1. e. p. 86.

Long. cell. cum stip. brev. 34 ш; lat. cell. 11 p.
Victoria Nyanza—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Family PLEUROCOCCACEZE.
Genus TROCHISCIA, Kiitz.

143. TRocHISCIA ACICULIFERA, (Lagerh.) lansg. in Hedgwigia, xxvii.
(1888), p. 129.—Acanthococcus aciculiferus, Lagerh.

Diam. cell. sine spin. 14 шь; long. spin. 2°5 д.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; no. 34).

132 МВ. С. 8, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER АТСА

Family HYDRODICTY ACEJE.

Subfam. PEDIASTRE..
Genus PEDIASTRUM, Meyen.

144. PEDIASTRUM Terras, (hrenb.) Ralfs, in Ann. Nat. Hist. xiv. (1844)
p. 469, t. 12. fig. 4.—Micrasterias Tetras, Ehrenb.

Dispositio cellularum 4, 1+7, et 5+ 11.

Nyasa.—On shore, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 17). In swamp,
Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18). Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay
(no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 and 26 Aug. 1904 ; nos. 72 and 80).
Floating on surface, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; no. 79). In swamp, Mbete
(29 Sept. 1904; по. 108). Plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).
Plankton, Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

From Nyasa (по. 17) а coenobium was observed consisting of only three
cells (Pl. 5. fig. 6). This is a very interesting condition directly intermediate
in character between the two-celled ccenobia of Euastropsis and the simple
four-celled ccnobia of Pediastrum.

Var. LONGICORNE, Racib.
Diam. coenob. 4 cell. (cum cornibus) 18-20 ш. (PI. 5. fig. 5.)
Nyasa.— Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904; no. 9).

145. PEDIASTRUM Boryanum, (Turp.) Menegh. Synops. Desm. in Linnea,
xiv. (1840) p. 210; Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 187, t. 31. fig. 9 a.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Deep Bay (24 June, 1904 ; по. 25). In swamp, Kota
Kota (20 June, 1894 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; по. 108). Plankton,
near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904; no. 138). Plankton, near Kala (19 Nov.
1904 ; no. 170).

Var. RUGULOSUM, var. п. (Pl. 5. fig. 22.)

Var. cellulis irregulariter cristatis, cristis valde irregularibus sinuatis et
anastomosis.

Diam. coenob. 150-192 р; diam. cell. 22-29 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

146. PEDIASTRUM INTEGRUM, Ndg. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849) p. 96, t. 5 в. fig. 4.

Diam. coenob. 28-67 p.

Tanganyika.—Plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; по. 109). Plankton,
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 133

147. PEDIASTRUM DUPLEX, Meyen, Beob. Algenf. (1829) p. 772 ; Lagerh.
in Ofvers. К. Vet.- Аай. Fórh. (1882) no. 2, p. 56.—P. pertusum, Kiitz.
Phye. Germ. (1845) p. 143 (ex parte). Р. Napoleonis, Лаз, Brit. Desm.
(1848) р. 186, t. 31. fig. Те, e.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Tanganyika. —Plankton, near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

Forma cellulis centralibus ut in forma rectangulari, cellulis periphericis
cum processibus divaricatis valde attenuatis; membrana cellularum granulata.

Diam. cænob. 160-235 ш ; diam. cell. 29-33 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

This form resembles forma coherens, Bohlin, and forma rectangulare, Bohlin
(in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiii. no. 7 (1897), p. 31, t. 2. figs. 1-3).
in the form of the central cells, but differs in its peripheral cells.

Var. GLATHRATUM, А. Br. Alg. Unicell. (1855) p. 93.

Victoria Nyanza—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Oct. 1904 ; no. 108).

Var. RETICULATUM, Lagerh. in Ofvers. К. Vet.-Akad. Förh. (1882) no. 2,

p. 56, t. 2. fig. 1.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
n. 620).

Tanganyika.— п swamp, Mbete (no. 108).

148. PEDIASTRUM SIMPLEX, Meyen, 1. с.; Menegh. in Linnea, xiv. (1840)
p. 212; Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. hi. (1868) p. 71; Wildeman, т Bull. de
l Herb. Boissier, i. (1893) р. 412, t. 9; Chodat, Algues Vertes de la Suisse
(1902), p. 225 е. fig.—P. simplex, cf. Reinsch, Algenfl. Frank. (1867) p. 88,
t. 7. fig. 4 a, В. P. simplex a. compactum, Chodat, l. c.

Peripheral cells produced outwardly into a long attenuated process, outer
margins of cells concave ; central cells polygonal, either without intercellular
spaces, or with minute spaces between some or all of the cells. Processes
radiating, generally rather delicate but sometimes stout, apices minutely
truncate or nearly emarginate ; cell-walls commonly punctate and sometimes
granulate.

Diam. соепоЪ. 44-92 ш; diam. cell. 9-16 р.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 and 14 June, 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904; по. 160)
and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

Forma 8тгвми.—Р. Sturmii, Reinsch, l. с. p. 90, t. 7. fig. І. P. Sturmii,
rar. radians, Lemm. Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plón, vii. (1899) p. 20.

Outer margins of peripheral cells convex ; central cells generally without
intercellular spaces, but sometimes with small ones.

Diam. сопор. 20-82 ш; diam. cell. 8-17 p.

134 MR. 6. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGA

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 Apr. 1904 ; no. 9).
Victoria Nyanza.—Near Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905; no. 248). In sheltered
bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Var. CLATHRATUM.—P. clathratum, (Schröt.) Lemm. Forschungsb. Biol.
Stat. Plön, vii. (1899) p. 20 ; Sehmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903)
t. 3. fig. 19. P. enoplon, W. $ G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. бос. ser. 2,
Bot. v. (1895) p. 81, t. 5. figs. 1, 2.

With large intercellular spaces between the central cells ; outer margins of
peripheral cells typically concave. Processes long and moderately robust.

Diam. coenob. 100-180 ш; diam. (max.) cell. 18-26 ш. (P1.2. figs. 17, 18;
PI. 3. fig. 16.)

Nyasa.—Plankton, off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904; no. 24) and off
Karonga (1 July, 1904; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

forma RADIANS.— P. simplex, var. radians, Lemm. 1897; Forschungsber.
Biol. Stat. Plön, vii. (1899) р. 19, t. 2. figs. 24,25. P. simplex, В. annulatum,
Chodat, 1902.

Coenobium consisting of a ring of peripheral cells, the outer margins of
which are concave; no central cells.

Diam. ecenob. 46-75 ш. Ап abnormal ecenobium is figured on PI. 5. fig. 21.

Nyasa.— Plankton, Anchorage Bay (11 and 13 June, 1904 ; поз. 5 and 9).
Plankton, off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24) and off Karongu
(1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In sheltered bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no 620).

forma MICROPORUM.—P. clathratum, var. microporum, Lemm. l с.
р. 20, t. 2. figs. 20-31. P. clathratum, var. Baileyanum, Lemm. l.c. t. 2.
figs. 26-28.

Peripheral cells of cenobium as in typical var. clathratum; but central cells
stouter with smaller intercellular spaces.

Diam. ссепоћ. usque ad 182 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

—— forma ovATUM, (Lhrenb.).—P. Schróteri, Lemm. l. c. p. 20, t. 2. fig. 33,
еі var. mieroporum, Lemm. t. 2. figs. 34, 85. P. clathratum, forma ovatum,
(Ehrenb.) Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903) р. 84, t. 3. fig. 18.

Central and peripheral cells ovoid and stout, margins generally convex
(rarely slightly concave).

Diam. coenob. usque ad 240 д.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 and 14 June, 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).
Plankton, otf Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24) and off Karonga
(1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

P. simpler occurred in great abundance in some of the plankton-material

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 135

and many diverse forms were observed. Extreme forms scarcely appear to
belong to the same species, but a careful comparison of all the forms gives
almost a complete gradation from one extreme to the other. Most of these
forms have at different times been described under various specific names ;
but after examining the African plankton-forms it is impossible to recognize
more than one species, and for the specific name I have retained Meyen's old
name Pediastrum simplex. This name is a very appropriate one, as there is
no other species of the genus with a simple radiating process from each
peripheral cell.

In any of the forms the cell-wall may be smooth, punctate, or granulate,
and the processes may be obtuse, truncate, or minutely emarginate.

In one most interesting form the coenobium was not plane, the cells being
disposed in the manner of a somewhat simplified Celastrum. Some of these
cells possessed only one process and others two, and one of them appeared to
be a resting akinete (РІ. 5. fig. 20). This form was from Victoria Nyanza
(no. 620): diam. ecnob. 40-46 p; diam. cell 10-17 д. It should be
compared with Cælastrum cornutum, Lemaire (in Journ. de Bot. févr.
(1894) pp. 82, 83 cum fig.), and also with Pediastrum Kawraiskyi, Schmidle
(Algen Hochseen Kaukasus, 1897, p. 5; Lemm. in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.
xix. (1901) t. 4. fig. 5).

Family PROTOCOCCACEZE (or AUTOSPORACEJE).
Subfam. ÜCgLASTRE.E.

Genus CCELASTRU M, Nag.

149. CarAsrRUM MICROPORUM, Nig. er А. Br. Alg. Unicell. (1855) p. 70 ;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. 1868, p. 80.

Diam. ccenob. 38-90 р; diam. cell. 11:5-27 y.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

150. CŒLASTRUM SPHJERIOUM, Ndg. Gatt. еїтг. Alg. (1849) p. 97, t. 5 c.
fig. 1 a-d.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904; no. 9). Swampy
lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579). In swamp, Kota Kota
(20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.— Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 Мау, 1905; no. 620).

151. CŒLASTRUM CAMBRICUM, Arch. т Mier. Journ. (1868) p. 65; Cooke,
Brit. Freshw. Alg. (1882) p. 46; Lemaire, in Journ. de Bot. no. 4,
févr. (1894) pp. 79, 80 (cum fig.).—C. cambricum, var. quinqueradiatum,
Lemaire, 1894. C. pulchrum, Schmidle, in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. x. (1892)
р. 206, t. 11. fig. 1; in Ber. d. Nat. Ges. Freiburg, vii. (1893) p. 12, t. 2.
fig. 10; Bohlin, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. xxii. (1897) no. 7, p. дб.

136 MR. С. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Day (14 June, 1904; no. 10).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; по. 80). In swamp,
Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

Victoria Nyanza.—Near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 : no. 620).

This species was abundant in some of the collections, and the cells showed
great variation in the form of the external margin. It is a very characteristic
plant and should not be confused with any other species of the genus.
Lemaire's * var. quinqueradiatum " is one of its commonest forms.

Var. INTERMEDIUM, (Bohlin) nob.—C. pulchrum, Schmidle, var. intermedium,
Bohlin, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Нап. xxii. (1897) no. 7, p. 35, t. 2.
figs. 16, 17. С. cruciatum, Schmidle, in Bot. Centralbl, |xxxi. (1900) no. 15,

Diam. coenob. usque ad 108 ш; diam. cell. 18-16 д.

Nyasa.— Plankton, Anchorage Вау (14 June, 1904 ; по. 10).

The cells of this variety, as in the case of the type, possess from four to
six short radiating processes. The variety only differs in the bluntness of the
outstanding projections, which are rounded and not truncate.

Var. NAsUTUM, (Schmidle) nob.—C. pulchrum, var. nasutum, Schmidle, in
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvi. (1898) p. 6 ; xxxii. (1903) p. 85, t. 3. fig. 7.

Diam. сепоЬ. 40-114 ш; diam. cell. 8-27 ш; long. process. margin.
45-65 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

This well-marked variety occurred abundantly, and a large number of auto-
colonies were observed in process of formation in the mother-cells. The
principal feature of the variety could be recognized when the auto-colonies
were only 18 win diameter. The marginal processes were sometimes truncate
and sometimes broadly rounded. It was originally described from the
plankton of Victoria Nyanza by Schmidle in 1898.

152. ÜŒLASTRUM COMPOSITUM, sp. п. (PI. 5. figs. 8-9.) -

C. ccemnobiis cubicis e subfamiliis 8 formatis vel sphericis e subfamiliis
pluribus formatis ; subfamilia unaquaque fetraédrica cum angulis abrupte
truncatis vel depresso-pyramidatis, e cellulis parvis 4 tetraédrica dispositis
compositis, et cum lacuna minuta inter cellulas ; lacunis magnis inter sub-
familias, lis coonobiorum cubicorum irregulariter rotundo-rectangularibus,
iis coenobiorum sphericorum subtriangularibus. Membrana cellularum firma
glabra et non incrassata.

Diam. ecnob. 36-82 и; diam. cell. 6-10 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252),
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 Мау, 1905 ; no. 620).

This interesting Colastrum differs from all other species of the genus in
having a tetrahedral group of four cells in place of what would normally be
a single cell. The interstices between the groups are very large, and there is

m

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 131

also а small intercellular space between the four cells of each group. The
abruptly truncate external angles of the cells are also peculiar.

I have not seen any stage in the formation of auto-colonies in this species ;
such a condition should be of great interest.

153. C@LAstRUM RETICULATUM, (Dang.) Senn. — Hariotina reticulata,
Dang. in Le Botaniste, 1. (1889) р. 162 : Chodat, Alg. Vert. Suisse, i. (1902)
р. 233. C. subpulehrum, Lagerh. in La Nuova Notarisia (1893), p. 158;
Bohlin, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. xxiii, (1897) no. 7, p. 37, t. 2. figs. 28-
32. C. distans, W. В. Turn. in К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. xxv. (1893) no. 5,
p. 161, t. 21. fig. 18.

Diam. ecnob. usque ad 132 д.

Nyasa.—In shore pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22). Plankton,
off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904; no. 24) and in Deep Bay (24 June,
1904 : по. 25). In swamp, Karonga (2 July. 1904 ; no. 88).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; по. 620).

Some of the specimens reached a large size, and the reticulate colonies were
a conspicuous feature of the plankton.

Genus SORASTRUM, Kütz.

154. SonasrRUM Haruoris, (Cohn) Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxvii.
(1899) p. 230; xxxii. (1903) p. 85.—Selenospherium Hathoris, Cohn,
* Desm. Bongoenses, Festschr. zur Feier des hundertjihr. Bestehens der Natur/.
Ges. in Halle-a-S. (1879) p. 13, t. 11. figs. 16, 17.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.— Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; по. 249).

Subfam. CRUCIGENIES,
Genus CRUCIGENIA, Morren.

155. CRUCIGENIA TETRACANTHA, sp. n. (РІ. 5. fig. 7.)

Coenobium quadratum, e cellulis 4 formatum consociatum ; cellule sub-
quadratz, lateribus subrectis, ad angulum exteriorum spina longa valida
attenuata leviter curvata ornate, apicibus spinorum acutissimis ; pyrenoide
singulo in cellula unaquaque.

Diam. ecenob. sine acul. 17-19 ш; diam. cell. 9 ш; long. acul. 17-18 д.

Tanganyika.— Plankton, near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

This species is, perhaps, nearest to C. heteracantha, Nordst., but 1s at once
distinguished by the large solitary spine at the external angle of each of the
four cells. It bears considerable resemblance to a four-celled colony of some
forms of Pediastrum simplex. There is а minute space in the centre of the
cenobium between the four cells, and there appeared to be a complete absence
of a mucous envelope. The spines are hollow, greatly attenuated, and their
apices drawn out into very sharp points. The single pyrenoids in each cell
were conspicuous.

138 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Subfam. SELENASTRE.X.

Genus SCENEDESMUS, Meyen.

156. SCENEDESMUS BIJUGATUS, ( Turp.) Kütz. Synops. лай. (1834).—
Achnanthes bijuga, Turp., 1828. Scenedesmus obtusus, Meyen, 1829.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18). Swampy lake
margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 979).

Tanganyika.—Plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36).
On the stones of the shore, Niamkolo (3 Aug. 1904 ; no. 44). Plankton,
Komba Вау (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135) and near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904 ;
no. 138). In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

Forma ARCUATA, (Lemm.) W. & G. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish. Acad.
xxxiii. sect. В (1906), р. 105, t. 10. figs. 12-14.—Scenedesmus arcuatus,
Lemm. in Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plön, vii. (1899) p. 17, t. 1. figs. 2-4.

Tanganyika.—Plankton, Komba Вау (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135) and near
Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ; по. 160).

This form appears to be frequent in the plankton. Several colonies were
observed (from no. 160) attached together to form a curved plate of oblong
cells, which greatly resembled a colony of Crucigenia rectangularis, (Nüg.)
F. Gay, var. irregularis, (Wille) nob.

157. ScENEDESMUS DENTICULATUS, Lagerh. in Ofvers. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Fork. (1882) no. 2, p. 61, t. 2. figs. 13-16.

Var. LINEARIS, Hansg.in Archiv Naturwiss. Landesdurchf. Войт. vi. (1888)
no. 6, p. 268.—S. denticulatus, var. lineatus, West, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot.
xxix. (1892) p. 193, t. 18. fig. 7.

Муава.—Оп stones on shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 17). In
swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1004 ; no. 18). In swamp, Karonga (2 July,
1904 ; no. 34).

Tanganyika.—Plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

158. ScENEDESMUS ACUTIFORMIS, Schröder, in Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plön,
v. (1897) p. 17, t. 2. f. 4.

Nyasa.—In pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22). Swampy lake
margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Var. BRASILTENSIS, (Bohlin) W. $ G. 5. West, in. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb.
xxiii. (1905) p. 30, t. 1. figs. 8, 9.—8. brasiliensis, Bohlin, т Bih. K. Sr.
Vet.- Akad. Handl. xxiii. (1897) no. 7, p. 22, t. 1. figs. 26-27. 8. acutiformis,
Schród. var. spinulifer, W. & G. S. West, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxiv. (1901)
p- 182, t. 4. figs. 46-49.

Nyasa.—On rocks and in shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; nos. 22

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 139

and 23). Among other Alge in scrapings off the bottom of s.s. * Guendolen,'
at anchor at S. end of the lake (15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72). Plankton, near
Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904 ; no. 138) and near Kaia (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

159. SCENEDESMUs OBLIQUUS, ( Turp.) Kütz. Synops. Diat. (1834) p. 609.—
Achnanthes obliqua, Turp., 1828. Scenedesmus acutus, Meyen, 1829;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868) p. 64.

Муаза.— Оп stones on shore, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; по. 17). Shore-
pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; по. 22).

Tanganyika.— Plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; no. 123).

160. SCENEDESMUS QUADRICAUDA, ( Turp.) Bréb. Alg. Falais. p. 66 (1835).
—Achnanthes quadricauda, Turp., 1828. Scenedesmus caudatus, Corda,
1838 ; Каз. Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 190, t. 81. fig. 12 a-g.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904; nos. 3 and 9). On
shore, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904; no. 17). Shore-pools, Nkata Вау
(23 June, 1904 : no. 22). In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).
In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; no. 33). 6. end of lake (no. 577).
Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (no. 579).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; по. 108). Plankton,
Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; no. 81), near Kala (19 Sept. 1904 ; no. 170),
near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175), near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905 ; no. 211),
and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905; no. 240).

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).
Sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Var. MAXIMUS, W. д G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. sev. 2, Bot.
v. (1895) p. 83, t. 5. figs. 9, 10.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; nos. 33 and 34).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904; по. 138), near
Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904; no. 160), near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170),
off Kirando (1 Dec. 1904; no. 175), and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905;
no. 240).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905; no. 249).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Some of the coenobia were very large, up to 54 р in length (coenob. of
4 cells); length of cells 42 р. The variety was originally described from
Madagascar.

Var. OPOLIENSIS, (Richt.) И’. & G. S. West, т Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. vi. (1902) p. 197, t. 17. figs. 16, 17.—S. opoliensis, Richter, 1895.
Tanganyika.—Abundant in swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; по. 108).

140 MR. G. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER АІС

Genus DIMORPHOCOCCUS, A. Br.

161. Dimorpnococcts LUNATUS, А. Br. Alg. Unicell. (1855) р. 44; Rabenh.
Fl. Europ. Alg. in. (1868) pp. 6 (cum fig.) et 35 : West, in Journ. Roy. Mier.
Soc. (1892) p. 735, t. 9. fig. 39.—Scenedesmus radiatus, Reinsch.

Diam. colon. usque ad 104 w; long. cell. 14-16 д.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 : no. 108).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

Genus ANKISTRODESMUS, Corda.

162. ANKISTRODESMUS FALCATUS, (Corda) Ralfs, Brit. Desm. (1848) p. 180,
t. 34. fig. 2.—Micrasterias falcata, Corda, 1835. Ankistrodesmus fusiformis,
Corda, 1838 (ex parte). Rhaphidium fasciculatum, Aütz. 1845. К. poly-
morphum, Fresen., var. falcatum, Aabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868) p. 45.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Tanganyika.—Plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

a. Forma cellulis robustis lunatis, chromatophora cum pyrenoide singulo.
Lat. cell. 5 u.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

b. Forma cellulis robustis rectis solitariis, leviter tumidis, sine pyrenoidibus.
Lat. cell. 7 p.

Муаза.— [п swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 24).

Var. ACICULARIS, (A. Br.) G. S. West, Treat. Brit. Freshw. Alg. (1904)
р. 223. —Hhaphidium aciculare, А. Br. in Babenh. Alg. 1849, no. 442.
Ankistrodesmus acutissimus, Arch. in Journ. Micr. Sci. 1862, р. 255, t. 12.
figs. 44-57.

Nyasa.—On stones on shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17).
Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 579).

Var. SPIRILLIFORMIS, G. 5. West, l. с. (1904) p. 224.—Rhaphidium poly-
morphum, var. spirale, И”. у G. S. West, in Journ. Bot. xxxvi. (1898) p. 335.
Tanganyika.— Plankton. near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

163. ANKISTRODESMUS NITZSCHIOIDES, sp. п. (Pl. 5. fig. 18.)

А. cellulis solitariis, elongatis, fusiformibus, ad polum unumquemque in
spinam longissimam tenuissimam valde attenuatis, extremitatibus spinarum
curvatis (extremitati spine alterius poli cum ea alterius curvato in directione
opposita); chromatophora pallide viridi, pyrenoidibus nullis.

Long. cell. cum spin. 116-126 ш; lat. cell. in med. 3:6—4 д.

Tanganyika.—Plankton, near Chamaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ; no. 160).

This species stands nearest to А. setigerus, (Schréd.) G. S. West (Reinsch-
tella? setigera, Schród. in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xv. (1897) p. 492, t. 25,

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 141

fig. 4), but is distinguished by its narrower cells, its stouter and curved spines,
and by the absence of pyrenoids from the chloroplast.

It bears considerable resemblance to certain small and attenuated species of
the genus Nitzschia.

Genus CLOSTERILOPSIS, Lemm.

164. CrosTERIOPSIS LONGISSIMA, Lemm. in Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plön, vii.
(1899) p. 29, t. 2. figs. 30-38 ; W. у б. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.
xxxiii. sect. В (1906), р. 106, t. 10. figs. 17-19.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Deep Вау (24 June, 1904 ; no. 25) and off Karonga
(1 July, 1904; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905; no. 249).

Genus SELENASTRU M, Reinsch.

165. SELENASTRUM GRACILE, Reinsch, in Abh. Natur, Ges. Мн. iii.
Heft 2 (1867), p. 65, t. 4. fig. 3.

Diam. colon. usque ad 154 ш; crass. cell. 4-5 p.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 232).
Some of the colonies were of very large size.

Genus KIRCHNERIELLA, Schmidle.

166. KincHNERIELLA OBESA, (West) Schmidle, in Flora, lxxvii. (1894)
р. 44.—Selenastrum obesum, West, in Journ. Roy. Mier, Soc. (1892) p. 734,
t. 10. figs. 50-52.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 50).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Subfam. OocvsTIDE..

Genus OOCYSTIS, Ndg.
167. OocvsrIs SOLITARIA, Wittr. in Wittr. $ Nordst. Alg. Елее, fasc. v.
(1879) no. 244 ; Bot. Notiser (1879), р. 24.
Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

168. Oocystis PARVA, W. & G. S. West, in Journ. Bot. xxxvi. (1898);
G. S. West, 1. с. xxxvii. (1899) t. 394. figs. 14-17.
Nyasa.—Plankton, Monkey Вау (17 June, 1904 ; no. 15).

169. Ooovsris LACUSTRIS, Chodat, т Bull. Herb. Boiss. у. (1897) р. 296 ;
Algues Vertes de la Suisse (1902), p. 190.

Long. colon. 39-54 p ; long. cell. 12-20 р; lat. cell. 7-13 р.

Nyasa.—Plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

142 МК. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

Tanganyika.—Plankton, off Niamkolo ( July and Aug. 1904 ; nos. 36 and
39), near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 109), Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904 :
no. 150), near Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; no. 154), near Chamkaluki (15 Nov.
1904 ; no. 160), near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170), near Kirando (1 Dec.
1904; no. 175), in middle of lake crossing from Rumonge to Uvira (30 Jan.
1905; no. 218), near Ndauvie (7 Feb. 1905; no. 227), and near Baraka
(24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

Victoria Nyanza.—Plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

This Alga was very frequent in the plankton, especially of Tanganyika.
The envelope surrounding the colonies is always very hyaline, and no colonies
were observed of more than eight cells. The faint apiculus at each pole is
very characteristic, although exceedingly slight. Two chloroplasts were
generally present in each cell. The plants observed were identical in every
respect with those which occurred in the plankton of certain Trish lakes
(vide Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxxiii. sect. B, 1906, p. 107).

Genus NEPHROCYTIUM, Näg.

170. NEPHROCYTIUM AGARDHIANUM, Лад. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849) p. 79,
t. 3c. figs. а-р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

Тапрапу а. — п swamp, Kituta (23 & 26 Aug. 1904 ; поз. 72 and 80).

171. МЕРНВОСУТГОМ LUuNATUM, West, in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. (1892)
p. 736, t. 10. fig. 49.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

Subfam. TETRAEDRE x.

Genus TETRAEDRON, Kiitz.

172. TETRAÉDRON TRIGONUM, (Nég.) Hansg. in Hedwigia, xxvii. (1888)
p. 130.—Polyedrium trigonum, Ndg. Сан. eine. Alg. (1849) p. 84, t. 4 n. fig. 1.

Diam. cell. sine spin. 14-16 ; long. spin. 5-65 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
по. 620).

173. TETRAEDRON MINIMUM, (A. Br.) Hansg. 1. е. р. 131.—Polyedrium
minimum, A. Br. in Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. iii. (1868) p. 62.

Trigonal forms : Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of s.s / Guendolen ' at
anchor S. end of lake (15 June, 1904; no. 577). In swamp, Karonga
(2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 : no. 36).
In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 168).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 143

174. TETRABDRON REGULARE, Käte. Phyc. Germ. (1845) p. 129.—Poly-
edrium tetraédricum, Nig. Gatt. епс. Alg. (1849) p. 84, t. 4 в. fig. 3.

Diam. cell. sine spin. 18-26 д. |

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; по. 32, and 2 July, 1904 ;
по. 34).

175. TETRAEDRON LOBULATUM, (Näg.) Hansg. т Hedwigia, xxvii. (1888)
p. 132.— Polyedrium lobulatum, Ndg. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849) p. 84, t. 4 в. fig. 4.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

176. TETRAEDRON BiFURCUM, ( Wille) Lagerh. in Nuova Notarisia (1893),
p. 160.—Polyedrium trigonum f. bifurcum, Wille, in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad.
Нап. viii. (1884) no. 18, р. 12, t. 1. fig. 24.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Genus CERASTERIAS, Reinsch. |

177. CERASTERIAS RHAPHIDIOIDES, Reinsch, т Abh. Naturh. Ges. Nirnb.
iii. (1867) p. 68, t. 5. fig. 1.

Diam. cell. (cum radiis) 48-60 д.

Tanganyika.—Plankton, near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904; no. 160) and
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Subfam. PHYTHELLIE Æ.

Genus RICHTERIELLA, Lemm.

178. RICHTERIELLA BOTRYOIDES, (Schmidle) Lemm. in Hedwigia, xxxvii.
(1898) p. 306, t. 10. figs. 1-6.—Golenkinia botryoides, Sehmidle. Richteriella

globosa, Lemm.

Forma QUADRISETA, (Lemm.) Chodat, 1902.—R. quadriseta, Lemm. l. e.

p. 307, t. 10. fig. 7.
Tanganyika.—Plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Genus CHODATELLA, Гетт.

179. CHODATELLA SUBSALSA, Lemm. in Hedwigia, xxxvii. (1898) p. 310.—
Lagerheimia subsalsa, Lemm. in Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plön, vi. (1898)
t. 5. figs. 2-6.

Long. cell. (sine acul.) 5-13 р; lat. cell. 2:5—8'5 ш; long. acul. 7:5-26 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

This Alga was fairly frequent in one of the plankton collections from
Tanganyika (no. 170), but was not observed from any of the others. The

144 MR. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGZE

cells attained slightly larger dimensions than those described by Lemmermann
from Germany. The three spine-like bristles at each pole were frequently
bent and usually widely spreading.

Subfam. DicrTvYosPHERIEA.
Genus DICTYOSPHJERIU M, Nag.

180. DicryosPH&RIUM PULCHELLUM, Wood, Freshw. Alg. U. S. (1814) p. 84,
t. 10. fig. 4.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (11 June, 1904 ; no. 5).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Chumkaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ; no. 160) and
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905; no. 249).
In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

Genus TETRACOCCUS, West.

181. TETRACOCCUS: BOTRYOIDES, West, in Journ. Roy. Мет. Soc. (1892)
р. 735, t. 10. figs. 43-48.

Diam. colon. 56-84 ш; diam. cell. 4—8 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36),
Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135), and near Kala (19 Nov. 1904;
по. 170).

Genus BOTRYOCOCCUS, Кш.

152. Borryococous Braunu, Aütz. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 892; Rabenh. FL
Ёитор. Aig. 111. (1868) р. 42, fig. 14; Chodat, in Morot, Journ. de Bot. x.
(1896) p. 303, t. 3.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Monkey Bay (17 and 18 June, 1904; поз. 15 and 16);
also off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24) and off Karonga (1 July,
1904 ; no. 30).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Utinta (5 Dec. 1904 ; по. 181).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (20 and 21 Apr. 1905;
nos. 250 and 252).

The large colonies of this Alga formed in some instances a yellow scum on
the surface of the water. This was due to the appearance of the brick-red
pigment which at certain seasons gives the colonies a decided yellow or
yellowish-red colour and causes a corresponding coloration of the water.

Genus INEFFIGIATA, W. d G. S. West.

183. INEFFIGIATA NEGLECTA, W. § @. S. West, in Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.
(1897) p. 508; W. & G. S. West, in Journ. Bot. xli. (1903) p. 80, t. 447.
figs. 1-6.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252),

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 145

This Alga requires further investigation. The tough membrane which
encloses the families of cells, and irregular lobes and strands of which hold
the colonies together, seems to distinguish it from Botryococcus Braunii.
It may, however, be only a state of that Alga. All the specimens from
Victoria Nyanza had the prickly appearance which is often one of the
peculiarities of /neffigiata (vide W. & G. 5. West, in Journ. Bot. xli. (1903)
t. 447. fig. 3), the tough outer membrane being densely covered with irregular
spines and spinous processes.

Family PALMELLACEZ.

Genus PALMOPHYLLUM, Кі,

184. PALMOPHYLLUM FOLIACEUM, sp. п. (PI. B. fig. 10.)

Thallus minutus, cartilagineus, suberassus, foliaceo-lobatus, basin an-
gustiorem fixus, sine lineis concentricis, lobis sinuatis ; cellulis minutissimis,
confertissimis, in lineis longitudinaliter dispositis, oblongis vel oblongo-
ellipticis, viridibus. Cellularum divisio in unam directionem.

Long. thall. 250-330 ш; lat. max. thall. 140—320 ш; long. cell. 2:2-3:4 ш;
lat. cell. 1:3-1:6 р.

Tanganyika.—On stones, dredged in a few fathoms, Niamkolo ; among
Cladophora inconspicua in the hollows of a calcareous incrustation.

This species is distinguished from Р. erassum, (Масс.) Rabenh. (=P.
flabellatum, Kiitz.) by the smaller size of the thallus, which is destitute of the
zones of concentric lines, and by the minute cells. The thallus is expanded
from a narrow base and is of uneven thickness. It is of a dark green colour,
lobed and sinuate at the margin, and sometimes deeply cleft. The nature
of the chloroplast could not be determined from the preserved (dried)
material.

SPHINCTOSIPHON, gen. n.

Cellule: in tegumentis tubulosis conferte et irregulariter aggregate ;
tegumentis gelatinosis, achrois, tubulosis, firmis et lamellosis, lamellis externis
sepe diffluentibus ; cellule globose, cum chromatophora singula parietali
læte viridi et valde granulosa ; membrana cellularum tenuissima ; tegumentis
junioribus subrotundatis vel irregulariter lobatis, iis vetustis elongatis, siphoni-
formibus, curvatis, hine inde ligatis. Propagatio divisione tegumentorum
lobatorum juniorum in omnes directiones.

185. SPHINCTOSIPHON POLYMORPHUS, sp. unica. (Pl. 3. fig. 12; Pl. 5.
figs. 11-13.)

Character idem ac generis. Tegumentis adultis irregulariter cylindricis,
vermiformibus, nunquam ramosis, sepe in articulis elongatis constrictis vel
subconstrictis.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL, XXXVIII. L

146 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Diam. teg. jun. 80-180 ш; diam. teg. adult. (vermiform.) 39-60 ш; diam.
cell. 55-15 ш; crass. teg. 5-8 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (18 and 21 Apr. 1905;
nos. 249 and 252).

This peculiar genus stands nearest to Palmodactylon, Nüg., but is at once
distinguished by the hollow integuments with a firm outer gelatinous wall.
If the Alga be subjected to slight pressure, the cells can be squeezed from
one part of the hollow vermiform integument to another. The wall of the
integument often shows a lamellose structure, and in the younger individuals
the outer coats often become mucilaginous. In the young stages the thallus
is rounded or irregularly lobed, and while in this condition it frequently
divides, forming several more or less rounded segments, each of which then
grows to form an adult plant. The adult thallus is very long, reaching a
length of 2 mm., and it is more or less cylindrical and vermiform in appear-
ance. It possesses slight irregular swellings and constrictions of variable
depths at intervals, and is not infrequently segmented into several elongated
joints. Sphinctosiphon does not appear to branch.

The exact nature of the chromatophore could not be determined from the
preserved material. It is undoubtedly massive and occupies most of the cell,
being for the greater part parietal in disposition.

Genus SPHZEROCYSTIS, Chodat.

186. SPHÆROCYSTIS SCHROETERI, Chodat, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. у. (1897)
p. 292, t. 9.

Tanganyika.—In the plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904; nos. 123 and 124).

This Alga occurred in great abundance in the two collections of river-
plankton and, curiously enough, it was not observed in the plankton of the
lakes themselves. The colonies were the largest I have yet seen and reached
a diameter of 240 р. It is generally distributed in all the freshwater
plankton of Europe.

Genus GLOZOCYSTIS, Nag.

187. GL@ocystIs GIGAS, (А И.) Lagerh. in Ofvers. K. Sv. Vet.- Akad.
Fórh. (1883) no. 2, p. 63.—Protococcus gigas, Aütz. Phye. Germ. (1845)
р. 145. Chlorococcum gigas, (Kütz.) Grun.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904; no. 18). In shore-pools,
Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; по. 80).

A form with rather large cells and very tough, brownish or yellowish
integuments occurred in the plantation from near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904 ;
no. 138).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 147

Class HETEROKONT AE.

Order CONFERVALES.
Family TRIBONEMACEZ.

Genus OPHIOCYTIUM, Nag.

ж
188. OPHIOCYTIUM PARVULUM, (Perty) A. Br. Alg. Unicell. (1855) p. 55.—
Brochidium parvulum, Perty.
Crass. cell. 4—5 д.
Nyasa.—Among weeds and various Algæ, in swamp, Karonga (2 July,
1904 : no. 34).

Лаз BACILLARIEZE.

Order CENTRICA.
Family MELOSIRACEZ.

Genus MELOSIRA, Ag.

189. MELOosIRA NYASSENSIS, O. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb, xxxiv. (1905)
p. 285, t. 3. fig. 3.

Crass. fil. 22-33 р. (Pl. 2. figs. 6, 7 ; PI. 3. figs. 5, 26.)

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (9-14 June, 1904 ; nos. 2, 5, 7, 9,
and 10), and also off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, off Bukoba (20 and 21 Apr. 1905;
nos. 250 and 252).

This Diatom was the dominant feature of some of the plankton collections.
It was described by О. Müller in 1895 from the plankton of Lake N yasa and
the waters of some of the surrounding areas. It may be regarded as one of
the numerous forms of Melosira granulata.

190. Мегозтва GRANULATA, Ztalfs, in Pritch. Infus. ed. 4 (1861), p. 820.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 and 14 June, 1904; nos.
9 and 10).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 250).

Var. ANGUSTISSIMA, О. Müll. 1. с. p. 285, t. 4. fig. 12.

Crass. fil. 8—45 д.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (9-14 June, 1904; nos. 2, 7, 9, and
10), and also off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

This delicate variety was very abundant in some of the plankton collections,
and unless cleaned and prepared specially for examination, was difficult to
recognize as a Melosira. As compared with their diameter, the cells are
relatively longer than in other forms of M. granulata.

L2

148 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGAE

Family COSCINODISCACEZ.
Genus CYCLOTELLA, Kutz.

191. CYCLOTELLA COMPTA, ( Ehrenb.) Kütz. Sp. Alg. p. 20 (1849).
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).
e

192. CYCLOTELLA MENEGHINIANA, Kütz. Вас. р. 50 (1865).

Var. RECTANGULATA, Grun. ; Van Heurck, Syn. Dat. Belg. t. 94. figs. 17-19.

Diam. valv. 15 д.

Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of s.s. * Guendolen ' at anchor S. end of
lake (15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

193. CYCLOTELLA OPERCULATA, Kütz. l. е.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (11-14 June, 1905; nos. 5, 9, and
10) and Monkey Вау (18 June, 1904 ; no. 16).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904; no. 170).

194. CvcLoTELLA KüTZINGIANA, Chauvin; Thw. in Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 2,1. (1848) p. 169; Van Heurck, 1. c. $. 94. figs. 1, 46.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (14 June, 1905 ; nos. 9 and 10).

Tanganyika.—On surface of swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Genus STEPHANODISCUS, Ehrenb.

195. STEPHANODISCUS Astraa, (Johrenb.) Grun, in Cleve $ Grun. Aret.
Diat. 114 (1880); Van Heurck, Syn. Dat. Belg. (1885) i. 95. fig. 5.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (11-14 June, 1904; nos. 5, 9,
and 10). On shore, Domira Day (19 June, 1904; no. 17). On rocks,
Nkata Вау (23 June, 1904 ; по. 23). In plankton, off Vahambwera Point
(24 June, 1904 ; no. 24).

Some finely developed specimens of this Diatom were observed, the valves
attaining a diameter of 81 р.

Var. SPINULOSUS, Grun.; Van Heurck, l. с. t. 95. fig. 6.
Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (14 June, 1904 ; no. 10); also Deep
Bay (24 June, 1904 ; no. 25).

Var. MINUTULUS, ( Aitz.) Grun.: Van Heurck, 1. c. t, 95. figs. 7, 5.— Cyclotella
minutula, Кш.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (11-14 June, 1904; поз. 5, 9
and 10).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 149

Order PENNAT/E.
Family FRAGILARIACEJE.
Genus FRAGILARIA, Lyng).

196. FnAGILARIA virescens, Лаз, in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, xii. (1843)
p. 110, t. 2. fig. 6; Rabenh. Fl. Furop. Alg. i. (1864) p. 119.
Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

197. FnaGILARIA ÆTHIOPICA, sp. п. (Pl. 8. fig. 1.)

Cellula ut visa aspectu valvulari subanguste elliptica, polis rotundatis,
pseudorhaphide distincta sublata in centro stauriformi, costis lateralibus
crassis glabris 11 utrobique, costa mediana brevi et rotundata; ut visa
aspectu cingulato quadrato-rectangularis, apicibus truncatis, lateribus levissime
retusis in medio et cum costis crassis 11. Cellulæ ut visse solitarie.

Long. valv. 17-19:5 u ; lat. уму. 75-8 p.

Tanganyika.—On stones, submerged roots, grasses, eto., Niamkolo (1 Aug.
1904 ; no. 44).

This species is readily distinguished by its few, broad costee. The valve-
view is somewhat narrowly elliptic, and there are eleven broad smooth costze
on each side, extending towards the central line, but leaving a fairly broad
pseudoraphe. In the centre the pseudoraphe widens out forming a stauros,
the median costa on each side being correspondingly short. The coste are
not transverse, but exhibit a decided radiation near the median part of the
valve. In the girdle-view the cell is quadrate-rectangular and the созбе
show very plainly along each lateral margin.

F. æthiopica belongs to the section * Staurosira, Ehrenb.’

Genus SYNEDRA, Ehrenb.

198. Synepra Nyaxsæ, sp. п. (РІ. 8. fig. 3.)

Cellula ut visa aspectu valvulari robusta, linearis, diametro 64-134-plo
longior, marginibus lateralibus parallelis, subiter attenuata apices versus,
apicibus produetis et subcapitato-rostratis, pseudorhaphide recta magna et
conspicua (usque 4 ш lata), striis 14-15 т 10 ш; ut visa aspectu cingulato
linearis, apicibus rectangularibus.

Long. valv. 91-150 ш; lat. valv. 10-13 и; lat. apice. 3°2-3°8 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—A mong Algw on rocks below the water-level, Bukoba
(17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 248).

This species resembles in outline S. Ulna, (Nitzsch) Ehrenb., and
S. oayrhynchus, Kütz., but differs. in its much finer striations, its broader
and more conspicuous pseudoraphe, as well as in the absence of the clear
space in the median part of the valves.

In its general proportions it was somewhat variable, and some very short,
robust individuals were observed.

150 МВ. G. S, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

199. Synepra ULNA, (Nitzsch) Ehrenb. Infus. (1838) p. 211, t. 17. fig. 1;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. i. (1864) р. 133.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; по. 123). In swamp,
Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

Var. SPLENDENS, (Kütz.) Van Heurck.—S. splendens, Aut. Baeill. (1844)
р. 66, t. 14. fig. 16. 3. radians, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 71.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; поз. 123 and 124).

200. SYNEDRA PULCHELLA, Kütz. Bacill. (1844) p. 68, t. 29. fig. 37;
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 10, t. 11. fig. 84.

Tanganyika.—Floating on surface of water, Kituta Вау (26 Aug. 1904;
по. 79). In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

Victoria Nyanza.— Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

201. SvNEDRA Acus, Kütz. Вас. (1844) p. 68, t. 15. fig. 7; Rabenh, РІ.
Еитор. Alg. i. (1864) p. 136.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252).
Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Var. nELICATISSIMA, ( W. Sm.) Grun.—S. delicatissima, W. Sm.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (9 June, 1904; no. 2, and 13 June,
1904; no. 9), and Monkey Bay (18 June, 1904 ; no. 16). 8. end of lake
(15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo (29 July, 1904; no. 36, and
9 Aug. 1904; no. 53). In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904; no. 80). In
plankton, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 109), Komba Вау (11 Oct. 1904 ;
по. 135), Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904 ; no. 150), near Kassanga (14 Nov.
1904; no. 159), and near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904; no. 160). "This
variety was particularly abundant from no. 109.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Var. ? (=Synedra revaliensis, Lemm. ex W. & G. S. West, т Trans. Roy.
Irish. Acad. xxxiii. (1906) sect В, p. 110.)

Long. 85-94 р; lat. 2-2°5 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kasawa, near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ;
no. 175), near Utinta (5 Dec. 1904 ; no. 181), near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905 ;
no. 211), in middle of lake between Rumonge and Uvira (30 Jan. 1905;
по. 218), and near}Ndauvie (7 Feb. 1905 ; no. 221).

I am not quite certain of this determination, as I have not seen a
published description or figure of Lemmermann's species. [Since this
was written Lemmermann's description of $. revaliensis has appeared in
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xxiv. (1906) p. 936.] It agrees, however, with

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 151

specimens of a Synedra from the Irish Lakes which were referred by
Lemmermann to 8. revaliensis. It seems to be identical with the Synedra
mentioned by Ostenfeld and Wesenberg-Lund as occurring in two Icelandic
lakes (vide Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xxv. part xii. (1906) p. 1114, t. 2.
figs. 16, 17) ; and I am inclined to agree with those authors that it is merely
a form of S. Acus var. delicatissima, the stellate colonies resulting from an
adaptation to a limnetie life. Some of the radiating colonies contained
upwards of 50 individuals. It may also be identical with the Diatom
recorded by Schmidle from Lake Nyasa as “ Synedra ? asterionelloides,
O. Müller, n. sp." (cf. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiii. (1902) p. 8).

In both this Diatom and the succeeding species (S. actinastroides) the
individuals are arranged in radiating colonies after the manner of the genus
Actinastrum, and Lemmermann places them along with the two species
S. limnetica, Lemm., and S. berolinensis, Lemm., in a subgenus “ Belonastrum "
of Synedra.

202. SYNEDRA ACTINASTROIDEs, Lemm. in Вет. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xviii.
(1900) p. 30 ; Forschungsber. Biol. Stat. Plón, xi. (1904) p. 311.

Long. 44-49 р; lat. 2:3 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo (2 and 9 Aug. 1904 ; nos. 36 and
52), in Kituta Bay (25 Aug. 1904; по. 77), near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ;
по. 109), near Kasawa (no. 132), near Kassanga (14 Nov. 1904 ; no. 159),
near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905 ; no. 211), and in middle of lake between Rumonge
and Uvira (30 Jan. 1905 ; no. 218).

203. SyNEDRA CuxNINGTONI, sp. п. (РІ. 8. fig. 4.)

Cellula ut visa aspectu valvulari angustissima linearis, in parte mediana
tertia cum inflationibus insignis latis binis, partibus apicalibus angustissimis
cum marginibus parallelis, apicibus minute capitatis, striis 12-13 in 10 p, in
partibus apicalibus elongatis vix conspicuis, pseudorhaphide lata in parte
mediana inflata cellulae ; ut visa aspectu cingulato anguste linearis, parte
mediana subanguste inflata, polis truncatis.

Long. 200-210 ш; lat. in med. 45 р; lat. max. 6'5 ш; lat. part. apical.
1:4 p; lat. арго. 18 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, in sheltered bay near Entebbe
(1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

This Synedra is remarkable for the double inflation of the median part of
the valves, the extremities being very long and narrow, with parallel margins.
The inflation is not merely visible in the valve-view, but is likewise very large
in the girdle-view. In the girdle-view, however, the median inflation has
subparallel margins in the central part and does not show any signs of the
constriction which is such a peculiar feature of the valve-view. Each of the
narrow extremities of the valve is very faintly (almost imperceptibly) swollen.

I know of no species to which it is very closely related except forms of
S. Acus, and from these it is at once distinguished by its peculiar form.

152 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Family ЕОМОТТАСЕЖ.

Genus EUNOTIA, Ehrenb.

204. Eunoria PECTINALIS, Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. i. (1864) p. 73.—
Himantidium pectinale, Kitz. Bacill. 1844, t. 16. fig. 11.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618)

205. EUNOTIA LUNARIS, Grun. in Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. p. 144,
t. 35. figs. 3, 4, 6.—Synedra lunaris, Khrenb.; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 69,
t. 11. fig. 82.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251), and
among Utricularia, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

206. EuNoTIA BICEPS, Ehrenb., 1854.—Synedra biceps, W. Sm. Eunotia
flexuosa, Kiitz., var. bicapitata, Grun. in Van Heurck, Synops. Lhat. Belg.
p. 145, t. 35. fig. 11.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905;
no. 618), and in sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Family АСНМАМТНАСЕЖ.
Genus ACHNANTHES, Bory.
207. ACHNANTHES COARCTATA, Grun. in Cleve & Qrun. Aret. Diat. p. 20
(1880).
Nyasa.—S5wampy lake margin, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 519).

208. ACHNANTHES LINEARIS, ( W. Sm.) Grun. l. e. p. 23.—Achnanthidium
lineare, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. ii. p. 31, t. 61. fig. 381.
Тапрапу Ка. — [п the plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

Family COCCONEIDACEZ.

Genus COCCONEIS, Ehrenb.

209. CoccoNEIS PLACENTULA, Ehrenb. Infus. р. 194 ; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i.
р. 21, t. 3. fig. 32.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 618).
In sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—On stones, shells, submerged grasses, etc., Niamkolo Bay
(Aug. 1904 ; nos. 40 and 44). Among various Algæ, Kituta Bay (26 Aug.
1904; no. 79). In plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105), Komba
Bay (11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135), off Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ; по. 160), and
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904; no. 170). Also among Utricularia, mouth of
Malagarasi River (16 Jan. 1905 ; no. 611).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 153

210. Соссохк:в PrpicuLus, Ehrenb. Infus. p. Ш; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i.
p. 21, t. 3. fig. 31.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 86),
and Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; по. 81). In shallow water, Mbete (29 Sept.
1904 ; no. 114).

Family NAVICULACEE.

Genus NAVICULA, Bory.

211. NavicvLA ($ Nemum) propucta, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. 1. p. 51. t. 17.
fig. 144.—N. Iridis var. producta, Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. p. 104,
t. 13. fig. 3.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32).

212. NavicuLA ($ Nerpium) TaxaaNvncE, sp. п. (PI. 8. fig. 11.)

Cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari oblonga cum lateribus levissime con-
cavis, utroque polis cuneatis et apicibus obtusis ; platea axiali angusta, lineis
approximatis binis utrobique inter marginem lateralem valvee unumquemque
et axem centrali, platea centrali transverse dilatata (elliptica); punctis valve
densissimis et irregulariter ordinatis; striis margines versus visis 10-11
in 10 p.

Long. valv. 76-98 ш; lat. 34—10 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (25 Aug. 1904; no. 77), near
Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105), near Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; по. 154), and
near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

Pfitzer founded the genus Veidium in 1871 on the general arrangement of
the cell-contents, and Cleve (1894) has pointed out that the structure of the
valve is also sufficient to separate the species included in Neidium from
the rest of the naviculoid Diatoms. М. Tanganyika is on the whole nearest
to №. Amphigomphus, Ehrenb., but in none of the specimens Т examined were
the puncte of. the valves arranged in lines. There were а pair of accessory
longitudinal lines, closely approximate, and running from pole to pole
between the central line and each margin of the valve. These lines were
situated rather nearer the outer margin than the median line, and they
were regularly bent inwards in the cuneate poles. The central area was
transversely elliptical and the puncte were rather more distinct in its
immediate vicinity. The striations could only be observed between the
margins of the valve and the accessory longitudinallines. The area between
the latter and the sagittal axis (or raphe) was entirely occupied by irregularly
scattered puncte.

213. Маме ($ DIPLONEIS) ELLIPTICA, Айг. Васі. (1844) p. 98, t. 30.

fig. 55.-— №. ovalis, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 48, t. 18. fig. 153 a^?
Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

154 MR. G. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904 ; no. 138) and near
Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; по. 154). Among various Algæ scraped from the
inside of canoe (6 Jan. 1905 ; no. 205).

214. NAvICULA PuruLA, Kütz. Вас. (1844) р. 93 ; Van Heurck, Synops.
Diat. Belg. p. 106, t. 13. figs. 15, 16; Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. i. (1894)
p. 131.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; по. 81), near
Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; no. 154), near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170), off
Kirando (1 Dec. 1904; no. 175), and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905;
no. 240).

215. NAVICULA mutica, Kitz. l.c. t. 3. fig. 32 ; Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat.
i. (1894) p. 129.

Forma valvis leviter tumidis ad medium utrobique.

Long. valv. 30-34 ш; lat. ad med. 13-14 y.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).

216. Navicuta Crucicuna, ( W. Sm.) Donkin, Brit. Diatomacee, p. 44, t. 6.
fig. 14 ; Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. i. (1894) p. 139.—8Stauroneis Crucicula,
W. Sm.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (11 June, 1904 ; no. 5).

217. NAVICULA BAHUSIENSIS, Grun. Diat. Franz-Jos.-land, p. 51 (1880) ;
Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. ii. (1895) p. 4.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

This Diatom has previously been recorded only as a marine species, but is
regarded by Van Heurck as a variety of JN. minuscula, Grun., which is of
freshwater habit.

218. NavICULA ($ ANOMGONEIS) зрн жворнова, Kitz. Васі. 1844, p. 95,
t. 4. fig. 17.
Nyasa.—On shores of lake, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; по. 17).

219. NAvICULA ($ ANoM@ONEIS) EXILIS, Kutz. l. c. ; Van Heurck, Synops.
Dat. Belg. р. 101, t. 12. figs. 11, 12.
Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

220. NAVICULA CRYPTOCEPHALA, Kütz. І. c. t. 3. fig. 26; W. Sm. Brit. Diat.
р. 53, t. 17. fig. 155.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

221. NAVICULA RADIOSA, Kütz. t. c. p. 91, t. 4. fig. 23.
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (18 Арг. 1905 ; no. 249).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 155

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; no. 81), and
off Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

222. NAVICULA RHYNCHOCEPHALA, Айг. Вас. (1844) t. 30. fig. 35 ;
Donkin, Brit. Diat. p. 38, t. 6. fig. 4.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; по. 81), near
Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 105), and near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ;
no. 160). In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

223. NAVICULA DISTINCTA, sp. n.

Minuta ; cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari late elliptica, polis rotundatis
vel subacute rotundatis ; striis validis, distinctis et glabris, 8 in 10 р, radiatis,

in parte mediana striis brevibus 2 vel 3 cum striis multe longioribus
alternantibus.

Long. 20-24 ш ; lat. 16-17 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170.)

This small species is distinct by reason of its broadly elliptical valves and
the conspicuous striations. There are in all 17 or 18 striations along each
side of the valve, markedly radiating in disposition, and reaching close up to
the sagittal line or raphe. Two or three of the median striations are relatively
short, extending only about halfway from the margin of the valve to the
sagittal line. These short striations do not occur next each other, but alternate

with those of maximum length. The striations appear to be perfectly
smooth.

224. NAVIOULA GasTRUM, Kiitz. Вас. (1844) p. 94; Donkin, Brit. Diat.
p. 22, t. 3. fig. 10; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. р. 81, t. 8. figs. 25, 21.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10). On
rocks, Deep Bay (25 June, 1904 ; no. 26).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kitutu Bay (26 Aug. 1904; по. 81), near
Niamkolo (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 88), near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105),
Lofu (6 Oct. 1904 ; no. 120), near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170), and near
Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

From no. 175 some very large forms were observed: length 64 p;
lat. 28 p.

225. NAVIOULA DICEPHALA, W. бт. Brit. Diat. i. р. 87, t. 17. fig. 157.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

Tanganyika.—In rain-water pool on large rock near the shore, Utinta
(6 Dec. 1904 ; no. 1806).

226. NaAvICULA ($ PINNULARIA) INTERRUPTA, W. Sm. l. c. ii. p. 96; Cleve,

Synops. Navic. Diat. ii. (1895) p. 76.—N. bicapitata, Lagerst. Pinnularia
biceps, Greg.

156 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

The specimens observed had a rhomboidal central area (=forma biceps) :
long. 60 ш; lat. ad med. 12 ш; lat. apic. 8'5 д.
Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

221. NAVICULA ($ PrxNULARIA) MESOLEPTA, Ehrenb.; Kütz. Васі. р. 101
(1844); И’. Sm. Brit. Diat. t. 19. fig. 182; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg.
p. 79, t. 6. figs. 10, 11.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Тоа (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

228. NaAvicULA ($ PINNULARIA) GIBBA, (Ehrenb.) W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i.
t. 19. fig. 180.

Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Вау (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22). In swamp,
Kambwelagoon near Karonga (27 June, 1904 ; no. 20).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dee. 1904 ; nos. 195 and 196). In
swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

229. NavicULA ($ PINNULARIA) ACROSPHÆRIA, (Bréb.) Kitz. Бае. (1844)
p. 97, t. 5. fig. 2; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. t. 19. fig. 183.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32, and 2 July, 1904 ;
по. 35).

280. NAVICULA ($ PINNULARIA) Dacrytus, Ehrenb., er Van Heurck, Synops.
Liat, Belg. t. 5. fig. 1.
Тапрапу ка. — [п swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

281. NavicuLA ($ PixNULAmIA) vrnipis, Këte. l.c. t. 30. fig. 12; Van Heurck,
l. e. t. 5. fig. 5.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

282. NavicULA ($ PixNULARIA) CARDINALIS, Ehrenb. in Abh. p. 19 (1840) ;
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. 1. t. 19. fig. 166.

Victoria Nyanza.— With the preceding species, but not so abundant
(no. 251).

Genus STAURONEIS, Ehrenb.
233. STAURONEIS ANCEPS, Ehrenb. in Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841
(1843), p. 422 ; Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. i. (1894) p. 147.
Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Вау (23 June, 1904 : no. 22).
Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

Genus SCHIZOSTAURON, Grun.
284. SCHIZOSTAURON CRUCICULA, Grun. in Cleve, New or little-known
Diat. р. 16 (1881).—Stauroneis Crucicula, Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. i.
(1894) p. 151.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 157

Large forms : long. 42-05 ш: lat. 9°5-15°5 ш; lat. ар. 372-58 p. Valves
oblong or oblong-lanceolate, with rostrate apices. (РІ. 8. fig. 12.)

Tanganyika.— Plankton, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 81), Komba Вау
(11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135), and near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

The bifid stauros and the longitudinal septa (or diaphragms) in the apical
parts of the valves are the distinguishing features between this genus and
Stauroneis. The specimens observed were all obtained from the fine surface
plankton, and they reached almost twice the size of any previously recorded
examples. The strive were very fine, about 23 or 25 in 10 p.

Genus VANHEURCKIA, Zréb.

935. VANHEURCKIA RHOMBOIDES, ( Ehrenb.) Bréb. Monogr. p. 4 (1869);
Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. p. 112, t. 17. figs. 1, 2.—Navicula rhomboides,
Ehrenb. ; W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 46, t. 16. fig. 129. — Frustulia rhomboides,
De Тот.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 : no. 251).

Var. sAXONICA, (Rabenh.) G. 5. West.—Frustulia saxonica, Rabenh. Navi-
cula crassinervia, Bréb. in W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 47, t. 31. fig. 271.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

936. VANHEURCKIA VULGARIS, (Thw.) Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg.
p. 112, t. 17. Но. 6.— Colletonema vulgaris, Thw.
Tanganyika.—ln plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123).

Genus GYROSIGMA, Hass.

237. GYROSIGMA ATTENUATUM, (Kütz.) Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. 1. (1894)
p. 114.—Pleurosigma attenuatum, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 68, t. 22. fig. 216.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kassanga (14 Nov. 1904 ; по. 159), near
Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170), near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905; no. 211), and
near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; по. 240).

The specimens observed were all considerably shorter than is usual
in this species. The apices of the valves were not quite so attenuated as in
European examples.

238. GYROSIGMA NODIFERUM, (Grun.).—Pleurosigma nodiferum, Grun.
Arct. Diat. p. 59. P. Spenceri, W. Sm., var. nodifera, Van Heurck, Synops.
Diat. Belg. (1885) p. 118, t. 21. fig. 13; Cleve, Synops. Хате. Diat. 1. (1894)
p. 117.

Long. 152 ш; lat. 17 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

The general form of this species and the curious elongated, oblique central
nodule appear to me to be quite distinctive.

158 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

Family GOMPHONEMACEZ.

Genus GOMPHONEMA, 44.

239. GoMPHONEMA PARVULUM, Avitz. Васі. p. 83 (1844) ; Van Heurck,
Synops. Desm. Belg. p. 125, t. 25. fig. 9.

Nyasa.—On bivalve shells, Anchorage Bay (по. 11). On rocks, Deep Bay
(25 June, 1904 ; no. 26).

Tanganyika.—On rocks in shallow water, Mbete (29 Sept. 1904 ; no. 114).
In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 123). Among Algæ scraped
from the bottom of Dr. Cunnington's dau (24 Jan. 1905 ; nos. 216 and 211).

Var. MICROPUS, (Aütz.) Cleve, Synops. Мале. Diat. 1. (1894) p. 180.—
G. micropus, Азиз. Bacill. (1844) p. 84.
Victoria Nyanza.—On rocks, near Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 247).

240. GOMPHONEMA ANGUSTATUM, Айг. l. e. p. 83 ; Cleve, 1. с. p. 181.
Nyasa.—On stones, shores of Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 17).

241. GOMPHONEMA INTRICATUM, А. l. e. p. 87, t. 9. fig. 4.
Nyasa.—On Cladophora, Anchorage Bay (no. 11). On rocks and in shore-
pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; nos. 22 and 23).

Var. VIBRIO, (мел) Van Heurck; Cleve, l с. p. 182.—G. Vibrio,
Ehrenb.

Nyasa.—On stones, shores of Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17).
Swampy lake margin, Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

242. GOMPHONEMA GRACILE, Ehrenb. Infus. p. 217 (1838): Cleve, l c.
p. 185.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32).

Victoria Nyanza.—On rocks, near Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 247).

Var. DICHOTOMUM, ( W. Sm.) Van Heurck.—G. dichotomum, W. Sm. Brit.
Dat. 1. р. 79, t. 28. Во. 240.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

243. GOMPHONEMA EXIGUUM, Айс. le. р. 84, t. 30. fig. 58 ; Cleve, Synops.
Navic. Mat. 1. (1894) р, 188. |

Victoria Nyanza.—On Algæ attached to rocks, near Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 ;
no. 247).

Tanganyika.—In large numbers attached to decaying fragments of Clado-
phora sp., in plankton off Niamkolo Island (29 June, 1904 ; no. 36). On
Alge floating in Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 : no. 79). Attached to Algæ
scraped from bottom of Dr. Cunnington's dau (24 Jan. 1905 ; no. 217).

This species appears to have been previously recorded only as marine in
habit.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 159

244. GoMPHONEMA AFRICANUM, sp. п. (PI. 8. fig. 13.)

G. magna ; cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari ovato-lanceolata, lateribus
inferioribus leviter concavis, lateribus superioribus convexis, apice subacuto,
ad basin angulari-rotundata, cum stigmati singulo unilaterali prope nodulum
centralem, platea axiali angusta in medio non dilatata, striis 10-11 in 10 р,
transversis sed radiatis prope apicem ; in visa aspectu cingulato cuneata, basi
et apice rotundato-truncato, lateribus levissime biundulato.

Long. 102-128 ш ; lat. max. 23-28 ш; lat. ар. aspect. cingul. usque ad
34 u.

Tanganyika.—Among Chetomorpha Linum, Kütz., floating on surface of
Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 79). On rocks, in shallow water, near Mbete
(29 Sept. 1904 ; no. 114).

This species should be compared with G. oxycephalum, Cleve, Synops. Navic.

Diat. i. (1894) p. 187, t. 5. fig. 10.

Family COCCONEMACEZ.
Genus COCCONEMA, Zhrenb.
245. CoccoNEMA LEVE, (№9.) nob—Cymbella levis, Ndg. in Kütz. Sp.
Alg. (1849) p. 59 ; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. p. 62, t. 3. fig. 7.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Nov. 1904 ; no. 124).

246. CoccoNEMA LEPTOCEROS, Ehrenb. in Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl.
1841 (1843), p. 412.— Cymbella leptoceros, Rabenh. Süssw. Diat. t. 7. fig. 14
(1843) ; Van Heurck, l. c. p. 62, t. 2. fig. 18.

Victoria Nyanza.—Near Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 248).

247. CoccONEMA GROSSESTRIATUM, (О. Müll.) nob.— Cymbella grossestriata,
0. Müll. т Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905) p. 154, t. 1. fig. 13.

Var. TANGANYIK®, var. п. (РІ. 8. fig. 9.)

Var. margine ventrali convexiore, polis obtusioribus sed levissime productis ;
striis validis et latis, 2*5 in 10 р (ad pol. 4 in 10 д).

Long. 74 р; lat. 29 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kassanga (14 Nov. 1904; no. 159) and near
Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175).

This is a handsome Diatom with exceedingly coarse strize composed of large
granules. The specimens observed from Tanganyika were stouter and more
swollen on the ventral margin than Müller's Nyasa specimens, the strize being
even coarser.

948. Соссомема TURGIDUM, (Greg.) nob.—Cymbella turgida, Greg. (1856);
Cleve, Synops. Navic. Diat. 1. (1894) р. 168.
, Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904 ; no. 196).

160 МВ. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

249, CoccoNEMA VENTRICOSUM, (Kütz.) nob.—F'rustulia ventricosa, Kütz.
(1834). Encyonema ventricosum, Van Heurck. Е. cæspitosum, Kütz. (1849).

Tanganyika.—On the shore, near Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904 ; no. 44) and in
Niamkolo Harbour (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 87).

250. CoccoNEMA GRACILE, (Rabenh.) G. S. West. Treat. Brit. Freshw. Alg.
(1904) p. 299.—Encyonema gracile, Кафенй.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1904 : no. 618).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 : no. 123).

251. CoccoNEMA CYMBIFORME, /Zhrenb. Infus. p. 225 (1888); W. Sm.
Brit. Diat. i. р. 16, t. 23. fig. 220.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Deep Вау (24 June, 1904; по, 25). Among Alg:e
on rocks, Deep Bay (25 June, 1904: no. 26). Swampy lake margin,
Domira Вау (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 : no. 618).
In sheltered bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620) : very numerous and
with sporangial valves.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Mbete (21 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105) and in
Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904 ; no. 150). In swampy pond, Mrumbi (27 Dec.
1905 ; по. 195). Among Utricularia, mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan.
1905 ; no. 611).

352. CoccoNEMA CistuLa, (Ehrenb.) W. Sm. Brit. Prat. i. p. 16, t. 23.
fig. 221.

Tanganyika.--Komba Bay (10 Oct. 1904 ; no. 134). Among Algæ scraped
from bottom of Dr. Cunnington's dau (24 Jan. 1905 : no. 217).

Var. MACULATUM, (Aütz.) Cleve, Synops. Navic. Dat. 1. (1894) p. 173.—
Cymbella maculata, A. Schm. Atlas, t. 71. fig. 21.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 : no. 252).

Genus AMPHORA, Ehrenb.

253. AMPHORA OVALIS, Kätz. Synops, Viat. (1833) ; Bacill. (1844) p. 107,
‚5. figs. 35, 39 ; Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. i. (1864) p. 91.

Nyasa.—On shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17). In swamp,
Karonga (July, 1904 ; nos. 33 and 34).

Tanganyika.—ln plankton, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105), Komba Bay
(11 Oct. 1904 ; по. 135), near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170), off. Kirando
(1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175), and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

t

254. AMPHORA COFEJEIFORMIS, (Ag.) Aditz. БасИ!. (1844) p. 108 ; Cleve,
Synops. Navic. Nat. п. (1895) p. 120.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 161

Genus EPITHEMIA, Bréb.

255. EPITHEMIA TURGIDA, ( Ehrenb.) Kütz. Bacill. (1844) р. 34, t. 5. fig. 14 ;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. i. (1864) p. 62.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June 1904; nos. 9 and 10). In
swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32). Swampy lake margin, Domira
Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Tanganyika.— п plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105) and near
Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170). Among Utricularia, mouth of Malagarasi
River (16 Jan. 1905 ; no. 611).

Genus RHOPALODIA, O. Müll.

256. RHOPALODIA GIBBA, ( Kütz.) О. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. (1895)
p. 65.—Epithemia gibba, Айг. Bacill. (1844) p. 35, t. 4. fig. 22 ; W. Sm.
Brit. Diat. p. 15, t. 1. fig. 13. |

Tanganyika.—In swampy pond, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904; no. 181).

Var. vENTRICOSA, (Kütz.) O. Müll.—Epithemia ventricosa, Kitz.

Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 June, 1905 ; по. 252). In
sheltered bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (27 Aug. 1904 ; no. 82) and near
Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904 ; no. 138).

291. RHOPALODIA GIBBERULA, ( Ehrenb.) О. Müll. l. c. xxxvi. (1905) p. 165.
—Epithemia gibberula, Kütz. Вас. (1844) t. 30. fig. 3.

Nyasa.—Among Algæ in shallow water, Anchorage Вау (15 June, 1904 ;
no. 12). Оп rocks, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904; no. 23). In swamp,
Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

Tanganyika.—A mong floating Alge, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 19).

258. RHOPALODIA HIRUDINIFORMIS, О. Müll. 1. c. p. 167.

Nyasa.—In the plankton, Anchorage Bay (14 June, 1904 ; no. 10). In
swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18). On rocks, Deep Bay (25 June,
1904; no. 26). In swamp, Karonga (29 June, 1904 ; no. 32). In scrapings
from off bottom of s.s. * Guendolen ? at anchor S. end of lake (15 June, 1904 ;
no. 577).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252). In
swampy pool, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; по. 618). Among Utricularia,
near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36).
Floating in Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 ; по. 79). Оп rocks, Mbete (29 Sept.
1904 ; no. 114). In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170)

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. M

162 MR. С. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE
259, RHOPALODIA GRACILIS, 0. Mill. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii, (1895)
р. 63 ; А. Schm. Atlas Diat. t. 255. figs. 33-21.

Tanganyika.—In_ plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36)
and off Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 : no. 154).

Var. UNDULATA, О. Müll. in Hedwigia, xxxvi. (1905) p. 163, t. 1. fig. 17.
Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (по. 1) and off Vahambwera Point
(24 June, 1904 ; no. 24).

Var. IMPRESSA, O. Mill. ; А. Schm. Atlas Diat. t. 255. figs. 28-32.
Nyasa.—Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

260. RHOPALODIA VERMICULARIS, Ô. Müll. l. e. p. 67, t. 1. figs. 34-39, t. 2.
figs. 10, 11, 14 ; А. Schm. Atlas Diat. t. 256. figs. 17-19.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Monkey Bay (17 June, 1904 ; no. 14). On rocks,
Deep Bay (25 June, 1904 ; no. 26).

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905; no. 620).

This species is commonly attached by thick gelatinous stalks and occurs in
dense clusters. It was observed forming thick, yellow-brown, matted masses
on the back of a beetle (Limnogeton) on the lake shore, Karonga, Nyasa.

Family NITZSCHIACEZS.
Genus NITZSCHIA, Hass. ; em. Grunow.

261. NrrzscHIA TRYBLIONELLA, Hantzsch, in Rabenh. Alg. по. 980 (1860).

Var. LITTORALIS, (Grun.) Van Heurck.—N. littoralis, Grun.
Tanganyika.— In plankton, near Niamkolo (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 88).

262. Nivzscata LawcETTULA, О, Mill. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905)
p. 175, t. 2. fig. 15.

Long. 46-48 р; lat. 10-11 p ; punct. carin. 6 in 10 р; striis 13 in 10 р.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).

263. NITZSCHIA DISSIPATA, (Kütz.) Grun. іп Cleve $ Grun. Arct. Diat.
р. 90 (1880).—Synedra dissipata, АИ.

Var, MEDIA, Hantzsch.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Sumbu (18 Oct. 1904 ; no. 138).

264. NITZSCHIA TUBICOLA, Grun. l. с. р. 97 ; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat.
Belg. (1885) t. 69. fig. 14.

Long. 69 ш; lat. Тр ; punct. carin. 7 in 10 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36)
and near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 : no. 170).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 163

265. NITZSCHIA AMPHIBIA, Grun. in Wien. Verhandl. (1882) р. 574 ; Van
Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. (1885) p. 184, t. 68. figs. 15-17. `
Cellulze lanceolate cum punct. carin. 7 in 10 р: long. 35 ш ; lat. 10 д.
Nyasa.— Abundant in scrapings off bottom of s.s. * Guendolen ’ at anchor

S. end of lake (15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

206. NITZSCHIA LINEARIS, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 39, t. 13. fig. 110.

Var. TENUIS, Grun.—N. tenuis, W. Sm.
Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; no. 18).
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904 ; no. 196).

207. Митизснта Patra, (Kätz.) W. Sm. L e. ii. p. 89.—Synedra Рава, Kütz.
Басі. (1844) t. 3. fig. 27, t. 4. fig. 2.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Kota Kota (20 June, 1904 ; по. 18). On rocks,
Nkata Bay (24 June, 1904 ; no. 23). In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ;
no. 84).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

Tanganyika.—On rocks, Niamkolo Harbour (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 87). In
plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 108). In swamp, Toa (10 Jan.
1905 : no. 208).

Var. DEBILIS, Van Heurck.
Victoria Nyanza.—On rocks, Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 ; no. 248).

Var. TENUIROSTRIS, Van Heurek.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

268. NITZSCHIA nyassEnsis, O. Mall. т Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905)
‚ 177, t. 2. figs. 5-9.

Long. 380—430 ш; lat. ad med. (aspect. valv.) 3-2 д. (РІ. 4. figs. 7-9.)
Nyasa.— [In plankton, off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24) and
off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ; по. 30). Also in swamp, Kambwelagoon near
Karonga (27 June, 1904 : no. 29).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Niamkolo (July and Aug. 1904 ; nos. 36, 39,
and 52), Kituta Bay (Aug. 1904 ; nos. 77 and 81), near Mbete (28 Sept.
1904 ; поз. 105 and 109), Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135), Vua Harbour
(29 Oct. 1904 ; no. 150), near Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904 ; no. 154), near Kirando
(1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175), Utinta (5 Dec. 1904 ; no. 181), and near Maswa
(14 Jan. 1905 : по. 211). Also in Mtondwe Bay, among Alg% scraped from
shells (2 Sept. 1904 ; no. 83).

This Diatom occurred in prodigious quantity in the plankton of Tanganyika,
more especially from July to September. Iam somewhat doubtful regarding
its exact identification, as it seems to me to resemble so closely the slender
and elongated species of Synedra. It undoubtedly agrees with Miiller’s

м2

—
>

164 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG.E

species, which he described from the plankton of Nyasa and the pools in the
vicinity of that lake, but I am not convinced of its correct inclusion in the
genus Nitzschia. On first examining it I took it to be a form of Synedra
Lemmermannii, W. & С. S. West (“ Plankton of Some Irish Lakes," Trans.
Roy. Irish Acad. xxxiii. (1906) p. 109, t. 11. figs. 1, 2), but the frustules are
rot so straight as in that species, the markings not so distinet, and the poles
much less capitate. The African forms were commonly a little curved, which
is not surprising in such a long narrow Diatom, and in some of the collections
they were often curiously bent (especially in nos. 52 and 150). In this species,
and very probably in several other shorter ones, the genera Nitzschia and
Synedra merge into each other.

Family SURIRELLACEZ.
Genus SURIRELLA, Turp.

269. SuRIRELLA ROBUSTA, Ehrenb. in Ber. Akad. Berl. (1840) p. 215.—
. nobilis, W. Sm. Brit. Diat. i. p. 32, t. T. fig. 63.

Var. SPLENDIDA, (Hhrenb.) Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. 1885, p. 187,
t. 72. fig. 4.—8. splendida, Kütz. Baciil. (1844) p. 62, t. 7. fig. 9.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; no. 124).

on

270. SURIRELLA Ёйш„квовхп, О. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905)
p. 30, t. 1. fig. 11.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; по. 249).

Var. ELLIPTICA, О. Mill, 1. е. p. 31, t. 1. fig. 18.

Long. 216-250 p ; lat. 80-97 u. (РІ. 3. figs. 3, 4.)

Victoria Nyanza.— With the typical form, but much more abundant (nos. 249
and 252).

971. SURIRELLA BIFRONS, ( Ehrenb.) Kütz. Bacill. (1844) p. 61.

Var. TUMIDA, О. Müll. 1. с. p. 27, t. 1. fig. 2.

Long. 98-160 ш ; lat. 46-58 p.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June, 1904 ; nos. 9 and 10).
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; no. 249).

Var. INTERMEDIA, О. Müll. l с. р. 27, t. 1. fig. 1.
Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June, 1904 ; nos. 9 aud 10).

972. SunrRELLA MaLowma, О. Müll. 1. c. р. 84, t. 2. fig. 5 [inelus. forma
acuta, О. Müll. 1. c. t. 2. fig. 7].

Long. 125-161 p ; lat. 70-74 p. (РІ. 3. figs. 2, 13, 14, 22, 23.)

Victoria Nyanza.— Very abundantin the plankton, near Bukoba (Apr. 1905;
nos. 249 and. 252).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 165

This species was in great abundance and every intermediate stage was
noticed between it and S. bifrons var. tumida. Many of the forms of S. bifrons
var. tumida from Lake Nyasa might have been equally well named 5, Malombe.
Much variation was also shown in the apiculation of the extremities.

273. SvmmELLA Nyassa, O. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905)
р. 33, t. 2. fig. 3 [inclus. var. Sagitta, О. Май. 1. с. t. 2. fig. 4].

Long. 359-382 p ; lat. max. 69-75 ш ; lat. ad med. 54-57 р.

Муаза.— п plankton, off Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904; no. 24),
Deep Bay (24 June, 1904 ; no. 25), and off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

‚ This handsome species was very abundant and many intermediate states
oecurred between the typical form as described by Müller and his var. Sagitta.
It is a large species, which, so far as present observations go, appears to be
confined to the plankton of Lake Nyasa. |

Many of the frustules were thickly coated with attached Vorticelle (vide
PI. 2. figs. 11, 12).

274. SuRIRELLA PLANA, sp. п. (Pl. 8. fig. 5.)

S. subparva ; cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari ovato-elliptica ; pseudo-
rhaphide recta et distincta ; costis validis subconfertis, circiter 3 in 10 р
(29-30 in margine laterali unoquoque), transversis sed polos versus leviter
radiatis, pseudorhaphidem extensis ; alis curtis juxta margines laterales.

Long. 103 р; lat. max. 89 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Ndauvie (7 Feb. 1905 ; no. 227).

This Diatom was only noticed from one of the plankton collections. It
should be compared with S. diaphana, Bleisch, and S. tenera, Greg.

215. SURIRELLA LINEARIS, W. бт. Brit. Diat. i. p. 31, fig. 58 a.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905;
no. 613).

976. SURIRELLA CONSTRICTA, Ehrenb. Мих. t. 14. fig. 37 (1854).—Navi-
cula ? constricta, Ehrenb. Infus. 1838, p. 188, t. 21. fig. 17.

Var. AFRICANA, O. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. (1905) р. 32, t. 2. fig. 1.

Long. 250-295 ш; lat. max. 42-45 p ; lat. min. 33-34 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Niamkolo (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 88), near Sumbu
(13 Oct. 1904 ; по. 138), and near Kassanga (14 Nov. 1904 ; no. 159).

277. SURIRELLA OBTUSIUSCULA, sp. п. (РІ. 8. fig. 7.)

5. parva : cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari oblongo-elliptica, marginibus
lateralibus leviter concavis (cellula levissime et gradatim constricta), polis
obtusis ; pseudorhaphide recta vix distincta ; costis brevibus, transversis sed
polos versus radiatis, 4 т 10 p (20-21 in margine laterali unoquoque) ;
alis ad margines laterales ; cellula ut in visa aspectu cingulato oblonga,
marginibus lateralibus in medio retusis, polis truncatis sed angulis rotundatis.

166 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

Long. 60-62 ш; lat. max. 18 №; lat. min. 16 д.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135) апа near
Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Compare with 5. linearis, W. Sm., and S. constricta, Ehrenb.

218. SURIRELLA TANGANYIKA, sp.n. (PI. 8. fig. 6.)

S. parva ; cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari elliptico-oblonga, marginibus
lateralibus in parte mediana subparallelis, polis subconicis ad extremo leviter
rotundatis ; pseadorhaphide recta et distineta ; costis validis paucis 2-23 т
10 м (12-13 in margine laterali unoquoque), subbrevibus, iis in medio
transversis, iis ad polos radiatis ; alis intra et juxta margines laterales ; valvis
inter costos dense et valde punctata ; cellula ut in visa aspectu cingulato
oblongo-rectangularis, angulis rotundatis.

Long. 84-88 д; lat. 30-32 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (25 Aug. 1904; no. 77), near
Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105), and near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

This species was not uncommon in the above plankton eollections. The
coste are relatively few, although occasionally slightly irregular in their
arrangement; and they are also short, only extending about half the distance
from the margin of the valve to the sagittal axis (pseudoraphe). The al» as
seen in the valve-view are marginal or just within the margin.
valve between the coste and right up to the pseudoraphe is stron
There is no hyaline area on each side of the pseudoraphe.

The outward form of the valve, the few and remote costze, and the strong

punetulations: are features which separate S. Tanganyike from any other
species.

The entire’
gly punctate.

279. SURIRELLA STRIATULA, Turp. in Dict. Se. Nat. li. p. 508 (Suriraya) ;
Kütz. Васі. (1844) p. 62, t. 7. fig. 6.; Schmidt, Atlas Diat, t. 24. figs. 17 & 20.

Long. 120 ш; lat. 82 p-

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905; no. 211) and near
Baraka (24 Feb. 1905; no. 240).

This interesting species is mostly marine and submarine in habit.

Genus CYMATOPLEURA, W. Sm.

280. CYMATÓPLEURA SOLEA, W. Sm. in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. sev. 2, vii.
(1851) p. 12 ; Brit. Diat. i. р. 36, t. 10. fig. 78.—8Surirella Solea, Азиз. Вас.”
(1844) p. 60, t. 3. fig. 61.

Nyasa.—lIn plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1004 ; no. 9) and off
Karongo (1 July, 1904 ; no. 30). {
. Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
по. 620). ‚ | Р

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904; no. 81), Komba.
Bay (11 Oct. 1904 ; по. 135), near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175), and near.,
Ndauvie (7 Feb. 1905; no. 221). |

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 167

Forma cellulis curtis, polis mucronatis, ad formam apiculatam (= C.apiculata,
W. Sm.) accedens.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Var. LATICEPs, O. Müll. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiv. (1905) p. 22 cum fig. 2.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (14 June, 1904 ; no. 10).

281. CYMATOPLEURA Nyansa, sp. n. (РІ. 8. fig. 8.)

C. magna et insignis ; cellula ut in visa aspectu valvulari in parte mediana
angusta et subcylindrica, in partibus apicalibus valde inflatis subcircularibus,
polis submamillatis ; costis ad margines laterales 7 in 10 р; cellula ut in
visa aspectu cingulato ut in C. Solea.

Long. 189-195 р; lat. in med. 20 ш; lat. max. (part. polar.) 56-58 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—Not uncommon in the plankton, near Bukoba (April 1905;
nos. 249 and 252).

This species is distinct from C. Solea by reason of its curious dumbbell-
shaped valves. The median part of the valve is relatively narrow, and the

polar portions are almost circular in outline.

Class MYXOPHYCEZE.
Order HORMOGONEZE.
Family STIGONEMACEZE.

Genus NOSTOCHOPSIS, Wood.

282. Nosrocuorsis Gorrzet, Schmidle, in Bot. Centralbl. Ixxxi. (1900)
p. 417.—Myxoderma Goetzei, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx. (1902)
p- 246, t. 4. figs. 2, 3.

Crass. fil. prim. (cell. torulos.) 4—5 ш; crass. ram. (cell. суПпаг.) 2-3 ш;
crass. heteroeyst. 575-675 р.

Nyasa.—Taken in a shrimp-net in about 4 feet of water (15 June, 1904 ;
no. 12).

The plants occurred in free-floating gelatinous masses of irregular outline,
reaching a diameter of several ems. The main portions of the primary
flaments were more or less torulose, and the cells were of very variable
shape. The lateral branches consisted of cylindrical cells, 21—4 times longer
than the diameter, with slight constrictions between them. The apical cells
were bluntly rounded. The heterocysts were invariably lateral, either sessile
or stalked, the stalk consisting of one to three rounded cells. Each branch
is attached to the side of one of the primary cells, from which it originally
arose as а small lateral outgrowth.

The specimens collected by Dr. Cunnington agreed very well with
Schmidle’s description and figures, the plants he examined being collected in

the vicinity of Nyasa in 1899.

168 MR. G. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

I think Schmidle's genus Myzoderma must be regarded as synonymous
with Nostochopsis, Wood. The only difference is in the form of the thallus,
which is expanded in the one case (N. G'oetzei) and more or less rounded in
the other (N. lobatus), and to my mind this is not sufficient as а generic
distinction. One of the most distinctive features of Nostochopsis is the lateral
and often stalked condition of the heterocysts, and this is the same in each
case. N. lobatus, Wood, is known to occur in Central Africa (vide W. & G. S.
West, in Journ. Bot. xxxiv. (1896) p. 381, t. 361. figs. 1, 2; op. cit. xxxv.
(1897) p. 264) ; and №. Goetzei differs from it in the more expanded thallus
and consequent laxer disposition of the filaments, which in their inferior part
are not arranged in parallel bundles,

Family SCYTONEMACEZ.
Genus SCYTONEMA, Aq.

283. SCYTONEMA MIRABILE, (Dillw.) Born. in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xxxvi.
(1889) p. 155 in obs.— Conferva mirabilis, Dillw. Scytonema figuratum, Ag.
Syst. Algar. 1824, р. 38; Born. & Flah. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7° sér., Bot. v.
(1887) pp. 101-3.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; по. 12).

284. SCYTONEMA CRISPUM, ( Ад.) Born. І. c. р. 156 in obs.—Lyngbya crispa,
Ag. (pro parte). Seytonema cincinnatum, (Kütz.) Thur. in Ann. Sci. Nat.
6° sér., Bot. i. (1875) p. 380 ; Born. & Flah. l.c. (1887) p. 89.

Nyasa.—On rocks at water-level, Deep Bay (25 June, 1904 ; no. 26).

Tanganyika.— Among other Algz scraped from bottom of Dr. Cunnington's
dau (24 Jan. 1905 ; no. 217).

Genus TOLYPOTHRIX, Кг.

285. TOLYPOTHRIX TENUIS, Kütz. Рус. Gen. p. 228 (1843); em. J. Schmidt,

in Bot. Tidsskr, xxii. (1899) pp. 988 et 413.— /nclus. T. lanata, Wartmann,
1858.

Crass. fil. 11-14 д; crass. trich. 9-10 ш.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Г thoroughly agree with Schmidt (1. с. 1899) regarding the identity of
Tolypothria tenuis, Kütz., and T. lanata, Wartm.

Family NOSTOCACER.

Genus NOSTOC, Vaucher.
286. Nostoc PALUDOSUM, Айг. Tub. Phye. ii. (1850) p. 1, t. 1. fig. 2;

=- 3

Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 164; Born. & Flah. l. e. (1888)
p. 191.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 169

287. NosToc PIsCINALE, Kiitz. Phye. general, (1843) p. 208 ; Tab. Phyc.
ii. p. 4, t. 11. fig. 3 (1846) ; Born. $ Flah. in Ann. Sci. Nat. T° ser., Bot. vii.
(1888) p. 194.

Crass. trich. 4 p ; crass. heteroeyst. 5-6 ш; diam. spor. 575-175 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (24 Aug. 1904; по. 74). On
surface of swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 209).

288. Nosroc cARNEUM, Ag. Syst. Algar. 1824, p. 22 ; Born. «у Flah. l. c.
(1888) p. 186.

Crass. trich. 2:8-3:5 р; long. heterocyst. 10 ш; lat. heterocyst. 55 и;
long. spor. 9-11:5 p; lat. spor. 577—675 p.

Tanganyika.— |n plankton, Kituta Bay (27 Aug. 1904; no. 82).

Genus ANABAENA, Bory.

289. ANAB.ENA FLos-AQU.£, (Lyngb.) Bréb. Alg. Eur. Falais. р. 36 (1835);
Born. $ Flah, l. с. (1888) p. 228 ; J. Schmidt, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxii. (1899)
p. 367.

Forma trichomatibus curtis, spiraliter dispositis, anfractibus arctis ple-
rumque 2-4; cellulis globosis cum granulis conspicuis paucis ; heterocystis
intercalaribus (non terminalibus) ; sporis non vidis.

Crass. trich. 6-7 ш; crass. heterocyst. 75-8 м. (Pl. 4. figs. 10, 11, 14, 15;
Pl. 10. fig. 1.)

Nyasa.—ln the plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904; no. 9) and
Monkey Bay (17 and 18 June, 1904 ; nos. 15 and 16) ; very abundant.

Tanganyika.—In the plankton, near Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904; no. 154),
near Kirando (1 Dee. 1904; no. 175), and near Utinta (5 Dec. 1904 ;
no. 181).

The trichomes are spirally twisted after the manner of а corkscrew, mostly
making from 2 to 4 turns, rarely as many as 8. The cells are almost exactly
globose, and the heterocysts were never observed to be terminal. It was the
dominant feature of two of the Nyasa plankton collections.

This form may be the same as the Anabaena mentioned by Schmidle as
occurring in Lake Nyasa, and for which he suggested the name “ A. Flos-
aqua, forma discoidea” (cf. Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxii. (1903)
р. 61). It is, however, rather larger than the measurements he gives for the
specimens collected by Dr. Fülleborn. It may also be identical with
A. spiroides, Klebahn.

Dr. Cunnington states that on one occasion in Lake Nyasa, and on a few
occasions in Lake Tanganyika, a yellow scum was present on the surface,
which he attributed to immense quantities of an Anabena. He thinks that
this appearance was the same as that noted by Livingstone and more recently
by Mr. J. E. 8. Moore (“The Tanganyika Problem,” p. 323), who deseribes
the surface as * appearing as if tinged with a fine golden dust." Mr. Moore,

170 MR. С. 5. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG.E

however, says that ihe € yellow clouds” consisted of a large infusorian
resembling а Peridinium ог а Colpodium. The organism in question may
have been a Peridinium or possibly Botryococcus Braunii, a Protococcaceous
alga, which is the cause of similar coloration and * yellow clouds " in many
European lakes.

Var. CIRCULARIS, var. п. (Pl. 4. figs. 10, 11, 14, 15 ; Pl. 10. fig. 2.)

Var. filis brevissimis, spiraliter dispositis anfractibus 1-14, utroque fine
heterocysta terminatis; cellulis spheericis, oblongo-ellipticis vel oblongis, cum
granulo magno (gas-vac.) in cellula unaquaque.

Crass. trich. 4:5—6 ш; crass. heterocyst. 5-8 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135), near
Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904; по. 138), Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904 ; no. 150),
near Kalambo (5 Nov. 1904; no. 154), near Kassanga (14 Nov. 1904:
по. 159), near Chamaluki (15 Nov. 1904 : no. 160); near Kala (19 Nov.
1904 ; no. 170), near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; no. 175), near Maswa (14 Jan.
1905 ; no. 211), and near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

This variety was the dominant feature of some of the plankton collections
from Tanganyika, giving the collected sediment a decided blue-green colour.
The trichomes are remarkable for their shortness, being mostly coiled in the
form of a circle, sometimes overlapping at the extremities to form a spiral
with about one and a half turns. Each end of this short trichome is
terminated by a globular or ellipsoidal heterocyst, and both cells and hetero-
cysts ¡contain a single large granule, most probably of the nature of a
gas-vaeuole. The total length of the trichomes from heterocyst to hetero-
cyst varies from -80 to 140 м. Very rarely a straight (or almost straight)
trichome is observed among the coiled ones. The cells are somewhat variable
in form, showing all gradations from globose to oblong.

290. ANABAENA sp. (РІ. 9. fig. 8.)

A. trichomatibus rectis rigidissimis, evaginatis, solitariis ; cellulis sphaerico-
compressis, cytoplasmate atro-viridi et minute granulato; heterocystis
spheericis, diametro trichomatis subequalibus ; sporis non visis. Forsan sit
propria species: A. rigidissima.

Crass. trich. 11-12 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905;
no. 618).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

The trichomes of this Anabena were remarkable for their exactly lineal
character.

291. PANABENA IN.EQUALIS, (Kütz.) Born. § Рай. in Ann. Sci. Nat.
Г sér., Bot. vii. (1888) p. 231.—Spheerozyga inzequalis, Азис. (1843).

Crass, trich. 3°5-4 u ; crass. heterocyst. 6 р; sporis non vidis.

Муава. — [п swamp, Kambwelagoon near Karonga (27 Tune, 1904 ; no. 29).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 171

292. ANABANA TANGANYIKA, sp. п. (Pl. 10. fig. 3.)

А. pelagica, trichomatibus brevissimis, spiraliter contortis anfractibus 1-2
(plerumque cire. 11), evaginatis, inter cellulas non constrictis, utroque fine
heterocysta terminatis ; cellulis cylindricis, diametro 2-3-plo longioribus
(3:5-8:5 р longis), utroque polo truncatis ; cytoplasmate minute granulato,
pallide wruginoso; heterocystis oblongo-ellipticis terminalibus ; sporis ellip-
ticis, solitariis ?, ab heterocystis plerumque remotis, episporio levi et hyalino.

Crass. trich. 2:4—2:0 ш; long. heterocyst. 5:5 р; lat. heterocyst. 3p;
long. spor. 18 р, lat. 7 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

This species presents а similar modification of the trichomes to that shown
by A. Flos-aque var. circularis. Each trichome is short and twisted into
a spiral of rather more than one complete revolution, and each extremity is
terminated by a heterocyst. Beyond this point, however, the resemblance
ceases. А. Tanganyike is a very much narrower species, with exactly
cylindrical cells and scarcely any trace of constrictions between them.

In the thickness of its trichomes it most nearly approaches А. hyalina,
Schmidle, but is very different in other characters and in its habit.

393. ANABENA sPHLERICA, Born. & Flah. in Ann. Sci. Nat. T sér., Bot.
vii. (1888) p. 228.

Forma tenuis: crass. trich. 4-5 и; crass. heterocyst. 55 ш; long. spor.
11-14 р; lat. spor. 10 p.

Nyasa.—Among Utricularia, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

The filaments are rigid and straight, and except for being a trifle thinner
agree in every particular with the description of A. splurrica. It is similar in
size to А. baltica, J. Schmidt, but the trichomes of the latter are strongly

flexuose and circinate, and the spores are relatively larger.

294. АМАВЖХА sp. ad A. басат, J. Schmidt, accedens ; trichomatibus
valde flexuoso-circinatis ; cellulis globosis, diam. 3-3°5 ш; sporis non vidis.
Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

Genus NODULARIA, Mertens.
295. NoDULARIA sPHJEROCARPA, Born. & Flah. 1. с. (1888) p. 245.

Crass. trich. 6 д.
Tanganyika.—On surface of swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

296. NODULARIA TENUIS, sp. n.
N. filis tenuibus, brevibus et rigidis, utroque fine paullo attenuatis et

cellula acute conica terminatis ; vagina tenerrima, hyalina et difluente, vix

eonspicua ; cellulis ante divisionem diametro æquilobis, rotundo-quadratis ;
heterocystis late ellipsoideis ; sporis . . .? |
Crass. trich. 3—3°8 ш; crass. heterocyst. 55-6 ш ; long. heterocyst. 7 p.

172 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER АТС Ж

Tanganyika.—A mong various Algæ, floating, Komba Bay (10 Nov. 1904 ;
no. 134). |

The spores of this species were not observed, but it differs so much from
previously described plants of this genus that I feel justified in naming it
Nodularia tenuis.

The trichomes are thinner than those of N. Harveyana, (Thw.) Thur., the
cells are rounded quadrate, and the apical cells are acutely conical. The
heterocysts are very numerous, broadly elliptical in form, and situated about
110-120 и apart.

297. NODULARIA sp.

Crass. cell. veget. (trich.) 6-7 ш; crass. heterocyst. 10-11 ш; sporis non
vidis.

Nyasa.— [п shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

298. NODULARIA sp.

Crass. trich. 4—45 ш; cellulis depresso-quadratis ; heterocystis late
ellipticis, long. 7:5-9 ш, lat. 6-7 ш; cellula apicali hemisphzrica; sporis
non vidis.

Tanganyika.—A mong Cladophora sp., on stones, shells, roots of grasses,
etc., Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904; no. 44).

Genus CYLINDROSPERMUM, Kitz.

299. CYLINDROSPERMUM GOETZEI, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx.
(1902) р. 245, t. 4. fig. 5.

Crass. trich. 2:2-3 и; cellulis diametro 11-2-plo longioribus ; long.
heterocyst. 8-9 ш ; lat. heterocyst. 3—3°8 №; long. spor. 19-28 y ; lat. spor.
6:2-9:2 y.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; по. 12).

This characteristic species was abundant in stagnant water. It is chiefly
remarkable for its narrow trichomes and the length of the heterocysts.

Family OSCILLATORIACEJE.

Subfam. VAGINARLE.E.
Genus SCHIZOTHRIX, Kiitz.
300. ScHIZOTHRIX LACUSTRIS, А. Br. in Ка. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 320;
Gomont, in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7° sér., Bot. xv. (1892) p. 301, t. 6. figs. 9-12.
Crass. trich. 1:2-1:4 д.

Tanganyika.—On rocks, in a few fathoms, Niamkolo Harbour (9 Aug.
1904 ; no. 54).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 173

Genus MICROCOLEUS, Desmaz.

301. MICROCOLEUS VAGINATUS, (Vauch.) Gomont, in Morot, Journ. de Dot.
iv. (1890) p. 353 ; Ann. Sei. Nat. 7 sér., Bot. xv. (1892) p. 355.

Var. MONTICOLA, ( Kütz.) Gomont.—Chthonoblastus monticola, Avitz.
Crass. trich. 3:6—4 и.
Nyasa.—On rocks, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 23).

Subfam. LYNGBYE®.
Genus PLECTONEMA, Thur.

302. PrLEcroxEMA Wot et, Farlow, in Bull. Bussey Inst. (1875) p. 77 ;
Gomont, 1. c. xvi. (1893) p. 98, t. 1. fig. 1—Lyngbya Wollei, Farlow (1876).

Grass. fil. 32-52 ш; crass. trich. 27-42 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36),
Komba Bay (11 Oct. 1904: no. 135), and near Sumbu (13 Oct. 1904;
no. 138).

Forma robusta : crass. fil. 60-80 ш; crass. trich. 42—59 р.

Tanganyika.—Floating and dredged, Komba Bay (10 Oct. 1904; no. 134).

This stout form was loaded with epiphytes.

303. PrEcroxEMA ТомлхіхІАХОМ, (Aiitz.) Born. in Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
xxxvi. (1889) p. 155 in obs. ; Gomont, l. c. p. 99.

Grass. fil. 18-23 p ; crass. trich. 15-17 p.

Tanganyika.— With the preceding species (no. 134).

Genus LYNGBYA, C. Ay.

304. LYNGBYA PUTEALIS, Montagne, т Ann. Sei. Nat. sér. 2, Bot. xiii.
(1840) p. #00; Gomont, l. c. p. 143, t. 3. fig. 14.

Crass. fil. 9°5-10°2 и; crass. trich. 7-78 p.

Tanganyika.—On shells, dredged in about 10 fathoms, Pemba (23 Nov.
1904 : no. 174).

305. LYNGBYA MARTENSIANA, Meneghini, Consp. Alg. Eugan. (1837) p. 12;
Gomont, l. е. р. 145, t. 3. fig. 17.—Oscillatoria turfosa, Carm. (1841).

Crass. fil. 8 р; crass. trich. 6 р.

Tanganyika.—On rocks in shallow water, Mbete (29 Sept. 1904 ; no. 114).

306. Lvxanva VERSICOLOR, ( Wartm.) Gomont, l. c. p. 147, t. 4. figs. 4, о,

Crass. fil. 38-45 p ; crass. trich. 2°8-3°3 д.

Nyasa.—On rocks, Nkata Вау (23 June, 1904 ; no. 23). Amongst various
Algæ scraped from bottom of ss. ' Guendolen? at anchor 8. end off lake
(15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

174 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGE

Victoria Nyanza.—On rocks, Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905 : no. 248).
Tanganyika.—On rocks in shallow water, Mbete (29 Sept. 1904 ; no. 114).

307. LYNGBYA JERUGINEO-CGRULEA, (Atitz.) Gomont, Ann. Sci. Nat. 7° sér.,
Bot. xvi. (1892) p. 146, t. 4. figs. 1-3.
Tanganyika.—On rocks, Niamkolo Harbour (7 Sept. 1904 ; по. 87).

308. Lynepya Kürziwan, Sehmidle, in Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. iii. (1897)
р. 98.—Leibleinia Martensiana, Kätz. Tab. Phye. 1. р. 45, t. 82. fig. 1.
Lyngbya Martensiana, Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 143.

Var. DISTINCTA, (Vordst.) Lemm. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiv. (1905)
р. 620.—L. Martensiana, В. distincta, .Vordst. Aly. Sandvic. p. 4. L. subtilis,
West, in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. (1892) p. 741, t. 10. fig. 58. L. distincta,
Schmidle, L e.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr.
1905 ; no. 618) and in sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

309. LYNGBYA CIRCUMCRETA, sp. п. (PI. 9. fig. 7.)

L. filis solitariis pelagiis et brevibus, spiraliter contortis ; spiris latis et
arctissimis, anfractibus adnatis 2-9 (plerumque 2-23); vaginis tenuibus,
firmis, arctissimis et achrois; cellulis subquadratis vel diametro brevioribus,
cytoplasmate pallide rugineo et homogeneo ; cellula apicali rotundo-
truncata,

Crass. cell. 1:8-21 u; long. cell. 1-2 р; diam. anfract. 28—44 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (April 1935 ; nos. 249 and
252). Also in sheltered bay near Entebbe (1 June, 1905 ; no. 620).

This species occurred floating in the plankton as closely coiled threads which
have the appearance of small hoops. The filament grows in the manner of
a flat spiral, the twists of the spiral being wide but very close together.

[t is nearest to L. contorta, Lemm., but differs in the hoop-like coiling of
its filaments, which are also of greater thickness, and in the much shorter
cells. The coils of L. circumereta are much wider than those of L. contorta
and more exactly circular.

310. LyNGBYA PURPUREA, Gomont, l, c. (1892) p. 149.— Oscillatoria pur-
purea, Hook. f. & Harv.

Crass. trich. 1*7 д.

Tanganyika.—A mong Calothrix cartilaginea, sp. n., on inside of canoe

(6 Jan. 1905 ; no. 205).

311. LYNGBYA BIPUNCTATA, Lemm. in Forschungsh. Biol. Stat, Plön, vi.
(1900) p. 138, t. 2. fig. 48; l е. x. (1903) p. 152.

а. Crass. trich. 1-4-1:5 р; long. cell. 3:5-5*5 р.

Nyasa.—In plankton, near Mtangula (22 June, 1904; по. 20), and off

мы

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 17

Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24). In swamp, Kambwelagoon
near Karonga (27 June, 1904 ; no. 29).

b. Crass. trich. 1 д; long. cell. 5-6 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu River (5 Oct. 1904 ; по. 124).

This minute Lyngbya exhibited considerable variation. The range of
diameter was from 1 » to 1:5 р, and the length of the cells from 3:3 to 6 p.
In all cases a strong puncta or large granule was visible on each side of the
dissepiments. In some instances the filaments were regularly twisted into
a lax spiral, in others they were only curved, and very rarely they were
almost straight. The spiral specimens only differed from L. Lagerheimit,
(Méb.) Gomont, in the slightly longer cells, and in some of them the apical cells
were very slightly narrowed and faintly capitate as in L. Nyasse, Schmidle.

I place the plants observed under L. bipunctata, Lemm., mainly owing to
the length of the cells. They appear to me to combine the characters of
L. Lagerheimii, L. bipunctata, and L. Nyasse, three Lyngbyas which would
perhaps be better regarded as constituting one species with well-marked
punctæ and with filaments which frequently become twisted into a lax spiral.
Particularly interesting was the finding of narrowed and faintly capitate
apical cells in the spirally twisted forms. Precisely the same plant was
observed from stones in a swamp as occurred in the plankton.

312. LYNGBYA PERELEGANS, Lemm. in Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, xvi. (1899)
p. 355 ; xviii. (1904) p. 153, t. 11. figs. 13, 14.

Crass. cell. 1°5—1°8 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Niamkolo (Aug. 1904 ; nos. 39 and 52) and
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 : no. 170).

313. LvxaByA LIMNETICA, Lemm. in Bot. Centralb. Ixxvi. (1898) p. 154 ;
Forschungsb. Biol. Stat. Plön, x. (1903) p. 151.
Tanganyika.—In plankton off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36).

Genus PHORMIDIUM, Кш.

314. Рновмготем FOVEOLARUM, (Mont.) Gomont, in Ann. Sci. Nat. T° sér.,
Bot. xvi. (1892) p. 164, t. 4. fig. 16.

Crass. trich. 1:4-1:8 p.

Tanganyika.—Hpiphytic on Plectonema Wollei, Komba Bay (10 Oct. 1904;
no. 134). On rocks, among Lyngbya Martensiana and L. versicolor, Mbete
(29 Sept. 1904; по. 114). Оп rocks dredged in 2 or З fathoms, Niamkolo
Harbour (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 87).

The varied habit of this species is worthy of comment.

315. PHORMIDIUM TENUE, (Menegh.) Gomont, l. c. p. 169, t. 4. figs. 23-25.

Tanganyika.—On stones, shores of lake Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904 ; no. 44).
In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72). Near Kala, both in the plankton

176 MR. Gd. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

and dredged from the bottom (19 Nov. 1904; поз. 170 and 171). In swampy
pond, Mrumbi (27 Dec. 1904; no. 195). In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ;
no. 208). In plankton near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

316. PHORMIDIUM ANGUSTISSIMUM, И’. $ G. S. West, in. Journ. Bot. xxxv.
(1897) p. 72.

Crass. trich. 0*8 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904; по. 170). In swamp,
Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; по. 208). In plankton, middle of lake between Rumonge
and Uvira (30 Jan. 1905 ; no. 218). Among Utricularia, mouth of Mala-
garasi River (16 Jan. 1905 ; no. 611).

317. PHonMIDIUM Совгом, (Ag.) Gomont, in Morot, Journ. de Bot. iv.
(1890) p. 355; Ann. Sci. Nat. 1° зег., Bot. ху. (1892) p. 172, t. 5. figs. 1, 2.

Crass. trich. 3:8 д.

Tanganyika.—On rocks below the water-level, Kassanga (10 Nov. 1904 ;
no, 156).

318. PHoRMIDIUM PAPYRACEUM, ( Ag.) Gomont, И. се. p. 355 ; р. 193, t. 5.
figs. 3, 4.

Crass. trich. 3:6 д.

Tanganyika.—Epiphytic on Plectonema Wollei, Komba Bay (10 Oct. 1904;
no. 134).

319. PHoRMIDIUM INUNDATUM, Kütz. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 251; Tab. Phyc.
1. p. 32, t. 45. fig. 3; Gomont, l. c. (1892) p. 172, t. 4. figs. 31, 32.

Crass. trich. 3—4:3 р.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

320. PHoRMIDIUM AMBIGUUM, Gomont, l. с. (1892) p. 198, t. 5. fig. 10.

Crass. trich. 5:5-6 p.

Tanganyika.—On rocks dredged in 2 or 3 fathoms, Niamkolo Harbour
(7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 87), and on rocks just below water-level, Kassanga
(10 Nov. 1904 ; no. 156).

321. PHORMIDIUM AUTUMNALE, ( Аф.) Gomont, 1. с. (1892) p. 187, t. 5.
figs. 28, 24; J. Schmidt, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxii. (1899) pp. 348, 410.—
Phormidium uncinatum, (Ag.) Gomont, 1890; /. с. (1892) p. 184, t. 5.
figs. 21, 22.

Crass. trich. 5:8-6:2 д.

Tanganyika.—On rocks, shallow water, Mbete (29 Sept. 1904 ; no. 114).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 177

Genus OSCILLATORIA, Vauch.

322. OscILLATORIA PRINCEPS, Vauch. Hist. Conf. (1803) р. 190; Gomont,
in Ann. Sci. Nat. 1° sér., Bot. xv. (1892) р. 206, t. 6. fig. 9.
Tanganyika.—In plankton, Kituta Bay (27 Aug. 1904 ; no. 82).

323. OscILLATORIA TENUIS, Ag. Alg. Del. ii. (1813) p. 25 ; Gomont, l. с.
p. 220, t. 7. figs. 2, 3.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swampy pools, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 251).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904; no. 105). Among
Utricularia, mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan. 1905 ; no. 611).

324. OsCILLATORIA AMPHIBIA, Ag. in Flora, х. (1827) p. 632; Gomont, І. с.
р. 221, t. 7. figs. 4, 5.—Oscillaria tenerrima, Аз. (1843).

Crass. trich. 3 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—Swampy pool near Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905 ; no. 618).

325. OSCILLATORIA GEMINATA, Menegh. Consp. Alg. идат. (1837) p. 9;
Gomont, 1. с. p. 222, t. 7. fig. 6.

Crass. trich. 3 p.

Муаза.— [п swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

326. OscILLATORIA SPLENDIDA, (тег. Fl. Edinb. p. 805 (1824); Gomont,
1. c. p. 224, t. 7. figs. 7, 8.—Oscillaria leptotricha, Kütz. Phyc. Germ. (1845)
p. 157.

Var. ATTENUATA, И. у G. S. West, in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. ser. 2,
xvi. (1896) p. 165, t. 4. fig. 58.

Crass. trich. 2:3 д.

Tanganyika.—A mong Utricularia, mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan.
1905 ; no. 611).

327. OscCILLATORIA TANGANYIKA, sp. п. (РІ. 9. fig. 9.)

О. triehomatibus solitariis natantibus et pelagiis, elongatis, olivaceo-
viridibus, rectis vel subrectis, apicem versus longe attenuatis, apicibus
curvatis vel interdum recurvatis, rotundatis vel rotundo-truncatis, inter
cellulas constrictis ; cellulis subquadratis vel plerumque leviter brevioribus,
apicem versus ad duplo longioribus ; cytoplasmate minute granuloso et
interdum granulis magnis subrefringentibus (gas-vac. ?) paucis farcti ; cellula
apieali plerumque valde curvata, nunquam capitata, extremitati rotundata vel
subtruncata ; calyptra nulla.

Crass. trich. 10-12 p; crass. apice. trich. 6 ш; long. cell. 6-10 ш; long.
cell. apical. 11-15 р.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kirando (1 Dec. 1904 ; по. 175) and near
Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

This interesting Oscillatoria most nearly approaches O. subuliformis, Kütz.,
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. N

178 МВ. С. $. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

a species which occurs on maritime rocks about the tide-limits. It is, how-
ever, distinguished by its thicker and much straighter trichomes, by the
conspicuous constrictions between the cells, and by its free-floating habit.
О. Tanganyike is a remarkable species and has undoubtedly a closer affinity
with O. subuliformis than with any other known species of the genus. So
striking is this resemblance, and so different is О, Tanganyike from other
species of the genus, that one feels justified in suggesting that these two species
have had a common origin, О. Tanganyike having acquired certain distinctive
characters as a result of its adaptation to a pelagic existence.

328. OSCILLATORIA SUBBREVIS, Schmidle, т Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx. (1902)
р. 243, t. 4. fig. 7.

Forma major ; crass. trich. 10-10°5 p.

Tanganyika.— [|n swamp, Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 108).

The specimens from Tanganyika are in perfect agreement with Schmidle's
species except for the thickness. The trichomes are straight, with un-
attenuated and bluntly rounded extremities, and the cells are exceedingly
short. The transverse cell-walls are bent as in specimens of O. subbrevis
which I have recorded from Barbados in the West Indies (vide Journ. Bot.
xlii. (1904) p. 292), some of them being concave and some convex to the apex
of the trichome. The dark disc-shaped masses of intercellular (?) substance
occur at irregular intervals along the length of the trichome.

329. OSCILLATORIA FORMOSA, Bory, Dict. Cl. Hist. Nat. xii. (1827) p. 474;
Gomont, in Ann. Sci. Nat. 7° sér., Bot. ху. (1892) p. 230, t. 7. fig. 16.

Crass. trich. 4—4:2 д.

Tanganyika.— Dredged from a few fathoms, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ;
no. 171).

330. OSCILLATORIA CORTIANA, Meneghini, 1. с. p. 8 ; Gomont, 1. е. p. 231,
t. 7. fig. 17.

Crass. trich. 7-1:5 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Maswa (14 Jan. 1905; по. 11).

Previously recorded only from thermal waters in Italy and Hungary.

Genus SPIRULINA, Turp.

331. SPIRULINA TENUISSIMA, Witz. Alg. Decad. xiv. (1836) no. 131 ; Tab.
Phyc.i. р. 26, t. 37. fig. 4.—8. subsalsa, Ersted (1842); Gomont, 1. с. p. 253,
t. 7. fig. 32.

Nyasa.—On stones on shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ; no. 17).

332. SPIRULINA LAXISSIMA, sp. п. (Pl. 9. fig. 6.)

Trichomata angustissima, solitaria, inter algas pelagias sparsas, in spiram
laxissimam regularem diametro 4°5-5°3 ш equaliter contorta, anfractibus
17-22 р inter se distantibus; apicibus trichomatis rotundo-obtusis ; cyto-
plasmate pallide #rnginoso et homogeneo, sine granulis.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 179

Crass. trich. 0:7-0:8 рш; long. tot. trich. 21-275 д.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904; no. 160) and
near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

This species occurred in abundance in the two above-mentioned collections.
The trichomes are exceedingly narrow and are chiefly remarkable for the
laxness of the spirals. Some of them were very short, scarcely exceeding
a single turn of the spiral, whereas others possessed as many as fourteen
turns and reached a length of 275 y.

333. SPIRULINA Princeps, W. у G. 5. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. vi. (1902) p. 205.—8. Gomontii, Gutw. in Bull. Acad. Sei. Cracov.
(1902) p. 613, t. 40. fig. 69. S. gigantea, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
xxxii. (1903) p. 59, t. 1. Во. 5.

Crass. trich. 3°5-4°8 ш. (РІ. 9. fig. 5.)

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

This species has а wide distribution in the tropics, having been described
from Java, Ceylon, and Central Africa. Unfortunately, it was described as
а * sp. nova" in each case, the name Spirulina princeps being the first one
given to it.

The cell-contents are of a bright blue-green colour, and homogeneous in
charaeter except for a few scattered refractive granules, which are rarely
absent. The trichomes are slightly variable in thickness, and in the width of
the spiral and relative distance apart of the turns, but to my mind these
differences are not of a specific nature. The width of the spiral varies within
the extremes even in a single trichome, and the distance between the turns
of the spiral varies at different parts of the same trichome.

The following table shows the differences of measurement between the described forms :—

| i m mE | | B YA
" Thickness | Diameter Distance apart |
Locality. of trichome, | of spiral. of turns. |
E NEM _— — i ——
Таха |
(Sp. Gomontii ot 3.8 в | 88, ll p
Gutwinski). |
р BENE
Ceylon. | — 455p 11-12 p 95 н
|
Africa (Nyasa)
(Sp. gigantea of 3-4 p 11-16 в
Schmidle). |
Africa (Nyasa) |
(coll. bv 3:5-4:8 п 9-12 p | 10-12,
Dr. Cunnington).

180 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER АТСА

The following diagnosis takes into consideration the limits of variation for the species :—

Trichomata robusta et solitaria, inter algas varias sparsas, curta, in spiram laxam vel
laxiusculam plus minusve subregulariter diametro 8:8-16 р contorta ; anfractibus 95-11 н
inter ве distantibus ; apicibus trichomatis obtusis vel rotundato-obtusis; cytoplasmate
ierugineo-eceruleo et homogeneo, cum granulis minutis sparsis. Crass. trich. 8-5 p.

Geogr. distribution.—Central Africa ; Ceylon; Java.

Family RIVULARIACEZ.

Genus CALOTHRIX, 49.

334. CALOTHRIX JULIANA, (Menegh.) Born. Flah. in Ann. Sci. Nat.
1° sér., Bot. iii. (1886) p. 348.

Crass. fil. 10-12 р (ad 16 p); crass. trich. ad Баз. 7-93 д.

Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of s.s. * Guendolen at anchor 8. end of
lake (15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

335. CALOTHRIX EPIPHYTICA, W. & С. S. West, in Journ. Dot. xxxv.
(1897) p. 240.

Crass. fil. ad bas. 4°5-9 ш; crass. trich. ad bas. 2°8-5°8 д.

Nyasa.—On Cladophora, Anchorage Bay (no. 11).

Tanganyika.—On Cladophora scraped from the bottom of Dr. Cunnington's
dau (24 Jan. 1905 ; no. 216).

336. CALOTHRIX BREVISSIMA, sp. п. (PI. 10. fig. 8.)

C. filis minutis et epiphyticis, culmis vetustis pelagiis affixis, gregariis et
brevissimis, longitudine toto 53-94 д, non vel levissime attenuatis ; vagina
firma, arcta, репе cylindrica, tenui, hyalina et achroa ; trichomatibus pallide
olivaceo-viridibus, brevissimis, longitudine toto 80—62 u, vix attenuatis, apice
rotundato ; cellulis inferioribus diametro subzequilongis vel brevioribus,
superioribus diametro duplo brevioribus, minute granulatis ; heterocystis
basilaribus singulis (rare binis) rotundato-hemispheericis vel subglobosis.

Crass. fil. 5—7 ш; crass. trich. 3°8-5 p.

Victoria Nyanza.—In the plankton, attached to decaying shreds of vegetable
matter (probably old leaves and plant-stems), near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1906 ;
no. 252).

This minute species occurred clustered round fragments of decaying stems
and leaves which had collected in the tow-net. It is characterized by its
extreme shortness, and is distinguished from all other species of the genus by
the absence of any appreciable attenuation. The sheaths are firm and
eolourless, almost cylindrical, with open extremities, and they fit the trichomes
very closely. The trichomes are rounded at both extremities, with the
faintest, indication of attenuation towards the apex, and the cells are much
shorter than their length. There is a well-defined basal heteroeyst of a

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 181

rounded-hemispherical shape, and sometimes a second heterocyst is developed
after the trichome has shifted a short distance from the base of the sheath.

Forma angustior et longior.

Crass. fil. ad bas. 4-5°5 ш; crass. trich. 34-8
130 p.

Tanganyika.—Epiphytie on Cladophora inconspicua, е
young branches very thickly, in a few fathoms of water, Niamkolo.

Тр; long. toto fil. usque

lothing some of the

337. CALOTHRIX PARIETINA, (Kätz.) Thur. in Ann. Sci. Nat. 6° sér. Dot. 1.
(1875) p. 381; Born. § Flah. l. c. T° sér. Bot, iñ. (1886) p. 366.

Crass. fil. ad bas. 13:5-19 №; crass. trich. 175-975 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—On rocks just below the water-level, Bukoba (17 Apr.
1905 ; no. 248). This form approaches a species of Tolypothri.

338. CALOTHRIX Brauni, Born. $ Flah. 1. е. (1886) р. 368.

Crass. fil. ad bas. 7-10 ш; crass. trich. 55-8 р.

Tanganyika.—A mong Utricularia and other water-weeds in shallow water,
mouth of Malagarasi River (16 Jan. 1905 ; no. 611).

Forma filis ad basin subrectis.

Crass. fil. ad Баз. 6-9 р; crass. trich. 4*5—6'4 д.

Nyasa.—On rocks below level of water, Nkata Вау

no. 23).

(23 June, 1904 ;

339. CALOTHRIX CARTILAGINEA, sp. п. (Pl. 10. fig. 7.)

C. strato compacto late expanso, cartilagineo, atro-viridi vel sordide ærugi-
noso, lignis vetustis affixo, 1 mm. crasso ; filis densissime confertis, curvato-
flexuosis, imbricatis, plerumque curtis, ad basin leviter bulboso-inflatis ;
vagina arcta et firma, hyalina, вере vix conspicua ; trichomatibus brevibus,
in pilum brevem attenuatis, inter cellulas constrictis ; cellulis inferioribus
diametro paullo brevioribus (rare triplo brevioribus disciformibus), plerumque
torulosis, superioribus tam longis quam latis vel diametro usque duplo longi-
oribus, cellula basali parva, cellula apicali subconica ; heterocystis nullis.

Crass. fil. ad bas. 5-10 ш; crass. trich. ad bas. 45-94; hormogoneis toru-
losis usque 50 p longis. ii

Tanganyika.—Scraped from the inside of a canoe (6 Jan. 1905 ; no. 205).

The trichomes of this species are rather short and somewhat variable in
character. There are no heterocysts and the basal cell is generally consider-
ably smaller than the cells just above it, a slight bulbous swelling being a
general feature of the base of the trichome. The basal cells are shorter than
their length, but in the upper parts of the trichome the cells are mostly longer
than broad. In some of the trichomes each cell contains one or more promi-
nent granules of large size, and occasionally in some of the thinner trichomes

the basal region does not appear to be septate.

182 MR. G. S, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGÆ

Calothrix cartilaginea should be compared with C. balearica, Born. & Flah.,
and C. juliana, Born. & Flah. From the former it is distinguished by the
swollen bases o£ its trichomes, which are never decumbent, and by the much
thinner sheath with no trace of lamellation. The cells are also considerably
longer. From C. juliana it differs in its thinner stratum of darker colour, its
narrower, much shorter, and more flexuose trichomes, and its longer cells.

Genus RIVULARIA, (Roth) Ag. ; em. Thur.

340. RIVULARIA pura, Roth, Neu. Beitr. р. 273 (1802); Born. & Flah.
in Ann. Sci. Nat. T sér., Bot. iv. (1886) p. 347.

Forma: crass. trich. 5:5-7 № 5 crass. heterocyst. 5:5-6 д.

Tanganyika.—Attached to floating decayed stems, Lofu River (5 Oct.
1904 ; no. 124).

341. RIVULARIA GLOBICEPs, sp. п. (Pl. 10. fig. 6.)

R. thallo parvo, submolle, 1:5-3 mm. lato, calce non indurato, hemi-
spherieo-globoso, caulibus vetustis affixo; filis confertis pressione facile
secedentibus ; vaginis hyalinis et amplis, vix conspicuis ; trichomatibus inter
cellulas constrictis, apice in pilum sublongum attenuatis ; cellulis cylindricis
inferioribus diametro 11—4-plo longioribus, superioribus similibus vel duplo
brevioribus, cum granulis paucis magnis; heterocystis magnis globosis,
singulis vel rare binis, cum nodulo incrassato conspicuo juxta cellulam
basalem.

Crass. trich. ad bas. 4:8-6 p crass. heterocyst. 10-12 д.

Tanganyika.—Attached to old stems and leaves, floating in Kituta Bay
(24 Aug. 1904 ; no. 74).

The large size of the heterocysts, which are globular and twice the diameter
of the trichomes, is one of the most characteristic features of this species.
The cells are cylindrical and in the basal parts of the trichomes are very long.
They contain scattered conspicuous granules, which are chiefly located near
the exterior, sometimes even projecting from the wall of the cell.

In the size of its trichomes R. globiceps most nearly approaches R. hema-
tites, Ag., but it is at once distinguished by its smaller and much softer
colonies, which are not incrusted with lime, by the large size of the hetero-
cysts, and by the somewhat longer basal cells.

Genus GL(EOTRICHIA, J. Ag.

342. GLXOTRICHIA NATANS, (Hedwig) Rabenh. Deutschl. Kryptogamenfi.
p. 90 (1847); Born. § Flah. l. c. (1886) p. 369.
Forma thallo bulloso usque ad 15 mm. lato ; vaginis plerumque diffluent-

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 183

ibus ; heterocystis basilaribus, singulis, binis vel ternis, globosis, late ellipticis
vel oblongis.
irass. trich. ad bas. 7-9°5 р; diam. heterocyst. 82-124 р.

Tanganyika.—Floating in Mtondwe Bay, Niamkolo (13 Aug. 1904;
no. 66).

Forma juvenalis ?

G. thallo minuto subgloboso 170-230 р lato molle et solido ; trichomatibus
olivaceis viridibus, curtis, in pilum brevem attenuatis ; cellulis basin versus
subrectangularibus (diametro 14—14-plo longioribus) levissime tumidis, superi-
oribus diametro usque 5-plo longioribus, valde granulosis ; heterocystis basi-
laribus globosis ; sporis ignotis.

Crass. trich. ad bas. 3-3:4 p ; crass. heterocyst. 5"5-6 p.

Victoria Nyanza.— Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620). |

343. GLGOTRICHIA LONGIARTICULATA, sp. п. (Pl. 10. fig. 5.)

G. thallo parvo subgloboso molle 750-900 ш lato ; filis subconfertis,
pressione facile secedentibus ; trichomatibus lete sruginosis, in pilum sub-
longum attenuatis, inter cellulas distincte constrietis ; cellulis cylindricis, ad
basin plerumque elongatis, diametro 3-7-plo longioribus (rare 14-plo longi-
oribus), superioribus заре brevioribus (diametro 3—5-plo longioribus), non-
nunquam granulo magno conspicuo ad polum unumquemque et cum granulis
minutis numerosis ; heterocystis basilaribus, magnis, globosis vel late ellip-
ticis (rare oblongis) ; sporis breviter cylindricis, diametro 3-plo longioribus,
polis rotundatis, episporio duplicato glabro et lutescente.

Crass. trich. ad bas. 45-55 ш; crass. heterocyst. 8-9*5 ш; long. spor. 36-
44 p ; lat. spor. 1275-15 p.

Nyasa.—Floating in Anchorage Bay (10 June, 1904 ; no. 1).

This species is nearest to Glæotrichia indica, Schmidle (in Hedwigia, xxxix.
(1900) p. 174, t. 9. figs. 18, 19), from which it differs in the shorter filaments,
in the absence of swollen cells next the heterocyst at the base of the trichome.
and in the smooth outer coat of the spore. The spores are also shorter and
the heterocysts more rounded.

There are well-marked constrictions between the cells, and the large
granule (gas-vacuole ?) at each pole is particularly conspicuous in the more
elongated cells. The heterocysts are mostly of a broadly-elliptie shape and
are markedly wider than the trichomes.

G. longiarticulata differs from G. echinulata ( Conferva echinulata, Sm.,
Engl. Bot. t. 1878; Rivularia echinulata, Turn. ex Sm. l. c. in obs.),
P. Richter (vide J. Schmidt, in Bot. Tidsskr. xxii. (1899) p. 401), in the

narrower trichomes, with much longer cells, and in the shorter spores.

184 MR. G. S, WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Order COCCOGONE®.
F amily CHAMJZESIPHONIACEZ.

Genus CHAMZESIPHON, А. Br. $ Grun.
344. ÜHAMJESIPHON CONFERVICOLA, A. Br. in Rabenh. Alg. no. 1726 ;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 148.
Long. 30-37 u ; lat. 3:2-3:5 №.
Tanganyika.—On Cladophora sp., shores of lake, Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904 ;

no. 44). On Chetomorpha Linum floating in Kituta Bay (26 Aug. 1904 ;
no. 79).

345. CHAMJESIPHON INCRUSTANS, Grun. in Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii.
(1865) p. 149.—Sphærogonium incrustans, Rostaf. in Rospraw. Spraw.
Posiedz. Akad. Umiej. x. (1883) pp. 304-5, t. 5. figs. 1-7.

Nyasa.—On Cladophora crispata, Anchorage Bay (no. 11).

Victoria Nyanza.—On Cladophora crispata, Bukoba (17 Apr. 1905; no. 247).

Tanganyika.— On Chetomorpha Linum, Niamkolo Bay (3 Aug. 1904; no. 40).

F amily CHROOCOCCACEJE.
Subfam. CHRoocYsTEX.

Genus GLOEOCHAETE; Lager.

946. GLŒOCHÆTE WITTROCKIANA, Lagerh. in Ofvers. K. Sv. Vet.- Akad.
Fórh. (1883) no. 2, p. 39, t. 1. figs. 3, 4.—G. bicornis, Kirchn. Nachtr. zu
Algenfl. г. Мати. 1888, p. 165. Sehrammia barbata, Dangeard, in Le
Botaniste (1889), р. 158, t. 7. figs. 12 a-j.

Diam. cell. 8:5-15 p ; long. set. 54—196 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905;
no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

Subfam. Снкоососск A.

Genus APHANOTHECE, Nag.

_ 347, APHANOTHECE MICROSCOPICA, Ndg. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849) p. 59,
t. Ін,

Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

Genus DACTYLO COCCOPSIS, Hansg.

348. DACTYLOCOCCOPSIS AFRICANA, sp. n.
D. cellulis circ. 8-9 in familiis fasciculatim aggregatis, in medio decus-
satim conjunctis ; cellulis elongatis et cylindricis, diametro 37—42-plo longi-

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 185

oribus, cum polis attenuatis et acutis ; cytoplasmate homogeneo et pallide
cruginoso.

Long. cell. 75-88 ш ; lat. cell. 1:8-2*5 д.

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

D. africana is distinguished from all other species of the genus by its
stellate colonies of elongated cells, which are suddenly bent round each other
in the middle after the manner of some forms of Ankistrodesmus falcatus,
(Corda) Ralfs. In the length of its cells this species agrees with D. acicu-
laris, Lemm. (in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xviii. (1900) p. 309), but differs in
the bent cells, forming star-shaped colonies, and in the absence оЁ the bright
refractive granules from the cytoplasm.

Genus MERISMOPEDIA, Meyen.

349. MERISMOPEDIA GLAUCA, ( Ehrenb.) Ndg. Gatt. einz, Alg. (1849) p. 55,
t. 1 p. fig. 1.

Nyasa.—On shores and among Utricularia, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904 ;
nos. 17 and 579).

Victoria Nyanza—Among Utricularia, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905:
no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905; no. 240).

350. MERISMOPEDIA PUNCTATA, Meyen, 1839 ; Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii.
(1865) p. 57.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; no. 34).

Victoria Nyanza.—Near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Chamkaluki (15 Nov. 1904 ; no. 160).

351. MERISMOPEDIA .ERUGINEA, Breb. in Kütz. Spec. Alg. (1849) p. 472.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Lofu (6 Oct. 1904 ; no. 130), and near Sumbu
(13 Oct. 1904 ; no. 138).

352. MERISMOPEDIA ELEGANS, А. Br. т Kütz. l. ce; Rabenh. РІ. Europ.
Alg. п. (1865) p. 57.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904 ; no. 150).

Var. REMOTA, var. n.

Var. cellulis ut in forma typica sed remotis, coloniis plus minusve sub-
irregularibus.

Diam. colon. (cell. 32-128) 52-146 ш; diam. cell. 7-9 p.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

The cells were similar in size and colour to those of М. elegans, but were
more or less remote from each other in the enveloping jelly. The colonies
were also more irregular than any I have previously observed of M. elegans.
A few of the cells in each colony possessed a single dark granule, very
probably of the nature of a gas-vacuole.

186 MR. б. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

Genus TETRAPEDIA, Reinsch.

353. TETRAPEDIA REINSCHIANA, Arch. in Grevillea, 1. (1872) р. 46, t. 3.
figs. 11-18.

Nyasa.—On shore, Domira Bay (19 June, 1904; no. 17). In swamp,
Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 34).

394. TETRAPEDIA GLAUCESCENS, (Witr.) Boldt.— Arthrodesmus ? glau-
cescens, Wittr. т Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Ak. Handl. (1872) no. 1, p. 55, t. 4.
fig. 11.

Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of s.s. * Guendolen' at anchor S. end of
lake (15 June, 1904; по. 577). Swampy lake margin, Domira Bay
(19 June, 1904 ; no. 579).

Тапрапу! Ка. — [п swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; n. 72).

Genus GOMPHOSPHL.ERIA, Kitz.

855. GOMPHOSPHJERIA APONINA, Kütz. Tab. Phye. 1. t. 31. fig. 3; Rabenh.
Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 56.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36).
Among Cladophora on shores, Niamkolo (1 Aug. 1904 ; no. 44). In plank-
ton, Vua Harbour (29 Oct. 1904; no. 150).

356. GOMPHOSPHERIA LACUSTRIS, Chodat, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. vi. (1898)
pp. 180-182, cum fig. 1.

Nyasa.—ln plankton, off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ; no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 April, 1905 ; no. 252).

Genus MICROCYSTIS, Kütz.

357. Microcystis JERUGINOSA, Kitz. Tab. Phye. i. t. 8.— Polycystis
eruginosa, Kütz. Clathrocystis sruginosa, Henfrey, in Journ. Mier. Sci.
(1856) p. 58, t. 4. figs. 28—86.

Nyasa.—In plankton, near Mtangula (22 June, 1904; по. 20), off
Vahambwera Point (24 June, 1904 ; no. 24), and off Karonga (1 July, 1904 ;
no. 30).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (April 1905 ; nos. 249, 250,
and 252).

858. Microcystis viribis, (A. Br.) Lemm. т Abh. Naturh. Ver. Bremen,
xvii. (1903) p. 342.—Polyeystis viridis, А. Br. in Rabenh. Alg. no. 1415 ;
Rabenh, Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 53.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (13 June, 1904 ; no. 9).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

359. Microcystis prasina, ( Wittr.) Lemm. in Arch. Botanik К. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Bd. ii. (1904) no. 2, p. 146.—Polycystis prasina, Wittr. in Wittr. §

Yordst. Alg. Fasic. 1879, по. 297.
Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904 ; no. 33).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 187

360. MICROCYSTIS ELABENs, (Breb.) Kütz. Tab. Phyc. i. t. 8; Sp. Alg.
(1849) p. 210.

Nyasa.—In shore-pools, Nkata Bay (23 June, 1904 ; no. 22).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, off Niamkolo Island (29 July, 1904 ; no. 36)
and near Niamkolo (7 Sept. 1904 ; no. 88).

361. Microcystis INCERTA, Lemm. in Abh. Naturh. Ver. Bremen, xvii.
(1903) p. 342.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 80).

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (18 Apr. 1905 ; по. 249). In
sheltered bay, near Entebbe (1 May, 1905 ; no. 620).

Genus АРНАМОСАРВА, Nag.

362. APHANOCAPSA PULCHRA, (Kütz.) Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865)
p. 49.
Tanganyika.— Dredged from a few fathoms, Kala (19 Nov. 1904; no. 171).

Genus CHROOCOCCUS, Nag.

363. Снкоососсоѕ MINIMUS, (Keissler) Lemm. in Arch. Bot. К. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. ii. (1904) no. 2, p. 102.—Ch. minutus var. minimus, Keissler, т
Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1901), р. 394, figs. 1, 2.

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Вау (13 June, 1904 ; no.9) and Monkey
Bay (17 June, 1904 ; no. 15).

364. CHRroococcus PARALLELOPIPEDON, Schmidle, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx.
(1902) p. 242, t. 5. fig. 7.

Nyasa.—Scrapings from bottom of s.s. * Guendolen' at anchor S. end of
lake (15 June, 1904 ; no. 577).

365. CHRoococcus HELVETICUS, Ndg. Gatt. einz. Alg. (1849) p. 46, t. La.
fig. 3.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Toa (10 Jan. 1905 ; no. 208).

366. Curoococcts PALLIDUS, Ndg. l.c. t. ТА. fig. 2.
Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905 ; no. 252).

367. Cunoococcus тово1роз, (.Kütz.) Nig. l.c. p. 46 ; Rabenh. Fl. Europ.
Alg. ii. (1865) p. 32.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; no. 33). In scrapings from
bottom of s.s. ‘Guendolen’ at anchor S. end of lake (15 June, 1904 ;
no. 577).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Baraka (24 Feb. 1905 ; no. 240).

188 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALGJE

Class PERIDINIEZE.
Order PERIDINIALES.
Family GLENODINIACEZE.

Genus GLENODINIUM, Ehrenb.

968. GLENODINIUM PuLviscuLus, (Ehrenb.) Stein, Organ. Infus. iii. Hälfte 2,
t. 2. figs. 23-26.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Mbete (28 Sept. 1904 ; no. 105), Komba
Bay (11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135), and near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

Family PERIDINIACEZ.
Genus PERIDINIUM, Ehrenb.

369. PERIDINIUM AFRICANUM, Lemm., sp. п. (PI. 9. fig. 1.)

Р. репа tam longum quam latum, 24-30 р longum et 23-27 p latum ;
corpore in partibus inzequalibus duabus a fossa transversa diviso, parte apicali
majore; fossa transversa pæne circulari; fossa longitudinali margine posteriore
extensa, parte posteriore multe dilatata; membrana glabra, striis intercalaribus
delicatissimis.

Lpwalva (PI. 9. fig. 1, d) conica; tabula rhomboidea juxta apicem extensa;
tabulis eequatoriis 7; tabulis apicalibus ventralibus hexagonis, tabulis apicalibus
dorsalibus pentagonis, tabula dorsali quadrata pro tabulis apicalibus dorsalibus
disposita. Hypovalva (fig. 1, с) rotundo-conica, margine posteriore concavo ;
tabulis sequatoriis 5; tabulis antapicalibus 2, una minore et altera multe
majore; margine ventrali tabulæ antapicalis spina robusta hyalino ornato.

Cystis cordiformis, 20:5 ш longis et 22 ш latis; membrana crassa, glabra et
hyalina (fig. 1, e).

Nyasa.—In plankton, Anchorage Bay (June, 1904 ; nos. 5, 9, and 10) and
Monkey Bay (June, 1904 ; nos. 15 and 16).

Tanganyika.—In plankton, near Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

370. PERIDINIUM BEROLINENSE, Lemm. in Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. xviii.
(1900) p. 308.

Var. APICULATUM, Lemm., var. n. (РІ. 9. fig. 3.)

P. rhomboideum, 41-42 р longum et 40-41 и latum; eorpore ut in viso
aspectu cingulato subcirculari, margine posteriore concavo et spinis brevibus
inequalibus duobus ornato, in partibus squalibus duabus a fossa transversa
diviso. Fossa transversa (РІ. 9. fig. 3, b) spiraliter disposita. Fossa longitu-
dinali margine posteriore extensa sed a parte apicali exclusa; margine sinistro
fosse longitudinalis in alam compressam extenso, margine ale cum papillis
minutissimis numerosis (fig. 3, c).

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 189

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Komba Вау (11 Oct. 1904; no. 135) and near
Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; по. 170).

This variety differs from the typical form in the presence of the spines at
the posterior margin, in the conical apical part of the cell, and in the absence
of the small papilla which cover the sutures between the plates in the typical
form.

Genus PERIDINIOPSIS, Lemm.

311. PERIDINIOPSIS CuxNINGTONIL, Lemm., sp. n. (Pl. 9. fig. 2.)

Р. paullo longius quam latius, 315-38 р longam et 21—31:5 и latum, margine
posteriore truncato; corpore in partibus inzequalibus duabus a fossa transversa
diviso, parte apicali majori; fossa transversa (PI. 9. fig. 2, a) conspicue spiraliter
disposita; fossa longitudinali in partem apicalem extensa et margine posteriore
versus valde dilatato. Membrana delicatissime reticulata; striis intercalaribus
delicatis.

Epivalva (Pl. 9. fig. 2, d) conica, cum tabulis sequatoriis 6; tabula rhom-
boidea apicem extensa; tabulis apiealibus 4, ventralibus 2 et dorsalibus 2.
Hypovalva (Pl. 9. fig. 2,e) truncato-conica, cum tabulis sequatoriis 5, ven-
tralibus 2 et lateralibus 2 cum spina robusta brevi singula; tabulis
antapicalibus 2, cum spina singula in tabula unaquaque.

Tanganyika.—In plankton, Komba Вау (11 Oct. 1904 ; no. 135), and near
Kala (19 Nov. 1904 ; no. 170).

The body of this species resembles that of Peridinium quadridens, Stein,
but differs in the number and arrangement of the plates and in the number
of the spines. |

This is the second described species of the genus Peridiniopsis. P. Borgei,
Lemm. (in Arch. Bot. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad., Bd. ii. (1904) no. 2, p. 134, t. 1.
figs. 1-5), has three antapical plates and no spines, whereas P. Cunningtonii
has two antapical plates and six conspicuous spines. In both species the
epivalve possesses six equatorial plates.

Genus CERATIUM, Schrank.

279. CERATIUM HincNDINELLA, О. F. Müll.

Small forms with only two antapical horns: length 136-148 р; breadth
50-54 u ; length of apical horn about 50-60 ш ; length of 1st antapical horn
about 30-44 u ; length of 2nd antapical horn about 10-12 д. (РІ. 9. fig. 4.)

Victoria Nyanza.—In plankton, near Bukoba (21 Apr. 1905; no. 252).

The species was very scarce, and the few specimens observed differed very
much from any others which have come under my notice. They were small,
with short horns, and the wall was strongly reticulated. The apical horn
was short with a broad base and slightly curved, and only two antapical
horns were present. The first antapical horn was attenuated from a broad
base, apiculate at the extremity and turned inwards. The second antapical

190 МЕ. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALOE

horn was very short, acute, and slightly variable in its position relative to
the first one, but in every specimen seen it was situated much nearer to the
first antapieal horn than has been described or figured for any European
specimen. (Vide Lemmermann, in Arch. Bot. К. Sv.Vet.- Akad. ii. (1904) no. 2,
t. 2. figs. 1-49; W. & С. S. West, in Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xli. part ш.
(1905) p. 494, fig. 1 A-D ; in Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxxiii. sect. B, part и.
(1906) p. 94, figs. 1-9.)

IV. GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE INVESTIGATION.

1. The Algee observed in Dr. Cunnington’s collections can be summarized
as follows :—

. Genera, | Species. | ау алейев
КИНИ i
| |
, CHLOROPHYCEÆ, | |
| C(Edogoniales ............ 2 6 | 1 |
Cheetophorales ............ 4 4 |
Cladophorales ............ 2 7 |
Conjugate .............. | 17 123 12
| Protococcoidee — .......... | 27 48 17
| |
' HETEROKONT X. | | |
Confervales ............. || 1 1 | |
| BACILLARIE®, | | |
Centrieg ................ | 3 7 | 3 |
Pennate ................ 18 86 | 15 |
| MYXOPHYCEÆ. | | |
| Hormogonee ............ | 17 62 | 2
| Coecogoneg .............. | 10 24 | 1 |
| |
| PERIDINIEA. | |
Peridiniales .............. 4 5 |
а ——
Total ...... 105 372 | 51 |

These results have added greatly to our knowledge of the geographical
distribution of freshwater Algz in tropical Africa.

2. Of theabove, 1 genus, 36 species, and 18 varieties and forms are described
as new.

3. The plankton collected in Nyasa in June 1904 contained 48 species of
Algæ, which are chiefly interesting in comparison with Dr. Fiilleborn’s more
extensive collections from 1898 to 1900.

4. The plankton from Victoria Nyanza was collected in April 1905 and
contained 58 species. Again, the chief interest of these collections lies in a

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 191

comparison with the material collected by Dr. Stuhlmann in October 1892.
The Bacillarieee and Myxophycez are relatively few in number, and the
phytoplankton is essentially Chlorophyceous, with all the features of a
Desmid-plankton.

5. The phytoplankton of Tanganyika is much richer in number of species
than that of Nyasa or Victoria Nyanza. It contained 85 species, of which 61
(72 per cent.) occurred in this lake alone. The Chlorophycez were relatively
few both as regards species and individuals, but the ВасШаме»ж and
Myxophyceze were both represented by more than the usual proportion of
species, and occurred at certain times in prodigious quantities. The Proto-
coccoidee and Bacillariee were especially evident during November, after
which month there was a general diminution of the Algæ accompanied by
a great development of Nauplius larvee. Ten species and one variety of
this phytoplankton were new.

Several of the species observed in the phytoplankton of this lake are
usually marine or brackish in habit, and others more nearly approach marine
species than freshwater ones. Nitzschia Tryblionella, Hantzsch, var. littoralis,
(Grun.) Van Heurck, Surirella striatula, Turp., and Chodatella | subsalsa,
Lemm., are marine or brackish-water species. Navicula distincta, sp. n., and
Surirella Tanganyike, sp. п., more nearly approach marine forms than fresh-
water ones, and Oscillatoria Tanganyike, sp. n., is much nearer the marine
Oscillatoria subuliformis, Kütz., than any other described species. Plectonema
Wollei, Farlow, is another curious Alga in the plankton: certainly a fresh-
water species, but one which only differs from the marine Lyngbya majuscula,
Harvey, in the scarce development of false branches—a character which may
be due to change of environment. The occurrence of no less than three
species of Nodularia, a genus which is typically of brackish habit, in the
immediate vicinity of Tanganyika is also a noteworthy fact.

The Alga-flora of Tanganyika differs very much from that of Nyasa or
Victoria Nyanza, but its peculiarities are all of them such as could be accounted
for by the prolonged isolation of the lake. The definite outlet by the River
Lukuga into the Congo system is relatively recent, having been established
since the formation of the volcanic cones to the north of Lake Kivu. The
damming up of the northern end of the Lake Kivu region added a large
drainage-area to the Tanganyika lake-basin, and marks the close of the period
of isolation. There is every reason to consider the presence of certain
brackish-water Algs, and others with marine affinities, as evidence that
during the period of prolonged isolation the water became increasingly saline.
Our knowledge of the modifications which some Alge undergo owing to
change of environment is in support of the view that those Alge of Tanganyika
exhibiting marine affinities may have been produced by a gradual increase in the
salinity of the water over an extended period of time. The relatively small
proportion of Chlorophycee in the plankton, and the large proportion of Bacil-

192 MR. С. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG!

lariee and Myxophycew, is also an indication that the water of the lake was at
one time much more saline than it is at present.

Collections made within a few days of one another from different parts of
Tanganyika differ so much, even in their dominant constituents, that it is not
at all improbable that some of these plankton-organisms may occur in large
shoals of more or less limited extent. From available evidence it is not
possible, however, to make a definite statement on this point, as collections
were not actually made in different parts of the lake at the same time; but
the dominance of Anabena Flos-aque var. circularis in some collections, and
of Nitzschia nyassensis and Synedra Acus in others obtained very shortly
afterwards from other parts, indicates that the plankton of the lake is by no
means of a uniform character. The Nyasa plankton collections also furnish
evidence of a similar absence of uniformity, but, owing to their less compre-
hensive nature, to a much less marked degree.

In large bodies of fresh water, such as these Central African lakes, it would
appear that a single sample of plankton obtained in a stated locality must not
be regarded as representative of the plankton of the entire lake.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 2.

Photomicrographs of plankton from Lake Nyasa.
Figs. 1-16 x 100; figs. 17-20 x 150.

Figs. 1 & 2. Varieties of Pediastrum simplex; 3. Stephanodiscus Astrea; 4. Melosira

granulata, var. angustissima ; D. Synedra Acus; 6 & 7. Melosira nyassensis ;
8. Anabena Flos-aque, forma; 9. Surirella bifrons, var. tumida.

10. Closteriopsis longissima ; 1l & 12. Surirella Nyasse, with numerous attached
Vorticelle or similar Infusoria.

18 & 14. Melosira granulata, var. angustissima ; 15 & 16. Anabena Flos-aque, forma.

17 & 18. Pediastrum simpler, var. clathratum; 19. Melosira granulata, var. angus-
tissima; 20. Anabena Flos-aque, forma.

PLATE 3.

Photomicrographs of plankton from Victoria Nyanza.
All x 100.

Figs. 1. Staurastrum cuspidatum; 2. Surirella Malombe; З & 4. Surirella Fiillebornii, var.
elliptica; 5. Melosira nyassensis; 6 & 7. Masses of partially decomposed organic
matter which form a feature of the plankton examined from this lake; 7 is
probably the excreta of some animal.

8-10. Staurastrum limneticum; 11. S. leptocladum, forma africana; 12. Sphincto-
siphon polymorphus, young colony ; 13 & 14. Surirella Malombe ; 15, Staurastrum
tohopekaligense.

16. Pediastrum simpler, var. clathratum; 17. Surirella, sp. ? ; 18. Lyngbya circum-
cretum; 19. Floating and partly decomposed organic matter.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 193

Figs. 20. Staurastrum limneticum ; 21. S. tohopekaligense; 22 & 23. Surirella Malombe ;
24 & 25. Surirella Füllebornii, var. ; 20. Melosira nyassensis; 27. Mass of decom-
posing organic matter, probably excreta; 28. Mass of decaying organic matter,
largely derived from Blue-green Alge.

Note.—The quantity of decaying organic matter in the plankton of Victoria Nyanza is
rendered very obvious by the numerous dark, ill-defined patches in the photographs.

PLATE 4.
Photomicrographs of plankton from Tanganyika.
Figs. 1-13 x 100; figs. 14-17 x 200.

Figs. 1-3. Spherocystis Schroeter’; 4 & 5. Hyalotheca mucosa. Figs. 1-5 represent plankton
from the River Lofu near its entrance to Tanganyika.

6. Oocystis lacustris; 7 & 8, Nitzschia nyassensis. (This Diatom occurred in countless
myriads in plankton collections from certain parts of Tanganyika. It is of great
length and very slender, much resembling the elongated varieties of Synedra Acus,
to which plant it should possibly be referred.)

The delicate curved lines in the photograph represent one of the minute plankton-
species of the genus Lyngbya.

9. Nitzschia nyassensis; 10 & ll. Anabena Flos-aque, var. circularis; 19 & 13.
Glenodinium Pulvisculus.

The dominating feature of this plankton is the short and much coiled variety of
Anabena Flos-aque. In this respect the plankton is remarkably similar to certain
collections from Nyasa (vide Pl. 2. figs. 15 & 16).

14 & 15. Anabena Flos-aque, var. circularis; 15 shows very clearly the terminal
heterocysts. 16 & l7. Glenodiniumn Pulvisculus.

PLATE 5.

Figs. 1-2. Spirogyra equinoctialis, sp. п. x 500. 1, single vegetative cell showing chloro-
plasts; 2, male and female gametangia, with zygospore in greatly swollen female
gametangium.

3-4. Debarya africana, sp. п. X 500. 3, zygospore enclosed within the gametangia
and conjugating-tube; 4, junction of vegetative cell (¢.v.) and gametangium (y.),
showing thickened walls of latter with curious pit-like structure in the end- wall,

. Pediastrum Tetras, (Ehrenb.) Ralfs, var. longicorne, Racib. x 520.

. P. Tetras, (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. x 520. Curious coenobium of three cells.

. Crucigenia tetracantha, sp. п. х 500.

Figs. 8-9. Celastrum compositum, sp. n. X 520. 8, small coenobium of eight groups of
three cells each ; 9, much larger ccenobium.

Fig. 10. Palmophyllum foliaceum, sp. п. th., thallus, x 100; c., а few of the minute green
cells, x 500.

Figs. 11-18. Sphinctosiphon polymorphus, gen. et sp. п. 11, young colonies, x 100; 19, older
and more elongated colony showing a few slight constrictions, x 100; 13, small
portion of colony, x 520. 11 & 12 are only drawn in outline to show the hollow
thallus.

14-17. Chodatella subsalsa, Lemm. X 500. 15, cell containing two daughter-cells ;
16 with four, and 17 with eight undeveloped gonidia (autospores).

Fig. 18, Ankistrodesmus nitaschiotdes, sp. n. х 500.

19. Pediastrum simplex, Meyen. х 500. Small 4-celled cenobium in which one cell
has been aborted.

LINN. JOURN,—BOTANY, VOL, XXXVIII. О

Fig.

“IO сл

194 МВ, G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

Fig. 20. Pediastrum simplex, Meyen. х 500. Curious abnormal form in which the coeno-

bium is not strictly plate-like. Some of the cells, such as a, are like those of typical
P. simplex ; b is similar to the peripheral cells о? P. Boryanum, and c like those of
P. Kawraiskyi, Schmidle; g., resting gonidium (aplanospore).

21. P. simplex, Meyen, var clathratum, forma radians. х 500. Abnormal condition
with one cell (a) of the ring deformed.

22. P. Boryanum, (Turp.) Menegh., var. rugulosum, var. n. Xx 500. Five cells
(2 peripheral and 3 central) from a large coenobium.

PLATE 6.

Fig. 1. Pleurotenium caldense, Nordst., forma africanum. х 520.
9. Closterium nematodes, Josh., var. tumidum, var. п. x 520.
3. Penium australe, Racib., forma brevius. х 520.
4. » ya forma crassius. X 520.
5. Staurastrum pilosum, (Nüg.) Arch., var. minimum, var. п. x 520.

6. » quadrangulare, Bréb., var. attenuatum, Nordst., forma. х 520.
7. » Cunningtonii, вр. п. х 520.
8. » anatinum, Cooke & Wills, var. subglabrum, var. п. x 520.
9. » monticulosum, Bréb., var. bidens, var. п. x 520.
10. > gracile, Ralfs, var. Nyanse, var. n. x 520.
11. „ » var. protractum, var. п. x 500.
12. " leptoeladum, Nordst., forma africanum. x 500.

18. Arthrodesmus Incus, (Bréb.) Hass., var. Ralfsii, W. & G. S. West, forma. х 620.

PLATE 7.

Figs. 1-2. Micrasterias Cunningtonii, вр. п. x 520.

Fig. 3. Euastrum truncatiforme, sp. п. x 520.

Figs. 4-5. , pseudopectinatum, Schmidle, forma. x 520.

Fig. 6. Cosmarium galeritum, Nordst., var. retusum, var. n. x 620.

7. » Cunningtoni, вр. п. х 520.
8. > decachondrum, Roy & Biss., var. ornatum, var. п. x 520.
9. " lacunatum, sp. п. x 520. The minute punctulations which surround
the granules are not shown in the figure.
10. » globosum, Buln., var. Wollet, W. & б. S. West, forma major. х 520.
11. " Pseudobroomei, Wolle, var. compressum, var. п. x 520.
PLATE 8.

Fig. 1. Fragilaria ethiopica, sp. п. x 1000.
2. Navicula distincta, sp. n. x 500.
З. Synedra Nyanse, sp. п. х 520.
E „ Cunningtonii, sp. п. x 250.
5. Surirella plana, sp. п. x 500.
0. » Tanganyike, sp. п. x 500.
T. y» obtusiuscula, sp. п. x 500.

8. Cymatopleura Nyanse, sp. п. x 590.

9. Соссопета grossestriata, (О. Müll.) nob., var. Tanganyske, var. n. x 500.
10. Gyrosigma nodiferum, (Grun.) nob. x 500.
11. Navicula Tanganyike, sp. n. х 500.

12. Sehizostauron Crucicula, Grun. x 520.

18. Gomphonema africanum, sp. n. x 520.

©:

oo

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 195

PLATE 9.

. Peridinium africanum, Lemm., sp. п. x 750. a, ventral view; 6, dorsal view;

c, hypovalve; d, epivalve; e, cyst. (After drawings by Lemmermann.)

. Peridiniopsis Cunningtonii, Lemm., sp. п. х 750. a, ventral view; b, dorsal view ;

c, lateral view; d, epivalve; e, hypovalve. (After drawings by Lemmermann.)

‚ Peridinium berolinense, Lemm., var. apiculatum, Lemm., var. п. х 750. а, dorsal

view ; à, ventral view ; c, lateral view. (After drawings by Lemmermann.)

. Ceratium Hirundinella, О. Е. Müll. x 500. Small reduced form from Victoria

Nyanza. The markings are only shown on a small portion of the cell.

. Spirulina Princeps, W. & G. S. West. x 520,

» laxissima, sp. п. х 1000.

. Lyngbya circumcretum, вр. п. х 520. a, b, and c, three specimens to show the

coiling of the filaments.

. Anabena вр. X 520. Consult page 170, no. 290.
. Oscillatoria Tanganyika, sp. n. х 500. а, b, and e, apices of three filaments;

d, middle part of filament. The large granules are probably gas-vacuoles.

PLATE 10.

. Anabena Flos-aque, Bréb. forma. х 520.

" » var. circularis, var. п. X 520. a-d show normal coiling, the
short filaments being terminated at each end by a heterocyst; e, а straight
filament.

. Anabena Tanganyike, sp. п. x 520. d, filament with spore (sp.).
. Anabena sp. х 520. Consult page 171, no. 294.
. Gleotrichia longiarticulata, sp. п. a, floating colony, x 10; 4-d, bases of trichomes ;

e and f, spores. 2-7, x 520.

. Rivularia globiceps, sp. п. a, colonies attached to floating fragment of leaf, natural

size; b-d, bases of trichomes. х 520.

. Calothrix cartilaginea, sp. n. X 500. a-d, trichomes in different stages; e, middle

portion of old trichome with well-marked sheath; f, hormcgone.

‚ Calothrix brevissima, sp. п. a-e, group of complete filaments, х 500; d aud e each

possess two basal heterocysts.

ADDENDA.
DESMIDIACEZ.

318. PENIUM LAGENARIOIDES, Roy, in J. P. Bissett, ‘ Desm. Windermere,’
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. (1884) p. 197, t. 5. fig. 6.
Var. SYDNEYENSE, Racib. т Hospraw. Wydz. matem.-przyr. Akad. Umiej,
Krakow, xxii. (1892) p. 368, t. 6. fig. 3.
Long. 74 р; lat. 29 д; lat. constrict. 26 ш; lat. аріс. 14 џ.
Тапеапу а. — п swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

196 MR. G. S. WEST ON THE FRESHWATER ALG

314. CosMARIUM zoxaARIUM, W. у G. S. West, in Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
Bot. v. (1895) p. 71, t. 8. fig. 13.

Long. 74 ш; lat. 49 ш; lat. isthm. 45 р.

Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904; no. 72).

This species has only previously been recorded from Madagascar.

875. CosMARIUM Subcucumis, Schmidle, in Ber. Naturf. Ges. Freiberg i. D.
vii. Heft 1 (1893), p. 98, t. 4. fips. 20-22.

Long. 80 ш ; lat. 47 р; lat. isthm. 21 y.

Victoria Nyanza.—In swamp, Bukoba (20 Apr. 1905; no. 251).

PROTOCOCCACEZE (AUTOSPORACEE ).

376. SORASTRUM SPINULOSUM, Näy. Gatt. einzell. Alg. (1849) p. 99, t. 5 p.
Tanganyika.—In swamp, Kituta (23 Aug. 1904 ; no. 72).

SCYTONEMACEZ.

377. SCYTONEMA COACTILE, Montagne, in Kiti. Sp. Alg. (1849) p. 805;
Rabenh. Fl. Europ. Alg. ii. (1865) p. 280; Born. у Flah in Ann. Sei. Nat.,
ser. 7, Dot. v. (1887) p. 90.

Crass. fil. 16:5-20 ш; crass. trich. 11-12 ш; long. heterocyst. 14°5-20 џи,
lat. 10-115 p.

Spore quadratze, angulis levissime rotundatis; episporio glabro; long. et
lat. 14 yu.

Nyasa.—In swamp, Karonga (2 July, 1904; nos. 33 and 34).

The filaments and pseudo-rami were elongated and flexuose. The strong
hyaline sheaths, which were turning yellow or yellow-brown in the older
portions, were firm and slightly lamellose. The cells were subquadrate,
sometimes a little longer than the diameter, of a bright blue-green colour,
and often contained a few large granules of much deeper colour.

Some filaments were noticed with mature spores. They were seriate, as
many аз 40 occurring in a chain, and in form were quadrate with slightly
rounded angles. Each spore had arisen from a single vegetative cell and
possessed a smooth straw-coloured epispore. Dorzi (in N. Giornale Dot. Ital.
xi. 1879, p. 368) has described the occurrence of globose or ellipsoid spores in
this genus, but those observed in 5. coactile were all quadrate and reminded
one very forcibly of the seriate spores of species of Hapalosiphon.

CHROOCOCCACEZE.

878. ASTEROCYSTIS AFRICANA, sp. n.

Plante minute et epiphytiez ; filis brevibus, vaginatis, subdichotome
ramosis, ramis late patentibus, e serie singula cellularum formatis; vaginis
latis et hyalinis; cellulis oblongo-quadratis vel oblongis, diametro usque ad

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION. 197

duplo longioribus, polis subrotundatis; cytoplasmate lete seruginoso et
granuloso (fere ut in Chroococco turgido).

Long. cell. 5:5-10 ш; lat. cell. 4:5—5:5 р; crass. vag. 11-19 ш (usque
ad 27 u).

Tanganyika.—Epiphytic оп Chetomorpha Linum, floating in Kituta Bay
(26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 79).

This plant belongs unquestionably to the Chroococcacese, the cells having
very much the same structure as those of Chroococcus. И would fall naturally
into Hansgirg’s genus Chroodactylon (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges, i. (1885) t. 3),
but for the fact that Hansgirg has since placed both Asterocystis, Gobi (1879),
and his own genus Chroodactylon (1885) as sections of “ Allogonium, Kiitz.”
(vide Hedwigia (1887), Heft 1). Although Hansgirg was in error in
reviving * Allogonium," a name given by Kützing to a number of Algz of
widely different affinities and all of which are now placed in other genera,
yet he was evidently of the opinion that Asterocystis and Chroodactylon were
scarcely distinct. It is for this reason that I have placed the African plant
as a species of the former genus. Schmitz (in Engl. Natür. Pflanzenfam.
1 Teil, Abt. 2, p. 314) places Asterocystis in the Bangiacee, but the species
observed from Tanganyika is a typical Blue-green Alga.

The colonies of Asterocystis africana reach a diameter across the spreading
branches of about 360 p. The gelatinous sheath at the base of the primary
filament is somewhat expanded and is firmly attached to the wall of the
Chetomorpha, in which it makes a pit-like depression often 14 р in depth.

NAVICULACEZ.

319. NAvICULA sERIANS, Вт. in Kütz. Bacill. (1844) p. 92, t. 30. fig. 23 ;

W. Sm. Brit. Diat. t. 16. fig. 130.
Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of s.s. ‘Guendolen’ at 5. end of lake

(15 June, 1904; no. 577).

GOMPHONEMACEX.

380. RHOICOSPHENIA CURVATA, (Kütz.) Grun. in Abh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
x. (1860) p. 511; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. t. 26. figs. 1, 2, 3.

Tanganyika.—On the bottom of Dr. Cunnington's dau (24 Jan. 1905;
no. 217).

The University, Birmingham,
19th March, 1907.

LINN. JOURN,—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII, P

West.

MC
|

v

а

n ef^
f^

Pao

M

“ee

`
=== ==

А

$

А,

—

=
7

<.

To
1:

Co imp

Stereoscopic

London

ogr

n

‚ Photomic

TON

NK

n
„Ау 1

T T ex n VYT? ) 4
West. JOURN, LINN. оос. DOT. ХХА Vili. TL. 3.

D
Ў

T.

УП. Pr.4.

Soc. Bor. X

+

CURN. LINN.

т

"Nest,

copic Co imp

London Stereos

G.S. West, Photomicrogr.

from TANGANYIKA.

PLANKTON

"West,

G.S West ad nat. del.

Journ. Liny. Soc. Bor. ХХХУШ Pr. 5.

London Stereoscopic Со. imp.

AFRICAN ALGAE.

P

West,

G.S West, ad пах. del.

AL GA E .

f

Ne

ON rn у ыллаа

London Stereoscopic Co. imp

G.S West, аа nat. del.

5508

p
3o*

„^з

London Stereoscopic Со. imp

za
е
5
a
ы
E-
b.
р

"T ЛҮ ЛЕЛЕК NEMUS V V а md. t
, б De WEM T LY

x. Soc. Bor. XXXVII. Pr. 8.

+

OURN LIN

T
c

West,

ovo uus 9 2

London Stereoscopic Co imp.

G.S West ad nat. del.

Cy y atr uos V NEN Баб.
Y - 7 - Puy is
; t "s T
Xe.
NA
/ ya

Journ. Linn. Soc. Bor. ХХХУШ. Pr. 9

West

1066607

ААА ДА

London Stereoscopic Со imp.

G.S West, ad nat. del.

AL GAE .

AFRICAN

Soc. Bor. XXXVII. Pr. 10.

LINN.

JOURN.

$

^ч
N

M

№

№

SM х:
ЛА.
42

сай
Mo
St

$

го

ГТП Um Sm

ШИА

trr

ттт
i

T ы

А.

Со.їтр.

London Stereoscopic

G.S West ad nat del

AFRICAN ALGAE.

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

+

Tur Royat Society has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catalogue of Scientific Literature,
beginning from the lst January, 1901. Each science is represented in
an annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by meaus of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences; those Societies whose domains

overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanic workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete
record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

The fifth volume, for 1905, will shortly be issued.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

NOTICE.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Publie, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,

but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
* LIBRARIAN."

JANUARY 11. Price 163.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No. 265.

CONTENTS.

Page
I. On the Distribution of the Species of Conifers in the several Dis-
triets of China, and on the Occurrence of the same Species in
neighbouring Countries. By the late MaxweLL T. Masters,
M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Corresponding Member of the Institute of

France (Académie des Sciences) ..................... Re

II. On the Pre-Glacial Flora of Britain. By Cement Rew, F.R.S.,
F.L.8., and Eveanor М. Кер, B.Sc. (Plates 11-15.) ............ 206

ПІ. An Account of the Plants collected on Mt. Ruwenzori by Dr. А. Е. К.
Wollaston. By Dr. А. B. Векрьв, M.A., F.L.S., E. С. Baker,
F.L.S., and S. Le M. Moors, B.Sc., F.L.S. (Plates 16-19.)...... 228

IV. Some Critical Green Alge. Ву С. S. West, M.A., A.R.C.8.,

F.L.S., Lecturer on Botany at the University of Birmingham.
(Plates 20 & 21.) see 219

198

LONDON:
SULD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINCTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND ВУ
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND С0.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1908.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1907.

PRESIDENT.
Prof, W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G:S. Lt.-Col, D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. E. В. Poulton, D.Sc., F.R.S. Dr. A. B. Rendle, M.A.
TREASURER.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES.
Dr. р. H. Scott, М.А., F.R.S. ‚| Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.
V. H. Blaekman, M.A. Prof. F. W. Oliver, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq. Prof. E. B. Poulton, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Prof. Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Se. Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof, Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. А. B. Rendle, D.Sc.
Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A. Miss Ethel Sargant.
G. Herbert Fowler, Ph.D. Dukinfield H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., E.R.S. Otto Stapf, Ph.D.
Prof. James Peter Hill, D.Sc, Roland Trimen, F.R.S.

B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D. Prof. Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. A. Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.
LIBRARIAN. CLERK.

A. W. Kappel. P. F. Visick.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

The Committee meets ns required during the Session. The Members for 1906--1907,

in addition to the Officers, are :—

Herbert Druce, F.Z.S,
Antony Gepp, М.А.
Dr. G. Henderson.
Dr. Otto Stapf.

Prof. A. G. Tansley, M.A.
F. N. Williams, Esq.
Dr. A, Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

OF THE THIRD TANGANYIKA EXPEDITION, 197

duplo longioribus, polis subrotundatis ; cytoplasmate late wruginoso et
granuloso (fere ut in Chroococco turgido).

Long. cell. 5:5—10 ш; lat. cell. 4:5-55 ш: crass. vag. 11—15
ad 27 y).

Tanganyika.—Epiphytie оп Chetomorpha Linum, floating in Kituta Bay
(26 Aug. 1904 ; no. 79).

This plant belongs unquestionably to the Chroococcacez, the cells having
very much the same structure as those of Chroococcus. It would fall naturally
into Hansgirg’s genus Chroodactylon (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 1. (1885) t. 3),
but for the fact that Hansgirg has since placed both Asterocystis, Gobi (1879),
and his own genus ( ‘hroodactylon (1885) as sections of © Allogonium, Kütz."
(vide Hedwigia (1887), Heft 1) Although Hansgirg was in error in
reviving “ Allogonium," a name given by Kützing to a number of Algz of
widely different affinities and all of which are now placed in other genera,
yet he was evidently of the opinion that Asterocystis and ( hroodactylon were
scarcely distinct. It is for this reason that I have placed the African plant
as а species of the former genus. Schmitz (in Engl. Natür. Pflanzenfam.
1 Teil, Abt. 2, p. 314) places Asterocystis in the Bangiacew. but the species
observed from Tanganyika is a typical Blne-green Alga.

The colonies of Asteracystis africana reach a diameter across the spreading
branches of about 360 и. The gelatinous sheath at the base of the primary
filament is somewhat expanded and is firmly attached to the wall of the
Chatomorpha, in which it makes a pit-like depression often 14 w in depth.

№ (usque

МАУТСОГАСЕЖ.
319. NAVICULA SERIANS, Bréb. in Кі. Bacill. (1844) p. 92, t. 30. fip. 23;
W. Sm. Brit. Diat. t. 16. fig. 130.

Nyasa.—In scrapings from bottom of ss. *Guendolen’ at S. end of lake
(15 June, 1904; no. 577).

СОМРНОМЕМАСЕЖ.

380. RHOICOSPHENIA CURVATA, (Aütz.) Grun. т Abh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
x. (1860) p. 511; Van Heurck, Synops. Diat. Belg. t. 26. figs. 1, 2, 3.

Tanganyika.—On the bottom of Dr. Cunnington’s dau (24 Jan, 1905 ;
no. 217).

The University, Birmingham,
19th March, 1907.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII.

198 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF

On the Distribution of the Species of Сопіѓегх іп the several Districts of
China, and on the Occurrence of the same Species in neighbouring
Countries. By the late MaxwxLL T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.5.,

Corresponding Member of the Institute of France (Académie des Sciences).
[ Read 20th June, 1907.]

THE recent researches of Mr. E. Н. Wilson in Sze-Chuan have brought to
light a remarkably large number of. new Conifers, which have been described
by myself in the * Journal? of the Society * and elsewhere. To Dr. Henry we
are also indebted for the discovery of new species in Central China and
Yunnan. The discoveries of Delavay and Franchet had been previously
noted by Franchet. This large accession of hitherto undiscovered species
provides matter for the consideration of the botanical geographer, and it is
with a view of facilitating his task that I now venture to lay before the
Society some details relating to the distribution of the Coniferz and Taxacew
in the various provinces of China and in neighbouring countries. For reasons
which will readily be understood, the figures given must be taken as only
approximately correct, as they are likely to be more or less modified as errors
are detected and our acquaintance with the details becomes widened. Some
discrepancies between the figures and details here given and those published
in former communications, especially in my paper on the Conifers of Japan +,
are to be accounted for, not only by the increased number of species now
known, but by the transfer of certain species from one genus to another ; but
these discrepancies do not affect the general conclusions arrived at.

The total number of species now known from China, inclusive of. Formosa,
amounts to 87, distributed through 23 genera, as shown in Table I.

Speaking broadly, a marked difference may be noted in the Coniferous floras
of Northern, Southern, Central, and Western China respectively. Thus in
the north we have such Pines as Pinus Bungeana, as well as Picea obovata,
Abies firma, А. Veitchii, and two or three species of Larch, all indicating an
approximation to the Flora of Japan and even of Northern Asia.

The Southern species are of a tropical or subtropical category. Among them
are species of Podocarpus, also Pinus Massoniana, which, though it occurs
in other parts of China, is more particularly a characteristic of the South, and
indicates an approach to the Flora of the Philippine Islands, although there
are no species in common. In Central China the Coniferous elements are
mixed, but, so far as at present known, Pinus Henryi and P. scipioniformis

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxvii, (Nov. 1906), pp. 410 её seg.
+ Op. cit. vol, xviii. (1881) p. 483.

CONIFERS IN CHINA AND NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES. 199

TABLE I.—Showing the Distribution of the Genera of Conifers
in China and Japan.

CHINA. | JAPAN. |
Total | Peculiar. | Total. Peculiar.
uu EN o — — |
| | |
‚ Libocedrus _...................... | 1 1 | |
Thuya .......................... | 2 1 | 3 2 |
Cupressus (including Chameeyparis) . .| 3 1 | 2 2 |
Juniperus ........................ 7 | .. 5 1 |
Cryptomeria ...................... | 1 | .. 1 | |
Tawainia (Formosa) .............. | 1 | 1 | |
Glyptostrobus ..........: Meee eee ] 1 |
Cephalotanus .................... 6 1 3 |
Tarus .......................... | 1 3 1 |
Torreya .......................... | 2 1 1 |
Ginkgo .......................... | 1 .. 1 |
Dacrydium ...................... | 1 1 | |
Podocarpus ...................... | 6 2 4 ?2
Cunninghamia .................... | 1 1 | |
Seiadopitys (Тарап only) .......... .. e
Pinus т. ; ... P eraa y EREEREER | 18 7 5 1
Picea ............................ 14 9 5
Keteleeria ........................ 4 4
Tsuga.......................... ?5 2 2 1
Pseudotsuga ...................... | 1 .. 1
Abies E | 7 4 6 3
Pseudolarix ...................... | 1 1 |
Laria...,......................... | 8 4 5 1 |
Totals ............ E 2 | 48 | 15 |
|

are peculiar to this region, as well as Picea Neoveitchii, P. Wilsoni, and
Abies Fargesit.

In South-Western China we have an approximation to the tropical Floras of
Burma and neighbouring countries, as is evidenced by the presence of some
species of Cephalotazus, Podocarpus, Pinus yunnanensis, P. densata, and
P. prominens. А relationship to the Floras of the Eastern Himalayas, Sikkim,
and Assam is shown in certain species found in the West of China near the
Tibetan frontier, especially certain species of Cephalotacus, such as C. Oliveri,
C. Мапий, Taxus baceata, certain species of Podocarpus, Pinus, Picea, Tsuga,
Abies, and Larix.

The numbers of species in Japan, as indicated in Table I., show, on the
whole, that there is a considerably less degree of relationship (so far as
Conifers are concerned) between the Floras of the two countries than might
have been anticipated. Hayata, however, points out that the Floras of Japan
and Formosa have a close relation, notwithstanding the proximity of Formosa

P2

200 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF

to the mainland of Southern China *. From the tables he gives it is apparent
that Japan has 12 of the Formosan species of Conifers, or 70 per cent.; North
China 7 —41 рег cent.; Central China 10=59 per cent. ; India 1 —6 per cent.

Japan and China have, says Hayata, а great number of Conifers in common
with Formosa. But, so far as India is concerned, he finds only one species,
Juniperus sinensis, common to the Floras of India, Japan, and Formosa. The
same writer points out that North America has as many as 9 genera in
common with Formosa, a fact which leads him to speculate on the possibility
of a former land-connection between America and Formosa by way of the
Aleutian and Kurile Islands, Japan, and the Loo-Choo Islands. Mr. Наума
shows that the Floras of Japan, Formosa, Central and North China are
closely related to each other, forming one Chino-Japanese Flora, which
he divides into two subdivisions or * florules,” one including North China,
Japan, and Formosa, the other including South and Central China.

With reference to the origin of Conifers still represented by living examples
in the northern hemisphere, M. Flahault concludes from paleobotanical
evidence that they originated in the eireumpolar regions of the Palzarctic
continent. Thus species of Taxodium, Pinus, and Picea have been found in
Tertiary or Oligocene deposits in Grinnell-land, lat. 81° 46! N.; whilst the
Miocene of Greenland contains evidence of the presence of Tarodium,
Glyptostrobus, Sequoia, Cephalotavus or Taxus, Cupressus ($ Chamacyparis),
and Pinus. In the Miocene deposits of Spitzbergen, N. lat. 78°, the same
genera with Picea and Abies, but excluding Cephalotavus or Taxus, have
been observed. Many of these genera have also been recognized in Siberia,
Alaska, Sachalin, in polar Western America, and in Iceland. In Miocene
times Sequoia, Taxodium, and Glyptostrobus existed in Western Europe. In
Nebraska, U.S., at the same period Abies, Picea, and Laria were represented
as they now are in Central Europe : whilst in more remote ages Araucarias
were living in Oolitic times, Cedrus and Abies in infra-Cretaceous periods,
and Podocarpus in Eocene times. These details are taken from Prof. Fla-
hault?s recent memoir on “ Les progrès de la Géographie Botanique depuis
1884," in * Progressus Rei Botaniez ” (1907), p. 291.

The annexed Table IT. gives an enumeration of all the species of Conifers
known to inhabit Chinese territory. Their distribution in the several districts
of the Empire— North, North-West, Central, East, West, South-West, South,
and in the island of Formosa—is shown, together with an indication of the
occurrence of the same species in neighbouring districts of Japan, Loo Choo,
Corea, Manchuria, Eastern. Himalayas, Assam, North Burma, Mongolia, and
Siberia. So far as Tibet is concerned, the information at our disposal is at
present too scanty to allow of definite statements. — Wilson?s researches on the

* Hayata, “On the Distribution of the Formosan Conifers,” Botanical Magazine, Tokyo,

vol. xix. 1904, p. 45,

CONIFERS IN CHINA AND NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES. 201

East Tibetan border are included in the columns relating to Western and
South-Western China. Other indications point to an affinity between the
species of Northern Tibet and Northern China.

The following remarks have reference to individual genera and species.

The Ілвосерктв was at first thought to be confined to Formosa, but it has
since been found in Yunnan. Other species oecur in New Zealand, the
Chilian Andes, and N.W. America, but none has, so far, been detected in
Japan. The genus is known to occur in the Cretaceous beds and in the
Tertiary strata (Zeiller).

Тноул is represented by the widely-spread T. orientalis and by a species,
T. sutehuenensis, found on the mountains of Sze-Chuan, and closely allied to
the N.W. American T. plicata, Donn, and to the Japanese T. japonica.
Three species are named as oceurring in Japan, of. which two are peculiar to
that country.

Cupressus has one species peculiar to Formosa, whilst the elegant C. fune-
bris is found also in Sikkim, but perhaps only in a cultivated state. C. sem-
pervirens has been probably introduced. № is noteworthy that up to the
present time no species of the section Chamweyparis has been met with in
China, nor any Zetinospora (so called) such as are ко common in Japan.

There are seven species of JUNIPERUS indicated, but none peculiar to China
unless as a varietal form. The species occur in the Temperate Himalaya,
Japan, Siberia, and even Europe. J. sinensis is remarkable for the frequency
with which it retains in adult life the juvenile or Retinospora stage of foliage,
even on the same branch with the adult leaves, Five species of Juniperus
are known from Japan, of which J. nipponica is peculiar to that country.

CRYPTOMERIA is probably only cultivated in China, but native to Japan.

TAIWAINIA is a newly described genus from Formosa (see Hayata, in
Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxvii. (1906) p. 330, pl. 16).

GLYPTOSTROBUs HETEROPHYLLUS is peculiar to Southern China. It is allied
to but distinct from the Taxodium of Florida, of California, and of Mexico *.

Of CEPHALOTAXUs there are six species, of which only one, C. Fortunei,
is peculiar to China. Three species are found in Japan, of which one is
peculiar to that country. С. Mannii has been discovered in the Eastern
Himalayas as well as in Western China.

Taxus is represented by T. baccata, which is well-nigh ubiquitous in the
northern hemisphere. Whether there is one variable species or several
specifically distinct is a question upon which botanists are not agreed f.

* Masters on Taxodium and Gilyptostrobus, in ‘Journal of Botany, xxxviii. (1900) pp. 37-40.
+ See Pilger, in * Pflanzenreich,' Taxacez (1903), p. 110.

202

DH. M. T. MASTERS ON

THE DISTRIBUTION OF

Taste Il.—Containing a list of all the species of Conifers known to be
natives of China and showing their distribution in the various districts of
the Empire as well as in neighbouring countries.

Libocedrus
macrolepis
Thuya
orientalis.........
sutchuenensis ...
Cupressus |
formosensis |
funebris
sempervirens ...|
Juniperus
chinensis
communis
nipponica
litoralis
recurva
rigida
| spheerica
| taxifolia
| Cryptomeria
japonica
Taiwainia |

......

.........

ванне

IIT

.........

cryptomerioides. ... e

| Glyptostrobus
| heterophyllus ...

| Cephalotaxus | ds

Fortunei
Griffithii
| Mannii
Oliveri
pedunculata
Taxus

| drupacea — ...... |...

.......... ...

IIT

Torreya
| grandis
nucifera
Fargesii

Dacrydium
Beccarii
Podocarpus
argotznia
chinensis
latifolia
macrophylla
neriifolia ......
sutchuenensis ...
Cunninghamia
sinensis
Sciadopitys
(Japan only) ...
Pinus
Armandi

че жении

......

CHINA.

| East
| Wen.
| South-West.

| North-West.
| Central.

х

хх
Do: X:

DXX
DXX S
DXX

XXX:

DX:IXXX

DXX

хх:
хх

x ххх:

е 2
S 2
D М
© . 2 8
3 5 k og
зо Eg%
ЕЯ zg
"ш ¢
= ы © а шщ <
хх х
х
х
X x
хх
х
х
"EM x
X x
ох
х
x
хх
e X
... | x
x x
x
x
x
x x
x x
eo X
x
x

| MONGOLIA.

SIBERIA.

laya.

f W. Нива |
х |
Turkestan,

Cult ? |

Khasia.

Doubtful ;
cult.

Cult.
Malaya.

Malaya . |

CONIFERS

Pinus (cont.).

densata ...
Henryi
koraiensis
luchuensis

......

mandshurica ...

Massoniana
prominens

scipioniformis...

Thunbergii

......

T

yunnanensis

Picea
ajanensis
Aleockiana
asperata
aurantiaca
brachytila
Glehni
likiangensis
Mastersii

Maximowiezii ...

Neoveitchii
obovata
retroflexa
Watsoniana
` Wilsoni
Keteleeria
Davidiana
Evelyniana
Fabri

Tsuga
Brunoniana
chinensis
diversifolia
Sieboldi

yunnanensis

Pseudotsuga

Delavayi
Fargesii

firma
recurvata

...

...

......

m

......

......

......

......

......

sachalinensis ... ...

Pseudolarix
Fortunei

Larix
chinensis
davurica
Griffithii
leptolepis...
Potanini
Rupprechti
sibirica
tibetica ?

......
......
......
......
......
.....
......

| North-West.

IN

CHINA.
di |^.
Sig!
Я a п (Q9
ó ã Е
... x
x
x X
. ... X
x x ...
e x
x
x
x
x x
x
x
x
x
?
x
x
2. x
x
x x
x
x
x
x x
x En
... х
x x
... x
x
x
x
x

CHINA AND

| South-West.

хх:

хх

DXX X XX

|
|=
| м
= 2
= 5
Я =
x
X x
x
e X
х X
|
x
x?
x

| JAPAN & Loo Сноо.

Е

(OR

. р

5 8

з Ж

c <

о 8
х

x X
x

x

x x

x

x

| E. HIMALAYAS.

| <
я |
a
=;
EA
mz
3 8|
= O
a ©
<Я
x
x
|
|
x

NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES.

203

204 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF

TonnEYA GRANDIS and 7. Fargesii are exclusively Chinese, whilst 7. nucifera
occurs also in Japan.

GINKGO BILOBA, an interesting survival of over sixty species known in a
fossil state, is found both in China and in Japan generally in a cultivated
condition in the vicinity of the temples, but Mrs. Bishop records it as native
both in Western China and in Northern Japan.

Dacrypium Beccari of Parlatore is reported from Hainan, but I have
no information concerning it. Pilger, т the * PAlanzenreich,’ Taxaceze (1903)
p- 92, does not mention it as native to China.

Six species of Popocarpus are enumerated, but their identification is by no
means certain. Two species are probably exclusively Chinese, viz., P. argo-
tenia, Hance, and P. sutchuenensis, Franchet. The others are found also in
Japan (three species), the Malay Peninsula, &с. Pilger mentions P. chinensis,
of Blume, at р..98, but gives no locality. The same author refers P. argo-
tenia to a separate genus.

CUNNINGHAMIA SINENSIS is exclusively Chinese and Formosan.
SCIADOPITYS is exclusively Japanese.

Of Pinus no fewer than thirteen species are recorded from China. Of
these at least seven, so far as at present known, are peculiar to that country.
They are P. scipioniformis, Mast., P. yunnanensis, Franchet, P. Armandi,
Franchet, P. Bungeana, Zuccarini, P. lenryi, Mast., P. densata, Mast.,
P. prominens, Mast. The remaining Chinese species are natives also of Japan,
Korea, and Manchuria. P. yunnanensis is allied to Р. khasya, from the
Himalaya, to a species collected in Manipur by Sir George Watt, as well as
to P. insularis from the Philippines *. Five species in all are recorded from
Japan and Loo Choo (not including varieties).

PicEA, Link, is exceptionally well represented in China, there being no
fewer than fourteen species recorded, of which nine are endemic. One species
belongs to the flat-leaved section, of which the Japanese P. ajanensis forms
one member, P. sitchensis, from N.W. America, another, whilst S.E. Europe
has its representative in P. Omorica. Other Chinese Spruces with four-sided
leaves occur on the mountains of Western China, Sze-Chuan, Yunnan, and
especially on the mountains by the Tibet border ; such are Р. Watsoniana, in
addition to P. purpurea and asperata. From Japan only five species have
been recorded, P. polita being the only peculiar species.

It would thus seem that Western China was an important centre of distri-
bution for species of Pinus and Picea, and to a less extent for species of Abies.

* See Brandis, * Tndian Trees * (1906), р. 690.

CONIFERS IN CHINA AND NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES. 205

KETELEERIA is represented by four species, all endemie and occurring in
Central, Western, and Southern China, including one remarkable species,
К. Evelyniana, discovered by Dr. Henry in Yunnan.

TsuaA has from three to five species enumerated, of which 7. chinensis and
T. yunnanensis are confined to China, the other species being found also in
Japan, and one, T. Brunoniana, in the Eastern Himalayas. There are two
American species, one on the Atlantic, the other on the Pacific side of the
Northern United States. It seems probable that some of the reputed
Chinese species will hereafter not be considered distinct, but as varieties of

T. Steboldi.

PSEUDOTSUGA JAPONICA, the analogue of the Douglas Fir of N.W. America,
occurs in Japan and also in Formosa.

ABIEs, including the Silver Firs, is credited with seven species, of which
some are common to Japan and four are peculiar to China. Of these four,
two are remarkable species discovered by Wilson in the Min Valley and near
Tatien-lu. Six species inhabit Japan, three exclusively. Some of the
West Chinese species indicate an affinity with A. Webbiana and other East
Himalayan species.

PskupoLAmix Forrunet, Mayr, is the only representative of the genus, and
occurs in Chekiang and Kiukiang.

Of the true Larches, LARIX, eight species are enumerated, but they are not
well defined, and it is probable that with increased knowledge some may be
reduced. Four are recorded from China only, and one, L. Grifithii, which
oceurs in West Sze-Chuan, is found also in the Eastern Himalaya. A single
species is peculiar to Japan.

206 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

On/the Pre-Glacial Flora of Britain. /
By Сгемехт Reip, F.R.S., F.L.S., and ELEANOR M. Rio, B.Sc.

(PLATEs 11-15.)
[Read 20th June, 1907.]

THE plants living in Britain immediately before the cold of the Glacial Epoch
have attracted attention for many years. A certain number of species were
colleeted as far back as 1861 by the Rev. S. W. King. These were deter-
mined by Heer, and Lyell published his list, amounting to twelve species *.
A few more were added later on; but in 1877, when the Geological Survey
commenced the examination of the Norfolk and Suffolk coast, the list was
still under twenty species.

In the course of this survey a number of seeds and leaves were collected
(by C. В.), and this collection, which was mainly determined by Mr. Car-
ruthers, amounted to nearly thirty species f. Tt is now in the Museum of
Practical Geology, as is the King collection. This small list was of so much
interest that after the survey was finished the work was continued during
holiday visits. A collection of ripe seeds of British plants (so poorly repre-
sented in recent herbaria) was slowly formed, and the fossil flora gradually
crept up to fifty-six species in 1890 {, and to seventy-eight in 1899 $.

The work of the last few years has led to the discovery of so many
additions to this meagre list, that the time has now arrived for a revision of
our pre-Glacial flora. This is the more necessary, as on the character of this
flora depends the geologist’s view of the climatic conditions which then
prevailed. We want also to take a census of the plants, in order to under-
stand what amount of change and extermination took place during the forced
migrations consequent on the cold period which supervened. And, thirdly,
we should like to know what variation the species have undergone during a
period of many thousand years. — *

As regards the certainty of the determinations, it may be as well to say at
once that in the case of seeds and fruits—and it is on these that we mainly
rely—there is seldom any doubt in either recent or well-preserved fossil
specimens. Almost every species that can be distinguished by other
characters can be distinguished also by the seed alone ; and often the seed
or fruit, though apparently undescribed, gives better specific characters than
the whole of the rest of the plant. The cases where there is doubt are
usually seeds of plants belonging to closely allied species, which give almost
as much difficulty when we compare the whole plant. Thus we do not

* í Antiquity of Мап, 4th ed. 1873, p. 256.

t C. Reid, “Geology of the Country around Cromer,” Mem. Geol. Survey, 1882,
pp. 62-64.

Е C. Reid, “ Pliocene Deposits of Britain," Mem. Geol. Survey, 1890.

$ C. Reid, “The Origin of the British Flora,” 8vo, 1899.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN. 201

pretend to be able to distinguish the different fruticose Rubi by their stones,
nor can we find satisfactory specifie characters in the carpels of Rosa, or of
the Batrachian Aanuneuli. The closely allied Stellaria media, S. Boraeana,
and S. neglecta, however, have seeds noticeably different ; Arum maculatum
and A. italieum have seeds remarkably distinct.

Seeds (or the hard parts of fruits) being thus critically distinguishable,
it seems advisable to place on record the evidence by which we have been
guided in determining the fossil plants. This is the more necessary as many
of the seeds are impregnated with pyrites, which tends to decompose and to
destroy the specimen. For this reason it is important to preserve exact
photographie representations, so that if the fossil itself disappears there may
still be a satisfactory record of its discovery *.

Fruits and seeds of. our recent. plants are seldom figured and deseribed in
such a way as to enable the botanist to recognise them specifically, especially
if detached from the plant. Seeds are constantly described as smooth or
shining, when in reality they have a highly characteristic sculpture, only
masked by a coat of varnish. Our fossil fruits and seeds also are preserved
in an altered state, the ‘alteration in some cases being so great that their
identity with the living plants is not suspected until recent seeds have been
reduced by maceration or carbonising to a similar condition. It is not that
the fossils are less determinable than the recent, often the intricate patterns
on the outside are far clearer. But any botanist finding, for instance, fossil
fruits of Conium in the state of preservation shown on PI. 12. fig. 60 would
not recognise them, unless he had treated the recent fruits in such a way as
to remove their ridges. In this case slow carbonising shows the identity of
the recent with the fossil fruit, and this carbonising also causes the recent
fruit to shrink till it is as small as the fossil specimens. This difficulty of
comparison has given much trouble, and in many cases we have had the
fossil for years before we recognised it as being the seed or fruit of a common
British plant. +

Tt would need a large number of magnified photographs to illustrate all
the details of cell-structure, ete, on which our determinations have been
based ; but the figures and descriptions now given should be sufficient at
any rate to help the botanist, and to prevent the geologist and archæologist
from throwing away what looks like most unpromising material for the
study of an ancient flora.

The mode of collecting and washing the material need not again be
described ; but a few words are required as to the best methods of preserving
the seeds in such a state as to be fit for study. One remark, however,
must be made as to the preliminary work. Fossil seeds if possible should
not be allowed to dry, at any rate not after they have been taken out of the

* We have not thought it necessary to reproduce our photographs of the leaves, as the
forms and venation of leaves are well known, and the specimens themselves are generally
preserved in slabs of ironstone.

208 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

clay in which they are found. In drying they shrink, become distorted, or
often crack and fall to pieces. It is generally necessary, however, to dry the
lumps of clay in which the seeds are contained, or they will not fall to pieces
when placed in water ; but this drying when tightly packed in a rigid matrix
does comparatively little harm. After the elay has fallen to pieces in water
the seeds should be collected while still wet and. transferred from dish to dish
of clean water, till they are in a fit state for the next process,

Pyritised fossils ean be preserved fairly well under water ; but in this wet
state they can neither be studied conveniently nor photographed. If absolute
aleohol is used for drying, the seed shrinks and is injured. We wish to
preserve them in such a way that they ean be safely handled, turned over,
compared side by side with recent seeds, and, if necessary, dissected.
They must therefore be impregnated with some medium that will proteet the
pyrite granules from the air, that will prevent the seed. from becoming
distorted or falling to pieces, and that will leave the surface sculpture intact
and in a state fit for photographing. The process must not be too elaborate,
as we have to deal with thousands of seeds in a short time,

The method we now employ is as follows :— The specimens are removed a
few at a time from the store-bottles in which they have accumulated, and are
washed in clean water to remove the weak formalin or salicylic acid used for
their temporary preservation. A thin film of wax (we have used “ paraffin
filtr. 45° Grübler & Co.”) is melted on a glass plate or slide and allowed to
harden, The seeds or leaves are removed from the water and are placed,
still wet, on the prepared film ; the plate is then immediately warmed from
below to a temperature just sufficient to melt the wax. As the moisture
evaporates from the upper surface of the specimen the wax is absorbed from
the lower, and in a few minutes, unless the seed. is very large, the process is
complete, the whole seed is impregnated with wax, and it is rendered so
tough that it can easily be handled.

When the seeds have absorbed as much wax аз they can, they are trans-
ferred to a clean part of the plate and the superfluous wax is removed with
warm filter-paper ; or they can be allowed to cool thoroughly and then have
their surfaces brushed with benzine. If one surface of the seed is better
preserved than another, that surface should be placed in contact with the
wax, for the lower surface remains uninjured and flat even if the upper
surface suffers slightly.

In the determination of the species now to be recorded, we have received
invaluable assistance from the British Museum and Kew collections, and from
recent seeds supplied to us by Mr. James Groves. Dr. Rendle also has kindly
examined our speeimens belonging to the genera Najas and Zannichellia, the
discoveries in the former genus being recorded in his monograph *. Our

* Trans, Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Bot. vol. у, (1899) p. 436.

A

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN. 209

collection of recent seeds is steadily growing, but there are still too many
species of which we have been unable to obtain ripe fruits ourselves, or to
find perfectly ripe fruits in the herbaria. Until, also, we can obtain a more
complete series of Palearctic plants, it will be impossible to say whether
some of the various undetermined seeds belong to living or to extinct species ;
we have decided therefore not at present to describe any species as new,
though in all probability two or three are no longer living.

The plant-remains from the pre-Glacial deposits of the Norfolk and Suffolk
coasts belong to the following species :—

RANUNCULACES:, HyPERICINEEX,
Thalictrum flavum, Linn. Hypericum quadrangulum, Linn.
Ranunculus aquatilis, Linn. H. hirsutum, Linn.

R. sceleratus, Linn.
R. Flammula, Linn.
R. Lingua, Linn.

RHAMNEÆ.

Rhamnus Frangula, Linn.

Prunus spinosa, Linn.
Spiræa Ulmaria, Linn.
Rubus Idæus, Linn.
NYMPHJEACEJE, | R. fruticosus, Linn.

| Potentilla silvestris, Neck.

В. repens, Linn. | SAPINDACEJE,
R. nemorosus, DC. | Acer campestre, Linn.
- |
R. sp. 7. | Rosacea,
R. Sp. 8. |
|

Caltha palustris, Linn

Nymphæa lutea, Linn. (Nuphar

luteum, Sibth. $ Si.). Alchemilla arvensis, Scop.
Castalia alba, Woods (Nymphæa Pyrus Aria, Ehrh.
alba, Linn.) P. Malus, Linn.
, .). |
Two undetermined species | Cratzegus Oxyacantha, Linn.
С. sp. ?
PAPAVERACEAE, HALORAGEÆ.
Hypecoum procumbens, Linn. Hippuris vulgaris, Linn. |
Myriophyllum spicatum, Linn,
VIOLACEJE ONAGRARIEJE,
Viola palustris, Linn. Trapa natans, Linn.
V. cf. hirta, Zinn. Circeea lutetiana, Linn.
V. cf. Riviniana, Reichd. UMBELLIFERJE.

Conium maculatum, Linn.
CARYOPHYLLEÆ. Apium sp. |

Stellaria aquatica, Moench. Cicuta virosa, Linn. ,

S. media, Villars. Chærophyllum sylvestre, Linn.

S. Holostea, Linn. (Enanthe Lachenalii, C. C. Gmel.
(Е. Phellandrium, Lam.
/Ethusa Cynapium, Linn.
Pastinaca sativa, Linn.
Heracleum Sphondylium, Linn.
Elatine Hydropiper, Linn. Torilis Anthriscus, Bernh.

Arenaria serpyllifolia, Linn.

ELATINEÆ.

MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

CORNACER.
Cornus sanguinea, Linn.

CAPRIFOLIACER.
Viburnum Opulus, Zinn.
V. sp. 2.
У. sp. 8?

RuBIACEAE.

Galium A parine, Linn.

VALERIANE/E.

Valeriana sambucifolia, Willd.

Valerianella olitoria, Poll.

"CoMPOSITAE.
Eupatorium sp. ?
Bidens tripartita, Linn.
Tussilago Farfara, Linn,
Arctium sp.
Carduus nutans, Linn.
C. cf. nutans.
C. palustris, Linn.
2. heterophyllus, Lina.
Centaurea sp.
Picris hieracioides, Linn.
Crepis succiszfolia, Tausch.
Leontodon autumnalis, Linn.

GENTIANEE,
Menyanthes trifoliata, Lina.

SOLANACEJE,
Solanum Dulcamara, Linn.

SCROPHULARINEJE,

Verbascum Thapsus, Linn.
Limosella aquatica, Linn.
Veronica Chamadrys, Linn.

LABIATÆ.

Mentha aquatica, Linn.
Lycopus europæus, Linn.
Calamintha arvensis, Lam.
Prunella vulgaris, Linn.
Stachys sylvatica, Linn.

S. arvensis, Linn.

Ballota nigra, Linn,

Ajuga reptans, Zinn.

Two undetermined genera.

PLANTAGINEJE.
Littorella juncea, Berg.

CHENOPODIACRÆ.

Chenopodium album, Linn.
C. rubrum, Linn,
Atriplex hastata, Linn. ?

POLYGONACES.

Polygonum Convolvulus, Zinn.
P. avieulare, Linn.
P. Persicaria, Linn.
P. amphibium, Zinn.
Rumex maritimus, Linn.
v. obtusifolius, Linn.
R. Hydrolapathum, Huds.
R. acutus, Linn. ?
R. Acetosella, Linn.

EUPHORBIACEÆ.

Euphorbia amygdaloides, Linn.

UnricAcE x.
Ulmus montana, Stokes ?
Urtica dioica, Linn.
U. urens, Linn. ?

CUPULIFERE.
Betula alba, Linn,
Alnus glutinosa, Gaertn.
A. sp.
Carpinus Betulus, Zinn.
Corylus Avellana, Linn.
Quercus Robur, Linn.
Fagus sylvatica, Linn.
Salix cinerea, Linn.
S. sp. 2.
У. вр. 3.

CERATOPHYLLEX.

Ceratophyllum demersum, Zinn.

CONIFERZ.

Taxus baccata, Linn.
Pinus sylvestris, Linn.
Picea excelsa, Link.

HYDROCHARIDEÆ.

Stratiotes Aloides, Zinn.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN, 211

TYPHACK. | CYPERACEÆ.

Sparganium erectum, Linn. ? Eleocharis sp.

Scirpus fluitans, Linn.
ALISMACEÆ. S. lacustris, Linn.
. . S. Tabernemontani, C. C. Gmel.
Alisma Plantago, Linn. E on) . t C Pl
"M Миу . <riophorum vaginatum, Linn.
Sagittaria sagittifolia, Linn. D Бабит, nmn
7 Carex dioica, Linn.

N C. muricata, Linn.
DAIADACEZE, C. cf. helodes, Link.

Potamogeton natans, Linn. 3. hirta, Linn.

P. heterophyllus, Schreb. C. acutiformis, Ehrh.

P. prelongus, Wulf. 2. riparia, Curtis,

P. perfoliatus, Linn. C. rostrata, Stokes.

P. crispus, Linn. C. sp. 9.

P. obtusifolius, Mert. & Koch. C. sp. 10.

P. pusillus, Linn. C. vesicaria, Linn.

P. trichoides, Cham.

P. pectinatus, Linn. GRAMINEÆ.

Zannichellia palustris, Linn. Phragmites communis, Trin.

Z. pedunculata, Reich.

Najas marina, Linn. ЕплсЕв.

N. minor, Allioni. Osmunda regalis, Linn.

NOTES ON THE PLANTS.

THALICTRUM FLAVUM, Linn. (Plate 11. fig. 1.)
Achenes are not uncommon at several localities. They agree exactly with
recent specimens. |

RANUNCULUS AQUATILIS, Linn. (PI. 11. figs. 2, 3.)

Achenes are abundant and variable ; but we are unable to separate the
different species of Batrachian Zanunculi from fruits alone. We must
therefore leave them under the Linnean aggregate Ranunculus aquatilis.

RANUNCULUS SCELERATUS, Linn. (РІ. 11. fig. 4.)
Indistinguishable from recent achenes. Found rarely at Beeston, Cromer,

and Pakefield.

RANUNCULUS FrAMMULA, Linn. (РІ. 11. fig. 5.)
As yet only found at Pakefield.

RaNvNOULUS LINGUA, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 6.)
Calls for no remark. Achenes have been found at Beeston and Pakefield.

212 MR. С. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

RANUNCULUS REPENS, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 7.)

Aehenes are common at several localities and are usually well-preserved.
They are clearly distinguishable both by their shape and the character of
their punetation from А. aeris and №. bulbosus, neither of which has yet
been discovered.

RANUNCULUS NEMOROSUs, DC. (Pl. 11. fig. 8.)

An achene resembling R. repens, but larger, with wider, more bevelled
margin, sides more coarsely pitted, and ridges between the pits rounded instead
of sharp. This agrees with №. nemorosus and does not correspond with any
other European form. The species belongs to woods and shady piaces in
Central and Southern Europe. The fossil was found at Pakefield.

HRANUNCULUS sp. 7. (Pl. 11. fig. 9.)

A single achene of Ranunculus found at Beeston is very large, elongate
oval, with terminal style, and no margin, the sides are rounded but pinched
in. We can find no Ranunculus with achenes resembling this; it must wait
for more specimens.

HaNuNcULUs sp. 8. (PI. 11. fig. 10.)

Ап achene from Pakefield, in shape much like R. Lingua, but the surface-
pits are not elongated, We cannot match this ; but require more specimens
for thorough examination.

JALTHA PALUSTRIS, Linn, (Pl. 11. figs. 11, 12.)
Several seeds have been found at Mundesley and Pakefield; but the testa
is so fragile that they are difficult to preserve.

NYMPHÆA LUTEA, Linn. (NUPHAR LUTEUM, Sibth. y Sm.). (Pl. 11. fig. 13.)

Abundant at various localities.

'ASTALIA ALBA, Woods ( МУМРНЖА ALBA, Linn.). (Pl. 11. fig. 14.)

This speeies was recorded in 1861 by the Rev. S. W. King, but till lately
we could obtain no corroborative evidence, and some of Mr. King's specimens
were certainly derived from а more modern deposit than the Cromer Forest-
bed. We have now found two seeds at Pakefield. They are much crushed
and damaged; but still show the very characteristic surface-sculpture, of
which, however, we have not obtained a satisfaetory photograph.

NYMPHAACEE sp. 3. (Pl. 11. fig. 15.)

Seed smaller than N. lutea and differing in shape and surface-pittings.
It shows the characteristic funnel-shaped infolding of the testa, into which
the embrvotega fits, and the surface-sculpture also suggests Nymphæaceæ.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN. 213

We require more material for the determination of this interesting seed,
which belongs to no living water-lily of which we have vet been able to

examine seeds.

МүмрнжАСЕЖ sp. 4. (Pl. 11. fig. 16.)

Two or three much damaged seeds that appear to belong to a fourth species
of water-lily have been found at Pakefield. Length 4:3 mm.; testa with
eonspieuous rectangular pits arranged in lines. These also must wait for
further material.

HYPECOUM PROCUMBENS, Linn, (РІ. 11. fig. 17.)

Seeds of this plant are common at Corton and correspond exactly with
those of the recent plant, which belongs to the Mediterranean region and
Southern France.

All the species of this genus have the seed protected by a close mosaic of
cubic erystals of oxalate of lime. These impress the testa with quadrangular
pits ; and traces of these thin-walled quadrangular pits are to be found on

several of our specimens.

VIOLA PALUSTRIS, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 18.)
Damaged seeds of Viola are common at various localities, but are seldom
sufficiently well preserved for determination. Fig. 18 corresponds with

Viola palustris.

VIOLA, cf. HIRTA, Linn. (РІ. 11. figs. 19, 20.)
Many of the seeds of Viola belong to a larger form, closely resembling
V. hirta, but slightly more slender than our recent seeds of that species.

Утог, cf. RIVINIANA, Reichb, (Pl. 11. fig. 21.)
The majority of the seeds of Viola belong to a third species. They closely
resemble V. Aüviniana, but are larger than our recent seeds.

STELLARIA AQUATICA, Moench. (PI. 11. fig. 22.)

S. MEDIA, Villars. (PI. 11. fig. 23.)

$. НогоѕтЕА, Linn. (РІ. 11. fig. 24.)

These correspond so exactly with the recent seeds that no remark is needed.

They were all found at Pakefield.

ARENARIA SERPYLLIFOLIA, Linn. (РІ. 11. fig. 25.)

One perfect seed and one fragment are all that we have found of this
species.

ELATINE HYDROPIPER, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 26.)

Several seeds have been found at Pakefield.
LINN. JOURN,—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVII, Q

214 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

Hypericum QUADRANGULUM, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 27.)

Н. нїввстїм, Linn. (РІ. 11. fig. 28.)

The shape and sculpture of the testa in the different species of Hypericum
are very eharaeteristie, and the fossil seeds are well preserved, We have
only as yet found these two species.

Ruauwvs FRANGULA, Linn. (Pl. 11. fig. 29.)

Seeds are very scarce, and have only been found at Pakefield.

ACER CAMPESTRE, Linn. (Pl. 11. figs. 30, 31.)
Trees of this maple must have overhung the small channel at Pakefield, for
seeds, fragments of wings, and broken leaves are very plentiful,

Runvs Inavs, Linn. (РІ. 18. fig. 34.)
Two or three characteristie stones have now been found ; it is much more
scarce than А. fruticosus.

POTENTILLA SILVESTRIS, Weck. (РІ. 12. figs. 36, 37.)

The carpels are very variable, but all seem referable to this species.

ALCHEMILLA ARVENSIS, Scop. (PI. 12. fig. 38.)
A few nuts of this plant have been found at Pakefield.

PYRUS Arta, Ehrh.
We have only seen one damaged leaf of this tree. It is too black to
photograph.

CRATÆGUS ОХУАСАМТНА, Linn. (Pl. 12. figs. 40-44.)
This species has only been found at Overstrand, where the fruits are very
variable. Five have been figured, to show the range o£ variation.

Craraaus sp.? (Pl. 12. fig. 45.)
The fruit figured seems to belong to a second species of Cratequs. We
have only one specimen, which was found at Pakefield.

TRAPA NATANS, Linn. (Pl. 12. figs. 49—56.)

Several specimens are figured, to show the variability of these fruits.

CIRCHA LUTETIANA, Linn. (Pl. 12. fig. 59.)
Two fruits of this plant have been found at Pakefield. They are in a
peculiar state of preservation, having lost their hooked hairs,

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN, 215

CONIUM MACULATUM, Linn. (Pl. 12. fig. 60.)

These are well preserved, though the ridges have been lost. Even т
Roman deposits, in which the fruits are very abundant, the ridges have
disappeared.

APIUM зр. (Pl. 12. fig. 61.)
Fruits of Apium occur, but are never well preserved. Asa rule the state
of preservation of the Umbellifers is not satisfactory.

CHAEROPHYLLUM SYLVESTRE, Linn. (Pl. 19. fig. 64.)

Two or three fruits of this plant have been found at Pakefield.

(ExaNTHE LACHENALH, C. C. Gmel. (Pl. 18. fig. 65.)
A few damaged fruits have been found at Pakefield. The skeleton
photographed is one of the best.

(ENANTHE PHELLANDRIUM, Lam. (РІ. 18. figs. 66, 67.)
Fruits of this plant are abundant everywhere ; but are usually much
smaller than recent specimens,

ÆTHUSA CYNAPIUM. Linn. (Pl. 18. figs. 68, 69.)
A few fruits occur at Pakefield.

PasrINACA SATIVA, Linn. (Pl. 13. fig. 70.)
Occurs at Pakefield and Trimingham.

HERACLEUM SPHONDYLIUM, Linn. (Pl. 13. fig. 71.)

Three specimens seen ; all have the obeordate fruit here figured.

Товплв ANTHRISCUS, Bernh. (РІ. 18. fig. 72.)

Two characteristic fruits have been found at Pakefield.

VIBURNUM OrvLUs, Linn. (РІ. 18. fig. 74.)

Only two seeds have been found.

VIBURNUM sp. 2. (РІ. 18. figs. 75-77.)

At Pakefield about 30 or 40 flat or plano-convex seeds belonging
apparently to a second species of Viburnum have been found. They are
about the size of V. Tinus, but in other respects do not agree with that
species. The fossil seeds are oval, the ventral face is flat or slightly rounded
and ehannelled, the dorsal face has two ridges which are not quite sym-
metrical, the testa is very thick. Length 3 mm., breadth 2 mm.

At first, from their general appearance and their slight want of symmetry,
these seeds were thought to belong to Lonicera ; but in that genus the testa

Q2

216 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

is thin, not exceptionally thick as in our fossil. They appear to belong to
Caprifoliaceze, but we can find no European plant to which they can be
referred. Only three species of Viburnum now inhabit Europe.

VIBURNUM sp. 3. (Pl. 18. figs. 78, 79.)

About a dozen large woody seeds found at Pakefield seem to belong to a
third species of Viburnum. Seed oval, flattened ; ventral face slightly rounded
and channelled, dorsal face rounded and obscurely, irregularly ridged longi-
tudinally. Length 7 mm., breadth 5 mm. These seeds obviously belong to
the same genus as the last, but аге more than. double the length. We can
find nothing to correspond with them.

Many fossil species of Viburnum have been deseribed, but always from
leaves. Until we have further material, both recent and fossil, we cannot
give a name to the Pakefield specimens.

GALIUM APARINE, Linn. (Pl. 18. fig. 80.)

This plant occurs at Pakefield, but the fruits have entirely lost their outer
coat and hooked bristles.

VALERIANA SAMBUCIFOLIA, Willd. (Pl. 18. fig. 81.)

The only fruit of Valeriana is so crumpled that it cannot be photographed
satisfactorily ; it certainly belongs to this species.

VALERIANELLA OLITORIA, Poll. (Pl. 18. fig. 82.)

One fruit, crushed so as to expose the seed, and a few detached seeds are all
that we have seen. The coarse punetation of the seed is very marked, and
characteristic of this species.

EuraToRiUM sp. ? (РІ. 18. fig. 83.)

A minute composite fruit with linear shape and five sharp ridges would
appear to betong to this genus, but we have rot been able to identify it.
Fupatorium cannabinum has not yet been found in pre-Glacial deposits, though
its fruits are not uncommon in newer strata.

TussinAGo Farrara, Lin». (РІ. 18. fig. 85.)

Two or three characteristic fruits have been found at Pakefield.

Arctium sp. (Pl. 13. figs. 86, 87.)

Two different forms of fruit of Arctium have been found ; but we cannot
satisfactorily determine them without more recent material.

UARDUUS NUTANS, Linn. (Pl. 13. figs. 88, 89.)

Not uncommon in the Cromer Forest-bed.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN. 217

CARDUUS, cf. NUTANS, Linn. (РІ. 18. fig. 90.)

Fruits like C. nutans, but with finer sculpture and without longitudinal
ribs. We find this species occurring also in a deposit of slightly older date
at Tegelen in the Netherlands. The Pakefield seeds vary considerably in
size, the one figured is large.

Our series of recent fruits of Carduus is still very imperfect, and in
herbarium specimens the fruits are seldom ripe. The fossil may belong to
some well-known continental plant.

CaRDUUS PALUSTRIS, Linn. (PI. 18. fig. 91.)

A few fruits have been found at Pakefield.

CARDUUS LANCEOLATUs, Willd. ?
This species has been recorded with doubt (“Origin of the British Flora”)
but the specimen was badly preserved and we can find no others.

CARDUUS HETEROPHYLLUs, Linn.? (Pl. 18. fig. 92.)

The coarse rugose sculpture of the fruit figured corresponds so closely with
that of C. heterophyllus, that we must refer our fossil to that species. We
have only one specimen, and this is the only plant at Pakefield that suggests
northern rather than southern latitudes.

CENTAUREA sp. (Pl. 13. figs. 93, 94.)

Two fruits of Centaurea have been found at Pakefield, probably repre-
senting two species. The fruit shown in fig. 94 corresponds with C. Caleitrapa,
and with no other British form. But there are so many European species of
this genus the fruits of which we have yet been unable to examine, that we
hesitate to refer our fossil to a species belonging so markedly to dry soils.

CREPIS SUCCISAFOLIA, Tausch. (РІ. 18. fig. 96.)
Not uncommon at Pakefield.

LEONTODON AUTUMNALIS, Linn, (Pl. 18. fig. 97.)
Occurs rarely at Pakefield.

VknbBAsCUM THApsus, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 102.)
A single seed has been found at Pakefield. The species in this genus
are readily distinguished by their seeds.

LIMOSELLA AQUATICA, Linn. (PI. 14. fig. 103.)
Only one specimen has been found ; but the seed is so small that it may
easily be overlooked, or lost in washing the clay.

218 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR М. REID ON

VERONICA CHAMÆDRYS, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 104.)

Seeds of Veronica are not uncommon ; but are usually decayed in such a
curious way that they are not easily recognised. The determinable specimens
belong to Г. Chamedrys, and as yet we can find no trace of our three aquatic
species.

CALAMINTHA ARVENSIS, Lam. (РІ. 14. fig. 109.)
PRUNELLA VULGARIS, Linn, (РІ. 14. Во. 110.)

A few nutlets of each of these have been found at Paketield.

STACHYs SYLVATICA, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 111.)
Not uncommon. The nutlets previously referred to S. palustris belong to
this species. We cannot yet find 5. palustris.

STACHYS ARVENSIS, Linn. (РІ. 14. Во. 112.)
Two nutlets from Pakefield show the characteristic rugosity and. punctation
of this species.

BaLLoTA NIGRA, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 113.)
Rare at Pakefield.

AJUGA REPTANS, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 114.)

The illustration represents the only specimen yet found. It is un-
fortunately so crushed that it is difficult to show the characters in a
photograph. The nutlet shows, however, the enormous aperture and
reticulated back characteristic of this species.

LABIATE, genus undetermined. (PI. 14. fig. 115.)

Nutlets ovate, rounded above, sharp below, with a very sharp prominent
ventral ridge ; sculpture of fine, very regular punctation (thimble-pitting),
without rugosity or tubercles. Length 1:6 mm., breadth 1:0 mm.

This belongs to no British plant. We have few fruits of foreign labiates
to compare with it, and only unripe nutlets are usually to be found in
herbaria.

LABIATE, genus undetermined. (P1. 14. fig. 116.)

Nutlet broad, very tumid and rugose, with sharp ventral ridge. Length
1:8 mm., breadth 1:25 mm.

This also belongs to no living British plant ; but we have found a similar
nutlet in a somewhat older deposit at Tegelen in the Netherlands.

. LITTORELLA JUNCEA, Berg. (Pl. 14. fig. 117.)
Two fruits only have been found, but they correspond exactly with those
cf the recent plant.

LI
мам
Oo

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

CHENOPODIUM ALBUM, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 118.)
C. RUBRUM, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 119.)

Call for no remark ; they correspond with recent seeds.

ATRIPLEX HASTATA, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 120.)
After examining a number of specimens we have come to the conclusion
that the seeds previously referred to A. patula must all be referred to this

species ; but we сап only find seeds of one size.

PoLYGONUM CONVOLVULUS, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 121.)
A single nut with part of the perianth has been found at Paketield.

POLYGONUM AVICULARE, Linn, (Pl. 14. fig. 122.)
A few nuts have been found ; the one figured has part of the perianth

attached.

POLYGONUM PERSICARIA, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 123.)
Nuts somewhat smaller than our recent specimens, but otherwise

correspond.

POLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 124.)
Agrees exactly.

Rumex MARITIMUS, Linn. (РІ. 14. figs. 125, 126.)

Abundant and somewhat variable. Two forms are figured.

Вомех OBTUSIFOLIUS, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 127.)

Shows the characteristic venation of the fruiting sepals.

Rumex HypnoraArATHUM, Huds. (РІ. 14. fig. 128.)
A very large nut with remains of the fruiting sepals can only be referred

to this species.

Rumex ACUTUs, Linn.? (PI. 14. fig. 129.)
А specimen showing fruiting-perianth with no tuberele, without nut, seems
very close to Rumer acutus. The venation does not correspond with either

В. crispus ог №. obtusifolius.
Rumex ACETOSELLA, Linn. (Pl. 14. fig. 130.)

A nut in skeleton fruiting-perianth, showing the characteristic venation,
= 3 m

ULMUS MONTANA, Stokes?
Leaves have been found in the ironstone of Happisburgh ; but we cannot
get a satisfactory photograph.

220 МК. C. REID AND ELEANOR M, REID ON

Unrica Dorca, Linn. (РІ. 14. fig. 132.)
U. unENs, Linn.? (РІ. 14. fig. 183.)

These two species are not uncommon; but the sculpture of the nut
referred to U. wrens differs slightly from our recent specimens.

ALNUs GLUTINOSA, Gaertn. (Pl. 14. figs. 135, 136.)

А. sp. (РІ. 14. figs. 137, 138.)

Cones and seeds of alder are very abundant and generally belong to
А. glutinosa. At Paketield there appears to be а second species, the seeds of
which have a narrow somewhat stipitate base, and always differ somewhat
in colour from the seeds of Alnus glutinosa with which they are mixed. We
can find no recent alder to correspond with this. The cones are not
sufficiently well preserved for us to distinguish them.

SAGITTARIA SAGITTIFOLIA, Linn. (PI. 15. tig. 152.)

A few carpels have been found, but none are well preserved.

POTAMOGETON NATANS, Linn. (РІ. 15. fig. 153.)

P. PERFOLIATUS, Linn. (Pl. 15. fig. 156.)

P. OBTUSIFOLIUS, Mert. у Koch. (РІ. 15. fig. 159.)

P. PUSILLUS, Linn, (PI. 15. fig. 160.)

Fruits of Potamogeton are extremely abundant at nearly all localities ;
but the species vary from place to place. Thanks to Mr. James Groves we
have been able to compare our fossils with a good series of recent fruits, and
now make four additions to the list. Опе species previously recorded
(P. lucens) must, however, be deleted as a wrong determination.

CYPERACE,E,

Many species of Cyperacese are found, but most of them are only
represented by detached nuts without sete or utricles. We have only

ventured to determine a few of the best preserved and most characteristic
forms.

A few plants previously recorded are not included in the above list and
notes, and have been omitted till thev can be verified. "The determinations
may have been right ; but in some cases the seeds have suffered so much,
from gradual decay of the pyrites, that we cannot now say whether they were
right or wrong. In other cases we await more material before authenticating
the determination. Pinus montana, for instance, has been recorded by
Heer and Saporta ; but we can. find no cones belonging to this pine, though
we have examined a large amount of material. Possibly the cones came from
а later deposit, with Aretie plants, which overlies the Cromer Forest-bed, and
is not included within the scope of this paper.

Reid. Journ. Linn. Soc, Bor ХХХУШ Pu Il.

London Stereoscopic Co imp

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN

C. & E. M Rad, photo

THE PRE-GLACIAL

Journ. Linn. Soc, Вот XXXVII Рі. 12

London Stereoscopic Co imp

FLORA OF BRITAIN

Reid. Journ. Linn. Soc, Вот. XXXVII РЕВ

C. & E. M. Rad, photo London Stereoscopic Со. imp

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

Reid. Journ. Linn. Soc, Вот ХХХУШ Pr |4

139

C, & E. M. Reid, photo. London Stereoscopic Co ump

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN. 291

General Conclusions.

This revision nearly doubles the number of plants recorded from British
pre-Glacial deposits, for it includes 147 species. We have also various seeds
and fruits in а perfectly determinable state, but belonging either to extinct
forms, or more probably in the main to British or erotic species not repre-
sented in our recent collection. The determination of these is a very slow
process ; for a seed so peculiarly sculptured as to be readily determinable,
if we happen to know the recent form, may be so wanting in generic or
broader characters as to give по clue to guide us in our search. We have
not thought it advisable to figure these incert sedis, unless we could make a
definite suggestion as to the families or genera to which they belong, or could
draw up a clear botanical description. This is often impossible without
destroying a unique specimen in order to examine its internal characters.

The mention of internal characters as applied to specimens of which
nothing now remains but the testa or endocarp may seem absurd. It must
not be forgotten, however, that in botany, as in zoology, soft parts impress
their forms on indestructible hard parts, and convolutions of the embryo or
'aseular markings may be as well studied from the inside of the testa as in
the interior of the skull of some extinct race of man. The illustration of the
interior of the fruit of Ceratophyllum demersum (Pl. 14. fig. 143) will indicate
how perfect may be this preservation.

Our pre-Glacial flora is found in a series of alluvial and estuarine deposits,
which underlie the boulder-clay and stretch for nearly fifty miles along the
Norfolk and Suffolk coasts, from Sherringham to Pakefield. Тһе deposits
consist of estuarine muds and gravels, apparently brought down by the
Rhine, which at that period, after receiving numerous large tributaries—now
separate rivers—seems to have flowed across the present bed of the North Sea.
It probably entered the sea somewhere near Cromer. Unfortunately the
estuarine deposits are very stony, contain ferruginous concretions, and show
few drift fruits ; they have therefore not yet been properly examined for
plants. It is in these, if anywhere, that we should expect to discover the
dry-soil exotie forms lately found higher up the Rhine, at Tegelen, in
Limburg. At that place an ancient Rhine alluvium, somewhat older than
the Cromer Forest-bed, contains a large flora, the plants showing drier
conditions and slightly more southern affinities. The Tegelen list includes
Magnolia Kobus, Juglans, Pterocarya caucasica, Vitis vinifera, several South
European plants, and new species of Huryale and Stratiotes. It also contains
a number of dry-soil North European plants, which help to complete the
imperfect picture of the pre-Glacial flora left by our British fossils *.

The plants of our British pre-Glacial deposits, unfortunately, have been
collected almost exclusively from the alluvium of small tributary channels,

* The Tegelen flora has been described by us in a communication sent to the Academy of
Sciences at Amsterdam: Versl. К. Akad. Wetens. 2e Sect. xiii. n. 6 (1907).

222 MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

not from the alluvium of the main river. These small stream-channels
necessarily yield in the main the plants that lived in them, or grew on the
adjoining wet meadows, or in moist woods not far away. A few winged
seeds dropped in and others were brought by birds ; but though the dry-soil
element is gradually being discovered, it is only represented by perhaps one
seed out of a hundred, the bulk of the specimens belonging to a few aquatic
genera. This scarcity of dry-soil plants makes our pre-Glacial list at present
a poor representation of the ancient British flora. We can only compare it
with the plants now living in or around a Norfolk Broad and those that
accidentally drift in.

Perhaps the first thing to strike a botanist on examining our list will be,
how little the flora has altered in the many thousand. years that have elapsed
and during the various climatic changes that have intervened. It was driven
out by the cold of the Glacial Epoch and came back little altered.

But closer study somewhat modifies these conclusions, for а good many
exotie species occur, and it must be remembered that several if not most of
the incerte sedis will almost certainly be exotic also. The non-British forms
now recorded are Ranunculus nemorosus, two other species of Ranunculus,
one or perhaps two water-lilies, Муресоит procumbens, Trapa natans, two
species of Viburnum ?, two labiates, a second species of alder, Picea ewcelsa,
and Najas minor. These give a decidedly peculiar appearance to the flora.

It is not very safe to deal with negative evidenee, but there is another
peculiarity in this fossil flora that only those who have handled a large
amount of material will notice. A number of our plants have seeds and
fruits so soft or decaying so readily that they seem never to be preserved
in the fossil state. Such are Ranunculus Ficaria, most of the crucifers,
leguminose, and many umbellifers and grasses ; these we cannot expect to
find save under very exceptional conditions. Certain of our common
meadow and woodland plants, whieh we know, from the examination of
more modern deposits, have seeds whieh preserve perfectly and abundantly,
are, on the other hand, still missing in our pre-Glacial list. — Disregarding
plants which we find in deposits of Roman date, but no earlier, for these may
be weeds of cultivation, we notice the absence of Ranunculus acris, №. bulbosus,
Lychnis Flos-cuculi, Potentilla palustris, Sambucus nigra, Taracacum, Sonchus,
Lamium. The hazel, so abundant in our Neolithic submerged forests, is only
represented in the Cromer Forest-bed by a few nuts, usually stunted and
distorted in growth.

The pre-Glacial plants suggest climatic conditions almost identical with
those now existing, though slightly warmer. This difference, however, may
be largely due to the connection of Britain with the Continent while the
plant-bed was forming. The influence of altered geographical conditions on
our living fauna and flora has already been discussed (op. cit.) and need not
be further commented on. Nothing in the present revision has tended to
modify the conciusions already arrived at, except that the southern element

in the flora is becoming more marked.
in all probability several extinct species.
the pre-Glacial mammals and mollusca, both of which groups contain various

extinct forms.

I
e е г

13.

16.

19, 20.

30.
3l.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE 11.
Thalictrum flavum, Linn., carpel, T Paketield.
Ranunculus aquatilis, Linn., carpels, = Paketield.
R. sceleratus, Linn., carpel, 12 Paketield.
R. Flammula, Linn., carpel, 12 Pakefield.
R. Lingua, Linn., earpel, T Beeston.
R. repens, Linn., carpel, 2. Paketield.
R. nemorosus, DC., carpel, T . Pakefield.
R. sp. 7, carpel, n Beeston.
R. sp. 8, carpel, 2 Pakefield.
Caltha palustris, Linn., short seeds, 2 Paketield.

long seed, т. Mundesley.

Nymphea lutea, Linn., seed, S, Pakefield.

Castalia alba, Woods, seed, 6. Paketield.

Undetermined species belonging to Nymphæaceæ, seed, 5, Paketield.

. . . - 12
Another undetermined species belonging to Nymphæaceæ, seed, `.
Pakefield.

Hypecoum procumbens, Linn., seed, t . Corton.

Viola palustris, Linn., seed, D Pakefield.

V. cf. hirta, Liun., seed, "n Pakefield.

V. cf. Riviniana, Reichb., seed, T. Pakefield.
Stellaria aquatica, Moench, seed, D Paketield.

S. media, Villars, seed, 12, Pakefield.

S. Holostea, Linn., seed, 2, Pakefield.

Arenaria serpyllifolia, Linn., seed, 2 Paketield.
Elatine Hydropiper, Linn., seed, и Paketield.
Hypericum quadrangulum, Linn., seed, м, Paketield.
H. hirsutum, Linn., seed, =. Paketield.

Rhamnus Frangula, Linn., seed, M Pakefield.

Acer campestre, Linn., fruit wanting wing, 3. Paketield.

—— part of wing, d Pakefield.

Also, it now appears that it includes
This brings it more into line with

bo

Fig.

MR. C. REID AND ELEANOR M. REID ON

PLATE 12.

Prunus spinosa, Linn., nut, M West. Runton.

Spiræa (тата, Linn., seed, 1. Paketield.

Rubus Ideus, Linn., seed. t. Paketield.

R. fruticosus, Linn., seed, P Paketield.

Potentilla silvestris, Neck., nuts, >, Mundesley and Paketield.

Alchemilla arvensts, Scop., nut, 12, Pakefield.

Pyrus Malus, Linn., seed, " Paketield.

Crategus Oxyacantha, Linn., series showing variation in form at one
locality, nuts, H Overstrand.

Crategus sp.?, nut, |. Pakefield.

Hippurus vulgaris, Linn., fruit, i Paketield.

12

Myriophyllum spicatum, Linn., nuts, г. Pakefield.

. 1
Trapa natans, Linn., nuts, |. Mundesley.

spine and abnormal spine, 1. Paketield.

Circea lutetiana, Linn., fruit, J Paketield.

Conium maculatum, Linn., carpel, T. Pakefield.
Apium sp., carpel, T Pakefield.

Cicuta virosa, Linn., carpels, 1 Pakefield and Beeston.

Cherophyllum sylvestre, Linn., carpel, H Pakefield.

PLATE 13.

12

1: Pakefield.
Œ. Phellandrium, Lam., carpel, ventral face, ? Pakefield.

Genanthe Lachenalii, C. С. Gmel., skeleton carpel,

—— carpel, dorsal face, >, Paketield.

Æthusa Cynapium, Linn., carpel, dorsal face, z, Paketield.

carpel, ventral face, 12, Pakefield.

Pastinaca sativa, Linn., carpel, M Pakefield.
Heracleum Sphondylium, Liun., carpel, з, Pakefield.
Torilis Anthriscus, Bernh., carpel, 12, Pakefield.
Cornus sanguinea, Linn., nut, 1. Paketield.
Viburnum Opulus, Linn., seed, 8 Paketield.

Г. ? sp. 2, seed, ventral surface, Е Paketield.

V. ? sp. 2, seed, dorsal surface, |. Paketield.

Fig. 77.

86, 87.
88, 89.

104.
105, 106.

107, 108.

109.
110,
111.

г
nz
T

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

Viburnum ? sp. 2, seed, inside, yA Paketield.

V. ? sp. 3, seed, ventral surface, Mi Paketield.

V. ? sp. 3, seed, dorsal surface, |. Pakefield.

Galium Aparine, Linn., fruit, wanting bristles, 1. Pakefield.
Valeriana sambücifolia, Willd., fruit, yA Pakefield.
Valerianella olitoria, Poll., fruit, burst so as to show seed, M Paketield.
Eupatorium sp.?, fruit, T . Pakefield.

Bidens tripartita, Linn., fruit, Mi Pakefield.

Tussilago Farfara, Linn., fruit, M Pakefielc.

Arctium sp., fruits, M Pakefield.

Carduus nutans, Linn., fruits, }. Pakefield.

C. cf. nutans, Linn., fruit, i. Pakeüeld.

С. palustris, Linn., fruit, е, Pakefield.

C. heterophyllus, Linn. ?, fruit, Mi Paketield.

Centaurea sp., fruit, е, Pakefield.

C. Calcitrapa, Linn. ?, fruit, T Pakefield.

Pieris hieracioides, Linn., fruit, d Pakefield.

Crepis succiscefolia, Tausch, fruit, i- Pakefield.

Leontodon autumnalis, Linn., fruit, M Pakefield.

Undetermined Composite ?, ч, Pakefield.

PLATE 14.

op ye А 12 А
Menyanthes trifoliata, Linn., seed, T. Pakefield.
. 12 А " .
Solanum Dulcamara, Liun., seeds, |. Pakefield. (Fig. 101 is
mounted in glycerine jelly, to bring out cell-structure.)
А 12 :
Verbascum Thapsus, Linn., seed, T. Pakefield.
. . А 2 .
Limosella aquatica, Linn., seed, 4 Pakefield.
Veronica Chamedrys, Linn , seed, 12 . Pakefield.
. А 2
Mentha aquatica, Linn., nutlets (dorsal and ventral faces), 1 .
Pakefield.
А 12
Lycopus europeus, Linn., nutlets (dorsal and ventral faces), ү.
Pakefield.
Calamintha arvensis, Lam., nutlet (ventral face), ч, Pakefield.
т: . 2 :
Prunella vulgaris, Linn., nutlet (ventral face), = Pakefield.

Stachys sylvatica, Linn., nutlet (ventral face), 2d Pakefield.

MR. C, REID AND ELEANOR M.' REID ON

Fig. 112. Stachys arvensis, Linn., nutlet (ventral face), D Pakefield.
113. Ballota nigra, Linn., nutlet (dorsal face), " Pakefield.
114. Ajuga reptans, Linn., nutlet (ventral face), 12 Paketield.
115. Undetermined labiate, nutlet (ventral face), " Pakefield.
116. Another undetermined labiate, nutlet (dorsal face), 2 Paketield.
117. Littorella juncea, Berg., fruit, " Pakefield.
118. Chenopodium album, Linn., seed, 2 . Beeston.
119. C. rubrum, Linn., seed, T. Pakefield.
120. Atriplex hastata, Linn, ?, seed, T. Paketield.
121. Polygonum Convolvulus, Linn. nut with part of perianth, wi
Paketield,
122. Polygonum aviculare, Linn., nut with trace of perianth, M Pakefield.
193. P. Persicaria, Linn., nut, M Pakefield.
124. Р. amphibium, Linn., nut, M . Mundesley.
125, 126. Rumex maritimus, Linn., fruits, $ Pakefield.
197. R. obtusifolius, Linn., fruit, |. Pakefield.
128. R. Hydrolapathum, Huds., fruit, 4 Pakefield.
129. R. acutus, Linn. ?, fruit, |. Pakefield.
180. R. Acetosella, Linn., fruit, |. Beeston.
131. Euphorbia amygdaloides, Linn., seed, " Pakefield.
132, Urtica dioica, Linn., nut, т. Pakefield,
133. U. wrens, Linn.?, nut, |. — Pakefield.
134. Betula alba, Linn., fruit showing part of wing, 2 Pakefield.
185. Alnus glutinosa, Gaertn., seed, M Pakefield.
136. — cone,*, Pakefield.
137, 138. Alnus sp., seeds, J Pakefield.

139, 140. Carpinus Betulus, Linn. nuts (ventral and dorsal faces), M
Pakefield.
141. Corylus Avellana, Linn., nut, i. Pakefield.

1.2. Quercus Robur, Linn., acorn-cup, i Happisburgh.
143. Ceratophyllum demersum, Linn., fruit, inside, M l'aketield.

144. — fruit, outside, if Pakefield.

PLATE 15.

Fig. 145. Татиз baccata, Linn., seed, M Happisburgh.

. eq 1
146. Pinus sylvestris, Linn., cone Cromer.

„у

176.

C. & E. M. Raid, photo London Stereoscopic Co imp

PRE-GLACIAL FLORA ОЕ BRITAIN.

У
M
ны
aj

Fig.

147.

148.
149,

150,
151.

162.

153.

154.

THE PRE-GLACIAL FLORA OF BRITAIN.

. А 1
Picea excelsa, Link, сопе, у. Mundesley.

. . . MEE |
Stratiotes Aloides, Linn., seed, inside, у. Beeston.

4 8 А
seed, outside, |. — Pakefield.
. " 6 ь
Sparganium erectum, Linn. ?, nut, т. Pakefield.

. . 12
Alisma Plantago, Linn., carpel, ү. Mundesley.

Sagittaria sagittifolia, Linn., carpel, " Pakefield.

Potamogeton natans, Linn., nut, M Overstraud.

P. heterophyllus, Schreb., nut, M Cromer.

P. prelongus, Wulf., nut, Mi Cromer.

P. perfohatus, Linn., carpel, " Mundesley.

P. crispus, Linn., carpel, 1. Pakefield.

nut, M Beeston.

P. obtusifolius, Mert. & Koch, nut, i. Mundesley.
P. pusillus, Linn., nut, е, Pakefield.

D. trichoides, Cham., nut, M Sidestrand.

P. pectinatus, Linn., carpel, Mi Pakefield,
Zannichellia palustris, Linn., carpel, 12, Pakefield.
Z. pedunculata, Reichb., carpel, " . Pakefield.
Najas marina, Linn., fruit, outside, н. Paketield.

fruit, inside, е, Pakefield.

T. eo: quu 12 ,
N. minor, Allioni, fruit, у. Pakefield,
. 12
Eleocharis sp., nut, т. Beeston,
. . . 12
Scirpus fluitans, Linn., nut, у. Beeston.

5. lacustris, Linn., nut, >, Paketield.

. 12
S. Tabernemontani, C. C. Gmel., nut, у. Muudesley.

Carex dioica, Linn., fruit, 1. Corton,

C. muricata, Linn., nut, n . Pakefield.

C. cf. helodes, Link, fruit, s, Pakefield.
C. hirta, Linn., fruit, M Paketield.

C. acutiformis, Ehrh., fruit, т. Pakefield.
C. riparia, Curtis, fruit, т. Pakefield.

C. rostrata, Stokes, nut, 2 Pakefield.

C. vesicaria, Linn., fruit, " Corton.

C. sp. 9, nut, " Paketield.

© -, 12
С. sp. 7, fruit, |. Corton,

221

998 DR. A. В. RENDLE ON PLANTS

An Account of the Plants collected on Mt. Ruwenzori by Dr. A. G. Е.
Wollaston. By Dy) A. В. RBADLE, M.A., F.L.8., E. G. Byker, F.L.8.
and S. Le M. Мооке, В.Бе., F.L.S.

(PLATEs 16-19.)
(Read 20th June, 1907.)

THE plants enumerated were collected by Dr. A. G. F. Wollaston on the
recent expedition to Mt. Ruwenzori conducted by Mr. В. В. Woosnam, for the
purpose of making natural history collections ; these collections are now at the
British Museum. Dr. Wollaston reached a height of over 15,000 ft., on one
of the peaks which has been named in bis honour by the Duke of Abruzzi.
А geographical account of the mountain-range known as Mt. Ruwenzori, with
an excellent map, will be found in the Duke of Abruzzi’s paper entitled the
“Snows of the Nile " in the Geographical Journal, xxix. (1907) pp. 121-147.

PREVIOUS COLLECTORS.

Mt. Ruwenzori was discovered by Sir Henry Stanley, who saw the moun-
tain to the south from Lake Albert Edward in 1888 and in the following year
traversed its western slopes ; one of his companions, Lieut. Stairs, climbed to
а height of 10,700 ft. on its north-western spurs and collected 38 plants, of
which the generic names are enumerated on p. 258 of H. M. Stanley’s
“In Darkest Africa. The first botanical collection of any extent made on
the Mt. Ruwenzori range was that of Dr. Stuhlmann in 1891. Heascended the
valley of the Butagu on the west of the chain to a height of 13,300 feet.
Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot in 1895 made five excursions towards the central ridge,
approaching it on the east by the valleys of Yeria, Wimi, Mobuku, and
Nyamwamba, and on the west from the Butagu valley. In the last he reached
13,000 ft. Later Sir H. Johnston reached a height of about 15,000 ft. on
the east slopes of the peak which he named Kiyanga. On this expedition
some plants were collected by Mr. Doggett and presented to the Royal
Gardens, Kew. Several of these are identical with Dr. Wollaston’s plants.
In 1906 the Duke of Abruzzi led the successful expedition on which so many
of the different peaks were scaled for the first time. He was aecompanied by
Dr. Roccati as collector. Collections have also been recently made by
Mr. Dawe, of the Botanie Gardens at Entebbe.

NOTES ON THE VEGETATION.

We are indebted to Dr. Wollaston's notes for information on the types of
vegetation at various altitudes ; we have added a general account of the
results obtained in working out his collections. The plants were mainly
collected from two camps: one at about 3500 ft. altitude on the south-east
slopes of the range, between the mountains proper and Lake Ruisamba ; the
other at an altitude of 6500 feet in the Mubuku valley, the most important
valley on the east side of the range. Expeditions were made to intermediate

COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI. 229

and higher altitudes, the highest camp being at about 12,500 ft., whence
plants were collected to the snow-level, which may roughly be said to be at
14,500 ft. on the east side of the mountains. The time of year was from
January to July : January was а month of fine weather ; February, March
and April were very wet in the mountains. From the middle of April, when
a move was made to the lower camp near Lake Ruisamba, the weather was
almost continuously fine. Most of the flowering plants had ceased to blossom
by the end of. May, and butterflies, which were exceedingly abundant during
the latter part of April and May, were almost absent from the lower
slopes in June.

The following is a brief summary of the general aspect of the country
and the more striking forms of the vegetation seen at various altitudes.

It will be seen that the present collections illustrate the botany only of a
restricted portion of this great mountain-range, confined to Mt. Kyanga
(recently named Mt. Baker by the Duke of Abruzzi) and the valleys leading
up to it. It remains for future explorers to provide means for the study of
the botany of the other large mountains to the north and west.

3000—4000 feet. Beyond the wide belt of papyrus and swamp, which
surrounds Lake Ruisamba, is a park-like country of shortish grass with
scattered trees, mostly acacias, and intersected by deep ravines, in which is
found a thick jungle of two species of fleshy euphorbia, a large-leaved fig
(Spathodea campanulata) with magnificent clusters of scarlet flowers, a tangle
of vines and asclepiads and a conspicuous white sweet-scented jasmine
(Jasminum Schimperi). Two species of epiphytic orchids were found in these
jungles.

The plants collected include a number of wide-spread tropical species,
such as Sida spinosa, Hibiscus cannabinus and H. micranthus, Melia Azedarach,
Desmodium lasiocarpum, Cassia mimosoides, Evolvulus alsinoides, Plumbago
zeylanica, Ipomwa calycina, Amaranthus caudatus, Euphorbia hypericifolia and
Panicum pileatum; Acacia Catechu and Ipomea Wightii are of eastern affinity,
occurring in tropical Asia but not passing into west tropical Africa. Others
are more or less widely spread tropical African or tropical South African
species, as Pavonia macrophylla, Corchorus trilocularis, Vernonia cinerascens,
Craterostigma plantagineum, Striga hermonthica, Sopubia ramosa, Ruellia
patula, Celosia trigyna, and Ornithogalum Eckloni. Other species are east
tropical African, such as Grewia similis (at 4000 ft.) and Hibiscus ethiopicus
(also South Atrican), while Hibiscus crassinervis, Turræa nilotica, Helinus
mystacinus, Jasminum Schimperi (Abyssinia), Barleria Grantii, are more
northern * Nile Land” types, and Mellera lobulata, Adhatoda Engleriana,
Lissochilus | .Livingstonianus of more southerly distribution (Uganda, the
Mozambique distriet and British Central Africa). A western affinity is
represented by Spathodea campanulata, a west tropical African species which
finds the eastern limit of its distribution on Mt. Ruwenzori, Thunbergia

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. R

230 DR. А. B. RENDLE ОХ PLANTS

fasciculata, а Cameroons plant, and Mucuna Родде (found at 4000 ft.).
Schizoglossum eximium is restricted to Ruwenzori; and the following are new
species: Aloe Wollastoni, Chlorophytum ruwenzoriensis, and Baphia Wollastoni
(at 4000 ft.), allied to the West African B. angolensis.

4000-5000 feet. About this level there 13 а good deal of native cultivation,
chiefly bananas, manioc, indian corn and beans. At this altitude the huge
* elephant-grass " growing from 10 to 15 feet high is the most important
feature of the vegetation, and conspicuous among it are the pretty little trees
of Erythrina tomentosa with tufts of crimson flowers.

The following were collected at 5000 ft. :— Tephrosia paniculata (Angola
and Uganda); Mlewrya podocarpa, a widely spread tropical African species;
Crinum scabrum, а more northern type (Abyssinia and the Nile Valley); and a
new composite, Guizotia collina.

5000-6000 feet. Cultivation and elephant-grass still continue, with species
of Ipomea climbing about the stems of the grass, and the very handsome
red-and-yellow Gloriosa virescens (var. splendens, var. nov.), which is found
up to 7000 ft. А few small patches of forest with a good many ferns,
polypodiums and others fill the bottom of the valley at this level.

The plants collected at 6000 ft. include some widely distributed tropical
species, such as Vigna luteola, Psophocarpus palustris, Ageratum conyzoides and
other composites, with a new variety of Laggera alata, a common tropical African
and Asiatie species ; some widely spread tropical African species, such as
Desmodium Scalpe (also India), Pentas purpurea, Melanthera Brownei (also
South Africa), Platystoma africanum (also India), Cyathula cylindrica (also
S. Africa and Madagascar), and Crinum giganteum. A marked east. tropical
affinity is shown by Eriosema montanum, Rhamphicarpa Herzfeldiana, Osbeckia
densiflora (Mozambique), Helichrysum fotidum, Sonchus Bipontini var., and
Indigofera longebarbata (Abyssinia) ; Brillantaisia patula is а Cameroons
plant also found in Uganda. Streptocarpus ruwenzoriensis (also in Usambara),
Isoglossa runssorica, Triumfetta ruwenzoriensis and Gynura ruwenzoriensis, the
two latter also collected at 7000 ft., represent an endemic distribution; and the
following are novelties: Thunbergia oculata, Coleus gracilentus, and Pentas
pubiflora ; a variety of the last occurs at 7000 ft.

6000-7000 feet. The banana is not cultivated much above 6000 ft. and the
elephant-grass ceases at the same level. Above this is a zone of shrubs, con-
spicuous amongst them being Acanthus arboreus with mauve flowers, two or
three yellow-flowered РарШюопасеж and a handsome Solanum with prickly
leaves and a large yellow fruit. The first of the tree-lobelias (L. Giberroa) is
found in the open places on sunny slopes. Wild bananas are found in shady
places up to 7000 feet and beyond. Dracænas, reaching а height of thirty
feet and upwards, are found in groups beside the streams. Millet and colo-
casia are cultivated up to 7000 ft., above which level cultivation ceases. A
large number of species was collected at 7000 ft., the majority of which are

COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI. 231

more or less widely distributed in the highlands of tropical Africa. Of these
a minority occur on both sides of the continent ; such are :—Ranunculus
membranaceus (Abyssinia, Kilimanjaro, Zambesi Highlands and Наа),
Pavonia Schimperiana (Abyssinia to Cameroons and Angola), Kosteletzkya
adoensis (Abyssinia to Nyasaland and Cameroons), Cassia didymobotrya (east
Africa and Angola), Discopodium penninervium. (Uganda and Nyasaland and
Cameroons), Micromeria biflora (east tropical and South Africa and
Cameroons), Plantago palmata (Kilimanjaro to Cameroons), Rumex Steudelit
(east tropical Africa and Cameroons), Twice as many are restricted to
Eastern Africa including the Central Lake district: such are Polygala
persiwariefolia, Sida rhombifolia, Geranium aculeolatum, Coreopsis abyssinica,
Lactuca abyssinica, Lysimachia africana, Moschosma multiflorum, Plectranthus
Schimperi, hume abyssinicus, which have a northward range, generally as
far as Abyssinia ; and others with a more southern or restricted distribution,
such as Torilis gracilis (Usambara, Milanji), Cynoglossum geometricum
(British East Africa and Shire Highlands), Solanum aculeatum (Uganda,
Shire Highlands and South Africa), Lissochilus Krebsii (a South African species
found in the highlands of Portuguese East Africa and Milanji), Disa Stairsii
(Kenia, Kilimanjaro), and the endemice species Vernonia ruwenzoriensis,
Lissochilus ruwenzoriensis and Satyrium crassicaule. At this altitude were
also collected the north temperate species Sanicula europæa and Orobanche
minor. The following novelties were found :—Begonia Wollastoni allied to
В. Johnstoni from Kilimanjaro and Kenia, Pentas pubiflora var. longistyla,
Pavetta ruwenzoriensis, also collected by Scott Elliot at 7000-8000 ft. and in
Uganda, Grumilea megistosticta, Vernonia Wollastoni, Conyza scariosa, Senecio
Wollastoni, Plectranthus Wollastoni, Peperomia ruwenzoriensis, closely allied
to P. Stuhlmanni, another endemic species, and Polystachya bicarinata.

Between 7000 and 8000 feet is found the biggest forest of Ruwenzori. A
large Dombeya with clusters of white flowers is very noticeable, and one of the
finest trees, though not very numerous, ix а Podocarpus. A sweet-scented
begonia (probably Begonia Wollastonz) is found about the lower trunks, and
tree-ferns oecur in shady places and on the banks of the streams.

At 8000 feet were collected the widely spread tropical African highland
species Stachys aculeolata (Cameroons, Clarence Peak Fernando Po, and
Abyssinia), Begonia Meyeri-Johannis, previously found on Kilimanjaro, and
Habenaria Ветер, previously collected by Scott Elliot at 6000-7000 ft.
Also Hibiscus diversifolius var. granatensis, a tropical South American variety
which is also recorded from Uganda.

8000-9000 feet. The slope of the mountains becomes much steeper, and the
forest thins out into open spaces covered with bracken and occasional big
trees, having very much the appearance of the higher slopes of the New Forest.
This gives way to a belt of small tree-heath (Erica arborea) and Podocarpus,
and so to the zone of bamboos, which begin on the east side of Ruwenzori

n2

232 DR. A. B. RENDLE ON PLANTS

at about 8500 feet and continue up to 10,000 ft., while on the western slopes
they begin at 7000 feet.

9000—10,000 feet. The big tree-heaths begin about 9500 feet, their branches
are covered with long wisps of grey lichen. A good many terrestrial orchids
were found at this level (Epipactis africana, Cynorchis anacamptoides, Satyrium
crassicaule and Polystachya gracilenta), all endemic species previously collected
at similar altitudes by Scott Elliot and Stuhlmann, and two new species of
Polystachya were found on rocks, while the epiphytic Angraecum Scotellit,
found previously by Scott Elliot, was again collected. A big bushy Jmpatiens,
the endemic species Z. runssorensis with a coral-red flower, was alsofound, Ferns,
notably polypodiums and a long narrow-leaved hart^s-tongue (?), are numerous,
and the biggest of the alchemillas, A. rwwenzoriensis, forms large silvery beds.
А Helichrysum (H. argyrocotyle, sp. nov.) in the moist places and a small
yellow orchid ( Polystachya Doggettii) on the rocks contribute agreeable touches
of colour.

In addition, the following novelties were collected at 9000 ft. :— Senecio
jugicola, Coleus latidens, Pycnostachys Elliot, and а remarkable amaryl-
lidaceous plant which seems to represent a new genus ( Choananthus) combining
in some respects the characters of /7emanthus and Cyrtanthus. At 10,000 ft.
were found Thalictrum rhynchocarpum, а species widely spread on the moun-
tains of tropical and South Africa, a variety of Cotyledon Umbilicus known
also from the mountains of Abyssinia and Kilimanjaro, several endemic
species (Rubus Doggettit, Solanum runsoriense, Mimulopsis Flliotii and Arisema
ruwenzoricum), and a new species, Coleus clivicola.

10,000-11,000 feet. This is the zone of moss par excellence. It forms
round cushions on the trees (most of them rica arborea) and masses two feet
deep on the ground and amongst the fallen logs, where the hyraxes make their
burrows. Two tree-lobelias (L. Deckenit and L. Stuhlmanni) appear at this
level, also a fine tree-hypericum with а big yellow flower. А blue violet
(Viola abyssinica) is found in the more open spaces. At 11,000 ft. were found
two new species, Conyza montigena and Calamintha parvula, and the widely
spread north temperate Cerastium vulgare.

11,000-12,000 feet. Helichrysums (including a new species /7. Wollastoni ),
tree-lobelias, tree-heaths and tree-senecios are the most conspicuous plants at
this altitude, though the two latter attain. their greatest growth above 12,000
feet. A handsome Rubus (R. runssorensis) with a pink flower and a large but
tasteless fruit is fairly abundant, and а small Sedum (S. ruwenzoriense, sp. nov.)
grows on the rocks. The plants found at 12,000 feet include Alchemilla
geranioides, а species allied to A. cinerea from Kilimanjaro, Alchemilla
argyrophylloides, a new species allied to A. argyrophylla from Kilimanjaro,
Senecio sycephyllus (previously collected by Scott Elliot), the tree-senecio,
S. adnivalis allied to 5. Johnstoni from Mt. Kilimanjaro and S. keniense from
Mt. Kenia ; several alpine species which have been found on the mountains of

COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI. 233

Abyssinia and Kilimanjaro—Ranunculus oreophztus, Cardamine obliqua and
Subularia monticola s Hypericum keniense (also on Mt. Kenia) and Peuce-
danum Kersteni (also on Kilimanjaro),

12,000-15,000 feet. The tree-heaths cease about 12,500 ft., but the senecios
continue much further, almost to 14,000 ft. А fourth species of Lobelia (L.
Wollastoni, allied to L. Rhynchopetalum from the mountains of Abyssinia)
appears at about 12,500 ft. and is found growing on the steepest slopes almost
up to the snow-line. L. Deckenit, which grows only on the level terraces in
very moist ground, does not occur above 13,000 feet. — Helichrysums, some-
times forming bushes four or five feet high, grow most luxuriantly in
this region, one species (H. Stuhlmann, var. latifolium var. nov.) being found
nearly up to 15,000 ft. A small Arabis (А. alpina) was found at 14,000 ft.,
and a rush (Luzula Johnstoni), a grass (Poa glacialis) and mosses were found
growing up to the level of permanent snow.

To this zone belong the following plants :— Galium serrato-hamatum, sp. nov.
(at 12,500 ft.), Helichrysum Stuhlmanni (at 13,000 ft.), Senecio gymnoides, sp.
nov. (at 12,500 ft.), Rubus runssorensis and Sedum ruwenzoriense, sp. nov. (at
12,500 ft.), the latter closely allied to S. Volkensit from Kilimanjaro. At
12,500 ft. were found two Сурегасею, Carpha Emini (previously collected by
Stuhlmann at 10,000 ft.) and Carer runssoroensis. At 14,000 ft. was found
an interesting new alchemilla (A. subnzvalis).

Appended are some notes by Mr. Woosnam on the arborescent senecios and
lobelias, both of which are long-lived.

“With regard to the length of life of the lobelias and senecios on
Ruwenzori, it appeared to me that both must live to a great age. The senecios
undoubtedly attain the greatest age, which I do not think would be too much
to estimate at anything from 50 to 100 years or even more. The senecio
appears at first as a small plant not unlike a cabbage, gradually the stem
lengthens and gives out branches with the tuft of bright green leaves at the
end ; as the plant grows the old leaves shrivel and droop, hanging down the
stem one upon another till the upper parts of the branches near the green tuft
are transformed into great swollen masses of dead leaves tightly packed
together. This aceumulation of old leaves is the greatest proof of age, and
also there are very few dead trees that have fallen lying among the others,
and these had all been there for many years. How often the senecios flower
I cannot say, but I do not think the act of flowering means death as it does
with the lobelias, and I should say that the senecio flowers every few
years.

“The lobelias also live to a great age, but not so long as the senecios. In
the case of the lobelias the period whieh occupies so long a time is before they
come into blossom, which might be 15 or 20 years, and the proof of this is also
the accumulation of leaves below the flower-spike, or in the case of L. Stuhl-
manni the marks where the old leaves have fallen off. Once a lobelia has

234 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

reached the stage of producing a flower-spike and bursting into blossom, it
has (in comparison to the length of time taken before that stage) reached the
end of its life; it may perhaps take 12 months for the spike to finish blossoming,
then the whole plant withers and dries up and stands probably for several years
longer before it falls and is swallowed up by the moss. In Z. Stuhlmanni the
leaves do not die and remain on the plant, but all fall off, leaving the stem
bare except for the green leaves. In L. Deckenii none of the leaves ever fall
off, and the stem is entirely concealed from sight from the ground up to the
spike, which is nearly three times as large in circumference as in any of the
other lobelias, but I think the life of Deckenii is shorter than the others. In
L. Wollastont some leaves fall off and some remain hanging down, so that it
usually has a portion of exposed stem, 3 or 4 feet long, below the leaves. In
L. Giberroa the leaves fall off as in Stuhlmanni. There is another point about
Deckenti. When we visited Ruwenzori I saw only one Deckenii in blossom,
there were hundreds of tall dead ones and as many young ones a foot or
so high ; this looks as if this species had periods of flowering, all the plants
coming into flower at the same time every few years.

“L. “Deckenii і is confined to the flat swampy bottoms of the higher valleys and
does not grow on the sloping hillsides which are covered w ith L. Wollaston? ;
this latter may be seen by hundreds in all stages of development from
seedlings to full bloom."

MONOCOTYLEDONS.
Ву А. В. RENDLE.

ORCHIDEM.

EULOPHIA sUBULATA, Rendle, in Journ. Bot. xliii. (1895) 107.
Semliki Valley. July. * Flowers yellow."
Previously collected by Scott Elliot at the Katonga River, Uganda.

LissoCHILUs LivixasTONiANUs, /teichb. f. Оба Bot. Hamb. и. 114.
S.B. 3500 ft. June. “ Flowers yellow.”
Distrib. British East Africa and British Central Africa.
The flowers of L. Livingstonianus are described as purple or white veined
with purple-white. Dr. Wollaston describes the flowers of the plant
found on Ruwenzori as yellow. I ean find no other differences.

Г. Квевзи, AHeichb. f. in. Linnea, xx. (1847) 685.
E. 7000 ft. February. “Flowers yellow and brown."
Distrib. British Central Africa ; South Africa.
The bracts are longer and more pointed than usual in this species.

A. B. RENDLE : MONOCOTYLEDONS. 235

LissocHILUs RUWENZORIENSIS, Rendle, in Journ. Bot. xliii. (1895) 170.
E. 7000 ft. February. “Flowers yellow and brown."
Previously collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori at 6000 to 7000 ft. on
the Eastern side, and at Kivata.

Porysracuva DoacErTII, Rendle et Rolfe, sp. nov.

Planta sicca nigrescens, Polystachye Rendlei, Rolfe, affinis sed ut apparet
eaule breviore uni- vel bi-folio; foliis lineari-oblongis, obtusis ; bracteis
brevibus, late ovatis, truncatis, breviter acuminatis; floribus luteis,
galeatis ; sepalo dorsali triangulari-ovato, concavo, sepalis lateralibus late
triangularibus, subobtusis, sepalum dorsale vix excedentibus, mento valde
obtuso; petalis e basi angusto spathulato-lanceolatis, obtusis, sepalis
paullo brevioribus; labello breviter unguiculato, trilobato, lobis late-
ralibus late rotundatis, lobo medio minore subrotundo, disco glabro,
verruculoso ; columna brevissima.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 10,000 ft. On rocks. February. “ Flowers yellow."
Also 8500—11,000 ft. W. С. Doggett. (Herb. Kew.) “ Flowers-prim-
rose-yellow."

Folia 5-nervia, 8°5-12 cm. long., 1°1—1°7 em. lat. Pedunculus basi vagi-
natus, compressus, cum racemo simplice 5-7-floro, vel interdum pauciter
ramoso, 10-15 ст. long. Bracteæ 4-3 mm. long. Flores subsessiles.
Sepalum dorsale 9—10 mm. long., 5-6 mm. lat.; sepala lateralia 1 ст.
long., mentum 8-9 mm. long. Petala 7-8 mm. long. Labellum 9 mm.
long., 5 mm. lat.

Near P. Rendlei, Rolfe, from Nyasaland (Mt. Milanji and Zomba), but
apparently a lower-growing plant, and distinguished by its short truncate
braets, larger flowers, and lip with glabrous uncrested disc.

P. WoosxAMI, sp. nov.

Herba parva foliis tribus oblongo-linearibus vel linearibus; scapo com-
presso, hispidulo; racemo simplici, brevi, denso; bracteis setaceo-
acuminatis; floribus parvis luteis cucullatis ; sepalis apice acuminato
crassatis, sep. dorsali concavo late ovato, sep. lateralibus oblique trian-
gularibus 4-nerviis, mento conico; petalis minimis lineari-oblongis ;
labello e basi longo cuneato trilobato, lobis lateralibus late rotundatis,
lobo medio duplo minore suborbiculare papilloso ; columna brevi, crassa.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 9000 ft, February. Оп rocks.

Planta, pseudobulbo exeiso, 15 ст. long. Folia ad 13:5 ст. long. et vix
1 em. lat. Seapus cum bracteis tribus pæne ad racemum 'aginatus cum
racemo (vix 2 em. excedente) 8:5 cm. long. Bractee inferiores vix
1 сш. long., supra breviores, ad racemi apicem comosæ. Flores sub-
sessiles, anguste cucullata, vix 1 em. long. Sepalum dorsale 4 mm. long.,
2 mm. lat.: sepala lateralia 9 mm. long. mentum vix 45 mm. long.

236 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

Petala 2 mm. long. vix 1 mm. lat. Labellum 7:5 mm. long. vix 4 mm.
lat., cum venis tribus longitudinalibus, antice in venis et venulis papil-
losum, Columna 2 mm. long.

Near Polystachya Adansoniv, Weichb. fil., from Angola, in habit, but has
longer narrower flowers arranged in a shorter more erowded raceme with
longer floral bracts, and differs also in the details of. structure of. petals

and lip.

POLYSTACHYA BICARINATA, sp. nov.

Planta habitu P. cultratw, floribus autem duplo majoribus, sepalo dorsali
ovato-oblongo, acuto, 3-nervio, sepalis lateralibus faleate triangulari-
ovatis acutis dorso late carinatis, incomplete 5-nerviis, mentum obtusum ;
petalis quam sepalis brevioribus, oblongo-spathulatis, abrupte subacutis,
j-nerviis; labello e basi lato trilobato, lobis lateralibus rotundatis, lobo
medio his subsequali, breviter apiculato, disco cum crista linguiformi ;
columna erassa, brevi.

Folium late oblongum, ad basin angustatum, plurinervium, 16 em. Jong.,
pæne 4 em. lat, Scapus cum panicula densiuseula folio brevior. Bractese
ample, 5 mm. long. Flores albi, circa 1:5 em. long. Sepala 1 em.
long., dorsale 5 mm. lat., lateralia 7 пил. lat. Petala vix 7 mm. long.,
vix 3 mm. lat. Labellum 8:5 mm. long., 7 mm. lat., lobus medius 4 mm.
long. et lat. Columna 2 mm. long.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. January. Growing on tree-trunks,

Closely allied to P. eultrata, Lindl., but distinguished by its much larger
braets and flowers and characters of the lip.

P. GRACILENTA, Kränzl. in Engl. Jahrb, xix. (1894) 251.
W. 10,000 ft. August. Flowers white, growing in long grass.
Previously collected by Stuhlmann at 8200 ft, and by Scott Elliot
(fruiting specimen) at Butagu, 8000 ft.

ANGIUECUM COTTELLI, Rendle, in Journ, Bot. xliii. (1895) 249.
E. 9000 ft. “Parasitic in big trees" January.
Previously collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori at 7000 (Butagu) and
8000 ft.

EPIPACTIS AFRICANA, Rendle, in Journ, Bot. xliii. (1895) 252.
E. 9000 ft. In fruit; February.—W. 10.000 ft. In flower ; August.
* Flowers greenish-yellow.”
Previously collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori at Butagu, 8000 to
10,000 ft.

HABENARIA ReNDLEL, Rolfe, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. vii. 213.
E. 8000 ft. February. “Flowers green.”
Previously collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori at 6000 to 7000 ft.

A. B. RENDLE : MONOCOTYLEDONS. 231

CYNORCHIS ANACAMPTOIDES, Krünzl. т Engl. Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C. 151.
W. 10,000 ft. August. “Flowers blue."
Distrib. Ruwenzori, previously collected by Stuhlmann 8200 ft.
Elliot 9000 to 10,000 ft. (Butagu and Kivata).

, and Scott

SATYRIUM CRASSICAULE, Rendle, in Journ. Bot. xliii. (1895) 295.
W. 7000 ft. August. “ Flowers lilae,"—E. 10,000 ft. February.
“Flowers pink."
Distrib. Ruwenzori, previously collected by Scott Elliot at Wimi, 6000 to
7000 fi., and Butagu, 10,000 ft.

Disa Sratrsu, Kränzl. т Gard. Chron. ser. 3, xii, (1892) 728.
W. 7000 ft. August. “Flowers purple.”
Distrib. Mt. Kenia, 10,400 ft. (Gregory) ; Ruwenzori, Butagu Valley,
10,000 to 12,000 ft., and Yeria Valley, 10,000 ft. (Scott Elliot, also
Stairs) ; Kilimanjaro, 8000 to 10,000 ft. (Volkens).

ZINGIBERACE Æ.

AmoMUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Sonnerat, Voy. Indes, iii. 276.
E. 7000 ft. January. “ About 5 feet high.”
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa, also Madagascar and Mauritius.
Collected by Scott Elliot in the Semliki Valley, and on the west side at
the foot of Ruwenzori.

AMARYLLIDACE E.

Crixum scABRUM, Herb. in Bot. Mag. t. 2180.
E. 5000 ft. March. “Flowers pink and white."
Distrib. Abyssinia to the Nile Valley.

C. GIGANTEUM, Ана». Dot. Rep. t. 169.
W. 6000 ft. July. * Flowers white and pink.”
Distrib. Nyasaland, South, Central and West tropieal Africa.

HÆMANTHUS MULTIFLORUS, Martyn, Icon. eum descript.
E. 7000 ft. January. ^ Flowers pink.”
Distrib. Widely spread in tropical Africa.
Collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori in forest at 8000 ft.

CHOANANTHUS, gen. nov. (Greek yoavn, a funnel.)

Perianthium anguste infundibuliforme, tubo longo angusto, fauce nuda,
lobis multo brevioribus latis erecto-patentibus. Stamina ad perianthii faucem
inserta, filamentis latis anguste triangularibus apice acuminatis, antheris

238 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

oblongis medio dorso affixis, versatilibus, Ovarium triloculare ; stylus fili-
formis exsertus ; stigma parvum, indistinete trilobulatum ; ovulum in loculis
solitarium, pendulum. Васса subglobosa. Habitu Итан и eum floribus
Cyrtanthi. Species 2.

The foliage resembles that characteristic of other tropical African species of
Hemanthus, and the few-celled ovary and berried fruit also point to the same
genus, but the shape of the flower is different from that of any known species,
The flowers resemble those of a Cyrtanthus, especially the South-African
C. carneus, having the long narrow tube and short broad lobes of that species.
I therefore venture to separate as a new genus these two alpine species,
namely, the new one collected by Dr. Wollaston and a very closely allied
species recently collected by Mr. Dawe at 8000 to 9000 ft. on the same moun-
tain, and deseribed by Mr. Wright under the name Метан из cyrtanthiflorus
(in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxvii. (1906) 529). In CH. CYRTANTHIFLORUS
an ovoid bulb grows from a rhizome 3 em. thick, while їп Ch. Wollastoni
Dr. Wollaston states that the leaves and scape spring direct. from the stout
rhizome. A similar absence of a bulb occurs in the Uganda species
Hemanthus Radcliffe’, where scape and leaves spring from the apex of a short
stout rhizome, and the association of bulb and rhizome occurs in other tropical
African species of that genus, as in М. multiflorus.

Cu. WOoLLASTONI, sp. nov.

Herba rhizomata, foliis magnis ovalibus multinerviis, basi in vaginas
angustas semet involventes contractis ; scapo multifloro (specimine 25),
floribus puniceis, quasi umbellatis, demum recurvatis; bracteis spathaceis
membranaceis angustis brevibus ; pedicello gracile quam flore breviore ;
tubo perianthii sursum gradatim ampliato, lobis ellipticis vel elliptico-
oblongis, apice cucullato puberulis ; staminibus lobos vix sequantibus ;
ovario ovoldeo.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 9000 ft. In flower February.

Кош lamina 3 dm. long., 1 dm. lat. сарих 3:3 dm. long. *5 em. lat.
Pedicellus ad 2:5 em. long. ; flos 6 em. long., tuba с. 4 em. long, fauce
e. 1:2 em. lat., lobis vix 2 em. long., 8-10 mm. lat., interioribus paullo
brevioribus et obtusioribus. Ovarium с. 5 mm. long.

Closely allied to Ch. cyrtanthiflorus, but the flowers have a wider tube with
a broader throat and broader limbs. The leaf is also broader and the
inflorescence bears twice as many flowers.

LILIACEAZE.
ALOE WOLLASTONI, sp. nov.
Herba caulescens (?), foliis crassis, parvis, ensiformibus, haud maculatis,
marginibus corneis eum dentibus validis uncinatis frequentibus armatis ;
scapo pauciter ramoso nudo, racemis densiusculis paucifloris : bracteis

А. В. RENDLE : MONOCOTYLEDONS. 239

scariosis, ovatis, acuminato-aristatis, reflexis quam pedicellis brevioribus ;
perianthio roseo cylindraceo, super ovarium constricto, segmentis liberis
quam tubo duplo brevioribus, externis trinerviis, internis plurinerviis ;
filamentis vix exsertis ; antheris et apice styli protrusis ; capsulo imma-
turo oblongo.

Hab. Ruwenzori S.E. 3500 ft. May. Flowers pink.

Folia 14-15 ст. long. e basi 2'5-8 cm. lat. sensim angustata, spinis 3 mm.
long. 5-7 mm. inter se distantibus. Racemi 4—6 em. long.; bracteæ
irinervie, 1 cm. long. vel breviores. Flores circa З em. long., segmenta
10-12 em. long.

Apparently near Aloe amanensis, А. Berg., from East Usambara, which I
know only from the description, but which has larger spotted leaves with
smaller teeth. The bracts and flowers resemble those of А. lateritia,
Engl., from Mt. Kilimanjaro, but the leaves are much smaller than in
that species and the marginal teeth are less continuous.

CHLOROPHYTUM RUWENZORIENSE, sp. nov.

Herba minor, foliis radicalibus circa 5 rigidulis, lamina e petiolo tenue
anguste lanceolata, acuminata, sicca submembranacea, glabra, eum nervo
mediano et venis parallelis utrinque (circa 9) frequentissime et regu-
lariter lineatis; хсаро cum racemo brevi densiusculo quam foliis breviore ;
bracteis scariosis longe acuminatis; floribus inter majores in axillis
geminis, pedicellis medio articulatis quam braeteis duplo brevioribus ;
perianthio albo rotato-expanso, lobis anguste lanceolatis, trinerviis : sta-
minibus erectis perianthio brevioribus ; antheris dehiscentibus flexuosis.

Hab. Ruwenzori S.E. 3500 ft. June. Flowers white.

Folia ad 23 em. long., lamina circa 15 em. long. ad 13 mm. lat. inclusa ;
scapus cum racemo 5-8 em. long. 12-18 em. lat. Bractee, in parte
racemi inferiore 1:5 interdum 2:5 em. long., e basi triangulari-ovato,
acuminate vel aristuliferee. Pedicelli с. 6 mm. longi. Petala 18 mm.
long., 3-3°5 mm. lat. Stamina, cum antheris viridescentibus 3 mm.
longis, vix 9 mm. long. Stylus stamina excedens.

Near my C. fusiforme, from Uyui, East Africa, which it resembles in habit,
but has more rigidulous, more distinctly petioled glabrous leaves, and
larger flowers.

C. MACROPHYLLUM, Aschers. in Schweinf. Beitr. Fl. Aeth. 294, et ex Baker, in
Trans. Linn. Soc., Bot. ser, 2, i. (1878) 259.
E. 7000 ft. January. “Flowers white."
Distrib. Widely spread in tropical Africa.

OnNrTHOGALUM ECKLONI, Schlecht. in Linnwa, xxv. 1177.
Semliki Valley. 3000 ft. June. “Flowers pale green.”
Distrib. East tropical Africa, Angola, South Africa.

240 PLANTS COLLECTED ОХ MT. RUWENZORI.

GLORIOSA VIRESCENS, Lindl., var. SPLENDENS, var. nov.

Planta egregia foliis late lanceolatis vel ovatis apice acuminato cirrhosis,
floribus flavo-rubris quam in typo majoribus cum petalis latioribus.

Folia ad 15 em. vel longiora et 5 em. lat. Flores sicci cum petalis paten-
tibus sepe 16 em. diam., petala 6-8 em. long., 2°5-3°5 em. lat.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 6000 to 7000 ft. January. “ Flowers yellow and
red.”

A very fine plant, distinguished from other forms of the species by its
larger flowers with broad oval petals tapering to the base.

COMMELINACEJE.
ANEILEMA BENINIENSE, Kunth, Enum. iv. 72.
E. 7000 ft. January.

Also collected by Scott Elliot in the Butagu Valley.
Distrib. Widely distributed in tropical Africa.

JUNCACE Æ.
Luzvuna JOHNSTONI, Buchenan, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xii. (1890) 79.
E. 13,000 ft. February.
Distrib. Mt. Kilimanjaro, 8000-9000 ft. (Johnston, Volkens).

AROIDE Æ.

ARISEMA RUWENZOIuCUM, V. Е. Br. in Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. viii. 143.

E. 10,000 ft. April.

Originally collected by Scott Elliot on Ruwenzori at 7000 to 8000 ft. in
the forest at Kivata.

The specimen is of interest in view of an uncertainty as to the nature of the
leaf. Mr. Elliot's specimens, to which our knowledge of the species has
hitherto been restricted, comprise an inflorescence with some unattached
leaves, one of them with a pedate arrangement of the leaflets, the
other with radiating leaflets. Mr. Brown says (l. e.) : ** Both leaves may
possibly belong to the inflorescence, but more complete material is needed
to decide, as I have never seen a species of Arisema having both
radiating and pedately arranged leaflets ; such a difference has hitherto
been considered of sectional value." In Dr. Wollaston's specimen the
leaf has pedately arranged leaflets and is attached to the inflorescence.

CULCASIA scANDENS, Beuur. Fl. Owar. i. 4. t. 3.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Widely distributed in tropical Africa.

A. B. RENDLE : MONOCOTYLEDONS. 241

СУРЕВАСЕ Л.

CAnPHA Emini, C. В. Clarke, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. viii. 483.
(Oreograstis Emini, К. Schum. in Engl. Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C. 127.)
E. 12,500 ft. February.

Previously collected by Stuhlmann at 10,000 ft.

CAREX RUNSSOROENSIS, А. Schum. in Engl. Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C. 129.
E. 12,500 ft. February.
Previously collected by Stuhlmann and Doggett at similar elevations.

GRAMINEE,
PANICUM rLiCATUM, Lam. Encycl. iv. 736.
S.E. 3500 ft.—E. 7000 ft.
Distrib. Widely spread in the tropics.

CYMBOPOGON CYMBARIUS, nom. nov.
(Andropogon cymbarius, Linn. Mant. ii. 303.)
E. 7000 ft. January.
Also collected by Scott Elliot at 5300 ft. and 7000 ft.
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa, Mascarene Islands, with a variety
in South Africa.

Poa GLACIALIS, Stapf, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxvii. (1906) 532.
E. 14,000 ft.

Previously collected by Doggett at similar altitudes.

DICOTYLEDONS.
POLY PETAL.

By Epmunp б. BAKER.

RANUNCULACEZ.
CLEMATIS ORIENTALIS, Linn., subsp. WIGHTIANA, O. Kuntze, in Verh. Bot. Ver.
Brand. xxvi. (1885) 125.
Beni, Semliki. 3000 ft. July.
Distrib. of subsp. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro, Lower Guinea ; also India.

THALICTRUM RHYNCHOCARPUM, Dill. et Rich. in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, xiv.
(1840) 262.
10,000 ft. February.
Also collected by Scott Elliot.
Distrib. Widely spread on the mountains of tropical Africa. Also in Orange
River Colony and on the Katberg, &c.

242 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

RANUNCULUS OREOPHYTUS, Delile, in Анн. Se. Nat. sér. 2, хх. (1843) 89.
E. 12,000 feet. February.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

R. MEMBRANACEUS, Fres, in Mus. Senckenb. ii. 210. (Ж. pinnatus, Oliver, FI.
Trop. Afr. i. 9.)
E. 7000 ft. February.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District, Lower Guinea.

CRUCIFERJE.

CARDAMINE OBLIQUA, Hochst. ex A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. 1. 19.
E. 12,000 ft. February.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

ARABIS ALPINA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 664.
Е. 13,000 ft. and 14,500 ft. February.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro.
А widely spread species in Europe, №. Asia, №. America, &c.
Prof. Oliver considers A. albida, Stev., to be synonymous with А. alpina.

SUBULARIA MONTICOLA, A. Br. in Schweinf. Fl. zEth. 16,
E. 12,000 ft. February. And on shore of small crater lake, 10,000 ft.
March.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

,

VIOLARIEJE.

VIOLA ABYSSINICA, Steud. ел Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 105.
Е. 11,000 ft. February.
Also collected by Scott Elliot (No. 7523) in bamboo forest.
Distrib. Widely spread on the mountains of tropical Africa.

РОГУСАГАСЕ М.

PoLYGALA PERSICARLEFOLIA, DC. Prod. i. 326.
E. 7000 ft. February.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District, Lower Guinea. Also in India, &c.

CARYOPHYLLACEA.

‘CERASTIUM VULGARE, Linn. Sp. Pl. 627.
E. 11,000 ft. April.
Distrib. Mountains of Abyssinia, Mt. Kilimanjaro, Cameroons, &с. Widely
spread in north temperate regions.

E. G. BAKER : POLYPETAL.E. 243

HYPERICACE Ж.

HYPERICUM KENIENSE, Schweinf. ex Engl. Hochgebirgsil. 308.
E. 12,000 ft. February.
This identification is doubtful, as I have seen no good description of this
species.
Distrib. Mt. Kenia.
MALVACE ZS,

SIDA RHOMBIFOLIA, Linn., var. (Sida riparia, Hochst.)
E. 7000 ft. February.
Distrib, of variety. Mountains of Abyssinia.

S. SPINOSA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 688.
S.E. 3500 ft. May.
Distrib. A widely spread tropical weed.

PAVONIA MACROPHYLLA, E. Meyer, ex Harv. & Sond. Fl. Сар. 1. 169.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Also collected by Scott Elliot at Kedung Ndogo (No. 6615).
Distrib. Tropical and South Africa.

P. SCHIMPERIANA, Hochst. ev Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. 1. 52, forma.

E. 7000 ft. January.

“Shrub 5-10 ft. high; flowers white.” А form with rather small, not
very deeply-lobed, pubescent leaves, less hairy than in P. tomentosa,
Hochst.

Distrib. of type. Nile Land, Mozambique District.

KosTELETZKYA ADOENSIS, Masters, in Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 194.
Е. 7000 ft. January.
Also collected by Scott Elliot (Nos. 7748 & 7754).
* Herbaceous; flowers blue."
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District.

HIBISCUS CANNABINUS, Linn. Syst. ed. x. 1149.
S.E. 3000ft. June.
* Herbaceous, 6-10 ft.; flowers yellow.”
Distrib. Widely spread in tropical Africa. Also India and other parts of
Asia and subtropical Australia.

Н. pivERSIFOLIUS, Jacq., var. GRANATENSIS, Triana є Planch. Prod. Fl.
Novo-Granatensis, 165.
E. 8000 ft. January.
Distrib. of variety. Tropical 8. America ; also recorded from Uganda.

244 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

HIBISCUS MICRANTHUS, Linn. f. Suppl. 308, 310.
В.Ю. 3500 ft. May.
* Herbaceous ; flowers blue."
Distrib. Widely spread in tropical Africa. Also occurs in India, Ceylon,
Arabia.

Н. cnassiNEnvis, Hochst. ev Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. i. 61.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
* Herbaceous; flowers red."
Distrib. Nile Land.

Н. xruroPricUs, Linn. Mant. ii. 258.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Collected by Scott Elliot on Maungu (No. 6740), also in Karagwe
(No. 8140).
Distrib. East tropical and South Africa.

TILIACEZE.

TRIUMFETTA RUWENZORIENSIS, Sprague, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxvii.
(1906) 503.
6000-7000 ft. January.
* Herbaceous; flowers yellow."
The type was collected by Mr. Dawe at an altitude of 6000 ft.
Distrib, Mt. Ruwenzori.

GREWIA SIMILIS, K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. ху. (1893), 118, ex descript.
S.E. 4000 ft. June.
* Bush 15-20 ft.; flowers pink."
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District.

CORCHORUS TRILOCULARIS, Linn. Mant. 77.
S.E. 3500 ft. May.
* Herbaceous ; flowers yellow."
Distrib. Tropical Africa.

GERANIACE Æ.

GERANIUM ACULEOLATUM, Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 291.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Collected also by Scott Elliot (Nos. 7577-7651)
* Herbaceous ; flowers pink.”
Distrib, East tropical Africa.

E. G. BAKER : POLYPETAL.E. 245

OXALIS CORNICULATA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 435.
E. 7000 ft. March.
Distrib. A weed of cultivation and waste ground in nearly all warm
countries.

Impatiens RUNSSORENSIS, Warb. in Engl. Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. ©. 254, ex
descript.
E. 10,000 ft. February.
* Herbaceous, 4—12 ft.; flowers red."
Distrib. Mt. Ruwenzori.

I. Емхи, Warb. l.e., ev descript.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. of type. Mt. Ruwenzori. Var. lenduensis, Warb., from Lendu.
Another species described from Mt. Ruwenzori is /. Stairsii, Warb.

MELIACE Æ.

MELIA Azeparacu, Linn. Sp. Pl. 384.
S.E. 3500 ft. Мау.
Distrib. Widely distributed.

TURRÆA NILOTICA, Kotschy & Реут. Pl. Tinn. 12, t. 6.
S.E. 3500 ft. May.
The plant collected by Mr. Dawe in N.W. Ankole agrees with the above,
T. robusta, Gürke, from Usambara, is very closely allied.
Distrib. Nile Land.
CHLASTRACE A.

GYMNOSPORIA GRACILIPES, oes. in Engl. | Pilanzenw. Ost- Afr. С. 246.
(Celastrus gracilipes, Welw, ex Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 361.)
E. 7000 ft. February.
“ Tree, 20-30 ft.; flower white; fruit red.
Distrib. Upper and Lower Guinea.

G. LEPIDOTA, Loes. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xvii. (1893) 549, er deseript.
E. 10,000 ft. March.
Distrib. Forests of Ruwenzori. Mt. Kilimanjaro.
I have to thank Mr. Sprague for this identification.

ВНАММАСЕЖ.

Неммоз MysrACINUS, Ё. Meyer, ew Steud. Nom. ed. II. i. 742.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII.

ho
Hx
=:

PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

AMPELIDEZE.

CAssUs UKEREWENsIs, Gilg, in Engl. Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C. 200, t. 27 H—M.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Central African Lake-Region.

LEGUMINOS.E.

CROTALARIA CLEOMIFOLIA, Welw. ee Baker, in Oliver, FL Trop. Afr. ii. 45.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Lower Guinea, Nyasaland.

ApENOCARPUS МАххи, Zook. fil. in Journ, Linn. Soe., Bot. vi. (1864) 8.
E. 9000 ft. February.
Distrib. Mt Kilimanjaro, Cameroons, Clarence Peak, Mt. Milanji and
Ruchigga.

PAROCHETUS comments, Чат Е. in D. Don, Prod. Fl. Nep. 240.
E. 6000 ft. February.
Distrib. Mt. Kilimanjaro, Mt. Kenia, Manganya Hills. Also in tropical
Asia.

INDIGOFERA LONGEBARBATA, Engl. Hochgebirgsfora, 251.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Also collected by Scott Elliot (No. 7767 at 6000-7000 ft.).
Distrib. Abyssinia.

TEPHROSIA PANICULATA, Welw. ex Baker, in Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. її. 122.
E. 5000 ft. April.
А form with smaller leaflets than type.
Distrib. of type. Lower Guinea, Uganda.
There is another species of Tephrosia in the collection gathered at an elevation
of 3500 ft. It is closely allied to 7. bracteolata, but the flowers are only
in bud.

SMITHIA (Kotschya) RUWENZORIBNSIS, sp. nov.

Frutex erectus, ramulis viscido-setulosis ; stipulis lanceolatis ; foliis breviter
petiolatis, foliolis eire. 20-30 lineari-oblongis sepissime alternis, costa
submarginali, apice mucronatis, margine antico recto vel subrecto ciliato,
petiolo communi setuloso ; racemis axillaribus quam foliis szepissime
longioribus apicem versus densifloris; bracteolis ad apicem pedicelli
2 oblongo-lanceolatis vel anguste lanceolatis, margine ciliatis, acutis
levissime faleatis ; calyce setoso-fimbriato, labio superiore apice bilobato,
labio inferiore ultra medium 3-lobato, lobis lateralibus oblongis vel

Е. G. BAKER: POLYPETAL.E 247

oblongo-lanceolatis acutis, infimo lanceolato illis angustiore apice acuto ;
corolla calyce longiore, vexillo obovato unguiculato carinam et alas
paullulo excedente, alis inzqualiter oblongis, apice rotundatis, basi
unguiculatis, carina navieulariformi, basi unguiculata, apice rotundata;
ovario stipitato, articulis smpissime 2, stipite glabro ; stylo gracillimo
glabro.

Species S. æschynomenoidi, Welw., et S. spherocephale, Baker, valde affinis.
Ab Ша differt floribus majoribus, calycis labio superiore longiore et
angustiore, ab Вас bracteolis longioribus et leviter faleatis.

Hah. Ruwenzori.

Folia 4:0-5:0 em. long. — Foliola 8-10 mm. long., +2 mm. lat. Bracteolæ
ad apicem pedicelli +5 mm. longs. Vexilli lamina 8-9 mm. long.,
7-8 mm. lat, ungue +2 mm. long. Ай сит unguibus + 1-1 em.
long. Carina cum ungue + L1 em. long. Calycis lab. superius
+8 mm. long.

Noticeable on account of the rather dense racemes generally slightly
longer than the leaves, the distinctly stipitate, glabrous, generally

biarticulate ovary, slender style, and the lanceolate slightly falcate
bracteoles.

DESMODIUM ScALPE, DC. Prod. и. 334.
6000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Upper Guinea, Mozambique District;

Lower Guinea.
Also in Natal, East India, &e.

D. Lastocarpum, DC. Prod. 11. 328.
Semliki Valley. 3000 ft. July.
* Herbaceous ; flowers red.”
Distrib. Widely distributed in tropical Africa.
А common Indian and Malayan species.

VIGNA LUTEOLA, Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. ху. і. 194, t. 50. fig. 3.
E. 6000 ft.
Distrib. Widely distributed in tropical Africa. Also a plant of the Cape,
tropical Asia, America.

PSOPHOCARPUS PALUSTRIS, Dese. in Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 1, ix. (1826) 420.
E. 6000 ft January.
Also collected by Scott flliot (No. 7748).
Distrib. Widely distributed throughout the Tropics.

ВАРНТА (Delaria) WOLLASTONI, sp. nov.
Frutex ramulis cortice griseo-glabris vel glabriuseulis, foliis breviter
petiolatis oblongo-lanceolatis vel cblongis vel lanceolatis apice. longe

SZ

248 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.
acuminatis apice ipso obtusis basi cuneatis vel rotundatis subcoriaceis
superne glabris, nervo medio subtus pilosulo, nervis lateralibus tenuibus
reticulatis ; pedicellis solitariis axillaribus

9

subtus sub lente tenuiter
-acemum brevissimum dispositis ; bracteolis reniformi-

tenuibus vel in
semiorbieularibus brevissimis ; calyce spathaceo subeoriaceo glabro
; petalis pallide flavis

preter apicem puberulum quam vexillo breviori ;
cl. detectorem, vexillo late subovato-orbieulari subsessili, alis
obtusa basi breviter
stylum attenuato.

affinis ab ambabus,

secus
inæquilateraliter oblongis unguiculatis, carina apice
unguiculata ; ovario glabro sæpe 4-ovulato, apice in

Species B. angolensi, Welw., et B. bipindensi, Harms,
differt calyce crassiori subcoriaceo, ab illa pedicellis parum brevioribus et
apicem versus pilosulis ab hac ovario glabro.

Hab. Ruwenzori W. 4000 ft. July.

* Shrub. Pale yellow."

Folia 4-8 em. long., 20-28 em. lat. ; petioli 2-3 mm. long. Bracteæ

+ 15mm, longe. Calyx Г5 cm. long. Vexillum + 2:0 cm. long.

Carina + 2'0 em. long.

The following short clavis indicates the position of this plant with its.

nearest allies :—

* Ovarium glabrum vel subglabrum.
f Pedunculi 8-15 mm. Vexillum + 1 cm. long. fide Harms.

Baria Preussi, Harms. Cameroons.

++ Pedunculi 2 em. attingentes. Vexillum in spec. nost. haud bene evolutum.
B. ANGOLENSIS, Welw. Angola.

+++ Pedunculi 1:3 em. attingentes sepissime breviores, Vexillum + 2 сш. long.
D. WOLLASTONI, sp. nov. Mt. Ruwenzori.

HET Pedunculi 1:3-2:3 сш. Vexillum 1:5 em. longum.
В. BAROMBIENSIS, Taub. Cameroons.

** (Ovarium subsericeo-pubescens.

B. BIPINDENSIS, Harms. Cameroons.

ERIOSEMA MONTANUM, Baker fil. in Journ. Bot. xliii. (1895) 142.
E. 6000 ft. January.

& Herbaceous ; flowers yellow.”

Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District.

Mucuna Poaaet, Taubert, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. (1896) 194.

E. 4000 ft. July.
« Climbing ; flowers pale yellow.”
Distrib. Upper and Lower Guinea.

К. Ө. BAKER: POLYPETAL.E. 249

CASSIA. DIDYMOBOTRYA, Fres. in Flora, xxii, (1839) 53.
E. 7000 ft.
** 20-30 ft. : flowers yellow.”
Distrib. Nile Land, Lower Guinea, Mozambique District.

C. MIMOSOIDES, Linn. Sp. Pl. 319.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. Widely distributed.

C. Кавки, Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 281.
E. 7000 ft. January.

Distrib. Lower Guinea, Mozambique District, Uganda.

Acacta CarEcnv, Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 1079.
S.E. 3500 tt. June.
Distrib. East tropical Africa.
А common Indian species.

ALBIZZIA Brownel, Walp. Rep. 1. 928.
S.E. 3000 ft. June.
* Tree, 70-80 ft.; flowers pink.”
Distrib, Upper Guinea, Lower Guinea.

ROSACEA.

Rusts ровавтти, С. H. Wright, in Johnston’s Uganda Protectorate, 325.
E. 10,000 ft. February.
There is a specimen of this plant in Herb. Kew. collected by Mr. Dawe
(No. 559).
Distrib. Mt. Ruwenzori.

В. RUNSSORENSIS, Engl. Prlanzenw. Ost- Afr. C. 190, ew descript.
E. 12,500 ft. February.
Distrib. Mt. Ruwenzori.

ALCHEMILLA RUWENZORIENSIS, Rolfe, in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxvii.
(1906) 514.

E. 11,000 ft. April.

The type was described from specimens collected by Scott Elliot (No. 8109)
at an altitude of 12,000 ft, and by Mr. Dawe at 10,000-11,000 ft.
(No. 613).

Distrib. Mt. Ruwenzori.

250 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

ALCHEMILLA GERANIOIDES, Rolfe, in Journ, Linn, Soe., Bot. xxxvii. (1906) 514.
Е. 12,000 ft. February.
The type was collected by Mr. Dawe at an altitude of 8,000-11,000 ft.

(No. 678). It is allied to А. cinerea, Engl., from Mt. Kilimanjaro.
Distrib. Mt. Ruwenzori.

ALCHEMILLA ARGYROPHYLLOIDES, sp. nov.

Suffrutex caule repente, ramis primariis elongatis ramulos breves axillares
numerosos emittentibus, praeter stipulas vaginantis sericeo-pilosis ;
stipulis tenuiter scariosis brunneis margine ciliatis ; foliis. subsessilibus
vel brevissime petiolatis subcoriaceis tripartitis, lobo medio majore oblan-

ceolato-obovato apice tridentato serraturis quam lobis A. argyrophylle,
Oliver, multo brevioribus, lobis lateralibus angustioribus oblanceolatis vel
oblongo-oblanceolatis apice haud lobatis omnibus sericeo-pilosis ; eymis
axillaribus paucifloris floribus pedicellatis ; perianthii tubo turbinato,
lobis exterioribus lineari-lanceolatis, interioribus multo majoribus ovatis
apice subacutis ; staminibus 4 filamentis quam perianthii lobis ex-

terioribus brevioribus ; carpellis 2-3 glabris oblique ovoideis stipitatis,
stylo tenui instructis.

Species A. argyrophylle, Oliver, affinis, differt foliorum lobo medio antice
tridendato haud trilobato, carpellis ssepissime paucioribus.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 12,000 ft.

In flower February.
(No. 615).

Folia 8 mm.-1 em. long., lobo centrali 2:0 mm.—3°5 mm. lat.

lobi exteriores vix 1 mm. longi, interiores + b5 mm. longi.

February.
Also collected by Mr. Dawe on Mt. Ruwenzori

Perianthii

ALCHEMILLA SUBNIVALIS, sp. nov.
Suffrutex diffusus, caule repente + piloso, ramis primariis in speciminibus

mihi obviis haud valde elongatis ramos axillares numerosos emittentibus ;

stipulis membranaceis pallide brunneis vaginantibus + pilosis; foliis

cuneato-obovatis eoriaceis margine antice brevissime trilobatis, lobo medio

minore, supra loeo costarum et nervorum lateralium insculptis utrinque

pilosis basi in petiolum brevem attenuatis ; eymis axillaribus paucifloris

floribus breviter pedicellatis ; calycis tubo glabro statu florifero turbi-
nato ; perianthii lobis exterioribus minoribus, interioribus late trian-
gulari-ovatis apice obtusis omnibus margine ciliatis ; carpidiis cire. 4
stipitatis glabris, stylo tenuissimo 14—2-plo longiore instructis.

Species A. argyrophylle, Oliver, affinis, differt ambitu foliorum valde
diverso lobis laminam stricte terminantibus haud alte trilobatis.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 14,000 ft. February.

Folia eum petiolis 8—10 mm. long., 5-6 mm. lat.

Calycis tubus + 2 mm.
longus, lobi interiores 4- 1:5 mm. longi.

Jarpella 4:75 mm. longa.
This interesting little plant is distinguished from its near allies by the

Е. G. BAKER: POLYPETAL®. 251

shape of the leaves, which are cuneate obovate and very shortly petioled
and terminate by three short lobes directed forwards. Flowers are
difficult to find on our material.

The following clavis indicates the position of these two novelties in relation
to the nearest allies. All are pilose or generally sericeo-pilose and have

brown, membranous, sheathing stipules.

* Folia cuneato-obovata brevissime trilobata, lobis laminam stricte terminantibus.
ALCHEMILLA SUBNIVALIS, Sp. nov. Mt. Ruwenzori.
** Folia tripartita, lobis lateralibus quam lobo centrali angustioribus illius
margine integro.
* Lobo centrali late oblanceolato usque ad 3-5 mm. trifido.
A. ARGYROPHYLLA, Oliver. Mt. Kilimanjaro.

tt Lobo centrali oblanceolato-obovato usque ad 0:5 mm. dentato.
А. ARGYROPHYLLOIDES, 8p. nov, Mt. Ruwenzori.
жк Folia trilobata, lobis omnibus margine anteriore argute serratis.
А. STUHLMANNI, Engler. Mt. Ruwenzori.
339 Folia flabellatim 3-5-lobata, margine anteriore serrata.
А. RUWENZORIENSIS, Rolfe. Mt. Ruwenzori.

In addition to the plants already mentioned, Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot collected
on Mt. Ruwenzori at 7000-10,000 ft. a plant which seems to agree closely with
А. Volkensii, Engler, the chief difference being the carpels in the plant from

Ruwenzori are more numerous.

CRASSULACEZE.

SEDUM RUWENZORIENSE, sp. nov.

S. caule humifuso repente ad nodos inferiores radicante sparse foliato ramen-
taceo ; foliis ligulati-oblongis vel subspathulatis tenuiter membranaceis,
apice obtusis basi cauli peltatim affixis alternis vel suboppositis ; inflores-
centia corymbosa, ramulis tenuibus curvatis; sepalis lineari-oblongis,
basi breviter auriculatis petalis subrequilongis : petalis flavis lineari-
oblongis apice obtusis vel subacutis ; filamentis filiformibus, antheris
breviter ovatis; carpellis ellipticis margine hyalinis sursum in stylos
abrupte attenuatis, stylo tenui quam carpella dimidio breviore, stigmate
parvo capitellato.

Species 8. Volkensit, Engler, affinis, differt foliis sepissime lineari-oblongi
floribus paullo majoribus, earpellis sursum in stylos abrupte attenuatis
petalis sepissime apice obtusis.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 12,500 ft. In flower February.

« Flowers yellow."

Folia 1:0-1:8 em. long., 30-40 mm. lat. Sepala + 6 mm. longa. Petala
+6 mm. longa. Carpella 2:5 mm. long, 12 mm. lat. Stylus 1 mm.

longus.

252 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.
KALANCHOE CRENATA, Haw., var.
^ 189, ex descript.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. of var. Mozambique District.

COLLINA, Engl. Pflanzenwelt Ost- Afr.

CoTYLEDON Umpiuicus, Linn. var. BOTRYOIDES, Engl. Hochgebirgsfl. 230.
(Umbilicus botryoides, Hochst. in “chimp. Pl. Abyss. ii. n. 1300.)
E. 10,000 ft. February.

Distrib. of var. Mountains of Abyssinia, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

МЕГАКТОМАСЕ М.

OSBECKIA DENSIFLORA, Gilg, Monogr, Afr. Melast. 8, ex descript.
E. 6000 ft. January,

This agrees with Dr. Gilg’s description, with the e
in Dr. Wollaston’s plant are broader,
Distrib. Mozambique District.

xception that the petals

[RISTEMMA INCOMPLETUM, А. Br, in Tuckey’s Congo
7000 ft. January.

Distrib. Nile Land, Upper Guinea, Lower Guinea.

‚ «lppendiv, 435.

BEGONIACEÆ.

ВесомтА ($ Rostrobegonia) WOLLAsTONI

‚ хр. nov.
Herba elata, caule eramoso

"rnoso terete glabro; folis mediocriter vel
longiuseule petiolatis, petiolo glabro, obliquis,
acuminatis sinu sublateraliter posito, margine
serratis, lamina membranae

ambitu ovatis apice
distincte inæqualiter
а utrinque sparsissime pilosula et subtus
ad nervos venasque pilis albidis sparsissime vestita, nervis +10 radi-
antibus omnibus iterum atque iterum furcatis nervo intermedio penn:-
nervio, venis laxe reticulatis subtus subpr

persistentibus ovato-oblongis glabris; inflorescentiis dichotome furcatis ;
pedunculis tenuibus. glabris vel glabres-
detectorem puniceis, fl, d sepalis 2 sub-
orbicularibus, petalis 2 quam sepalis multo

ominentibus ; stipulis magnix

bracteis tenuiter membranaceis,
centibus; floribus secus cl.

minoribus obovatis ; stami-

nibus numerosissimis basi in columnam brevem connatis superne liberis
equaliter. radiantibus antheris rotundatis; fl. 9 quam fl. 5 manifeste
minoribus, sepalis 2 obovato-orbicularibus et petalis 2 subsequalibus ;
ovario trialato, stylis а basi liberis horum lobis profunde fissis r
flabellatim pluripartitis, lobis ultimis apice
perfecte evolutis haud visis,

amis
dense papillosis, fructibus

Е. G. BAKER : POLYPETAL.E. 253

Ab B. Johnstoni, Oliver, differt foliis laterioribus margine serratis haud
crenatis, etc, in fll. g sepalis quam petalis multo majoribus.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. In flower March.

* Flowers pink."

Folia 10-18 cm. long., 6'5-8'0 em. lat. Petioli 50-1070 em. longi, leviter
apice erassiuseuli, annulo setarum instructi. Марие 1'2-15 em.
longe. Fl. d sepala + 2:5 cm. longa et lata. petala 1:4 em. longa.
Fl. $ sepala +9 mm. longa.

Evidently allied to B. Johnstoni, Oliver, and B. Engleri, Gilg. Differs

in the male flowers having sepals much longer than the petals.

BEGONIA Mryeri-Jouannis, Lgl. Lochyebirgsf. 805.
8000 ft. January.
Distrib, Mt. Kilimanjaro.

UMBELLIFERE.

SANICULA EUROPHA, Linn, Sp. Pl. 859.

E. 7000 ft. January.

Distrib, Nile Land, Mt. Kilimanjaro, Upper Guinea. Very widely dis-

tributed in Europe, Asia, and America.

PEUCEDANUM Prrrriaxex, 21. Rich. Tent. FL Abyss. 1. 521.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. of type. Nile Land, Upper Guinea.
Var. kilimanscharicum, Engler: Mt. Kilimanjaro.

P. Kersrent, Kungl, Bot. Jahrb, xix. Beibl. no. 47 (1894), 45.

E. 12,000 ft. February.

Distrib. Mt. Kilimanjaro.

Mr. Wright informs me that “ Peucedanum dissectum, Dawe, Report,
p. 46, is Mr. Dawe’s name for the plant described in Sir H. H. Johnston’s
* Uganda Protectorate, i. p. 326, as Anthriscus dissectus. The original
specimen consisted of leaves and detached fruits, the latter certainly
belonging to Anthriscus. Specimens sent by Mr. Dawe, No. 595, have
the fruits attached and are correctly referred to Peucedanum”? These
latter are very closely allied to the plant collected by Dr. Wollaston.

Токпав GRACILIS, Lnyl. Hochgebirgsit. 301.
7000 ft. February.
Also collected by Scott Elliot (No. 6833) at 7000-5000 ft.
Distrib. Mozambique District. And the forma umbrosa, Engl.: Mozam-

bique District and Mt. Ruwenzori.

251 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

GAMOPETALZ.
By Spencer Le M. Moore.

The collection includes the following well-known plants :— Adenostemma
viscosum, Forst., 7000 ft. : lgeratum conyzoides, Linn., 6000 ft.: Dichro-
cephala latifolia, DC., 6000 ft.; Pluchea Dioscoridis, DC., 3500 ft. : Eclipta
erecta, Linn., 3500 ft.; Gynura cernua, Benth., 6000 ft.; G. crepidioides,
Benth., 6000 ft. ; Sonchus asper, Hill, 3500 Н.; Evolvulus alsinoides, Linn.,
3500 ft. ; Leucas martinicensis, R. Br., 7000 ft. ; and Leonotis nepetæfolia,
R. Br., 7000 ft.

RUBIACEÆ.
PENTAS PURPUREA, Oliver, in Trans. Linn. Soe. xxix. (1873) 83, var.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique, Lower Guinea.

PENTAS PUBIFLORA, sp. nov.

Неграсеа, ascendens, caule subtereti sursum ramuloso mox lineis duabus
pubescentibus exemptis glabro novellis dense pubescentibus, foliis ovato-
lanceolatis lanceolatisve acutis vel caudato-acuminatis basi in petiolum
brevem angustatis supra scabriuscule puberulis. subtus pubescentibus
costis seeundariis utrinque. 109-13 leviter arcuatis, stipulis а basi seti-
feris setis pubescentibus, eymis caulem ramulosque terminantibus foliis
subeequalibus vel iis brevioribus dense pubescentibus, floribus pro rata
parvulis. subsessilibus pentameris, "alyeis dense pubescentis lobis tri-
angulari-deltoideis 2 (vel 1) lineari-lanceolatis quam reliqui multo
majoribus, corolla tubo extus dense pubescente faucibus villosulis lobis
tubum haud semisequantibus lineari-laneeolatis acutis extus dense pubes-
centibus, staminibus paullo infra fauces insertis filamentis glabris
antheris exsertis, disco eminente pubescente, ovario 2-loculo, stylo
incluso glabro.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 6000 ft. January.

Folia modica 6:0—10:0. em. long., 2-0-3:5 em. lat, membranacea, subtus
grisea, Stipularam sete cirea 0:6 em. long. Cymie 5*0-9-0 em. long.,
adusque 10:0 em. diam. Pedicelli circa 0°1 em. long. Flores albi.
Calycis lobi majores cirea 0:3 em. long., reliqui 0075-0715 em. Corolla
tubus sursum leviter amplificatus, intus. pubescens, 0-45 cm. long., basi
07125 cm., faucibus 0:2 em. diam.: lobi 0*2 em. long. Filamenta 0:2 em.,
antheræ 0:12 em. long. Ovarium hemisphæricum, dense pubescens,
015x015 em. Stylus 0:2 cm., hujus rami 0:1 em. long. Capsula
sparsim pubescens, longitrorsum costata, disco elevato coronata et alycis
lobis adusque 0°15—0-4 em. auctis instructa, in toto 0*3 em, long, vix
totidem lat.

SPENCER MOORE : САМОРЕТАТ Ж. 255

Known from its congeners, among other features, by the very short and
densely hairy corollas. The affinity is with Pentas herbacea, Hiern, from
Golungo Alto.

Var. LONGISTYLA. Corolle paullo breviores (5 cm. long.) necnon extus
paullulum minus pubescentes. Antheræ subsessiles, inclusæ. Stylus
exsertus, cum stigmate 0:6 em. long.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 7000 ft. January.
Apparently a long-styled form of the species.

PAVETTA RUWENZORIENSIS, Sp. nov.

Arbuscula ramulis validis tetragonis pubescentibus dein puberulis novellis
albo-hirsutulis, foliis sat amplis ellipticis apice cuspidato-acuminatis ipso
obtusiusculis basi in petiolum piloso-pubescentem longe sensimque
angustatis membranaceis utrobique præsertim vero fac. inf. puberulis
costis secundariis utrinque 11-12 patulis sub margine subito arcuatis,
stipulis inferne longe cuneatis dorso pubescentibus superne lineari-
subulatis pilosis, corymbis axillaribus sublaxe multifloris pedunculis
longis validis erecto-ascendentibus mox minute puberulis fultis, floribus
4-meris, pedicellis puberulis quam calyx brevioribus, calycis tubo (ovario)
subsphæroideo puberulo limbo ultra ovarium longiuscule producto ut
lobi lineari-subulati glabro, corollæ tubo elongato intus piloso-puberulo
lobis oblongis obtuse acutis tubum plus quam semizequantibus, filamentis
brevibus erassiuseulis antheris exertis, stylo corollam longe excedente
crassiusculo puberulo, stigmate anguste fusiformi integro, bacca maxime
cruda reliquiis calycis limbi exuti coronata.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. January. (Also Ruwenzori, 7000-8000 ft.,
Scott-Elliot, 7833 : and Uganda, id., 7399.)

Folia adulta 12:0-14-0 em. long., 5:5-7:0 em. lat., in sicco olivacea : costa
ord. sec. tenues, pag. sup. plans, pag. inf. eminentes; petioli circi
2:0 em. long. Stipularum pars connata. 0*4—0:5 em. long., harum pars
libera 0:4 em. long. Pedunculus circa 140 em. long. Pedicelli 0°2-
0:5 em. long. Corymbi circa 100 em. diam. Flores albi. Ovarium
0:2 em. long. Calycis limbus in toto 0-8—0*9 em. ; lobi cirea 0:05 em.
long. Calycis reliquie baccam coronantes circiter 0:05 em. long.
Corolle tubus. 1:85 em. long., 0*2 em. diam. ; lobi circa 1:0 em. long.,
0:3 em. lat. Filamenta 0°13 em. long. : antherze lineares, torte, 0:85 em.
long. Stylus 4:7 em. long.

Known by the elliptical pilose-puberulous leaves, the long stout axillary
peduncles, the calyces with relatively long glabrous limb and lobes
leaving a distinct rim behind them upon their detachment, which appears
to happen immediately after opening of the flower, and the long pube-
rulous styles with narrowly fusiform stigma.

PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

GRUMILEA MEGISTOSTICTA, sp. nov.

Arbor ramulis compressis crebro foliosis cortice suleato mox circumdatis
diuscule glabris novellis pubescentibus, foliis breviter petiolatis oblongo-
ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis apice aeutis basi obtusis leviterve rotundatis
papyraceis supra glabris subtus in costa media et costulis piloso-hirsutulis
in axillis costarum seeundariarum glandula (domatio) pellucida maxima
onustis utrobique opacis fac. inf. vero pallidioribus, stipulis late ovatis
obtusis integris extus minute pubescentibus cito decidnis, floribus in
cymis paucifloris abbreviatis minnte pubescentibus paniculam brevem
(sc. a foliis longe superatam) efformantibus digestis, bracteis brevissimis
ovatis, pedicellis quam ovarium brevioribus, ovario subsphæroidali fulvo-
pubescente, 'alyce ovarium. excedente leviter dentato dentibus triangu-
laribus obtusis fere glabro, corollæ tubo basi angustato inde dilatato extus
pubescente intus villoso in lobos 4 vel 5 oblougos obtusos cito reflexos
utrinque minute puberulos semidiviso, staminibus exsertiz, stylo breviter

exserto ramis oblongis obtusis quam se ipse brevioribus, bacca .

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 7000 ft. January.

Arbor see, cl. colleetorem cirea 12-metralis (** 80-40 ft. high ”).

Folia solemniter. 7-0-10-0 x 3-5-50 ст. ; costee secundaria utrinque 9—11,
patentes, juxta. marginem dichotome, utrinque. presertim. attamen pag.
inf. eminentes ; Зап Ча axillares ellipticee, 0°15 x 0-1 em., quieque а
costa sua secundaria subito decurva marginata ; petioli £1:0 em. iong.,
raro Z0 em. Stipule fere 170 cm. long. Panieula 3:0 em. long.
Pedicelli inerassati, 005 em. long. Flores albi. Ovarium 0°1 ет.,
calycis limbus totus 0175 em., hujus lobi 0°025-0-05 em. long. Corolla
т toto 0*7 em. long. ; tubus 0:35 em., humectatus basi 0-1 em., faucibus
05 ст. diam. ; lobi 0°35 em. long.,
Filamenta paullo infra fauces inserta, 0:25 cm. long. ; antheræ late
oblongze, 0:13 em. long. Stylus vix 0*4 em. stigmatis rami 0:12 em.
long.

fac. sup. prominule ]-nervosi.

Although without fruit, this seems to be a Grumilea rather than a
Psychotria. It is known at sight by the extremely large gland-like
domatia in the axils of the secondary nerves.

DIODIA STIPULOSA, S. Moore, in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxvii. (1905) 310.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land and Upper Guinea.

(ALIUM SERRATOHAMATUM, sp. nov.

Herbaceum, ramis sat elongatis gracilibus hispidulo-seabridis infra nodos
hispidis ipsos ad nodos pilis longis arrectis ferragineis onustis, foliis pro
verticillo 6 sessilibus oblongis vel oblongo-linearibus apice breviter
spinulosis ima basi leviter anpgustatis margine serratis serraturis retrorso-

SPENCER MOORE : GAMOPETAL.E. 257

spinulosis uninervibus in sicco nigrescentibus, floribus viridibus 4-meris
in eymis abbreviatis (sc. quam folia brevioribus) 2—4-floris ramulos breves
laterales terminantibus et a foliis parvis 1-4-bracteatis dispositis, pedicellis
ovarium æquantibus vel eo brevioribus longioribusve, ovario oblate
spheroideo glabro vel fere glabro, fructu parvo subspheroideo glabro
vel sparsim hispidulo.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 12,500 ft. February.

Folia + 0 em. long. 02-03 em. lat, firme membranacea, in sicco
marginibus plerumque revolutis ; spinula terminalis circa 0°1 em. long.,
sepe uncinata; serraturæ adusque 005 em. alt. Cymæ cum ramulo
suffuleiente circa 0*5 em. long., hispidulæ. Pedicelli 0*025-0-1 ст. long.
Ovarium 005x0075 em. Flores circa 0:25 сш. diam. Corolla lobi
oblongi, scabriusculi, 0:15 cm. long. Filamenta 0°05 cm., antheræ
0:025 em. long. Fructus 012 x 0*1 em.

Distinguished. from varieties of G. Aparine, Linn., by the leaves with
distinctly serrated margins, the short inflorescences, and small fruits.

COMPOSITAE.

ERLANGEA MARGINATA, S. Moore, in Journ. Ганн. Soc, Bot. XXXV. (1902) 310.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District.

VERNONIA ($ Lepidella) WOLLASTONI, 8р. поу. |

Herbacea, caule erecto verisimiliter rariramoso bene folioso pluristriato parce
pubescente novellis dense fulvo-pubescentibus, foliis parvis brevipetiolatis
lanceolatis acuminatis basi acutis margine distanter serrulatis serraturis
induratis vulgo arrectis membranaceis pag. sup. cito costis puberulis
exemptis glabris pag. inf. ad costas appresse pubescentibus alibi glandulis
minimis sessilibus. perlucentibus onustis, capitulis parvis 12-flosculosis in
corymbum terminalem folia excedentem laxum pluricephalum rari-
bracteatum digestis, bracteis folia mentientibus sed iis plerumque minori-
bus, involucri graciliter peduneulati campanulati pubescentis 3-serialis
phyllis extimis subulatis quam interiora lanceolata acuminata in sicco
dilute straminea plane brevioribus, flosculis ex involucro longe eminenti-
bus, achæniis cylindricis 5-costatis piloso-pubescentibus necnon glandulis
minimis lucentibus instructis, pappi setis scabriusculis albis achæenia
2-plo excedentibus squamellis brevibus angustissime linearibus glabris.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 7000 ft. January.

Folia solemniter 4:0—6:0 em. long., 172-15 cm. lat., accedunt alia multo
minora ex ramulis juvenilibus abbreviatis orta; costa secundariæ
utrinque circa 8, parum arcuatæ, pag. sup. plane, pag. inf. paullo

258 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

eminentes ; petioli cirea 0*5 em. long. pubescentes, Corymbus
70100 x 12°0-14-0 em. ; hujus braeteze 2:0—4:0 em. long. Pedunculi
proprii &epius 1°0—1°5 em. long., rarissime adusque 0:2 em. imminuti,
pubescentes, — Involuerum 0*6 em. long., 0°65 em. diam. ; phylla extima
circa 0-2 em., interiora 0:55 em. long., hace subscariosa, 3-nervia (intima
vero хере l-nervia) Corolle extus sparsissime gølandulosæ tubus
superne leviter ampliatus, 0:6 em. long. : lobi anguste oblongi, 0*3 em.
long. Styli rami cirea 0:2 em. long. — Achienia 0:3 em. long. : pappi
setze 06-077 ет, long. ; squamelle 0*05—0*075 cm. long.

Nearest V. syringafolia, О. Hoffm., a species which Dr. Hoffmann refers to
$ Cyanopis, although the outer pappus seems to me to be of squamellee,
though very narrow ones. From this it differs entirely in leaf, also in
the smaller heads with only half the number of florets, the pubescent
involueres, Ке. V. Biafre, Oliver & Hiern, referred in the ‘Flora of
Tropical Africa? to $ Lepidella although its squamellie are no wider than
those of V. syringefolia, is also closely allied to the new plant, but, inter
alia, Из involucres are quite different,

VERNONIA CINERASCENS, Sch. Bip. in Schweinf. Fl. Aethiop. 162.
К.Ю. 3000 ft. June.
Distrib. Nile Land, Lower Guinea.

V. RUWENZORIENSIS, S. Moore, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1902) 321.
7000 ft. January.
“А shrub 5-10 ft. high. Flowers white.”
Distrib. Restricted to Ruwenzori.

CONYZA SCARIOSA, sp. nov.

C. caule gracili erebro foliato longitrorsum pluristriato cito glabrescente,
foliis sessilibus lineari-oblongis vel anguste oblanceolato-linearibus acutis
basi brevissime | amplexicaulibus margine distanter serrulatis mem-
branaceis supra glabris subtus in nervis margineque leviter hispidulis,
apitulis mediocribus multifloseulosis in corymbum terminalem sparsim
bracteatum folia longe excedentem laxiuseulum digestis, pedunculis
propriis gracilibus involuerum excedentibus vel subiequantibus minute
pubescentibus, involucri hemisphærici glabri vel summum leviter
puberuli 3-serialis phyllis oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis margine apice-

que late seariosis longitrorsum plurinervosis extimis quam interiora
brevioribus, receptaculo eonvexiuseulo foveolato foveolis fimbrilliferis,
flosculis fem. multiseriatis hermaph. pluribus albis, flosculorum fem.
corollis apice denticulatis nequaquam ligulatis, achieniis oblongis com-

SPENCER MOORE : GAMOPETAL.E. 259

pressis glabris, pappi setis achenia longe excedentibus l-seriatis seabridis
sordide albis.

Hah. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. January.

Folia modice 2:5—3:0 em. long., + 0*5 em. lat., costie costulæque (pag. inf.
magis aspectabiles) eleganter reticulate. Corymbi circa 1070 em. long.,
summum 8:0 em. diam. Bracteæ foliaceze, lineares, 0°05—0°2 cm. long.,
summe angustissime. Pedunculi proprii solemniter 0:5-1-0 em. long.
Involucrum 0*6 x 0*6 em. ; phylla extima 0:4 em. long., intermedia circa
0:55 cm., мес adusque 0°25 em. lat. ; pauca adsunt intimze circa 0:15 cm.
lat, omnia in sicco dilute brunnea. Flosculorum fem. corolle circa
0:15 em. long., floseulorum hermaph. 0*4 em. long., horum lobi 0:1 ет.
long. Achwnia 01 em., pappns 0°35 em. long.

At once distinguished from its African congeners by the broad very obtuse
searious leaves of the involucre.

(ONYZA MONTIGENA, эр. nov.

C. caule gracili subtereti crispe pubescente cito glabro longitrorsum striato
brunneo-rubescente, foliis sessilibus lanceolato-oblongis breviter acumi-
natis basi leviter amplexicaulibus margine integris vel hine illine denticu-
latis membranaceis utrinque glabris, capitulis pro rata mediocribus
multifloseulosis in. eorymbo terminali paucibracteato polycephalo folia
æquante vel leviter excedente dispositis, pedunculis propriis involuerum
excedentibus gracilibus pubescentibus, involucri hemisph:eriei 3-serialis
phyllis lineari-laneeolatis (intimis angustioribus) acuminatis uninervibus
subscariosis, receptaculo convexiusculo foveolato foveolis fimbriliiferis,
flosculis fem. pauciserialibus hermaph. complurimis flavicantibus, floscu-
lorum fem. corollis breviter ligulatis ligula a stylo plane superato,
achæniis adhue crudis oblongis (basi vero leviter angustatis) compressis
sericeo-puberulis, pappi setis 1-seriatis sordide albis scabriusculis.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 11.000 ft. February.

Folia 20-45 ст. long. 0:7-1:3 em. lat., pag. inf. pallidiora, e'eganter
reticulata. Corymbus 2:5-5:0 em. long. 40-60 em. diam. Bracteæ
lineares vel lineari-oblongze, +0°5 ст. long. Pedunculi proprii modice
0:5-1:0 em. long. Involuerum 0:6 х 0-7-0"8 ет. : phylla + 0755 em.
long., intermedia 0*15 em., intima 0-1 em. lat. Flosculorum fem. corollee
tubus 0:2 cm. long.; ligula 0:1 cm. long. Flosculorum hermaph.
corollae in toto 0*4 em. long. ; lobi vix 0:1 em. long. — Aehzenia 0:1 em.,
pappus 0*4 em. long.

The flowering heads are much like those of C. giyantea, О. Hotim., except
for the presence of the distinct though short ligule to the outer florets,
In addition the leaves of the two are very different, and whereas the
heads of C. gigantea are closely compacted, those of C. montigena, besides
being fewer, are much more laxly arranged.

200 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

LAGGERA АГАТА, Sch. Bip. ex Oliver, in Trans. Linn, бое. xxix. (1873)
94, var. DENTATA, var. nov. Differs only from some of the more hairy
forms of the species in the toothed wings to the stem.

E. 6000 ft. January.
Distrib. Common (the type) in tropical and subtropical Africa. Also a
Mascarene and tropical Asian species.

Heticurystm (Argyreia $ Elegantissima) ARGYROCOTYLE, sp. nov.
Herbacea, caule erecto forsan simplici tereti fistuloso araneoso- -puberulo

vel pubescente crebro folioso, foliis mediocribus sessilibus lanceolatis vel

lanceolato-oblongis apice mueronatis basi obtusis leviterve rotundatis
uninervibus membranaceis supra seabriuseulis subtus pubescentibus,

capitulis mediocribus homogamis multifloseulosis in corymbo terminali
laxo plurieephalo braeteato folia excedente vel æquante araneoso-
pubescente ordinatis, bracteis foliaeeis junioribus imminutis, involucri
hemispherici multiserialis phyllis extimis comparate brevibus interiori-
bus gradatim longioribus lamina sat elongata lineari-lanceolata (phyll.
intimorum lineari) acuminata radiante nitente instructis, receptaculo
plano alveolato nudo, floseulis inclusis, corollis 5-lobis, antherarum caudis
sparsim setaceo-ramosis, styli ramis apice subcapitatis, achæniis eylindricis
glabris, pappi setis uniserialibus scabridis sordidis.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 10,000 ft. February.

Planta saltem 30-0 em. alt. Pili glandulosi in omnibus partibus pubigeris
eum simplicibus plus minus intermixti. Folia radicalia desunt ; caulina
inferiora. 75x Z0 em., superiora 30-60 em. long. 1°2—1°% em. lat.
Corymbi 4:0-10:0 em. long., 80150 em. diam. — Bracte:e sæpissime
0:7-2:5 em. long. plerumque lineares vel lineari-lanceolatæ, sursum
attenuate, araneoso-puberulie. Pedunculi proprii solemniter 2°5—3°5 em.
long., patentes. Capitula 1:25 x 15 ет. Involueri phylla extima basi
waneosa, 0*6—0*7 em. long. ; intermedia 05—09 em., intima 1*0-1:1 em.
long. Receptaculum 0:5 em. diam. Corollee 0:25 em. long. Anther-

D
arum loculi 0:8 cm., caudæ 0:3 em. long. Achænia segre 0:1 cem..
pappus 0:3 em. long.

Near H. eleguntissimum, DU. (И. formosissimum, Sch. Bip.), from which it
is easily distinguished by the smaller leaves, the smaller heads with more
pronouncedly acuminate involucral leaves, and the small corollas.

To this isto be referred Scott Elliots No. 8010 (Ruwenzori, 9000—
10,000 ft.), which I formerly (Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxv. (1902) 333)
named “ H., eleyantissimum, DC."

HELICHRYSUM (Argyreia ў Elegantissima) WoLLASTONI, sp. nov.
H. caule erecto crebro folioso dense albo-araneoso lanuginoso, foliis sessilibus
lanceolato-oblongis apice mucronatis uninervibus chartaceis supra laxe

SPENCER MOORE : САМОРЕТАТ, Е. 261

агапеоз tandem verisimiliter glabris subtus densissime dilutissime fulvo-
floccoso-tomentosis, capitulis mediocribus multiflosculosis heterogamis in
corymbo brevi racemiformi paucicephalo satis laxo bracteato dense
lanuginoso dispositis, pedunculis propriis quam capitula brevioribus vel
ea subzequantibus dense lanuginosis, bracteis foliis similibus nisi minori-
bus, involueri late ovoidei pluriseriati phyllis interioribus gradatim longi-
oribus extimis lamina ovato-lanceolata intermediis lanceolata intimis
lineari-oblonga coronatis omnibus acutis tandem radiantibus exterioribus
purpureis interioribus argyreis nitentibus, receptaculo plano nudo alveo-
lato, flosculis paucis extimis femineis, corollis 5-lobis, antherarum caudis
simplicibus, styli ramis subcapitatis, achæniis cylindrieis (ima basi
dilatatis) glabris, pappi setis paucis l-serialibus scabridis albis.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 12,000 ft. February.

Speciminis unici mihi obvii caulis simplex, 24:0 em. alt., robustus (sc. basi
0:8 em. lat.), in sicco prominenter striatus. Folia 4:5-8:0 сш. long.,
1°0—1°7 em. lat., summa in bracteas transeuntia. Corymbus 6*0 x 6'0 em.
Bracteœ + 15 cm. long. (infimw fere adusque 4:0 em.), araneose.
Pedunculi proprii patentes, 1:0-2:0 em. long. Capitula 1°8 x 1:2 cm.
Involueri phylla extima 0°8—0°9 cm., intermedia 1°0-1°1 cm., intima
1:2 cm. long. Receptaculum 0:5 em. diam. Corolle 0:25 em. long.
Antherarum loculi 0:075 cm., caudæ 0°05 cm. long. Acheenia (adhuc
cruda) 0:065 em. long. : pappi setze 0°35 em. long.

In leaf intermediate between H. Gulielmi, Engl., and И. Lentu, Volk. & О.
Hoffm. It differs from both in the racemiform inflorescence and the
shorter, more spheroidal heads with shorter and relatively broader
involueral leaves. The three, when more specimens are forthcoming,
may perhaps be considered forms of a single polymorphic species.

HELICHRYSUM STUHLMANNI, O. Hoffm. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. хх. (1894) 232.
E. 13,000 ft. February.

Н. STUHLMANNI, O. Hoffm., var. LATIFOLIUM, var. nov. Folia quam ea typi
insigniter breviora necnon latiora, зе. cirea 2:5 x 0°6—0°7 em.
E. 14,800 feet.
Though at first sight very different in foliage and decidedly more woolly,
apparently a high-level variety and not a distinct species.
Distrib. So far the species is known only from Ruwenzori and

Kilimanjaro.

Н. FÆTIDUM, Moench, Method. 575.

E. 6000 ft. January.

Distrib. Nile Land and Mozambique District. Also South Africa.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVII. T

262 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

HELICHRYSUM зетозом, Harv. in Fl. Сар. 11. 281.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District. Also South Africa.

MgrANTHERA Browne, Sch. Dip. in Flora, xxvii. (1844) 673.
6000 ft., January ; and 5000 ft., March.
Distrib. Widely distributed through tropical Africa. Also a South-African
plant.

GUIZOTIA COLLINA, sp. nov.

Herbacea, eaule erecto gracili distanter folioso scabride hispidulo tandem
fere glabro, foliis sessilibus lineari-oblongis obtusis basi sepe levissime
amplexicaulibus margine serrulatis coriaceis pag. sup. scaberrimis inf.
scabro-hispidulis, capitulis in eymis brevibus paucicephalis terminalibus
vel ramulos sparsim foliosos coronantibus hispidis dispositis, pedunculis
propriis quam capitula brevioribus, involucri phyllis exterioribus herbaceis
elongatis lineari-lanceolatis obtusis (apice callosis) hispidis quam phylla
interiora laneeolato-oblonga acuta dorso sparsim hispidulo-pilosa multo
longioribus, ligulis 12 oblongo-obovatis apice 3-dentatis 9-nervosis, disei
corollis basi tomentosis, achzeniis (nondum maturis) tetragonis glabris.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 5000 ft. March.

Folia 4:0-9:0 em. long. : circa 1:0 em. lat. ; marginibus in sicco sepissime
revolutis, fac. inf. pallida. Cymæ 2:0-4:0 ст. long. Pedunculi proprii
0:2-1:5 em. long. hispidi. Involueri phylla exteriora 1:5 ст. long.,
+ 0:3 em. lat. ; interiora 3-nervia, 0-5 х 0-25 em. Receptaculi pales
anguste oblongo-obovatz, apice truncato-rotundatze, 3-nerves, 0'6 em.
long. Ligule 1:2 em. long., summum 0:5 em. lat. Disci corollæ
0:4 em. long. Achænia 0:2 em. long. vel paullulum longiora.

Known by the hispid and scabrous clothing of various organs, the narrow
undivided leaves, the narrow and relatively elongated outer involucral
leaves, &e.

ConEOPSIS ABYSSINICA, Sch. Bip. ее Walp, Rep. vi. 163.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. A Nile Land plant.

GynuRA RUWENZORIENSIS, ©. Moore. (Crassocephalum ruwenzoriense, N.
Moore, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1902) 352.)
E. 60000-7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Restricted to Ruwenzori.

SPENCER MOORE: САМОРЕТАТ, Д,

SENECIO MULTICORYMBOSUS, Klatt. in Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien,
(1892) 103.
E. 7000 ft. March.
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa.

К. SYCEPHYLLUS, S. Moore, in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxvii. (1906) 324.
E. 12,000 ft. February.
Distrib. Restricted to Ruwenzori.

S. ADNIVALIS, Stapf, in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxxvii. (1906) 521.
E. 12,000 ft. February.

Distrib. Restricted to Ruwenzori.

SENECIO GYNUROIDES, sp. nov.

Elatus, caule subtereti striato glabro vel summum obscure puberulo. foliis
5 } А

lanceolato-oblongis breviter acuminatis е basi rotundata subito in petiolum

brevem acuminatis margine calloso-dentatis membranaceis supra glabris

subtus appresse pilosulis petiolis auriculis duabus late ovatis sparsim

dentatis instructis, capitulis mediocribus homogamis diseoideis multi-
flosculosis in corymbo terminali subsessili subumbellato perpaucicephalo
raribraeteato digestis, bracteis parvis linearibus, pedunculis propriis

arrectis elongatis sc. capitula magnopere excedentibus brunneo-puberulis,
involucri subhemispheriei glabri phyllis 20 anguste lineari-oblongis
breviter acuminatis anguste marginatis additis calyculi phyllis pluribus

lineari-subulatis ut involucri phylla microscopice puberulis, flosculis

exsertis, antheris basi vix auriculatis, styli ramis truncatis appendice
filiformi brevissimo onustis, achzeniis cylindricis 10-costatis albo-setosis,

pappi setis glabris albis.
Паб. Ruwenzori E. 12,500 ft.

Planta ex schedis cl. detectoris “ 10-15 ped." alt. Foliorum limbus 10*0 em.
long., summum 0-35 ст. lat, in sicco castaneo-olivaceus ; costæ

secundariz utrinque circa 10, ascendentes ; costularum rete delicatulum,

pag. if. solum aspectabile ; petioli basi dilatati, circa 1:0 ст. long.,

horum auricule 0*8 x 0-7 em. Pedunculi proprii 5*5 em. long. Bracteæ
20:5 long. Involucrum 1:04 L2 em. ; calyculi phylla circa 0*6 em.
long., raro lO em. attingentia. Flosculi lutei. Corollarum tubus superne
gradatim dilatatus, 0*9 em. long., inferne vix 0:02 cm., faucibus 0°15 cm.

diam. ; lobi triangulares, 0:12 ст. long. Ап его incluse. Styli rami

vix 0'2 em., appendix 0:02 em. long. Achzenia fere 0:2 cm., pappus

0:9 em. long.

Near ©. macropappus, Sch. Bip., which has different leaves and inflor-

escences, a different ealyeulus (i. e. leaves longer and relatively much

narrower), larger corollas, &e.
T 2

264

PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

SENECIO JUGICOLA, sp. nov,
S. caule erecto robusto angulato pluristriato "ariramoso brunneo-pubescente

demum seabriusculo, foliis petiolatis lanceolato-oblongis acutis obtusisve
basi rotundatis margine serrato-dentatis summis perpaucis imminutis et
in bracteas transeuntibus supra costa media puberula neglecta glabris
subtus laxe neenon appresse piloso-pubescentibus, corymbo foliis sub-
:wequilongo polycephalo patulo pubescente, bracteis parvis lineari-subulatis
puberulis, eapitulis parvis heterogamis radiatis eirca 25-flosculosis pedun-
culis quam sese nune paullo longioribus nunc brevioribus fultis, calyculi
phyllis perpaucis abbreviatis subulato-linearibus, involucri | turbinato-
eylindrici puberuli phyllis 8 oblongis infra apicem angustatis apice ipso
acutis nune angustissime nune latius marginatis, ligulis 6 ex involuero
eminentibus late oblongis 3-dentatis 4-nervibus luteis, disci corollis
exsertis, styli ramis truncatis penicillatis, achzeniis (hucusque crudis)
cylindrico-turbinatis aliquanto compressis 10-costatis glabris, pappi setis
scabriusculis albis.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 9000 ft. February.
Folia matura 2-100 em. long. et 4*0 em. lat., papyracea ; costa: secundariz

utrinque 12-15, ut costa centralis pag. inf. magis perspicuze, paullulum
arcuate: ; petioli 1:0-1:5. em. long. araneoso-pubescentes. — Cory mbus
circa 10*0 x 12:0 em. ; ramuli adusque 2:5 em. long. Bractese 2-075 em.
long. Pedunculi proprii sepissime 0*2-0*5 em. long. — [Involuerum герге
0*5 em. long. Calyeuli phylla vix 0°15 em. long., margine. lanuginosa.
Radii corollarum tubus 0:3. em. long.; ligula 03x15 em. Disci
corollarum tubus sursum leviter ac gradatim amplificatus, 0*4 em. long. ;

lobi ("075 em. long.. oblonei, obtusi. Antheræ zubineluxie, basi ob-.
m

nm
seurissime auriculate. Styli rami OL em., aehienia O1 cem., pappus

0:45 cm. long.

The description of S. serophulariifolius, О. Hoffm., a plant not seen by ше,

reads somewhat like, but its leaves are different in shape, margin, and
clothing, the capitula have fewer florets, &c.

SENECIO WOLLASTONI, sp. nov.
S. caule angulato pluristriato glabrescente distanter folioso foliis (paucis

superioribus solummodo visis) sessilibus lanceolatis vel lanceolato-oblongis
obtuse acutis basi distincte angustatis margine dupliciter serrato-dentatis
membranaceis supra. glabris subtus tenuiter araneosis mox glabrescenti-
bus costis secundariis utrinque adusque 20, capitulis mediocribus hetero-
gamis circa 30-flosculosis in corymbo terminali laxo pluricephalo leviter
araneoso bracteato digestis, pedunculis propriis. gracilibus capitula bene
excedentibus, bracteis parvis lineari-setaeels araneosis, calyculi phyllis
paucis parvis anguste lineari-lanceolatis acutis arancosis, involucri cam-
panulati levissime araneosi phyllis 13 oblongis sursum deltoideis apice

FPENCER MOORE: GAMOPETALZE. 265

acutis sphacelatis et puberulis margine membranaceis, ligulis 6-8 anguste
lineari-oblongis comparate elongatis, disci corollis breviter exsertis, styli
ramis truncatis penicillatis, achzeniis exterioribus compressiusculis in-
terioribus cylindricis 5-costatis glabris, pappi setis scabridis albis.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. January.

Caulis exempll. duorum а me serutatorum 0:3-0:4 ст. diam., hinc inde
reliquiis pubis araneosce instructus ceteroquin glaber, ex axillis gemmam
brevissimam dense albo-araneoso-tomentosam заре efferens. Folia 9:0—
14:0 em. long., 2°0-4'5 em. lat., perpauca. summa minora ; costa secun-
darie pag. inf. magis aspectabiles, angulis variis costæ centrali supra
impressee, subtus admodum prominenti insert, sepe undulatze, paullulum
arcuate ; costulæ arcte reticulate. — Corymbi cirea 10:0 x 1070-120 em.
Bractew +0°5 em. long. Pedunculi proprii 1:0-3:0 em. long. — Calyeuli
phylla 0*2 em. long. Involuerum 0*8 em. long, summum 0:6 cm. diam,
Ligula (limbus) 1:0 em. x 0:225 cm., apice obscure 3-denticulata, 4-nervis.
Disci corollarum tubus sursum subito dilatatus, pars attenuata 0*4 em.,
pars dilatata 0:325 em. long. ; lobi vix 0°15 em. long. Antheræ exsertze,
obscure auriculate. Styli rami puberuli, 0:12 ет. long. Achænia
0:2 cm., pappus 0:8 em. long.

To be inserted in the genus next ©. ochrocarpus, Oliver & Hiern, and ©. den-
ticulatus, Engl. | Easily distinguished from both, inter alia, by the leaves
distinetly narrowed at base, and without an araneose tomentum on the
underside, and the much longer and relatively narrower ligules.

SoNcnus Bipontini, Aschers. in Schweinf. Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 160.
К.Е. 3500 ft. June,

Var. PINNATIFIDUS, Oliver y Hiern, in Fl. Trop. Afr. iii. 458.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Distrib. (of type and variety). East tropical Africa.

LACTUCA ABYSSINICA, Fres. in Mus. Senekenb, 11. (1839) 72.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land.

. CAMPANULACEZE.
(E. G. BAKER.)

LosELIA ($ Rhynchopetalum) WOLLASTONI, sp. nov.

Planta gigantea; foliis tenuiter coriaceis sessilibus late linearibus circ.
8—9-plo longioribus quam latis utrinque glaberrimis (adultioribus) margine
tenuissime xerrulatis apice acutis costa crassa in sicco albicante instructis
nervis lateralibus numerosis superne inseulptis subtus subprominentibus
et reticulatis pallidioribus ; racemo dense bracteato, bracteis lineari-
lanceolatis margine dense pilosis apice aeuminatissimis flore aperto cire

266 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

liplolongioribus ; pedicellis tenuibus brevibus ; calycis tubo campanulato
extus piloso laciniis lineari-lanceolatis quam tubo subtriplo longioribus
quam petalis subduplo brevioribus margine pilosis ; corolla secus cl.
detectorem cerulea ; filamentis pubescentibus quam antheris atro-
violaceis eire. 24plo longioribus, antheris 2 anterioribus tenuiter barbatis;
stylo infra stigma dense piloso.

Species Lobelia Telekei, Schweint., affinis, differt bracteis cire. ро quam
floribus longioribus haud florem decies superantibus, floribus majoribus,
folis glabris. Ab L. Rhynchopetalo differt bracteis angustioribus pilo-
sioribus et calycis laciniis brevioribus.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 12,500—14,500 ft.

Blue spike 10-15 ft. ; dried leaves cling to the lower part of the stem. In
flower April 2, 1906.

Folia in specimine nostro +25 em. longa et 5:0 cm. lata. — Bractem
+6°5 em. longe. Flores £4:5 сш. longs. Calycis tubus +5 mm.
longus, laciniæ +1°6 em. longa. Petala +3°6 em. longi. Filamenta
2:4 em. longa. Ап еге 10 em. longe. Stylus +2°5 em. longus.

Mr. Dawe (in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxvii. 538, 539) records four species
of Lobelia Sect. Rhynchopetalum as occurring on Mt. Ruwenzori,
L. Gibberoa from 6—1000 ft., L. Stuhimanni from 9800-11000 ft.,
L. Deckenit 11,000 ft., and L. Rhynchopetalim from about 12,000 ft. up
to the glaciers.

The plant here deseribed is probably identical with the last of. these from
Mt. Ruwenzori, but it seems to differ in certain particulars from the
L. Rhynchopetalum of the high mountains of Abyssinia, and I have
therefore ventured to separate it.

In addition to the above, Dr. Engler records (Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C. 401)
L. Telekei from Mt. Ruwenzori at 3800 metres.

ТовемА ($ Rhynchopetalum) STUHLMANNI, Schweinf. in Emin Pascha, Im
Herz von Afrika, 291, Taf. 11 (1893) (nomen) : et ел Engl. Pflanzenw.
Ost- Afr. C. A01 (nomen).

Е. 10,000-12,000 ft. April.

* Blue spike about 15 ft." Leaves fall off lower part of stem.

Dr. Gilg informs me this agrees with the specimens at Berlin. I have
made the following notes on the flowers :—

Braetez lanceolate: acuminatissimas quam flores parum longiores заре
5:0—6:0 em. longs, oculo nudo glabræ sub lente margine tenuiter cilio-
late ; calycis tubus campanulatus 4-375 mm. longus, laciniw anguste
lanceolatie quam corolla breviores +2°2 ст. longa: petala +3 em.
longa. Antheræ atro-violaceæ 1'1 em. longs». Filamenta +5 mm.

longa verisimiliter tandem multo longiora.

SPENCER MOORE: САМОРЕТАГ № 267

ERICACE Æ.
ERICA ARBOREA, Linn. Sp. PL 353.
9000-10,000 ft. February.
Distrib. Nile Land. Also Mediterranean Region and the Comoro Islands.

PRIMULACEZE.
LYSIMACHIA AFRICANA, Engl, Pflanzen. Ost- Afr. С. 304.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Flowers purple (pale lilac, Engler : white?, Pax ў Knuth).
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District. Also Transvaal.

PLUMBAGINE.E.

PLUMBAGO ZEYLANICA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 151.
ЗЕ. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. Common in old world tropics.

OLEACEAE.

Jasminum SCHIMPERI, Vatke, in Linnea, xl. (1876) 210.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. Abyssinia.

ASCLEPIADE.
ASCLEPIAS SEMILUNATA, N. Е. Br. т Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. Sect. 1, 327.

E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Congo Free State, Lower Guinea.

SCHIZOGLOSSUM ExIMIUM, №. Е. Br. т Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. Sect. 1, 370.
S.E. 3500 ft. May.

So far as known, restricted to the neighbourhood of Ruwenzori.

CONVOLVULACE X.
(Dr. А. B. RENDLE.)

Iromaa CALYCINA, C. В. Clarke, in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iv. 201.
S.E. 3500 ft. Мау.
Distrib. Tropical and South Africa; India.

I. Wieutn, Choisy, in DC. Prod. ix. 864.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. East tropical and South Africa, Madagascar and tropical Asia.

268 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

BORRAGINE X.
CynoGLossum agowETRICUM, Baker & C. H. Wright, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr.
iv. Sect. 2. 52. |
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. South Nile Land and Nyasaland.

SOLANACELE.

SOLANUM RUNSORIENSE, C. //. Wright, in Johnston, Uganda Protectorate, i.
326.
E. 10,000 ft. February.
Not known except from Ruwenzori.

К. ACULEASTRUM, Dun. in DC. Prod. xiii. 1. 366.
E. 7000 ft. February.
Distrib. Mozambique district. Also in South Africa.

DISCOPODIUM PENNINERVIUM, Hochst. in Flora, xxvii. (1844) 22.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Nyasaland, and Upper Guinea.

SCROPHULARIACE.

CRATEROSTIGMA PLANTAGINEUM, //ochst. in Flora, xxiv. (1841) 669.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. East tropical Africa, Lower Guinea.

ALECTRA COMMUNIS, Hemsl. in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. Sect. 2, 372.
E. 7000 ft. February.
Distrib. British East Africa and Uganda, Nyasaland, Upper Guinea.

RHAMPHICARPA HanzrFELDIANA, Vuthe, in Linnea, xliii. (1880-82) 311.
E. 6000 ft., January ; and 7000 ft., February.
Distrib. Nile Land and German East Africa.

STRIGA HERMONTHICA, Benth. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1. (1835) 369.
S.E. 3500 ft. May. |
Distrib. Nile Land, Congo Free State, South-west Africa. Also in Egypt
and Arabia.

ЗОРОВТА RAMOSA, Hochst. in Flora, xxxvii. (1844) 27.
S.W. 3500 ft. July.

Distrib. А common plant in tropieal Africa.

SPENCER MOORE : GAMOPETAL.E. 269

OROBANCHEZE.

OROBANCHE MINOR, Sutt. in Trans. Linn. Soc. iv. (1798) 179.
E. 7000 ft. February.

Distrib. East. tropical Africa. Also in Europe and Mediterranean region.

GESNERACE.

SrREPTOCARPUs RUWENZORIENSIX, Baker, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. iv. Sect. 2,
210.
0000 ft. January.
Distrib. Ruwenzori neighbourhood and Usambara.

ВІСХОХІАСЕ Л.
SPATHODEA CAMPANULATA, Beane. Fl. Owar. 1. А7.
S.E. 3500 ft. May.
The true plant and not S. nilotica, Seem. The present is the most easterly
recorded habitat of this Upper and Lower Guinea and Congo Free State

species.

АСАМТНАСЕ Л.
THUNBERGIA FAsCICULATA, Lindau, in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xvii. (1893) ЭТ.

Semliki Forest. 3000 ft. August.

A Cameroons plant. Differs from the type in the narrower involucral
leaves (55x23 em.) the shorter. pedicels (0*7 ст.), the narrower
bracteoles (2:0 x 1:4 em.) pilose-puberulous on both sides, the corolla-
tube with a broader throat (1:8 em. diam.) and the large filaments (about
1:0 em. long). But the species is such a remarkable one and so different
from all the rest, that I am of opinion these differences will not be
deemed essential when a full series of specimens comes to hand.

Тнохвевота ($ Euthunbergia) OCULATA, sp. nov.

Seandens, caule gracili secus lineas duas prope nodos puberulo ceteroquin
glabro, foliis longipetiolatis cordatis apice cuspidato acuminatis margine
dentato-lobulatis basi palmatim 7-nervibus tenuiter membranacels utro-
bique seabriusculis, floribus in axillis solitariis pedunculis elongatis
piloso-puberulis fultis, braeteolis maj usculis ovato-oblongis obtuse acutis
basi late truneatis utrinque scabriusculis margine hispidule ciliatis,
calycis dentibus inter se ineequalibus linearibus vel lineari-setaceis
pubescentibus, corolla mediocris tubo basi attenuato superne infundi-
buliformi limbi lobis inter se subeequalibus rotundato-obcordatis, filamentis
brevibus latis antheris late oblongis apice obtuse acutis loculis secus
suturam piloso-villosis basi villosis stam. duorum ambobus basi curvato-
alearatis duorum loculo unico solummodo calearato, ovario late ovoideo

270 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

apice obtuso glabro, stylo brevi, stigmate bilabiato labiis firmis inter se

inæqualibus (postico paullo longiore) rotundatis, capsula

Hab. Ruwenzori. 6000 ft. January.

Foliorum limbus 6:5-8:0 x 45-55 cm., fac. inf. pallidior, costulis arc-
tissime reticulatis, glandulis pellucidis microscopicis creberrime indutus,
petioli 5:0-80 ст. long., sepe angustissime alati. Pedunculi 8:0—12:0
em. long. Bracteolæ 28-30 em. long., eleganter гейешабе, Calyx
totus 0*5 em., dentes ("15-035 сш. long. Corollæ tubus vix 3:0 em.
long., ima basi 0*4 em. lat., tunc ad 0:3 cm. coarctatus, inde subito ad
0:55 em. dilatatus, faucibus paullo ultra 1:0 em. lat.; limbus fere
£0 em. diam. ; lobi 1:8 cm. long., summum 2:0 em. lat. Antheræ
0:6 x fere. 0:2 cem., harum calcara admodum curvato, vix 0:2 em. long.
Ovarium 0:15 em. long. ; stylus 1:25 em. long., glaber ; stigmatis lobus
alter 0:175 em., alter 0*1 em. long., 012 em. lat,

This can be told at once from all forms of T. alata, Boj., to which it is
undoubtedly allied, by the long-stalked, cordate, dentate-lobulate leaves,
“the very long peduncles and the relatively large bracteoles,

BRILLANTAISIA PATULA, 7. And. in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. vii. (1864) 21.
К. 6000 ft. January,
A Cameroons plant found in the Uganda Protectorate (Toro) in 1906 by
Dr. Bagshawe.

B. nyanzarum, Burkill, in Dyer, FI. Trop. Afr. у. 29.
Semliki Valley. July.
Hitherto known only from Kavirondo, Uganda.

Mimutopsis Юымоти, С. В, Clarke, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 56.
E. 10,000 ft. February.
So far as known, restricted to the neighbourhood of Ruwenzori.

RvELLIA PATULA, Jacq. Mise. Bot. ii. 358.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa.

MELLERA LoBULATA, S. Moore, in Journ. Bot. xvii. (1879) 225.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. Uganda Protectorate and Mozambique District.

ACANTHOPALE CONFERTIFLORA, C. В. Clarke, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 64.
E. 7000 ft. January.

Distrib. Ruwenzori District and Nvasaland.

SPENCER MOORE: GAMOPETAL E. 271

—1

BannERIA GRANTI, Oliver, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxix. (1875) 12
S.E. 3500 feet. May.
Distrib. Southern Nile Land.

CROSSANDRA. GUINEENSIS, Nees, in DC. Prod. xi. 281.
Without locality.
Distrib. A West African plant recently found by Dr. Bagshawe in the
Uganda Protectorate.

JUSTICIA PINGUIOR, C. В. Clarke, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 197.
E. 9000 ft. January.
Smaller in leaf and much less hairy than the type, otherwise similar to it.
Distrib. British East Africa.

IxoGLossA RUNSSORICA, Lindau, in Engl, Bot. Jahrb. xx. (1895) 56.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Restricted to the neighbourhood of Ruwenzori.

Apuatopa ExaGLERIANA, C. В. Clarke, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 222.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.
Distrib. German East Africa, Uganda (Bagshawe).

DICLIPTERA MACULATA, Nees, in DC. Prod. xi. 485.
E. 9000 ft. January.
Distrib. Abyssinia ; reported recently from Rhodesia.

НУРОЕЗТЕЗ TRIFLORA, Roem. у Schult. Syst. 1, 141.
E. 9000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land and Upper Guinea. Also in India.

Н. VERTICILLARIS, А. Br. Prod. 414.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Common in most parts of tropical Africa.

LABIATÆ.

PLATYSTOMA AFRICANUM, Beauv. Fl. Owar. ii. 61.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique District, Upper and Lower Guinea. Also
in India.

MOSCHOSMA MULTIFLORUM, Benth. in DC. Prod. xii. 49.
7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Abyssinia and Usambara.
Hostunpia OPPOSITA, Vahl, Enum. Plant. 1. 212.
S.E. 3500 ft. June.

272 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

A somewhat remarkable form of this common African and Malagasy
species. With large leaves 12-13 x 45-5 cm., on petioles nearly
2 em. long.

PLECTRANTHUS ScHIMPERI, Vatke, in Linea, xxxvii. (1871-73) 317.
E. 7000? ft. (the first figure indistinct). January.
Distrib. Abyssinia.

PLECTRANTHUs ($ Germania) WoLLAsTONI, sp. nov.

Herbaceus, caule erecto tet 'agono patule hirsutulo, foliis submediocribus
petiolatis ample cordatis apice obtuse acutis margine subtiliter erenatix
membranaceis utrinque sed præsertim pag. inf. sparsim. piloso-pubes-
centibus in sieco brunnescentibus petiolis quam limbus triplo brevioribus
hirsutis, verticillastris wepissime 6-8-floris (summis 3-5-floris) sub-
umbellatis in spicastris — bracteatis paniculatim ramosis Визави
ordinatis, bracteis persistentibus ovatis obtusis inferioribus erenulatis
superioribus integris sparsim piloso-pubescentibus, pedicellis 'alyces
excedentibus gracilibus pubescentibus, ealycis florescentis parvi hirsutuli
tubo campanulato lobos paullulum excedente lobo postico ovato-oblongo
obtuse aeuto lobis reliquis triangularibus breviter acuminatis a postico
leviter superatis, calycis fructescentis bene aucti deeurvi | pilosuli
aliquantulum decoloris tubo anguste eampanulato perspicue nervoso
lobo postico deltoideo obtuso anticis quam laterales paullo. longioribus
neenon longius acuminatis, corollie рагу extus. puberulie. tubo сайусет
florescentem 2plo excedente paullulum supra basin inflexo inde gra-
datim dilatato, labio postico ovato-quadrato apice emarginato quam
antieum obovatum apice integrum. parum breviore, genitalibus breviter
ex tubo eminentibus, stylo bifido.

Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 7000 ft. January.

Folia solemniter 4:5—5:0 em, long., basi 40—15 em. lat., juniora exstant
minora (e. p. 2:0—2:5 cm. long.), in bracteas spicastri transeuntia,
glandulis mieroscopicis fuscis insperza ; petioli summum 1:5 em. long.
Spicastra usque ad 20-0 x 14-0 em. Braeteme +0°5 em. long. Pedicelli
0:5-07 em. long. Flores flavi. Calyx florescens totus 0:25 em. long. ;
lobus posticus 0:13. cm., reliqui cirea (1 em. Calyx fructescens
0°7 em. long. ; tubus 0:5 em. long., juxta basin 0:25 cem., ore 0:45 cm.
lat. ; lobus posticus 02x03 cem.: lobi laterales 0-15 cm., antici
0175 em. long. Corolla tota 0:85 cm. long. : tubus 0:5 cm. long.;
labium posticum 0:3 x 0:275 em., anticum 0°35 x 03 ст. Genitalia
adusque 0:2 em. corolle tubum excedentia.

Near P. albus, Gürke, which it Fairly well resembles in leaf : but the
verticillasters have more flowers and the teeth of the calyx are more
sharply pointed, while the small yellow corollas are quite different.

SPENCER MOORE: GAMOPETALZE. 215.

CoLEUs ($ Solenostemonoides) GRACILENTUS, sp. nov.

C. caule erecto tetragono minute pubescente dein puberulo, foliis. parvis
brevipetiolatis summis subsessilibus ovatis apice obtusis basi truncato-
rotundatis leviterve cordatis margine breviter erebroque crenatis tenuiter
membranaceis supra puberulis subtus preecipue in nervis minute pubes-
centibus, floribus parvulis in spicastris racemosis terminalibus vel ex
axillis. summis. oriundis minute pubescentibus digestis, verticillastris
stricte umbellatis circa 8-(junioribus vero paucius-)floris, bracteis
parvulis. ovato-oblongis vel lanceolato-ovatis diuscule persistentibus,
pedicellis tenuibus сајусет bene excedentibus, calycis florescentis parvuli
minute pubescentis tubo campanulato limbum paullulum excedente lobo
postico ovato-oblongo obtuse acuto quam laterales lineari-lanceolati
acuti paullo longiore lobis anticis inter зе liberis lineari-lanceolatis
acuminatis antico zequilongis, calycis fructescentis aucti decurvi tubo late
eylindrico basi obliquo lobo postico ovato reliquis inter se sub:equalibus
wequilongo lobis anticis paullo recurvis, сого рагу tubo calycem
excedente infra medium curvato а basi gradatim ampliato labio postico
late obovato inæqualiter 4-lobo quam anticum eymbiforme apice
integrum paullo breviore, genitalibus labium anticum fere zequantibus.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 6000 ft. January.

Folia 2:0-3:5 em. long., juxta basin 2:0-2:5 em. lat., in sicco brunnescentia,
pag. inf. glandulis sessilibus rubris ereberrime induta ; petioli summum
0:5 em. long., minute pubescentes. Inflorescentia 10:0-25*0 em. long.
>racteze 2-0:15 em. long., haud eolorate. Pedicelli circa 0*4 em. long.

Flores purpurei. Calyx florescens 0225 em. long. Calyx fructescens

totus circa 0:45 em. long. ; tubus 0:25 em., lobi 0:2 em. long. ; lobus

posticus 02 em. lat. Corolle tubus 0*3 em. long., basi 01 em., faucibus

0:25 cm. late: labium posticum 0:25 em. long., hujus lobi laterales

admodum abbreviati, terminales rotundati, 0:1 cm. long.: labium

anticum 0°35 em. long.
On superficial examination this might pass for C. latifolius, Hochst.,

а species with, inter alia, more deeply and distantly crenate leaves,

verticillasters not strictly umbellate and the two front lobes of the calyx

connate some way up.

JoLkus ($ Solenostemonoides) LATIDENS, sp. nov.

Herbaceus, caule erecto tetragono subsimplici piloso-pubescente, foliis
manifeste petiolatis ovatis apice breviter acuminatis basi late truncatis
cordatisve tenuiter membranaceis margine mediocriter crenato-serratis
sub apice integris pag. sup. pilosulis pag. inf. sparsim. piloso-pubes-
centibus, floribus majusculis in spicastris terminalibus folia multoties
excedentibus digestis, verticillastris pluribus seepissime 12-16-floris
subumbellatis pauciramosis inferioribus subdistantibus superioribus haud

214

PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

aggregatis, bracteis perspicuis ovatis sursum longe acuminatis basi
truncatis margine integris vel leviter crenulatis caducissimis haud
coloratis, pedicellis ealyees multo exeedentibus, calycis inferne pubes-
centis lobo postico ovato-rotundato obtuso quam laterales late oblongi
apice truneati plane longiore lobis anticis postico circa :equilongis
anguste oblongis acutis ultra medium connatis, calyce fructescente vix
aucto decurvo, corolla tubo усет excedente sursum. gradatim ampli-
ficato juxta medium ineurvo labio postico abbreviato late obovato breviter

4-lobo antico elongato eymbiformi.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 9000 ft. February.
Stirps minimum bispithamea. Internodia 2:0—40 cm. long. Foliorum

limbus solemniter 5:0- 7*0 x 3:5-5:5 em., glandulis microscopicis fusces-
centibus proditus : petioli 0*6-2:5 em. long. Spicastra 18:0—20*0 cm.
long. Verticillastri inferiores intersunt 2°5-3-0 cm., superiores circa
1:0-2:0 em. Pedicelli gracillimi, minute pubescentes, +1°0 cm. long.
Bracteæ 1:0-1:2 em. long., basi 0-7 em. lat. Flores purpurei. Calycis
tubus 0*2 em. long. ; lobus posticus 0*3 em. long. ; lobi laterales 0*1 em.
long. et lat., antici 0:325 em. long., lobi omnes ut tubus glandulis parvis
inspersi. Corolla extus puberule tubus 0-5 ст. long., basi 0:15 em.,
faucibus 0*4 em. lat. : labium postieum 0'45 x 0*5 em., antieum 1:25 em.
long.

Distinguished from its allies (C. Garckeanus, Vatke, бе.) by the leaves with
> E 2 y

their truncate bases and smallish serrations, the acuminate bracts, and
among other features the broad truncate lateral lobes of the calyx.

CoLEUs (§ Solenostemonoides) CLIVICOLA, sp. nov.

Herbaceus, caule erecto verisimiliter simplici tetragono bene folioso piloso-
, | 5

pubescente tandem puberulo, foliis sessilibus oblongo-ovatis sursum
gradatim attenuatis apice obtusis basi latis et aliquantulum obliquis et
breviter. amplexicaulibus margine subtiliter. erenulato-serratis. mem-
branaeeis supra fere glabris subtus in costa media costisque secundi
ordinis piloso-pubescentibus, spieastris terminalibus folia multo exce-
dentibus fulvo-hirsutulis, vertieillastris pluribus stricte umbellatis
racemum referentibus eirca 8-floris inferioribus subdistantibus, bracteis
parvis ovatis obtusis caducissimis haud coloratis, floribus majusculis
breviter pedicellatis, calycis pedicellos leviter superantis pubescentis
statu fructifero parum aucti neenon. decurvi lobo postico. ovato-oblongo
acuto quam reliqui lineari-laneeolati paullo longiore, lobis lateralibus
aeutis quam antici acuminati inter зе liberi paullulum | brevioribus,
coroll tubo ealycem excedente juxta basin curvato inde dilatato labio
postico 4-lobo quam antieum magnum cymbiformi plane breviore.

Наб. Ruwenzori E. 10,000 ft. February.
Planta saltem bispithamea. Internodia 3:0-5:0 em. long. Folia seepissime

SPENCER MOORE: САМОРЕТАТ, А. 215

4'0-6:0 x 20-25 cem., serraturis summum (15 em. altis, in sicco
olivaceo-castanea, pag. inf. glandulis sessilibus perspicuis rubescentibus
copiose instructa. Spicastrum rite evolutum 20:0 em. vel ultra. Verti-
cillastri inferiores intersunt 2:0 cem., superiores 1:0—2:0 em. — Pedicelli
hirsutuli, 0:3 em. long. Flores purpurei. Calyx florescens glandulis
rubescentibus onustus ; hujus tubus 072 cem., lobus posticus 0-8 cm., lobi
laterales vix 0*2 em., antici 0225 em. long. Calycis fructescentis tubus
0:25 ст. long.
0:22 cem., antici 0:3 em. long. Corolle tubus 0:6 ст. long., ima basi

g. ; lobus posticus ovatus, 0°35 cm. long. ; lobi laterales
0:2 em. faucibus 0:5 em. lat. : labium posticum 0*5 cem., anticum 1:1 em.
long., hoc juxta apicem pubescens.

Near C. edulis, Vatke, and C. «quatieus, Gürke ; distinguished from both

, , q , 5
by the small leaves with nerves hairy on the underside and finely-
toothed margin, the short pedicels, the small upper lip, &c.

PycnosracHys ELLIOTI, sp. nov.

Fruticosa, elata, ramulis validis tetragonis longitrorsum striatis pubes-
centibus subinde glabrescentibus, foliis amplis ovatis seepe breviter
euspidatis apice obtusis basi truncato-rotundatis ipsa obtusis margine
subtiliter neenon creberrime crenato-serratis juxta basin integris tenuiter
membranaceis utrobique. sparsim pubescentibus, spica sat longe pedun-
culata cylindrica ipsa quam folia breviore, bracteis basalibus calyces
subeequantibus lineari-lanceolatis acutis puberulis, calycis tubo a lamellis
interpositis omnino occluso anguste campanulato puberulo, lobis tulum
plus quam duplo excedentibus lineari-subulatis apicem versus incrassatis
induratisque apice acuminatis albide hispidulis, corollie pro rata magnæ
recurve extus glandulis rubescentibus insperse tubo paullo supra basin
contraeto ibique inflexo superne gradatim dilatato labio postico sub-
quadrato lobis inter se subsequalibus triangularibus obtusis labio antico
elongato cymbiformi apice integro, genitalibus longe exsertis.—
P. urticefolia, Baker, in Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. v. 386 ew parte, non Hook.

Hab. Ruwenzori. 9000 ft. (Also Ruwenzori ; Scott Elliot, 7719.)

Frutex adusque circa 6-metralis (* 15-20 ft."). Foliorum limbus profecto
evolutus 9*0—10*0Х 60 cem., in sicco brunnescens, utrinque glandulis
microscopicis perlucentibus praeditus; serratura 015 ет. alt, 0'1-

0:2 em. lat.; petioli 2:0—3:5 em. long.

pubescentes. — Pedunculus
validus, 4:0-7*0 cm. long. Spica (corollis haud exemptis) 6:0-7:0 x
SO ст. Bracteæ 0*5 em. long. Flores albi. Calycis florescentis tubus
vix 0:2 em. long. ; hujus lobi cirea 0:5 cm. long. (pars incrassata
02 em.) ; lamellie interpositae ovato-rotundatie, 0:1 em. long. Corollæ
tubi pars basalis comparate amplificata 0*2 x 0175 cm. ; pars constricta
0:15 х 0:05 em.; pars dilatata 0:8 em. long., faucibus 0:5 em. diam.

Labium posticum 0°25 cm. long.; hujus lobi 0075 ет. Labium

216 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

antieum. 0:8 em. long. Genitalia usque ad 1°1 cm. e tubo coroll:

eminentia.

А very distinct plant, known by the ample petiolate broad-based leaves
with numerous small serrations, the broad spikes, the calyx-lobes

indurated only at the top, the long white corollas, &с.

MICROMERIA BIFLORA, Benth, in DC. Prod. xii. 220.
E. 7000 ft. February.

Distrib. Nile Land, Mozambique, Upper and Lower Guinea ; also 5. Africa,

India.

STACHYs ACULEOLATA, Hook. fil. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vi. (1862) 18.
E. 8000 and 11,000 ft. February.
The higher-level specimens are without prickles.
Distrib. Abyssinia to Cameroons.

CALAMINTHA ($ Acinos) PARVULA, sp. nov.

Herbacea, caule gracili humili deorsum repente neenon radicante sursum

ascendente piloso-hirsutulo deinde рифегию, foliis sparsis parvulis

petiolatis rotundato-ovatis obtusis basi rotundatis obtusisve nequaquam

cordatis margine serrato-crenatis planis utrinque pilis paucis strigosis

appressis albis munitis fac. sup. in sicco nigricantibus, verticillastris

sepissime 4-7-floris ex foliorum superiorum axillis oriundis, braeteolis

abbreviatis angustissime linearibus pilosis, pedicellis gracilibus quam

calyx brevioribus piloso-hirsutis, calycis tubo piloso-hispidulo deorsum

inflato quam limbus longiore intus pilorum annulo instructo labio postico

rotundato lobis abbreviatis subulatis labii antici lobis triangularibus

acuminatis lobis omnibus margine longe ciliatis, corolla tubo ex calyce

breviter eminente sursum leviter amplificato labio postico quam anticum

breviore apice truncato integro antici lobis rotundatis intermedio latiore

emarginato, staminibus anticis subinelusis posticis imminutis cassis, styli

lobis admodum inzequalibus,
Hab. Ruwenzori Е. 11,000 ft. February.

Folia solemniter 0*7 x 0*6 em., firme membranacea, subtus in sicco griseo-
viridia ; petioli 0:3—0-4 em. long. piloso-hirsutuli. Bracteola: cirea
0:2 em., pedicelli 0:3 em. long. Calyx totus 06 em. ; tubus 0*4 cm.,
basi faucibusque 0°22 em. lat., medio 0:18 em. ; labium anticum 0*2 em.

long., hujus lobi 0°15 em. long. ; posticum 0*2 em. long., lobi 0*06 em.
pilorum annulus ad 0:1 em. infra os insertus. Corolla 0:7 cm. long.
tubus extus superne pubescens, basi 0:1 cm. faucibus 0:2 em. lat.
labium posticum 0:15 cem., anticum 0:3 em. long. Stylus 5:5 em. long.

stigmatis lobus alter debilis 07025 cm., alter incurvus 0*1 em. long.

>

To be placed next C. simensis, Benth., from which it can be distinguished

А, В. RENDLE : АРЕТАЬ А. 211

by the rather coarsely crenate-serrate leaves drying black, the longer
lobes of the calyx (which organ has a ring of weak hairs inside inserted
a little distance from the mouth instead of one with many coarse hairs
inserted in the mouth itself), and the reduced posticous pair of stamens.

PLANTAGINELE.

PLANTAGO PALMATA, Hook. fI. in Journ, Linn. Soc, Dol. vi. (1862) 19.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Mountains from Cameroons to Kilimanjaro.

APETALZE.

By А. D. RENDLE.

The collection includes the following well-known plants :— Расин
abyssinica, Moq., E. 7000 ft. (tropical and South Africa and Madagascar) :
Chenopodium fitidum, Schrad., E. 7000 ft. (generally distributed in the
tropies and warm temperate zones) : Basella alba, Linn., E. 7000 ft. (tropical
Africa and Asia); Amaranthus caudatus, Linn., S.E. 3500 ft. (warmer parts
of the Eastern hemisphere) ; Achyranthes aspera, Linn., E. 6000 & 7000 ft.
(tropics of Old World) ; Celosia trigyna, Linn., X.E. 3500 ft. (common in
tropical and South Africa); Kuphorbia hypericifolia, Linn., 5.8. 8500 ft.
(a common weed in the warmer parts of the earth): in addition to the
following.

АМАВАХТАСЕ Æ.

CxaATHULA CYLINDRICA, Mog. in DC. Prodr. xiii. 2. 328.
E. 6000 ft. January.
Distrib, Tropical and South Africa and Madagascar.

POLYGONACE.

RUMEX ABYSSINICUS, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. iii. 48.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib. Highlands of East tropical Africa and Madagascar.

R. STEUDELIL, Hochst. ex A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. її. 229.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib, East tropical Africa and Cameroons.
LINN, JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. U

978 PLANTS COLLECTED ON MT. RUWENZORI.

РІРЕКАСЕ ДХ,
PIPER САРЕХЗЕ. Linn, j. Suppl. 90. |
E. 7000 ft. January.—Also collected by Scott Elliot (No. 7909) in the
Wimi valley at 7000-8000 ft.
Distrib. East tropical Africa, Cameroons, South Africa.

PEPEROMIA RUWENZORIENSIS, sp. n.

Herba, caulibus junioribus et petiolis pilosulis : foliis alternis lanceolatis
vel ovatis, apice acutis, siccis tenuibus, in dorso laminw sparse pilosis,
d-nerviis ; amentis modice peduneulatis, in axillis foliorum superiorum
et terminalibus folia valde excedentibus : bractea orbiculare ; ovario
rhachi impresso, late obovato, apice obtuso, stigmatifero ; bacca minima,
late ovata, brunnea, glandulosa.

Hab. Ruwenzori E. 7000 ft. January. — Climbing: flowers. greenish
white.—Also collected by Scott Elliot at 7000-8000 ft., on. tree-trunks.
In fruit, May. No. 7862 in part.

Caulis 2 mm. crass. e nodis in arborum truncis radicans. Folia cum
petiolo vix 1 em. long., ad 5 em. long. et 3 em. lat, sepissime minora.
Amenta ad 5 em. long., 1:5 mm. crass. Bacca 1 пни. long.

Near P. Stuhlmanni, which was collected about the same altitude on
Ruwenzori by Stuhlmann, and differs in being а glabrous plant with
leaves oblong-lanceolate and acute at base and apex. I have to thank
Dr. Engler for comparing our specimens with the type of P. Stuhl manni
at Derlin.

URTICACE®.
PARIETARIA DEBILIS, Forst. f. Prodr. 387.

E. 12,000 ft. February.

Distrib. Widely spread in temperate and tropical regions, and occurring
in Africa in Abyssinia and the Cameroons.

FLEURYA PODOCARPA, Wedd. in DC. Prodr. xvi. 1. 76.
E. 5000 ft. March.
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa.

EUPHORBIACEÆ.
TRAGIA CORDIFOLIA, Benth. in Hook. Niger Flora, 901.
E. 7000 ft. January (fruit).
Distrib. East and West tropical Africa, and found on Mts. Kenia and
Kilimanjaro.
ACALYPHA PSILOSTACHYA, JJochst. ea A. Rich. Tent. Fl. Abyss. ii. 246.
E. 7000 ft. January.
Distrib, East tropical Africa,

JOURN. LINN. Scc., Bor. XXXVIII. PL. 16.

Fig. 2.

VEGETATION ON MOUNT RUWENZORI

N
N
Q

JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. XXXVI

FM rpm АИ
уух
DOM VE

ters: M

FIG. 4.

Fic. 3.

VEGETATION ON MOUNT RUWENZORI.

JOURN. LINN Soc., Bor. XXXVIII. PL. 18.

VEGETATION ON MOUNT RUWENZORI.

IMOZNAMNA LNNOW NO NOLLVISOSA

'6 Id IH AXXX 10g "90S 'NNE]' Nà3nof

MR. G. $. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALGJE. 279

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
(From Photographs taken by Dr. A. F. R. WOLLASTON.)
PLATE 16.

Fig. 1. Vegetation on Mt. Ruwenzori at 3500 feet, with Luphorbia, Acacia, and short
grass.
2. Tree Senecios, with Lobelia Stuhlmanni in the centre, at 9500 feet.

Pate 17.

~~

Fig. 3. Lobelia Gibberoa at 7000 feet.
4. L. Deckenti in flat swampy ground at 11,000 ft,

PLATE 18.
Fig. 5. Senecio adnivalis to the rght showing branching, Lobelias to the left, Lobelia
Wollastoni in front, at 12,000 ft.
i. Steep slope with tree Senecios, probably Senecio adnivalis and Lobeha Wollastona, at

13,000 ft.

PLATE 19.

~l

Fig. 7. Lobelia Wollastoni at 12,500 to 13,000 feet. The Kyanga Peak is seen in the

background.
8. Very old tree Senecios at 12,500 feet : tree heath, Erica arborea, in the background.

Some Critical Green Alge. By G.S. War, М.А., А.В.С.$., F.L.S.,

Lecturer on Botany at the University of Birmingham.
(PLATES 20 & 21.)
| Read 20th June, 1907.)

During the examination of numerous collections of Algæ, I have repeatedly
brought before my notice many forms about which little or nothing is known,
and a brief account of the peculiarities and affinities of some of these may
prove of considerable interest. The six Algæ dealt with in this paper are
all members of the Chlorophycez.

1. POLYCHAHTOPHORA SIMPLEX, sp. n. — P. cellulis subglobosis vel ovoideis,
membrana tenue et homogenea ; parte dorsali cellule uniuscujusque setis
longis flexuosis simplicibus non vaginatis 2-4 instructa ; chromatophoris
singulis parietalibus, interdum eum granulis amylaceis minutis circ. 2-3,
Diam. cell. veget. 15-20 ш; long. set, usque ad 210 и. (РІ. 20. figs. 1-6.)

Hab. Shores of. Lough Gartan, Donegal, Ireland ; epiphytie on the sub-
merged portions of various aquatic phanerogams,

280 МВ. G. 8. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN АТОМ.

The discovery of this Alga adds a second species to a genus which has хо
far been known only by the solitary species Polychetophora lamellosa, W.&
G. S. West '.

The specimens were collected in 1901 on the shores of Lough Gartan,
Donegal, and occurred as epiphytes on various aquatic flowering plants.

The cells are globose or ovoid in form, rather small, and destitute of any
appreciable mucous envelope. They are solitary, or occur two or three
together, having but a slight attachment to the plant upon which they grow.
There is a distinct dorsiventrality about the cells, although there is no attempt
at the formation of either a creeping filament or a flat plate. The ventral
part of the cell is attached to the substratum, and the other part, which may
he regarded as dorsal, is furnished with from two to four simple, but greatly
elongated bristles. There is one parietal chloroplast in each cell, normally
somewhat cup-shaped and occupying the ventral wall. No pyrenoids were
observed, but several scattered granules of minute size, which stained blue-
black with chlor-zine-iodine, were observed in some of the cells. These were
most probably small granules of starch (fig. 6). A small nucleus is present
towards one side of the hollow in the cup-shaped chloroplast (fig. 6, 4).

Polychætophora simpler differs from P. lamellosa in the smaller size of its
cells, in the very much thinner cell-wall, which is not lamellose, and in the
restricted number of bristles. From eight to twelve of the latter are present
in P. lamellosa, and they are distributed all round the exterior of the cell,
whereas there are only two to four bristles in P. simpler, and their dorsal
attachment is a conspicuous feature of the species.

The genus Polychetophora belongs to the Cheetopeltides, а small family
distinguished from the rest of the Protococcoideæ hy the presence of setze or
bristles.

Nothing is known of the reproduction of Polychetophora, but т P. lamel-
losa multiplication takes place by the division of the cells in one plane and
the formation of a short irregular chain. This short filament, consisting of
about eight cells, subsequently breaks up, cach cell being able under suitable
conditions to form a new chain.

It is possible that Polychetophora simplex, or a closely allied Alga, is
responsible for the confusion which has existed concerning the identity of
Glæochete Wittrockiana. The latter was described by Lagerheim? from Sweden
as a blue-green Alga, and I have since found it repeatedly. There is not the
slightest question that it is one of the Myxophyceæ ? of the subfamily Chroo-
cystee, with a cytological structure closely akin to that of Chrooeoccus, Yet

1 W. & G. S. West, “ Notes on Freshwater Algie.—IIL," Journ. Bot. xli, (1903) p. 79, t. 448.

? G. Lagerheim, “ Bidrag till Sver. Algafl.,” Otvers. К. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Fórh. (1883), по. 2,
p. 39, t. 1. f. 3-4; Nuova Notarisia (1890), p. 251.
з G. S, West, © Alga-fl. Cambs..” in Journ, Bot, xxxvii, (1899) р. 264,

MR. С. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN АТС Д. 281

Dangeard !, Schmidle ?, and Borge” have all placed Glæochæete Wittrockiana in
the Chlorophycer. It therefore seems probable that these authors really had
a green Alga under observation, and not the blue-green Alga described by
Lagerheim.

Polyehetophora simplex and Glrochete Wittrockiana should not be confused.
The former is а member of the Chlorophycez, and its cells, which are not
enveloped in mucilage, are each furnished with two to four simple bristles.
The latter is one of the Myxophycem, with its cells enveloped in a copious
mucilage, and its bristles frequently possess short spur-like branches.

2. BRACHIOMONAS SUBMARINA, Bohlin, (РІ. 20, figs. 7-19.) Tam indebted
to Mr. Thomas Bolton, of Birmingham, for kindly bringing me, in the early
part of February 1907, a tube containing а motile green Alga of great interest.
It was collected in brackish marshes at Sheerness by the Rey. Eustace Tozen,
who sends the information that it is common there in February. Mr. Bolton
was also good enough to procure me a further supply of this Alga in April.

The Alga is a member of the subfamily Chlamydomonadex of the
Volvoeacem, and belongs to Brachiomonas, Bohlin, a genus which, so far as I
am aware, has only been previously observed from the brackish marshes and
harbours of Stockholm and certain of the coast districts of Norway. Two
species were described by Вот * ten years ago, but do not appear to have
been since recorded.

The plant from Sheerness does not strictly agree with either of the species
deseribed by Bohlin, but to a certain extent combines the characters of each
of them. The anterior half of the cell is subhemispherical and the posterior
half conical. The posterior extremity is provided with a stout attenuated
horn, and four other equidistant horns are disposed in the equatorial plane.
The equatorial horns are backwardly curved, but otherwise similar to the
straight posterior born.

The parietal chloroplast, which is somewhat massive, does not extend into
the horn-like processes, except to form a rounded lobe at the base of
each. А large pyrenoid is present”, usually towards the posterior region,
and a number of bright granules are scattered through the ehloroplast.

At least one vacuole is present in the cell, and there may be one near the
base of each process. А solitary vacuole is usually large, and often of

! Dangeard in * Le Dotaniste ' (1889), p. 158, t. 7. f. 12 а-у (described as а new Alga under
the name of Schrammia barbata, Dang.).

2 W. Schniidle, * Beitr. alp. Algenfl.” in Oesterr. botan. Zeitschr. xlv. (1895) p. 306,
t. 14. f. 9.

? О. Borge, “ Süsswasserale. Süd-Patagon." in Bih. К. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. (1901) no. 10,
p. 16.

' К, Bohlin, * Zur Morphologie und Biologie einzelliger Algen," in Ofvers, К. Vet.-Akad.
Fürh. (1897) no. 9, pp. 508-510.

” Sometimes more than one pyrenoid is present (vide fig. 11).

282 MR. G. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALGE.

irregular form, being situated in the anterior region of the cell. When
more than one vaeuole exists, thev are commonly spherical. They contain
a colourless cell-sap, and in all the specimens examined granules of а brown
colour were present, which exhibited a lively dancing movement (figs, 7, 9-11,
18, 19). These granules varied in number from 2 to 15 in each vacuole, and
were of various sizes. They strongly reminded one of those formed in the
vacuoles of most. Desmids under pathological conditions !.

The nucleus is situated anteriorly, but may be displaced by the formation
of a large vacuole.

The horns are colourless and very hyaline, but as the eytoplasm of each
process can be stained up to its extremity, they are hollow.

А pair of long cilia are attached to the anterior extremity, and аз the
organism progresses in a forward direction, it rotates about its longitudinal
axis. This rotation is not constant, as the organisms, when examined on а
slide, frequently come to rest and then begin again their movements, when,
as often as not, they rotate in the opposite direction.

The rate of movement was measured in a number of full-grown vegetative
cells, and it gives an average of 022 mm. per second, which is considerably
below the average for the Chlamydomonadew.

When at rest the cilia are carried. backwardly directed. with the proximal
part of each cilium closely pressed against the anterior margin of the cell
(fig. 9).

Several cultures of this organism were started in February and examined
constantly up to Мау. Some were in Knop’s solution, and others in Knop's
solution to which a small quantity of sodium chloride had been added. The
tube of material as forwarded to me was a pure collection, and the most
diligent search brought to light no other organism among the Brachiomonas.
A few drops of this fluid containing the living Brachiomonas were added to
about 150 e. e. of the prepared medium, so that no trace of colour could be
observed in the culture, The glass eulture-vessels were exposed to the
outside air temperature, except during frost. All the cultures became
decidedly green at the beginning of April, but there was a marked difference
in the two series. Those cultures from which sodium chloride was excluded
contained hardly any Brachiomonas, but a species of Chlamydomonas and a
multitude of rounded green cells in the palmelloid condition ?.

Those containing sodium chloride were pure cultures of Brachiomonas, and
the multiplication was carried on with moderate rapidity by the formation of
zoogonidia. Four of these arose in each mother-cell, and they assumed the
peculiar form of the adult before liberation.

' Consult G. S. West, in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxiv. (1899) pp. 401, 402,

* I have been unable to determine with any degree of certainty the species of Alga to
which these belong. Most of the Chlamydomonadex are known to assume a palmelloid
state under certain conditions, but I hesitate to refer the above-mentioned cells to
Brachiomonas,

MR. G. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALG JE. 283

During May some of the cells formed gametes, which differed from the
zoogonidia in their smaller size and greatly reduced processes (fig. 16). In
fact, the latter were only discernible as very minute conical warts. These
gametes, which, so far as I could ascertain, arose 16 in a mother-cell, con-
jugated in pairs and formed globular zygospores with smooth walls.

As is usual in so many cultures of Alge, some of the individuals were
distorted and monstrous. The commonest distortion from the original type
was an inflated, swollen individual, in which the body of the cell was
spherical, the processes appearing correspondingly small (fig. 18). These
individuals only appeared in a three-months culture. The most interesting
monstrous form was an incomplete separation of two individuals, owing to
imperfect division of the contents of the mother-cell during the formation of
zoogonidia (fig. 19).

After much consideration I have referred the Sheerness organism to
Brachiomonas submarina.

None of the adult vegetative specimens had the processes quite so short as
figured by Bohlin for В. submarina, and some of the specimens agree in form
with Bohlin's fig. 1 b of B. gracilis ; but the only alternative was to establish
a third species intermediate in character between the two already described.
This was inadvisable, because in the outward form of the cells, which alone
was used in discriminating between Ж. submarina and В. gracilis, the
Sheerness specimens exhibited much variability. The anterior region of the
cell was never so flattened as in Bohlin's figs. 1 @ and Те of B. gracilis, and
the posterior horn rarely so long, whereas the subhemispherical anterior
region of the cell and the form of the posterior horn were characters in
agreement with B. submarina.

Length of Sheerness specimens (including horns) 15-24 и: breadth
(including horns) 13-25 ш: length of cilia 22-29 p.

If Bohlin's figures are correct, then the Sheerness specimens differed in
one respect from both his species. The chloroplast never extended beyond
the broad base of the horns, the latter always remaining clear and colourless.

3. PHYLLOBIUM SPHAGNICOLA, sp. n. Ph. filis vegetativis longissimis,
subcontortis et anastomosibus, inter cellulas foliorum Sphagni cretis ; cellulis
vegetativis elongatis et subcylindricis, membrana tenuissima ; hypnosporis
globosis vel subdepresso-globosis, membrana firma et crassa, nonnunquam
irregulariter incrassata. Crass. fil. veget. 274-4 ш; diam. cell. hypnosp.
18-42 и. (РІ. 21. figs. 31-35.)

Hab. North Uist, Outer Hebrides ; on the old leaves of Sphagnum.

In August 1904 my father collected some plants of Sphagnum in the boggy
areas of N, Uist, Outer Hebrides, which had attracted his attention by reason

284 MR. G. S, WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALGE.

of their peculiar appearance. The plants were old, with withered, bieached
leaves, on which were dotted here and there irregular blotches of a vivid
green colour,

А closer examination of the leaves showed them to be studded with the
dark green cells of an epiphytic Alga. Some of the specimens were dried
and others were preserved in 2 per cent. formalin, and on further investi-
gation the epiphyte has proved to be an undescribed species of the genus
Phyllobium.

The two previously known species of this genus, Phyllobium dimorphum,
Klebs, and P. incertum, Klebs ', were discovered on dead leayes—the former
on Lysimachia Nummularia, Ajuga, Chlora, &e., and the latter on the leaves
of Carer. This is the first recorded instance of а Phyllobium occurring on
the leaves of Sphagnum, and I have named it Phyllobium sphagnicola.

The bright green cells studding the exterior of the old Sphagnum-leaves
are the resting-cells, and occur either scattered or in irregular clusters. The
cell-wall is often irregularly thickened, and not infrequently produced out at
some indefinite point into a curved beak-like projection (fig. 33). All the
thickened parts of the cell-wall show a marked Jamellation, These green
cells are attached at the base to the vegetative thallus, consisting of slender
branched threads, anastomosing and ramifying over the entire leaf. Each
resting-cell is attached to one or sometimes two of the vegetative threads,
and the wall in the region of attachment is generally much thickened and
lamellose. The adult vegetative threads are destitute of protoplasts or of
chlorophyll, are much branched, and distinctly but distantly septate. These
threads follow a very irregular course, commonly passing through the leaf by
means of the perforations in the large hyaline cells.

As the specimens were preserved, the formation of gametes and zoogonidia
could not be observed.

The green resting-cells of Phyllobium sphagnicola are smaller and more
rounded than those of P. dimorphum, and their attachment to the vegetative
filaments is more basal than lateral. The threads composing the vegetative
part of the thallus are also profusely developed, possibly owing to the ease
with which they can traverse the large hyaline cells of the Sphagnum-
leaf.

1. KIRCHNERIELLA SUBSOLITARLA. sp. n. A. cellulis minutis, obesis,
arcuatissimis, polis obtusis vel rarissime subacutis. кере magnitudinis
inæqualis ; cellulis plerumque solitariis vel in colonii« parvis e cellulis
2-4 constitutis, coloniis non mucosis. Diam. max. cell. 6-7 ш: crass. cell.
2:9-32 м; crass. colon. 4 cell. 10-15 p. (РІ. 20. figs. 20-30.)

Hab. Studley Park, Warwickshire ; in small pond.

' G. Klebs, “ Beiträge zur Kenntnis niederer Algenformen," in Bot. Zeit. xxxix. (1881)
рр. 268-272, 281-290, 297-300, 252-332; t. 3. ff. 29-37 ; t. 4. f 38-49, 50-54.

MR. G 5. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALG. 285

Kirchneriella subsolitaria differs from the three previously known species of
the genus in the subsolitary habit and the entire absence of mucus. In the
form of its cells it greatly resembles A. obesa, but apart from its different
habit it is much smaller.

The genus Airchneriella was founded by Schmidle! in 1893 to include а
small protococcaceous Alga which had been regarded by Kirehner as an
Ankistrodesmus (= Fhaphidiwm). This plant, Kirehneriella lunaris, Schmidle,
and another species, А. obesa, W. & G. S. West?, have been shown to be
fairly abundant in the European freshwater plankton, the latter being
sparingly distributed in the summer plankton of the lakes of Western
Scotland”. А third species, A. contorta, (Schmidle) Bohlin, is known from
Germany, and var. gracillima of it from South America *.

The most important generie character, which is well marked in all the
three species and. several named varieties of. them, is the somewhat irregular
disposition of a number of arcuate cells within a copious structureless
mucilage. As will be seen from the description of the newly discovered
species, this generie character will have to be modified for the inelusion
within the genus of K. subsolitaria.

This undescribed species was found in October 1906, among numerous
other Algie of the Protococcacew, in a collection made from а small pond in
Studley Park, Warwickshire. The cells agree almost exactly with those of
№. obesa, but are much smaller. They are stout and much bent, but show a
greater irregularity of form than is seen in XK. obesa. Very often one limb
of the cell is much thicker than the other (figs. 21-23), or both limbs may be
much attenuated (fig. 20). Теге is a chloroplast filling up the greater part
of the cell, but in some cases not extending quite to the poles. This chloro-
plast has a homogeneous structure, and is without pyrenoids or any trace of
eranulation, Most of the cells were solitary, but small colonies of 2 or
4 cells were not uncommon (figs. 26-30). The cells in each colony were
enclosed in a thin, firm membrane, globular or ellipsoidal in form, which
fitted closely round them. This membrane is the dilated wall of the mother-
cell, which, however, does not undergo gelatinization. No colony of more
than four cells was observed, and no mucilaginous envelope is present aronnd
either the solitary cells or the small colonies, It is this absence of enveloping
jelly that necessitates a slight modification in the generic characters of
Nirchneriella in order to include А’. subsolitaria.

! W, Schmidle in Ber. паби, Ges. Freib.-i.-Br. Bd. vii. (1893) p. 15, t. 3, ft, 2, 3.
= W. West & G. S. West in Journ. Коу. Microscop. Soc. (1594) p. 16; Schmidle in
Flora, lxxxviii. (1894) р. 44.
3 W. West & G. S. West in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxv. (1903) p. 531 ; in Trans. Roy.
Зое. Edin. xli. part iii. no. 21 (1905) p. 489.
‚ К. Bohlin, Algen der Erst. Regnell’schen Expedit., Bih. till К, Sv, Vet,.- Akad, Handl.
34. 23. Afd, iii. no. 7, p. 20, t. 1. ff. 25-27.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVII. X

286 MR. G. S. WEST ОХ SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALGAE,

An Alga has recently been described by Sehmidle', under the name
of Didymogenes palatine, which bears much resemblance to Ajrchneriella
subsolitaria. Из cells, which are mostly in pairs, are not bent anything
like so much, and each possesses a chloroplast with one pyrenoid. T do
not see how Schmidle finds any generic characters for Didymogenes palatina:
but whatever it may be, it is not the Alga here described as Arehneriella

subsolitaria.

5. l'erRAEDRON. PLATYISTHMUM, nob. (= Cosmarium platyisthmum, Archer,
1880). T. mediocre, subreetangulare, compressum, circiter tam longum
quam latum, lateribus late excavatis cum isthmo lato et longo in centro
cellule, apicibus convexis sed in medio leviter retusis, angulis lateralibus
subproduetis et inerassulatis, cum fossa inconspicua longitudinaliter disposita
in centro cellule репе tenus apice. unoquoque : membrana conferte punc-
tulata, cum serie singula punctorum majorum trans partes latiores duas
cellule. Cellula а vertice visa elliptica, polis attenuatis, excavatione minuta
ad medium utrobique ; a latere visa elliptica. Chromatophora eum pyrenoide
centrali. Long. 24-35 и: lat. 28-355 р: crass. 12:5-14 ри. (PI 21.
figs. 36-39.)

Hab, Near Rhiconich, Sutherland ( West). Ireland (2beeher).

Some collections of Algze from the bogey hollows in the Lewisian Gneiss
of West Sutherland, which were rich in Desmids of the Western British
type, such us Docidium undulatum, Bail., Ретит adelochondrum, Elty.,
Huastrum intermedium, Cleve, №. pingue, Elfy., and Staurastrum elongatum,
Barker, also contained a most peculiar species of the genus Tetraédron, И
agrees with no described species of this genus, and I have not observed
it from elsewhere.

The cell is more or less quadrate when seen from the front, with а broad
excavation at each side, which gives it the appearance of a specles of
Cosmarium with a very wide and elongate isthmus. The apices are faintly
retuse and the lateral angles are produced and somewhat attenuated, having
a slight thickening at the extremity. Seen from the side the cell is
elliptical ; from the apex it is elliptical with attenuated poles, and exhibits a
slight indentation in the middle of each side. The cell-wall is finely
punetate, and extending from angle to angle across each half of the cell
is a row of rather stronger and more distant punctæ disposed in the form of
ап are. The greater part of the living cell is occupied by a single large
chloroplast, with several irregular ridges and a central pyrenoid (fig. 36).

Several empty individuals were noticed which possessed a prominent slit
down one face of the cell-wall, most probably indicating the place of escape
of autospores (fig. 39).

| W, Schmidle, “ Zur Kenntnis der Planktonalgen," in Hedwigia, xlv. (1905).

bo

MR. G. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN АІС Ж. 87

The outward form of this Tetracdron recalled to my memory опе of
Areher's preliminary notes on a supposed new species of Desmid'. This
brief preliminary account, like many others by the same writer, was un-
fortunately never followed by the promised detailed description. It is
copied by Cooke ?, and reads as follows :—

“ Cosmarium platyisthmum, Archer. Minute. In general outline in front,
or broad view, much resembling, say, a section of a double railway-rail—that
is to say, the isthmus very broad and comparatively long, thus the isthmus
makes up a great proportion of the whole Cosmarium ; the semi-cells are
elliptic, much broader than high, the whole smooth: end view elongate
compressed, extremities rounded. The lateral extremities of the semi-cells
somewhat taper ere becoming rounded off, and the upper margins are notably
retuse in the middle, Size not given. Mab. Ireland."

A comparison of the above description with the specimens from Scotland
leaves no doubt as to the identity of the Irish and Scottish plants. As a
further confirmation of this view, | may add that many of Archer’s new
species were collected in Connemara, and that the Alga-flora of West Ireland
very closely resembles that of North-West Scotland. The similarity between
the species occurring in certain districts of Connemara and those found in
Western Sutherland is most striking. In fact, so far as their British distri-
bution is concerned, many of them are only known to occur in these two areas.

Archer was in error in referring the plant to the Desmidiaeem аха species of
the genus Cosmarium, and he omitted to mention certain of its characteristic,
although inconspicuous features.

б. CHODATELLA QUADRISETA, Lemmermann. (Pl. 21. figs. 40-43.)
This genus Chodatella belongs to the subfamily Phytheliew of the Proto-
coccaceæ (or Autosporacem), and was founded by Lemmermann ? to include
a number of free-Hoating unicells, furnished with long spines.

It is very closely allied. to Lagerheimia, Chodat, differing only in the
absence of tubercles at the base of the spines. Lemmermann enumerates
seven species known up to 1898. Three of these— C. ciliata, (Lagerh.) Lemm.,
C. amphitricha, (Lagerh.) Lemm., and С. radians. (West) Lemm.—«hould
clearly be united, reducing them to five, and another species discovered in
[902 makes a total of six known species.

Although many of the Alge comprising the Phythelieze are constituents of
the freshwater plankton, my recent experience is that they occur more
frequently in the waters of small ponds such are found on old pasture-land.
being intermingled with other free-floating Protococcaces of the genera
Ankistrodesmus, Scenedesmus, Tetraédron, &c.

| W. Archer in Journ, Dubl. Mier, Club, iv. (1880-5) р. 27.

” M. C. Cooke, Brit, Desm, 1886-7, р. 187.
' E. Lemmermann in Hedwigia, xxxviii. (1898) p. 309,

288 МВ. G. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN АТС А.

In October 1906 a collection of Algæ was made from a small pond in
Studley Park, Warwickshire, which proved rather rich in some of the more
minute species of the Protococcacee, One of these minute Alge Т have
regarded as Chodatella quadriseta, Lemm.

The cells were elliptie-oblong. or oblong with rounded extremities, about
14 times longer than their diameter, and furnished towards each pole with a
pair of widely divergent spines. The spines were attached not «t the poles,
but rather below them, and were so widely divergent as to appear almost
laterallv inserted. Thus the breadth of the Alga is considerably greater than
the length, if the spines are reckoned in the measurements. The cell-wall

was very delicate, and a large chloroplast occupied the greater part of the

interior of the cell. As this chloroplast was toa great extent pressed up
against the inner side of the cell-wall. it is parietal. Tt should be noted,
however, that in many individuals two chloroplasts were present, one disposed
towards each end of the cell, a condition most probably brought abont by a
separation of the original chloroplasts into two parts!. No pyrenoids were
present in any individual examined.

[n his description of the genus, Lemmermann states: > Chlorophora
singula, parietalia. Nucleus amylaceus singulus.”

As the specimens from Studley Park often possessed two chloroplasts. and
no individual was noticed with any trace of pyrenoids, this statement requires
modification, It is also fitting to once more point out that the presence or
absence of pyrenoids in the chloroplasts of Green Algæ has no value as a
generic character.

Lemmermann’s description of Chodatella quadriseta is very brief :—
“ Cellule ovales vel subglobosæ, 4 w latæ et 55 p longæ, utroque polo 2 setis
cire. 15 р longis instructæ.” It gives one the impression that the setze. are
attached actually at the poles of the cells. The specimens from Studley Park
had a length of 575-8 р. а breadth of 8-4-5 p, and the spines were 15-1775 p
in length. They occurred in a habitat precisely similar to that in which
Lemmermann discovered the species near Leipzig in 1898.

No reproductive stages were observed, and, owing to the relative scarcity
of the species among а vast multitude of other minute green Algæ, | was
unable to make cultures which were not at once choked with other Proto-
coccoider. In fact, I was never able to find any Chodatella except in the
original material.

' The fragmentation of the chloroplast in certain of the Protococcacer is not at all
uncommon; vide Ankistrodesmus faleatus (Corda) Ralfs, var. mirabilis, G. S. West, Treatise
British Freshw. Alge, 1904, р. 225, fig. 94 Ka (= Ллар ит polymorphum, Fresen., var.
mirabile, W. & G. S. West in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. (1897) p. 501, t. 7. ff 9-13). Consult
also Ankistrodesmus fractus (= Rhaphidium fractum, W.& G. S. West in Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Jot. xxxiv. (1899) р. 284); and Ankistrodesmus Chodati (= Rhaphidium Chodati, Tanner-
Fullemann, in Bull. Herb. Boiss, sér, 2, vi. (1906) p. 158, fig. 11).

bo
Co
с

MR. G. $. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN ALG,

2XPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE 20.

Figs. 1-6. Polychetophora simplex, sp. п. х 400.

Figs. 7-19.

Figs. 20-30.

Figs. 31-35.

Figs. 40-43.

1-5. Vegetative cells from the side showing the flexuose bristles and the single

chloroplasts.
6. Cell stained to show nucleus (п); the dark granules (s) are particles of
starch.

Brachiomonas submarina, Bohlin. x 1600.
7-9. Three vegetative cells to show variability of external form.
10, 11. Two individuals viewed from the anterior end to show the four lateral
horns; 11 has three small pyrenoids (p', p^, and р”).
12. Individual stained with gentian-violet to bring out the nucleus (4), and to
show the extension of the cytoplasm to the extremities of the hollow horns.
13. Individual after treatment with chlor-zinc-iodine : p, pyrenoid ; v, vacuole.
14. 15. Anterior and side views of enlarged mother-cells containing four
zoogonidia. These are disposed with their posterior horns directed towards
a central point.
16. Gamete.
17. Zygospore.
18. Distended individual only observed in cultures in Knop's solution after
about three months.
19. Monstrous specimen due to imperfect separation of two zoogonidia during
their formation within the mother-cell.
Kirchneriella subsolitaria, sp. n. x 1000.
20-24. Solitary individuals; 20 is rather an unusual form.
25. Solitary individual within a delicate membrane (probably the old wall of
a mother-cell).
26, 27. Colonies of two cells.
28-30. Colonies of four cells; all enclosed in firm but delicate membranes,
which are the old walls of the original mother-cells, but not gelatinized.

PLATE 21.

Phyllobiwum sphagnicola, sp. n. х 500.
31. Edge of Sphagnum-leaf with nine resting-cells of the Alga attached to the
ramifyiug vegetative threads: r.c., resting-cell; v.c., vegetative cell.
32-35. hesting-cells attached to vegetative threads, isolated from the
Sphaynum-leaves.

Tetraédron platyisthmum, (Archer) nob. х 500.

36. Cell showing chloroplast with one pyrenoid ( p).

37. Empty cell in three positions.

38. Empty cell.

39. Empty cell with longitudinal slit (4), possibly formed for the escape of
autospores.

Chodatella quadriseta, Lemm. X 1000.

In 41 and 42 the chloroplast has become separated into two parts.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII Y

West.

G. S. West ad nat.d
JON. Fiteh hth.

CRITICAL

LINN. Soc. JOURN. Вот Vou. XXXVIIL P1.90.

West, Newman imp.

GREEN АТСА".

West. LINN. Soc. JouRN.Bot. Vou. XXXVIIL PI 21.

7C.

Й UM 2 Хы a, p ` Es N
ur ch lith ^. West, Newman imp

CRITICAL GREEN ALGZ. №

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

Tae Royan ЗостЕту has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catalogue of Scientifie Literature,
beginning from the Ist January, 1901. Each science is represented in
ar annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by means of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences; those Societies whose domains

overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanic workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete
record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

The fifth volume, for 1905, will shortly be issued.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

nS TED

NOTICE.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,
but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
** LIBRARIAN."

„ЖА. >. Ж ллы NL TU БУКА Te CY й Е "m DE ДЕ: Re FEM Baty 5 Ж. " "d > ii
2 Мт еа E >> Y * Xo F ы | t n^ E
" ; У E * 1 р М

JUNE 3. Price 55.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No. 266.”

CONTENTS.
Page
I. A Revision of the Genus Zl/igera, Blume. Ву STEPHEN TROYTE
Duny, B.A., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Botanical and Forestry

Department, Hongkong, China .............. mimina 290

П. On some new Species of Conifere from the Island of Formosa.
By Bunzo НАҮАТА (Tokyo). (Communicated by W. BorrING
Hemstey, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates 22 & #3.) ........................ 297

III. On a Collection of Plants by Н. C. Robinson and L. Wray from
Gunong Tahan, Pahang. By H. М. RidLey, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS.,
assisted by other Botanists |........... ce M 301

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1908.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 25th May, 1908.

PRESIDENT.
Dr. D. H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.
Prof. E. B. Poulton, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Dr. A. B. Rendle, M.A.

TREASURER.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES,

Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S.

Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.

E. A. Newell Arber, M.A.

Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq.

Prof. Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Sc

Sir Frank Crisp, J.P.

Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, D.Sc., F.R.S.

G. Herbert Fowler, Ph.D.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S,
Prof. James Peter Hill, D.Sc.

John Hopkinson, F.G.S.

COUNCIL.

B. Daydon Jackson, Ph.D.

Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

Prof. Е. W. Oliver, D.Sc., F.R.S.
R. Innes Pocock, F.Z.S.

Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Miss Ethel Sargant.

Dukinfield Н. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Otto Stapf, Ph.D.

Prof. Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
A. Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.

LIBRARIAN.
A. W. Kappel.

CLERK.
P. F. Visick.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
The Committee meets as required during the Session. The Members for 1907-1908,

in addition to the Officers, are :—

Herbert Druce, F.Z.S,
Antony Gepp, М.А.
Dr. G. Henderson.
Dr. Otto Stapf.

Prof. A. G. Tansley, M.A.
Е. №, Williams, Esq.
Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

MR. G. S. WEST ON SOME CRITICAL GREEN АТС, 289

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
PLATE 20.
Нов. 1-6. Polychetophora simplex, sp. п. х 400,
1-5. Vegetative cells from the side showing the flexuose bristles and the single
chloroplasts,
6. Cell stained to show nucleus (n): the dark granules (s) are particles of
starch.
Figs. 7-19. Brachiomonas submarina, Bohlin. х 1000.
7-9. Three vegetative cells to show variability of external form.
10, 11. Two individuals viewed from the anterior end to show the four lateral
horns; 11 has three small pyrenoids (р, p°, and p°).
12. Individual stained with gentian-violet to bring out the nucleus (7), and to
show the extension of the cytoplasm to the extremities of the hollow horns.
13. Individual after treatment with chlor-zinc-iodine : p, pyrenoid ; v, vacuole.
14, 15. Anterior and side views of enlarged motber-cells containing four
zoogonidia. ‘These are disposed with their posterior horns directed towards
& central point.
16. Gamete.
17. Zygospore.
18. Distended individual only observed in cultures in Knop's solution after
about three months.
19. Monstrous specimen due to imperfect separation of two zoogonidia during
their formation within the mother-cell.
Figs, 20-30. Airchneriella subsolitaria, sp. n. х 1000.
20-24. Solitary individuals; 20 is rather an unusual form.
25. Solitary individual within a delicate membrane (probably the old wall of
a mother-cell).
26, 27. Colonies of two cells.
28-30. Colonies of four cells; all enclosed in firm but delicate membranes,
which are the old wails of the original mother-cells, but not gelatinized.

PLATE 21.

Figs. 31-35, Phyllobium sphagnicola, sp. n. Х 500.
31. Edge of Sphagnum-leaf with nine resting-cells of the Alga attached to the
ramifying vegetative threads: r.c., resting-cell; v.c., vegetative cell.
32-35. Resting-cells attached to vegetative threads, isolated from the
Sphagnum-leaves,
Figs. 36-39. Tetraédron platyisthmum, (Archer) nob. x 500.
36. Cell showing chloroplast with one pyrenoid (р).
37. Empty cell in three positions.
38. Empty cell.
39. Empty cell with longitudinal slit (x), possibly formed for the escape of
autospores.
Figs. 10-43, Chodatella quadriseta, Lemm. x 1000.
In 41 and 42 the chloroplast has become separated into two parts,

LINN. JOURN.— BOTANY, VOL, XXXVIII. Y

290 MR. S. T. DUNN: A REVISION

A Revision of the Genus Ziligera, Blume. By STEPHEN TROYTE Deny,
B.A., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Botanical and Forestry Depart-
ment, Hongkong, China.

(Read 16th January, 1908.)

ILLIGERA, Blume, Bijdr. 1153 (1826); Ann. Sei. Nat. 2 ser. ii. 95 (1834);
Nees, Syst. Laur. 703 (1836); Endl. Gen. 324 (1836); Lindl. Key to
Nat. Syn. 202 (1836); Meissn. Gen. (1843) 327; Lindl. Veg. Kingd.
718 (1846); Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. i. 1. (1853) 1094; Meissn. in DC. Prodr.
xv. i. 250 (1864); Miq. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 214 (1860);
Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 1. 689 (1865); ВаШ. Adans. v. 186 (1865),
Hist. des Pl. ii. 445 (1870); C. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Br. Ind. ii. 460
(1879); Pax in Engl. u. Prantl, Pflanzenfam. IIT. ii. 126 (1889);
Boerl. Fl. Ned. Ind. i. (1890) 480; King, Mat. Fl. Malay Penins. No. 9,
in Journ. Аз. Soc. Beng. lxvi. п. (1897) 342.

Henschelia, Presl, Rel. Haenk. ii. 81, t. 63 (1831).

Gronovia, Blanco, Fl. Filip. ed. i. 186 (1837), non Linn.

Coryzadenia, Griff. in Proc. Linn. Soc. i. (1846) 281, Notul, iv. 356 (1854).

Frutices ope petiolorum scandentes. Folia alterna, 3-(vel 5)-foliolata,
foliolis petiolatis. — Inflorescentise cymosie, bracteolate. Flores herma-
phroditi ; calycis tubus ovoideus, superne constrictus, ovarlo adnatus;
limbus 5-partitus, lobis patentibus, valvatis, oblongis, deciduis; petala 5,
sepalis textura similia; stamina 5 cum glandulis 5 oppositipetalis alternantia,
ima basi nectariis duobus lateralibus vel dorsalibus appendiculata, nectariis
tubulosis extrorsis eonspieuis vel solidis obscuris, antheris ovatis, lateraliter
valvatim dehiseentibus ; ovarium 1-loculare; ovulum unicum pendulum;
stylus brevis, in stigma peltatum undulatum vel varie incisum expansus ;
fructus indehiscens, siccus, 2—4-alatus; semen oblongum, cotyledonibus plano-
convexis, radieula inclusa. Genus gerontogeum tropicum species 12 asiaticas
incladens et unam africanam.

Blume founded the genus in 1826 (1. с.) on two Javan climbers with
trifoliolate leaves, inferior one-celled ovaries, and a remarkable floral structure
recalling that of the Lauracew. Eleven more species sharing these peculiar
characteristics have now been added, some of which were at first thought to
represent distinct genera. Henschelia was founded by Presl on a Philippine
specimen collected by Haenke, and a full description with an elaborate figure
was published by him (Rel. Haenk. ii. 81, t. 63) ; from a perusal of these it
would appear as though his plant differed from Blume's species in many
important partieulars, the ovary being represented as superior with two
erect basal ovules and the staminal whorl as also widely different. The

OF THE GENUS ILLIGERA. 291

similarity in habit, foliage and inflorescence, however, led Miquel (Fl. Ind.
Bat. i. 1. 1094) to reduce Henschelia tentatively to /lligera ; and this reduction
is now confirmed by Mr. Elmer D. Merrill, who has compared side by side
the types of Henschelia luzonensis, Presl, and Jlligera Meyeniana, Kunth,
which he finds to be conspecific.

Gronovia and Coryzadenia were proposed by their authors for species
whose affinities to Jlligera they did not recognize, probably on account of the
inaccuracy of Blume's original diagnosis.

At the time that Blume wrote, mature fruits of the two species before him
were not known, and it was from an examination of immature material,
and under the influence of the recognized affinities of his genus with the
Lauracez, that he was unfortunately led to the erroneous conclusion that
the fruit of the genus was a wingless drupe and that the cotyledons of the
embryo were convolute. These conjectural characters Blume indiscreetly
included in the essential diagnosis of his genus, and when nearly forty years
later Meissner had five species, agreeing closely in floral characters, under
consideration for his revision of /lligera in DeCandolle’s * Prodromus’ (xv.
i. 251), he very doubtfully included the only one of which ripe fruit was
known (J. dubia, Span.), because it had a dry winged fruit and not a wingless
drupe. In the following year (1865) Hooker fil. revised the genus for the
‘Genera Plantarum.’ He had access to specimens of several Indian species
with almost identical flowers but, like the above, with winged fruit. With
characteristic clearness of judgment Hooker saw for the first time that
Blume's diagnosis was wrong, no examples of mature wingless fruit had
been found, and he amended this generic character accordingly. ОЁ the
13 species now known 10 have winged fruit, while in the remainder ripe
fruit is still undeseribed. It is therefore in the highest degree probable that
the fruit of /lligera is invariably winged.

The character of the staminal whorl and its accessory organs is so peculiar
that it is desirable to describe it in detail. The stamens are opposite to the
outer segments of the perianth and dehisce by two lateral valves which open
from the inner side and remain fixed, at uny rate for a time, by their outer
or by their upper edges. Between them and the inner whorl of the perianth
are two sets of organs. The outer consists of five glands opposite to the
inner perianth segments; this might be looked upon as the disc, for in
the young bud this whorl is an obscurely toothed ring on the inner side of
which the stamens arise. The teeth alternate with the stamens and develop
into the glands. When fully formed they are sessile or shortly stalked
globular bodies or shallow fleshy, often lobed cups. [Ог, on the other hand,
the glands of the outer whorl might be regarded as staminodes, homologous
with an outer whorl of stamens in Lauraceæ.] The inner whorl comprises
ten nectaries associated in pairs with the stamens, and cither actually attached

y2

292 МВ. ©. Т, DUNN: A REVISION

to their base, or free, and in one case enclosed by the revolute margins of the
flat filament. They apparently arise as papillæ at the base of the developing
stamens. When fully developed, they form shortly stalked membranous cups
with open spathe-like acute or truncate entire or serrulate hoods, or else, the
spathe being nearly closed, they become oblique elub-shaped receptacles with
longitudinal openings; in all cases, the insertion is slightly behind or outside
of the filaments and the opening is always extrorse. When rudimentary, the
nectaries form small hemispherical or club-shaped exerescences or stalked
globular appendages at the base of the stamens.

Twelve of the species now known inhabit a well-defined geographical area,
including N.E. India, Burma, the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, the
Philippine Islands, Formosa, and tropical China. The remaining species is
widely distributed in tropical Africa.

The systematie position of the genus has been the subject of much
discussion from the time of its discovery, and succeeding botanists have
placed it in association with widely different groups according as they were
more impressed by one or other of its characteristics. Blume located it near
Lauraeez, in consequence of the valvular dehiscence of its stamens and its
solitary pendulous ovule, and in spite of its inferior ovary, which gave it, he
said, the same relation to that order as Vaccinium has to Ericaceæ (Ann. Sci.
Nat. 2 ser. ii. (1834) 95). Не recognized also its relation to Gyrocurpus,
and placed them together under the name of ППрегег». Endlicher (Gen.
(1836) 2069) associated the same two genera under the name of Gyrocarpee
and placed them near Daphnoidew. The close relation of Hernandia with
llligera was not seen till thirty years later, but in order to understand the
systematie history of the latter it will be necessary to trace also that of
the former. Endlicher (l. с.) placed Zernandia in Santalaceæ. Nees (Syst.
Laur. (1836) 703), and originally Lindley (Key to Nat. Syn. (1836) 202),
followed Blume. Later, in his Vegetable Kingdom (1846, p. 718), Lindley
referred Gyrocarpez to Combretacere, Hernandia to Thymelieaceze. Meissner
(DC. Prodr. ху. i. (1864) 251) restored Gyrocarpeæ to Lauraeeze, and made
Hernandia the type of a natural order Hernandiacew in the same affinity.
Bentham and Hooker (Gen. Pl. i. (1865) 689), following Lindley, placed
Gyrocarpez again in Combretaceze, adding to them Martius's Sparattanthelium,
while Hernandia was referred to Lauraceæ. Meanwhile Baillon had pointed
out (Adans. v. (1865) 186) that Hernandia might be regarded as a diclinous
reduced type of ИНдета. Ш, indeed, a hermaphrodite flower be theoretically
constructed from the male and female flowers of //ernandia, the peculiar
floral characters of ligera are almost exactly reproduced. In 1885
Solereder (in Bot. Centralbl. xiii. 163) showed that the Gyrocarpese differed
trom the Combretacere and agreed with the Lauracez in important anatomical
characters, namely, the absence of internal phloem and the presence of
secreting cells. Four years later (in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. x. (1889) 511), he

OF THE GENUS ILLIGERA. 293

investigated the anatomy of the Сугосатрею in greater detail and adduced
an additional character, the presence of rhaphides, as confirming the
relationship with Lauracew. Almost simultaneously Pax (in Engl. u.
Prantl, Pflanzenfam. IIT. ii. (1889) 126) added Bentham and Hooker
Сугосагрею to Hernandiacese and placed the order near Lauracew, and
this arrangement is probably a fair representation of our present knowledge
of these genera.

Illigera naturally falls into two distinct sections according to the character
of the nectaries, six of the twelve species whose flowers are known having
these organs eomparatively large and tubular, while in the remainder minute
solid glands take their place. Blume’s two original species, upon which he
founded the genus, happen to have belonged one to each section, and one of
the characters upon which he relied to distinguish them, and which he used
for the name of one of them (7. appendiculata), was this sectional character.
I cannot, therefore, do better than apply the name Appendiculate to the six
species having large nectaries, and Parviglandulate to the remainder.

Key to the Species оў ligera.

Ip „eaves ternate...... „ааа жж жк ив зови вонь or 2
Leaves guinate............................... een n . pentaphylla, Welw.
о with stiff setose hairs ...................... villosa, C. B. Clarke.
Infructescence glabrous or softly hairy .......... TOP 3
Nectaries inflated, large .............. EM TED 4
З | Nectaries obscure............ TE MMC TE 9
Calyx-tube clothed w “ith spreading red hairs (yellow in a dried state) 5
1 | Calyx-tube glabrous or softly pubescent .............. ee 6
Calyx-lobes externally tomentose .......................... dasyphylla, Miq.
ile Calyx-lobes glabrous or puberulous ............... eese Phodantha, Hance.
Calyx-tube glabrous or nearly so . MN .. ternata, Dunn.
^l Calyx-tube softly and densely pubescent ................. . 7
Leaves with tufts of hair in vein-axils .................... 8
| Leaves glabrous or uniformly hairy .................. ...... trifoliata, Dunn.
Veins immersed ..... Mesa ehh aer ‚..... ppendiculata, Blume,
8 | Veins prominently reticulate on the lower surface .......... khasiana, C.B.Clarke.
Filaments cylindric _.................. n n .... 10
| Filaments winged ..... esee 6n 12
Leaf-veins ascending ........ ie n ee TP 11
| Leaf-veins patent, stamens bearded ............. eere pulchra, Blume.
Leaves glabrous, lanceolate ............ IEEE eese parviflora, Dunn.
| Leaves pubescent, ovate-cordate ...................... .... cordata, Dunn.
Calyx-tube puberulous ........................ TEE ‚. celebica, Miq.

12 l Calyx-tube glabrous ....... SINN SD platyandra, Dunn.

204 MR. S, T. DUNN: A REVISION

SECT. 1. Appendiculate.

1. ILLIGERA APPENDICULATA, Blume, Bijdr. 1158 (1826), Ann. Set. Nat.
2 ser. п. 95 (1834); Nees, Syst. Laur. 103. (1836); Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. i. т.
1094 (1855), Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. ii. (1866) 214; Meissn. in DC.
Prodr, ху. т. 250 (1864).—dubia, Span. in Linnea, xv. 187 (1841)?

Descriptioni addenda: petala 7 mm. longa, staminibus longiora, nectariis
staminalibus obovatis, basi breviter eupularibus, 2 mm, longis, membranaceis,
apice truncatis, integris, glandulis disci sphæroideis sessilibus.

Maraya : Java, Horsfield, n. 691; Binnendijk, “ Illigera pulchra”; Teijs-
mann, “ Пета pulchra, Bl. Hort. Bogor.” Sumatra, Beccari, n. 950. New
Guinea zide Schum. et Lauterb.

True J. appendiculata, Blume, is a plant with ovate leaflets, hairy in the vein-
axils beneath, and is at present. known only from the Malayan Islands. The
plant so called by Kurz and later Indian botanists is No. 4 below. Z. dubia,
Span., was distinguished by Miquel from 7. appendiculata, Blume, by its winged
fruit, under the impression that the fruit of the latter was a wingless drupe.
Аз it has been shown above that this is almost certainly not the case, it
becomes highly probable that Г. dubia, Span. is a synonym and it is so
inserted, though not with certainty, above.

2. I. КНАЗТАХА, С. В. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. и. 460 (1879).

India: E. Bengal, Griffith, n. 4340, Khasia, Griffith. Mowlong, Khasia,
Clarke, nn. 15814, 44906 д. Khasia, 15.8.50, Hook. у. y Thomson. Assam,
Serrion, n. 15.

Descr. addenda: petala 7 mm. longa, utrinque pubescentia, nectariis 22 mm.
longis, eis Z rhodanthe similibus,

{5 3. I. ТЕВХАТА, Dunn, comb. nov.—I. Meyeniana, Kunth ea Walp. in Nov.
Act. Nat. Cur. хіх. Suppl. 1. (1843) 410; Meissn. DC. Prodr. xv. 1. 250
(1864).—I. appendiculata, Vidal, Sinops. t. 48. f. 7 (1883), non Blume.—
I. luzonensis, Merrill in Philipp. Gov. Lab. Pull. xvii. (1904) 18; non
Henschelia luzonensis, Presl.—Gronovia ternata, Blanco, Fl. Filip. ed. 1.
186 (1833).

Descr. addenda : petala 7-10 mm., staminibus zequilonga, nectariis stamina-
libus eis 7. appendiculate similibus.

Iss. PHILipP.: Luzon, common. CHINA: Formosa, Henry, n. 103, Playfair,
n. ôl.

q^ 4. E. TRIFOLIATA, Dunn, comb. поу. 1. Coryzadenia, Me/ssn. DC. Prodr.

xv. 1. 251 (1864) ; С. В. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Br. Ind. ii. 460 (1879).—I.
appendiculata, Kurz, For. Fl. Burma, i. 469 (non Blume); King in Journ. As.
Soc. Deng. lxvi. п. (1897) 343.—4 oryzadenia trifoliata, Griff. Notul. iv.
356 (1854).

OF THE GENUS ILLIGERA. 295

Тура: Khasya? Grifith. Tenasserim, Griffith, n. 449, Helfer, n. 4341.
Andamans, Clarke, n. 25938. Srrarrs SETTLEMENTS ; Selangor, Аз у,
п. 8599; Malacca, Lobb; Perak, King, nn. 2776, 2510.

Var. Kurzii, King, l.c.—1. Kurzii, C. В. Clarke, 1. с.

INDIA : Tenasserim, Helfer, n. 4341. STRAITS SETTLEMENTS : Malacca,
Maingay, n. 1253 (Kew Distrib., n. 649), 1970 (Kew Distrib., n. 650).

Descr. addenda: petala 7 mm. longa, staminibus longiora, nectariis
staminalibus ovalibus, inflatis, sessilibus, superne poro laterali provisis,
3 mm. longis.

Kurz’s mistake in referring this plant to 7. appendiculata, Blume, has already
been referred to under that species. It appears that Blume’s plant, though
really easily distinguishable, and well described from authentic specimens by
Micuel, was not understood by Kurz and Clarke. This may have arisen
from the fact that Teijsmann, as Miquel remarked, sent out specimens of it
from the Buitenzorg Botanic Gardens under the name of 7. pulehra.

5. I. DASYPHYLLA, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. i. т. (1860) 1094, Suppl. i. 333,
tab. 1; Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Dat. ii. 215; Meissn. in DC. Prodr. xv. 1. 251.
Mazaya: W. Sumatra (ide Miq.).

6. I. внорахтна, Hance, in Journ. Bot, xxi. (1883) 321.

CHINA: Kwantung, Lienchow River, Hance 22072; Lo Fau Shan,
Hongkong, Herb. No. 337 ; Kwangsi, Lungchow, Morse, nn. 116,434. Inpo-
China : Hills about Cu Phap, Balansa, n. 4120. Forests between Phuong-
Lam and Cho-ho, Balansa, n. 4121.

Deser. addenda: petala 10 mm. longa, staminibus longiora, nectariis
staminalibus breviter stipitatis, obovatis, basi breviter cupularibus, apice
rotundatis, serrulatis.

Some of the above specimens, though characterized by the distinet
inflorescence and floral characters of Hance’s plant, vary considerably in
the shape and hairiness of the leaves, which are oblong and subglabrous
in Morse’s Kwangsi specimens, ovate and densely pubescent in Balansa’s

plants from Tonkin.

7. 1. PENTAPHYLLA, Welw. in Trans, Linn. Soc. xvii. (1869) 26.
AFRICA : Angola, Welwitsch, n. 1763.

©кст. 2. Parviglandulate.

8. I. PULCHRA, Blume, Bijdr. (1826) 1153, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 sér. ii. 95 (1834);
Mig. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1. 213, Fl. Ind. Bat. i. т. 1094.—I. lucida,
Тейзт. $ Вит. in Nat. Tijdsch. Ned. Ind. xxvii. (1864) 29; King in Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. lxvi. п. (1897) 344.

296 MR. 5. T. DUNN: A REVISION OF THE GENUS ILLIGERA.

MALAY Авсн. : Java. Banca, Binnendijk. Srrarrs SETTLEMENTS : Perak,
Scortechini, n. 1610.

Descr. addenda: petala ligulata, 6 mm. longa, staminibus æquilonga, basi
barbata, nectariis staminalibus globosis, sessilibus, minutis.

The redescribing of this species under the name of Ziligera lucida by
Teijsmann was probably another mistake due to having the name 7. pulchra
wrongly applied to 7. appendiculata in the Buitenzorg Botanie Gardens.

4" 9. ĪLLIGERA PARVIFLORA, Dunn, вр. n. Frutex scandens, inflorescentia
excepta, glaber. Folia trifoliolata, petiolo 4—5 em. longo ; foliola lanceolata,
lateralia valde obliqua, 5-7 ст. longa, chartacea, acuminata, basi cuneata.
Panieule pedunculate, anguste, foliis breviores, peduneulis 4 ст. longis.
Calycis tubus dense pubescens, lobis 4 mm. longis glabris ; petala interne
glabra, externe pubescentia, sepalis æqualia ; stamina 7 mm. longa,

puberula, nectariis staminalibus minutis sessilibus rotundatis, glandulis disci

minutis stipitatis.
CHINA : Kwantung, N.W. River, Ford, п. 260.

rA . .
a? 10. Т. CORDATA, Dunn, хр. п. Frutex scandens. Caulis striatus puberulus,

glabrescens. Folia trifoliolata, petiolis 4-12 em. longis, foliolis suborbicu-
laribus vel ovatis, 7-12 em. longis, chartaceis, ubique molliter pubescentibus,
tandem subglabris, subabrupte acuminatis, terminalibus symmetrice, later-
alibus oblique cordatis. Flores in eymas densas, pedunculatas, pubescentes,
foliis breviores, dispositi, pedunculis communibus 4-6 em. longis, bracteolis
oblongis, ad. З mm. longis. Flores flavi; calycis tubus dense pubescens; lobi
9 mm. longi, interne pubescentes; petala sepalis similia; stamina 3 mm. longa,
puberula, neetariis staminalibus oblongis, minutis, glandulis disci trilobis
15 mm. latis; stylus hirsutus. Fructus siccus, tetrapterus, 8—5 сш. latus,
25-35 mm. longus, subglaber, alis lateralibus aliorum. dimidia excedentibus
vel eis eequalibus.
CHINA : Yunnan, Hancock, п. 538, Henry, nn. 9902, 9902 4, 10649.

11. Т. cg, EBICA, Mig. Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Bat. п. 215; Meissn. т DC.
Prodr. ху. 1, 251.
Maraya : Celebes (fide Miq.).

50 12. Г. PLATYANDRA, Dunn, sp. n. Frutex scandens, floribus exceptis
glaber. Folia superiora trifoliolata, petiolis 5-7 em. longis; foliola ovata
vel ovato-oblonga, basi rotundata vel subcordata, venis secundariis utroque
latere 4-5 erecto-patentibus, curvatis. Flores in cymas compactas, petiolis
breviores, vel in paniculas foliosas dispositi, bracteolis minutis paucis.
Calyeis tubus glaber ; lobi oblongi 5 em. longi, extus acumine, intus omnino
pubescentes, 5 mm. longi, acuti; petala angustiora, wquilonga, ubique
pubescentia; stamina petalis duplo longiora, filamentis alatis superne
angustatis, anguste revolutis, 10 mm. longis, basi 24 mm. latis, minute

MR. B. HAYATA ON NEW SPECIES OF CONIFER.E. 291

puberulis, nectariis rudimentariis alis filamenti obtectis, glandulis disci
obsoletis. Stylus pubescens. Fructus tetrapterus, alis coriaceis striatis,
lateralibus 2-3 em. longis, cseteris duplo brevioribus, ovatis, glabris.

< n А
‘HINA: Kwantung, Hongkong Island, Hongkong, Herb. No. 655. Іхро-

1 а Р, a Г ^ T g о ү»
CHINA: woods, Cu Phap, Balansa, n. 3161. РнилрріхЕ IstaxDs, Wallis, n. 186.

Flowers unknown.

13. I. уплоѕа, C. В. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. i. 461.
INDIA : Naga Hills, Clarke, п. 41845.
Species evcludenda,
I. oprusa, Meissn. DC. Prodr. xv. 1. 251.
From the characters there given the plant is clearly to be rejected from

the genus.

On some new Өрөбїез of Coniferæ from the Island of Formosa. by
Bunzo Hayata (Tokyo). (Communicated by W. Воттіхс HrwstEY,
F.R.S., F.L.8.)

(PLATES 22 & 23.)

[Read 16th January, 1908.1

[Тнк following pages were in type, and the Plates ready for printing,
when the new species contained in it were published in ‘The Gardeners’
Chronicle 28th March, 1908, p. 194. The Council were unaware that
this paper had been sent to the late Dr. M. T. Masters for publication, but
his unexpected death induced the author to forward another manuscript and
to ask that it might be presented to the Linnean Society, in the belief that

the original paper would not be published.—8xc. L. 5. |

Tar following Pinus was first collected by Mr. C. Owatari in the mountainous
districts of the Island. I was not able to investigate it with any satisfaction
until Mr. G. Nakahara brought me some mature cones of this plant. The

following description is drawn from both materials.

vo PINUS FORMOSANA, Hayata, sp. п. (РІ. 22.)

Ramuli teretes, perularum rudimentis notati, novelli pubescentes.
Gemm:e ovatie, perulate, perulis acutis membranaceis margine laceratis.
Folia in quovis fascicculo quinque, fasciulis approximatis, acerosa, rigidula,
6-8 cm. longa, arcuata sed non torta, apice acuta, dorso plana, facie acute
carinata, triangularia in sectione, margine et in carina remote serrulata.
Strobili erecti, ovato-elliptiei, obtusi, e squamis cire. 40 compositi, 7-9 em.

bo
eo
Су)

MR. B. HAYATA ON NEW SPECIES OF
longi, 4-6 cm. lati, squamis elliptieis basi euneatis sursum rotundatis leviter
reflexis, 3 em. longis, 1l ст. latis coriaceo-crassis et sublignescentibus
coneavis badio-fuscis, dispermis sed abortu monospermis Bractese brevissime.
Semina ovata, apice obtusa, 10 mm. longa, б mm. lata, Testa coriacea, pallide
ferruginea glabra. Ala membranacea, tenuis, cultriformis, 2 cm. longa,
8 mm. lata.

Hab. Shokakurin, leg. C. Owatari, mense Januario, anno 1898 ; Yaga-
tayama, Taichu, leg. G. Nakahara, mense Februario, anno 1907.

This Pinus is very near P. parviflora Sieb. et Zucc., but differs from that
by the shape of the cones, which in the new species are usually reflexed and
especially so in the lower scales. The wings of the seeds are much larger
than those of P. parviflora.

According to the information from Mr. (+. Nakahara, the plant grows in
the mountainous districts of the Taichi prefecture, at an altitude of 1500 m.
Forming a forest along a valley, parallel to the Camphor forests, this pine
gives the most remarkable feature to the vegetation of this district. Attaining
a height of about 15 m., and a diameter of a little less than 1 m., it has an
outline of a conical form, its branches spreading quite loosely upwards from
the middle of the trunk, and downwards to about the reach of one’s arms.
The trunk is greyish white, very straight like a fir and the texture of the
bark is very similar. The distribution of this Pinus is rather local, being
limited to the western slope of the central mountain-ranges in the middle
part of the island. It grows mostly on clay slates.

The following Juniperus was found on the top of Mt. Morrison at an
altitude of about 4000 m., and was first collected by Mr. Shimoyama.
Although the same mountain has since been botanized by several collectors,
the specimens brought to me were but fragments of a barren branch. I
could get no more information about this species than that it is something
like Juniperus chinensis, Linn., until Mr. T. Kawakami gave ше a perfect
specimen, Examining this material, I find that it is very different from
J. chinensis, Linn. The following description is mostly based upon
Mr. T. Kawakami's specimens.

JUNIPERUS MORRISONICOLA, ayata, sp. n.

Rami teretes ; ramuli novelli virides, trigoni, Folia omnia lanceolata, apice
acerosa patentiuscula, 3-4 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata, supra concava, glauces-
centia, subtus leviter carinata. Flores masculi ad ramulos brevissimos
terminales ovoidei, 4 mm. longi, 2 mm. lati; stamina 8, filamentis in
squamum peltatis, squamis suborbicularibus, 14 mm. diametro sequantibus,
loculis antherze 3. Flores foeminei ad ramulos brevissimos terminales, basi
folus squamiformibus bracteisque 6-9 oppositis suffulti, squamis intimis 3,
ovatis acutis verticillatis patentibus. Ovulum terminale, solitarium, a squamis

CONIFERA FROM FORMOSA. 299

intimis circumdatum, oblongum, apice attenuatum, Galbulus globosus vel
oblongus, 6 mm. longus, extus bractearum apicibus notatus. | Semina
solitaria, globoso-ovoidea, 5 mm. longa, 4 mm. lata ; testa ossea sulcata ;
embryo normalis ; cotyledones 2.

Hub. ad verticem montis Morrison, 13200 ped. alt, leg. Shimoyama,
anno 1899 ; leg. R. Torii, anno 1900; leg. S. Nagasawa, anno 1905 (no. 585) ;
leg. T. Kawakami, mense Octobro, anno 1906 (no. 2142, fr.).

This new plant resembles J. chinensis in habit, but is easily distinguished
by its solitary ovule on a short branchlet and. by the shape of its cone. The
leaves have a large single resin-canal near the phloem. So far, the plant
does not seem to have dimorphic leaves, all the specimens we have at present
having but one kind of leaf.

Cunninghamia was hitherto a monotypic genus, having only С. sinensis,
В. Br. It is therefore most remarkable that we have here an addition of
anotier species to this interesting genus. The new Cunninghama here
described was kindly sent to me by Mr. T. Kawakami, Government Expert
of Formosa. It was obtained by Mr. Konishi on Mt. Rantaizan at an altitude
of about 2000 m. It is very rare in the coniferous forests and attains
a considerable height ; it affords a. good timber, which bears much resemblance

to that of Chamecyparis.

CUNNINGHAMIA Кохіѕни, Hayata, sp. п. (РІ. 28.)

Arbor ; rami omnes teretes, glabri, foliorum spiraliter confertorum eieatri-
cibus notati. Gemmæ floriferse nude, depresso-globose, bracteis depresso-
ovatis brevissime aristato-acutis. Folia ramorum veteriorum spiraliter con-
ferta, adnato-decurrentia, anguste lineari-faleata, incurvo-erecta, acuta, dorso
leviter carinata, ramulorum juvenilium longiora, ascendento-patentia, lineari-
lanceolata, 15 mm. longa, 24 mm. lata, ad basin oblique torta, apice obtusi-
uscula, margine sub lente serrulata, rigida, coriacea, utrinque pagina glauces-
centia et striis duabis stomatibus multi-seriatis cincta, octovum in annum
virentia, demum exarida sensim soluta. Strobili maturi ovato-globosi, 20 mm,
longi, 15 mm. lati ; squam:e rotundatze, mucronare, basi distincte unguiculatee,
ungue brevo, lamina dilatata cordata late depresso-ovata, margine integra,
lignescentes, sursum coriaces et marginem versus subundulatz, dorso apice
leviter carinate, glabra ; bracteis obsoletis ; squamule 3 in medio lamin:e,
distinetz, fimbriatz, erenulatse. Semina 3, ad squamulorum basin affixa
reversa libera, ovato-elliptiea, testa coriacea duriuscula, ala angusta cineta ;
embryo ignotus.

Hab. in monte Rantaizan, Nanto, ad 7000 ped. alt, leg. N. Konishi,
mense Julio, anno 1907.

Mr. T. Kawakami informs me that this new plant is intermediate in
habit between Cunninghamia and Taiwania. On examining the specimen
carefully, I find the cone of the plant has a secondary squama, and should

300 MR. B. HAYATA ON NEW sPECIES OF CONIFEILE.

therefore be undoubtedly referred to Cunninghamia. The leaf has
stomata on both surfaces, while that of C. sinensis has none on the upper
surface, ог a very few. In the case of Taiwania, the stomata are found on
both surfaces of the leaf. The new Cunninghamia differs essentially from
C. sinensis by the arrangement and the shape of the leaves, smaller cones and
broader squame. Тһе timber is like that of other Conifers, the bark is
reddish brown and in all respects is very like that of Chamweyparis ; but it
has a peculiar odour unlike other Conifers. The leaf of С. Aonish/i is more
durable than that of C. sinensis ; the former lasts for eight, the latter for five
years only.

In conclusion, Г must express my hearty thanks to Prof. J. Matsumura
under whose special permission this work has been carried out.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 22.
Pixvs FoRMOSANA, Hayata.

Fig. 1. A cone after dispersing the seeds.
2. A young cone,
З. A scale of the same, seen from within.
4. The same, seen from without; br=bract.
б. A scale, taken from a little below the middle portion of a mature cone.
6. A scale, taken from the middle portion of the same cone, seen from without.
7. The same, seen from within.
В. A scale, taken from a little above the middle portion of the same cone.
9. A scale.
. The section of a leaf. f= fibro-vascular bundles; 7 =resin-canal.
Figs. 1 and 2, natural size; the rest are all more or less magnified.

>

PLATE 23.
CUNNINGHAMIA Konsa, Hayata.
Fig. 1. A branch, bearing a cone, |
2. А leaf (outer or under surface); those portions which bear stomata are shown
by dots,
3. A leaf (inner or upper surface).
4. Diagrammatic section ofa leaf. re=resin-canal; Trf- transfusion tissue; fvb= fibro-
vascular bundles.
‚ А scale of the cone (taken from the upper part of the cone ; dorsal view).
. The same (ventral view) ; traces of seeds are clearly seen.
А scale of the cone (taken from middle part of the сопе ; ventral view); two lateral
seeds are clearly seen, the middle one taken off.
8. Seed.
9. The same, seen from the other side.
Fig. 1, natural size ; the rest are all more or less magnified.

\
— " YA
|

CONIFERJE FROM FORMOSA. 299

intimis cireumdatum, oblongum, apiee attenuatum, Galbulus globosus vel
oblongus, 6 mm. longus, extus bractearum apicibus notatus. Semina
solitaria, globoso-ovoidea, 5 mm. longa, 4 mm. lata; testa ossea sulcata ;
embryo normalis ; cotyledones 2.

Hab. ad verticem montis Morrison, 13200 ped. alt., leg. Shimoyama,
anno 1899 ; leg. R. Torii, anno 1900; leg. S. Nagasawa, anno 1905 (no. 585) ;
leg. T. Kawakami, mense Octobro, anno 1906 (no. 2142, fr.)

This new plant resembles J. chinensis in habit, but is easily distinguished
by its solitary ovule on a short branchlet and by the shape of its cone. The
leaves have a large single resin-canal near the phloem. So far, the plant
does not seem to have dimorphic leaves, all the specimens we have at present
having but one kind of leaf.

Cunninghamia was hitherto a monotypic genus, having only C. sinensis,
В. Br. 16 is therefore most remarkable that we have here an addition of
another species to this interesting. genus. The new Cunninghamia Пете
described was kindly sent to me by Mr. T. Kawakami, Government Expert
of Formosa. It was obtained by Mr. Konishi on Mt. Rantaizan at an altitude
of about 2000 m. It is very rare in the coniferous forests and attains
a considerable height ; it affords а good timber, which bears much resemblance

to that of Chamecyparis.

CUNNINGHAMLA Koxrsur, Hayata, sp. п. (Pl. 28.)

Arbor ; rami omnes teretes, glabri, foliorum spiraliter confertorum cicatri-
cibus notati. Gemme floriferee nudæ, depresso-globosee, bracteis depresso-
ovatis brevissime aristato-acutis. Folia ramorum veteriorum spiraliter con-
ferta, adnato-decurrentia, anguste lineari-falcata, incurvo-erecta, acuta, dorso
leviter carinata, ramulorum juvenilium longiora, ascendento-patentia, lineari-
lanceolata, 15 mm. longa, 24 mm. lata, ad basin oblique torta, apice obtusi-
uscula, margine sub lente serrulata, rigida, coriacea, utrinque pagina glauces-
centia et striis duabis stomatibus multi-seriatis cincta, octovum in annum
virentia, demum exarida sensim soluta. Strobili maturi ovato-globosi, 20 mm.
longi, 15 mm. lati ; squam:e rotundatze, mucronate, basi distincte unguiculate,
ungue brevo, lamina dilatata cordata late depresso-ovata, margine integra,
lignescentes, sursum coriaceæ et marginem versus subundulate, dorso apice
leviter carinatee, glabree ; bracteis obsoletis ; squamule З in medio lamine,
distinetze, fimbriatze, crenulatæ. Semina 3, ad squamulorum basin affixa
reversa libera, ovato-elliptiea, testa coriacea duriuscula, ala angusta cineta ;
embryo ignotus.

Hab. in monte Rantaizan, Nanto, ad 7000 ped. alt., leg. №. Konishi,
mense Julio, anno 1907.

Mr. T. Kawakami informs me that this new plant is intermediate in
habit between Cunninghamia and Taiwania, On examining the specimen
carefully, I find the cone of the plant has a secondary squama, and should

300 MR. B. HAYATA ON NEW SPECIES OF CONIFER.

therefore be undoubtedly referred to Cunninghamia. The leaf has stomata on
both surfaces, while that of С. sinensis has none on the upper surface, or a
very few. In the case of Taiwania, the stomata are found on both surfaces
of the leaf. The new Cunninghamia differs essentially from C. sinensis
by the arrangement and the shape of the leaves, smaller cones and broader
squamz. The timber is like that of other Conifers, the bark is reddish brown
and in all respects is very like that of Chamecyparis ; but it has а peculiar
odour unlike other Conifers. The leaf of C. Konishii is more durable than
that of C. sinensis; the former lasts for eight, the latter for five years
only.

In conclusion, I must express my hearty thanks to Prof. J. Matsumura
under whose special permission this work has been carried out.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE 22.
PINUS FORMOSANA, Hayata.
Fig. 1. A branch of the plant bearing both young and mature cones. y=young cone;
m=mature cone.

2. A young cone (y of fig. 1).

3. A scale of the same, seen from within.

4. The same, seen from without.

5. А cone after dispersing the seeds.

6. A scale, taken from a little below the middle portion of а mature сопе (m of

fig. 1).
Г. А scale, taken from the middle portion of the same cone, seen from without.
8. The same, seen from within.
. А scale, taken from a little above the middle portion of the same cone.
10. A scale.
1l. The section of a leaf. J=fibro-vascular bundles; r= resin-canal.

Figs. 1, 2, and 5, natural size ; the rest are all more or less magnified.

PLATE 23.

CUNNINGHAMIA Кохіѕни, Наума.
Fig. 1. A branch, bearing a cone.
2. A leaf (outer or under surface); those portions which bear stomata are shown
by dots.
З. А leaf (inner or upper surface).
4. Diagrammatic section ofaleaf. rc-resin-canal; Tyf —transfusion tissue ; fv) = fibro-
vascular bundles ; st2 portions of surface with stomata.
5. A scale of the cone (taken from the upper part of the cone; dorsal view).
6. The same (ventral view) ; traces of seeds are clearly seen.
‚ А scale of the cone (taken from middle part of the cone; ventral view) ; two lateral
seeds are clearly seen, the middle one taken off.
& Seed.
9. The same, seen from the other side.
Fig. 1, natural size ; the rest are all more or less magnified.

Hayata

B. Hayata del. West, Newman imp.

TN Pitek ums PINUS FORMOSANA, Zayata.

-—

Hayata. Linn. Soc. Journ. Вот Vor. XXXVIIL PI. 23.

о re.

d COT Uu
С 3--- rf.

popu AA

Гуф.

B.Hayata del. | West, Newman imp.

Dr Bih CUNNINGHAMIA KUNISHII, Hayate

—

ON PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 301

On a Collection of Plants made by Н. C. Robinson and L. Wray from
Gunong Tahan, Pahang. By H. N. Ripity, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
assisted by other Botanists.

[Read 5th December, 1907.)

[IN 1905 the Trustees of the British Museum made a grant towards the
expenses of Mr. Н. С. Robinson’s expedition to Gunong Tahan in the Malay
Peninsula, on condition that the whole collection made by the expedition
should be sent to the Natural History Museum and that the first set should
become the property of the Trustees. An account of the expedition will

shortly be published in the Journal of the Federated Malay States Museum.
The plants, numbering about 250 specimens, were collected from May to
July, 1905, by Mr. Robinson and Mr. L. Wray, Director of Museums,
Federated Malay States. As Mr. H. N. Ridley, who is specially interested in
the botany of the Peninsula, was home on leave during last year, I asked him
to prepare an account of the collection. He agreed, but having to return to
Singapore early in January, left his paper in an unfinished state; with
Mr. E. G. Baker's assistance I have compared it with the specimens in the
study set at the British. Museum, annotated, and prepared it for the press.
The account of the Ferns and Mosses is largely the work of Mr. А. Gepp, and
that of the Fungi and Lichens has been prepared by Miss A. Lorrain Smith.
(А. D. RENDLE.) |

THE mountain Gunong Tahan lies in the north of Pahang, on the east coast
of the Malay Peninsula, and was formerly believed to be by far the highest
mountain in the Peninsula. It proves, however, to be by no means so lofty
as was at first supposed, being only 7100 feet in altitude.

Several attempts were made to explore this mountain on previous occasions.
The first of these was undertaken by the author of this paper, accompanied by
Mr. W. Davison, Curator of the Ratlles Museum, Singapore, and Lieut. Kelsall,
R.E., in 1891. The position of the mountain was then unknown, and owing
to the limited time allowed, the failure of the commissariat, the extremely
unhealthy character of. the Tahan Valley, and the unsettled state of Pahang,
then on the eve of the rebellion which broke out the following year, the
expedition failed to reach its goal. А good collection of plants, however, was
made, an account of which was published in the Transactions of this Society,
ser, 2, iii. p. 267, and an itinerary of the trip in the Journal of the Hoval
Asiatic Society, Straits Branch, vol. xxv. p. 33. This expedition attempted
to reach the mountain by travelling up the Pahang river, then up the
Tembeling and Tahan rivers, which latter stream is reported to spring from
the base of the mountain.

302 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

In 1898 Mr. Н. M. Becher again attempted to reach the mountain by the
same route, but perished in a spate of the Tahan river about five miles above
the point at which the first expedition stopped. А few plants were added to
the collections at Singapore Botanie Gardens by the Gardens’ plant-collector,
who accompanied Mr. Becher’s ill-fated expedition.

In 1899 Mr. W. W. Skeat went with the Cambridge expedition to explore
the north of the Peninsula, made a hasty trip to the mountain from the north,
and after much diffieulty and risk reached it.

In 1901 Mr. John Waterstradt reached the mountain in a trip made chiefly
for the purpose of collecting birds. An account of his expedition was
published in the Journal of the Royal Asiatie Society, Straits Branch, vol.
xxxvii. (1902) pp. 1-27.

The collection of plants made by Messrs. Robinson and Wray is one of
considerable interest, and contains a number of remarkable additions to the
knowledge of the flora of the Malay Peninsula. It has long been known that
the floras of the east and west coasts are very different, the eastern side
showing a number of Australian and eastern Asiatic types not met with on
the western side, the flora of which is more accessible and has been more
thoroughly studied.

The greatest interest centres round the plants, the geographical distribution
of which is further extended. Two of these are specially noteworthy, viz.
Pentaphylax malayana, n. sp., and Gentiana malayana : the former is the
second representative of a Chinese monotypic genus of Ternstroemiaces
previously known only from Hongkong; the latter is closely allied to a
Bornean species occurring on Mt. Kinabalu and to a Javan species.

A curious new genus of Melastomacee allied to Dissochvta, which I have
«Пе! Orttrephes, is also an important addition. The genus Xyris is repre-
sented in the Peninsula by several sea-shore species, but is seldom met with
inland or at any altitude ; it is absent, so far as is known, from the Perak Hills
and Mount Ophir, but one species, X. /idleyi, was found by me on Kedah
Peak at about 3000 feet elevation. Two species occur on Gunong Tahan,
one identical with that from Kedah Peak, the other, X. grandis, n. sp., perhaps
the largest species of the genus, conspicuous from its stiff sword-like leaves
resembling those of Cladium Maingayi, C. B. Clarke, of Mount Ophir.

There are, as usual in such collections, several species of Didymocarpus,
including two new to science, and a number of Orchids, а good proportion of
which are also new.

Among the previously described plants it is interesting to find several of
those known only from Father Scortechini’s collections and distributed without
any specific locality. It is probable that as they have not been met with on
the western slopes of the Perak Hills, Seortechini must have collected
them on the eastern watershed of the main range. Such are Gordonia imbri-
cata, King, Polyosma coriacea, King, and Calophyllum venustum, King.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 303

SPERMATOPHYTA.
DICOTYLEDONES.
POLYPETAL Ж.

DILLENIACEZE.

ACROTREMA CosTATUM, Jack, in Mal. Misc. 1.(1820) No. v. 56.

Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5536.)

Distrib. Common in most hill regions of the Straits Settlements at that
altitude and occasionally at lower elevations.

POLYGALACE.

POLYGALA MONTICOLA, n. sp.

Frutex cirea bipedalis, basi nuda lignosa, superne haud ramosa. Folia 8—4
poll. longa, 14 poll. lata, lanceolata utrinque acuminata, petiolata, glabra
aut raro pilis translucentibus parce munita, nervis primariis ad 8 paria,
petiolo + poll. longo. Racemus subterminalis strictus erectus densus.
Flores albi, carinis roseis, } poll. longis ; pedicellis brevissimis. Sepala
externa ovata rotundata pubescentia, Petala oblonga, carina cristata.
Capsula immatura reniformis biloba ferme 7 poll. in diametro.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. A small shrub; flowers white ; column
edged with yellow, pinkish abeve ; sepals edged with purple. (5456.)
At 4000-5000 ft. ; about 2 feet high. Flower white when first opened,
afterwards turning pink; leaf-stalks tinted pink. (5384).

Forma MAJOR, foliis 6 poll. longis, 2 poll. latis, glabris, petiolis pollicaribus ;
racemo 9 poll. longo.

Flowers tipped roxe-red, calyx and flower-stalks white ; mid-ribs of leaves
tinted with red. At 5000 ft. (5333.)

Though this has been several times collected in the mountains of the Malay
Peninsula by different collectors, 16 seems to have been eonfused with
Р. venenosa, Juss. Its smaller flowers on very short pedicels, as well as
its dwarf stem and dense erect raceme, make it very distinct from the
great spreading half-shrub which is common in the lower damp forests ;
and it is difficult to see how it could be considered a variety of P. venenosa,
which is really much less variable than would appear from the number
of varieties of it recorded.

PITTOSPORE. '

Ртттовровом sp. А small tree 10 to 15 feet high, with light-coloured boughs
and opposite subcoriaceous lanceolate leaves glabrous with impressed
nerves above, strongly reticulate above and beneath, petioles pubescent.
Fruit solitary, oval, 4 inch long, on a slender peduncle 12 inch long.

304 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. (5444.)

Too incomplete to deseribe, but I cannot identify it with any Asiatic species.
The only species hitherto recorded from the Peninsula is Pittosporum
ferrugineum, Dryand.

GUTTIFERÆ.
CALOPHYLLUM SPECTABILE, Willd, in Ges. Маў. Fr. Berl. Mag. v. (1811) 80.
In fruit, Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. А medium-sized tree 50-60 feet high.
(5344.)
Distrib. A common and widely dispersed species, occurring from the
Andamans eastward to the Society Islands.

C. venustum, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lix. (1890) 180.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. А small tree with white flowers. (5340,
5395.)
Distrib. Perak. Only once previously collected.

TERNSTRGZMIACE Л.
ANNESLEA CRASSIPES, Hook. ew Choisy, in Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen. xiv. (1855)
129.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. А small tree; calyx bright red. (5322.
Distrib. Found also on Mt. Ophir, and Gunong Batu Putih and other
mountains of Perak ; also Philippine Is.

ADINANDRA VILLOSA, Choisy, l.c. 112.
Gunong Tahan, 5000—5500 ft. Tree 30-40 ft. high; flowers white. (5517.)
Distrib. Tavoy and Perak at high elevations.

А, ANGULATA, n. sp.

Arbor 40-50-pedalis, ramis compressis, ramulis complanatis angulatis
validis, alabastris parce sericeis, Folia elliptica obtuse aeuminata coriacea,
1-7 poll. longa, 2—4 poll. lata, siccitate flavescentia, nervis ad 20 paria
conspicue reticulatis, petiolo 3 poll. longo crasso. Flores non visi.
Dractez 2 parve ovate. — Sepala ovata rotundata crassa glabra, 2 poll.
longa. Ovarium globosum $ poll. longum, stylo :equilongo coronatum.
Fructus in pedicello 3 poll. longo, superne incrassato.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. (5518.) А very remarkable species, with
the foliage of one of the large Gareinias, and quadrate stems with a
narrow wing running along each edge. The very large fruits are
in pairs,

TERNSTREMIA JAPONICA, Thunb. in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. (1794) 335.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Bush; flowers white ; leaves pale green beneath.
(5328.)—5000-6000 ft. Shrub 2-3 feet high ; flowers greenish white ;
anthers brown. (5501.)

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 305

Distrib, An addition to the flora of the Malay Peninsula. Ternstræmia
japonica taken in a large sense is a widely spread species in Eastern
Asia, and as T. aneura, Miq. (the type of which these specimens closely
resemble), occurs in Banka.

GORDONIA IMBRICATA, King, in Journ. Аз. Soc. Beng. lix. (1890) 204.
Gunong Tahan, 6000 ft. А small tree ; the flower cream-colour, 3 inch
across. (5436 and 5406.)
Distrib, A rare plant, only collected once in Perak by Scortechini.

ScHIMA Хокохнж, Reinw. ex Blume, Bijdr. 130.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. А small tree 20 to 25 feet high, or a shrub
4—6 feet high ; flower white, stamens yellow. (5508, 5525.)
Distrib. Common and variable at high altitudes, occurring also in Burma
and the Malay Archipelago.

PENTAPHYLAX MALAYANA, n. sp.

Frutex vel arbor parva, ramis nigris. Folia coriacea glabra ovata obtusa,
basi rotundata, nervis inconspicuis, 2 poll. longa, 1 poll. lata, siccitate
flavescentia. Spies 1 poll. longee dense. — Bracte:e ovate 4, marginibus
ciliatis. Sepala ovata rotundata ciliata. Petala linearia oblonga retusa
alba. Stamina quam petala breviora, filamentis oblongis, apicibus
aeuminatis. Stylus cylindricus brevis; stigma planum brevissime
9-lobum. Capsula breviter pedicellata, 1 poll. longa. Semina linearia
curva, 2 in quoque loculo.

Gunong Tahan, 3300-5000 ft. Bush with white flowers. (5395, 5339,
5405.)

А very fine addition to the flora of the Malay Peninsula, the only other
known species, Р. ewryoides, Gardn. & Champ., being a native of Hong-
kong. Specimens of obviously the same species were some years ago
brought by Mr. Barnes from K’luang Terbang in Pahang (Journ. Roy.
As. Soc., Straits Branch, xxxix. (1903) 1-18). These specimens were in
fruit, and the description of the fruit is taken from them. P. malayana
differs from P. euryoides in its smaller, more thickly coriaceous, blunt
leaves, and its shorter and thicker flower-spikes.

TILIACE.

ELJEOCARPUS MONTICOLA, n. sp.
Frutex foliis ovato-lanceolatis integris glabris coriaceis, 3 poll. longis, 2 poll.
latis, nervorum 6 paribus, petiolis pollicaribus. Racemi breviuseuli,
2 poll. longi, foliis breviores. Flores parvi dissiti pedicellati, 1 poll.
longi. Sepala 4 ovata pubescentia roseo-brunnea. Petala vix longiora
quam sepala, oblonga, fimbriata, viridescenti-alba, pubescentia. Stamina
12, filamentis brevibus, antheris linearibus, sine barbis seu aristis.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII, Z

306 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

Ovarium globosum, stylo brevius. Torus crassus undulatus. Drupa
globosa, plus quam 1 poll. longa, rugosa.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Shrub 10-12 feet high. Sepals pinkish
brown ; petals greenish white. (5528.)

Near Elwocarpus punctatus, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lx. п. (1891)
139 (Malay Peninsula, Java, and Sumatra), but differs in the more
fimbriate petals, longer style, and entire leaves. The fruit is very different
from that of Æ. punctatus and resembles that of E. parvifolius, Wall.

RUTACE X.
EVODIA SIMPLICIFOLIA, n. Sp.

Frutex 7-pedalis ramosus. Folia opposita elliptica obtusa, basi subeuneata
vel rotundata, coriacea integra, nervis primariis sepe 16, nervulis reticu-
latis, 3-3} poll. longa, 13 poll. lata, siccitate pallida, petiolis 2 poll. longis.
Paniculæ petiolo vix longiores in axillis foliorum summorum dispositae.
Flores non visi. Capsule 4-lobatze 3 poll. latee rugose glabri.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. A shrub 7 feet high. In fruit. (5492.)

Much resembles £. pachyphylla, King, a native of Perak, but is very
distinct in its simple unifoliolate leaves and glabrous capsules.

CELASTRACE.JE.

SALACIA PERAKENSIS, King, in Journ. Аз. Soc. Beng. lxv. п. (1896) 364,
e descript.

Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. А small tree ; flowers dull red. (5332.) I have
seen no authentie specimen.

Distrib. Originally collected in Perak by Scortechini, who gave no exact
locality.

ВОЗАСЕ 4.
PHOTINIA DUBIA, Lindl. in Trans. Linn, Soc. xiii. (1821) 104, t. 10.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small shrub 8-15 feet high ; fruit brownish
red. (5486.)

Not recorded in the “Flora of the Malayan Peninsula”; it was collected
by Griffith at Bukit China, a low hill close to Malacca, and by myself
on rocks by the river in the Dindings, where it is a low straggling bush.

Distrib. North India. |

PYRUS GRANULOSA, Bertol. in Mem. Ассай. Se, Bologn. ser. 2, iv. (1864) 312.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Tree 15 to 25 feet. (5520.)

Distrib. Khasia, Burma, and Sumatra.

SAXIFRAGACEJE.

WEINMANNIA BLUMEI, Planch. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. vi, (1847) 410.
Gunong Tahan. Tree; flowers red ; leaves green, stalks red. (5319.)
Distrib. Higher mountains of the Peninsula.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 307

POLYOSMA СОВТАСЕА, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvi. и. (1897) 300.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Bush; flowers white. (5388.) A small
tree 20-30 feet high ; flowers yellowish-white. (5493.)
Distrib. Perak and Kedah Peak.

P. LETE-VIRENS, Griff. ex King, 1. c. 303.
Small tree at 5000-6000 ft. (5462.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

HAMAMELIDE. X.

ВнорогетА TEYsMANNI, Miq. т Versl. en Med. К. Akad. Wetensch. vi. (1857)
123.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 fi. Large shrub 10 feet high, or tree 18 inches
in diameter ; flower гозу pink. (5482, 55006.)
Distrib. Hill-ranges of Malay Peninsula and in Sumatra.

RHIZOPHORE.E.

CARALLIA EUGENOIDEA, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvi. п. (1897) 320.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Small tree.
Distrib. Perak, Hitherto only known from Scortechini’s collection.

МУВТАСЕ Д.

B2&CKEA FRUTESCENS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 358.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5811.)
Distrib. Common on all hills at this elevation ; also Malay Archipelago.

LEPTOSPERMUM FLAVESCENS, Sm., var. COMMUNE, Benth. Fl. Austral. iii. 104.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft., on ridges. Trunk up to 2 feet in diameter,
but short and twisted. (5409.)
Distrib. Common on the hills at this elevation in the Malay Peninsula, and
throughout the Archipelago to Australia.

RHODAMNIA TRINERVIA, Blume, Mus, Bot. Lugd.-Bat. i. 19.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. (5500.) А mountain form with coriaceous
ovate acuminate leaves, densely white woolly beneath, less so above, but
with silky white pubescence on the upper face and pubescent fruit.

Distrib. Malayan Archipelago and Philippines to Australia ; Burma.

EUGENIA PAHANGENSIS, n. sp.

Arbor 20-pedalis cortice albescente. Folia coriacea crassa elliptica petiolata
obtusa, costa superne depressa subtus elevata, nervis plurimis gracilibus
subparallelis, 3-4 poll. longa, 2 poll. lata, Panicula brevis terminalis
densiflora, 2 poll. longa, ramis paucis crassis angulatis. Flores flaves-
centes parvi congesti sessiles vix 1 poll. longi. Sepala brevissima crassa,

“2

308 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

triangularia acuta. Petala parva caduca orbieularia. Stamina brevius-
сша. Ovarium obeonicum angulatum.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small tree 20 feet high; flowers pale
yellowish. (5454.)

Belongs to the same group as Eugenia subdecussata, Duth., but is very
distinct in its foliage.

EUGENIA VIRIDESCENS, n. sp.

Frutex. Folia coriacea sessilia giabra obovata, apicibus late rotundatis vix
apieulatis, versus basin angustata, basibus subretusis, 22-8 poll. longa,
13 poll. lata, nervis copiosis tenuibus approximatis, costa crassiuscula.
Panicule quam folia breviores, terminales, 2 poll. longe, pedunculis
brevibus ramulis validulis. Flores inter minores, 1 poll. longa. Calyx
campanulatus, margine subintegro undulato. Petala 4 calyptram for-
mantia rotundata. Stamina brevia, calycem paullo superantia.

Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. A bush; flowers pale green, leaves and young
wood tinged with purple. (5338.)

Allied to E. subdecussata, Duth., but differs in the form of the leaves, which
narrow towards the base and end in a truncate retuse manner. They are
less stiff than those of subdecussata, drying of a yellowish colour, and the
margins curling back. The nervation is very fine and close and hardly
distinguishable.

MELASTOMACE 4.

MELASTOMA MALABATHRICUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 559.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Flower pinkish. (5514.)

A very large-flowered form of this variable species, the petals being nearly
as large as those of M. decenyidum, Roxb., but otherwise there is very
little difference between this and typical M. malabathricum of the plains.

Jistrib. India to China and North Australia.

SONERILA HETEROSTEMONA, Vaud. in Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, xv. (1851) 326.
Kwala Teku, 800-1000 ft. (5538.)
Distrib. Common in the woods of the plains. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra
to Borneo.

S. SUFFRUTICOSA, Stapf $ King, in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. lxix. п. (1900) 29.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers white or tinted with pink; leaves dull
green with white hairs, beneath crimson with white hairs. (5215, 5347.)
Distrib. Perak, Gunong Bubu (previously collected by Wray).
№. PARADOXA, Naud. l. с. 321.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Leaves bright green with metallic blue lights,
beneath erimson, hairs on both sides crimson ; flowers pale pink. (5362.)
The very hairy form common at higher elevations.
Distrib, Penang.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 309

ANERINCLEISTUS FRUTICOSUS, n. Sp.

Suffrutex multi-ramosus, cortice fusco. Folia subcoriacea lanceolata acumi-
nata glabra, 1-3 poll. longa 1 poll. lata, subtus glauca, apicibus obtusis,
basibus acuminatis. Flores solitarii vel 8-4 umbellati, pedunculo 3 poll.
longo. Calycis tubus vix dilatus glaber. Sepala subulata acuminata
glabra, 1 poll. longa. Petala 4, rosea lanceolata acuminata ferme subulata.
Stamina 8, antheris elongatis 4 poll. longis inzqualibus, basi obscure
emarginatis, пес appendiculatis, antheris sterilibus rubris. Capsula
obconica 3 poll. longa 4 poll. lata.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small shrub; flower pale pink; anthers
pale yellow. (5453.)

Allied to А. macranthus, King, but more glabrous with smaller leaves and
more woody.

ORITREPHES, n. gen.

Frutex ; foliis oppositis ellipticis acuminatis, basi cuneatis, trinerviis. Pani-
cula terminalis pauciflora, floribus majusculis. Calyx leprosus obconicus,
apice constricto, lobis 4 brevibus connatis, dentiformibus. Petala 4
obovata unguiculata alba. Stamina 8, zequalia, similia, antheris elongatis
versus apices attenuatis, poro terminali, basibus breviter hastatis, appen-
dicibus et setis nullis, dorso processu parvo circulari onustis. Stylus
longus, stigmate punctiformi. Ovarium 4-loculatum ellipticum, ferme
ad basin tubi calycis liberum, vertice depresso-concavum. Fructus
baccatus. Semina plura, placentis axillaribus suffulta ; adhuc im-
matura.

О. PULCHRA, n. sp.

Frutex ramosus; foliis superne glabris inferne rufescenti-lepidotis, nervis
tomento rufo tectis, primariis tribus subtus elevatis, secundariis horizon-
talibus eirea 26 paribus, 2-5 poll. longis, 1-2 poll. latis, petiolo pollicari.
Peduneulus 3 poll. ereetus, glaber. Flores 4-6. Calyx in pedicello
eequilongo, 1 poll. longus, lobis brevibus connatis. Petala obovata retusa
unguiculata, alba roseo-tineta. Stamina petalis æquilonga, filamentis
pubescentibus, antheris flavis. Fructus leprosus immaturus $ poll. longus.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Petals white tipped with pink. (5509.)

Closely allied to Dissocheta and Anplectrum. Remarkabie for its 8 similar

stamens without hairs or appendages.

MEDINILLA CLARKEI, King, т Journ. As. Soc. Beng. хіх. п. (1900) 63
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Small-sized tree. (5312.
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

310 MR. H. N, RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

MEDINILLA PAHANGENSIS, n. sp.

Frutex epiphytieus, cortice albo verrucoso. Folia verticillata lanceolata
subobtusa vel oblanceolata, basi angustata, coriacea enervia, 2 poll. longa
$ poll. lata, petiolo 3 poll. Flores in eymis 1 poll. longis, pentameri,
albi, 3 poll. longi. Calyx eupuliformis, granulatus, obscure 5-dentatus.
Petala obovata rotundata. Stamina 10, filamentis sinuatis glabris,
antheris equilongis curvis, processibus 2 anticis ad basin corniformibus,
unoque dorsali.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Growing on trees; flowers white. (5396.)

In general appearance resembles M. Hasseltii, Blume, but is pentamerous.

PACHYCENTRIA TUBERCULATA, Korth. Ver. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 246, t. 63.
Gunong Tahan, on trees at 3300 ft. Flowers white, each petal tinted rose-
red at the base; flower-stalks, fruit, and mid-ribs of leaves beneath coral-
red. (5237.)

Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Burma, Borneo. Common at all altitudes.

MEMECYLON GARCINIOIDES, Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Dat. 1. 358.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers white ; anthers violet. (5352.
Distrib. Borneo and Sumatra.

M. Maingayi, C. B. Clarke, in Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. ii. 557.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Creeper; fruit ehrome-yellow. (5457.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

BEGONIACE.
BEGONIA sinuata, Wall. List, n. 3680.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. Flowers pale pink ; stamens chrome-yellow ;
stalks purplish pink, leaves beneath reddish purple. (5539.)
Distrib. Burma, Malay Peninsula.

B. Herveyana, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxxi. п. (1902) 68.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5546.)
Distrib. Malacea.

САМОРЕТАІ Æ.

RUBIACELE.
ARGOSTEMMA MUSCICOLA, n. sp.

Herba parva erecta vel suberecta, hispidula, 2 poll. alta. Folia sequalia
anguste lanceolata acuta basi cuneata herbacea, glabra, nervis tribus et
marginali pilis albescentibus munitis exceptis, 1-1} poll. longa, 1 poll.
lata; petiolo brevi. Flores 1—2 terminales pedunculati, albi, inter
majores generis, $ poll. lati. Bracteæ lanceolate, et cum pedicellis
hirsute. Sepala lanceolata acuta, Petala lanceolata acuta,

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 311

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small herb on mossy rocks by streams.
(5461.)

The number of Argostemmas in the Peninsula is large and inereases with
every mountain explored, as in the case of Sonerila. This little erect
species belongs to the set with equal leaves, but has somewhat the habit
of A. involueratum, Hemsl.

ARGOSTEMMA ALBOCILIATUM, n. sp.

Herba reptans, gracilis, hispida, 3-7 poll. longa. Folia æqualia ovata
apicibus subacutis vel rotundatis, breviter petiolata, dense hispida, $ ad
poll. longa, 1-1 poll. lata. Stipule breves ovate. Flores 1-4 in
pedunculo gracili hispido, 2 poll. longo. Bracteze minute? lanceolate
lineares, Calyx hispidus, lobis brevibus hispidis. Petala lanceolata
acuminata, hispidula, 4 poll. longa.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers white ; leaves pale green, covered with
white hairs. (5229.)

А curious creeping species with ovate hairy leaves.

А. ҮАРРП, King, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxxii. п. (1903) 145.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers white; anthers yellow. (5491.)
Distrib. Perak.

А. HOOKERI, King, l. c. 45.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Leaves dark green, with broad irregular stripe
of light silvery green in centre. (5876.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula. Frequent on the hills.

А. pictum, Wall. т Коль. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey & Wall. ii. 327.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. Flowers white. (5543.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula. Common in hill-forests.

OrnionnHizA Muxaos, Linn. Sp. Pl. 150.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5534.)
Distrib, India, Malaya. A variable species common all over the Pen-
insula. |

HEDYOTIS PATENS, n. sp.

Frutex parvus subrepens ramosus. Folia lanceolata carnosula acuta
wqualia, basibus cuneatis, glabra, 2-3 poll. longa, à-$ poll. lata.
Stipule late triangulares carnose acute persistentes. Panicula laxa
patens, 6-8 poll. longa, ssepe 6 poll. lata, ramis trichotomis patentibus
trifurcatis, gracilibus. Flores parvi singuli pedicellati in apicibus
ramulorum. Calyx obconicus, lobis triangularibus acutis. Petala linearia
alba. Stamina gracilia longe porrecta corollam multo superantia.
Stylus longus porrectus. Capsula obovoidea, ү poll. longa.

312 MR. H. Х. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Bush; flowers pale green. (5393.) At
9000-6000 ft. Shrub somewhat creeping in habit ; flowers greenish.
(5415.)

Allied to Hedyotis Maingayi, Hook. fil., of Mount Ophir, and И. pedun-
cularis, King, of Kedah Peak, but much more branched than either.
This group of Hedyotis is very characteristic of our high elevations,
and the species are usually confined to one mountain-top.

TIMONIUS MONTANUS, n. sp.

Frutex 8-pedalis. Folia elliptica vel elliptico-lanceolata acuminata basi
cuneata, glabra, 23-3 poll. longa, 1-14 poll. lata, nervis cirea 6 paribus
in pagina inferiore conspicuis, breviter petiolata.

ири lanceolate
acuminate,

Flores 2-3 in pedunculo brevi vix 4 poll. longo, sessiles,

glabri, flavi. Calyx campanulatus pubescens, lobis acutis triangularibus.
Corolle tubus longus cylindricus glaber, » poll. longus, lobis oblongis
obtusis. Stamina inclusa, antheris linearibus. Flores foeminei et fructus
non visl.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Shrub 8 feet high; petals pale yellow
anthers rich chrome-yellow ; corolla-tube reddish externally. (5499.)
Resembling in habit some forms of T. jambosella, Thw., but distinguished

by its long glabrous corolla and short peduncle.

>

LASIANTHUS CHINENSIS, Benth. Fl. Hongk. 160.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Shrub 10-11 ft. ; fruit brownish. (5524.)
Distrib. Perak, Hongkong, Formosa.

L. CORONATUS, King § Gamble, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxxiii. п. (1904) 120.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Shrub ; flowers white. (5503, 5438.)
Distrib. Perak.

CAMPANULACE.
PENTAPHRAGMA GRANDIS, n. sp.
Herba 1-2-pedalis, caule fistuloso, 1 poll. crasso. Folia alterna remota
elliptiea obovata obtusa denticulata, basi insquilatera, superne glabra,
9 poll. longa, 23 poll. lata, subtus preecipue in venis pilosula deinde
glabrescentia, petiolo 1 poll. longo.
i poll. longi, sordide albi.
caducæ.

Flores 6-7 axillares, aggregati,
Bracteæ ovarium subæquantes, scariosæ,
Calyx tubulosus, lobis lanceolatis oblongis obtusis, omnino
lanuginoso-pubescens. — Petala sepalis subæqualia, apicibus recurvis
pubescentibus, — Stamina linearia. Stylus validus, basi pubescens ;
stigma cylindrieum crassum canaliculatum.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. 1-2 feet high ;
bright green fleshy, pale beneath, (5408.)

А large plant for the genus, remarkable for its tall fistular stem and 1
flowers.

flowers dirty white ; leaves

arge

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 315

VACCINIACE Æ.
VACCINIUM PUBICARPUM, n. sp.

Frutex 4-pedalis terrestris. Folia tenuiter coriacea lanceolata acuminata
acuta glabra obscure serrulata, 2 poll. longa, 3 poll. lata, nervis
primariis 6, petiolo № poll. longo. Racemi foliis breviores 2 poll. longi
laxi. Bractee minute lineares. Flores pedicellati, pedicellis 1 poll.
longis, cum calyce pubescentibus. Calyx eupulatus, lobis acutis trian-
gularibus. Corolla omnino pubescens. Staminum filamentis brevibus,
antheris linearibus oblongis, processibus 2 apicalibus rectis cylindricis,
antheras squantibus, omnino glabra. Stylus cylindricus crassiusculus,
apice plano. Васса parva globosa pubescens sepalis coronata, l poll.
longa.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Shrub 4 feet high, in shady ravines.
(5443.)

Resembles V. malaccensis, Wight, which is common in the lowlands of
the Peninsula, but differs in the long acuminate leaves and pubescent
fruit.

V. LONGIBRACTEATUM, n. sp.

Frutex ramis fuscis hirtis, pilis albis. Folia alterna ovata subcordata
obtusa coriacea inferne pubescentia superne glabra, 1-11 poll. longa,
1-11 poll. lata, petiolis pubescentibus 1 poll. longis. Racemi terminales
longiuseuli, rhachidibus pubescentibus. Bracteæ foliacese coriacez
lanceolatze acutæ pubescentes, flores multo superantes, 5-1 poll. long,
1 poll. latæ. Flores desunt. Baceze } poll. long: globose pubescentes,
pedicellis 1 poll. longis pubescentibus ; lobis calycis triangularibus
acutis 5, inflexis.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5326.5

Remarkable for its pubescence and the large lanceolate bracts. The
leaves are close-set and very coriaceous, hairy beneath with conspicuous
ascending nerves.

V. Teysmannt, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. 1062.
Gunong Tahan. 3300 ft. Flowers crimson ; leaves rusty beneath. (5053.)
Distrib. Perak ; Java.

ERICACE.

PIERIS OVALIFOLIA, D. Don, in Edinb. Phil. Journ. xvii. (1834) 159.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small tree 15-20 feet; flowers whitish.
(5476.)
Distrib. Himalayas to Japan.
RHODODENDRON MALAYANUM, Jack, in Mal. Mise. ii. (1822) no. уп. 17.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Small tree. (5323.)
Distrib, Common on hills in Malay Peninsula; Malaya.

314 MR. H, N, RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

RHODODENDRON WRAYI, King d Gamble, in Journ, As. Soe. Deng. lxxiv. И.
(1906) 15.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. (5387.)
Distrib. Occurs also in the Kedah, Selangor, and Perak hills.

В. LoxatFLORUM, Lindl. in Journ, Hort, Soe, iii. (1848) 88.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Growing on trees; flowers salmon-pink.
(5382.

Distrib. Perak, Borneo, and Sumatra.

R. ELEGANS, n. sp.

Epiphytiea, ramis tenuibus undulatis. Folia opposita vel 5-verticillata
elliptico-lanceolata obtusa basi cuneata parva, coriacea, glabra, 1-1 poll.
longa, } poll. lata, nervis inconspieuis, subtus crebre punctata superne
nitida, petiolis brevissimis у poll. longis. Flores rubri singuli ter-
minales, } poll. longi, 2 poll. lati, pedicellis sc quilongis pubescentibus
gracilibus. Calyx cupularis parvus, lobis brevissimis ovatis. Corolla
parva recta crassa cylindrica rubra pubescens, lobis rotundatis brevibus.
Stamina 8, filamentis pubescentibus. Ovarium hirtum. Stylus cylin-
dricus crassiusculus haud exsertus ; stigma clavatum.

Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. Flowers bright red ; leaves dark shining green ;
growing on trees. (5429.)

A very elegant little slender-branched plant with small flowers. I know
nothing exactly like it.

EPACRIDE®.
LEUCOPOGON MALAYANUS, Jack, in Mal. Mise. i. (1820) no. v. 20.
Gunong Tahan. Small tree. (5316.)
Distrib. Common on all the hills and on sandy coasts of the Peninsula.
Occurs also in Borneo and Banka, with a variety in Tenasserim.

MYRSINEÆ.

ARDISIA ROSEA, King d Gamble, in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixxiv. п. Extr.
(1906) 150.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small tree ; flowers white, stalks purplish.
(5467.) Shrub; flowers white, flower-stalks red ; leaves and young
wood tinged with red. (5334.)

Distrib. Perak, on most hill-ranges at high elevations.

А. BINIFLORA, п. sp.

Frutex validus, ramis pallidis densis. Folia coriacea lanceolata obtusa
basibus cuneatis, glabra, 2} poll. longa, 1 poll. lata, carina subtus
crassiuscula, nervis copiosis, petiolo 1 poll, longo. Flores axillares bini
vel terni in pedunculo 1 poll. gracili, foliis breviores. Bracteæ ad basin
pedunculi et pedicellorum foliaceæ parvæ ovatæ. Sepala rotundata brevia

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG, 315

haud imbricata marginibus glanduloso-dentatis. Petala lanceolata acuta,
glandulosa, glandulis magnis, } poll. longa. Antherz lanceolate apiculatze.

Gunong Tahan, in ravines, 5000—6000 ft. Shrub 10-15 feet high ; flower
reddish pink ; anthers brownish. (5460.)

A shrub with the habit of Ardisia littoralis, Andr. but with very stiff,
closely-veined, entire, obseurely gland-dotted leaves, and flowers in pairs
on axillary peduncles.

ARDISIA RETINERVIA, n. Sp.

Frutex 10-12 ped. alt., ramis validis brunneis, omnino glaber. Folia
coriacea elliptica, apice rotundata, basi cuneata, 4—4} poll. longa, 2 poll.
lata, erebre | glanduloso-punctata in utraque pagina, costa superne
depressa subtus elevata crassiuscula ; nervis superne inconspicuis, subtus
elevatis horizontalibus numerosis valde reticulatis usque ad margines ;
margines integri, glandulis marginalibus nullis; petiolo valido brevi,
1-1 poll. longo. Cyme pauciflorze axillares breves. Flores desunt ;
pedicelli fructiferi subangulati, $ poll. longi. Sepala 5 ovata obtusa haud
glandulifera glabra brevia. Drupa globosa multi-suleata, 1 poll. longa ;
stylo brevi.

Gunong Tahan, 5000—6000 ft. Shrub 10-15 feet high. (5502.)

Remarkable chiefly for its stiffly coriaceous, strongly reticulated leaves.
The drupe, which is large for the genus, is marked with narrow ridges
and grooves.

STYRACEL.E.
SyMPLOCOS ADENOPHYLLA, Wall. ew G. Don, Gen. Syst. iv 3

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5320.)

Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

S. SCORTECHINII, King d Gamble, in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. Ixxiv. п. extr.
(1906) 250.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Tree ; flowers white, tinged near the ends of
the petals with pink, veins of flowers red. (5392.)

Distrib. Perak. I have seen no authentic specimen of this plant, which
has only once been collected, by Seortechini.

ASCLEPIADACE.
РЕХТАЗАСМЕ CACDATUM, Wall. in Wight, Contrib. 60.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5533.)
Distrib. Common in streams at high altitudes in the eastern side of the
Peninsula ; North India, Burma.
DISCHIDIA coccixEa, Griff. Notule, iv. 45.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. On trees; flowers гей; leaves dull erimson.
(5410.)

Distrib. Malay Peninsula ; common at high altitudes.

316 MR, H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

DISCHIDIA ALBIDA, Griff. Notule, iv. 46,
Gunong Tahan. On trees ; flowers pale yellow. (5899.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

GENTIANACE.

GENTIANA MALAYANA, n. sp.

Herba pusilla 1-3 poll. alt. Folia carnosa congesta aeuta lanceolata
sessilia integra glabra, 1-3 poll. longa. Flos terminalis 1 poll. longus.

Calyx tubulosus, lobis acuminatis tubum corolla superantibus. Corolla
azurea tubulosa, lobis brevibus subspathulatis apicibus rotundatis, plicis
integris. Stamina antheris longius hastatis predita. Ovarium stipi-
tatum ; stylo brevi, stigmatibus brevibus.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers deep sky-blue. Growing among
moss in damp places (5473) ; on wet rocks (5479).

The addition of the genus Gentiana to the Flora of the Malay Peninsula is
an interesting one. The species is closely allied to 6. borneensis, Hook.
il., from Kinabalu, differing chiefly in the quite entire leaves, rounded
tips of the petals and entire, not lobed, folds between them. The
anthers are narrower and more acute.

The plants collected under the two numbers seem specifcally identical, but
the specimens of no. 5473 are very much smaller than those of 5479.

CANSCORA TRINERVIA, n. sp.

Herba 3-5 poll. alta, caulibus pluribus. Folia glabra ovata vel ovato-
lanceolata herbacea utrinque acuminata trinervia, 4—1 poll. longa,
3-3 poll. lata. Flores in axillis superioribus, albis. Calyx tubulosus
superne angustatus 3 poll. longus, costis 8 elevatis, alternis hifureatis,
lobis acuminatis. Corolla irregularis alba, tubo quam sepala paullo
longiore, lobis 4 oblongis rotundatis marginibus erispis, uno multo latiore,
4 poll. longis. Stamina fertilia 3, antheris oblongis, uno sterili filiformi.
Stylus sat longus ; stigmatibus 2 linearibus elongatis.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Herb by stream ; flowers white. (5507.)

There are two species of this genus recorded by С. В. Clarke in his
description of the family in the * Materials for a Flora of. the Malayan
Peninsula," one of which, С. diffusa, а common Indian species, is
recorded as belonging to this region only on the authority of а specimen
collected by Lobb in Singapore and undoubtedly wrongly localised.
The other, С. pentanthera, С. В. Clarke, ап endemic species, occurs
usually at high elevations ; it has five complete stamens and a regular
corolla, while С. trinervia has three complete stamens only and a
staminode and an irregular corolla.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG, 319:

macula flava in ore tubi notata, 2 poll. longa. Capsula gracilis cylindrica
acuminata, 24 poll. longa.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers purplish streaked with white, with
yellow at top of tube. (5470.)
This species is allied to D. hispida, Ridl. It is unusually branched and
woody for its group.

LoxocanPUs INCANA, R. Br. т Benn. Pl. Jav. Rar, 120.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. Flowers pale violet, darker in the throat.
(5430.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

L. ANGUSTIFOLIA, n. sp.

Herba acaulis, foliis lanceolatis acutis sublalcatis plurimis, basibus in
petiolis attenuatis sericeis, 3-2 poll. longis, 1-3 poll. latis. Pedunculus
tenuis erectus sericeus, 2 poll. longus. Flores 2-3, Sepala lanceolata
hispido-sericea, №№ poll. longa. Corolle ў poll. longe, tubus crassus
brevis, lobi rotundati, labium inferius longius, pallide purpureum.
Capsula cornuta curva acuminata, pilis viscidis tecta.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. (5504.)

A very distinct plant with narrow lanceolate oblique leaves.

PaRABGA PYROLIFLORA, Ridl. in Journ. Roy. As. Soc. Straits Br. no. xliv.
(1905) 67.
Kwala Teku, 300-1000 ft. (5545.)
Distrib. Originally found in the Tahan valley.

P. RUBIGINOSA, n. sp.

Radix crassa lignosa, 6 poll. longa ; caudex brevis, 1 poll. longus, lignosus,
tomento multo rufo tectus vel nullus. Folia rosulata vel opposita ob-
lanceolata obtusa basin versus angustata rotundata, margine dentato,
nervis 10 paribus, superne atroviridia hispida, presertim in marginibus,
subtus crebre punctata glabra, nervis et costa rubiginoso-tomentosis
exceptis. Pedunculi 3 vel plures, graciles, 6—8 poll. longi, rubro-
pubescentes. Bractese minute lineares pubescentes. Sepala linearia
brevia, vix ү poll. longa. Corolla alba colore roseo tincta campanulata,
l poll. longa, lobis rotundatis. Stamina brevia 2, antheris subglobosis.
Capsula lanceolata acuminata, $ poll. longa.

Gunong Tahan, 4000—5000 ft. ; on rocks. Leaves dark velvety green;
flowers white tinged with pink. (5398.)

Flowers resembling those of P. pyroliflora, Ridl., but the style is much
shorter. The foliage is very different and more resembles that of
Didymocarpus heterophylla, Rid.

CYRTANDRA. CUPULATA, Ridl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxii. (1896) 521.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5540.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

320 MR. Н. N. RIDLEY ON А COLLECTION OF

JESCHYNANTHUS sp.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Creeper very fleshy, reddish. (5483.) .
A rather woody plant with pale bark and oval fleshy leaves } an inch long.
There are no flowers (only pods already dehisced) and no seed. Doubtless
an undescribed species, but the material is insufficient.

APETAL Ж.
NEPENTHACELE.
NEPENTHES Boxaso, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch, Bot. 19, t. 14.

Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. Flowers dull red-brown ; cups white tinted pale
green at base and spotted with pink. (5411.)

The original plant was obtained on Me арі mountain in Sumatra. The
Tahan plant seems to resemble it very closely, but the fruit is much
larger than it is in. Korthals's figure. The male flowers are small, with
4 oblong obtuse pubescent petals 4, inch long, the pedicels of the flowers
lineh. The raceme is lax and about 6 inches long. The lid of the
pitcher is densely glandular. The capsules are three-quarters of an
inch long,

N. GRACILLIMA, n. sp.

Caulis gracillimus у, poll. in diametro. Folia remota sessilia anguste
lanceolata acuminata, lamina 2-3 poll. longa $ poll. lata glabra coriacea ;
petiolulo 5-pollicari ; amphora subeylindrica angusta, 4 poll. longa,
4 poll. in diametro, superne glandulosa paullo constricta, annulo angusto,
obscure costato. Opereulum orhiculare 5-2 poll. longum, cervice et
lamina pubescentibus, cornibus ad basin operculi duobus 4, poll. longis,
glandulie nulle. Racemus masculus gracilis plus quam 6 poll. longus.
Flores parvi dissiti, pedicellis по poll. longis. Bracteæ lineares graciles.
Petala 4 oblonga obtusa glabra. Racemus fructiferus cir а 6 poll.
longus ; capsule 2 poll. longe. vlabrie, pedicellis 1 poll. longis, valve
utrinque angustate.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft, Pitchers pale green, tinted in places with dull
crimson, and mottled with dull purple ; lid of cup brighter green lined
with dull crimson. (5309.)

Allied to N. gracilis, Korth., but is a much slenderer plant ; the stem is
rounded and not angular, the leaves are not decurrent, the peristome is
faintly ribbed on the lower surface, the cup is differently coloured, and
the lid is not glandular.

LAURACE®.
D'EHAASIA LANCIFOLIA, n. sp.
Arbor 25-pedalis. Folia coriacea lanceolata obtusa (siccitate rufa),

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG, 321

breviter petiolata glabra, nervorum 9-11 paribus preedita ; nervis
ascendentibus in margine arcuatis, costa crassiuseula, 41—71 poll. longa,
13-2 lata, Paniculæ elongate patentes 7-8 poll. longee, ramulis paucis
brevibus pubescentibus. Flores 6-7 perparvi in eymulas in apicibus
ramulorum virescentes dispositi, pedicellis brevibus pubescentibus. Sepala
3 minuta ovata obtusa. Petala alterna ovata obtusa cucullata pubes-
centia, quam sepala multo majora. Stamina 9 filamentis brevissimis,
antheris ovatis. Stylus quam stamina longior crassus ; stigma magnum
rotundatum crassum atrum. Drupa elliptica 14 poll. longa, peduneulo
haud multum incrassato.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Tree 11 inches in diameter, 25 feet high,
flowers greenish (5468). Shrub 8-10 feet, in fruit (5526).

This fine plant is represented by two specimens, one in flower and one in
fruit, which evidently belong to the same species. The leaves are bright
brown when dry. The main nerves ascend and curving upwards at the
margin connect with each other by a loop, and the intermediate nervules
are conspicuously reticulated. The long lax panicle of short branches is
not like that of any other species known to me. The flowers are quite
those of a Dehaasia, some unisexual and some bisexual. The stigma is
remarkably thick and rounded for the genus.

LINDERA CÆSIA, Reinw. ex Vill. in Blanco, Fl. Philipp. ed. 3, Nov. App. 181,
e descript.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Small shrub. (5455.)
Distrib. Philippines to Borneo.

LORANTHACE.E.

LORANTHUS PULCHER, DC. Prod. iv. 295.

Gunong Tahan, 5500 ft. Shrub; flowers carmine ; calyx and flower-
stalks dull red ; leaves very thick and fleshy. (5337.) The leaves are
more oval in outline and more fleshy than usual. Not rare in the
hill-region.

Distrib. Penang.

L. Lossi, Hook fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. 204.
Gunong Tahan. (5185.) Common in the hill-regions.
Distrib. Penang.

L. GLOBOSUS, Ao«b. Fl. Ind. i. 550.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; on trees. Flowers bright orange-red , leave
red above and dull green beneath. (5404.)
Distrib, North India, Malay Peninsula, Java.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL, XXXVII, 2A

322 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION ОЕ

SANTALACEZE.
HENSLOWIA VARIANS, Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Bat. 1. 244.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Climber ; fruit green, tinted dull red. (5349.)
Distrib, Tenasserim, Malacca, Borneo.

H. ГоввтАХА, A. DC. Prod. xiv. 631.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Creeper ; berries reddish. (5484.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

EUPHORBIACE АЛ.
CHORIOPHYLLUM MONTANUM, n. sp.

Frutex ramosus, foliis oppositis coriaceis, elliptieis, basibus angustatis,
apicibus retusis, superne nitidis, subtus pallidioribus 2 poll. longis, $ poll.
latis, breviter petiolatis, petiolo у, poll. longo. Flores non visi. Capsula
tricocea globosa, eoecis bivalvibus 1 poll. longis. Semina 1 poll. longa
rufo-castanea polita elliptica subobliqua, arillo bilobo, semen semitegente,
lobis subacutis triangularibus.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5434.) Flowers yellow.

Very distinct from Ch. malayanum, Benth., in its much smaller, elliptic,
very coriaceous leaves,

MYRICACE.
Myrica FARQUHARIANA, Wall. Tent. 61.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Shrub 10-12 feet high ; flowers reddish-
brown. (5519.)

Distrib. India, Malaya.

Common in the low country near the sea. This is referred to M. Nagi,
Thunb., in the * Flora of British India," v. 597, but I cannot think it is
identieal with that Japanese plant.

CUPULIFERJE.
Quercus Rassa, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 350.
Gunong Tahan, 6000 ft. (5440.) One of the very few oaks which are to
be met with at an elevation of over 3000 ft.
Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

MONOCOTYLEDONES.

ORCHIDE.

OBERONIA (§ Caulescentes) CONDENSATA, n. sp.
Caules congesti, 1-2 poll. longi, radicibus densis tenuibus ad bases preediti.
Folia carnosa decidua linearia acuta, 2 poll. longa, 1 poll. lata. Racemus

pollicaris ad basin florifer. Bracteæ lanceolatee longe acuminatz, ad

PLANTS FROM GUNONG ТАНАХ, PAHANG, 523

racemi basin longiores, superne minores. Flores citrini, +), poll. in
diametro. Sepala ovata obtusa. Petala lanceolata multo angustiora ;
labellum eequilongum, integrum elongato-triangulare, basi lato. Columna
stelidiis brevibus instructa, anthera ovata alba.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; on rocks. (5487.)

A very curious little plant, remarkable for its stiff short stem, its short,
erect raceme, and its quite simple lip.

PLATYCLINIS GRACILIS, Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. р. 708. |
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers pale greenish, with two broad
stripes on the lip not reaching to the tip. (5498.) A form with a very
long rhizome and stout distant bulbs.

Distrib. Perak.

P. Kingu, Hook. fil. 1. c.
Gunong Tahan ; on rocks at 6000 ft. Flowers yellow. (5434.)
Distrib. Perak and Borneo.

DENDROBIUM LONGIPES, Hook, fil. 1. e. 713,
Summit of Gunong Tahan, 7100 ft. Flowers yellow faintly lined with
brown, lip and lobes mottled with crimson. (5529.)
Distrib. Hill-ranges of the centre of the Peninsula.

D. Ккгзлтлл, Ridl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxii. (1896) 237.
Gunong Tahan, 3000-6000 ft. ; on trees. (5496.)
Distrib. All the hills of the central range.

D. sp. with rather long bulbs, slender stems and terete acuminate leaves.
“Flower pale yellow, lip spotted and veined with reddish-brown and
with reddish hairs."

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. (5481.)
This appears to be allied to D. gracile, Lindl., but there are no flowers
on the specimens.

D. uxirLonvM, Grif. Монце, iii. 305.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. (9497.) At 3300 ft. (5342, 5306.) On
trees ; creamy white, lip tinted with green and three brown lines down
the centre.

In no. 5306 the leaves are over 2 inches long and half an inch wide, of
thinner texture than those of the other two specimens. The leaves
of no. 5497 are those of the Mount Ophir form, short, thick and
oblong.

The Dendrobiums of the section Distichophylle, of the D. uniflorum and
D. revolutum series, require critical study both in the Malay Peninsula
and in Borneo, where they are also abundant on the upper parts of

2A2

324 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

the hill-ranges. There is considerable variation in the form and texture
of the leaf and also in the height and habit of the plant, though the
flowers seem to be much less variable.

DENDROBIUM BIFARIUM, Lindl. Gen. y Sp. Orch. 81.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Lip creamy white with orange blotches ;
petals and sepals. pale coffee-brown, much darker at the base. (5505.)

I cannot distinguish this from the well-known lowland plant, on which
Lindley based his species, though Mr. Robinson’s note as to the colour
of the flower (which is usually creamy with a green lip) shows some
variation from the normal. The species oceurs both in the lowlands and
the hill-region of the Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

D. ($ Pedilonum) сокхотом, Hook. fl. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. 130.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. ; on trees. Flowers bright magenta, stalks and
bracts the same colour ; a yellow spot on the lip. (5431.)
Distrib. Perak.
This species is closely allied both to D. AwAlit, Lindl., and D. Hasseltii,
Lindl. of Java and Sumatra. It differs but little from the latter, chiefly
in the narrower acute sepals.

D. ($ Pedilonum) sUBFLAVIDUM, n. sp.

Canles plures graciles teretes, 18 poll. longi, $ poll. crassi, internodiis

hipollicaribus. Folia anguste lanceolata acuminata acuta, 3 poll. longa

| poll lata, conspicue 5-пегуіа, apicibus ineequalibus. Pedunculi e
caulibus defoliatis 5 poll. longi biflori. Bracteze ovatæ. Pedicelli cum
ovariis gracilibus 2 poll. longi. Flos 1j poll. longus ab apice sepali
usque ad apicem menti. Sepalum postieum lanceolatum 4 poll. longum ;
sepala lateralia subtriangularia multo latiora, mentum cornutum 1 poll.
longum, apice curvo. Labellum lanceolatum, ungue longo et anguste,
limbo integro obtuso, 1 poll. longum 7 poll. latum. Columnæ parte
libera brevi lata, alis alte elevatis.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers yellow. (5317.) At roots of trees ;
flowers pale greenish-yellow, lip yellow, spotted with erimson near the
base on either side ; leaves tinged with dull erimson on the under face.
(5300.)

Evidently allied to J. megaceras, Hook. fil., a little known plant collected
by Maingay in Malacca and not since found. It differs chiefly in the
lip being quite entire and the limb lanceolate. J). Anthrene, Ridl., of
Borneo is also allied.

BULBOPHYLLUM GALBINUM, Lidl, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxii. (1896) 267.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; on trees. (5305.)
Distrib. Perak.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG ТАНАХ, PAHANG, 325

BULBOPHYLLUM ($ Sestochilus) MICROGLOSSUM, n. sp.

Caulis longe repens 4, poll. crassus, internodiis 1 poll. longis ; pseudo-
buibis conicis ascendentibus 4 poll. longis 1 poll. latis ad bases. Folia
elliptica obtusa, breviter petiolata coriacea 1} poll. longa $ poll. lata.
Peduneulus gracilis 1} poll. longus. Sepalum postieum ellipticum
cucullatum, sep. lateralia ovata-lanceolata falcata obtusa $ poll. longa.
Petala lata oblongo-lanceolata obtusa fere subæqualia. Labellum mini-
mum, basi late emarginato, apice deeurvo, carnosum lateraliter com-
pressum vix 1 poll. longum. Columna cum pede longo sursum curvo
libero, alis in margine pedis elongatis, stelidia obscura.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. ; on trees. Flowers dull yellow, lined and
spotted with red, movable lip pink. (5327.)

Rather small-flowered for the section and with a very small lip which is
flattened sideways and narrow, the base dilated and deeply emarginate.
In the column, the side wings are well developed along the edge of the
foot, forming rather large flanges running from the top of the column
nearly to the point at which the foot becomes free from the sepals.

В. ($ Monanthaparva) TITANIA, n. sp.

Rhizoma longe repens, pseudobulbis arcte appressis tectum. Pseudobulbi
oblongi apicibus ascendentibus ut in B. catenario, ferme $ poll. longis.
Folia lanceolata } poll. longa 1 poll. lata, basi angustato. Pedunculus
gracilis capillaris 14 poll. longus. Bracteæ infundibuliformes, 1 poll.
longe. Sepala lanceolata ү; poll. longa, 6-nervia, lateralia latiora.
Petala minuta 1 longitudinis sepali sequantia, lanceolata uninervia.
Labellum linguiforme, in medio flexum $ longitudinis sepali :equaus,
earnosum flavum. Columna validula, stelidiis setiformibus longis.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; growing among moss in gullies. Flowers
and stalks orange, deeper on lip and column. (5471.)

Very near В. catenarium, but with larger flowers and pseudobulhs. The
lip is yellow and not purple, and the stelidia are as long as the body
of the column.

В. ($ Racemose) VIRIDESCENS, n. sp.

Rhizoma longum tenue, pseudobulbis nullis. Folia breviter petiolata,
petiolo crasso, lamina elliptica 1 poll. longa $ poll. lata crassa carnosa
obtusa. Scapi filiformes 2 poll. longi, floribus paucis remotis, Bractew
lanceolatis? acuminate ovaria sequantes } poll. longe. Flores pallide
virides, 1 poll. longi, carnosi. Sepalum posticum lanceolatum obtusum,
sep. lateralia ad bases gibbosa sublanceolata subobtusa. Petala linearia
falcata obtusa. Labellum sepalo zequale carnosum crassum linguiforme

obtusum profunde canaliculatum brunneum papillosum, Columna

minima, stelidiis obscuris.

326 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; on trees. Flowers pale green, lip brown.
(5313.)

Remarkable for the absence of pseudobulbs and the thick fleshy leaves,
unusual in this section.

Entra nutans, Lindl. Bot. Reg. (1840) Mise. 83.
Gunong Tahan, 6000 ft. Flowers white, lip and two inner petals tipped
with yellow ; sepals tinged with pink : bracts pale dull red. (5439.)

Distrib, A common plant all over the Peninsula.

E. ($ Hymeneria) CARUNCULATA, n. sp.

Pseudobulbi earnosi crassi subteretes, 2 poll. longi. Folia coriacea lanceo-
lata ad basin angustata, apicibus acutis, 5 poll. longa, 1 poll. lata.
Racemus ad basin florifer 5 poll. longus. Flores copiosi parvi congesti,
& poll longi. Bractewe ovatze reflexze, jl, poll. longe. Hhaehis eum
pedicellis rufo-tomentosa, — Sepalum postieum ovatum, sep. lateralia
triangularia ovata obtusa, omnia pubescentia, mentum breve rotundatum
sepali limbo :equale. Petala ovata, apicibus rotundatis. — Labellum
sepalis longius trilobum, lobis lateralibus ovato-lanceolatis, marginibus
appressis carnosis quasi callos formantibus, lobo medio eum ungue
angusto et limbo trilobo obovato, lobulis rotundatis vix distinctis.
Columna brevis lata subquadrata.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; on rocks. Flower pallid brownish-white,
lip edged with flesh-eolour. (5445.)

Allied to E. .Maingayi, Hook. fil. The lip is rather curious in form, the
side-lobes meet by their inner faces over the claw of the mid-lobe, and
being very fleshy almost form a eallus-like mass.

E. LONGIFOLIA, Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. 190.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. ; on trees, Flowers white, lip purple, edge of
petals spotted with purple. (5515.)
Distrib. Not rare on the central hill-ranges.

E. TERETIFOLIA, Griff. Notulæ, iii. 298,
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft.: on trees. Flowers creamy white, base
of lip pink ; sweet-scented, (5527.)
Distrib. Common on trees at from 2000 feet upwards in the Peninsula and
Borneo.

Е. ккнох, Bl. Mus. Bot. Lugd.- Bat, i. 184.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. ; on the ground. Flowers creamy white, Пр
mottled with purple. (5516.)
Distrib, Malay Peninsula, Java, Borneo.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 327

Eria ($ Dilochiopsis) Зсовтеснтуи, Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. 809.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. Stalks up to 8 feet high; bracts white, flowers
white, tinted with pink. (5433.)
Distrib. Hill-ranges of the Peninsula.

Е. ($ Acridostachya) REPTANS, n. sp.

Rhizoma longe repens validum lignum, radicibus tenuibus. Pseudobulbi
ascendentes, pollicem distantes, cylindrici pollieares, cum vaginis ar-
genteis involutis. Folium in quoque pseudobulbo singulum anguste
lanceolato-lineare subacutum valde coriaceum 6 pollices longum 1 pollices
latum. — Scapus 12-pollicaris, basi (7 poll.) nudo rufo-tomentoso cum
bracteis paucis ovatis dissitis vix 1 poll. longis. Racemus densus 4 poll.
longus, omnino rufo-tomentosus. Bracteee minim: ovatæ. | Ovarium
cum pedicello 1 poll. longum. Sepalum posticum oblongum cucullatum,
sep. lateralia ovata falcata triangularia subacuta tomentosa. Mentum
$ poll. longum rectum cylindricum subelavatum. Petala lata ovata
lanceolata glabra. | Labellum oblongum rotundatum integrum, margini-
bus undulatis vix ad basin angustatum, fascia media incrassata minute
papillosa. Columna parte libera brevi; rostellum rotundatum sub-
emarginatum.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; on rocks. Flowers pale yellow. (5446.)

Rather a striking plant for its section with its long creeping rhizomes,
distant bulbs, and long wiry roots.

Е. ($ Acridostachya) CRASSIPES, n. sp.

Pseudobulbi in rhizomate crasso ligneo congesti conici rugosi vaginis
atrobrunneis coriaceis pollicaribus tecti. Folia bina coriacea lineari-
lanceolata acuta, 5 poll. longa, 3 poll. lata. Scapus 12 poll, dimidio
inferiore nudo, argenteo-tomentosus. Hacemus densus rufo-argenteo-
tomentosus. Bracteze sparse minimee lanceolatee acute. Sepala ovata
obtusa pubescentia, lateralia semi-orbicularia. Mentum breve rectum
clavatum. Petala parva angusta lanceolata curva. Labellum brevius
tenue integrum oblongum flabellulatum, apice rotundato undulato.
Capsula oblanceolata in uno latere fissa.

Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. (5336.) Allied to Æ. brunnea, Ridl., but with a
different lip. The specimens are nearly out of flower.

CERATOSTYLIS GRACILIS, Blume, Bijdr. 306.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. (5528.)
Distrib. Common all over the Peninsula and Java.

PHREATIA LISTROPHORA, Ridl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. xxxii. (1896) 307.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers white, strongly scented. (5469.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

328 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

NEPHELAPHYLLUM PULCHRUM, Blume, Bijdr. 373.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; on ground among dead leaves. Lip white, lined
in the centre with green and outside with dull crimson ; petals dull
crimson-red ; leaves resembling a dead leaf. (5302.)

Distrib. Java.

TAINIA SPECIOSA, Blume, Bijdr. 354.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; on the ground. Flowers dull pale green lined
with erimson, point of lip yellow : stalks and pseudobulbs dull purple.
(5308.)

Distrib. Not rare at high elevations all over the Peninsula, also Java.

T. VEGETISSIMA, n. sp.

Rhizoma breviter repens, pseudobulbis approximatis 1-1 poll. longis,
raginis papyraceis reticulatis tectis. Folium ovatum acutum margine in-
crassato, breviter petiolatum, 11—11 poll. longum pollicem latum, lucidum
purpurascens, nervis parallelis 6, petiolo kermesino. Seapus lateralis
pseudobulbo approximatus gracilis 9 poll. longus, bracteis vaginantibus
reticulatis 2 ad basin proximis, superne uno lineari circa 1 poll. longo.
Racemus laxus triflorus ; bractes floriferze lanceolate acute l poll. longe.
Pedicellus gracilis eum ovario 1-2 poll. longus. Sepala anguste lanceo-
lata acuminata 1 poll. longa 4!; poll. lata, inferiora basi gibba. Petala
quam sepala latiora et breviora trinervia. Labellum obovato-orbiculare
3 poll. longum, 1 poll. latum integrum, disco kermesino margine flavo,
allis semi-orbicularibus duobus ad basin instructo. Columna elongata
curva gracilis, rostello rotundato integro, alis distinctis rotundatis.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; on the ground. Flowers pale vellow closely
lined with crimson, lip edged with yellow, centre crimson ; leaves
shining purplish-brown, stalks crimson. (5314.)

А very distinct and pretty plant allied to no species very distinctly, but in
some points approaching 7. grandiflora, Ridl. Like that plant its stem
and leaves suggest an affinity with Nephelaphyllum and there is also
some similarity in the column, but the absence of the spur prevents its
being referred to that genus.

SPATHOGLOTTIS AUREA, Lindl. Pat. Fl. Gard. i. (1850) 16.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. (5441.)
The usual big form described as 8. Wrayi, Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. v. 813.
Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

ARUNDINA SPECIOSA, Blume, Bijdr. 401.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; among brushwood in ravines. Petals pale
pink, lip magenta ribbed with yellow. (5448.) Common in all our
hill-ranges.

Distrib. From India to Java.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG ТАНАХ, PAHANG. 320

CALANTHE CECILLE, Reichenb. f. in Gard. Chron, ser. 11. xix. (1883) 432.
Kwala Jelai, 500-1000 ft. Flowers pure white ; bracts pale green; column
and lip tinged with sulphur-yellow. (5542.)
Distrib. Common in the Peninsula in some localities.

C@LOGYNE CARNEA, Hook. fil. Brit. Ind. v. 888.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; on low stems in shady thickets. Flowers
white, lip and column streaked with yellow. (5451.)

Distrib. Perak.

). STENOCHILA, Hook. fil. 1. с. 837.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. ; on trees. Flowers pale red-brown veined with
brown on the sidesof the lip. (5432.
Distrib. Perak.

C. CYMBIDIOIDES, n. 5р.

Rhizoma crassum ligneum, pseudobulbis eylindricis 3-pollicaribus. Folia
lanceolata acuminata longe petiolata basi cuneata, 14 poll. longa 25 poll.
lata; nervis conspicuis elevatis 3, cum 2 minus elevatis, petiolo 3 poll.
longo. Racemus longus pendulus. Flores remoti magni. Bractee
oblongre truncate papyraceze pallide brunneæ, 1 poll. long, persistentes.
Pedicelli 3 poll. longi. Sepala anguste lanceolata acuta, 1j poll. longa,
l poll lata. Petala quam sepala paullo breviora. Labellum late

obovatum trilobum, lobis lateralibus magnis rotundatis, lobo medio parvo

rotundato, nervis tres medianis alte cristatis presertim ad basin, undulato-
cristatis in disco et cristato-carnosis in lobo medio. Columna longa
curvula, marginibus clinandrii ovatis lobatis, lobulis obtusis inzequalibus.

Anthera galeata elongata cum lateribus excisis, quam clinandrium

brevior, apice lato obtuso. Rostellum crassum rotundatum emarginatum.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers whitish, stalks pale brown, lip

striped with brown, white, and yellow. (5465.)

А handsome species, allied to C. Dayana, Reichenb. f., but differing in the
narrower pseudobulb, laxer spike, and long narrow petals and sepals.

PHOLIDOTA PARVIFLORA, Hook. fil. Le. Pl. 1891.

Summit of Gunong Tahan, 7100 ft. Leaves glaucous green ; flower-stalks
greenish, flowers white. (5531.)

Var. PUMILA, n. var. Pseudobulbi congesti conico-oblongi, poll. longi.
Folium ovatum, ? poll. longum, 15, poll. latum. Racemus 2 poll. longus.
Flores ferme 1 poll. longi.

Gunong Tahan, 7100 ft. (5530.)

So different in habit from the typical form as to appear at first sight a very
distinct species. As, however, the flowers are similar, I conclude that it
is merely a condensed form due to its habitat.

330 MR. H, N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

BRoMHEADIA ALTICOLA, Ridl. in Journ. Linn. Soe., Вой. xxviii. (1891) 338.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers creamy white. (5428.) Common at
high and low altitudes on trees.
Distrib. Selangor, Singapore.

THRIXSPERMUM Зсовтеснтхи, Ridl. Fl. Mal. Pen., Monocot. 1. 188.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. ; on trees. (5512.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

APPENDICULA RUPESTRIS, Ridl. in Journ. Linn. Soe., Bot. xxxii. (1896) 391.
K wala Tahan, 500-1000 ft. Flowers yellowish-white ; top of column pink.
(5987.) From the type-locality.

ACRIOPSIS JAVANICA, Blume, Bijdr. 331.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft, (5412.) Fruiting specimen only.
Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Tenasserim, Sumatra, Java.

HETÆRIA ELEGANS, n. sp.

Caulis 3 poll. longus. Folia ovata acuminata acuta trinervia, 3 poll. longa
1 poll. lata, glabra, petiolo vaginante 1J poll. longo. Peduneulus cum
racemo 18-pollicari, basi (12 poll.) nudo. Racemus multiflorus, laxi-
usculus ; rachis albopubescens. Flores vix plus quam 4. poll. longi,
pedicello eum ovario 1 poll. longo. — Braetew lanceolatis acuminate.
Sepala ovata obtusa glabra. Petala anguste linearia apicibus dilatatis.
Labellum quam sepala brevius oblongum ovatum saccatum, cum processi-
bus carnosis clavatis pluribus in sacco ; carunculo carnoso in apice labelli.
Columna basi angusta, superne dilatata. Rostellum late excisum, lobis
latis obtusis.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers greenish. (5466.)

Near H. elata, Hook. fil., of Batang Padang, but differs in having a laxer
spike, narrower petals, and a different lip.

HABENARIA ZOSTEROSTYLOIDES, Hook. И. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 155.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Flowers greenish. (5480.)
Distrib. Also occurs on Mt. Ophir and other hills in the Peninsula.

CYPRIPEDIUM BARBATUM, Lindl. Bot. Reg. (1841) Mise. 53.

Gnnong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Leaves chequered pale green and white ;
lateral petals spotted with black-purple terminally. (5442.) Specimen
in fruit only ; determination doubtful.

Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Siam.

APOSTASIACELJE.
APOSTASIA NUDA, А. Br. т Wall. Pl. As. Rar. i. 16.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers white. (5318.)
Distrib. Common in the Peninsula; also North-East India; Sumatra, Java.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG. 331

ZINGIBERACE A.
HEDYCHIUM coLLINUM, Ridl. in Journ. Roy. Аз. Soc. Straits Бут. xxxii.
(1899) 103.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5600 ft. Flowers white, stamens brownish ; strongly
scented. (5513.) Apparently the same species as I obtained on Kedah
Peak, but a bigger and taller plant about 5 feet high. I had only one
rather stunted plant from a somewhat exposed precipice. The calyx
and corolla-tube are pubescent in this plant.

ZINGIBER GRACILE, Jack, in Mal. Misc. i. (1820) no. т. 1.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5365.) Exactly the ordinary form as far as
the specimen goes, but the field-note says: “ Flowers pale yellow, bracts
yellow, lower ones streaked with green; flower-stalk dull red.” The
bracts of this species are normally dull red.

CAMPTANDRA PARVULA, Ridl. 1. c. 104.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft, Flowers white, threat yellow. (5532.)
Distrib. Malay Peninsula.
CoNAMOMUM UTRICULOSUM, АИ. L с. 122.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers yellow. (5424.)
Distrib. Perak Hills.
GEOSTACHYS ELEGANS, Pid. l.e. 160.

Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. Flowers yellow, the sides of the lip mottled
with red, the lower surface of the leaves purple. (5511.)

Distrib. Mount Ophir.

This is quite like the Mount Ophir plant, but the stamen in the one perfect
flower I was able to examine has a distinct little lacerate crest.

LILIACE.
DRACÆNA Ровтевт, Baker, in Journ. Bot. хі. (1873) 262.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers white, leaves green; about 3 feet high
(5371.)

Distrib. Common all over the Peninsula ; Singapore, Siam.

BURMANNIACE.
BurMANNIA DISTICHA, Linn, Sp. Pl. 287.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. Flowers light green; bracts pale violet.
Growing among low scrub, on ridges (5383). Оп damp places in
open (5449). Common at high elevations.

Distrib. India, Sumatra, China, Australia.

B. LONGIFOLIA, Весе. Malesia, 1. 244.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers and bracts white, petals tinted on edges
pale blue. (5230.) Usually with the last.

Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

332 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

ХҮН АСЕ Ж.
XYRIS GRANDIS, n. sp.

Herba valida; foliis magnis late ensiformibus acuminatis equitantibus sub-
coriaceis, 24 poll. longis, 2 poll. latis. Seapus brevior, 19 poll. longus, teres.
Capitulum obovatum magnum 4 poll. in diametro. Bracteæ exteriores
lanceolate: acutæ 1 poll. longze, atrobrunnem lucide. Sepala 3 ineequalia,
lanceolata acuta cartilaginea atrobrunnea. Petala 3 euneato-oblonga,
marginibus laceratis, flava. Stamina oblonga glabra. Stylus cum
brachiis 3 elongatis extrusis.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Flowers yellow, leaves green tinted with red,
brown at the base. (5341.)

This is the finest Xyris I know ; the great sword-like leaves recall those of
Cladium Maingayi, C. B. Clarke, of Mt. Ophir, and are quite unlike
those of any other species.

X. RIDLEY, Rendle, in Journ. Bot. xxxvii. (1899) 505.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft., in damp places on rocks. Flowers bright
'admium-yellow, turning white. (5450.)
Distrib. Kedah Peak.
The original specimen from Kedah Peak is somewhat taller. with slightly
larger heads, but the plants from the two localities are evidently

conspecific (A. В. В.).

ARACEA,
SCINDAPSUS SCORTECHINII, Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. vi. 541.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft., climbing on trees, Whole flower pale yellow.
(5307.) |

Distrib. Common in all the hill districts in the Peninsula.

ERIOCAULONACEJE.
IEnrocAULON MACROPHYLLUM, Kuhl., in Engl. Pflanzenr., Енос. 11.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5000 ft. Flower-heads greyish-white. (5510.)
I take this to be a form of the Javan plant described by Ruhland, but have

seen no type. Plants collected by Horsfield at Rawa Diyang seem to be
the same thing.

GYMNOSPERMJE.

CONIFERJE.
AGATHIS LORANTHIFOLIA, Salish. in Trans. Linn. Soc. viii. (1807) 312.
Gunong Tahan, 5000—6000 ft. Tree from 35-40 feet high, in sheltered
gullies. (5488.)
Distrib, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

PLANTS FROM GUNONG ТАНАХ, PAHANG. 333

Dacrypium ELATUM, Wall. ex Hook. Lond. Journ. Dot. i. (1843) 144.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Tree 60-80 feet tall. (5380.)
Distrib. Common at high altitudes in the Peninsula and Archipelago.
PonpocanPus CUPRESSINA, R. Dr. ex Mirb. in Mém. Mus. Рат. xii. (1825) 75.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Tree 50-60 feet high. (5854.)
Distrib. Common at such altitudes in the Peninsula and Islands.

P. вкАСТЕАТА, Blume, Enum, 1. 88.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Tree 20 feet high, branches at right angles
to the stem. (5452.)
Distrib. Not previously recorded from the Malay Peninsula; Java.

PTERIDOPHYTA.
(With A. СЕРР, М.А., F.L.3.)

GLEICHENIA DICARPA, А. Br. Prodr. 161.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft. (5407.)
G. Norrisi, Mett. ex Kuhn, in Linnea, xxxvi. (1869-70) 165.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; climbing fern. Leaves bluish-white beneath.
(5358.)
СУАТНЕА BRUNONIS, Wall. её Hook. Sp. Fil. 1. 15.
Gunong Tahan. (5379.)

ArsorHiLA Kingi, С. B. Clarke, ea Bedd. Handb. Ferns Brit. Ind. 475.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Tree-fern, stem about 4 feet high. (5425.)

MATONIA PECTINATA, R. Br. in. Wall. Pl. Asiat. Rar. 1. t. 16.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5351.)

LECANOPTERIS CARNOSA, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 120.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; growing on trees on ridges. (5389.)

HYMENOPHYLLUM POLYANTHOS, Sw. in Schrad. Journ. 1800, 102.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing in damp places on trees. (5422.

TRICHOMANES PALLIDUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 225.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft.; on damp shady rocks. (5474.)

T. DIGITATUM, Sw. Syn. Fil. 370, 422.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; growing on rocks. Pale olive-green.
(5401.)

T. Pruma, Hook. Ie. Pl. t. 997.
Gunong Tahan, 3300-5000 ft. (5359, 5885.)

334 MR. H. N. RIDLEY ON A COLLECTION OF

TRICHOMANES APIIFOLIUM, Presl, Нутепорй. 16, 44.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing in damp places. (5421.)

T. RADICANS, Sw. in Schrad. Journ. 1800, 97.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing in damp places. (5419.) Specimen
in very shrivelled condition, but apparently this species.

Номата pepata, J. Smith, in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. (1841) 416.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. ; growing on trees. (5437, 5472.
DAVALLIA PINNATA var. GRACILIS, Hook. & Bak. Syn. Fil. 98.

Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5377.)

Linpsaya RIGIDA, J. Smith, l. с. 415.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft. (5547.)

L. cuttrata, Sw. Syn. Fil. 119.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft. ; on rocks. (5521.)

L. scanduns, Hook. Spec. Fil. 1. 205.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; climbing fern on trees. (5368, 5418.)

L. FLABELLULATA, Dryand. in Trans. Linn. Soc. iii. (1797) 41.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5372.)

L. pivercens, Wall. ev Hook. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 226.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5373. )

OLEANDRA NERIIFORMIS, Cav. in Anal. Hist. Nat. i. (1799) 115.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; climbing fern. (5351.)

Dipreris Новзетегри, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 321.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5350.)

POLYPODIUM HIRTUM, Mook. Spec. Fil. iv. 170.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft.: growing on trees, (5478.)

P. srREPTOPHYLLUM, Baker, in Journ. Bot. xvii. (1879) 42.
Gunong Tahan, 4000—5000 ft. ; growing on rocks. (5894.)

P. CUCULLATUM, Nees ў Blume, in Nova Acta, xi. (1823) 121.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft.; on rocks. (5522.)

P. увхотозом, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 128.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft.: growing on trees. (5463.)

P. (Phymatodes) STENOPHYLLUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 124.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.: growing on trees. (5386.)

PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG, 335

PoLyrodium WRAYI, Baker, in Journ. Bot. xxv. (1887) 206.
Gunong Tahan; growing on rocks at 5000-6000 ft. (5494.)

P. LACINIATUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 131.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft.; growing on damp rocks. (5459.)

VITTARIA FALCATA, Kunze, in Bot, Zeit. vi. (1848) 198.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing on trees. (5301.)

TÆNITIS BLECHNOIDES, Sw. Syn. Fil. pp. 24, 220.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing on the ground. (5345.)

ELAPHOGLOSSUM LATIFOLIUM, J. Smith, in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.i.(1842) 197.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft.; growing on trees. (5464.)

SCHIZXA MALACCANA, Baker, Syn. Fil. 428.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; growing on the ground and on trees.
(5403.)
LYCOPODIUM CASUARINOIUDES, Spring, Monogr. Lycop. 1. 94.

Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; climbing among high bushes, «е. (5898.)

L. NUMMULARIFOLIUM, Blume, Enum. РІ. Jav. п. 263.
Kwala Teku, 500-1000 ft. (5541.)

SELAGINELLA PLUMOSA, Baker, in Journ. Bot. xxi, (1883) 144.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing on the earth in jungle. (5361.)

$. WALLICHII, Spring, Monogr. Lycop. 11. 143.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Stalks dull red. (5414.)

S. ATROVIRIDIS, Spring, l. с. 124.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. Green, stalks dull red. (5866.)

BRYOPHYTA.
(By A. СЕРР, M.A., F.L.5.)

SPHAGNUM JUNGHUHNIANUM, Doz. $ Molk. Bryol. Jav. 1. 27.
Gunong Tahan, 6000 ft. Pale green, the tops pale reddish-brown. (5435.)

EvcaxPTODON MACROCALYX, C. Müll. Syn. Muse. 1. 346.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-5500 ft.; growing on 5527 (Eria teretifolia).

LEUCOBRYUM CHLOROPHYLLOsUM, C. Müll. Syn. Muse. ii. 535.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing on trees. (5420.)

TRICHOSTELEUM SCABRELLUM, Jaeg. & Sauerb. Sp. & Gen. Musc. п. 484.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; growing on small tree. (5417.)

336 ON PLANTS FROM GUNONG TAHAN, PAHANG,

MxiopENDRON. DIVARICATUM, Lindh, in Ofe. Vet.Akad. Förh. Stockh. xviii.
1861 (1862) 375.
Gunong Tahan, 5000-6000 ft. Fruit yellowish, (5490.)

MASTIGOBRYUM sp.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. (5374.)

LEPIDOZIA WALLICHIANA, Gottsche, Syn. Hepat, 204.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; on dead tree. Delicate pale green. (5360.)

LICHENES.
(By Miss A. Lorrain Smita, Е.Г...)
STEREOCAULON CORALLOIDES, Fries, Sched. Crit. iv. 24, var.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft. ; growing amongst moss. Colour very pale sea-
green. (5348.)
UsxEA DASYPOGA, Nyl. ex Stic. in St. Gall, Nat. Ges. (1876) 202.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing on branches of trees. Dull; very pale
green. (5353.)
CLADONIA MACILENTA, Мойт. Deutschl, Fl. 126.
Gunong Tahan, 4000-5000 ft.; on trees. Рае dull green; fruiting tops
bright red. (5402.)
C. RANGIFERINA, Hoffm. l. с. 114.
Gunong Tahan, 5000 ft.; growing on the ground White, slightly tinged
with green. (5331.)

FUNGI.
(By Miss А. Lorrain Surrg, F.L.S.)
HEXAGONIA TENUIS, Fries, pier, 498.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; оп dead wood. Shaded with warm brown above,
brown powdered with white beneath. (5423.)

LACHNOCLADIUM BRASILIENSE, Sace. Syll. Fung. vi. 738.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; on dead wood. Very pale brown. (5416.)
PaANUs sp.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.: on dead wood. White shaded with warm brown
above, pure white beneath. (5310.)
ULAVARIA FUSIFORMIS, Sowerby, Engl. Fungi, t. 234.
Gunong Tahan, 3300 ft.; growing among moss, ќе. Whole plant ochre-
yellow. (5846.)

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

Tar RovAL Society has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catalogue of Scientific Literature,
beginning from the lst January, 1901, Each science is represented in
an annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by means of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences; those Societies whose domains

overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanic workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete
record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

The sixth volume, for 1906, will shortly be issued.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

NOTICE.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,
but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
** LIBRARIAN."

OCTOBER 13. Price 95.

E THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No. 267, pet

CONTENTS.
Page
I. Brassica Crosses. By ARTHUR W. Sutton, F.L.8. (Plates 24-85.) 337

II. A Botanical Expedition to Central Fokien. By S. T. Duxy, B.A.,
F.L.S. Superintendent, Botanical and Forestry Department,
Hongkong ..... aspe At Ae hme rte 350

IIL A Revision of the Genus Codonopsis, Wall. By T. Е. CHIPP..
(Communicated by \. Borrme Hemstey, F.R.S., Е.1.5.)
(4 Text-figures) iier tete 374

IV. Another Specimen of Platanthera chlorantha with Three Spurs. Ву

W. Borrine Hzwsrky, F.R.S., F.L.S. (2 Text-figures.) ......... 391

===> [Pages 299-300 in substitution of the leaf issued in No. 266,
E x which is cancelled. |
т ' тк.
OA da en а”. im L 4 C oaa 0 (с о,

-
Creo pepe tet teu 4 (
T

LONDON:

SULD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND СО,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1908.

SON У
EI. +_

Y
E

чад"
toa Ru de

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

$

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 25th May, 1908.

PRESIDENT.
Dr. Dukinfield Н. Scott, M.A., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

TREASURER.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES.
Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S, | Dr Otto Stapf, F.R.S.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.

E. A. Newell Arber, M.A.. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.
Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S,
Prof. Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Sc. Prof. F. W. Oliver, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Sir Frank Crisp. В. Innes Pocock, F.Z.S.
Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S,
Prof. J. B. Farmer, D.Sc., F.R.S. Miss Ethel Sargant.
Dr. G. Herbert Fowler. Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S.
Prof. W. А. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S.
Prof. James Peter Hill, M.A., D.Sc. Prof. Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
John Hopkinson, F.G.S. | Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

LIBRARIAN. | CLERK.

А. W. Kappel. | P. Е, Visick.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
The Members for 1907-1908, in addition to the Officers, are :—

А. D. Cotton, Esq. Dr. A. B. Rendle, M.A.

D. T. Gwynne-Vaughan, М.А, Dr. W. G. Ridewood.

Dr. G. Henderson. F. N. Williams, Esq.

Prof. J. P. Hill, M.A., D.Sc. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

Prof. E. B. Poulton, D.Se., F.R.S.

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES, 331
РА

Bprassrca Crosses. Ву Автнок W. Sutton, F.L.S.
(PLATES 24—35.)
[Read 16th January, 1908.]

In 1899 I was attracted to the study of crosses among species and varieties
of Brassicas by а statement in one of the leading agricultural journals that
certain types mentioned by the writer do not hybridize naturally, and
therefore ean be grown in close proximity to each other witbout fear of
destroying the highly selected forms which the seedsman is at so much pains
to keep true.

Аз experience gained during many years” association with practical seed-
growing convinced me that the statement was incorrect, I decided to put the
matter to a practical test in order to place on record the results obtained, and
to show which species and varieties of Brassica would intercross and which
would not.

In the first experiments, begun in 1900, the varieties of Brassica oleracea,
L., shown in figs. 1 to 9 (Pl. 24), were planted side by side so that cross-
fertilization might take place wherever such was possible. (For names of
these varieties see list on page 347.)

The seed saved from these plants gave rise to ап extremely heterogeneous
collection of nondescript forms, few or none of which were true to the female
parental type. Various types, however, were noticed which there was every
reason to believe would, if it were possible to perpetuate them, become
valuable additions to the economie plants of the farm or garden. From
these the forms represented in figs. 10, 11, 12, & 18 (Pl. 25) have been
fixed, and come fairly true from seed.

In a later season the experiment was repeated with the addition of varieties
of Turnips (Brassica Кара, L.), Swedes (Brassica campestris, L., var. Napo-
brassica, DC.), and non-bulbing oil-yielding Rape (Brassica campestris, var.
oletfera, DC.).

Instead, however, of all being planted in one large patch, they were
arranged in small isolated groups of seven plants each. Two of the plants
were of one variety, and round them were placed five of another kind. In
this manner about twenty such double combinations were arranged and the
seed saved and grown.

A large collection of mongrel plants was obtained; the results were
entirely in accordance with my previous experience, and proved that while
no variety derived from Brassica oleracea was aftected by the pollen of Rape,
Swede or Turnip, and vice versa, yet all the types of B. oleracea would freely
intercross between themselves, and this was equally true of many varieties
of Turnip, Swede, and Rape.

Hitherto I had been content to note such species of Brassica as would
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 2B

338 MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES.

intereross when planted in elose association, but looking over the plants
raised in the last experiment with Professor Percival of University College,
Reading, we concluded that ће experiment would be far more complete if a
series of carefully controlled artificial crosses were undertaken in order to
ascertain whether some of the species or varieties which had not naturally
intererossed in the previous experiment, might do so when the flowers
were artificially pollinated.

The Brassieas selected for this experiment are shown on Plate 26, and
consist of :—

Fig. 16. Colza Варе (Brassica campestris, L., var. oleifera, DC.). ВезетЫез
the Swede in its glaucous leaves, which when young are hispid,
but its lowers are bright canary-yellow.

17. Ragged Jack Kale. A plant resembling in general) А

| um | Flowers
character the Colza Варе and Asparagus Kale, but .
. "E | > bright canary-
with laciniated leaves. "би. .
, - . 4 | yellow.

‚ 18. Asparagus Kale closely allied to Сома Rape. j .

The flowers of these

three types are

19. Kohl Rabi (Brassica oleracea, L., eaulo-rapa). >
|
* almost alike and
|
|

‚ 20. Thousand-headed Kale (Brassica oleracea, L.
acephala).

| . of a pale vellow
21. Drumhead Cabbage (B. oleracea, L., capitata). pare 3

colour.

Swede Turnips, viz. :—
22. Purple-top Round White-fleshed (Brassica campestris, L., var. Napo-
brassica communis, DC.).
Flowers bright canary-colour.

, 23. Purple-top Round Yellow-fleshed | Brassica campestris, L., var.
„ 24. " Tankard " Napo-brassica Rutabaga, DC.
Flowers pale buff-colour.

Turnips, viz. :—
treen-top Yellow-fleshed . ,
. G pole ? Drassica Rapa, L.
-Purple-top Yellow-fleshed

Flowers pale buff-colour.

әл
='

-—
.

Purple-top White-fleshed
Green-top White-fleshed
Flowers bright canary-colour.

Brassica Rapa, L.

"
"

bo bo

~]

.

From this point I had the advantage of the able assistance of Professor
Percival, who personaily emasenlated the blooms and applied the desired

pollen.

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES, 339

The chief objects we had in view were :—

(1) To determine which varieties of Brassica would cross with each
other, and whether the plants of the first filial generation (F 1)
were fertile or sterile.

(2) To draw such conclusions as might be possible from results thus
obtained concerning the origin of the principal distinet types of
Swedes and Turnips, and more especially to ascertain whether the
White-fleshed and Yellow-fleshed Swedes had a common origin,

as also the White-fleshed and Yellow-fleshed Turnips.

(3) To ascertain whether a Yellow-fleshed Turnip similar to those
termed “ Hybrid Turnips" by some seedsmen and farmers could
be produced by crossing the Swede (Brassica campestris, L., var.
Napo-brassica, DC.) with the White-fleshed Turnip (Brassica
Rapa, L.).

(4) Incidentally we wished to obtain light upon the relationship of the
different cultivated forms of Brassica.

Arising out of these experiments it became evident that the results had a
definite bearing on Mendelian phenomena.

The plants used for crossing were grown in the open trial grounds, but
flowers selected for fertilization were very carefully emasculated before the
stamens were ripe, and enclosed in small paper envelopes. The pollen was
obtained only from flowers which were allowed to open inside close-fitting
paper bags to prevent the possibility of stray pollen becoming mixed with
that which was to be used in the experiments.

Many apparently unopened flowers were found to be useless for our
purpose on account of the attack of minute larve of species of Meligethes and
Cecidomyia, which had fed on the immature pollen т the anther lobes
and scattered some of it in the inside of the flowers.

In addition to the greatest care in emaseulation and in the exclusion of
insects large and small, each stigma was examined with a Coddington lens to
make certain of its clean state before the application of the pollen.

Over 80 distinet crosses were attempted.

Taking into consideration the results obtained from them, they may be
arranged in three groups, viz. :—
Group I. Crosses from which no seed was obtained.
» II. Those plants from which seeds were produced but the plants
raised from them proved self-sterile.
III. Those plants from which seeds were obtained and the plants
from which were quite fertile among themselves.
2B 2

”

340 MR. A. W. SUTTON OX BRASSICA CROSSES.

Group 1.—No seed resulted from the pollination of

Г Swedes,
Cabbage Turnips,
Thousand-headed Kale with < Colza Rape,
Kohl Rabi | Asparagus Kale,

L Ragged Jack Kaie,

or the reverse pollinations.

In some instances the pollen appeared to act as a stimulus to the growth of
the pericarp of the fruit, the pods growing to the normal size or even larger,
but the ovules were abortive.

Group 11.—То this group belongs the cross

d 9 d 9
"ада Vhita- a
White fleshed on Swede, and its reciprocal Swede on White fleshed
Turnip Turnip,

which proved remarkable in many ways.

When the Swede is fertilized by the Turnip, that is, when the Swede is
made the seed-bearer, the seeds obtained are abundant. They are large
black-eoated like those of the typical Swede, and contain embryos which
grow vigorously into fine healthy plants.

In the reciprocal eross, that is, where the Turnip is fertilized by Swede
pollen, the Turnip being the seed-bearer, the seeds produced are rather paler
in eoat colour than those of the normal Turnip and always smaller and
shrivelled. Moreover, it is difficult to germinate and rear seedlings from
them in open ground, though there is little difieulty in doing this with
the seeds of the reverse cross.

These points have been tested many times during two seasons, always with
the same results.

At first the seeds of the crosses were sown in carefully prepared beds in
the open ground; and from the fact that no plants were obtained from the
seeds of the Swede g on Turnip 9 cross, we were inclined to conclude that
the embryos in the seeds were abortive and incapable of growth.

However, in 1906 seeds, from reciprocal crossings, were again obtained,
the same striking differences in size, colour, and shape as were seen in the
seeds before, but instead of sowing them at once in the open ground they
were germinated on blotting-paper and the seedlings planted out. Those of
the Swede d on Turnip 9 were weak, but after careful management
ultimately grew into plants as large as those from the Turnip ¢ on Swede $
eross. Moreover the characters of the full-grown plants proved to be the
same whichever way the cross was made.

The general facies of the plants was intermediate between the two parents.
The leaves were glaucous like Swede leaves, but more hispid and more like
those of the Turnip in shape. The “bulb” resembled the Swede in form

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES. 341

and neck perhaps more than the Turnip, but the flesh was white like the
latter. The flowers were almost as large as those of the Swede, but canary-
yellow in colour like those of the White-fleshed Turnip or White-fleshed
Swede. They were abundant and apparently normal, but produced no seed
although many were pollinated by hand. It was discovered later that the
pollen was abnormal in form and structure, many of the pollen mother-cells
having undergone peculiar changes which we hope to investigate further in
the coming season.

The very marked sterility and the intermediate character of the plants
obtained when the Swede (Brassica campestris, L., var. Napo-brassica Rutabaga,
DC.) and White-fleshed Turnip (Brassica Rapa, L.) are crossed, seem to point
strongly to the conclusion that they are true hybrids and that the parents are
specifically distinct.

Apart from the fact that the plants are sterile, they are so different in
character from the so-called “hybrid” yellow-fleshed Turnip, that it does not
appear likely that the latter has originated by crossing the Swede and
Turnip.

In addition to the Turnip X Swede cross just described, many others were
made, including the following, which should probably be placed in this
group :—

Colza Rape on Yellow-fleshed Tankard Swede.
Colza Rape on White-fleshed Round Swede.
Colza Rape on Yellow-fleshed Turnip.
White-fleshed Turnip on Colza Rape. |
White-fleshed Turnip on White-fleshed Round Swede.
White-fleshed Turnip on Asparagus Kale.
White-fleshed Turnip on White-fleshed Swede.
White-fleshed Turnip on Yellow-fleshed Turnip.
White-fleshed Turnip on Yellow-fleshed Swede.
Yellow-fleshed Turnip on Colza Rape.

Yellow-fleshed Turnip on Ragged Jack Kale.
Yellow-fleshed Turnip on Yellow-fleshed Swede.
Yellow-fleshed Turnip on Ragged Jack Kale.
Yellow-fleshed Turnip on White-fleshed Swede.
Yellow-fleshed Turnip on White-fleshed Turnip.
Asparagus Kale on Yellow-fleshed Tankard Swede.
Ragged Jack Kale on Yellow-fleshed Tankard Swede.

Yellow-fleshed Round Swede оп Ragged Jack Kale.

From all these crosses hybrid plants were obtained, many of which proved
sterile, while others unfortunately died off in the winter before the question
of their fertility or sterility could be ascertained.

The most interesting of these are shown in figs. 23 to 57 (Pls. 27 to 29).

342 MR. А. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES,

Group I11.—In this series of crosses abundant seed was produced, and
plants of the F 1 and F 2 generation were easily raised.

The seeds from the F 1 generation were sown and about 200 plants from
them were grown for observation. In the second filial generation (F 2)
segregation occurred in all cases.

In order to obtain an impartial estimate of the numbers and characters of
the plants, neither Professor Percival nor myself had anything to do with the
classification of the segregated plants, this being left to the judgment of one
of our assistants who had no inclination to look for Mendelian numbers.
Many of the results, as will be seen below, are confirmatory of Mendel's
laws. Where the figures appear to disagree with the well-known ratios
among segregated plants of the F2 generation, it is possible that the dis-
crepancy may be due to the great diffieulty in deciding into which group
individual plants should be placed.

d 9

Ragged Jack Kale on White Swede.

Ragged Jack Kale (Pl. 30. fig. 58) is a form of Brassica which in
general habit and flower resembles a Colza Rape but the leaves are laciniate.
The Swede used for the female parent was а white-fleshed variety with purple
top (fig. 59).

The plants of F1 had strong Swede-like leaves; they were however
slightly more incised at the margins than the normal Swede parent, indicating
the influence of the Ragged Jack parent. The rootstock was thick with little
tendency to “ bulbing ” (fig. 60).

The plants of the F 2 generation, of which 198 were grown, were of several
forms. There were bulbing and non-bulbing plants, some having leaves like
the Swede, others the laciniate form of the Ragged Jack Kale.

The following were the classes into which the plants of this generation
were divided together with numbers belonging to each class.

As regards foliage there were found—

142 with Swede foliage.
98 , Ragged Jack foliage.
18 , Intermediate foliage.

From the Mendelian ratio of 3 to 1, where Swede is dominant, we should

expect from 196 plants—
147 with Swede foliage.
49 , Ragged Jack foliage.

Ав regards the bulbing character there were—

Found (198 plants). Expected (from 196 plants).
Bulbed — ......... 160 147
Pulhless 38 49

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES. ` 343

Probably some of the 160 plants with bulbs should have been placed in the
bulbless group, since it is difficult to distinguish slight bulb from a merely
thickened stem due to increased vigour.

Classifying the plants obtained into groups with two pairs of characters
in each, and an intermediate group, there were—

Expected, according to the

Found Mendelian ratio of 9.83 X 3.1,
(198 plants). from 199 plants.

Fig. 61. Bulbed with Swede foliage 117 112
, 02, " „ Ragged Jack foliage MEL T
„ 63. " , Intermediate foliage 18] `
‚ 64. Bulbless ,, Swede foliage 25 37
» 65. " , Ragged Jack foliage I 13 13
„ 66. " . Intermediate foliage — 5

The intermediate plants showed evidence of Ragged Jack laciniation, and
should no doubt be placed with the Hagged Jack plants as indicated.

d 9
White Swede on Ragged Jack Kale.
This was the reciprocal of the preceding cross (see figs. 98 & 59).
The plants of F 1 were bulbless and very similar to those of F 1 in the
previous cross, but weaker in growth and slightly divided ; the foliage was
like that of the Swede with slight indication of Ragged Jack parent (see

РІ. 81. fig. 67).
The plants of F 2 are shown at figs. 68 to 73 and tabulated below.
As regards foliage there were—
Expected, 3:1 (from
Found (194 plants). Me mikato)"
156 with Swede foliage 147
33 „ Ragged Jack ede 49
5 , Intermediate foliage
As regards bulbing character there were—
Found (194 plants). Expected (from 192 plants).

Bulbed — ......... 136 147
Bulbless ......... 58 49
Classifying the plants into groups with two pairs of characters associated
the results came out thus :— |
Found Expected, 9.3 Х 9.1 ratio
(194 plants). (from 192 plants).
Fig. 68. Bulbed with Swede foliage 109 108
‚ 69. » ‚ Ragged Jack foliage MIEL 36
„ 170. " „ Intermediate foliage 4
„ 71. Bulbless ,, Swede foliage 47 36
» 72. " » Ragged Jack foliage "n T T
„ 73. " , Intermediate foliage — 1 7

344 MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES.

d Ф
Kohl Rabi on Thousand-headed Kale.

There is little need to describe the parent plants minutely. The Kohl Rabi
has a thickened bulbous stem with broad thinnish leaves, the Thousand-headed
Kale having an elongated and very mueh branched stem bearing large
numbers of leaves (figs. 74 & 75).

The plants of F 1 were somewhat intermediate in character between the
parents (fig. 76).

Segregation took place in the F 2 generation, the results being as follows.

As regards the bulbing character there were :—

Found (207 plants). Expected (from 208 plants).
Bulbed ......... 154 156
Bulbless ......... 53 52

PI. 32. fig. 77. 60 of the bulbed plants very closely resembled the Kohl Rabi
grandparent in bulb, but had strong Thousand-headed Kale
foliage.

>> 78. 94 had similar Thousand-headed Kale foliage, but the bulbing
character was not so pronounced.

„ (9. 53 had elongated thickened stems shorter than the typical
Thousand-headed Kale; the foliage was like that of the
latter plant.

d ?

Thousand-headed Kale on Kohl Rabi.

This is the reciprocal of the preceding cross (see figs. 74 & 75).

The plants of F 1 were intermediate in character between the parents as
before described, having Thousand-headed Kale foliage and slight bulbing
tendency (fig. 80).

In F 2 the following results were obtained (figs. 81, 82, 83, & 84) :—

Аз regards the bulbing character there were—

Found (201 plants). Expected (from 200 plants).
Bulbed . ......... 185 150
Dulbless ......... 66 50

The bulbed plants included 44 well-developed Kohl Rabi against 60 in the
reverse cross, and 66 slightly bulbed against 94 in the reverse cross. But
amongst the bulbless plants none were seen resembling the Thousand-headed
Kale as in the reverse cross, though there were 38 with broad leaves like a
Cabbage, quite unlike either parent.

Fig. 81. 44 were almost pure Kohl Rabi with coarse foliage.

œ 82. 91 like the 94 in the reverse, i. e. Thousand-headed Kale foliage
and slight bulb.

JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL 24.

SUTTON.

Grout, 8c.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON, JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 25.

Grout, se.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON, JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. Мог. XXXVIII. Р.. 26.

П
i

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON.

JOURN. LINN. SOC., Вот. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 27.

Grout, вс.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. VOL. XXXVIII. PL. 28.

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON. JOURN, LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 29.

Grout, ве.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

Sutton. JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 30.

Grout, se.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

Sutton. JOURN. LINN, Soc., Bor. VOL. XXXVIII. PL. 31.

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES. 345

Fig. 83. 28 were bulbless with Kohl Rabi foliage.
„ 84. 38 had broad Cabbage-like leaves with a bulbless elongated stem.

From the 9:3 x3:1 Mendelian ratio, we should expect—
From 208 plants.

Bulbed, Thousand-headed Kale foliage ‚2. 117
„ Kohl Rabi foliage ... ... 39
Bulbless, Thousand-headed Kale foliage ‚2. 39
Kohl Rabi foliage... .. m 13

d Ф

Kohl Rabi on Drumhead Cabbage
(PI. 33. figs. 85 & 86).

The plants of F 1 in this cross had slight indication of the bulbing character
with foliage resembling that of the Cabbage. There was, however, no sign
of the * hearting " tendency of the Cabbage (fig. 87).

215 plants were raised of the F 2 generation (see figs. 88, 89, & 90). ОЕ
these :—

Fig. 88. 45 had distinet Kohl Rabi bulbs and foliage.

„ 89. 154 had rather enlarged stems, as if influenced by Kohl Rabi,
the foliage being variable and undeterminate.
„ 90. Only 16 plants had leaves closely resembling those of the Cabbage.

As regards typieal Kohl Rabi plants there were—

Found (215 plants). Expected (from 216 plants).
Kohl Rabi ......... 45 94
Not Kohl Rabi ...... 170 162

In the reciprocal cross :—
б 9
Drumhead Cabbage on Kohl Rabi (see figs. 85 & 86),
the plants of F 1 were similar to those of F 1 in the reverse cross, having
Cabbage-like leaves and a slight bulb (fig. 91).

195 plants were grown of the F 2 generation (see figs. 92, 93, 94, & 95,
Pl. 84). Of these—
Fig. 92. 46 were like Kohl Habi (2 of these purple-leaved).
„ 93. 8 had leaves like Cabbage (6 of these purple).
» 94. 140 had enlarged stems with foliage of variable character.
» 95. 1 resembled a Kale with a “curled” or “ fringed ” leaf.
As regards typical Kohl Rabi plants there were—
Found (195 plants). Expected (from 196 plants).
Kohl Rabi ...... | 46 49
Not Kohl Rabi ...... 149 147

346 MR. A, W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES.

б 9
Thousand-headed Kale on Drumhead Cabbage (figs. 96 & 97).
The plants of F 1 resembled а coarse-leaved Thousand-headed Kale with
little or no trace of the Cabbage parent. (No photo.)
In F 2, 204 plants were raised (figs. 98, 99, & 100). Of these :—
Fig. 98. 176 resembled a dwarf type of Thousand-headed Kale with
leaves broader than usual and fewer branches.
„ 99. 26 resembled the Cabbage.

>> 100. 2 plants were much like Brussels Sprouts.

А few plants in F 2 had purple leaves.

d Q
Swede (purple top, on Asparagus Kale (fig. 102).
yellow-fleshed, P1. 35. fig. 101)

The plants of F 1 had foliage like Asparagus Kale and somewhat thickened
stems (fig. 103).

208 plants of the F 2 generation were raised (figs. 104, 105, 106, & 107).
Of these—

178 were more or less“ bulbed," 112 having Swede foliage. (Fig. 104)
66 , Asparagus Kale foliage. ( ,, 105
30 were bulbless, 14 , Swede foliage. ( ,, 106)

16 ,, Asparagus Kale foliage. ( „ 107)
Assuming that “bulbing” and “Swede foliage” were the dominant
characters, the expected results would be—
156 bulbed ......... 117 bulbed with Swede foliage.

39 y > Asparagus Kale foliage.
52 bulbless | .......... 39 bulbless with Swede foliage.
13 , » Asparagus Kale foliage.

N.B. The foliage of Asparagus Kale always dies off in the winter (see
figs. 105 & 107).

CONCLUSIONS,

1. The races and varieties of Brassica oleracea, L., such as Cabbages, Kohl
Rabi, and Thousand-headed Kale, cross readily, the resulting plants
being of nondeseript mongrel character, unlike the parents. It would
appear that the special forms as at present met with in gardens are more
the result of continued selection rather than the direct product of
crossing. |

2. Forms of Brassica oleracea, L. (all of which have smooth glaucous leaves
in all stages of their growth), did not cross with those of Turnip

MR. А. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES. 347

(Brassica Rapa, L.), Swede Turnips (Brasstca campestris, L., var. Napo-
brassica, DC.), or various kinds of oil-yielding Rapes, all of which have
hispid leaves when young.

3. No form of Rape was met with which had smooth leaves.

4. Rapes, Turnips, and Swedes cross readily with each other.

The plants obtained by erossing the (hispid green-leaved) Turnip with

the (hispid glaucous-leaved) Swede proved sterile.

The Turnip and Swede-Turnip are no doubt specifically distinct.

Ragged Jack Kale and Asparagus Kale produce fertile crosses with

Swede. All have hispid glaucous leaves when young.

5. The so-called “ Hybrid” yellow-fleshed Turnip cannot have been obtained
by erossing the Swede with the Turnip.

6. The relationship between the white- and the yellow-fleshed forms, both of
Turnips and Swedes, is still unsettled.

7. Several of the erosses and their progeny exhibit simple Mendelian pheno-
mena, but there are many points connected with the occurrences of new
features, such as novel colour and altered form of leaf, in the segregates
of F 2, which are not clearly understood.

The peculiar and apparently distinct character of “ fleshiness” pos-
sessed by the seedsmen’s specially selected forms of “roots” is very
much reduced in the F 1 plants, and its occurrence in these may be
readily confused with increased vigour of stem. It returns, however,
in the F 2 generation in increased intensity, but none of these plants
seem to possess it in the same degree as the original parents of the cross.

In the crosses where the green Drumhead Cabbage was one of the
parents, a few plants having purple foliage were met with in the F 2
generation.

In preparing this paper for publication in the Society’s Journal, I have
had the valued help of Professor Percival.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE 24.

Fig. 1. Green Kale. Fig.6. Drumhead Field Cabbage.
2. Variegated Kale. 7. Garden Cabbage.
3. Thousand-headed Kale. 8. Red Cabbage.
4, Savoy. 9, Couve Tronchuda.

5. Brussels Sprouts.
PLATE 25.

Fig. 10. A Brussels Sprouts plant with Cabbage head.
11. A new hardy curled form cf Thousand-headed Kale.
12. A plant of the habit of Thousand-headed Kale, but having very white and tender
leaf-stalks of the nature of Couve Tronchuda.
13. A heading or hearting form of Couve Tronchuda,
14, True Thousand-headed Kale (for comparison).
15. True Couve Tronchuda (for comparison).

348

PLATE 26.

MR. А. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES,

Types of roots and plants used in the experiments (see page 338) :—

Fig.16. Colza Rape. Fig.
17. Ragged Jack Kale.
18. Asparagus Kale. Figs.
19. Kohl Rabi.
PLATE 27.

Fig.28. Asparagus Kale
on

Yellow-fleshed Swede.

29.

30. Type of plant produced in F 1.

20. Thousand-headed Kale.
21. Drumhead Cabbage.
22-24. Swede Turnips,
25-27. Turnips.

Fig. 31. White Turnip

on

32. Asparagus Kale.

33. Type of plant produced in F 1.

Fig. 34. Ragged Jack Kale

on

35. Yellow-fleshed Swede.

36. Type of plant produced in F 1.

PLATE 28.

. Yellow-fleshed Swede
on
. Ragged Jack Kale. |

Fig. 37

38

39. Type of plant produced in F 1.

40. Colza Rape
on
41. Yellow-fleshed Swede,

42. Type of plant produced in‘F 1.

Fig.43. Colza Rape
on
44.

45. Type of plant pro

PLATE 29.

Fig. 46. White-fleshed Turnip Fig.
on

47. Colza Rape.

48. Type of plant produced in F 1.

49. Yellow-fleshed Turnip
on

50. Colza Rape.

51. Type of plant produced in F 1.

White-fleshed Swede.

duced in F 1.

. Yellow-fleshed Turnip
on
. Ragged Jack Kale.

54. Type of plant produced in F 1.

55, White-fleshed Turnip
on

. White Swede.

л

6

57. Type of plant produced in F 1.

SUTTON. JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 32.

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON. JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 33.

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

SUTTON. JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. Vot. XXXVIII. PL. 34.

Grout, se.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

Виттох, JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 35.

Grout, sc.

BRASSICA CROSSES.

Figs.
Fig,
Figs.

Fig.

o

"
Figs.
Fig.

Figs.

MR. A. W. SUTTON ON BRASSICA CROSSES. 349

PLATE 30.
58. Ragged Jack Kale. d.
59. White-fleshed Swede. 9.
60. Plant of F 1 generation of Ragged Jack Kale (g) on White Swede ($).
61-66. Plants of F 2 generation.

PLATE 31.

. 67. Plant of F 1 generation of White Swede (g) on Ragged Jack Kale (9).

68-73. Plants of F 2 generation.

. 74. Kohl Rabi ($).

75. Thousand-headed Kale ( 9 ).
76. Plant of F 1 generation of Kohl Rabi (с) on Thousand-headed Kale (9).

PLATE 32.

77-79. Plants of Е 2 generation of Kohl Rabi (5) on Thousand-headed Kale (Ф).
80. Plant of F1 generation of Thousand-headed Kale (g) on Kohl Rabi ($).
81-84. Plants of F 2 generation.

PLATE 33.
85. Kohl Rabi (d ).
86. Drumhead Cabbage (Ф).
87. Plant of F1 generation of Kohl Rabi ($) on Drumhead Cabbage ($).
88-00. Plants of F 2 generation.
91. Plant of F 1 generation of Drumhead Cabbage ($) on Kohl Rabi ($).

PLATE 34.
92-95. Plants of F 2 generation of Drumhead Cabbage (с) on Kohl Rabi ($).

Fig. 96. Thousand-headed Kale ($).

Figs.

Fig.

Figs.

97. Drumhead Cabbage (9).

98-100. Plants of F 2 generation of Thousand-headed Kale (d) on Drumhead
Cabbage ($).

PLATE 35.
101. Purple-top Swede (d ).
102. Asparagus Kale (9 ).
103. Plant of Е1 generation of Purple-top Swede (с) on Asparagus Kale (Ф).
104-107. Plants of F 2 generation.

350 MR. S. T. DUNN: А BOTANICAL

|
A Botanical Expedition to Central Fokien. By 8. T. DOA, B.A., F.L.S.,

Superintendent, Botanical and Forestry Department, Hongkong.
[Read 6th February, 1908.]

Тнк little explored and romantie Province of Fokien lies on the coast of
China just to the north of the tropies half way between Hongkong and
Shanghai. In area it is about equal to England and Wales combined. A
large portion of its surface is traversed by ranges of mountains fairly
covered in some parts with old forest and intersected by the deep river gorges
which characterize the south-east regions of China and give to that part of
the country the wild and picturesque scenery for which it is famous.

Up to the time of the expedition of which this paper gives a short account,
there is no record that the interior of this district had ever been visited by a
botanist. It had several times been crossed by travellers ; Marco Polo him-
self undoubtedly descended the Kienning River and the Min River in the
13th century, thus traversing the centre of the province, and in recent times
Mr. De La Touche, the ornithologist, ascended the same rivers in search
of birds, and incidentally made a small but very interesting collection of
plants, which he sent to Franchet at Paris, where they were described (Bull.
Soe. Bot. France, xlvi. 204). Numerous small collections have been made
from time to time in the more accessible country round the treaty ports of
Foochow and Amoy ; and the following three expeditions towards the interior
are also on record. In 1840 Fortune attempted to ascend the Min River
from Foochow, but at Shui Kau, 80 miles from that city, turned back from
want of funds: later in the same year he traversed the north corner of the
province. In 1873 David penetrated into the high border mountains south-
west of the Bohea Hills; his collections in that country proved of great
interest and many novelties were published by Franchet. Whether Fortune
collected plants on his two Fokien expeditions it is difficult to say with
certainty, as few of his specimens are precisely located, but several of those
in the Kew Herbarium agree so closely with others from Central Fokien that
I am inclined to think that he did so.

In 1905, being impressed with the importance of attempting to visit and
explore this large area, the flora of which was almost totally unknown and
very poorly represented in herbaria, and was supposed moreover to comprise
numerous plants of first-rate commercial importance, I proposed to the
Government of Hongkong that I should be given two months! leave of
absence and the services of three native collectors, with the object of
:xploring the central portion of Fokien.

This being arranged, we accordingly started from Hongkong in the
middle of April 1905 for Foochow by sea. Mv object was to make an

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL ЕОКТЕХ. 351

exhaustive collection of all the species of flowering plants and cryptogams
recognizable in late spring and early summer, and to preserve all but the
commonest species in quadruplicate for purposes of distribution. With this
object in view, I determined to take as much drying paper as could possibly
be wanted for making a large collection, to take an extra man from the
colonial herbarium expressly for managing the drying presses, and to keep
throughout within touch of rivers, the only routes on which this heavy outfit
could be easily transported. Foochow was reached on April 25th, and eleven
days were spent in collecting on the plains and lower hills round the city.
The banks of the Yuen Fu River were also explored up to about 30 miles from
its Junction with the Min. At this point lies the large island of Nantai, on
which Foochow is partly built. The narrow rocky gorges which run up from
the Yuen Fu, and the extensive bamboo groves which clothe the lower hills
along its course proved most interesting collecting grounds, and yielded
several new or otherwise interesting species.

On the evening of May 4th we started up the main stream of the Min, and
in two days reached the lower end of the rapids at Shui Kau (mouth of the
waters). From this point the Min is barred by an almost unbroken succes-
sion of more or less dangerous rapids as far as Yenping, a distance of
90 miles in the direct line, or about double that distance by river.

The passage of the rapids in either direction is expensive and difficult, and
this, in an almost roadless country, has doubtless contributed to the scarcity of
the information, both botanieal and otherwise, which has reached us from the
interior.

Up to this time the weather had been fine and most favourable for our
purpose, and, although a few wet spells were encountered during our stay in
the interior, they were never long enough seriously to hamper our work.

А day was spent in exploring the valleys near Shui Kau, along Tap Ling
Ho, and several interesting plants were found among the extensive Tea-oil
plantations whieh here cover nearly all the low-lying hills ; the little known
Actinidia lanata was as common as the blackberry is in England, and groves
of the rare Machilus Grijsii, just then in full fruit, made fine pieces of colour
owing to the vivid scarlet of their peduncles. As the rapids were ascended
the country, which had at first been open and cultivated, became enclosed by
high mountains. 200 more species from the banks of the Min were added to
our presses, which now contained about 700 species or some 2000 specimens.
Yenping was reached on the 13th of May : here we were fortunate enough to
meet Dr. Skinner of the American Mission, who lent us a room in which to
store our belongings, and I determined to make this the base for future
work. As we could see from the river that high mountains, densely covered
in some parts with forests, stood within reach of the city, this neighbourhood

seemed a suitable one in which to occupy the 3 or 4 weeks which still

352 MR. $. T. DUNN: A BOTANICAL

remained, particularly as it lay near the centre of the province and far from
any previously explored parts.

Before moving from the town the previous collections were carefully sorted
and a rough key drawn up for each genus represented. This work was
greatly facilitated by а method which had been adopted of laying each plant
in the presses on a sheet of paper provided with a projecting tag bearing the
proper ordinal and the generic numbers, so that any desired genus could be
easily found without opening all the presses.

Although this occupied several days they were well spent, and the key
proved of the greatest value in distinguishing new forms from those already
collected, especially in such critical genera as Jwrya, Actinidia or Carex,
where it is difficult to carry in the memory while in the field, specific
differences which may be obvious enough when the plants are laid side by
side in the herbarium. This key was kept up to date by the addition of new
species as they were subsequently found.

I then sent two collectors up to Shao Wu in the west of the province and
left one man in charge of our base, while I, with my wife, who accompanied
me throughout, and one collector, took up our quarters in a new Chinese
cottage (any one who has travelled in China will understand the necessity of
finding a house, previously uninhabited by Chinese peasants) in the small
hamlet of Buong Kang, about half a day’s march from Yenping, and in the
centre of one of the largest patches of virgin forest on the Yenping
mountains.

The forest is traversed by the high road from Yenping to Yenkau, which
here runs up a valley by a flight of several thousand rough stone steps leading
high above the village to a pass known as Sang Chien Bah Beh Kang or pass
of 3800 steps. The valley in its lower part is clothed with dense woods with
occasional clearings for bamboo and other cultivation, but, half way up, the
rocks close in on both sides and make a narrow mouth through which the
stream pours in a series of cascades far below the road, while the cliffs tower
up several hundred feet above it. It is just above this romantie spot that
Buong Kang is situated. Above the hamlet the road is bordered nearly to
the top with huge trees of Liquidambar, Chestnut, Camphor, and Photinia.

During the three weeks spent here Г succeeded in penetrating to all parts
of the lower and middle forest, though in some places the almost impenetrable
undergrowth and in others frequent precipices rendered the work slow ; in
some of the thickest portions torrent beds afforded the only means of progress,
and it was along the banks of these, under the shade of overarching trees, that
some of the most interesting species were found. А few days sufticed for the
exploration of the grassy downs above the level of the woods. Each day's
collections were sent down in the evening to be dried at Yenping and the
species added to the key. In this way the number of distinguishable species

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 353

was brought up to 1443, including such of those gathered by the collectors
from Shao Wu as were additional to my own collections.

The opportunity was taken of making careful notes on some of the local
industries, such as paper-making, wood-oil manufacture, and the utilization o£
the different kinds of bamboos. An interesting day was spent in visiting the
garden of Lei Kam, Literary Mandarin of Yenping, with whom Dr. Skinner
is on friendly terms. The garden contained a great variety of trees and
shrubs, as well as the usual plants in pots, which form the chief feature of all
Chinese gardens. Two of the trees, both Michelias, which were unfamiliar
to me, and of which I took specimens, prove to be new to science.

On the 23rd of June the collections were packed and brought back to Hong-
kong after a most successful expedition of nearly two months.

The specimens contain types of at least 40 new species, and numerous other
interesting plants are among them, additional to the flora of the province, and
even, in some cases, to that of China.

I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to the great resources of the
Kew Herbarium and Library for the details required in compiling this
paper, and to the courtesy of the Director for allowing me free use of
them.

In the following list all the novelties so far identified are described, with
the exception of ће Hamamelidacese. These by Mr. Hemsley’s request have
been handed to him for description in Hooker’s ‘ Icones Plantarum.’ Besides
the new species and varieties, only such records are included below as are
thought to be of special interest.

ENUMERATION AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

MAGNOLIACEJE.

'" MICHELIA Maupia, Dunn, sp. n.

Arbor parva, pulchra. Hamulorum cortex late brunneus, cum tota planta
glaberrimus. Folia oblonga vel ovato-oblonga, 10-17 сш, longa, 4-7 cm. lata,
coriacea, subtus glaucescentia, obtuse acuminata, basi acuta, venis lateralibus
8-12 paribus, venulis utrinque conspicue reticulatis, petiolis 25-30 mm. longis.
Flores fragrantes, solitarii, in axillis foliorum summorum evoluti ; sepala
decidua non visa ; petala alba, ovata, 5-6 cm. longa, obtusa ; stamina petalis
5—6-plo breviora, antheris filamento crasso 5-plo longioribus; gyneecium,
petalis nuper lapsis, 20 mm. longum, gynophorum 10 mm. longum
includens. Gynophorum et pars fertilis fructus maturitate incipiente fortiter
elongate.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 2c

{

»

25

354 MR. 8. T. DUNN : А BOTANICAL

Yenping, cultivated in the garden of the Chinese Literary Mandarin, Hong-

kong Herb. 2449. Kwantung, Fung Wong Shan, near Hongkong, Hong-
kong Herb. 2065.

The species is named after my wife, who has been my constant companion
during my explorations in Fokien and in other parts of China.

€

MicHELIA SKINNERIANA, Dunn, sp. n.

Arbor magna. Ramuli eupreo-sericei, mox glabri. Folia subsessilia,
lanceolata, 6-10 em. longa, 25-30 mm. latu, chartacea, matura superne
glabra, nitentia, subtus tenuiter sericea, caudata, basi acuta, costa superne
impressa, venis lateralibus 8-10 paribus, venulis obscure reticulatis. Flores
flavi, axillares, solitarii, peduneulis rubro-sericeis 6-8 mm. longis: sepala
ovata, dense sericea ; petala ovata 18-20 mm. longa, cerea, glabra, apice
rotundata ; stamina 5-6 mm. longa, antheris filamento 3-plo longioribus ;
ovaria dense pubescentia.

Yenping, cultivated in the gardens of the Chinese Literary Mandarin.
Hongkong Herb. 2448.

The tree is closely allied to M. fusca, though readily distinguished, even at
a distance, by its leaves. The specific name commemorates the chief of the
American mission in Yenping, to whose kindness I was indebted for the
opportunity of visiting this interesting garden in the city, as well as for
numerous other hospitable actions.

ScHIZANDRA ELONGATA, оой. f., var. LONGISSIMA, Dunn, var. п. Pedunculi
statu fructifero 7-9 em. longi ; flores 15-20 тт. diam.

Glades in the woods and along the sides of streams near Buong Kang at
2000 ft. Hongkong Herb. 2441, 2442. Yunnan, Henry, 9193 A, 9193 в.

CRUCIFERA.

NASTURTIUM RIVULORUM, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba annua, laxe procumbens, omnino glabra. Folia trifoliolata,
radicalium petiolis 5—6 cm. longis, superiorum gradatim brevioribus ;
inferiorum foliola ovata, 3-5 em. longa, papyracea, sinuata, venis ex-
currentibus, obtusa, basi cordata ; superiorum foliola similia sed magis
sinuata, brevius petiolulata. Racemi axillares, folia sspe excedentes ;
pedunculi bracteis 1-2 ovatis cordatis stipitatis prope apicem instructi,
4—6 cm, longi. Flores parvi, albi, approximati ; sepala, petala et stamina
11-2 mm. longa ; ovarium ovatum, complanatum, stylo simplice, ovario 3-plo
breviore, stigmate globoso ; ovula circiter 12, dissepimento obsoleto
biserialia. Fructus ignotus.

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 355

Along the mossy banks of rivulets in shady woods at Fong Kong Tze near
Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 2354.

‚+ COCHLEARIA FUMARIOIDES, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba annua, gracillima, humifusa, glabra. Folia trifoliolata, 1-2 ст.
longa, petiolis 5-10 mm. longis; foliola ovata, sinuata, sepe triloba,
membranacea, obtusa, petiolulis 5 mm. longis. Racemi axillares terminales-
que, fructu elongati, ad 6 cm. longi, sessiles. Flores minuti, l-1 mm.
longi ; ovarium 1-осшаге ; ovula 1-2, apicalia. Silicula orbicularis, com-
pressa, dense pustulata, 2 mm. longa, valvis deciduis; semen unicum ;
radicula incumbens.

On wet vertical rocks in the forest near Buong Kang. Hongkong Herb.
2360.

This interesting little species differs widely from most Cochlearias in habit
and from all in its blistered fruit, but the divergence does not appear
sufficient foundation for a new genus.

TERNSTRŒMIACEÆ.

© Burya LOQUAIANA, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex 3 m. altus, preter alabastra omnino glaber. Ramuli cylindrici.
Folia lanceolata, præter basin seite serrata, 4—6 cm. longa, 15-20 mm. lata,
chartacea, obtuse acuminata, basi cuneata, costa superne impressa, subtus
prominente, venis secundariis ascendentibus frequentibus obscuris, petiolis
3 mm.longis. Flores in foliorum vetustiorum et delapsorum axillis 1-3-
natim fasciculati ; sepala ovata, obtusa, 1-1} mm. longa ; petala staminaque
ignota ; capsula ovalis, 3 mm. longa, 3-locularis ; stylus capsulam sequans,
tripartitus, ramis basi duplo longioribus.

In woods on the mountain-sides near Yenping at 2300 ft. Hongkong Herb.
2395. Collected by Lo Quai. This shrub has a resemblance to Æ. japonica,
var. nitida, Hook. f. & Thoms., but can be distinguished by its small fruit
and long branched styles.

ACTINIDIA LANATA, Hemsl.

Among the tea-oil plantations and on open rocky hillsides near the Min at
Shui Kau. Hongkong Herb. 2397.

This species was previously known to science only from a single fruiting
specimen from the N.W. River in Kwantung. Itis a striking shrub forming
large straggling bushes similar to those of Rubus rusticanus. The flowers are
2—3 em. across with round salmon-pink petals, longer than the numerous
stamens (in the male flowers).

> ACTINIDIA HEMSLEYANA, Dunn, sp. n.
Frutex vagans, caulibus dimorphis. Alteri longi, cito evoluti, primo dense
2c2

3506 MR. 8. T. DUNN: А BOTANICAL

rufo-hispidi, tandem exigue setosi, alteri laterales, breves, tenuiter strigulosi
vel hispiduli. Alabastra supra callos annulares foliorum delapsorum longe
aureo-barbata. Folia oblongo-ovata, adpresse serrata, 10-20 cm. longa,
4-6 em. lata, chartacea, preter petiolum sparse hispidum 2-3 em. longum
glabra. Сушю axillares, sub-3-floree, petiolis breviores. Flores viriduli ;
masculorum sepala 5, ovata, subacuta, 5 mm. longa, dense rufo-tomentosa ;
petala 5, glabra, obovata, apice rotundata, 10 mm. longa, staminibus fuscis
sesquilongiora ; ovarii rudimentum 2 mm. latum, tomentosum, pedunculis
gracilibus tomentosis ; foeminei similes sed sepala basi coalita, lobis ovatis
obtusis, 8 mm. longa ; stamina rudimentaria ; ovarium depresso-globosum,
6 mm. latam. Fructus immaturus cylindricus, 10 mm. longus, 5 mm. latus,
apice rotundatus, stylis plurimis coronatus ; styli 4 mm. longi.

Yenping Mountains, in the upper valleys. Hongkong Herb. 2400.

This beautiful and interesting plant is dedicated to Mr. W. Dotting
Hemsley, F.R.S., the distinguished keeper of the Kew Herbarinm, whose
instruction and kindness I gratefully acknowledge. The habit of this plant
and all the other Actinidias that I have seen recalls that of Rubus, that is to
say, they form large straggling bushes among rocks and undergrowth, in
woods or in hedges. When occasion permits they may form real climbers,
but I have not seen them in this condition. The present case gives a good
example of the usual method of growth, and an account of it will elucidate
some of the apparent anomalies of the specimens which have hitherto been
received in herbaria. Each new extension of the shrub begins in this case
with a long, arching, densely strigose tawny shoot bearing abnormal narrow
leaves. In the autumn these leaves fall, leaving large thickened leaf-sears
and a bud above each, protected by a tuft of stiff yellow hairs. These buds
develop in the spring into short flower- and leaf-bearing shoots, the leaves and
the indumentum being quite different to those of the primary shoots. The
plant thus has, and so have also many other members of the genus, dimorphic
stems, leaves, and flowers. The male and female bushes are, so far as I have
seen, similar in their vegetative portions.

0? ACTINIDIA LANCEOLATA, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex magnus, vagans, semi-scandens. Caules vetusti nigri, glabri,
lenticellati ; ramuli florigeri dense cinnamomeo-puberuli, Folia lanceolata,
mucronato-serrata, 5-7 cm. longa, 2-3 ст. lata, papyracea, supra sparse et
minute puberula, subtus breviter albo-tomentosa, acuminata, basi cuneata,
venis utrinque 4-5 arcuato-ascendentibus, petiolis 1-14 cm. longis cum
venis majoribus cinnamomeo-pubescentibus. Flores 3-6-ni, in eymas ssepius
umbelliformes axillares pedunculatas dispositi, pedunculis 8-6 mm. longis cum
pedicellis calycibusque tenuiter cinnamomeo-puberulis, bracteis linearibus,
minutis ; sepala 5, rotundata, 8—4 mm. longa ; petala viridula, oblonga,
acuta, vel rotundata, sepalis paullo longiora ; maseulorum stamina lutea,

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 351

indefinita, sepalis zequilonga ; ovarii rudimentum oblongum, 1 mm. longum,
tomentosum ; feemineorum ovarium ad petalorum delapsum 1$ mm. longum,
ovale, acuminatum, rufo-tomentosum, stylis circiter 10 ovario longioribus.
Fructus ignotus.

Hedges along the river banks at Yenping and at Wong Ka Chi, W. Fokien.
Hongkong Herb. 2399.

(15 ACTINIDIA SABLEFOLIA, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex scandens vel vagans, preter flores omnino glaber. Caules rubri, ad
exitum ramorum fortiter callosi. Folia ovata, obscure crenata, sinubus mucro-
nulo notatis, 5-6 em. longa, papyracea, infra pallida, venulis rubris reticulata,
acuta vel obtusa, basi rotundata, venis secundariis utrinque 5 immersis
arcuato-ascendentibus, petiolis 2 em. longis. Сута axillares, sub-3-flore,
petiolos zequantes, bracteis minutis. Flores masculi sepala rotundata 2-3 mm.
longa, utrinque tenuiter pilosa ; petala alba, obovata, apice rotundata, 5-6 mm.
longa, staminibus luteis duplo longiora ; ovarii rudimentum globulare, rubro-
tomentosum.

Wood-borders and glades on the mountain slopes near Yenping. Hong-
kong Herb. 2402. Resembling А. melanandra, Franch., but distinguished
by the shape of its leaves and by its yellow anthers.

CAMELLIA Еринх, Hance. This rare shrub is now for the third time
recorded from this single province. Hongkong Herb. 2455.

POLYGALACEJE.

POLYGALA LarovenEL Finet et Franch. This plant was found several
times about springs on the summits of the Yenping Mountains at perhaps
4500 ft. (Hongkong Herb. 2372.) It shares with the Yunnanese P. saxi-
cola, Dunn, alone in the genus the character of having fleshy stems and
peduncles.

CELASTRACE.

^» MICROTROPIS FOKIENENSIS, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex 3 m. altus, omnino glaber. Ramuli angulati. Folia opposita,
oblanceolata, integra, 5-6 cm. longa, acuta, basi longe cuneata, petiolo 4 mm.
longo. Cyme axillares, 1-2-næ, pauciflore, decurve, 1 сш. longæ, bracteis
multis triangularibus imbricatis vestite. ^ Flores inter bracteas sessiles ;
sepala 4, rotundata, 13 mm. longa, late imbricata; stamina 4, in disco
disposita, sepalis breviora. Fructus juvenis 2-3 mm. longus, ovatus
acuminatus, stylo 4-1 mm. longo ; stigma quadrilobum.

Yenping heights at 5000 ft. Hongkong Herb. 2394.

358 МВ, 8. T. DUNN : А BOTANICAL

SAPINDACE.E.

Acer WILSONI, Rehder, var. SERRULATA, Dunn, var. п. Folia serrulata.
А small tree on the sides of the tributary gorges of[the Yuen Fu River
near Foochow, Hongkong Herb. 2545.

SABIACELE.

SABLA DISCOLOR, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex scandens vel vagans, glaber. Каті fusci. Folia late ovata,
integra, anguste revoluta, 4-6 em. longa, papyracea, supra in siccitate nigres-
centia, subtus glauca, obtusa, acuta vel leviter acuminata, basi rotundata,
venis secondariis utrinque 3-4 duobus utrinque basi approximatis supra et
infra leviter prominulis, petiolis 7-10 mm. longis. Суши pseudo-umbellate,
2—-5-flore, pedicellate, axillares, ebracteate, pedunculis 10-12 mm. longis.
Flores virides, præcoces ; sepala lanceolata, 2-1 mm. longa; petala ovata,
2 mm. longa, staminibus duplo longiora, stylum :equantia. Drupe in
siccitate compresse, corrugate, 6 mm. late ; pedunculis 3 em. longis.

Bushy mountain-sides near Yenping at 2300 ft. Hongkong Herb, 2537.
Kuliang, Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 2536. This species differs from
5. japonica, Max., its nearest ally, in its revolute leaves which are glaucous
beneath.

MELIOSMA MYRIACANTHUM, Sieb. $ Zuce., var. DISCOLOR, Dunn, var. n.
Folia subtus breviter tomentosa.
W. Fokien at Shao Wu. Hongkong Herb. 2536, 2537.

MELIOSMA RIGIDA, Sieb. $ Хинес. Hongkong Herb. 2532. This record
forms one more link in the distribution of the species between India and
Japan ; it was previously known from Formosa and the Liu Chiu Islands,
as well as from these extreme points.

АМАСАВОТАСЕ Д.

RAUS SYLVESTRIS, Sieb. § Zucc. Hongkong Herb. 2528. А southern
extension of the known specific area.

LEGUMINOS.E.

MILLErTIA РАСНҮСАКРА, Benth. Hongkong Herb. 2564. Only previously
from Yunnan.

SOPHORA FRANCHETIANA, ини, sp. n.

Frutex 1 m. altus. Кати, foliorum rachides, petioli, calyces pedunculique
breviter fulvo-tomentosi. Folia pinnata, 10-14 em. longa ; foliola sæpe 11,
elliptica, 3—4 cm. longa, papyracea, supra glabra, costa impressa, subtus

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 359

molliter fulvo-pubescentia, acuta, basi rotundata vel obtuse cuneata, venis
obscuris, petiolis 2-3 mm. longis. Racemi terminales, 6-7 em. longi, bracteis
minutis. Flores albi, pedicellis 4-5 mm. longis ; calycis tubus brevis, basi
concava, 4 mm. latus, 3 mm. longus, lobis obscuris late triangularibus ;
vexillum erectum, obovatum, apice retusum, 7 mm. longum ; ale carinaque
vexillo æquilongæ ; stamina libera, basi puberula ; ovarium pubescens ; ovula
4 in medio ovarii linearis disposita. Legumen (unum tantum visum) 8 сш.
longum, in medio seminiferum ; utrinque angustatum, glabrum, opacum,
brunneum ; semen unieum, magnum, ovale, luteum, nitens, 8 mm. longum.

Bamboo groves on the banks of the Yuen Fu River near Foochow.
Hongkong Herb. 2582. Distinguished among the soft-leaved Sophoras by
its broad calyx.

The trivial name commemorates the great French botanist who, among his
numerous other works on the flora of China, has added to our knowledge of
Fokien plants in a paper upon a collection made in that province by Mr. De
La Touche of the C. I. M. €.

ВОЗАСЕ М.

RUBUS TRIFIDUS , Thunb. Hongkong Herb. No. 2626. Previously known
only from the Corean Archipelago.

RUBUS PECTINELLUS, Mazim. Hongkong Herb. 2031. А Japanese
bramble, now recorded for the first time from China.

ot’ Spiræa BLUMEIL G. Don, var. Mazimowiozii, Dunn. 8. Macimowtezii,
Schneider, Laubholtz, i. 461. With the abundant material before me I} find
it impossible to separate this form specifically from the type. It seems to be
rather a geographical variety at ihe south of the total area. Min Bank,
Fokien, Hongkong Herb. 2674; Kwantung, Ford, 66 ; Ichang, Hupeh,
Henry, 3506, 4115.

(

»

SpIREA PRUNIFOLLA, Sieb. Ẹ Zucc., var. INTEGRIFOLIA, Dunn, var. n.
Folia integra.

Banks of the Yuen Fu River near Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 2658 ;
also De Grijs, Hance, 1218.

Шы

HAMAMELIDACELE.

DISTYLIUM MYRICOIDES, Hemsl. in Hook, Ie. sub t. 2835, p. 2. Fokien,
Dunn, 2684, 2685.

DISTYLIUM STRICTUM, Hemsl. 1. с. p. 3. Fokien, Dunn, 2681.

Sycopsis Юоххи, Hemsl. l. e. t. 2836. Min banks below Yenping.
Hongkong Herb. 533, 2695.

360 MR. 8. T, DUNN: A BOTANICAL

ALTINGIA GRACILIPES, Hemsl. in Hook. Ic. t. 2831. Yenping Mountains,
western portion. Hongkong Herb. 119, 2682.

MELASTOMACELE.

MELASTOMA INTERMEDIA, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex parvus. Ramuli angulati, sparse adpresse hispidi. Folia opposita,
elliptica, integra, margine revoluto, 3-5 ст. longa, chartacea, supra in
marginibus erebre in сафега superficie tenuiter adpresse hispida vel glabra,
subtus pallidiora, in venis setosa, apice obtusa, basi rotundata vel obtuse
cuneata, venis 5 a basi radiantibus, lateralibus marginalibus, petiolis 5-10 mm.
longis. Flores solitarii, axillares vel terminales, ad ramulorum apices approxi-
mati, vel panieulam paucifloram terminalem formantes, peduneulis 1 cm.
longis, bracteis 2 lanceolatis 6 mm. longis setosis prope apicem instructis ;
calycis tubus sphæricus, 6 mm. longus, eum lobis peduneuloque setis
ascendentibus vestitus ; lobi 5, lanceolati, acuti, tubo equilongi, lobulis
setaceis 3 mm. longis alternantibus ; petala 5, rosea, obovata, 2 em. longa ;
stamina generis. Fructus immaturus globosus, annulo coronatus.

Yenping Mountains at 4500 ft. Hongkong Herb. 2706.

The species is intermediate between ЛИ. repens, Desr., and M. sanguinea,
"ims.

jò! PHYLLAGATHIS CHINENSIS, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba annua, 10-15 em. alta. Caulis erectus, glaber. Folia opposita,
lanceolata, сгефге mucronato-serrata, membranacea, pilis erispis tenuiter
conspersa, apice gradatim, basi subito acuminata, venis 3 a basi diver-
gentibus, petiolis 1-2 em. longis. Flores sepe 2, terminales ; calycis tubus
subeompressus, urceolatus, 5-costatus, 4 mm. longus, 3 mm. latus ; lobi 4,
distantes, parvi, lanceolati ; petala 4, rosea, orbicularia, breviter unguiculata,
3-4 mm. lata; stamina 8, fertilia petalis eequilonga ; corona ovarii apice
lacera ; stylus indivisus, staminibus brevior. Fructus membranaceus, sub-
compressus, 5 mm. latus, imperfecte 4-locularis ; placentz a medio column
centralis in loculos divergentes, fimbriate. Semina minuta, 3-1 mm. longa,
angulata.

On the margins of rivulets in the lower woods about Yenping. Hongkong
Herb. 2711.

АКАТ АСЕ Ж.

НЕТЕВОРАМАХ FRAGRANS, Seem., var. CHINENSIS, Dunn, var.n. Foliola
parva, lanceolata, fructu compresso,

Lower woods near Buong Kang, Yenping. Hongkong Herb. 2754.
Yunnan, //enry, 12,865. Kienning Fu Mountains, Rickett, 846. Tonkin,

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 361

Balansa, 3457. This seems to be the usual wild form in China. It is
usually a small tree with the leaves and panicles collected into a compact
bunch at the end of the thin straight trunk, and thus very different from the
graceful umbrageous trees of India.

RUBIACEX.

GALIUM ASPRELLUM, Miche. Hongkong Herb. 2799. А southern extension
from its previously known area, which comprised N.E. Asia to Hupeh and
Szechuen,

COMPOSIT.

АЗТЕВ AURICULATUs, Franch. Hongkong Herb. 2826. Known previously
only from Yunnan.

ҮАССІМІАСЕ Ж,

vót Vaccinium CannEsn, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex omnino glaber. Ramuli striati, cinnamomei, vetustiores grisei.
Folia lanceolata, leviter serrata, 3—4 cm. longa, chartacea, gradatim acuminata,
basi obtuse cuneata, venis obscuris, pedicellis 3-4 mm. longis. Racemi in
ramulis florigeris panieulas densas ad 10 cm. longas bracteatas formantes,
bracteis folia parva simulantibus. Flores parvi, pedicellis 1-2 mm. longis,
bracteolis linearibus pedicellos superantibus caducis; calycis tubus hemi-
sphericus, 13 mm. longus, 5-lobatus, lobis triangularibus brevibus acutis ;
corolla alba, campanulata, 3 mm. longa, 5-lobata, lobis ovatis acuminatis,
apice reflexo ; staminum inclusorum anthers in tubulos laxos attenuatz, basi
obtuse breviter calearatz ; filamenta puberula ; stylus breviter exsertus.

Foochow at 2000 ft, Carles, 630. Yenping, Hongkong Herb. 2811,
2812.

This species might be taken for a small state of V. Donianum, Wight, to
which it bears а general resemblance.

СЕХТТАХАСЕ Ж.

GENTIANA THUNBERGI, Griseb. Cha Ch’un, near Shui Kau on the Min,
at 1500 ft. Hongkong Herb. 3359,

An interesting addition to the flora of China as Carles's Kiukiang plant
proves to be G. Zollingeri, Fawcett (Kusnezow in Act. Hort. Petrop.
ху. 815). `

MR. S. T. DUNN: А BOTANICAL

Е
WA
C.
>

СЕЗМЕКАСЕ Ж.

OrEOCHARIS BENTHAMI, C. B. Clarke, var. RETICULATA, Dunn. Folia
subtus reticulata.

Pakwan, Kwantung, Hance, 7561 of 1867, not 7561 of 1864, which is the
type of the species; White Cloud Hills, Kwantung, Sampson, 447 ; Fokien,
Hongkong Herb. 3364.

Clarke included under this specific name plants with retieulate and plain
leaves and made no varietal distinetion between them, because he believed,
from the material at his disposal, that the reticulation was merely due to
the development of the lamina with age. I have now, however, before me
specimens which will not allow of this explanation, i. e. young leaves fully
reticulate in plants of the above new variety and also typical examples

showing no reticulation even in old leaves.

Sk OREOCHARIS AMABILIS, Dunn, 8р. n.

Herba perennis, scaposa, alabastris petiolis foliorum venis in latere inferiore
pedunculis bracteis calycibusque lana brunnea vestitis. Folia radicalia,
ovata vel oblonga, irregulariter crenata, 4-12 cm. longa, papyracea, supra
pilis erispis adpressis vestita, obtusa, basi rotundata, majorum venis subtus
reticulatis, petiolo 4-6 em. longo. Scapze 10-18 em. longe, lanatze, glabres-
centes, apice 1-2-plo umbellatim ramos, umbellis bracteis lanceolatis,
8-12 mm. longis, involueratis. Calyx ad basin 5-lobus, lobis 4-8 mm. longis
anguste lanceolatis ; corolla alba (an semper ?), glabra, cylindrica, subobliqua,
20-22 mm. longa, lobis erectis ovatis acutis 6-7 mm. longis ; stamina prope
basin corolle affixa, sinus loborum breviter superantia; stylus compressus,
apice in stigma bilobum expansus.

Fokien, Foochow, Carles, 587; Shao Wu, clothing the faces of damp
shady rocks, Hongkong Herb. 3363 ; Yunnan, Mi-léh, on cliffs, Henry,
13,758.

SCROPHULARIACE.E.

МохоснАѕмА SaAvATIERI, Franch. W. Fokien, Pao Chai Hui at 2000 ft.
Hongkong Herb. 3368.

Apparently local in China, being confined to the S.E. temperate region,
where it is in some parts a common and characteristic feature of the barer
slopes of the mountains. The dehiscence of the capsules is remarkable. The
horny endocarp seems invariably to split longitudinally down the middle of
the loculus, rolling back elastically, bursting the calyx and thus expelling the

seeds,

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 363

VERBENACEZE.

© CALLICARPA LONGIPES, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex 1 m. altus, omnino floribus exceptis molliter villosus. Folia sub-
sessilia, obovata vel oblonga, mueronato-dentata, subito acuminata, a medio
gradatim ad basin rotundatam vel subcordatam angustata, papyracea. Сут
рагу, dense, axillares, longe pedunculate, pedunculis 12-35 mm. longis.
Calyx ad medium lobatus, villosus, 2 mm. longus, lobis acutis lanceolatis ;
corolla rubella, ore gradatim expansa, minime obliqua, extus puberula, calyce
duplo longior, lobis brevibus obtusis; stamina exserta, 8-9 mm. longa ;
stylus filiformis, apice explanatus, staminibus longior. Fructus ignotus.

Natural woods near Yenping at 2500 ft. Hongkong Herb. 3390.

Near C. rubella but distinguished by its long peduncles and by the shape
of its corolla.

LABIATA.

SALVIA Bow.eyana, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba perennis, 1 m. alta. Caulis cum petiolis pedunculis calycibusque
plus minus hirsutus. Folia pinnata, 10-12 em. longa, petiolo 10-12 cm.
longo; foliola 7, ovata vel ovato-lanceolata, crenata, papyracea, utrinque
sparse pilosula vel subglabra, acuta, lateralia basi oblique, terminalia recte
cordata vel rotundata, omnia petiolulata, petiolulis 5-15 mm. longis. Verti-
cili circiter 8-flori, distantes. Flores bracteolati ; bracteole lanceolate,
pedicello 3-4 mm. longo breviores; calyx 10 mm. longus, supra medium
leviter constrictus, intus hirsutus, ore expanso bilabiato ; labium superius
integrum, rotundatum, inferius bidentatum, dentibus parvis mucronatis
approximatis; corolla cerulea, bilabiata, labio superiore recto concavo,
inferiore zequilongo oblongo, genitalibus longe exsertis.

Banks of the Yuen Fu River near Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 3409.

Related to S. miltiorhiza, Bunge, but differing in its 3-jugate leaves and
short-hooded corolla.

The specific adjective commemorates the name of Mr, Bowley, Crown
Solicitor of Hongkong, and of his sister (now Mrs. L. Gibbs), with whom the
early part of our explorations is pleasantly associated.

LAMIUM FOLIATUM, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba annua, debilis, procumbens, omnino floribus exceptis molliter
hirsuta. Folia ovata, crenata, 4-10 cm. longa, papyracea, obtusa, basi
rotundata, inferiorum petiolis laminas szquantibus, superiorum etiam haud
multo brevioribus. Verticilli densi, multiflori, axillares, bracteolis linea-
ribus. Calyx membranaceus, hirsutus, 8 mm. longus, lobis zequalibus ovatis
mucronatis 1-2 mm. longis; corolla rubella, 15-17 mm. longa, extus

564 MR. 8. T. DUNN: А BOTANICAL

puberula, intus glabra, tubo angusto recto exserto, labio superiore recto
oblongo concavo apice immarginato, inferiore æquilongo trilobo, lobis
oblongis æqualibus ; stamina sub labio superiore approximata, exterioribus
longioribus ; nueule trigonz, facie exteriore in alam angustam apice
producta.

Under shady banks in the lower woods near Buong Kang, Yenping.
Hongkong Herb. 3427.

An anomalous plant without the facies of the genus, but separable by no
obvious characters.

SCUTELLARIA LUZONICA, Rolfe, Hongkong Herb. 3415. This Scull-cap
had not previously been found out of the Philippine Islands.

ARISTOLOCHIACELE.

"^ ARISTOLOCHIA TUBIFLORA, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba scandens, omnino glabra. Folia triangularia, integra, 8-10 cm.
longa, papyracea, acuta, apice summo obtuso mucronato, basi sinu rotundato
cordata, auriculis rotundatis, venis pedatim a basi radiatis, petiolis 5-8 em.
longis. Flores 1-2-ni, axillares ; perianthium fusco-rubrum, 30-35 mm.
longum, basi bulbosa, tubo recto angusto ab ore dilatato in labium oblongum
equilongum producto, labio obtuso 5 mm. lato. Fructus ignotus.

Rocky gorge above the city of Yenping. Hongkong Herb. 3472.

Similar in foliage to А. contorta, Bunge, but the flowers with an obtuse,
not caudate lip.

ARISTOLOCHIA MOLLIS, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba breviter scandens. Caulis puberulus, glabrescens. Folia oblongo-
triangularia, 8-12 cm. longa, integra, papyracea, supra subscabra, subtus
molliter hirsuta, apice summo acuta vel obtusa, basi paullo expansa, sinu
rotundato cordata, auriculis rotundatis, venis a basi pedatim radiantibus et 2
vel 3 paribus pinnatis, petiolis 2-3 cm. longis. Flores 1-2-ni, axillares,
pedunculis pubescentibus 2 em. longis, bracteolo amplexicauli 4-12 mm.
longo circiter medio instructis ; perianthium extus molliter hirsutum, sub-
viride, rubro-lineatum ; tubus ovalis, 8-10 mm. longus, supra paullo contractus,.
ore late oblique expanso 15-17 mm. lato, lineis rubris radiantibus notato;
ovarium dense pubescens. Fructus ignotus.

On walls at Siu Yuk, Min Hiver. Hongkong Herb. 3470.

Recalling A. heterophylla in all but its flowers, which are widely different
in shape.

РІРЕКАСЕ Ж.

PIPER DINDIGULENSE, Mig. Hongkong Herb. 3478. New to the flora of
China.

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 365

Piper FUTOKADSURA, Sieb. & Zuce. Hongkong Herb. 3481. The species
was previously known from Japan, Liu Chiu Islands, and Formosa.

CHLORANTHACE.

CHLORANTHUS OLDHAMI, Solms. Hongkong Herb. 3482. Formerly known
only from Formosa.

LAURACEX.

MACHILUS SuEARERL, Hemsl. Hongkong Herb. 3490. А southern exten-
sion of the known area from Chekiang and Kiangsi.

MACHILUS Grissu, Hance. Drupa nigra globosa, 8-10 mm. diam., calyce
persistente 6 mm. longo, pedunculo crasso carnoso corallino.

Woods along the Tap Ling Ho, near Shui Kau, 80 miles from Foochow.

The fruit had not been described. The clustered scarlet peduncles of the
fruit make the tree in May a beautiful and striking object.

EUPHORBIACE.

PuvnLLANTHUs PULCHER, Wall. Hongkong Herb. 3513. Previously
known only as an Indian species.

" MauLorvs ROXBURGHIANUS, Muell. Arg., var. GLABRA, Dunn, var. n.
Frutex omnino glaber.
Buong Kang village near Yenping. Hongkong Herb. 3427.

MALLOTUS RETICULATUS, Dunn, вр. n.

Frutex 5 m. altus, preter paginam foliorum superiorem omnino breviter
hirsutus et plus minus glandulis rubris sessilibus conspersus. Folia oblongo-
ovata, serrata, 12-22 сш. longa, chartacea, supra glabra, costa impressa, infra
dense reticulata, gradatim acuminata, basi rotundata vel obtusa, venis 7-8
paribus, infimis basalibus, petiolis 3-4 сш. longis. Racemi (feeminei tantum
visi) terminales, fasciculati, sessiles, multiflori. Flores fceminei 4 mm. longi,
pedicello longiores, bracteis linearibus, minutis; calyx 5-partitus, lobis
linearibus 2 mm. longis ; ovarium globosum, 3-loculare, stylo brevi,
stigmatibus iribus plumosis. Fructus ignotus.

Hillside at Wong Ka Chi, West Fokien. Hongkong Herb. 3429.
Resembles M. philippinensis, Muell. Arg., but the leaves are serrate and finely
reticulate beneath.

366 MR. S. T. DUNN: А BOTANICAL

URTICACE.

Ficus HETEROMORPHA, Hemsl. Previously recorded no further south than
Kiangsi. Hongkong Herb. 3453.

NANOCNIDE LOBATA, Wedd. Only recorded previously from the Liu Chiu
Islands and from Chekiang.

РЕА AQUARUM, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba annua, tenera, 80-40 cm. alta. Caulis simplex, preter apicem
glaber, inferne procumbens, radicans. Folia opposita, elliptica, crenata,
4—6 em. longa, membranacea, supra punctis minutis linearibus erebre
notata, subtus in venis decidue puberula, apice basique angustata, obtusa,
venis 3 a basi radiantibus, petiolis 2-4 ст. longis, stipulis membranaceis
semicordatis, breviter petiolo adnatis. Суп axillares, condensate, 5 mm.
longa, tandem circinnate. Calyx fructescens, hispidus, 1 mm. latus,
achenium globulare lucidum flavum includens.

On the * 3800 Steps Pass " near Yenping, on rocks under the constant drip
of water. Hongkong Herb. 3477.

Distinguished from P. pumila, A. Gray, its nearest ally, by its crenate
leaves and large stipules.

CUPULIFERA.

QUERCUS HARLANDI, Hance, var. INTEGRIFOLIA, Dunn, var. п. Folia sub-
plana, integra.

Woods near Yenping, and among the gorges of the Yuen Fu River.
Hongkong Herb. 3492. The type is, so far as is known, confined to Hong-
kong Island.

QUERCUS THALASSICA, Hance, var. OBTUSIGLANS, Dunn, var. n. Glandes
apice rotundatee.

Fong Kong Tze near Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 3486. The same
variety occurs in the Island of Hongkong on Mt. Davis under Hongkong
Herb. No. 2081.

Quercus Ерітн ж, Skan. A welcome extension of the known area of this
fine oak. Previously only from Kwantung.

QUERCUS SKANIANA, Dunn, sp. n.

Arbor sempervirens, 10 m. alta. Каша pube fusca molli vestiti. Folia
oblongo-obovata, integra, 10-15 em. longa, coriacea, supra glabra, costa
prominula, venis secundariis impressis, subtus preecipue in venis molliter
pubescentia, costa venisque prominentibus, subito acuminata, basi cuneata,

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL ЕОКТЕХ. 367

petiolis 6-10 mm. longis. Spice axillares, erectæ, moncecie, circiter 15 cm.
longz, pedunculo pubescente. Flores masculi approximati, feminei, 3—5-ni
distanter glomerati, squamis pubescentibus. Glans depresso-globosa, breviter
acuminata, eupula fere inclusa et ejus basi adhzerens, 15-20 mm. lata ; cupula
squamis imbricatis parvis acuminatis adpressis vestita, sepe cum floribus
paucis haud evolutis basi conglomerata.

In natural woods at 2500 feet in the Yenping Mountains. Hongkong
Herb. 3487.

Allied to Q. Blumeana, Korth., but this has solitary acorns and glabrous
leaves.

This species is dedicated to my friend Mr. Skan of the Kew Herbarium
staff, to whom we are indebted for much of our knowledge of the Oaks of

China.

Casranopsis Нузтых, А. DC. Hongkong Herb. 3498. А notable
extension of its known Chinese range, which only reached Yunnan.

CONIFERJE.

C'UPRESSUS ($ CHAMÆCYPARIS) HODGINSII, Dunn, sp. n.

Arbor 10-15 m. alta, omnino glabra. Rami paullo dependentes, in flabella
foliosa lata отасШа complanati. Folia polymorpha, quaterna inter se

5 ) » Ч ›
connata, ramulis adnata et eos omnino includentia, ramulorum vetustiorum
linearia, 7-8 mm. longa, apicibus breviter liberis cus vidatis, juniorum facialia
2 m р 2

et dorsalia cuneata, tricarinata, 8 mm. longa, cuspidata, lateralia alam lanceo-
latam aeuminatam fere medio liberam formantia, кере infra linea glauca
notata. Conus squamis 12 decussatis peltatis apice excavatis formatus.
Semina 8-10 plano-convexa vel obtuse trigona, ovalia, 4 mm. longa, acuta,
basi obtusa, bialata, ala majore ovata 5 mm. longa, minore angusta apice
paullo produeta.

Woods about Yenping at 2000 feet (small trees not in flower or fruit).
Honekong Herb. 3505. Large trees in fruit near Foochow, Hodgins.

BARONS , 9
Lam glad to have the opportunity of naming this tine tree after my friend
8 8 y

Capt. Hodgins of the 8.8. < Haiching? of Hongkong, who has succeeded in
^ M M А Ы 1 Ы
proeuring its cones from Foochow. Capt. Hodgins has been remarkably
successful in obtaining specimens of scientific and economic interest from the
neighbourhood of that port, and many of his collections are exhibited in the
Hongkong Court of the Imperial Institute.

ORCHIDACEX.

MicROSTYLIS MINUTIFLORA, Zvolfe, sp. n.
Herba pusilla, caule basi in pseudobulbum parvum incrassato unifoliato.

368 MR. S. T. DUNN: A BOTANICAL

Pseudobulbi subglobosi, 3-8 mm. lati. Folia petiolata, ovata vel suborbicu-
laria, apiculata, 1-1:5 cm. lata ; petiolus 5-8 mm. longus. Scapi graciles,
suberecti, puberuli, 3-9 em. longi ; racemi multiflori : bractes lineares, acutze,
0'5 mm. longæ ; pedicelli graciles, 1 mm. longi. Flores 1'5 mm. lati ;
sepala patentia, oblonga, obtusa ; petala linearia, acuta, sepalis paullo
breviora ; labellum trifidum ; lobi laterales lineares, acuti, divergentes, petalis
paullo breviores ; lobus intermedius triangulari-oblongus, subacutus, lobis
lateralibus paullo major ; columna brevis, alis minutis.

Damp rocks in shade, Yuen Fu Gor ges, at 1800 ft. Hongkong Herb. 3545.

A very distinct species, and remarkable for its ver y minute flowers, whose
structure is only made out with difficulty from dried specimens,

Liparts роххи, Rolfe, sp. n.

Herba circa 15 em. alta, basi inerassati i, diphylla. Folia breviter petiolata,
ovato-oblonga, obtusa, membranacea, circa 13 em. longa, 6 em. lata. Scapus
crassiusculus, 15-18 em. altus ; racemus multiflorus; bracteæ ovate, аси,
2 mm. longe ; pedicelli circa 1 ст. longi. Sepala divergentia, lineari-oblonga,
acuta, ssubiequalia, circa 1 em. longa ; petala filiformi- linearia, acuta, 1 ст.
longa ; labellum orbiculari-obovatum, apiculatum, minutissime undulatum,
l em. longum, basi minute tubereulatum ; columna clavata, incurva, 4 mm.
longa.

Rocks at Tze Chuk Hang, W. Fokien, at 3000 ft. “Flowers metallic
black.” Hongkong Herb. 3544.

This species somewhat resembles L. pauciflora, Rolfe, in habit and foliage,
but has a much stouter, densely-flowered scape, and flowers about twice as
large. The colour as recorded is unusual, and is not retained in the dried
flowers. [I did not see these plants in a fresh state and cannot confirm the
peculiar colour, but it was stoutly averred by the Chinese collector to be as

stated.—S. T. D.J

Puatus macunatus, Lindl. Hongkong Herb. 3541. An addition to the
known flora of China ; it was previously recorded from India only.

DENDROBIUM abuncum, Wall. Hongkong Herb. 3525. Previously
recorded only from Kw: antung and India.

Tainia Осххи, Ао, sp. n.

Caules epseudobulbosi, breves, vaginis membranaceis obtecti. Folia soli-
taria, petiolata, lanceolata, acuminata, 13-18 cm. longa, 2-2°5 cm. lata,
membranacea ; petioli 2-3 сш. longi. Scapi erecti, graciles, 30—40 cm. alti ;
racemi laxi, multiflori ; braetee lanceolate, acuminate, 4-6 mm. long: ;
pedicelli graciles, 1-13 em. longi. Sepalum postieum lanceolatum, acutum,

cirea 1:3 em. longum ; sepala lateralia faleato-lanceolata, acuta, 1:3 em.

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 369

longa; petala faleato-lanceolata, acuta, 18 сш. longa; labellum trilobum,
suborbiculare, 1 em. longum ; lobi laterales late faleato-oblongi, subacuti ;
lobus intermedius transverse oblongus, apice plicatus ; discus bicarinatus ;
columna clavata, arcuata, 6-7 mm. longa; mentum obtusum, 3 mm. longum.

Rocky banks near Buong Kang. Flowers brownish vellow [S. T. D.J.
Hongkong Herb. 3542.

Comparable with the Malayan Tania latilingua, Hook. f., which has а very
similar lip, though the latter is readily distinguished by its broad, very long-
petioled leaves and larger bracts.

PHOLIDOTA CHINENSIS, Lindl. Hongkong Herb. 3546.
A northern extension of the known area of the species, which was previously
on record from Hongkong and the island of Hainan.

CYNOSORCHIS CHINENSIS, Rolfe, sp. n.

Herba nana, tubere ovoideo-globoso, caule brevi seepissime monophyllo.
Folia subsessilia, oblonga vel elliptico-oblonga, subacuta, 3-5 cm. longa,
1-1:5 em. lata, membranacea. Scapi graciles, erecti, glabri, 6-10 em. longi,
supra medium vagina lanceolata obtecta ; racemi laxi, 5-12-flori; bracteæ
ovate vel ovato-lanceolate, acuminate, 2-5 mm. longs ; pedicelli 5-7 mm.
longi. Sepala subconniventia, ovata, subacuta, 3 mm. longa; petala sepalis
similia, paullo ampliora : labellum trilobum, 5 mm. longum; lobi laterales
obovato-oblongi ; lobus intermedius obovatus, apice tridentieulatus ; calcar
gracile, 2 mm. longum ; columna brevissima.

* 3800 Steps Pass” at 2500 ft. Flower purple [S. T. D.]. Hongkong
Herb. 3543.

Near Cynosorchis gracilis, Krünzl. (Gymnadenia gracilis, Miq.), but the
leaves proportionately shorter and broader, and the flowers rather larger and
with broader segments.

PALM.

CarAMUS HorLiTES, Dunn, sp. n.

Frutex erectus, 2-3 m. altus, fortissime armatus. Folia oblonga, 2-3 m.
longa, petiolis glabrescentibus, spinis validis paullo compressis 2-3 cm. longis
armatis ; segmenta linearia, chartacea, costis marginibusque spiculis vestita,
infra ternatim opposita (an semper ?), apice flabellatim aggregata. Рапісша
juvenis et vetusta tantum visa ; juvenis 40 cm. alta; rami bracteis
cinnamomeo-pulverulentis apice laceris 18 cm. longis vaginati. Alabastra
4 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata, extus striata. Rami panicule evolute 30 cm.
longi, decurvati, pinnatim in spicas multas divergentes divisi.

Lower woods at Buong Kang near Yenping. Hongkong Herb. 3590.

Very near C. thysanolepis, Hance, but distinguished by the armature of the
leaves as well as by its smaller flowers.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL, XXXVII. 2p

310 MR. 8. T. DUNN : А BOTANICAL

HAEMODORACEZE.

\' ALETRIS SCOPULORUM, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba perennis, 15-50 em. alta, scaposa, rhizomate brevi, radices fibrosas
copiosas emittente. Folia radicalia, linearia, 6-12 ст. longa, 2-4 ст. lata,
glabra, acuta. Scapa superne puberula, bracteis 2-4 linearibus 4-12 mm.
longis in parte inferiore instructa. Racemus 5-8 em. longus, sepe 10-15-
florus. Flores 4-5 mm. longi: pedicelli З mm. longi; bractes lineares
pedicellos excedentes, omnes puberuli ; calycis tubus hemisphiericus ; lobi 6,
tubum :equantes, lineares, acuti; stamina 6, sepalis opposita et eis paullo
breviora ; ovarium inferum, 3-loculare, Fructus loculicide apice dehiscens.

Damp rocks at Sui Kai Kau, near Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 3556.

Closely related to A. glanduligera, Franch., and differing only in its acute
linear calyx-teeth and its short lower bracts.

IRIDACE.

[RIS spEcuLATRIX, Hance. Hongkong Herb. 3561. An extension of the
2 > ©
known range of this interesting “adventuress,” which was only recorded
before from Kwantung.

DIOSCOREACELE.

DIOSCOREA RHIZOPOGONOIDES, Oliver, Hongkong Herb. 3563. On previous
record only from the islands of Formosa and Hongkong.

D. ziwarBERENSIS, C. H. Wright. Hongkong Herb. 3504-5. Known
previously only from the province ot Hupeh.

LILIACE®.

SMILAX LEVIS, var. OPHIRENSIS, 4. DC. Hongkong Herb. 3570. Hitherto
only gathered in Sumatra.

ARACE®.

ty PINELLIA BROWNIANA, Dunn, sp. n.

Herba perennis, glabra, tuberosa, scaposa. Tuber ovale, 2-4 em. longum,
radices fibrosas copiosas emittens. Folia triangularia vel oblongo-ovata,

95 . "WE ln: asl 1 1 1

15-25 em. longa, membranacea, acuminata, basi cordata, sinu acuto, auriculis
paullo divergentibus rotundatis vel acutis, petiolis 15-25 em. longis. Pedun-
culus 15-18 em. longus ; spatha viridis, 5-6 em. longa, oblonga, obtusa,
apice erecto vel nutante. Antherarum spica 8 mm. longa, spadice mire
attenuato ad 20 em. longo filiformi ; ovarium 12 mm. longum, in uno latere
ovulis plenum.

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 311

Damp woods at Fong Kong Tze near Foochow, Hongkong Herb. 3711.
Wet roeks at Tam Chuk Hang near Foochow, Hongkong. Herb. 3718,
Although the leaves of the Fong "Kong Tze plants have rounded lobes, while
those of the specimens from Tam Chuk Hang are acute, giving the two forms
а somewhat different facies, the divergence does not appear sufficient for the
foundation of two species or even of two varieties. P. cordata, Brown, is
allied. The trivial name commemorates the service to Chinese botany of
Mr. Х. E. Brown, the auther of the account of the Aroids in Hemsley and
Forbes's ** Enumeration ” (Journ. Linn. Soc., Dot. xxxvi. (1903) 173-188).

PINELLIA CORDATA, N. E. Dr. Hongkong Herb. 3716-7. The known
area of the plant is hereby extended southwards from Chekiang to Kiangsi.

Acorus CALAMUS, Linn. Hongkong Herb. 3713. Previously known по
further south than Kiangsi.

CYPERACEJE.

Scirpus FILIPES, C. B. Clarke. Hongkong Herb. 3606. Described from
specimens collected in Fokien by De Grijs. It was found in great abundance
in the gorge at Buong Kang, where it formed a dense growth on the steep,
almost precipitous banks of the stream.

CAREX RADICIFLORA, Dunn, sp. n

Cæspitosa, scaposa. Folia gradatim acuta, 40-50 cm. longa, 2 em. lata,
margine scabra, basi fibris brunneis cincta. Culmi desunt. Spicarum 1
mascula et 2-3 foemineze, pedunculate cum multis bracteis imbricatis mem-
branaceis ex rhizomate in fasciculo ortæ, et ergo fere inter foliorum bases
oeclusee; mascula 3 em. longa, bracteis paullo longior, pedunculo 3-4 cm.
longo; femine: paullo breviores ; glume utriculis 3-plo breviores, rotundatæ,
medio trinervie, mucronate. Stylus trifidus ; utriculus 6-7 mm. longus,
glaber, brunneus, opacus, striatus, in rostrum subito contractus; nux trigona,
rostro cylindrico.

Among rocks at Siu Kai Kau, 1700 feet, near the Min River, about
80 miles above Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 3653.

The inflorescence of this remarkable sedge, which in other respects
approaches С. Harlandi, resembles the tuft that would be left if the
flowering stem of one of the scapose sedges were drawn between the fingers
so as to remove the bracts and spikes.

CAREX FOKIENENSIS, Dunn, sp. n.
Glabra. Radix cespitosa, fibras copiosas circum culmos gerens. Folia
20-30 em. longa, ad 5 mm. lata, marginibus venisque scabra. Culmi 25 em.

2p2

d

v

k

372 MR. 5. T. DUNN : А BOTANICAL

longi foliosi, Bractew longe vaginatz, inflorescentiam superantes, inferiores

foliacew, superiores filiformes. Spicarum 1 mascula, 25 mm. longa, 2-5 mm.

lata, 5-9 Копите (рапс basi breviter masculæ), 8—4 em. long:e, 10-12 mm.

late, pallide virides, pedunculis exsertis; glume fe minem ovatz, acute,

hyalinz, costa viridi, utriculo breviores. Stylus trifidus ; utriculus patens,

globosus, inflatus, 4-5 mm. longus, glaber, levis, in rostrum attenuatum.
Yenping Mountains at 3000 feet. Hongkong Herb. 3658 a.

CAREX RIVULORUM, Dunn, sp. n.

Rhizoma repens, foliorum veterum basibus brunneis vestitum. Folia
radicalia 80-90 em. longa, 3 mm. lata, margine scabra, parte superiore in
tubum externe scabrum, revoluta. Culmus seaber, 70-100 em. longus, basi
foliis paucis, brevibus vaginatus, medio nudus, apice bracteis 3 laxe vaginatus,
vaginibus levibus. Spiearum 1 mascula, terminalis, 8 em. longa, 4 mm. lata,
2 parte inferiore fæmineæ, apice masculæ, 5-8 cm. longs; glume fæmineæ
lanceolate, acuminate, amplexieaules, 9-11 mm. long. Stylus trifidus ;
utrieulus ascendens, ovalis, longe acuminatus, brunneus, striatus, 7-8 mm.
longus.

Among rocks by mountain rivulets at Sui Kai Кац, near the Min. Hong-
kong Herb. 3651.

CAREX GRACILIFLORA, Dunn, sp. n.

Rhizoma repens, scapigerum. Folia 50-60 em. longa, 7-8 mm. lata,
glabra, supra seaberula, infra levia. Сипа 25-28 em. longus, bracteis laxis
membranaceis basi nodisque circiter 5 vaginatus, nodo inferiore a basi 6 em.,
aliis inter se superne gradatim minus distantes, Pedunculi 1—3-ni, bracteis
semi- vel minus inclusi; spice glabra, omnes basi breviter foeminese, apice
mascule 13-15 mm. longs ; glume famine utriculo breviores, ovate,
obtuse, subeveniæ. Stylus 2-fidus; utriculus patens, ovalis, apice angustatus,
decurvatus, haud rostratus, 2-3 mm. longus, fuscus, striatus, glaber.

By rivulets near the Min at Sui Kai Kau, 1200 ft. Hongkong Herb.
3657. Allied to C. brunnea, Thunb. Well marked when in fruit by its neat
linear male spikes, each surmounting a few spreading utricles.

CAREX GRANIFERA, Dunn, sp. n.

Rhizoma cespitosum, fibras fuseas copiosas, circum folia gerens, scaposum.
Folia glabra, 60-80 ст. longa, 6 mm. lata, supra scabra, subtus levia. Scape
4-5 em. longs, bracteis paucis scariosis imbricatis, basi vaginatee, spicam |
masculam et 2 fomineas in apice approximatas gerentes ; spice bracteis
breviter vaginantibus peduneulos includentibus paullo superatæ, pauciflore,
ovate, 10-15 mm. long; glume foeminez lanceolate, acuminate, costa
viridi, utriculis subeequales. Utriculus ovalis, trigonus, in rostrum eequilongum
angustatus, stramineus, glaber, preeter rostrum scaberulum levis.

EXPEDITION TO CENTRAL FOKIEN. 373

Woods at Tap Ling Ho near the Min River, some 80 miles above Foochow.
Hongkong Herb. 3655.

The utricles have the peculiar shining yellow appearance of grains of
barley.

CAREX CUSPIDOSA, Dunn, 8р. n.

Cwespitosa, glabra et prster apices foliorum culmorum glumorumque
asperas levis, 40 ст. alta. Folia 15 cm. longa, 2 mm. lata. Culmi 20-30
cm. longi, foliosi, foliis paucis et bracteis inferioribus superati, apice
4-6 spicas approximatas, unam apice basique vel omnino masculam, alias
apice masculas gerentes ; bracteze amplexicaules vel brevissime vaginantes ;
spice 1 em. longze, mascule anguste ovate, foemineze ovate. Stylus trifidus ;
glume femine, prieter infimas rotundate, retuse, costa viridi in cuspidem
patentem, lamina longiorem et utriculum longe superantem excurrente ;
utriculus ovalis, apice angustatus, haud rostratus.

Banks of the Yuen Fu near Foochow. Hongkong Herb. 3645.

The spikes have a peculiar appearance in consequence of the long spread-
ing points of the glumes.

Carex TRANSVERSA, Bl. Hongkong Herb. 3654. Kiangsu and Chekiang
were the previously known area of this sedge.

C. ISCHNOSTACHYA, Steud. Hongkong Herb. 3647. An addition to the
Chinese flora, and in the province where it might have been expected to occur
considering its range in Japan and the Liu Chiu Tslands.

C. Spacutana, Boot. Hongkong Herb. 3618 and 3641. Previously

supposed to be endemic to Kwantung.

СКАМІМЕ 4.

PHYLLOSTACHYS NIGRA, Munro. Hongkong Herb. 4577. This Japanese
bamboo has already been recorded from Szechuen, and is now found to be one
of the most used of all the bamboos in Fokien.

374 MR. T. F, CHIPP: A REVISION OF

А Revision of the Genus Codonopsis, Wall. By T. Е. С\нїрг.
(Communicated by W. Borrixe Hemstey, F.R.S., Е...)

(With 4 Text-figures.)
(head 19th March, 1908.]

OwiNa to the material recently collected by Mr. A. Henry and Mr. Е. H.
Wilson, it has become desirable to attempt a short account and enumeration
of the species of the genus Codonopsis of the Natural Order Campanulaccie.
Under the generic name of Codonopsis I have included Codonopsis of Wallich,
as enunciated in Roxburgh’s * Flora Indica,’ ed. Carey, vol. ii. p. 105,
Glosocomia of D. Don, in his * Flora Nepalensis,” p. 158, and many species
which though obviously allied to both these genera could not be included
under either of them.

An alternative would have been to have kept the original Codonopsis and
Glosocomia distinet genera, but this would have entailed the making of several
new genera for those species not coming under either, which have been
brought to light by the above-mentioned collectors.

А comparison of the original descriptions of Codonopsis and Glosocomia
shows these differences :—Codonopsis has sublinear filaments, а three-lobed
stigma, and a three-celled ovary ; Glosocomia has glabrous filaments dilated
at the base, setose anthers, two-lobed stigmas, and a five-celled ovary. The
characters of the stigma and ovary have no diagnostic value, as they have been
found to vary from 3- to 5-merous in the same species ; but with regard to the
filaments, which is the only other stated difference, not only do the two
distinct forms as given above occur, but also every intermediate stage between
them. On these considerations, therefore, it has been thought best to group
all the species together, retaining for them Wallich’s original name of
Codonopsis.

As to the position of the genus in its extended form:—Following the divi-
sions of Campanulacece as given in Bentham & Hooker’s ‘Genera Plantarum,’
vol. ii. p. 557, it belongs to the tribe Campanule with the regular corolla
and free stamens, and under the subdivision of those with dehiscent capsules,
as opposed to those with indehiscent berries. The genera nearest allied to it
are Platycodon of De Candolle, the only species of which is an erect, robust
plant, with sessile leaves and very large flowers, while Codonopsis is a scandent
or climbing herb, or at most only suberect with weak stems and nearly
always petioled leaves ; Leptocodon of J. D. Hooker & Thomson, which differs
in having five epigvnous glands ; and Сатрапитеа of Blume, which has

*

baceate fruit.

When Wallich described the genus in 1824 only three species were known,
and one of them was so unlike the other two that he says he was of the opinion
it ought to have been put in Polemoniacese. He mistook the short sterile
foliaceous branches for compound leaves, resembling those of Polemonium.

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 375

The amount of variation in so small a genus, as is shown in the habit,
leaves, and hairiness, which is here generally due to variation in habitat, is
remarkable, but by far the most striking feature is the various combinations
between the two outer floral whorls, and on this I have based the principal
divisions of the genus. There are distinetly four—firstly, that with the calyx
inferior and the corolla superior (fig. 1); secondly, where the calyx is semi-
superior, the corolla still superior (fig. 2); thirdly, where the calyx and corolla
are semisuperior (fig. 3); and fourthly, with the calyx superior (fig. 4).

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

So far as I can ascertain, this case has not been clearly stated. before, but
only passing allusions have been made toit. De Candolle, in his Monograph
of the Campanulace in 1830, regards the calyx as an involucre, and I was
inclined to that opinion myself at first. Those who have called it an involucre
have regarded the calyx to consist of a slight rim or ridge running round the
corolla at the point where the latter leaves the ovary.

The following facts support the view that these members form the true
ealycine whorl. On sections being taken through the corolla the rim or ridge
can be seen to be in direct continuation with the rest of the corolla, and

376 MR. T. Е, CHIPP$ A REVISION OF

there does not appear to be any traee of an abortive whorl. Moreover, the
ridge is not visible in living flowers until the corolla is somewhat faded or
pressed, and is merely an infolding of the lower part of the corolla-tube above
a thickened basal portion. Again, the varying positions of the calyx are to
be somewhat expected, as in some specimens examined. the calyx-lobes were
seen to be inserted in a distinct spiral and not in a whorl, showing that the
insertion of each calyx-lobe is liable to vary. Another point in support of
this is its position with regard to the other Нога] whorls. Its lobes invariably
alternate with the corolla-lobes and are opposite to the stamens, while with an
involucre one would rather expect its members to alternate with the ealyx-
lobes and so be opposite the corolla. Тһе venation also is quite normal and
does not point to any suppression of parts. There is therefore the calyx
inferior, semisuperior, and superior. Similar cases are to be found in Cam-
рапитеа, in several of the Goodeniaces, and in Lagenocarpus of Ericacem
(see Fl. Cap. vol. iv. p. 417).

The corolla beyond the varying adnation of the base of the tube is more or
less constant. In one species, however, it is so deeply cleft as to give it the
appearance of a polypetalous corolla. In one or two species also it possesses
a projecting rim, generally marking a delimitation in colour, about halfway
down on the inner side,

The colour of the corolla would suggest the mode of pollination in some
species. For this purpose the genus might be separated into those with
bright blue or other highly attractive colours, and those with a dull red or
lilac inside and a glaucous green outside. Of the latter I have observed one
or two Interesting points, especially in connection with С. lanceolata. In all
the species the outside of the stigma-lobes is densely scabrid, and in the
species under observation it was noticed that when the pollen is ripe—that is,
before the stigma-lobes are open—the anthers are closely applied to this part
of the stigma, after which they resume their normal positions against the
corolla, but leaving their pollen on the outside of the stigma. Further homo-
logous cases are mentioned and discussed under the heading of “ Autogamy ”
in Kerner & Oliver’s Nat. Hist. Plants, vol. ii. p. 361. The dise of the flower
at first is glistening with honey, and one in variably finds two or three ants
inside. These points, coupled with the fact that these flowers generally have
a rank smell, would suggest that they are pollinated by ants, Hies, and such
insects. Similar circumstances in other campanulate flowers are mentioned
by Kerner & Oliver, l.c. p. 163. The dise of the flower is frequently marked
with a pentagon of a different colour, so that the
inside of the flowers is often very effective.

The roots of one of the species, Codonop
others in a less degree, are extensively 1

minute colouring of the

sis Tangshen in particular, and
ised in China for medicinal purposes
owing to their * tonic and aphrodisiae properties" Full aecounts of this
have already appeared in Hooker's * Icones Plantarum,' +. 1966, and т the

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 377

Kew Bulletin, 1907, p. 9; and I cannot do better than refer to them. Some
species, too, have been noticed to contain a milky juice, but as only a few
species are known in the living state it is uncertain whether it exists
throughout the genus.

The majority of species of Codonopsis in cultivation appear quite hardy and
do not require any special attention, although otherwise they scarcely recom-
mend themselves to the gardener owing to their unattractive appearance.
One species C. eonrolrulacea, which is distinctly the prettiest in cultivation,
requires some protection and is perhaps more suitable for pot-culture, see
Bot. Mag. tab. 8178. The remaining species in cultivation are: C. lanceo-
lata, C. ovata, C. rotundifolia, C. ussuriensis, C. Tangshen, and C. viridiflora.

As to the distribution of this genus:—O wing to the small amount of
material at present to hand we can form only a general idea ; but this, how-
ever, is very interesting and shows that the genus is found almost exclusively
at considerable elevations, sometimes reaching an altitude of 13,000 feet.
The general area marked out at present is a semicircular band, having its
most north-easterly station yet recorded in the north of the Sikhora Alin
Mts., on the watershed of the river Amur, about 141° E. and 51° N., thence
running along these mountains as far south as Vladivostock. One specimen
has been recorded from the mountains near Pekin. It next appears on the
mountains of the northern island of Japan, and passes along the mountains in
the centre of the south island. There is then a slight break in the line, as its
next station is in the mountains of western Hupeh, and thence seems to be
generally spread over the Yung-ling Mts. as far as the province of Kansu to
the north and down through Yunnan in the south. It can then be traced
through tthe mountains of the Shan States in Northern Burma, where it
reaches its southernmost point at a latitude of 21° N., to the Khasia Hills of
Assam. It is next recorded from the Phari and Chumbi district, and also
further north from the Tsangypo watershed and Lhassa. It has been collected
all along the southern slopes of the Himalayas through Kashmir to the
watershed of the Kurram River in Afghanistan, and its most western repre-
sentative yet recorded is from the Alexandrovski and Alatau Ranges in
Russian Turkestan at about 79° E. and 43? N.

One cannot help thinking from the striking variation in the small amount
of material at present available, and the large, though not as yet always
connected, area of distribution, that this will probably prove a large and
remarkable genus.

My thanks are due to Mr. L. A. Boodle for having examined the morphology
of the floral whorls, and to Mr. Е. W. Rolfe for the accompanying figures.

378 МВ. T. Е. CHIPP: А REVISION ОК

CODONOPSIS t, Will. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey, vol. ii. p. 103.

Herb perennes. Гай сеѕ tuberose vel elongate, lignose. Caules ramosi,
gracillimi vel robusti, seandentes, volubiles vel erecti, glabri vel pilosi. Folia
opposita, alterna vel fasciculata, subsessilia vel petiolata, simplieia, glabra vel
hirsuta. — lores 1-3 terminales, oppositifolii, axillares vel extra-axillares ;
pedunculi glabri vel pilosi. Calye inferus, semisuperus vel superus ; tubus
glaber vel pilosus, striatus; lobi sinu aeuto vel obtuso sejuncti, glabri vel
pilosi. Corolla campanulata, infundibuliformis vel tubulosa, viridis, albida,
purpurea vel cærulea ; tubus glaber vel sparsim pilosus ; lobi ovati vel
triangulares, acuti vel obtusi. Filamenta subulata, glabra, vel ad basin
dilatata et intus appendice ciliata instrueta, subulata, vel e basi subulata
glabra vel densissime pilosa ; anther subbasifix:e, erecta, oblong, introrsie,
biloculares, extus carinate vel'planze, obtuse ; carinæ setis eristatie, Stylus
basi dilatatus, erectus, teres, glaber vel pilosus; stigma 3-5-lobum, extus
scabridum, intus glabrum, obtusum vel attenuatum. Ovarium inferum,
semi-inferum vel superum, obconicum vel hemisphierieum; placentze axillares,
carnose ; ovuli oo. Capsula 3-5-locularis, apice dehiscens, plurisperma ;
valvæ 3-5. Semina alata vel non alata. elliptiea, oblonga vel ovoidea ; testa
levis brunneaque vel reticulata candidaque. Kmbryo axilis, teres, recta ;
albumen copiosum, carnosum : radicula juxta hilum.—Glosocomia, Don, FI.

Nep. p. 158.

Clavis Specierum.

—

Calyx inferus ................. ee e aea . Tangshen.
Calyx зепизирегиз.
* Corolla supera.
Folia ad apicem ramorum lateralium 3-4 fasciculata.
Semina alata ..................... TUM 2. lanceolata.

<

Semina non alata .................................. 3. ussuriensis.
Folia opposita vel alterna.
Stamina setosa.
Folia non excedentia 1 сш. longitudinis.

Corolla 3-4 cm. longa; filamenta 16-17 mm. longa.. 4. mollis.

Corolla 2-3 em. longa; filamenta 10 mm. longa .... 5, thalietrifolia.
Folia 6-10 em. longa ............................ 6. Benthami.

Stamina glabra.

Corolla non excedens 9 mm. longitudinis ........ .. 7. micrantha.
Corolla saltem 17 mm. longa.

Scandentes vel volubiles .................... .... 8. rotundifolia.

Non scandentes пес то Иез. Caules fertiles robusti

steriles numerosi a basi orti.
Folia sinuata .......... Ө. Н 9. viridiflora.

t [After this paper was read, and whilst it was still in the printers' hands, a eritical revision
of this genus was published by Mr. W. Komarov in Act. Hort, Petrop. vol. ххїх. As far
as it is necessary the new specific names published by him have been adopted.— T. F. С.)

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 379

Folia integra vel obscure serrate.

Folia 5-9 mm. longa ..............-...... 10. fætens.
Folia 15-40 mm. longa...................... 11. ovata.

instructa.. 12. cardiophylla.

an

Folia integra marginibus albidis crassi
** Corolla semisupera.
Scandentes vel volubiles.
Stamina glabra.
Calycis lobi lineares, sinu obtuso saltem 5 mm. lati

sejuneti ........ been cent ete а ини тоне аенни 18. viridis.
Calycis lobi triangulares, sinu obtuso 1 mm. latitudinis

non excedente sejuneti ............ e nn 14. Henry.
Calycis lobi late ovati, sinu acuto sejuncti ............ 15. deltoidea.

Stamina pilosa.
Ovarium pilosum ,... isses t n nnn 16. tubulosa.
Ovarium glabrum.... iiis nnn ‚ 17. pilosa.
Non scandentes nec volubiles.

Pedunculi primarii saltem 30 em. longi ........... 18. subscaposa.

Pedunculi primarii non excedentes 13 cm. longitudinis .. 19. suóstmpler.
Calyx superus.

Corolla ad basin йїўїза.................. n n nn 20. convolvulacea,
Corolla nunquam ultra dimidium divisa.
Calycis lobi sinu late obtuso sejuncti.... 2.66.62. sees ees 2]. affinis.
Calycis lobi sinu acuto sejuncti ........... e nn nn 22. purpurea.

1. Copoxorsis TANGSHEN, Oliver in Hook. f. Icon. Pl. xx. (1891) t. 1966.—
Caules volubiles, glabri. Folia alterna vel opposita, lanceolata, basi attenuata
vel truncata, obtusa, obtuse serrata, pubescentia vel glabra, ciliata, 5-8 cm.
longa, 2-3 cm. lata ; petioli glabri, 1-3 em. longi. lores solitarii, axillares,
extra-axillares vel foliis oppositi ; pedunculi glabri, 3-4 em. longi. Calyx
inferus, fere ad basin divisus ; lobi oblongi, acuti, glabri, 18-24 mm. longi,
5-7 mm. lati. Corolla supera, campanulata, viridis, purpureis maculis in-
structa ; tubus glaber, 1:5-2 cm. longus, siccitate apice 2°5-3 cm. diam. ;
lobi triangulares, acuti, 6-10 mm. longi, 6—10 mm. lati. Filamenta glabra,
7-8 mm. longa; antheræ glabra, 4-5 mm. long. Stylus glaber, purpureus;
stigma 3-5-lobum. Ovarium inferum, siccitate 5-14 mm. diam. ; loculi 3-5.
Capsula conica, viridis vel purpurea, siccitate 2-2°5 cm. diam. Semina
elliptica, levia, atro-brunnea, 1-1:5 mm. longa, 0:5-1 mm. lata.—Hemsl. in
Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxvi. (1904) p. 468 ; Skan, in Bot. Mag. t. 8090.

China: Hupeh, Henry, 6468 !, Wilson, 1623!

The root of this species is extensively used for its medicinal properties, vide
Oliver, [.с. The flowers have a rather disagreeable cabbage-like smell.

9. Coponopsis LANCEOLATA, Benth. § Hook. f. Gen. Plant. vol. ii. (1876)
р. 557.— Caules glabri vel sparsim pilosi. Bractew basi ramorum lateralium
insertze, lineari-lanceolate, 5-15 mm. longe, 3-7 mm. late. Folia ad apices
brevium lateralium ramorum fasciculata, lanceolata, acuta vel obtusa, basi

380 MR. T. Е, CHIPP: A REVISION OF

attenuata, integra vel grosse serrata, glabra, minute ciliata vel raro sparsim
pilosa, 355-775 em. longa, 23:5 em. lata ; petioli glabri, 1-5 mm. longi.
Flores terminales ; pedunculi glabri, 1-9 em. longi. Calyx semisuperus ;
tubus hemisphericus glaber, 3-10 mm. longus; lobi sinu acuto vel post anthesin
obtuso sejuneti, lanceolati vel oblongi, acuti, glabri. Corolla supera, cam-
panulata, glauco-viridis, purpureo-maculata; tubus glaber, 15-25 mm. longus,
siccitate 15-25 mm. diam. ; lobi reflexi, triangulares, acuti, 5-10 mm. longi,
9-10 mm. lati, Filamenta basi dilatata, glabra, 4-6 mm. longa ; antherze
glabre, 3-5 mm. longe. Stylus glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium
semi-inferum, siecitate 7-20 mm. diam. Capsula obconica, glauco-viridis,
siccitate 20-25 mm. diam. ; valvæ 3, 5-16 mm. longm. Semina alata, levia,
2-3 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata ; alee lactez, 2-3 mm. longs, 2 mm. latæ.—
Trautv. in Act. Hort. Petrop. vol. vi. (1879) p. 46; Hance, in Journ. Bot. 1885,
p. 325; Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxvi. (1889) р. 5. Glosocomia
lanceolata, Maxim. Mél. Biol. xii. р.457. Campanumæa lanceolata, Sieb. & Zucc.
Fl. Jap. i. p. 174, t. 91; Planch, in Fl. des Serres, t. 927 ; Walp. Repert.
vol. ii. p. 710 ; Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. ii. (1858) p. 11.

MaNcHURIA : Frien Mts, Faber, 1611! between Hui Fa River and Kirin,
James! Kirin to Tsitsihar, James! Coast of Manchuria, Wilford, 1196! be-
tween the mouths of the rivers Sungari and Ussuri, Radde! Sangatschi,
Maack! China: Pekin, Bretschneider, 477! Kew Kiang, Shearer! Shan
Tung, Faber, 188 ! Ichang, Henry, 2342! Hupeh, Henry, 6527! Szechuen,
Henry, 1248! Wilson, 2569! 1301! Japan: Central Mountains, 2000—
7000 ft., Maries! Hakodate, Mazimowiez ! Albrecht! flodgson |! Gunassan,
Faurie, 694! Mori, Faurie, 976! Sapporo, Faurie, 1338! Mt. Takao,
Takeda, 301!

The root of this species is mentioned by Planch. /. e. аз having a bitter
taste, and is used for medieinal purposes.

3. CODONOPSIS USSURIENSIS, /Jemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxvi.
(1889) p. 6.— Caules glabri vel ad nodos sparsim pilosi. Bracteæ basi ramorum
lateralium glabræ vel pilosze, lanceolate, acute, 15-25 mm. longa, 5-10 mm.
аке. Folia ad apices brevium lateralium ramorum fasciculata, lanceolata vel
elliptica, integra, acuta vel obtusa, basi attenuata, supra glabra, subtus glabra
vel sparsim pilosa, minute ciliata, 3-5 cm. longa, L:5-2:5 em. lata ; petioli
glabri vel pilosi, 2-5 mm. longi. Flores terminales ; pedunculi breves, glabri,

s, g
1-2 cm, longi. Calyæ semisuperus; tubus hemisphæricus, glaber, 15-25 mm.
longus ; lobi lanceolati, acuti, glabri, 1-2 em. longi, 6-8 mm. lati. Corolla
1 ә ее 99.5 :
supera, campanulata; tubus 16-20 mm. longus, siccitate 2-25 cm. diam. ;
lobi triangulares, acuti, 5 mm. longi, 3-5 mm. lati. Filamenta glabra, basi
parum dilatata, 4 mm. longa; antheræ glabri, 2-3 mm. longe. Stylus glaber;

stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate 8-15 mm. diam.

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 381

Capsula conica; valve 3, 9 mm. longe. Semina atro-brunnea, minuta
carina instructa, 2 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata.— C. lanceolata, var. ussuriensis,
Trautv. in Act. Hort. Pet. vi. (1879) p. 47 ; var. 8 obtusa, Regel, in Bull.
Phys.-Math. Acad. Pétersb. xv. (1857) p. 223. Glosocomia ussuriensis,
Rupr. in Bull. Phys.-Math. Acad. Pétersb. xv. (1857) p. 209; Maxim.
Prim. Fl. Amur. p. 184, et in. Mél. Diol. xii. p. 487. G. hortensis, Вирг.
in Bull. Phys.-Math. Acad. Pétersb. xv. (1857) р. 209.
MANCHURIA : Amur, Mawimowicz !

4. CopoxoPsIs MOLLIS, Chipp.— Caules fertiles, subrobusti, pilosi, circ.

17 em. longi; steriles graciles, dense pilosi, eire. 7 em. longi. Folia alterna

vel opposita, subsessilia, ovata, basi subcordata, obtusa, integra, dense hirsuta,
8-10 mm. longa, 7-10 mm. lata. Flores terminales; pedunculi sparsim
pilosi, cire. З em. longi. Calyæ semisuperus ; tubus hemisphericus, sparsim
pilosus, eire. 8 mm. longus; lobi sinu obtuso sejuneti, ovati, apice dense
hirsuti, 5 mm. longi, 8-4 mm. lati. Corolla supera, eylindrico-infundibuli-
formis; tubus venis sparsim hirsutus, 38 mm. longus, siccitate basi 8 mm.
diam., apice 20 mm. diam. ; lobi triangulares, acuti, glabri, 5 mm. longi,
7 mm. lati. Filamenta basi parum dilatata, glabra, 16-17 mm. longa ;
ап его carinatze 6 mm. longæ ; caring setis vestite. Stylus glaber ; stigma
late 3-lobam. Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate circ. 10 mm. diam.

Ттвет: Hills above Lhassa, Capt. Walton!

Т have not seen the fruit of this species. It differs from С. thalictrifolia
in having a longer corolla, longer filaments, and more hirsute and larger
leaves.

5. CopoxoPsis THALICTRIFOLIA, Wall. in Боаб. Fl. Ind. vol. ii. p. 106.
— Caules fertiles subrobusti, sparsim pilosi vel glabri, 20-30 em. longi;
steriles gracillimi, pilosi, 4-6 em. longi. Folia opposita vel alterna, rotundata,
basi subcordata vel truncata, integerrima, dense hirsuta vel scabrida, 3-5 mm.
longa, 3-5 mm. lata; petioli hirsuti, raro 2 mm. longi. Flores terminales ;
pedunculi pilosi vel breviter hirsuti, 3-16 cm. longi. Calyx semisuperus,
hemispheericus : tubus glaber vel minute scabridus, 3-4 mm. longus ; lobi
sinu subobtuso sejuncti, oblongi, obtusi, integri, minute scabridi, 6-7 mm.
longi, 2-3 mm. lati. Corolla supera, eylindrico-infundibuliformis, сегшеа ;
tubus glaber, 18-23 mm. longus, siccitate basi 6-9 mm. diam., apice 15-28 mm.
diam. ; lobi triangulares, subobtusi, integri, 3-4 mm. longi, 7-9 mm. lati.
Filamenta basi parum dilatata, glabra, 1 em. longa ; antherze carinate, 3 mm.
longs ; carinæ setis vestit, Stylus glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium
semi-inferum, siccitate 6-10 mm. diam. Capsula (7) conica.— Benth. in
Royle, Illustr. Bot. Himal. p. 255 ; Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soc.
vol. ii. (1858) p. 16: Hook. f. Fl. Br. Ind. vol. iii. p. 432. Glosocomia tenera,
D.Don, Prod. Fl. Nepal. p. 158. G. thalictrifolia, Wall. Cat. n.1297. Wahlen-

382 MR. T. F. CHIPP: A REVISION OF

bergia thalietrifolia, DC. Prodr. vol. vii. р. 425. Campanula thalietrifolia,
Spreng. Cur. post. p. 77.

Tirer: Herb. Hort. Dot. Caleutt.! INDIA: Nepal, Gossain Than,
Wallich !

I have not seen this species in fruit.

6. Сорохоркіх Bentuamt, Hook. /. Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii.
(1858) p. 14.— Caules robusti, pilosi. Folia opposita vel alterna, ovata vel
lanceolata vel deltoidea, basi truncata vel attenuata, subobtusa vel acuta, grosse
serrata, breviter hirsuta, 6-10 em. longa, 4-5°5 em. lata: petioli sparsim
pilosi, 20-35 mm. longi. Flores terminales; pedunculi pilosi, 2-8 cm. longi.
Саут semisuperus ; tubus hemisphericus vel obeonicus, glaber, 3-6 mm.
longus ; lobi imbrieati, rotundati vel late ovati, breviter acuminati. ciliati,
10-12 mm. longi, 10-12 mm. lati. Corolla supera, campanulato-cylindrica ;
tubus glaber, 15-20 mm. longus, siccitate 8-12 mm. diam. : lobi triangulares,
acuti, glabri, 3-5 mm. longi, 3-5 mm. lati. Filamenta e basi glabra dilatata,
subulata, densissime pilosa, 7 mm. longa ; anther carinate, 4 mm. longe ;
arinæ setis vestitæ. Stylus glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-
inferum, siccitate 8—18 mm. diam. Capsula conica; valvæ 3, 6-8 mm. longæ.
Semina oblonga, 1 mm. longa, 0:5-0:8 mm. lata.

India : Sikkim, 9000-11,000 ft., J. D. Hooker! Clarke, 9879 А! 10001 !
10224 A ! Sikkim frontier, Sim-doong-tang, Dungboo !

Hooker mentions this plant as having “a heavy, almost rank, hireine
smell.”

г. UODONOPSIS MICRANTHA, Chipp.—Caules glabri, ad nodos pilosi. Folia
opposita vel alterna, ovata, basi cordata, acuta vel obtusa, grosse serrata,
sparsim pilosa, 5-8 em. longa, 2°5-3 em. lata ; petioli glabri vel sparsim
pilosi, 2-4 em. longi. Flores axillares ; peduneuli glabri, 1-2 ст. longi.
Calyx semisuperus ; tubus hemisphzericus, glaber, 5-7 mm. longus ; lobi sinu
acuto sejuncti, triangulares, acuti, glabri vel minute ciliati, 12-14 mm. longi,
1—5 mm. lati. Corolla supera. campanulata ; tubus glaber, 4-5 mm. longus,
siccitate 7-9 mm. diam. : lobi triangulares, glabri vel ciliati, acuti, 3—4 mm.
longi, 2-3 mm. lati. Filamenta glabra, basi dilatata, 3 mm. longa; antherze
glabre, 2 mm. longs. Stylus glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-
inferum, glabrum, siecitate 6-7 mm. diam. Capsula conica ; valve 3 mm.
long. Semina ovoidea, levia, candida, 1 mm. longa, 0:5 mm. lata.

CHINA : Yunnanfu, Duclouw, 513 !

This species differs from C. ovata, Benth., in having deeply cordate, coarsely
serrate leaves, long petioles, and the corolla under 10 mm. long.

8. CoDONOPSIS ROTUNDIFOLIA, Royle, Ilustr. Bot. Himal. р. 254, t. 62.—
Caules glabri vel pilosi. Folia opposita vel alterna, rotundata vel ovata, basi
truncata vel cordata, grosse serrata, obtusa vel subaeuta, glabra vel ad venas
sparsim hirsuta, 4-8 em. longa, 3-675 em. lata, petioli hirsuti, 1-3 сш. longi.

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 588

Flores foliis oppositi ; pedunculi glabri vel sparsim hirsuti, 1-3 ст. longi.
Calya semisuperus ; tubus obconicus, glaber, 3-5 mm. longus ; lobi sinu acuto
sejuncti, ovati, acuti vel subacuti, integri vel grosse serrati, glabri vel hirsuti,
ciliati, 14-16 mm. longi, 8-11 mm.lati. Corolla supera, campanulata, pallide
cærulea, lilacinis purpureis maculis instructa ; tubus glaber, ]4-17 mm.
longus, siccitate ad apicem 17-22 mm. diam.; lobi late triangulares, acuti,
5-6 mm. longi, 7-10 mm. lati. Filamenta basi dilatata, glabra, cire. 4 mm.
longa; anther glabre, circ. З mm. long. Stylus glaber; stigma late
3.lobum. Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate 10-12 mm. diam. Capsula conica;
valve 3, 8-10 mm. longa. Semina oblonga, candida, 2 mm. longa, 0:8-1 mm.
lata.—Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii. (1858) p. 14 ; Hook. f.
Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. p. 432; Bot. Mag. tt. 4942, 5018 ; Ic. Cathcart, ined. in Herb.
Kew. C. lurida, Lindl. in Bot. Reg. 1839, Misc. 82. Wahlenbergia rotundi-
folia, A. DO. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 425. С. silvestris, Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop.
xviii. p. 425 ; Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc., Dot. vol. xxvi. (1889) p. 468.

Махсновта : Sungari River, Tang-ho-ko, and Chang-pei-shan, James!
INDIA : Seinde Valley, Clarke, 27188 A! Kashmir, Clarke, 24242 ! 29356!
30827! 31113! 31126! 31322! Himalaya, Edgeworth, 240! 6000-7000 ft.,
Thomson! Kumaon, Strachey § Winterbottom, 2! Chamba, Ellis, sheet XLVI. !
Kulu, Edgeworth, 5043!

The variety grandiflora, Hook. in Bot. Mag. 5018, I have not considered
sufficiently distinct to retain.

9. CODONOPSIS VIRIDIFLORA, Maxim. in Bull. Acad. Pétersb. xxvii, (1881)
p. 496.— Caules. sparsim hirsuti. Folia alterna, ovata vel lanceolata, basi
subeordata, sinuata, obtusa, breviter setosa, 15-85 mm. longa, 15-25 mm.
lata; petioli hirsuti, 7-10 mm. longi. Flores terminales ; pedunculi glabri
vel sparsim hirsuti, 6-13 em. longi. Calyx semisuperus; tubus hemi-
sphwricus, ovario omnino adnatus, glaber, circ. З mm. longus ; lobi sinu
acuto sejuncti, ovati, grosse serrati vel sinuati, obtusi, сШай, apice minute
setosi, 12-15 mm. longi, 6-7 mm. lati. Corolla supera, campanulata, luteo-
viridis; tubus glaber, circ. 1 mm. longus, siccitate cire. 15 mm. diam. ; lobi
late triangulares, subobtusi, circ. 7 mm. longi, cire. 7 mm. lati. Filamenta
glabra, basi dilatata, 5 mm. longa ; anther glabre, 5 mm. longs. Stylus
glaber; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium (semi-inferum ?), siccitate circ.
13 mm. diam.

CHINA : Kansu, Przewalski !

10. CODONOPSIS FÆŒTENS, Hook. f. et Thoms. in Journ, Linn. Soc. vol. i1. (1858)
p. 16.— Caules fertiles subrobusti, pilosi, 30-50 em. longi ; steriles gracillimi,
densissime pilosi, 4-7 em. longi. Folia alterna vel opposita, rotundata, basi
truncata vel subcordata, obtusa, integerrima, densissime setosa, 5-9 mm.
longa, 5-10 mm. lata ; petioli setosi, raro 2 mm. longi. Flores terminales ;

384 МК. T. Е. CHIPP: A REVISION OF

pedunculi glabri vel pilosi, sepe bractea instructa, 4-20 em. longi. Calyæ
semisuperus ; tubus hemisphzricus, sparsim pubescens vel pilosus, 3-4 mm.
longus; lobi sinu obtuso sejuneti, lanceolati vel oblongi, acuti, integri,
sinuati vel serrati, extus dense intus sparsim pilosi, 7-19 mm. longi, 2:7 mm.
lati. Corolla supera, campanulata; tubus glaber, 10-15 mm. longus, siccitate
20-30 mm. diam.; lobi late triangulares, acuti vel obtusi, 5 mm. longi,
7-10 mm. lati. Filamenta glabra, basi dilatata, 3 mm. longa; апеле
glabre, 4 mm. longs. Stylus glaber ; stigma 3-lobum. Ovarium post
anthesin semi-inferum, siccitate 10-15 mm. diam. Capsula conica ; valve 3,
11-15 mm. longæ. Semina oblonga, levia, 1:5-2 mm. longa, 08-1 mm. lata.
— Hook. f. Fl. Br. India, vol. iii. p. 433.

Ттвет : near Choun, King’s collector! Chumbi and Phari, Sham Chen, and
l8 miles N.W. of Chumbi, Dungboo! Yatung, Hobson! Ixpia: Sikkim,
14,000-16,000 ft., Zlooker f. ! СнтхА: Tachienlu, Soulié, 125! 540 ! Pratt,

531!

11. Coponopsis OVATA, Benth. т Royle, Ilust. Bot. Himal. p. 253, tab. 69,
fig. 3.—Caules fertiles robusti, glabri vel pilosi, 80-50 em. longi ; steriles
graciles, glabri vel pilosi, 4-13 сш. longi. Folia opposita vel alterna, ovata,
lanceolata vel elliptica, obtusa vel acuta, basi truncata, subeordata vel
attenuata, integra vel obscure serrata, densissime hirsuta vel sparsim pubes-
centia, ciliata, 15-40 mm. longa, 10-25 mm. lata; petioli pubescentes vel
hirsuti, 1-8 mm. longi. Flores 1-2, terminales ; pedunculi hirsuti, pilosi vel
glabri, 5-17 em. longi. Calyæ semisuperus ; tubus hemisphzericus, ovario
omnino adnatus, pilosus vel glaber, 3-5 mm. longus; lobi imbricati, sinu
acuto sejuneti, ovati vel oblongi, aeuti vel obtusi, integri, glabri vel pilosi vel
hirsuti, ciliati, 7-13 mm. longi, 4-7 mm. lati, Corolla supera, eampanulato-
infundibuliformis, dilute cærulea, maculis brunneis aurantiacis viridibus
lilacinis notata ; tubus glaber, 15-21 mm. longus, siecitate basi 7-10 mm.
faucibus 17-25 mm. diam. ; lobi ovati, subobtusi vel acuti, glabri, 5-10 mm.
longi, 7-10 mm. lati, Filamenta subulata, basi subdilatata, glabra, 1-4 mm.
longa; anthers glabræ, 3—4 mm. longæ. Stylus glaber; stigma late 3-lobum.
Ovarium semi-inferum, glabrum, siccitate 7-10 mm. diam. Capsula conica:
ralvæ 3, 8-10 mm. longa. Semina levia, 1:5—2 mm. longa, 08-1 mm. lata.—
Lindl. їп Gard. Chron. 1856, p. 468, cum icon. : Hook. f. & Thoms. in
Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. И. (1858) p. 15; Hook. Ё, Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. iii. p. 433 ;
Journ. Hort. ser. 3, xxvii. (1893) 273, cum icon.; Trautv. in Act. Hort.
Petrop. vi. (1879)47. Wahlenbergia Roylei, А. DC. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 425.
W. clematidea, Schrenk, Enum. Pl. Soong. vol. v. р. 38. Glosocomia
clematidea, Fisch, in Regel, Gartenfl. 1856, p. 226, tab. 167, f. 2.

ГуртА : Kashmir, Falconer, 618 ! 9-500 ft., Thomson! Aitchison, 5 ! 60!
Clarke, 29251 B ! Sousal nala, Duthie, 13355! Chamba, Pangi Valley, /ЛШу,
5! Punjab-Himalaya, Lahul, Jaesehhe, 50 !

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 385

Var. CUSPIDATA, Chipp. Calycis tubus totus ovario adnatus; lobi sinu acuto
sejuncti, 10-17 mm. longi. Corolla campanulata ; tubus siecitate 20-30 mm.
diam. ; lobi euspidati.

AFGHANISTAN : Kuram Valley, Aitchison, p.p. 748! Turkestan: in
montibus Alatau, Karelin д Kirilof’, 1108! Semenov! in montibus Alexander,
7000 ft., Petissow! prope Wernoje, Auschockewiez § Fetissow! prope fl.
Muzart, Arassnow, a. 1886! Zagan-tunge, Regel (in herb. Mus. Brit. non in
herb. Кем. !); Kok-su Valley, Thian-Shan, Zittledale ! India: Ladak,
9000—11,000 ft., Thomson, n. 1848! Cordeaur! Kashmir, Clarke, 29478 1
Lahul, Bhaya Valley, Schlagintweit | Surro-Sanko, Dr. Holdsworth! Cura :
Tachienlu, Soulié, 593 !

Var. OBTUSA, Chipp. Calycis tubus ovario omnino adnatus ; lobi sinu
obtuso sejuncti. Corolla campanulata ; lobi cuspidati.

AFGHANISTAN: Kuram Valley, Ajtehison, p.p. 748! Griffith, 3435!
TURKESTAN : Zagan-tunge, Regel (in herb. Kew., non in herb. Mus. Brit. !).

Var. NERVOSA, Chipp. Calycis tubus paululo ultra ovarium | productus,
superne nervorum anamostosantium annulo instructus, 3-4 mm. longus;
lobi sinu obtuso sejuneti. Corolla campanulata ; lobi triangulares, acuti.

China : Wilson, 3984! Tachienlu, Pratt, 632 !

Owing to the remarkable degree of variation presented by the leaves, as
isshowa by material recently received, I have been unable to retain the
varieties В. ramosissima, Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii. (1858)
р. 15, and glabrata, Hook. f. MSS., which were founded on these characters,
Lindley mentions this species as having a strong “ hireine smell.”

12. Coponopsis CARDIOPHYLLA, Diels, ex Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop. xxix.
(1908) p. 117.— Caules fertiles robusti, glabri vel sparsim pilosi, 40-50 cm.
longi; steriles subrobusti, glabri, 10-17 cm. longi. Folia opposita vel
alterna, ovata vel lanceolata, basi cordata, obtusa, integra, supra glabra,
subtus ad venas sparsim pilosa, 2-3 em. longa, 2-2:5 em. lata, marginibus
albis crassis; petioli glabri vel hispidi, raro 2 mm. longi. Flores 1-4, ter-
minales; pedunculi glabri vel pilosi, 6-12 ст. longi. Calyx semisuperus ;
tubus hemisphzericus, glaber, 4-5 mm. longus ; lobi sinu acuto sejuncti, late
lanceolati vel triangulares, obtusi, integri, glabri vel pubescentes, 10-12 mm.
longi, 4-5 mm, lati. Corolla supera, campanulata, purpureo-maculata ;
tubus glaber vel sparsim pilosus, 15-17 mm. longus, siccitate 20-22 mm.
diam. ; lobi ovati, acuti, pilosi, 10-12 mm. longi, 10 mm. lati. Filamenta
linearia, basi dilatata, glabra, 6-7 mm. longa ; antherm glabra, 5 mm. longae.
Stylus glaber; stigma 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-inferum. Capsula conica,
siccitate 8-10 mm. diam. ; valve 5-7 mm. longa. Semina levia, 1-1:5 mm.
longa, 0:5 mm. lata.

China : Hupeh, Wilson, 2381 !

LINN. JOURN. —BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 21E

386 МН. T. Е. CHIPP: А REVISION OF

This species differs from C. ovata, Benth., in having a thickened white

margin to the leaves.

13. Copoxorsrs VIRIDIS, Wall. in Rowb. FI. Ind. ed. Carey, vol. ii. p. 105.—
Caules volubiles, glabri vel minute pubescentes. Folia opposita vel alterna,
lanceolata, basi attenuata vel subtruncata, acuta, integra, supra minute
pubescentia, subtus dense pubescentia, 5-10 em. longa, 2:5-5 em. lata;
petioli dense pubescentes, 1-2 cm. longi. lores foliis oppositi vel suboppositi:
pedunculi pilosi, 3-7 cm. longi. Саул superus; tubus hemisphorieus,
minute pubescens, 6-9 mm. longus; lobi sinu obtuso saltem 5 mm. late
sejuneti, lineares, acuti, dense pubescentes, 10-17 mm. longi, 1-175 mm. lati.
Corolla semisupera, late eampanulata, pallide viridis, luteis purpureis maculis
instructa : tubus breviter hirsutus, 20-23 mm. longus, siccitate 25-30 mm.
diam. ; lobi late triangulares, acuti, 1 ст. longi, 1 em. lati. Filamenta basi
dilatata, glabra, 5-6 mm. longa : antherze glabri, 5-6 mm. longe. Stylus
glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium inferum, siccitate 15-20 mm. diam.
Capsula conica ; valve 3, 5 mm. longe. Semina candida, 1 mm. longa,
0:5 mm. lata.— Wall. Cat, 1298; А. DC. Monogr. Camp. р. 120; Hook. f. FI.
Br. Ind. vol. iii. p. 431; Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii. (1858)
р. 12. Campanula viridis, Spreng. Cur. Post. р. 8. Wahlenbergia viridis,
A. DC. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 425.

India: Nepal, Wallich! Kumaon, Wallich! 7000 ft. Madden! Strachey §
Winterbottom! Garhwal, Shioli, Zdgeworth !

Var. HIRSUTA, Chipp. Folia dense hirsuta.—Griffith, Notule, vol. iv.
р. 281, no. 3; et Ie. Pl. Аз. pl. 482. С. Griffith, Clarke, in Fl. Brit. Ind.
vol. iii. p. 451.

Ixpia: Khasia, 5000-6000 ft., Mook. f. & Thoms.) Lobb! Clarke, 6300!
16304! 44896!

This plant does not appear to me to be specifically different from
C. viridis, Wall, and Clarke himself states that it may be only a geo-
graphical variety. The seeds generally glisten as in C. viridis; but this

appears to be a variable character.

14. Copoxorsis Henryi, Oliver, in Hook. Teon, PL vol. хх. (1891) t. 1967.
— Caules glabri vel ad nodos pubescentes. Folia alterna vel opposita, lanceo-
lata, basi attenuata, acuminata, grosse serrata, pubescentia, 9-14 em. longa,
3-6 em. lata; petioli pubescentes, 10-18 mm. longi. lores axillares ;
pedunculi glabri vel pubescentes, 7-30 mm. longi. Calya semisuperus ;
tubus glaber vel pubescens, 4-6 mm. longus; lobi reflexi, sinu obtuso
sejuncti, triangulares, acuti, pubescentes, ciliati, 10 mm. longi, 8-7 mm. lati.
Corolla somisupera, tubuloso-eampanulata, extus purpurea, intus albida ;

tubus glaber vel pubescens, 17 mm. longus, siccitate apice 20 mm. diam. ;

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 387

lobi triangulares, acuti, 6-7 mm. longi, 6-7 mm. lati. Filamenta basi
dilatata, glabra, 7 mm. longa ; anthera glabroe, 5 mm. longe. Stylus glaber;
stigma 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate 10-11 mm. diam.

Cuixa : Hupeh, Henry, 6651!

I have not seen the fruit of this species.

15. Сорохорзіѕ DELTOIDEA, Chipp—Caules glabri vel sparsim pilosi.
Folia opposita, ovata, basi truncata vel subcordata, obtuse acuminata, obtuse
grosse serrata, sparsim pilosa vel hirsuta, 7-10 cm. longa, 5-10 cm. lata;
petioli pilosi vel hirsuti, 3-8 em. longi. Flores axillares ; pedunculi pilosi,
1-2 em. longi. Calyx semisuperus ; tubus glaber, 2-3 mm. longus; lobi
sinu subobtuso sejuneti, triangulares, acuti, glabri, ciliati, 6-15 mm. longi,
3-5 mm. lati. Corolla semisupera, cylindrica; tubus basi ovario non
adnatus, glaber, 15 mm. longus, siccitate 10-15 mm. diam.; lobi triangulares,
acuti, 4 mm. longi, 5 mm. lati, Filamenta subulata, ad basin parum dilatata,
glabra, 6 min, longa ; antherze glabra, 5 mm. longa. Stylus glaber ; stigma
4—5-lobum. Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate 8-10 mm. diam. Capsula
conica; valve 4-5, 6-9 mm. longi. Semina ovoidea, candidissima, 1 mm.
longa, 0:7 mm. lata.

CHINA: Mt. Omi, Wilson, 3988! 5035 !

This species differs from С. Benthami, Hook. f. & Thoms., in having
perfectly glabrous stamens and a&illary flowers.

16. Сорохорвіз TUBULOSA, Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop. xxix. (1908) р. 112.
— Caules glabri vel ad nodos pilosi. Folia alterna vel opposita, lanceolata,
basi attenuata vel subtruncata, obtusa, integra vel minute serrata, supra
pubescentia, subtus dense pubescentia, 6-8 ст. longa, 9-4 em. lata ; petioli
pilosi, 2-5 mm. longi. Flores 1-3 terminales ; peduneuli pilosi, 2-12 em.
longi. Calyæ semisuperus; tubus obeonicus vel hemisphericus, glaber,
3-5 nuni. longus ; lobi imbricati, sinu acuto sejuncti, ovati, obtusi, glabri vel
sparsim pilosi, ciliati, 7-11 mm. longi, 6-10 mm. lati. Corolla semisupera,
tubulosa ; tubus glaber, 20-22 mm. longus, siccitate 6-10 mm. diam. ; lobi
triangulares, acuti, 4-5 mm. longi, eire. 5 mm. lati. Filamenta ciliata, basi
glabra dilatata, 10-11 mm. longa; antheræ carinat: 3—4 mm. longze ; carina
setis cristata. Stylus subglaber vel pilosus ; stigma 3-lobum; lobi attenuati.
Ovarium semi-inferum, densissime pilosum, siccitate 10—15 mm. diam. Capsula
conica; valvæ 3, 10-12 mm. longze. Semina levia, 1-15 mm. longa,
0°5—0°$ mm. lata.

CHINA : Yunnan, Henry, 10167 A!

This species differs from C. pilosa, Chipp, in having a pilose style and
ovary, and having the undersurface of the veins of the leaves subglabrous ;
and from C. affinis, Hook. f. & Thoms., in having a tubular corolla and an

acute sinus between the caly x-lobes.

358 МК. T. К. CHIPP : А REVISION OF
" 17. Сорохорѕіѕ PILOSA, Chipp.—Caules. glabri vel ad nodos sparsim
hirsuti. Роба opposita vel alterna, lanceolata, subacuta, basi attenuata,
integra vel minute crenata, hirsuta, cire. 5 em. longa, cire. 3 em. lata ; petioli
glabri vel hirsuti, 3-4 mm. longi. Flores terminales ; pedunculi hirsuti,
16-35 mm. longi. Calyx semisuperus ; tubus obconieus, glaber, 2-3 mm.
longus ; lobi imbrieati, sinu acuto sejuncti, ovati, subobtusi, glabri, dense
ciliati, 8-10 mm. longi, 5-6 mm. lati. Corolla supera, tubulosa ; tubus
glaber, 3 em. longus, siccitate basi 7-8 mm. diam., apice cire. 15 mm. diam. ;
lobi triangulares, 4-5 mm. longi, 6-7 mm. lati. Filamenta e basi glabra
dilatata subulata, densissime pilosa, 13-14 mm. longa ; antherwe mutic:e,
carinatee, 5-6 mm. longs ; carina setis cristata. Stylus basi glaber, supra
densissime pilosus ; stigma 3-lobum ; lobi attenuati. Ovarium semi-inferum,
siccitate 10 mm. diam. Capsula conica.

CHINA: Yunnan, Hancock, 379 !

I have not seen the mature fruit of this species. The species is distin-
guished from C. tubulosa, Kom., by its glabrous ovary, but more densely pilose
style and filaments, and by having a line of setæ along the undersurface of
the leaf-veins.

18. CODONOPSIS sUDSCAPORA, Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop. xxix. (1908)
р. 114.— Caules fertiles robusti, pilosi, 40-80 em. longi; steriles gracillimi,
pilosi, non excedentes 7 еш. Folia alterna, elliptica vel lanceolata vel ovata,
obtusa, grosse serrata, hirsuta, 5-8 em. longa, 2-8 em. lata ; petioli sparsim
hirsuti, 1:5-3 em. longi. Flores terminales ; pedunculi primarii robusti,
glabri vel sparsim pubescentes, 30-90 cm. longi; bracteæx lanceolate, obtusæ,
minute ciliate vel hirsute, 1-2 cm. longe. Сауе semisuperus ; tubus
sparsim pubescens, 5-7 mm. longus; lobi lanceolati, obtusi, serrati, apice
minute scabridi, 7 mm. longi, 3 mm. lati. Corolla semisupera, infundibuli-
formi-campanulata ; tubus glaber, eire. 13 mm. longus, siccitate fauce cire.
20 mm. diam. ; lobi triangulares, acuti, ciliati, 1 em. longi, 1 cm. lati, siccitate
apice 2'5-8 em. diam. Filamenta glabra, 5-6 mm. longa ; antheræ glabrie,
4-5 mm. longs. Stylus glaber; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium semi-
inferum, siecitate 1 em. diam. Capsula conica.

CHINA : Tachienlu, 9000-13,500 ft., Pratt, 474! Kiala, Tongolo, Soulié,
426 ! 11,000-12,500 ft., Wilson, 3985!

I have not seen the mature fruit of this species.

19. Coponopsis sUBSIMPLEX, //ook. J- § Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soe.
vol. ii. (1858) р. 16.— Caules glabri vel ad nodos pubescentes. Folia opposita
vel alterna, ovata vel lanceolata, basi attenuata vel truncata, grosse serrata vel
crenata, acuta vel subobtusa, 3-5 cm. longa, 2-3 cm. lata; petioli glabri
vel pubescentes, 10-20 mm. longi. Flores 1-3 terminales ; pedunculi glabri,

6-13 em. longi. Сау semisuperus ; tubus glaber, 1 em. longus; lobi

THE GENUS CODONOPSIS, WALL. 289

imbricati, sinu acuto sejuncti, lanceolata vel ovata, acuta vel subacuminata,
serrata, glabra, 13-15 mm. longa, 5-10 mm. lata. Corolla semisupera,
eylindrico-eampanulata, lutea, viridibus albidisque maculis notata ; tubus
glaber, 11-12 mm. longus, siccitate apice 10-12 mm. diam, ; lobi triangulares,
acuti vel subobtusi, 2-3 mm. longi, 3-5 mm. lati. Filamenta glabra, 6 mm.
longa : anther glabræ, 4 mm. longi. Stylus glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum.
Ovarium semi-inferum, siccitate 11-12 mm. diam. Capsula conica ; valvæ 3,
eire. 5 mm. longs. Semina levia, atro-brunnea, 1-15 mm. longa, ("8-1 mm.
lata.— Hook. f. Fl. Brit. India, vol. iii. p. 432.

Tiger: Chumbi, Gook, Dungboo! Yatung, Hobson! INDIA : Sikkim,
12,000-13,000 ft., Hooker f.! Darjeeling, Singalela, Clarke, 12542 !
13450 !

20. CODONOPSIS CONVOLVULACEA, Kurz, in Journ. Dot. vol. xi. (1873)
p. 195.—Caules volubiles, glabri. Folia opposita vel alterna, ovata vel
lanceolata, basi attenuata vel cordata, obtusa, glabra vel sæpe minute ciliata,
20-50 mm, longa, 4-30 mm. lata; petioli glabri, 2-12 mm. longi. Flores
terminales ; pedunculi glabri, 2-12 cm. longi. Calyæ superus ; tubus
obeonieus, glaber, 3-7 mm. longus ; lobi sinu subobtuso vel aeuto sejuncti,
triangulares vel lanceolati, acuti vel subobtusi, glabri vel minute ciliati,
4-11 mm. longi, 1-5 mm. lati. Corolla supera, 'ampanula, cærulea, fere ad
basin divisa, siccitate 25-40 mm. diam. ; lobi iriangulares vel oblanceolati,
acuti vel хере minutissime mucronati, 10-33 mm. longi, 6-12 mm. lati.
Filamenta ad basin dilatata et intus appendice ciliata instructa, cætera glabra,
1-2 mm. longa ; antheræ glabræ, 1-5 mm. longæ. Stylus glaber ; stigma
3.lobum. — Ovarium inferum, siccitate 4-10 mm. diam. Capsula truncata
vel subeonica ; valve 3, eire. 4 mm. longw. Semina brunnea, 1:5 mm.
longa, 0:5 mm. lata.—Hook. Ic. Pl. vol. xxiv. t. 2385 ; Hemsl. in Journ.
Linn. Soc. vol. xxxvi. (1904) p. 468; Bot. Mag. t. 8118. C. vinciflora,
Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop. xxix. (1908) p. 103.

CHINA: Yunnan, Mengtze, 5000-6500 ft., Hancock, 74! 385! 4500 ft.,
Wilson, 3986 | between Batang and Tachienlu, Consul- General Hosie! TIBET :
Tsanypo Valley, 13,000 ft., Waddell! Walton! Lhassa, Dungboo! BURMA :
Shan States, Кош district, 4000 ft., Collett, 917 Y Melville, 45 !

Wilson's No. 9425 at Kew, from Yunnan, China, consists of three stems,
iwo bearing leaves only and one flowers only. If these are from the same
plant this will be a new species allied to C. convolvulacea, Kurz.

21. Coponorsts AFFINIS, Hook. f. $ Thoms. in. Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii.
(1858) p. 12.— Caules glabri vel ad nodos pubescentes. Folia alterna, ovata
vel lanceolata, basi cordata, acuta vel acuminata, sinuosa vel dentata, supra
pubescentia, subtus dense pubescentia vel tomentosa, 4—8 cm. longa, 4-6 cm.
lata; petioli dense pubescentes vel pilosi, 15-50 mm. longi. lores foliis

390 REVISION OF THE GENUS CODONOPSIS.

oppositi; pedunculi pubescentes, raro 25 mm. longi. Calyx superus, dense
pubescens, 5 mm. longus ; lobi sinu obtuso sejuncti, triangulares, acuti,
dense pubescentes, 5-6 mm. longi, 3 mm, lati. Corolla supera, campanulata,
viridis purpureis maculis notata ; tubus pubescens, 8 mm. longus, siccitate
apiee 15 mm. diam. ; lobi late triangulares, acuti, pubescentes, 3 mm. lonyi,
4-5 mm. lati. Filamenta basi dilatata, glabra, 2 mm. longa ; antheræ glabra,
І mm. longs. Stylus glaber; stigma late 3—5-lobum. Ovarium inferum,
siccitate 8-10 mm. diam. Capsula conica, siccitate 10-13 mm. diam. ;
valve 3, 3-5 mm. longs. Semina ovoidea, levia, brunnea vel candida,
0:8-1 mm. longa, 0:5-0:8 mm. lata.— Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. iii. р. 431.
Var. birmanica, Clarke, Hook. f. 1. c. (?).

Тура : Sikkim, 6000—10,000 ft., Моок. f.! Clarke, 12897! 13003!
25551! 25560! 25605!

Г have not considered it necessary to retain the var. birmanica, Clarke.
The only material is one imperfectly fruiting specimen in Herb. Kew.

22. CoDONOPSIS PURPUREA, Wall. in Roxb. FL Ind. ed. Carey, vol. ii. p. 105.—
Caules scandentes vix volubiles, glabri. Volia opposita vel pedunculis
opposita, lanceolata, basi attenuata, acuta vel obtusa, glabra, subtus glauca,
1-9 em. longa, 2-55 em. lata; petioli glabri, raro 5 mm. longi. Flores
terminales vel foliis oppositi ; pedunculi glabri, 1-7 mm. longi. Сауе
superus ; tubus obconieus, glaber, per anthesin 6-10 mm. longus ; lobi sinu
acuto sejuneti, triangulares vel oblongi, acuti, glabri, 10-17 mm. longi,
0-9 mm. lati, Corolla supera, campanulata, atro-purpurea, extus. glauca ;
tubus glaber, 12-15 mm. longus, siccitate fauce 15-22 mm. diam.; lobi
triangulares vel suboblongi, acuti, 8-15 mm. longi, 8—10 mm. lati. Filamenta
basi dilatata, glabra, 6 mm. longa; anther glabri, 5 mm. longs. Stylus
glaber ; stigma late 3-lobum. Ovarium inferum, siccitate 10-15 mm. diam.
Capsula subconica, siecitate 15-20 mm. diam. ; valve 3, 5-8 mm. longi.
Semina flava, alata, 2 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata ; alie 2 mm. longa, 1 mm. late.
—Wall. Cat, 1299; А. DC. Monogr. Camp. р. 121 ; Hook. f. & Thoms. in
Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. ii, (1858) p. 12 ; Hook. f, Fl. Brit. Ind. vol. iii. p. 431 ;
Strachey & Duthie, Cat. Pl. Kumaon, р. 102. Campanula purpurea, Spreng,
Cur. Post. р, 78. Wahlenbergia purpurea, A. DC. Prodr. vol. vii. p. 425.

INDIA: Nepal, Gossain Than, Wallich! Kumaon, Lohathal, 6000 fi.,
Strachey у Winterbottom! Naini Tal, Miss Wall! Khasia, Lailanhote,
2000 ft., Clarke, 44864! Collett !

The flowers of this species are mentioned by Wallich, 4, e., as being fetid.

SPECIES DUBIÆ.
Codonopsis japonica, Miquel, in Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. vol. ii. р. 192.
Owing to the very imperfect description and the absence of material, it is
uncertain whether this plant belongs to this genus or not. The only specimen
mentioned is that collected by Keiske in Japan.

PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA WITH THREE SPURS. 391

SPECIES EXCLUDENDÆ.

Codonopsis albiflora, Griff. Not. iv. 219 = Campanum a celebica.

Codonopsis celebica, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. 566 = Campanumea celebica.

Codonopsis cashmeriana, Royle, Ilust. Bot. Him. 4502 Campanula
eashmiriana.

Codonopsis cordata, Hassk. in Кеба, i. 9— Campanumea javanica.

Codonopsis cordifolia, Kom. in Act. Hort. Petrop. xxix. (1908) p. 108=
Campanumea javanica,

Codonopsis gracilis, Hook. f. & Thoms. Illust. Him. Pl. t. 16 д = Lepto-
codon gracilis.

Codonopsis inflata, Hook. f. & Thoms. in Journ. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858) 13
= Campanumwa inflata.

Codonopsis javanica, Hook. f. & Thoms. Illust. Him. Pl. t. 16 B= Cam-
рапитега javanica.

Codonopsis leucocarpa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. 565 = Campanumea celebica.

Codonopsis parviflora, Wall. Cat. n. 1300 = Campanumea parviflora.

Codonopsis truncata, Wall. Cat. n. 1301 2 Campanumea celehica.

Another Specimen of Platanthera/ehiovantha with Three Spurs.
Ву W. Borrixa. Hemknry, F.R.S., F.L.5.
(With 2 Text-figures.)
[Read 19th March, 1908.]

Wary last year T exhibited and described before the Society an inflorescence
of Platanthera chlorantha in which all the flowers were three-spurred, and
the Society did me the honour of publishing my description and figures.
This led to a communication from the Rev. E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock, who
informed me that somewhere about the year 1902 a lady of Bath sent
him a Platanthera to name. 16 turned out that this had three-spurred
flowers, and he showed it round at the time, but nobody took any particular
interest in it and he finally placed it in the county herbarium at Lincoln.
Mr. Woodruffe-Peacoek kindly offered to try to recover the specimen
should I care to see it. In view of the great rarity of this kind of
metamorphosis, Г gladly accepted this offer, and I think the resalt of my
examination of the specimen is of sufficient. importance to bring it before
the Society.

In the specimen I exhibited last year the additional spurs were develop-
ments of the lateral sepals. Now, the normal spur of an orchid flower
is a basal appendage of the labellum, one of the petal series, produced
below the point of its attachment; so that was an instance of what

392 MR. W. B. HEMSLEY ON A SPECIMEN OF

is termed false peloria. The specimen I now exhibit is an example of
true peloria ; all the spurred organs being of the inner or petal series
of the floral envelope. Аз in my former exhibit, all the flowers, originally
eleven in number, are transformed, and the ovary is not twisted. The
spurs in some of the flowers are of unequal length, and the limbs or blades
are a little unequal in size and shape. In other flowers the three spurs
and three blades are almost uniform in size and shape. But the flowers

Front view ofa flower with unequal spurs, about twice natural size,

have not become symmetrical as to the sepals and petals, the st aight
spurs being directed upwards, radiating through about a quarter of a
cirele; in other words their divergence is about forty-five degrees. The
blades of the petals have undergone very little modification ; much less
than the blades of the sepals of the other three-spur specimen to which
I have referred.

Bo far as my investigations go, this is the first record of what may be
termed lip-peloria with spurs, and my colleague Mr. В. A. Rolfe tells me
that no other instance has come under his observation. Concerning the
occurrence of peloria in orchids generally, Penzig says*: * The formation
of peloria is very frequent in orchids, usually occurring, however, in
solitary lateral flowers, not in whole inflorescences.” Concerning peloria
in Platanthera bifolia, he says T : “several instances of peloria have been

* Pflanzen-Teratologie, vol. ii. р. 531.
+ Op cit. p. 366.

PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA WITH THREE SPURS. 395

described, mostly formed by the labellum taking the shape of the paired
petals, the flower being consequently spurless. In most instances there
were also three fertile stamens— the outer. Once only I observed another
kind of peloria, in which the paired petals were elongated and similar to
the labellum, but without spurs.” Of P. chlorantha he records two instances
of spurless peloria, but no other form of peloria. Spurless labellum peloria
he also records for Platanthera ciliaris, P. fimbriata, and P. hyperborea.

"m
Fig. 2.

Back view of a flower with equal spurs, about twice natural size.

The exact locality of Mr. Woodruffe-Peacoek's specimen is unknown,
but it was presumably taken somewhere in the neighbourhood of Bath,
as Ц is accompanied by the following undated note :—

* Queen's Canal, Bath.

*I am sending an orchid which I thought might be of interest, each
flower has three spurs instead of one. Tam afraid I have kept it too
long to be of much use.

(Signed) Susan ALLETT."

The flowers of the present specimen are somewhat smaller than those of
P. chlorantha ; the sepals being only about 1 ст. long and the spurs
2:3 cm. long.

I have no explanation to offer as to the cause of this metamorphosis.
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 2 F

294 PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA WITH THREE SPURS.

[t may, perhaps, be regarded as a partial reversion to a regular form, but
[ do not think it is a deformity in the sense that an extra finger or thumb
is. What one would very much like to know is whether it is permanent ;
whether the successive annual tubers go on producing three-spurred
lowers.

Since the publication of the article on my first three-spurred Platanthera,
and since my present note was written and in possession of the Society,
Mr. 8. Sommier of Florence has sent me a copy of a paper of his on
Platanthera bifolia Reichb. tricalearata (Bullettino della Società Botanica
Italiana, n. 6, July 1898, p. 186), which I had unfortunately overlooked.
Mr. Sommier describes an example of false peloria of exactly the same
nature as my published account, namely the production of spurs by the two
lateral sepals, all of the flowers being transformed.

His specimen was gathered in a wood in the neighbourhood of Florence,
where normal P. bifolia was common, but he could not find another plant
of the anomalous form.

What is still more remarkable, though incapable of proof, is the fact
that Mr. Sommier believes that he has had under observation ап example
of true peloria in Platanthera bifolia. In a footnote to the article in question
he says :—“ [ remember to have seen some time ago among the native
orchids eultivated by the Marchesa Paulucci some flowers of Platanthera bifolia
with supernumerary spurs, and I believe that they belonged to the two
lateral petals; but I did not give the matter sufficient attention at the
time. In his own words: “ Ricordo di aver visto, tempo addietro, fra
le Orchidee indigene coltivate dalla Marchese Paulucci, dei fiori di Platanthera
bifolia, con speroni soprannumerari, e credo che appartenessero ai due petali
laterali ; ma non vi feci allora abbastanza attenzione.?

"In a further note on this subject Sommier (Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital., March
1908, p. 21) expresses the opinion that my original tricalearata belongs to
р hifolia rather than to P. ehlorantha.— W. B. H., Sept. 1908. |

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

Тнк Вотлт Society has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catalogue of Scientific Literature,
beginning from the lst January, 1901. Each science is represented in
an annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by meaus of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences; those Societies whose domains
overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanie workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete
record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

'The sixth volume, for 1906, will shortly be issued.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,.

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

NOTICE.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,
but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
** LIBRARIAN."

FEBRUARY 15. Price 145.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

} von erem scs

Vor. XXXVIII. BOTANY. No. 268. и
CONTENTS.
Page
I. The Caryophyllacee of Tibet, By Frederic N. WinLraws, F.L.S. 395

VII.

. A Contribution to the Mycology of South Africa. By W. N.

CugzswAN, F.L.S. With a Note on the Coprophilous Fungi, by
THomas Gibbs. (Plate 86.) ....................................... 408

. Gardenia Thunbergia and its Allies. By Dr. Отто SraPr, F.R.S.,
Sec.L.S., and J. Hurominson. (Plate 37.) ........................... 417
. Altitude and Distribution of Plants in Southern Mexico. By
Hans Gapow, M.A., Ph.D. F.R.S. (Communicated by Dr.
A. B. RendLe, M.A., F.L.S.) (With two diagrams.) ............ 429
. Reports on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea.—IX.
Alge. By В. J. Harvey Gibson, M.A., F.LS., Professor of
Botany, University of Гіуегроої........................«... 441
. Notes on some Wild Forms and Species of Tuber-bearing Solanums.
Ву Автнов W. Sutton, F.L.S. (Plates 38-49.) .................. 446

On a Method of Disintegrating Peat and other Deposits containing
Fossil Seeds. By ErgANoR M. Rem, B.Sc. (Communicated by
CLEMENT Rer, F.R.S., F.L.S.) „еее 454

Index, Title-page, and Contents.

LONDON:

SULD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,

AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1909.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

LM —— d^—

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 25th May, 1908.

PRESIDENT.
Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

TREASURER.
Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.

SECRETARIES.
Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. | Dr, Otto Stapf fF.R.S.

GENERAL SECRETARY.
Dr. В, Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.

E. A. Newell Arber, M.A. | Dr. B. Daydon Jackson.
Leonard Alfred Boodle, Esq. | Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S.
Prof. Gilbert C. Bourne, D.Sc. | Prof. Е. W. Oliver, D.Sc., F.R.S.
Sir Frank Crisp. | Е, пев Pocock, F.Z.S.
Prof, Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. | Lt.-Col. D. Prain, LL.D., F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, D.Sc., F.R.S , Miss Ethel Sargant.
Dr. G. Herbert Fowler. | Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S.
Prof. W. А. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. | Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S.
Prof. James Peter Hill, M.A., D.Sc. | Prof, Frederick Ernest Weiss, D.Sc.
John Hopkinson, F.G.S. |. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

LIBRARIAN. | CLERK.

А. W. Kappel. | P. F. Visick.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
The Members for 1907-1908, in addition to the Officers, are :—

А. D. Cotton, Esq. Dr. A. B. Rendle, М.А.

D. T. Gwynne-Vaughan, M.A. Dr. W, G. Ridewood.

Dr. G. Henderson. ; F. К. Williams, Esq.

Prof. J. P. Hill, M.A., D.Sc. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.

Prof. E. B. Poulton. D.Se., E.R.S.

PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA WITH THREE SPURS, 393

deseribed, mostly formed by the labellum taking the shape of the paired
petals, the flower being consequently spurless. In most instances there
were also three fertile stamens— the outer. Once only I observed another
kind of peloria, in which the paired petals were elongated and similar to
the labellum, but without spurs.” ОЁ P. chlorantha he records two instances
-of spurless peloria, but no other form of peloria. Spurless labellum peloria
he also records for Platanthera ciliaris, P. fimbriata, and Р. hyperborea.

| z
“7
/

N

Г

NN M |
| ү
i

\
£52 ZW WW
EZA

SN

Back view of a flower with equal spurs, about twice natural size.

The exact locality of Mr. Woodruffe-Peacock’s specimen is unknown,
but it was presumably taken somewhere in the neighbourhood of Bath,
as it is accompanied by the following undated note :—

4 Queen's Canal, Bath,

“I am sending an orchid which I thought might be of interest, each

flower has three spurs instead of one. Т am afraid I have kept it too

long to be of much use.
(Signed) SUSAN ALLETT."

The flowers of the present specimen are somewhat smaller than those of
P. chlorantha ; the sepals being only about 1 cm. long and the spurs

2:3 em. long.
I have no explanation to offer as to the cause of this metamorphosis.
2r

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIIL,

394 PLATANTHERA CHLORANTHA WITH THREE SPURS.

It may, perhaps, be regarded as a partial reversion to a regular form, but
I do not think it is a deformity in the sense that an extra finger or thumb
is. What one would very much like to know is whether it is permanent ;
whether the successive annual tubers go on producing three-spurred
flowers.

Since the publication of the article on my first three-spurred Platanthera,
and since my present note was written and in possession of the Society,
Mr. S. Sommier of Florence has sent me a copy of a paper of his on
Platanthera bifolia Weichb. tricalearata (Bullettino della Società Botanica
Italiana, n. 6, July 1898, p. 186), which I had unfortunately overlooked.
Mr. Sommier describes an example of false peloria of exactly the same
nature as my published account, namely the production of spurs by the two
lateral sepals, all of the flowers being transformed.

His specimen was gathered in a wood in the neighbourhood of Florence,
where normal P. bifolia was common, but he could not find another plant
of the anomalous form,

What is still more remarkable, though incapable of proof, is the fact
that Mr. Sommier believes that he has had under observation an example
of true peloria in Platanthera bifolia. In a footnote to the article in question
he says :—“ I remember to have seen some time ago among the native
orchids cultivated by the Marchesa Paulucci some flowers of Platanthera bifolia
with supernumerary spurs, and I believe that they belonged to the two
lateral petals; but I did not give the matter sufficient attention at the
time. In his own words: “ Ricordo di aver visto, tempo addietro, fra
le Orchidee indigene coltivate dalla Marchese Paulucci, dei fiori di Platanthera
bifolia, con speroni soprannumerari, e credo che appartenessero ai due petali
aterali ; ma non vi feci allora abbastanza attenzione."

[In a further note on this subject Sommier (Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital., March
190%, р. 21) expresses the opinion that my original !ricalearata belongs to

P. bifolia rather than to P. chlorantha—W. В. H., Sept. 1908.]

THE CARYOPHYLLACEX OF TIBET. 395

The CanvoprHYLLACE.E of Tibet. By Frederic N. WiLLIAMs, F.L.S.
[Read 4th June, 1908.)

THE plants collected in the course of the Military Expedition to Lhassa in
1903-4, undertaken by the Indian Government, in relation to the Tibet
Frontier Commission, were stored in the Caleutta Herbarium. It was the
intention of Col. Prain to issue a Report, which should inelude an account of
the plants collected on the Expedition together with other small parcels of
Tibetan plants whieh had been sent during the previous 20 years to the
Caleutta Herbarium and had lain there unexamined. Оп Col. Prain leaving
Caleutta to take up his duties at Kew this idea was abandoned, and those
who had undertaken to examine the material of different families were
accorded permission to publish the results of their determinations through
some other source.

Mr. W. B. Hemsley’s ‘Flora of Tibet? was published in April 1902, in
this Journal (vol. xxxv.), and therefore ineluded none of the material
mentioned above. Mr. Hemsley therein enumerates 11 species of Caryo-
phyllacez. The reason for offering the present paper for publication is that,
after examination of the further material available, the number of species of
Caryophyllaeeze is increased to 43. The limits of Tibet as defined by
Mr. Hemsley in his “Flora” are strictly adhered to: otherwise further
additions to the Himalayan Flora would have been included, on the confines
of Tibet, but politically within the area of Sikkim and Kashmir.
Mr. Hemsley has elsewhere pointed out the misapplication of the name of
“ West Tibet ” to a province of Kashmir.

List oF SPECIEs.

Subfam. Alsininew.

l. Stellaria subumbellata, Edgew. 16. Arenaria melandryiformis, sp. n.
2, S. gyangtsensis, sp. n. 17. A. melandryoides, Edgew.
3. 5. dianthifolia, sp. n. 18. A, acicularis, sp. n.
4. S. graminea, Linn. 19. А. ischnophylla, sp. n.
5. S. lanata, Hook. f. 20. A. monticola, Edgew.
6. S. Cherleriz, Williams. 21. A. kansuensis, Mazim.
7. S. arenaria, Maxim. 22. A. monantha, sp. n.
8. Krascheninnikowia himalaiea, 23. A. polytrichoides, Edgew.
Korshinsky. 24. А. pulvinata, Edgew.
9. Cerastium pumilum, Curtis, 25. A. densissima, Edgew.
10. Alsine Roylei, Fenzl. 26. A. glanduligera, Zdgew.
ll. Arenaria orbiculata, Edgew. 27. A. yunnanensis, Franch.
12. A. monosperma, sp. n. 28. A. cerastiiformis, sp. n.
13. A. ciliolata, Edgew. 29. Gooringia Littledalei, Williams.
14. A. Stracheyi, Edgew. 30. Thylaeospermum rupifragum,
15. A. ramellata, sp. п. Schrenk.

272

396 MR. F. N. WILLIAMS ON

Subfam. Sileninew.

31. Silene cespitella, sp. n. 98. Melandryum apetalum, Fenzl.
32. S. adenocalyx, sp. n. 39. M. indicum, Walp.

33. S. suberetacea, sp. n. 40. M. jugorum, sp. n.

34. S. Moorcroftiana, Rohrb, 41. M. lhassanum, sp. n.

35. 5. Waltoni, sp. n. 42, M. viscidulum, comb. n.

36. Hedona ischnopetala, sp. n. 43. Gypsophila cerastioides,

37. Melandryum nigrescens, comb. n. D. Don.

1. STELLARIA SUBUMBELLATA, Гето.
Khamba Fort, 1903 (Col. Younghusband, n. 268 ; Col. Prain, n. 1150 *).
Gooring Valley, 1895, at 5030 m. (Littledale).

2. STELLARIA GYANGTSENSIS, sp. п. — (Subg. Eustellaria, sect. Stellaria
propria.)

Squarrosula, divaricata, viridis, glabra. Caules angulati tenues ramosi ;
'ami teretes foliosi superne scabride puberuli. Folia 9-11 mm., sessilia
anguste linearia acuminata uninervia, Flores divaricato-cymosi ; pedicelli
flore sesqui-duplo longiores. Bracteæ lanceolatæ рагу ригригео-ѕсатіохго,
Sepala lanceolata acuminata uninervia anguste scarioso-marginata. Petala
bipartita, calycem æquantia vel eo paullo longiora. Stamina distincte
perigyna. Capsula obovato-globosa. Semina brunnea magna arcte seriatim
papilloso-granulata subrotundo-reniformia.

Gyangtse, 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 41, n. 1120).

А plant much resembling ©. uda in the arrangement of the flowers and
form of the leaves.

SU 3. STELLARIA DIANTHIFOLIA, sp. n. (биро. Lustellaria, sect. Stellaria
propria.)

Glauco-virens, glabra vel parce puberula. Caules angulati tenues simplices,
superne in dichasium soluti. Folia 10-16 mm., elongato-linearia acuminata
uninervia, subtus breviter puberula, basin versus margine ciliolata, Flores
in dichasium laxum terminale haud foliatum dispositi, longe pedicellati,
Pedicelli 12-14 mm., basi etiam ad medium bibracteati : bracteæ lineares
acuminate parve seariose. Dichasium 6-9-florum. Sepala lanceolato-
linearia acuminata trinervia anguste scarioso-marginata, Petala profunde
bipartita, calyce breviora, lobis angustis. Stamina distincte perigyna.
Capsula oblonga. Semina parva (2 eorum priecedentis), brunnea rug uloso-
granulata compresso-subauriformia.

Tibet, without locality, 1884 (King's collector, п. 366).

Д. STELLARIA GRAMINEA, Linn.
Forma nana, foliis brevioribus minus acutis.

* The numbers from 1098 to 1218 are not collector's numbers. but numbers given in the
Kew Herbarium.

THE CARYOPHYLLACE OF TIBET, 397

Lungyung and Tisum, at 4570 m., 1848 (Strachey 9 Winterbottom).
Khamba Fort, 1903 (Col. Younghusband, n. 1121).

The Tibetan plant is a high alpine dwarf form distinct in the much shorter
and less pointed leaves, and in being more compact in habit.

5. STELLARIA LANATA, Hook. f.
Redong-Oong, near Chumbi, 1878 (Dungboo, n. 1131). Dang Chin, a
mountain west of Chumbi, 1882 (King’s collector, n. 1130).

6. STELLARIA CHERLERLE, Williams, т Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser, 2, vii.
(1907) 830.

Central Tibet : Gooring Valley, at 5030 m. (Littledale, 1895).

Var. vxiFLORA, Williams, т Bull. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, vii. (1907) 852.

N. Tibet (Przewalski, 1884). Central Tibet: Gooring Valley, at 5050 m.
(Littledale, 1895) ; between camps 26-27 (Sven Hedin, 14 Sept. 1896),
E. Tibet: Tangut (Przewalski, 1884). B. Tibet: Chumbi (King's collector,
1882, n. 1168; C. H. Bell, 1904, Tibet Frontier Commission, n. 1154) ;
Phari (Dungboo, 1877, n. 4594).

Var. FAsCICULATA, Williams, т Bull. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, vii. (1907) 833.

№. Tibet (Przewalski, 1884) : Yatung, lat. 27° 51 long. 88? 35 (H. Е.
Hobson, 1897). S. Tibet (King’s collector, 1882, n. 1167) : Za-ne-gang,
between Chumbi Fort and Cho Pass (King, 1882, n. 1208) ; Put-lo, in the
Chumbi district (King’s collector, 1884, n. 21).

T. STELLARIA ARENARIA, Maxim. Fl. Tangutica, р. 91, t. 29. fig. 18 (1889).
Tangut (Przewalski, 1884 ; type-specimens in Herb. Petropolit.).

$. KRASCHENINNIKOWIA HIMALAICA, Korshinsky, in Bull. Acad. Pétersh.
1898, p. 40.

Syn.—Stellaria Davidi, var. himalaica, Franch., Pl. Delavay. i. р. 100;
Stellaria bulbosa, Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. i. p. 231, non Wulf. ; Krascheninni-
kowia rupestris, auct., non Turez.

Tibet: on the Bhutan frontier, at Ga-leng-kya, 1882 (King's collector,
п. 1136), and on the Pay-Goong Pass in the Chumbi district, 1884 (King's
collector, n. 441).

Korshinsky has re-established and defined this genus on a satisfactory
basis, and clearly distinguishes the 9 species which are now included in it.

9. CERASTIUM PUMILUM, Curtis.

Tibet, without locality, 1884 (King's collector, * Fl. of Thibet, n. 344 ”) ;
valley around Chumbi, 1904 (Е. H. Walsh, n. 18).

Var. ALPESTRE, Williams, comb. nov.

Phari, 1877 (King, “ Fl. of Thibet Himalaya," n. 4583).

398 MR. Е. N. WILLIAMS ON

Syn.— Cerastium glutinosum, var. alpestre, Willk. & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp.
iii. p. 638.

The Tibetan specimens of the type agree exactly with specimens of
C. pumilum in Herb. Kew. from both N. Persia and Yunnan.

The Phari plant agrees exactly with Willkomm’s Pl. Hisp. exs. 1850,
п. 298, —“ pumilum, densissime pubescens valdeque viscosum, cymis conden-
satis, floribus breviter pedicellatis.” This is Willkomm’s Latin translation of
the original description in Loscos & Pardo's “ Series imperfecta de las Plantas
Aragonesas espontaneas, particularmente de las que habitan en la parte
meridional," p. 19 (1862).

10. АтятуЕ Royer, Fenzl ex Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. i. p. 236.
Phari, 1879 (Dungboo, n. 1144).

ll. ARENARIA ORBICULATA, Edyew,
Do-ree-Chu, in the Chumbi district, 1884 (King's collector, n. 555).

12. ARENARIA MONOSPERMA, sp. п. (ире, Evuarenaria, sect. Euthaliz.)

Perennis, foliosa, ezspitosa, humilis, 10-13 em. Caules teretes tenelli
genieulati ramosi, inferne purpurascentes, ramis et geniculis interdum
scabridis, ceterum glabri. Folia plerumque 9-10 mm., linearia acuminata
uninervia patentia subsquarrosa, juniora nitescentia. Flores axillares
solitarii, et terminales cymosi, ramulis eymuliferis laxe dichasiiformibus ;
pedicelli flore longiores. Calyx 4 mm., basi haud truncatus ; sepala lanceo-
lata acuminata uninervia papilloso-punctata, margine levia paullo incrassata
haud scariosa. Petala alba obovato-linearia, calyce breviora. Ovula pauca.
Capsula valvis 6 dehiscens, monosperma. Semen solitarium magnum auri-
formi-globosum fulvo-brunneum undique granulato-tuberculatum.

Closely allied to A. tenella, Duthie. Each fully matured fruit contains a
single large seed almost completely filling the capsule.

Tibet, without locality, 1882 (King’s collector, n. 1119).

13. ARENARIA CILIOLATA, Edgew.

Chumbi district, 1884 (King's collector) ; at Pun-ka-bee-see-mo (King's
collector, “Fl. of Chumbi,” n. 25), at Ка-роор (King's collector, © Fl. of
Chumbi,” n. 142) ; Tibet frontier, 1904 (€. И. Bell),

14. ARENARIA STRACHEYI, Edgew.

Chumbi district: Pan-Thung-lo, 1879 (Dungboo, n. 1137), Tab Trong, 1879
(Dungboo, n. 1148), Sy-am-poo, 1884 (King’s collector, п. 130), and without
locality, 1884 (King's collector, © Fl. of Thibet," n. 315). Rakas Tal, 1848,
at 4730 m. (Strachey & Winterbottom). W. Tibet: on broken granite, 1896,
at 5125 m. (Deasy & Pike, n. 816).

What is intended by the “ Arenaria Stracheyi” of the Fl. of British India

THE CARYOPHYLLACEZ OF TIBET. 399

is somewhat obscure. The material (fragmentary scraps on a single sheet)
is so scrappy that the vague description given by no means identifies the
* type-specimens." The description seems to indicate a plant quite glabrous,
with short stems and solitary flowers, and leaves thickened though not
exactly fleshy, and narrower in proportion than those of other species in the
section Sikkimenses ; and more resembling the Persian A. bulica rather than
any Himalayan species. It is certainly doubtful whether the specimens here
referred to A. Stracheyi really belong to this species, but they resemble the
plant more than they do any of the other specimens of Arenaria in the Kew
Herbarium ; and A. Stracheyt is recorded for Tibet.

15. ARENARIA RAMELLATA, sp. п. (Subg. Euarenaria, sect. Sikkimenses.)

Nana, glabra. Caules 4—6 cm., divarieato-adscendentes ramosi, ramis
divergentibus, foliosi. Folia 8-9 mm., usque ad flores numerosa, lanceolata
acuta sessilia firma plana, nervis obscuris, basin versus attenuata, et ibidem
interdum margine ciliata, ceterum glabra; folia pedicellaria haud bractei-
formia sed aiiis consimilia, Flores ad ramos laxe cymosos solitarii, pedicellis
longiores. Calyx campanulatus, basi attenuatus; sepala lanceolata acuminata,
apice recurva, anguste membranaceo-marginata. Petala alba obovata, calyce
sesquilongiora, apice rotundata, basi vix unguiculata.

Karoo-la, 15 miles from Lhassa, 1878 (Dungboo, n. 1158).

Very near A. Stracheyi, but differing both from the type-specimens and
also from Edgeworth’s description, Readily distinguished from the next
species, to which it is closely allied.

16. ARENARIA MELANDRYIFORMIS, sp. п. (Ejusdem sect.)

A specie sequente diversa: caules altiores, 10-15 em., magis foliati.
Folia basalia spathulato-linearia sepe fasciculata, caulina lanceolata acuta.
Sepala anguste lanceolata, vix obtusa, obscure trinervia. Petala obovata,
calyce duplo longiora.

a. Forma glanduloso-pubescens.

Beong-chin, a mountain west of Chumbi in Tibet Himalaya, 1882 (King's
collector, n. 1121).

b. Forma magis hirsuta.

Syam-poo, in Chumbi district, Tibet Himalaya, 1884 (King's collector,
n. 123).

17. ARENARIA MELANDRYOIDES, Ldgew.

Syam-poo, in Chumbi district, 1884 (King's collector, n. 129); Rungkia,
in Chumbi district, 1879 (ungboo, n. 1122); Naku Pass, 1903 (Col. Young-
husband, n. 169).

These agree with specimens in Herb. Kew. from Yatung in Tibet (И. Е.
Hobson, 1897), overlooked in Mr. Hemsley's “ Flora * (p. 170).

400 MR, Е. N. WILLIAMS ON

18. ARENARTA ACICULARIS, sp. n. (Subg. Lremoyoneastrum, sect. 1.)

Radix prælonga crassa lignosa. Caudex lignosus polycephalus. Caules
65 mm., simplices, scabre pubescentes. Folia lineari-acicularia, trinervia,
lateralibus marginantibus ; floralia lanceolato-linearia pungentia, margine
scariosa, basi late searioso-vaginantia, Flores in dichasium fasiculato-
glomeratum 6-9-florum dispositi, pedicellis glanduloso-pilosis suffulti. Calyx
basi rotundatus, haud incrassatus ; sepala lanceolata acuminata tenuiter
trinervia, nervis approximatis, late scarioso-marginata, apice recta, parte
scariosa sæpius purpureo-incarnata. Petala obovata, calyce sesqui-duplo
longiora. Capsula obo 'ato-oblonga.

Flowers much smaller than in A. Festucoides, and more crowded at the top
of the flowering stem ; leaves longer and narrower, never falcate. Somewhat
like A. Przewalskii, but the leaves in the latter are rough-edged, those of
the shoots are obtuse, the суше is three-flowered, and the disk-glands 5
(not 10).

Kannali River, 1848, at 4730 m. (Strachey & Winterbottom, * A. festucoides,"
non Benth.). Tibet, without locality (* Fl. of Thibet," n. 66, 1882, and n. 286,
1884, King’s collector) ; Khamba Fort, 1903 (Col. Prain, n. 1209) ; Gyangtse,
1904 (Capt. Walton, п. 95, n. 1116); Phembu Pass, 10-15 miles north of
Lhassa, and Yam Doh Cho, 1904 (Capt, Walton, n. 1117, n. 1118) ; Lhassa,
at 3600 metres, 1904 (Col. Waddell).

19. ARENARIA ISCHNOPHYLLA, sp. п. (Ejusdem sect.)

Dense arcteque ewspitosa. | Caudex lignosus polycephalus ; rami dense
foliati. Folia 7-9 mm. vel paullo longiora, subtriquetra rigida pungentia
uninervia, basi scarioso-vaginantia, margine incrassata. Flores pauci, breviter
pedieellati, pedicellis pilosis. Calyx basi truncatus; sepala 4 mm. long.,
lanceolata acuminata, apice recta, trinervia, nervis lateralibus tenuioribus,
ultra nervos late scariosa. Petala 5 mm. longa, alba ovato-elliptica, calycem
paullum excedentia, basi obsolete unguiculata, apice rotundata. Ovarium
globosum.

Near A. kansuensis, in which the mass of flowers almost conceals the
dense short leaves, whereas in A. ischnophylla the dense longer leaves
conceal the few flowers.

Khamba Fort, 1903 (Cot, Younghusband, n. 107).

20. ARENARIA MONTICOLA, Edgew.
Phari (Dungboo, 1877, n. 4559, 1879, n. 1146) ; Syam-poo, in Chumbi
district ( King’s collector, 1884, n. 112, n. 1164).

21. ARENARIA KANSUENSIS, Maxim.
Karoo Pass, 15 miles from Lhassa, at 5000 m, (Dungboo, 1878, n. 1152 ;

THE CARYOPHYLLACE.E OF TIBET. 401

Capt. Walton, 1904, n. 1149); Tibet, without locality (King’s collector,
1882, n. 1164 bis), and Pem Pass, near Chum-la-ri (King’s collector, 1882,
n. 1145).

22. ARENARIA MONANTHA, sp. п. (Subg. Eremogoneastrum, sect. ii.)

Nana, uniflora, stricta, 5-6 cm. Caulis inferne bifariam pubescens,
superne breviter et retrorsum pilosus, simplex. Folia 8 mm., elliptico-linearia
acuta subenervia, supra glabra, subtus puberula, margine parce ciliolata.
Flos longe pedunculatus ; peduneulus basi sepe foliis 4 approximatis
instructus. Calyx basi truncatus, aperte campanulatus ; sepala ima basi
connata, pilosa elliptica vix acuta, alternatim anguste lateque scarioso-
marginata, obscure nervata. Petala integra ovata alba, basi breviter un-
guiculata, longitudinaliter evidenter striata, calyce sesqui-duplo longiora.
Glandul» luteo-virentes prominentes, staminibus alternantes.

Not unlike a dwarf and depauperate form of A. Griffithi, but leaves not
rigid. There is already an “ Arenaria uniflora” from the island of Kurre-
Saar in the Gulf of Riga, though, indeed, it is a doubtful species. Otherwise
this name would have been adopted for the present species, in accordance
with the Latin form of the generie name.

Hills above Lhassa, Aug. 1204 (Capt. Walton, n. 1138).

23. ARENARIA POLYTRICHOIDES, Edgew.

Za-na-gang, 1879, Tibet, 1882, n. 112, Mee-rook Pass, in Chumbi district,
1884, n. 388 (all King's collector).

Var. PERLEVIS, Williams.

Rungkia, in Chumbi district, 1879 (Dungboo, n. 1151); Tibet, without
locality, 1884 (King’s collector, п. 237); Khamba Fort, п. 53, between
Kangra Lama Pass and Khamba Fort, at 4650 to 5100 m., n. 1163,
Giagong, at 4500 m., n. 1161 (all of Col. Younghusband, 1903) ; Phari plain
and the Upper Chumbi Valley on the way to Phari, 1904 (E. H. Walsh,
n. 152), Balch Pass, 1848 (Strachey & Winterbottom) ; Gooring Valley, 1895
(Littledale). N. Tibet (Wellby & Malcolm; Sven Hedin). South shore of
Lake Mangtza Cho (Deasy & Pike, n. 813).

24. ARENARIA PULVINATA, Edgew.
Tibet, 1882 ( King’s collector, n. 112, n. 131).

25. ARENARIA DENSISSIMA, деш.
Tibet, 1882 (King's collector, n. 1165).

26. ARENARIA GLANDULIGERA, dgew.

Chumbi district, 1878 (Dungboo, n. 1201) ; Ze-lep-la, n. 1202, Kang-boo,
one day north of Phari, n. 1203, Gup-ten-de-la, a little above Chumbi, n. 1155,
without locality, n. 1166, n. 1204, n. 1205 (all of King's collector, 1882);

402 MR, F. N. WILLIAMS ON

Pun-ka-bee-see-mo, 1884 (King's collector, “Fl. of Chumbi,? n. 24);
Khamba Fort, 1903 (Col. Prain, n. 1162, n. 1169, n. 1206) : Naku Pass,
n. 285 (Col. Younghusband, 1903). i

Var. MICRANTHA, Williams.

Folia elliptico-oblonga. Flores minores quam in typo. Sepala obtusa,
margine distincte scariosa, vix glandulosa.

With somewhat the facies of A. ciliolata.

Mee-rik Pass, 1884 (King’s collector, n. 628).

Var. CERNUA, Williams.

Folia elliptica acuta, in caule pauciora. Flores majores quam in typo, in
pedicellis tenuioribus suffulti. Sepala paullum latiora, angustius scarioso-
marginata, minus glandulosa.

Bears the same relation to the type as does A. ciliolata var. pendula,
Duthie, to the type of this species.

Tibet, without locality, 1884 (King’s collector, п. 333); Naku Pass, 1903
(Col. Younghusband, n. 172).

27. ARENARIA YUNNANENSIS, Franch., in Bull. Sov. Bot. France, xxxiii.
(1886) p. 431.

Due-tang, 18 miles north-west of Chumbi, n. 1133 (Dungboo, 1818) ;
Shand-hu near Phari, n. 1129, and Chumbi district, n. 1134 (King's
collector, 1882).

These specimens exactly agree with Franchet’s authentic specimens in
Herb. Кез.

Forma angustifolia.—Folia inferiora breviter petiolata anguste lanceolata,
superiora sessilia oblonga.

Do-tho in Chumbi district, n. 1128 (Dungboo, 1879).

25. ARENARIA CERASTIIFORMIS, sp. п. (Subg. Macrogyne.)

Nana, perennis, 7-8 em, Radix longa. Caules basi ramosi, ramis foliosis
unifloris teretibus, bifariam scabro-puberulis. Folia 8-10 mm., crassiuscula
elliptica uninervia, nervo modice prominente, basi laxe connata, margine
scabro-puberula. Sepala basi saccata, lanceolato-linearia hispidula vix
aeuta, haud scarioso-marginata, margine glanduloso-ciliolata. Petala 1 em.,
alba (vel pallide rosea in specim. nonnullis), calyce duplo longiora, e basi
euneatá distincte unguieulatà oblonga. Filamenta subulata ciliolata.
Styli 2.

An Arenaria with the facies of Cerastium, closely allied to A. longistyla,
Franch., and, like it, found at high altitudes.

Phari, 1877 (King, n. 4588, Dungboo, n. 4588 bis), 1879 (Dungboo,
n. 1147) ; Mee-rik Pass, Chumbi district, 1884 (King's collector, n. 1207)
Giagong, 1903, at 4500 m. (Col. Younghusband, n. 1160).

.
Ы

THE CARYOPHYLLACEJE OF TIBET. 403

29. GOORINGIA LITTLEDALEI, Williams, in Buil. Herb. Boiss. sér. 2, vii.
(1897) 530.
Gooring Valley, 1895, at 5030 m. (Littledale ;— A. Littledalei, Hemsley).

30. THYLACOSPERMUM RUPIFRAGUM, ейте.

Goching, n. 2, and Khamba Fort, at 5700 m. (Col. Younghusband, 1903) ;
Guge, 1848, from 4570 to 5120 m. (Strachey & Winterbottom). W. Tibet,
1896, at 5218 m. ( Wellby & Malcolm).

31. SILENE CESPITELLA, sp. п. (Subg. Eusilene, sect. Cineinnosilene.)

Perennis, ezespitosa, basi fruticulosa. Radix lignosa. Caules florigeri ex
rosula foliorum media editi, erecti, pubescentes, 13-29 cm. Folia 4-7 em.,
elongato-linearia rosulata acuminata trinervia, basi membranaceo-vaginantia,
margine pubescentia. Bractem et prophylla minora uninervia, ceterum
autem foliis conformia. Flores in cincinnos simplices dispositi. Calyx
evenius clavatus, fructifer paullum ampliatus basi rotundatus, crispato-
pubescens, striis furcatis superne bifureatim conjunctis, dentibus ovatis
obtusis late scarioso-marginatis. Petala alba, unguibus inclusis superne
utrinque auriculato-dilatatis, lamina anguste oblonga, lobis oblongis, appen-
dicibus binis ovatis obtusis. Genitalia inclusa. Capsula oblonga, fere
sessilis. Semina auriformia, dorso canaliculata obtuse tuberculata, faciebus
concava striata.

Somewhat resembles in facies S. tenuis, but differs in many important
characters, the cincinnate sequence of the flowers being quite evident.

Phee-mong, a mile from Chumbi, 1878 (Dungboo, n. 1110), Chumbi, 1879
(Dungboo, n. 1111), Chumbi, 1882 (King's collector, n. 1210) ; Tibet, without
locality, 1882 ( King's collector, n. 164, n. 1115) ; Lomok, 1903 (Col. Young-
husband, n. 213) ; Gyangtse, 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 118, n. 1114, n. 1108,—

left-hand specimen on sheet). Note n. 1108 under 33.

39. SILENE ADENOCALYX, sp. п. (Subg. Busilene, sect. Dichasiosilene.)

Caulis adscendens, breviter scabreque pubescens, ramosus, 'amis foliosis.
Folia caulina Jate lanceolata, ramealia angustius lanceolata, omnia acuminata
uninervia breviter scabreque sparsim pubescentia, nervo subtus longius piloso,
margine glanduloso-ciliata. Flores laxi, breviter pedicellati in dichasiis paucis
axillaribus et terminalibus, dichasio 3- vel sepe 5-7-floro. Calyx tubulosus
scaber, basi truncatus, pilis glandulosis brevibus dense vestitus, evenius, striis
tenuibus viridibus a glandulis fere occultatis ; dentes longe lanceolati acumi-
nati vix acuti, margine obseure scariosi. Petala alba, lamina parva biloba,
ungue exauriculato valde exserto, lobis oblongis, appendicibus binis, lamina
1—1 unguis equante. Capsula oblonga, carpophorum glabrum æquans.

Khamba Pass, at 1440 m., 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 1104).

404 MR. F. N, WILLIAMS ON

So named from the structure of the calyx. Both this and the next species
belong to that group of the Maeranthe series which includes S. eretacea, This
plant is, however, a difficult species to study and compare, Rohrbach’s descrip-
tion (Monogr. n. 107, p. 135) is brief and somewhat vague : and there are only
two sheets of 5, cretacea in Herb. Kew., including 5 specimens,—(1) and (2)
from the Astrakhan Desert, (3) and (4) from chalky hills above the river
Don, and (5) from 8. Russia.

33. SILENE SUBCRETACEA, sp. п. (Ejusdem sect.)

Caulis fruticulosus erectus, breviter 'anescenti-pilosus, 1—3-florus, 4 dem.
Folia 7 mm., brevia linearia acuta uninervia, breviter canescenti-pilosa.
Flores solitarii vel remoti, breviter pedieellati. Calyx 18 mm., tubuloso-
clavatus pilosulus, basi truncatus, evenius, striis tenuibus, fructifer superne
ampliatus; dentes oblongo-lanceolati acuti albo-marginati. Petala alba
ecoronata, ungue exauriculato exserto. Capsula oblonga, carpophoro glabro
sesquilongior. Semina papillosa, dorso suleato-excavata, faciebus concava.

Khamba Fort, 1908 (Col. Younghusband, п. 13,—tlower-specimens) ;
Gyangtse, 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 105, n. 1108,—truit-specimens).

31. SILENE Moorcrorriana, Rohrb. Monogr. Gatt. Silene, p. 129, n. 93
(1868), forma Nana, Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 1. 219 (1814).
Near Rakas Tal, 1848, from 4570 to 5180 m. (Strachey & Winterbottom).

35. SILENE WALTONI, sp. п. (Sube. Eusilene, sect. Dotryosilene).

Caulis ereetus robustus rotundatus rubens basi frutieulosus, alternatim
ramosus, ramis divergentibus laxe racemosis, breviter pareeque pilosus.
Rami floriferi primum racemosi, ramulis secundariis dichasia subcomposita
gerentibus. Folia 9 mm., late virentia late linearia. vix &euta uninervia
crassiuseula, subtus presertim ad nervum pilosula, margine hispidulo-ciliata.
Dichasia secundaria longe pedunculata, floribus erectis ; flos centralis breviter
pedicellatus, pedicello longior; bracteæ foliis consimiles. Calyx clavatus
evenius umbilicatus tenuiter pilosulus, dentibus triangularibus obtusis late
albo-marginatis dense ciliatis. Petala alba, ad faucem biappendiculata,
unguibus glabris auriculatis distincte exsertis, lamina biloba, lobis latis.
Filamenta glabra. Styli filiforrnes.

Gyangtse, 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 1105).

Named after Capt. Walton, of whose assiduity in collecting Col. Young-
husband speaks in such glowing terms.

THE CARYOPHYLLACEA OF TIBET. 405

36. HEDONA ISCHNOPETALA, sp. n.

Radix longa tenuis. Caulis erectus sat ramosus, eum foliis pilis brevibus
reversis vestitus. Folia firma uninervia lanceolata, inferiora latiora sed basin
versus attenuata, floralia lanceolato-linearia. Flores longe pedicellati, in
dichasium laxum (triflorum) dispositi ; pedicelli alares centrali breviores,
basi prophyllis sepe 4 approximatis instructi. Calyx pilis crustaceis
brevibus erispatis dense vestitus, dentibus triangularibus vix aeutis margine
membranaceo-ciliatis, nervis infra dentium sinus arcuatim conjunctis. Petala
anguste cuneato-obovata irregulariter erosa, ungue solum basi ciliato.
Capsula sessilis, Semina atro-cyanea rotundato-reniformia, dorso faciebusque
tuberculata.

Near Hedona Davidi, Williams, a Sze-chuen plant.

Tibet: Gum-lo-teen, in the Chumbi district, at 600 m., 1878 (Dungboo,
n. 1106). Sikkim: Lachen, near the Tibetan frontier, at 2700 m., 1885
( King's collector, n. 1211).

37. MELANbRYUM NIGRESCENS, Williams. (Sect. Gastrolychnis.)

Syn.—Lychnis nigrescens, Edgew., in Hook. #., Fl. Brit. Ind. 1. p. 223
(1874); Melandryum macrorhizum, Rohrb., in Linnea, xxxvi. (1869) p. 228,
non Walp., Rep. Bot. i. p. 280 (1842), nec Lychnis macrorhiza, Royle, Illustr.
Bot. Himal. p. 80 (1833).

Phari, 1877 (Dungboo, п. 4565), Do-tho in Chumbi district, 1879
(Dungboo, п. 1215), and Khamba Fort, 1903 (Col. Younghusband, n. 215).
Lanjar, 1848 (Strachey & Winterbottom).

38. MELANDRYUM APETALUM, Fenzl. (Sect. Gastrolychnis.)

Syn.—Lychnis apetala, Linn.

Guge, 1848 (Strachey & Winterbottom). W. Tibet, 1896 (Deasy у Pike,
n. 894). Karoo Pass, 15 miles from Lhassa, at 4250 m. (Dungboo, 1878,
п. 1101; Capt. Walton, 1904, n. 1100); To-koo Pass in Chumbi district
(Dungboo, 1819, n. 1103) ; Tem Pass, one day north-east of Phari (King’s
collector, 1882, n. 1216) ; Ka-po-po (King’s collector, 1884, n. 1217) ; Поток
on the Naku Pass (Col. Younghusband, 1903, n. 163); Naku Pass
(Col. Younghusband, 1908, n. 165) ; Khamba Fort (Col. Prain, 1903, n. 1102),
Gooring Valley, at 5030 m. (Lettledale).

39. MELANDRYUM INDICUM, Walp. (Sect. Gastrolychnis.)

Pad-lo, near Chambi, 1878 (Dungboo, n. 1125); Rinchin-gong, in the
Chumbi Valley, 1877 (Dungboo, n. 4280, and Sir G. King, n. 4281) ;
Chumbi distriet, Lo-Beang near Chumbi, and between Chumbi and the
Tangka Pass, 1882 (King’s collector, n. 1107, n. 1218, n. 1128). |

406 МВ. Е. N. WILLIAMS ON

40. MELANDRYUM JUGORUM, sp. п. (Sect. Elisanthe.)

Perennis. Caulis e medio foliorum basalium editus, elatus ramosus, molliter
pilosulus, ramis numerosis foliosis magis pilosis. Folia 10 mm., flavo-
virentia villoso-pilosula uninervia elliptico-lanceolata apice faleato-aeuminata.
Flores in dichasiis, mediani fructiferi retroflexi. Peduneulus centralis flore
multum brevior, pedunculi alares eo duplo longiores vel ultra; bracteæ
foliaceze, foliis minores, ceterum subsimiles. Calyx 10-nervius evenius
oblongo-clavatus subampliatus pilosulus ; fructifer 14 mm., magis distentus,
infra capselam constrictus, apice apertus, dentibus ovatis obtusis rotundatis.
Petala purpureo-rubescentia, ungue glabro exserto, appendicibus conspicuis
ovatis acutis. Filamenta glabra. Capsula primum medianicide dehiscens,
dentibus deinde breviter bifidis, oblongo-ovata, carpophoro serius multum
incrassato duplo longior. Semina reniformia, dorso faciebusque undique
tubereulata, dorso leviter suleata.

Gum-bo-teen, 800 m. above Chumbi, п. 1143 (Dungboo, 1818); Lo-Deang,
near Chumbi, n. 1219, and Chumbi district, n. 1098 (King’s collector, 1882).

41. MELANDRYUM LHASSANUM, sp. п. (Sect, Elisanthe.)

Perennis. Caulis e medio foliorum basalium editus, tereti-rotundatus elatus
erectus ramosus, pilis brevibus seabris retrorsis dense vestitus, in parte
purpureo-rubescens, ramis 10-22 em. Folia lete virentia lanceolato-ovata
acuta, apicem versus haud faleato-aeutata, pilis brevibus scabris retrorsis
dense vestita, margine undulata ciliolata, basi connata haud attenuata ;
inferiora. 32-36 mm., basi triplinervia, nervo mediano valido, nervis later-
alibus incompletis, superiora 25-30 mm., uninervia, nervo prominente.
Rami floriferi axillares et terminales. Flores in dichasiis laxe compositis.
Peduneulus centralis flori wquilongus ; ramuli alares longe pedunculati,
pedunculis pedieellisque dense glanduloso-pilosis ; bracteæ foliacese glanduloso-
pilosæ, foliis subsimiles. Calyx 10-nervius evenius, striis purpureis, clavatus,
basi truneatus, pilis glandulosis asperulato-scabridus ; fructifer 12 mm.,
obconieo-elavatus accretus, basi truncato-umbilicatus, apice apertus, infra
capsulam vix constrictus, dentibus triangularibus obtusis late membranaceo-
marginatis ibique nervis latius expansis. Petala rubella, calyce sesqui-
longiora, ungue glabro utrinque laminam versus conspicue aurieulato, lamina
biloba, lobis oblongis obtusis, appendicibus oblongo-linearibus obtusis vix
rotundatis. Filamenta glabra. Capsula primum = medianicide dehiscens,
dentibus deinde breviter bifidis, oblongo-ovata, carpophorum sat crassum
eequans vel eo paullum longior. Semina reniformia (immatura), dorso
canaliculata cristato-tuberculata, faciebus excavato-concaviuscula vel depressa.

Quite distinct from any other species of Melandryum ; resembling one or
more of the Yunnan species deseribed by Franchet under Silene.

Hills above the city of Lhassa, 1904 (Capt. Walton, n. 1112).

THE CARYOPHYLLACEZE OF TIBET. 407

42. MzLANDRYUM vIsCIDULUM, Williams. (Sect. Elisanthe.)

Syn.—Silene viscidula, Franch., Pl. Yunnanenses, in Bull. Soc. Dot. France,
xxxiii. (1886) p. 421.

A plant of the habit of M. Olge, as may be seen by comparing this
Himalayan plant with specimens from the Chinese province of. Manchuria in
Herb. Kew. 16 tallies with the description of 5. viseidula, Franch., of which
there is no specimen in Herb. Kew. M. Olge, Maxim. (= 5. Оше, Rohrb.), is
not to be confused with S. Olgw, Regel & Schmalh., a quite different plant
from Russian Turkestan.

Lo-Beang, near Chumbi, 1882 (King’s collector, n. 1109), in the same
locality where M. jugorum occurs.

43. СУРЗОРНША CERASTIOIDES, D. Don.

Chumbi Valley, 1879 (Dungboo, n. 1132) ; Gup-ten-de-la, a little above
Chunibi, Aug. 1882 (King’s collector, n. 1220,—2 poor and stunted specimen) ;
Ta-che-Kung, Mee-rook Pass, and Ha-toom-py-ong, all in the Chumbi
district, 1884 (King's collector, n. 10, n. 345, n. 499) ; Chumbi Valley, 1904
CE. H. Walsh, п. 44).

408 MR. W. N. CHEESMAN ON THE

А Contribution to the Mycology of South Africa. By W. N. "-
F.L.S. With a Note on the Coprophilous Fungi, by Tuomas GIBBS.

(PLATE 36.)
[Read 4th June, 1908. ]

THE time of the visit to South Africa by the British Association during the
autumn of 1905 was very enjoyable from the traveller’s point of view, but
not the most profitable from a botanical standpoint. In Central Africa the
seasons are simply two—the wet and the dry. The rainy season or summer
extends from October to April, and the dry season or winter (during which
scarcely any rain falls) from May to September. It was at the end of the
latter period when the visit was made, and the dry and. parched appearance
of the vegetation contrasted very strongly with the hearty welcome and
cordial hospitality extended by the colonists to their guests. In winter
the thermometer would register 90° Г. at mid-day, falling to 40? at night.

Notes on Distribution.

The present contribution adds 25 species to the Mycologie flora of Africa,
one of which 13 new to science.

This addition tends to prove what has for some time been suspected, that
the numerous large and typical genera are cosmopolitan, with specialized
forms—so-called species—characteristic of each region.

Among such may be enumerated Poria vaporaria, Polyporus elegans,
Schiz ophyllum commune, and Polystictus sanguineus. Some of these, like the
last-named, are most abundant in tropical regions, with but few outliers
in temperate regions. Others, as Poria vaporaria and Polyporus gilvus,
have their headquarters in temperate regions. An examination of the list
reveals the fact that various species more or less common in the New
World, Europe, and Australasia respectively are now added to the African
list.

Excluding the Myxogastres, it will be observed that of the 30 species
of the larger fungi 10 are cosmopolitan, whilst the remaining 20 are here
recorded for the first time from the African continent ; and again, 12 of
the 30 are found in Australasia, two, viz. Polyporus nanus and Не. wagoma
decipiens, being hitherto recorded only from that quarter of the globe. This
fact may be "another indication of the supposed ancient land-connection

MYCOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA. 409

between South Africa and Australasia, a theory which is suggested so
strongly in many of the Phanerogams of South Africa *.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Mr. Geo. Massee for
determining many of the species, and for his kind help and suggestions.

List of Fungi collected at the Victoria Falls and other places in
South Africa in August and September 1905.

GASTROMYCETZ.
NIDULARIACER,

CYATHUS STERCOREUS, De Toni.
Victoria Falls : Livingstone Island.
Distrib. America, Australasia.

LYCOPERDACEJE.
GEASTER LIMBATUS, Fr.
Victoria Falls : Palm Kloof.
Distrib. Europe, Africa, America,

LYCOPERDON LILACINUM, Berk.
Victoria Falls : edge of Rain Forest.
Distrib. Asia, Africa, America, Australasia.

HYMENOMYCETÆ.

AGARICACEJE.
LEPIOTA sp.
Matoppo Hills, shaded place on the edge of a stream.

COLLYBIA sp.
Groot Schuur near Cape Town.

MYCENA sp.
Groot Schuur near Cape Town.

VOLVARIA sp.
Victoria Falls: East Ferry, on а fallen branch of a Baobab-tree.

* The Natal Coal-bearing rocks of Permo-Carboniferous age produce some six or eight
species of the fossil plant Glossopteris, which are also abundant in the Coal-beds of the
same age in Australia.

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL, XXXVIII, 2G

410 MR. W. N. CHEESMAN ON THE

ScHIZOPHYLLUM COMMUNE, Fr.

On mine-props, 2000 feet deep, їп Langlaagte Gold Mine, Johannesburg,
and in the deep workings of the Wesselton Diamond Mine, Kimberley.

Distrib. Cosmopolitan.

POLYPORACE.

TRAMETES HYDNOIDES, Sw.
Victoria Falls: thickly imbricate, on a fallen Ficus-log, East Ferry.
Distrib. Africa, America.

Porta CITRINA, Massee.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.
Distrib. Asia.

PORIA VAPORARIA, Fr.
Groot Schuur near Cape Town.
Distrib. Cosmopolitan.

POLYSTICTUS SANGUINEUS, Fr.
Victoria Falls: Palm Kloof and Rain Forest.
Distrib. Asia, Africa, America, Australia.

FOMES SENEX, Nees.

On Livingstone Island fine specimens occurred on several fallen logs and
also on the dead trunk of the tree bearing the initials of David Livingstone,
which is now fenced round.

Distrib. Asia, America.

FOMES HEMILEUCUS, Derk.
Victoria Falls, near Leaping Cascade.
Distrib. America.

POLY PORUS NANUS, Massee.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.
Distrib. Australasia.

POLYPORUS ELEGANS, f.
Victoria Falls ; Matoppo Hills ; Cape Town.
Distrib. Europe, America, Australasia.

POLYPORUS GILVUS, Schwein.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.
Distrib. Europe, America.

2

MYCOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA. 411

PoLyporus CRISTATUS, Fr.
Victoria Falls ; Park Town, Johannesburg.
Distrib. Europe, America.

POLYPORUS OCHROLEUCUS, Fr.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Asia, Australasia.

Potyporus Есктохт, Henn.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.
Distrib. Africa.

POLYPORUS VARIUS, Fr.
Victoria Falls : Rain Forest.
Distrib. Europe, Asia, America.

HEXAGONIA DECIPIENS, Berk.
Victoria Falls : on fallen branches, on the edge of the Rain Forest.
Distrib. Australasia.

HEXAGONIA POLYGRAMMA, Lr.
Victoria Falls : on a fallen tree, near East Ferry.
Distrib. Asia, Africa, America.

STROBILOMYCES STROBILACEUS, Berk.
Victoria Falls: edge of Rain Forest.
Distrib. Europe, America.

ТнЕГЕРНОКАСЕХ.
STEREUM LOBATUM, Fr.
Groot Schuur near Cape Town ; East London.
Distrib, Asia, Africa, America, Australasia.

HYMENOCH ETE TABACINA, Lév.
Groot Schuur near Cape Town.
Distrib. Cosmopolitan.

HYMENOCH-ETE TENUISSIMA, Berk.
Victoria Falls: Livingstone Island.
Distrib. Asia, America, Australasia.

CYPHELLA CHEESMANI, Massee, sp. nov.

Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.

Membranacea, sessilis, cupularis, demum explanata, extus villosa, nivea.
1 mm. diam.; hymenio leniter plicato. Basidia clavata, apice 4-sterigmatica ;
sporis ovoideis, tenuiter asperulis, hyalinis, 12-15 x 7-8 y.

Hab. in ramis decorticatis.
262

2 MR. W. N. CHEESMAN ON THE

TREMELLACES.

HIRNEOLA AURIFORMIS, Fr.
Victoria Falls : north bank of the Zambesi River.
Distrib. America, Australasia.

GUEPINIA FLABELLATA, Fr.
Vietoria Falls : west side near Leaping Cascade.
Distrib. Asia.

CALOCERA CORNEA, Fr.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest.
Distrib. Europe, America, Australasia.

PYRENOMYCETE.

HYPOXYLON COLLICULOSUM, JVitschke.
Victoria Falls : Palm Kloof.
Distrib. America.

HYPOXYLON ANNULATUM, Fr.
Victoria Falls : Livingstone Island.
Distrib. America, Australasia.

ROSELLINIA AQUILA, De Not. ( Byssospheria, Cooke.)
Ladysmith, Natal ; on decaying wood, Klip River.
Distrib. Europe, Asia, America.

MYXOGASTRES.

STEMONITES FUSCA, Most.

Pietermaritzburg, Natal.

Distrib. Europe, Asia, America, Australasia.
STEMONITES FRIESIANA, De Bary.
Bloemfontein, near Sannah’s Post, O.R.C.

Distrib. Europe, America.

ARCYRIA SERPULA, Massee.
Victoria Falls : Rain Forest. East London.
Distrib, Europe, Asia, America, Australasia.

CHONDRIODERMA DIFFORME, vost.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest. Umtali, East Rhodesia.
Distrib. Europe, Asia, Africa, America.

MYCOLOGY OF SOUTH AFRICA. 113

DrACHAEA LEUCOPODA, vost.
Victoria Falls: Rain Forest. Mombasa, B.B. Africa.
Distrib. Europe, Asia, Africa, America.

TILMADOCHE NUTANS, Jost.
Victoria Falls : Palm Kloof. Umkomaas, near Durban.
Distrib. Europe, America, Australasia.

BADHAMIA VARIA, Massee.

Port Elizabeth, on decaying wood; East London, bright orange-yellow
plasmodium on Stereum.

Distrib. Europe, America.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(From Cooke’s ‘Introduction to the Study of Fungi,’ p. 341, 1895.)
South Africa, Natal, Cape Colony, &c.

Fries, E.—Fungi Natalenses. 8vo. Stockholm, 1848.

Cooke, M. C.—“ Fungi of Natal,” in Grevillea, viii. 1880 ; ix. 1880; x. 1881.

— “African Fungi,” in Grevillea, xix. 1890.

KALCHBRENNER, C.—“ Fungi Macowaniani,” in Grevillea, ix. 1880-81 ; xi. 1882.

KALCHBRENNER, C. and M. C. Cookr.—* South African Fungi," in Grevillea, ix.
1880-81.

Елхор, V. in Scutnz, H.: “ Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Flora von Deutsch-Südwest- Afrika."
Abhand. Bot. Vereins f. Brandenburg, xxxi. (1890) 224-229, t. 3.

BERKELEY, M. J.—“ Fungi, collected by Zeyher in Uitenhage,” in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.
ii. (1843) 507-524, t. 21 [number xxii].

—— “Decades of Fungi,” No. 1, in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. iii. (1844) 185-194, t. 5, 6.

MoxracxE, C.—^ Enumeratio Fungorum quos à M. Drége in Africa Meridionali collectos
. . illustravit C. M." in Ann. Sci. Nat. (Bot.) sér. IIT, vii. (1847) 168-178.

NOTE ON THE CopropHiLous Fundi.
(By THOMAS бтвёз.)

Four samples of the dung of wild animals gathered by Mr. Cheesman
during his South African tour were entrusted to the writer for laboratory
examination. Of the material sent one sample was that of the Hippopotamus,
and gathered on Livingstone Island, Victoria Falls. The others were from
the Matoppo Hills; the kind of animal to which they belonged was not
ascertained, a circumstance not, however, of much importance for, as Massee

414 MR. T. GIBBS ON THE

and Salmon” remark, coprophilous Fungi seem generally to be quite in-
different as to their particular hosts. Опе sample, however, was in small
round pellets similar to rabbit-dung, the other two being of larger animals,
all apparently belonging to herbivorous mammals.

The material was received by the writer in November 1905, and was
treated as recommended by Massee and Salmon *, being kept under glass
covers upon wet blotting-paper. The water used was sterilized by boiling
to prevent infection by spores from outside sources. Notwithstanding
their subtropical origin, the cultivations were carried on through a Derbyshire
winter and spring in a room without a fire, but in a window warmed by
the morning sun.

The first appearanee of a fungus-growth was noticed soon after Christmas,
when the round pellets mentioned above (which had for a few days been
placed in а warm room) appeared as if sprinkled with soot owing to a profuse
growth of Saccobolus depauperatus, Rehm. From this time for upwards of
three months, indeed so long as the material was kept moist, the fungus crop
continued, and fresh species appeared from time to time.

Altogether thirteen speeies were seen: of these, eight were of known
species ; one (Coprinus Cheesmani, Gibbs) is now described for the first time;
of two others, (6) Sordaria sp. and (8) Delitsehia sp., the portions seen were
too fragmentary for certain recognition; while of two more, (2) Coprinus sp.
and (13) Ascophanus sp., which could not be identified with any known
species, the scanty material seen did not justify new specific diagnoses.

А full bibliography of the whole subject will be found in Messrs. Massee

=.)

and Salmon's paper in the Oxford * Annals of Botany,’ xv. (1901) 353-355.

List of Fungi observed.

HYMENOMYCETZE.

AGARICACE.E,

І. Coprinus СНЕЕЗМАХТ, Gibbs (sp. nov.). (Plate 86.)

Livingstone Island, Victoria Falls.

C. pileo tenerrimo, aliquandiu ovato-campanulato, tune expanso, umbonato,
posthac sursum curvato, plicato-suleato, tandem ad partem dorsalem lamel-
larum fisso, latitudine ad 23 mm., pallido-fulvo vel subrufo, disco obscuriore
tandem depresso, pilis erectis hyalinis non septatis vestito. Lamelle griseo-
nigrantes adnate vel adnexe anguste, 50-70 numero in pileis majoribus.

* Massee, G., and Salmon, E. S., * Researches оп Coprophilous Fungi," Annals of Botany,
ху. 013-357, pls. 17, 18 (1901).

Gibbs. LINN.Soc. JoURN.BorT. Vor. XXXVIII. Pl. 3o.

T.Gibbs del. West,Newman imp.

J. N.Fitch ШМ:
COPRINUS CHEESMANI, 062065.

COPROPHILOUS FUNGI OF SOUTH AFRICA. 415

Stipes ad 41 cm. longitudine, circiter 1 mm. crassitudine, fistulosus, flaccidus,
hyalinus, in parte inferiore dense pilosus, prope apicem glaber. Spore
fusco-purpuree, elliptiez, polis obtusis, 12-16 x 6-8 п.

Hab. in fimo Hippopotami.

This fungus appears to be closely allied to the well-known Coprinus
radiatus, Fr., but is much larger in all its parts. The spore measurements
given above cover what appears to be the normal range, but individual spores
were seen 20 џ in length.

2. COPRINUS sp.

Matoppo Hills.

Two specimens occurred of a very minute species. Pileus 1-2 mm.,
pallid, with rust-coloured seurfy patches. Stem 3-1 ст. high, slightly hairy;
spores elliptical, 11-15 x 6-9 ш. The material was not, however, sufficient
for identification with any known species nor for a new specific diagnosis.

PYRENOMYCETE.

3. SORDARIA CURVULA, De Bary.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Europe, North America.

4. SoRDARIA PLEIOSPORA, Wint.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Europe.

5. SoRDARIA PLATYSPORA, Plowr.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Britain.

6. SORDARIA sp.
A fungus allied to, but in some respects differing from, S. anserina, Wint.;
it occurred on Hippopotamus-dung gathered on Livingstone Island, Victoria

Falls.

7. DELITsCHIA BISPORULA, Hans.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Europe.

8. DELITSCHIA sp.

Matoppo Hills.

Fragments, including large chestnut-brown spores, 45 x 15 p, occurred on
the dung of a large animal.

416 COPROPHILOUS FUNGI OF SOUTH AFRICA.

9. SPORORMIA INTERMEDIA, Aversw.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib, Europe, North and South America.

10. SroRORMIA AMBIGUA, Niessl,
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Europe, South America.

11. БРОВОВМТА PASCUA, Niessl.
Matoppo Hills.
Distrib. Europe.

DISCOMYCETAE.

12. SACCOBOLUS DEPAUPERATUS, Rehm.

Matoppo Hills.

Distrib. Europe, North America.

Two forms occurred, a larger and a smaller, but both probably belonged to
this species. The larger (ascophores 1-1 mm. across, spores 13-16 x 6-7 p)
was во abundant on the small pellets like rabbit-dung that it appeared as if
sprinkled with soot. The smaller form (ascophores up to 1 mm., spores 10-
12x 6-61) appeared on one of the other samples and was much less
abundant.

13. ASCOPHANUS sp.

Matoppo Hills.

A few ascophores occurred of a minute brick-red Ascophanus, which
Miss A. Lorrain Smith considered nearest to though not identieal with
A. granuliformis, Boud. The material, however, was not sufficient to justify
a new specific diagnosis.

A noticeable feature in the above list is the predominance of the Pyreno-
mycete family Sordari», 9 of the 13 species observed belonging to that
family, a much larger proportion than is usual in a like gathering in England,
where the leading place is more usually taken by the Ascoboles. The
total absence of Hyphomycetæ and Mucoracer is also remarkable, and is
perhaps explained by the prolonged desiccation the material had undergone,
the conidia of these families being probably less able to withstand such
conditions than are the spores of the more highly organised Basidiomycetze
and Ascomycetz.

It will also be noticed as an interesting fact that eight of the thirteen
species seen belong to known European species: this confirms the opinion

GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES. 417

expressed by Massee and Salmon (supra) as to the wide distribution of

individual species of coprophilous fungi.

It only remains for the writer to acknowledge his indebtedness to
Miss A. Lorrain Smith for much assistance in determining species, and
to Mr. G. Massee for assistance in the genus Coprinus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 36.

Fig. 1. Coprinus Cheesmani, Gibbs. Group of plants, nat. size.
ә

Fig. 2. Plants marked “а” and “6” in fig. 1, X 3.
Fig. 3. Section slightly magnified.

о!

9

vu
Fig. 4. Cells of epidermis and hairs, x 200.
Fig. 5. Spores, x 400.

Gardenig/ Thunbergia and its Allies.

By Dr. Отто Srafr, F.R.S., Sec.L.8., and J. HUTCHINSON.
(PLATE 37.)
[Read 18th June, 1908.]

THE small group of plants which forms the subject of this paper 1з repre-
sented in the *Flora of Tropical Africa, vol. iii. pp. 100 & 101, by two
species: Gardenia Thunbergia, L. fil, and ©. Jovis-tonantis, Hiern ; but
under the former not less than five names originally intended for as many
distinct species appear in the list of synonyms. As Gardenia Thunbergia
was described from a Cape plant, and the reduced species from material
collected mainly in the northern parts of Tropical Africa, the area of
G. Thunbergia was assumed to cover practically the whole of Africa, with
the exception of the temperate north. Guided by this assumption, sub-
sequent authors were frequently led to refer to this apparently common and
widely spread species, plants which differ from it at least as much as 6. Jovis-

Thus G. Thunbergia

tonantis does, and in some cases indeed much more.
More recently

grew more and more into a collection of incongruous forms.
three new species, evidently closely allied to 6. Thunbergia, were described.
They were not split off from that species, and in so far did not touch its
composition ; but, on the other hand, they made the incongruity of its
components still more glaring, at least to those who had an opportunity of
mustering a considerable accumulation of specimens of * G. Thunbergia.”
Ample opportunity of this kind was given to Mr. Hutchinson, who during
the last two years, under my direction, sorted and named the Rubiaceæ of
the large African collections which had accrued to Kew. We therefore

418 DR. OTTO STAPF AND MR. J, HUTCHINSON ON

conceived the idea of revising the whole group, and of placing its con-
stituents on a more equal basis. For that purpose we studied, in the first
place, the material at Kew ; but we had also, of course, to direct our attention
to the valuable material in the herbarium of the British Museum ; we asked
for and had, thanks to the courtesy of. Dr. De Wildeman, the loan of the
“ Gardenia Thunbergia ” specimens of the Congo State collections ; and
finally we availed ourselves of Mr. Casimir De Candolle’s ever ready help for
the elucidation of some critical species, the types of which were in the
Candollean herbarium. We might have extended the field of our investiga-
tion, but for want of time and the conviction that after all the time had not
yet come for attaining anything like finality. What we ean and ought to do,
in cases like the present, is to revise our knowledge from time to time and
clear the basis for a further advance. Our paper is an attempt in this
direction, The Gardenias of the “ Thunbergia " group are rather striking
objects when in flower, and it may be hoped that the collectors and field-
students will, in the future, pay more attention to them, and supply us with
more complete material and. their own observations on the mode of growth,
the range of individual variation, and any biological conditions which may
influence their morphological characters.

The genus Gardenia, in the sense of Bentham and Hooker’s * Genera
Plantarum,’ consists of three sections: fu-Gardenia, Ceriscoides, and. Roth-
тапта. Те first section ranges over the whole of the palæotropic region,
and is represented in Africa by the Gardenia Thunbergia group—the subject
of the present paper—and two more species which are characterised by long,
almost cylindrical fruits. From the Indian, Malayan, and Polynesian
species the “ Thunbergia” group differs on the whole in the number of
the placentas, which rarely falls below six, and the more or less abundant
development, in the mesocarp, of sclerotic fibres, which in the endocarp fuse
into a very hard woody shell, and finally in the more xerophilous structure
of the leaves. The species forming this group are very closely connected.
This and the very considerable variation in the size and shape of the leaves,
the size of the flowers, and the degree of development of the calyx-teeth or
lobes—even in the same individual—make the discrimination of the species
very dificult if the specimens are scrappy or badly selected. The number of
parts in the plan of the flower, though also subject to a certain amount of
variation, is much more constant, and the same may be said of the surface
condition and the nervature of the leaves, and the shape of the calyx-teeth or
lobes. The very copious material of G. Jovis-tonantis which we had before
us was most instructive in this respect. Then there are certain species
which stand out from the rest on account of some special peculiarity, as the
cucullate and more or less petioled sepals of G. Thunbergia, the cuff-like
prolonged calyx-tube of G. cornuta, with its laterally attached segments, the

GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES. 419

small flowers and ribbed fruits of G. Aqualla, and the almost entirely
suppressed overground stems of G. subacaulis and G. Tinnee. The two last-
named species are interesting instances of adaptation of arborescent types to
the peculiar edaphic conditions of the savannas.

With our present knowledge of Gardenia it would be idle to speculate on
the phylogeny of the “ Thunbergia” group. They certainly represent
a distinct branch of the greater phylum of Eu-Gardenia, from which
they must have become differentiated a very long time ago. We know
nothing about the dispersal of their seeds except what can be inferred from
the structure of their fruits and seeds, and the casual observations of the
collectors. It seems that the fruits of some of them, at any rate, are eaten
by elephants and antelopes, and probably other animals, evidently for the
suceulent pulp in which the seeds are embedded. The seeds would in this
way get into the intestinal canals of those animals, and might finally be
carried to great distances from the mother plant ; but no means of transport
across ihe seas suggest themselves, and it is evident that the Eu-Gardenias
must have reached their areas, in so fur as they are separated by water, ata
time when those areas were still connected by land, that is in pre-Tertiary
times.

In the following enumeration of the species of the “ Thunbergia” group
we have confined ourselves to describing only those which are new or were
imperfectly known, the key which precedes the enumeration including
sufficient characters for the determination of the others. In the key we
have placed together two acaulescent species for purely practical reasons.
They have no doubt descended independently from each other, Œ. subacaulis
probably being more intimately connected with G. asperula, and G. Tinnew
with G. lutea and G. ternifolia. (Отто STAPF.)

Key to the Species.

Subacaulis; flos solitarius cum foliis in rosulam dispositis.

Folia scabrida; corollæ tubus 4-8 em. longus .......... ee nn 1. subacaulis.
Folia levia ; corollæ tubus circiter 35 em. longus. ....... TET 2. Tinnee,

Arbores vel frutices.
Corolla 8-9-mera.
Ovarium 9-merum.
Calycis tubus ultra 5 mm. longus, lobis oblongis ...... .. 8. Jovis-tonantis.
Calycis tubus infra 3 mm. longus, lobis subfiliformibus

demum reflexis ..... leet nnn е...... .... 4, Folkensü.
Ovarium 3-6-merum.
Calycis lobi spatulati, infundibuliformes. ..... T 5. Thunbergia.

Calycis lobi oblongi (non spatulati).
Calycis lobi lateraliter complanati, equitantes et
decurrentes „еее ‚2...4. 6. Saundersie.

Calycis lobi dorsaliter complanati, non decurrentes .. 7. asperula.

420 DR. OTTO STAPF AND MR. J. HUTCHINSON ON

Corolla 6-7-mera (raro 9-mera іп G. spatulifolia).

Calycis tubus ultra loborum insertiones produetus, ....
Calycis tubus non ultra loborum insertiones productus,
Calycis lobi non filiformes; calyx et corolla fere glabra vel

breviter pubescentia.

Folia levia,

Folia late obovato-cuneata, nervis lateralibus + flabel-
latis ...

eene 8, cornuta.

I" зева. .... 9

spatulifolia,

Folia arcte reticulata; fructus ellipsoideus, ssepe
+ obtusus vel utrinque angustatus .......... 10. ternifolia.
Folia laxe reticulata; fructus oblongo-ellipsoideus,

+ stipitatus ,...

eere ases nnns Lll. lutea.
Folia scabrida.

Corolle tubus quam lobi vix duplo longior ........ 12. triacantha.

Corolle tubus quam lobi triplo longior. ............ 13. Goetzei.
Calycis dentes filiformes; calyx et corolla magis minusve

tomentosa,

Folia scabrida; fructus 3-4 сш, longus, multicostatus

‚. 14. Aqualla.
Folia lævia ; fructus 6-9 сш. longus, ecostatus

I4 n 15. erubescens.

1. GARDENIA SUBACAULIS, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

Sufrutex subacaulis, uniflorus. Folia sessilia, oblanceolata, basi longe
attenuata, usque ad 15 em. longa et 7 em. lata, coriac а, apice rotundata,
utrinque scabrida, marginibus undulatis, nervis lateralibus utrinque 9—14
patulis. prominentibus, venis arete anastomosantibus utrinque conspicuis ;
stipule late ovate, obtuse, circiter 4 mm. longe, согіасеге, extus parce
pilosw. Beceptaculum oblongum, circiter 1 cm. longum, puberulum. Сау
tubulosus, 6—9-lobus ; tubus 8-10 mm. longus, extus fere glaber, intus
parce pubescens; lobi oblongi vel lineares, obtusi, incrassati, a latere
compressi, interdum subfoliaeei, in tubo decurrentes, 2:5-8 mm. longi.
Corolla alba, demum flava ; tubus 4-8 cm. longus, medio 3-4 mm. diametro,
extus minute pubescens, intus superne pubescens ; lobi 6-8, oblique obovati
vel elliptici, 2-3-5 em. longi, 1-2 ст. lati, supra basin parce pubescentes.
Antherw 11-12 mm. long, incluse. Stylus 45-8 em. longus, supra medium
tenuiter pubescens, apice incrassatus, ineequaliter 6-lobatus, lobis latis
obtusis circiter 2 mm. longis. Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ambitu ellip-
ticus, circiter 5 em. longus, medio 3 em. diametro; pericarpium fibroso-
lignosum, 2 mm. crassum. Semina matura ignota.

Northern Rhodesia, and throughout Nyasaland:— Broken Hill, Aüssner,
2020 feet (Herb. Mus. Brit.)! Kondome to Karonga, 2000-6000 feet,
Whyte! plains near South Rukuru, 4000 feet, MeClounie, 114! Upper
Loangwa River, Nicholson ! Mt. Malosa, 4000-6000 feet, Whyte! Namasi,

Linn. Soc. Journ. Вот VoL. XXXVII. P1. 37.

Stapf & Hutchinson.

West, Newman imp.

GARDENIA SUBACAULIS, Sfap/z/4& Hutch.

J.N.Fitch lith.

J. H. del.

GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES 421

Cameron, 77! Manganja Hills, Waller! Eastern Nyasaland, Arehdeacon
Johnson, 498 !

K. J. Cameron states that the flower of this species is pure white, but
only remains so for a day, when it turns yellow and withers.

PLATE 37.

1. Whole plant in fruit (n.s.), 2. Plant in fruit, from collector's sketch (reduced to 3).
3. Calyx cut open (x 2). 4. Section of ovary (X 5). 9. Mature fruit (n. s.).

9. (+. TiNNE X, Kotschy et Heuglin, in Bot, Zeit. (1865) p. 173, t. 8;
Kotschy et Peyr. Pl. Tinn. p. 6, А, В.
Bahr-el-Ghazal ; Bongo-land, Tinne and Heuglin.

3. G. Jovis-ronantis, Hiern, in Flora Trop. Afr. iii. p. 101 ; Ficalho, Pl.
Uteis, p. 198; Hiern, Welw. Cat. Afr. Pl. ii. p. 461. |

Decameria Jovis-tonantis, Weiw. Apont. p. 579, Nota 12, et Synops.
Explic. p. 10, no. 20, et p. 18, no. 44.

From the Shari and Bahr-el-Ghazal to Uganda and Angola :— Central
Shari; swamps of Baseli, Chevalier, 85821 — Jur-land, Schweinfurth, 181
1339! 1750! 2888! Wayo, in Muro Territory, Petherick !— Uganda ;
scattered woods near Changu, at the mouth of the Katonga River, Scott
Elliot, 1412 ! without precise locality, in the jungle, Wilson, 146! Buddu,
Dawe, 240! German Hast Africa; Marungu, Volkens, 2145! (Herb. Mus.
Brit.).—Congo State; Lower Congo, without precise locality, Smith, 72!
(Herb. Mus. Brit.), Mayombe, Laurent ! Boma, Laurent ! Matabi, Ducoffre !
Cataract District ; Bingila (?) Dupuis! without precise locality, Laurent !
Luvituku, Pynaert, 79! Stanley Pool District; Stanley Pool, Desmeuse,
192! Laurent! N?Dembo, Gillet! Kisantu, Gillet! Leopoldville, Pynaert,
162! Lake Leopold District ; Fini, Laurent! North East District ; Route
Guruza to Mangara (near Suronga), Seret, 389! Mapussi to Koko, Seret,
389! Lualaba District; Luila River, Descamps! Luluabourg, Cambiers !
Lescrauwaet, 314! Eastern Province; Katanga, Lukofu, Verdick !—Angola;
Catomba, Welwitsch, 2573! district of Malange, Gossweiler, 1237!

All the specimens quoted above from the Congo State, excepting that by
Smith, are in the Brussels Herbarium, and were kindly lent us for examina-
tion by Dr. E, De Wildeman.

An interesting superstition exists amongst the natives of Angola regarding
this species. Ficalho, in Fl. Uteis, p. 198, states :—“ It isa small tree not
exceeding 5-9 feet in height, but it has a relatively large trunk, and inhabits
the stony, rather dry lands of Cazengo, Golungo Alto, and Ambaca. The
wood is of a clear yellow colour, extremely hard, and of a notably fine grain.
It is like boxwood—for which it might be substituted for many purposes,

r

422 DR. OTTO STAPF AND MR, J. HUTCHINSON ON

perhaps even in engraving. The same species is met with in Huilla, par-
ticularly in the woods near the lake of labantala, where it attains larger
dimensions, In those parts it is called mulábi. Itis one of the fetish plants,
The negroes of the interior of Angola believe that it is a protection from
lightning—perhaps in virtue of the great hardness of its wood, as Welwitsch

observes—and are in the habit of putting the branches on. the tops of their
huts, believing that they thus obtain shelter from electrical discharges.
From this supposed virtue Welwitsch derived the specific name of Jovis-
tonantis, dedicating it to the God of Thunders.”

According to Seret, the seeds yield a black dye for painting the skin.
The wood is very hard, and is used for the manufacture of knife-handles.

Flowering specimens much resembling this species were collected by
H. Waller at the foot of Morambala Hill, where the fruits form the favourite

food of the elephants.

4. G. Могкиххи, AY Schum., т Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiv. (1904) p. 332.
German East. Africa ; sandy creeks of the coast ; Engler, 2199, Kirk!
(fruit in Kew Museum).

5. С. THUNBERGIA, Linn. fil. Suppl. p. 162 (deser. emend.).

Dot. Mag. t 1004 ; Drapiez, Herb. Amat. Fl, vii. t. 554 ; Wood, Natal
Plants, t. 40; Sims, For. FI. Cape Col. t. 78. Gardenia verticillata,
Lam. Encycl. 11. p. 607 (1786). G. speciosa, Salisb. Prod. Stirp.
Hort. Chap. Allert. p. 63 (1796). G. crassicaulis, Salisb. Parad.
Londin. i. t. 46 (1800). Bergkias, Sonnerat, Voy. N. Guin. p. 47,
tt. 17, 18 (1776). Thunbergia capensis, Montin in К. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. (Stockholm) xxxiv. 179) P 289, t. 11. Piringa Caquepiria,
A. L. de Juss. in Mém. Mus. Par. vi. (1820) р. 899.

Arbuscula, 2:5 т. alta, vel frutex ; rami cortice griseo vel albido tecti,
etiam juniores glabri. Folia eum floribus coëtanea, rotundato-ovata vel
obovata, breviter vel longius acuminata, acumine plerumque obtuso, basi
cuneatim attenuata lamina magis minusve in petiolum brevem decurrente,
9-7 em. longa, 3-4 em. lata, papyracea, fere concoloria, glabra nisi in
nervorum axillis pilosa, nervis lateralibus utrinque 5-7 tenuibus obliquis,
venis laxis inconspicuis ; petiolus 2-4 mm. longus; stipule in tubum
connatie, seartoso-membranacese, unilateraliter беха, demum circumscissiles,
summe ad 12 mm. longa. Flores ad ramulorum. breviorum apices, solitarii,
sessiles inter ramulos orti, Receptaculum obeonicum, 10-12 mm. longum,
tenuiter sericeo-pubescens. Сиу tubulosus, 5-8-lobus; tubus superne uno
latere fissus, extus glaber vel magis minusve appresse pilosus, intus densis-
sime арргеххе tomentosus, ultra loborum insertionem breviter. productus ;
lobi foliacei, breviter vel longiuscule petiolati, laminis spatulatis vel obovato-

GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES. 423

oblongis vel ovatis basi infundibuliformibus 5-12 mm. longis, petiolis seepe

in tubo breviter decurrentibus. Corolle alb: tubus cylindricus, 4-8 em.

longus, medio 3-4 mm. diametro, extus glaber, intus superne pubescens ;

lobi 8 (raro 9), oblique obovati vel obovato-oblongi, 2:5—4:5 cm. longi, 1:9—

9:5 em. lati, glabri. Antherw medio affixee, 22-28 mm. long, 4-5 mm.
^ е) ? ә»

exsertæ. Stylus 5'5-9 ст. longus, a medio pubescens, sursum multo

densius vestitus ; stigmatis lobi obovato-oblongi, 6—7 mm.longi. Ovarium

Ы D >? 5
placentis 3-5. Fructus ellipsoideus, 4-5°5 cm. longus, 275-35 em.
diametiens, albidus ; pericarpium durum, fibris lignosis crassiusculis creber-
, И: 5

rimis. Semina æ, lenticularia, maiora 6-7 mm. diametro, nigra.

South Africa from Port Elizabeth to Natal:—Cape Colony, without
precise locality, Masson! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Port Elizabeth Div., Kraka-
kamma, Harvey, 556! Somerset Div., Bowkie! Bathurst Div., between
Theopolis and Port Alfred, Burchell, 4121. East London Div., in woods
near the mouth of Buffalo River, Leighton in herb. Norm. Aust. Afr. no. 99!
Natal: Inanda, Wood, 439! near Durban, Wood, 20! (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

, ? ? ? Ы
Without precise locality, Cooper, 2467! Gerrard, 50! Cult. in Hort.
9 per, ,
Burchell, 149 ! Hort. Malcolm (1191) ! (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

6. G. SAUNDERSIÆ, N. E. Brown, т Kew Bull. 1906, p. 104.

South East Africa :—Gazaland ; Lebombo Mountains, Saunders! Delagoa
Вау; Rikaltu, Junod, 218 !

Т. С. AsPERULA, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

Frutex vel arborescens, spinis validis (ramis commutatis). Rami juniores
pubescentes, demum fere glabri. Folia lanceolato- vel elliptico-oblonga,
rarius subobovata, sessilia, 4—6°5 em. longa, 2-3 em. lata, obtusa vel subaeuta,
tenuiter coriacea, utrinque puberula, nervis lateralibus utrinque 8-10 obliquis
intra marginem arcuatis, utrinque prominentibus, venis conspicuis ; stipulæ
scariose, 2 mm. long, pubescentes. Receptaculum oblongo-obconicum,
5-10 mm. longum, brevissime pubescens. Calyx tubulosus, 6-9-lobus ;
tubus sepe superne uno latere fissus, 9-12 mm. longus, extus brevissime
pubescens, intus infra medium appresse tomentosus ; lobi subfoliacei, oblongi
vel spatulati, obtusi, ad 15 mm. (raro 20) longi et ad 4 mm. lati, interdum
parte coaliti. Corolla alba, suaveolens ; tubus cylindricus, 4—6 em. longus,
medio circa 3 mm. diametro, extus parce longe pilosus, intus fere glaber ;
lobi 6-9, oblique obovati, 2-3 em. longi, I-1:5 em. lati, Antheræ 1-2 em.
infra faucem inserte, medio affixze, 10-13 mm. longs. Stylus 45-8 ст.
longus, supra medium pubescens, infra medium fere glaber; stigmatis lobi
exserti, complanati, oblanceolati, obtusi. Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus
pyriformis, durus (fide Swynnerton).

424 DR. ОТТО STAPF AND MR, J. HUTCHINSON ON

Nyasaland to South-East Rhodesia :— British Central Africa ; Lake
Shirwa, Meller! Shire Highlands, Buchanan, 174! Portuguese Nyasa-
land; between Unango and Mt. Mtonia, Archdeacon W. P. Johnson! South-
East Rhodesia, Melsetier District, open woods at Chirinda, Swynnerton, 56 |
(Herb. Mus. Brit. ; fruit in агр. coll.). Chihere Hills, 3500 ft.. Swynnerton,
56! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Chindas name, 'Chindharara'; Singum name,
* [sivaluangwhii.’

А specimen coliected by the Hon. Mrs. E. Cecil in Matabeleland near
Enkeldoorn, no. 88, has quite the facies of G. asperula, excepting the more
obovate leaves and narrow ealyx-lobes, It is described by her as а bush
8-10 feet high, with ivory-white or pale-yellow flowers.

8. G. CORNUTA, Hemsl., in Hook. Te. Plant. t. 2809.

South-East Africa :—Gazaland, Lebombo Mountains, Saunders! Natal
and Zululand, Gerrard, 1620 !

9. G. SPATULIFOLIA, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

(т. Thunbergia, К. Schum. in Baum Kunene-Samb, Exped. p. 385 (non
Linn. f.).

Arbor circiter 7 m. alta. Rami glabri. Folia obovato-spatulata, basi
cuneata, 3—9 em. longa, 2-5 ет. lata, apice rotundata, vel breviter obtuse
acuminata, chartacea, utrinque. glabra vel leviter scabrida, nervis lateralibus
5-11 fere flabellatim divergentibus utrinque. prominentibus, venis utrinque
conspicuis; stipulie late, scarioso-pubescentes, circiter 2 mm. long. Recep-
taculum oblongum, 1 cm. longum, breviter pubescens. Calyæ tubulosus ;
tubus spathaceus vel cylindricus, 7-14 mm. longus, extus glaber vel breviter
pubescens, intus pilosus; lobi 7-9, spatulati et tune foliacei vel magis
minusve reducti et lineares, usque ad 1:5 em. longi et 8 mm. lati, interdum
minuti, in eodem ealyee variabiles, glabri. Corolla primo pallide, demum
saturate flava ; tubus cylindricus, 5—7°5 em. longus, medio circiter 3 mm.
diametro, extus glaber, intus glaber vel superne parce pubescens; lobi 6-7
(raro 9), elliptiei vel oblique obovati, 2-5 cm. longi, 1°5-3 em. lati, glabri.
Anthere 2 ст. longi, 1:5 em. infra faucem insert, Stylus 5-8 em. longus,
pubescens; stigmatis lobi 6, 4—7 mm. longi, obtusi. Ovarium placentis 6.
Fructus ignotus,

Tropical South Africa, from the Cunene to Gazaland :—Mossamedes ;
Bumbo, Welwitsch, 2579! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Cunene River, Johnston!
Chihinde, Baum, 39! Bechuana Land; Lake Neami, Atherstone, 34!
Botletle River, Lugard, 7! South Africa, without precise lo ality, Chapman
у Baines! Rhodesia; Sebakere tree 15-20 feet, flowers cream-coloured,
sweet-scented, alt. 4000 ft., Fyles, 175! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). | Gazaland ;
Sabi River, Swynnerton, 115 ! (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES. 425

Baum (Kunene-Sambesi Exped. р. 19) observes that this tree is frequent
from the Lower Kunene to the Kuito River, mostly growing in the valleys
of the rivers. The tree attains rarely more than 15—18 feet, having a short
stem with a greenish bark, and a large dense and rounded top. The fruits
are eaten by the Kudu Antelope, and the hard wood is used by the natives
for making handles, «с. The tree is known to the Boers as ©“ stumpdorn.'

10. С. TERNIFOLIA, Schum. et Thonn, Beskr. Guin. Pl. p. 147 (deser.
emend.).

Arbor vel frutex divaricatus, 2-5 m. altus. Rami glabri. Folia ob-
lanceolata vel obovata, sessilia, subacuta vel rarius rotundata, basi cuneata,
4-9 em. longa, 2-4°5 cm. lata, subcoriacea, utrinque glauca, glabra, nervis
lateralibus utrinque 7-11 obliquis, venis utrinque prominentibus arcte
anastomosantibus ; stipulæ late ovate, 2 mm. longæ, glabræ. Receptaculum
oblongum vel oblongo-obconicum, 6-10 mm. longum, glabrum. Calyx
tubulosus, subtruncatus vel 6-lobus; tubus 8-15 mm. longus, utrinque
glaber; lobi oblongi, usque ad 5 mm. longi, obtusi, glabri, interdum minuti,
Corolla flava ; tubus cylindricus, 45-9 ст. longus, medio 2-3 mm. diametro,
utrinque glaber; lobi 6, oblongo-elliptici, 2:5-5 cm. longi, 1-2*5 ст. lati,
utrinque glabri. Anthere 1:5 cm. longer, 1:5 em. infra faucem inserte. Stylus
5-9 em. longus, breviter pubescens; stigmatis lobi 5-6, usque ad 5 mm.
longi, exserti. Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ambitu oblongo-ellipticus,
9-7 cm. longus, usque ad 5 ст. diametro; pericarpium fibrosum, 1 cm.
crassum. Semina subglobosa, maiora circa 4 mm. diametro, fulva,

Nigeria to the Gold Coast :—Northern Nigeria ; Kuka, Bornu, Е. Vogel,
92: Katagum District, Dalziel, 162! 161 (in part; fruiting specimen) !
Zungeru, low bush, Elliott, 30! Dalziel! Маре Country, Baikie! Barter,
1205! Southern part of N. Nigeria, without precise locality, Kentish-
Rankin! Southern Nigeria; Oloke Meji, 6 feet high, flowers white, Dodd,
401! Gold Coast; Accra (Gah) and Adampi, Thonning! (Herb. DC.).

11. С. LUTEA, Fresen, in Mus. Senckenb. ii. (1837) р. 167 (descr. emend.).
G. Thunbergia, Engl. Hochgeb. Fl. Trop. Afr. (non Linn. f.).

Arbor vel frutex magnus. Rami tenuiter pubescentes. Folia 3—4-na,
verticillata, sessilia, obovato-oblonga, obtusa, basin versus angustata, 4—13 cm.
longa, 2-5 ст. lata, coriacea, glabra, fere concoloria, utrinque nitida, nervis
lateralibus 8-12 patulis vel interdum leviter obliquis, venis laxis utrinque
conspicuis (precipue subtus); stipule scariose, late ovate, pubescentes,
usque ad 4 mm. longs. Receptaculum oblongo-obconicum, 5-8 mm. longum,
glabrum vel pubescens. Caly tubulosus, 6-7-lobus; tubus cylindricus,
вере superne uno latere fissus, extus glaber vel pubescens, intus glaber vel

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII, 2H

426 DR. OTTO STAPF AND MR. J. HUTCHINSON ON

breviter pilosus; lobi 6-7, lineares, in tubo breviter decurrentes, usque ad
5 mm. longi, glabri. Corolla flava ; tubus cylindricus, apicem versus leviter
dilatatus, 5-9 em. longus, medio 1:5-3 mm. diametro, utrinque glaber ;
lobi 6-7, elliptici vel obovato-oblongi, 2°5-3°5 em. longi, 1-2 cm. lati,
utrinque glabri. Antherw 18 em. longs, 1:5 em. infra faucem inserte.
Stylus inferne minute pubescens, apice incrassatus, 5'5-9 cm. longus ; stig-
matis lobi oblongi, obtusi, Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ambitu oblongo-
ellipticus, 4-6 cm. longus, breviter stipitatus, 2-3 cm. diametro; peri-
carpium fibroso-lignosum, circiter 5 mm. crassum. Semina ellipsoidea,
4 mm. longa, glauca.

From Abyssinia and the Sudan to S.W. Uganda and East Africa :—
Sudan ; * Upper Nile, Freeman § Lucas, 64! Blue Nile, near Abon Shendi,
Muriel, 27! Bahr-el-Ghazal Prov., Broun! * Aethiopia, Kotschy, 540!
Abyssinia ; Hamedo, Schimper, 883 ! (Herb. Mus. Brit.) ; near Adde Bahara,
Schimper, 528! mountains near Djeladjeranne, Schimper, 1821! without
precise locality, Quartin-Dillon § Petit, 128! Foggaro Prov., Steudner,
903! Gallabat, Sehweinfurth, 1457! Matamma, Schweinfurth, 1459 ! (Herb.
Mus. Brit.). Fasokl, Kotschy, 540! Uganda; Madi, Speke у Grant, 762!
Ankole Hills (fruit зрес.), Dawe, 240! between Lake Rudolph and Gondo-
koro, Donaldson Smith! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). German East Africa ; Kilwa,
Kirk!

According to Capt. Speke (* Nile Journal, Append. p. 636) the roots of this
species boiled with the flour of Andropogon Sorghum are considered by the
‘Wanyamwezi’ to be a cure for hematuria; the contorted branches make
an impenetrable fence.

12. С. rrtacantua, DC. Prod. iv. p. 382; Williams, Florula Gambia, in
Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. IT. vii. (1907) p. 377.

G. macrocarpa, Carey, ex Voight, Hort. Suburb. Caleutt. p. 379.

From the Senegal to Sierra Leone :—Senegambia ; Roger |! Leprieur «у
Perrottet ! (Herb. DC.) : north bank of Gambia, Ozanne, T! Whitfield (in
part)! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Sierra Leone, Smythe, 1!

We are much obliged to M. Cas. De Candolle for the loan of the type
which enabled us to confirm Mr. Williams’s conception of 1 as a distinct
species.

According to Voight the plant described by Carey as G. macrocarpa was
raised at Sibpure from seed received from Loddiges & Co. in 1822. This
was the year when (Feb. to April) G. Don collected in Sierra Leone for the
Hortieultural Soeiety of London, and it is very probable that Loddiges
obtained the seeds from him.

. GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND IT3 ALLIES. 497

18. С. GOETZEI, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

Frutex vel arborescens. Rami dense tomentosi, deinde cortice flavescente
tecti. Folia sessilia, obovata, apice rotundata, 2-6 ст. longa, 1:5-4 em. lata,
tenuiter coriacea, utrinque scabridula, nervis lateralibus utrinque 8-11 sub-
patulis utrinque prominentibus, venis arcte anastomosantibus ; stipulae
breviter vaginantes, truncate, extus tomentose. Receptaculum oblongum,
5 mm. longum, dense pubescens. Calyx tubulosus, 6-lobus ; tubus superne
uno latere fissus, 1 cm. longus, utrinque tenuiter pubescens ; lobi oblanceolati,
obtusi, ad 1 em. longi et 2 mm. lati, glabri, in tubo decurrentes. Corolla
tubus cylindrieus, 3-5 em. longus, medio 3 mm. diametro, utrinque tenuiter
pubescens ; lobi 6, ovato-elliptiei, obtusi, 1-1:5 em. longi, 5-10 mm. lati,
utrinque parce pilosuli. Ап Мег circiter 1 em. longs, 8 mm. infra faucem
insertz. Stylus 3-4 ст. longus, parce pubescens; stigmatis lobi 8 mm
longi, fere inclusi. Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ignotus.

German East Africa :—Ulunguru, Kissaki-Steppe, Goetze, 44!

14. б. AqvALLa, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

Frutex ramosissimus, 1-2:5 m. altus, ramis subprostratis (ide Schweinf.).
Folia magnitudine valde variabilia, oblanceolata vel (minora) elliptica, 2:5—
18 em. longa, 1-5 em. lata, apice rotundata, rarius obtuse subacuminata,
supra seabrida, subtus hispidula, coriacea, nervis lateralibus utrinque 14—17
precipue subtus distinctis ; stipule late triangulares, 4 mm. longs, pilosæ.
Receptaculum oblongum, 6 mm. longum, dense appresse pubescens. Calyæ
tubulosus, 6-lobus; tubus cylindricus, 8 em. longus, utrinque appresse
pubescens; lobi lineari-subulati, 8—4 mm. longi, subacuti, pubescentes.
Corolla alba, demum citrina ; tubus cylindricus, 2:5—£ cm. longus, medio
2 mm. diametro, extus dense appresse pubescens, intus tenuiter pilosus ;
lobi 6, oblique ovati vel elliptici, 2-2°5 em. longi, 1-175 em. lati, extus parce
pubescentes, intus glabri. Anthere 5 mm. infra faucem inserte, 1 em.
longs. Stylus 45 cm. longus, pubescens ; stigmatis lobi brevi, obtusi.
Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ambitu ellipticus, costatus, 375-4 cm.
longus, L:5-2 cm. diametro ; pericarpium durum, 8 mm. crassum, brunneo-
maculatum.

From the Bahr-el-Ghazal to Yoruba :—Jur-land ; Seriba Kurschuk Ali,
Schweinfurth, 1751! Scriba Ghatta, Schweinfurth, 1969 ! at Okel, Schwein-
furth, 1761! (Herb. Mus. Brit.). Upper Ubangi; Snussi Country, Ndelle,
Chevalier, 8071! Nigeria; Katagum and district, Dalziel, 352! Yoruba,
low spreading shrub, not frequent (fruit spec. only), Barter, 1234!

>н?

428 ON GARDENIA THUNBERGIA AND ITS ALLIES,

15. С. ERUBESCENS, Stapf et Hutchinson (sp. nov.).

G. triacantha, DC. var. parvilimbis, Williams, in Bull. Herb. Boiss.
sér. П. vii. (1907) p. 378.

Arbor 5-6°5 m. altus, cortice platanoideo (fide Schweinf.). Rami
juniores dense sericeo-tomentosi. Folia late obovata vel oblanceolata, basi
cuneata, 45-16 em. longa, 2-9 ст. lata, chartacea, utrinque glabra, supra
interdum purpurascentia, subtus glauca, nervis lateralibus 6-8, venis supra
sepius distinctis subtus inconspicuis; petioli usque ad 4 mm. longi; stipule
late, З mm. longs, tomentose. Receptaculum oblongum, 4-8 mm. longum,
dense tomentosum. Calyx tubulosus; tubus 6-12 mm. longus, dense
tomentosus, demum subglaber, intus longe pilosus, dentibus 6 filiformibus
6-10 mm. longis. Corolla pallida, demum citrina (jide Schweinf.) ; tubus
cylindricus, 2:5-7:5 cm. longus, medio circa 3 mm. diametro, utrinque
tenuiter pilosus; lobi 6, elliptiei, 2-8 em. longi, 1:5 em. lati. Antheræ 6,
fere inclusee, 7 mm. infra faucem insertz, supra medium affixee, 2 em. longe.
Stylus 3-7 ст. longus, breviter pilosus; stigmatis lobi oblongi, obtusi,
3-5 mm. longi. Ovarium placentis 6. Fructus ambitu oblongo-lanceolatus
vel fere ellipticus, 5-8 cm. longus, 2:5-3 em. diametro.

From the Bahr-el-Ghazal to the Senegal :—Mittu-land ; at Reggo, Schwein-
Дит, 2792! French Sudan ; Nigalia, Chevalier, 160! Northern Nigeria ;
Kontagora, common in the bush, Dalziel, 224! Katagum District, Dalziel,
161 (in part; flowering specimen)! French Guinea; Samu Country,
near Tombia, in bush near the village, Scott Elliot, 4370! near Wallia,

Scott Elliot, 4574! Gambia; Whitfield (in part)! (Herb. Mus. Brit.).

DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO. 429

Altitude and Distribution of Plants in Southern Mexico. By Hans Gabow.
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Communicated by Dr. А. В. Кехо, M.A.,
F.L.S.)

(With two diagrams.)
( Read 18th June, 1908.]

Proressor A. HEILPRIN, in his very important paper, “The Temperate and
Alpine Floras of the giant Volcanoes of Mexico" *, makes the following
summarising statement :—“The preponderating element in the upper
Mexican flora [from 10,000 feet upwards] is made up of forms which
distinctly represent the temperate and arctic regions, and not of modifications,
suited to a more rigorous climate, of the lower or basal floras of the same
region. This condition characterises the high mountain floras of tropical
regions generally, as distinguished from those of temperate climes.” Не
refers to Engler f as the originator of this view, and continues: “ Most of the
Mexican plants occurring above 10,000 feet are specifically distinct from the
congeneric forms of temperate North America, while about 10 per cent. of
the species of high Mexican mountains are identical with those of the much
more distant Andean summits.”

According to Engler the alpine plants of Mexico are not connected with
the plants of the subtropical and tropical regions of the same country, and he
says further that, “ whilst in California and on the Rocky Mountains part of
the alpine flora is indeed derived from that of the plains, this is not the case
in Mexico, because there the plants of the lower regions vegetate during the
whole year. It is impossible for them quickly to acquire an organisation
necessary for a prolonged period of rest, or the means of protection necessary
for defence during such a time of rest. The plants of California’s plain are
already organised for enduring a prolonged and more or less inclement
period, so that their descendants can gradually acquire the features necessary
upon the new highlands.”

These statements, probably as correct as they are ingenious, yet convey a
somewhat erroneous impression, because they are incomplete and too general,
If the alpine flora of a mountain in the tropics has not been derived from its
base, it can have got to the top in two ways only—either by accident (wind,
animals), or as a relic. The latter notion resorts, of course, to a glacial
period as the favourite explanation ; its importance has been greatly
exaggerated, and good instances of arctic, even subarctic, animals and plants
as derelicts on subtropical, leave alone tropical, mountains are exceedingly

* Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. Philadelphia, xxx. 1892, pp. 4-22.
+ Versuch einer Entwicklungsgeschichte der PHanzenwelt, ii. 1882.

430 DR. HANS GADOW ON ALTITUDE AND

rare, Within subarctic and temperate countries such cases are naturally
more common, although even there the principle has been greatly exaggerated.
In either case, relics or accidental,—restricting ourselves to the Mexican
mountains, the species should be presumably the ‘same on the tropical tops
and in the more distant arctic regions. But if the top flora has been derived
from the basal, by modification, then there is every reason for suspecting
that the plants should be specifically different. This is actually the case,
to a great extent. Such a top flora -may assume- even an arctic facies, by
convergence, by adaptation to similar environmental conditions. `

Engler's explanation of the Californian and Rocky Mountain floras applies
also to Mexico. Without exception the highest mountains of this country
arise from the plateau, at least with one side, whilst the other, most con-
spicuously on Citlaltepetl, slides right into the tropics. Now, this plateau
gives the temperate and cool flora a very good lead, so much, indeed, that the
implied change into alpine species need be but very gradual, and the huge
central plateau sloping from 7000 feet in the south to 3000 in the north, whilst
maintaining continuity all along the backbone of the western Sierra Madre,
insures an ideally perfect continuity of the same conditions from California,
Arizona, and Sonora (the ancient Sonoraland, which stood out long before
the rest of Mexico came into existence during the later Cretaceous epoch) to
the truly alpine heights which now border the southern edges of the plateau.

So far, then, it must have been easy for plants of temperate North America
to spread to the high Mexican mountains, but the distance is great and
physical conditions have changed, and after all the bionomie conditions
of the Mexican highlands are not the same as those of the United States,
even if the mean temperatures be the same: consequently most of the
congeneric plants have become specifically distinct. But this same high
Mexican plateau is possessed also of a great number of endemic, autoch-
thonous plants, many of which have sent representatives into the alpine
regions, Consequently these have received part of their flora from the
immediate adjoining basal regions or plains. If these mountains were
isolated, if they did arise as solitary cones out of the tropies, the investigation
would be simple. We should have to deal only with those species, about 10
per cent. according to Heilprin, which they have in common with some of
the Central American peaks, e. y. Irazu, and with the distant Andes ; plants
‘which owe their scattered, high-level distribution possibly to wind, birds,
and similar accidental agencies,

But the high Mexican mountains stand in a very peculiar condition,
namely on the edge of the plateau. For instance, on the west side of
Citlaltepetl it rises gradually from 7500 to 9000 fect before we come to the
shoulder of the giant, while the south-eastern side glides much more rapidly
into the tropics. These mountains have, in fact, two base levels, one of them

DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO. 431

being the plateau; the other, for instance, on the Sierra de Ajusco, which
‘forms the southern border of the Valley of Mexico, finds its southern level
in the plain of Cuernavaca, about 5000 feet, thence sloping further into the
tropical Balsas basin. Similar conditions apply to Popocatepetl and to the
Nevado de Colima.

Consequently all these mountains possess a very mixed flora. First,
northerners (or shall we call them long migrants?) ; secondly, endemie
ascendants from a temperate or cool immediate base ; thirdly, southerners,
or ascendants from the tropics; fourthly, the “ Andines.” 16 is difficult,
perhaps impossible, to keep the main categories asunder, since the distinction
between hot, temperate, cool and cold is arbitrary. Specialists in American
plants will be able to do it better than the present writer, who has but little,
secondhand, botanical knowledge. |

Yet the attempt has been made to group the flora of Mexico into several

main categories. |

1. Northern plants”, with their presumable home in the temperate
northern hemisphere.

2. Endemies of Mexico, which again naturally fall into a cool to temperate
and a tropical or * Southern " category.

3. Southerners are of course also those which for the sake of shortness we
refer to as Andines, leaving the question of their original home in
abeyance ; for instance, Acwna (Rosacee), Tauschia ( Umbelliferze),
Pernettyia (Ericacze), Chionolena (Composite). Those which occur
on Mexiean high mountains do not, as a rule, extend further north,
whilst they are found also in Central America and in South America,
especially on the Andes. |

I had no idea what the outcome would be of the necessary, almost endless,

calculations. and plottings, and yet they assumed a shape apparently so
reasonable that it can scarcely be accidental. Thanks mainly to Heilprin the
flora from 10,000 feet upwards is fairly well known, and his lists proved of
the greatest value. But thence downwards all available data are vague.
Papers like that by Liebmann on Citlaltepetl (* Botanische Zeitung,’ 1844),
and Kotschy’s * Survey of Mexican Plants," Sitzungsberiehte Wien. Akad.
Wiss., Feb. 1852, viii. (partly suppressed 1), are very scarce; and unfortunately
altitudinal distribution does not seem to have appealed much to the authors
of the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ at least I have failed to find therein
such general conclusions as I had, perhaps unreasonably, been looking for.
The fourth of the volumes on Botany, more especially pp. 145-151 and
282-315, by W. B. Hemsley, forms nevertheless the main supply of data for

* For instance Pinus, Alies, Juniperus, Alnus, Quercus, Sambucus, Platanus, Ulmus, Cornus,
Viscum, Veratrum, Pinguicula, Spirea, Thalictru n, Aquilegia, Delphinium, Pyrola.

432 DR. HANS GADOW ON ALTITUDE AND

this investigation. In this I have restricted myself to Phanerogams, minus
Grasses, and I have assumed * for the Southern third of Mexico, 2, e. from
21 degrees North to the Isthmus railway of Tehuantepec :

1600 species as found in the tropies.

2500 » » in the temperate belt, up to 7000 feet.
1300 » » thence upwards.
200 » » at 10,000 feet level, according to Heilprin.

Heilprin has ascended and thoroughly investigated Citlaltepetl, Popo-
catepetl, Hztaccihuatl, and the Nevado de Toluca. I myself have ascended
the first two (with camps at 8500 and at 12,500 feet level) and the Nevado
de Colima ; of lower mountains the Sierra de Ajusco up to 10,000 feet, the
Sierra Madre del Sur, above Omilteme near Chilpancingo, to about 9000 feet,
and the Cerro de San Felipe near Oaxaca, of the same height.

Let us start with the 10,000 feet level. Heilprin mentions 117 genera
with 199 species. Of these, leaving a few genera unclassed, there are about
62 Northern, 42 endemic, temperate and high-level ascendants, and 10
Southern ascendants and Andines.

Thence upwards we notice a rapid decline. At 12,000 feet the genera are
reduced to 29, namely 21 Northerners, 3 endemic temperate (Echeveria,
Arctostaphylos, Pentstemon), 4 Andines (Colobanthus, Acæna, Pernettyia,
Alchemilla ?), and 1 Southern (Ageratum).

At 13,000 feet the genera are reduced to 17, namely 12 Northern,
2 endemic temperate (Echeveria, Arctostaphylos), and 3 Andines, Colobanthus
having dropped out, and the southern Ageratum is likewise soon falling
behind.

At 14,000 feet the 15 genera are composed of 11 Northerners, 3 Andines
and the Echeveria.

Above 14,000 feet are only Arenaria, 2 Senecio, Castilleia, Echeveria, and
Chionolena ; inall 5 genera with 6 species. Engler (op. cit. p. 223) mentions
Alchemilla tripartita for this high level on the Orizaba mountain. Only
Arenaria bryoides, Chionolæna lavendulacea, and Alchemilla tripartita reach
the snow-line.

The tree-line lies between 13,500 and 14,000 feet, but since the only
trees (Pinus Montezuma) are scattered for the last few hundred feet, the
tree-line does not affect the few other plants.

Whilst at the 10,000 feet level the 62 Northern genera are still almost

* The numbers are necessarily vague and the tropical element of the Mexican flora is
still very imperfectly known. These circumstances may, I trust, be an excuse for those
corrections in my calculations which future research will no doubt find necessary. The
principles which I have tried to draw attention to will, however, not be affected.

DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO. 433

balanced * by the 53 others, at 13,000 feet the Northerners have rapidly
gained the preponderance, owing almost entirely to the rapid falling behind
of the endemic ascendants, which are now reduced to the solitary Echeveria.
This is very significant, as it seems to indicate that the native basal genera
find it more difficult to adapt themselves to these arctic heights than do the
long migrants, the Northerners, which were already prepared for such
eventualities, to put the matter in homely language. But it is equally
significant that the Andines, although always few in numbers, hold their own.
Thus it comes to pass that above 14,000 feet the few Northern plants are
balanced by the others, and that near the snow-line a solitary Northern
Arenaria is confronted by the Andine Chionolena and by an Alchemilla.

From 10,000 feet downwards species and genera increase rapidly. This is
not so much a fancy level as it would appear from the round number in feet,
or 3100 metres. It fairly well marks the average top level of the main
cloud-belt with its resultant moisture. Various calculations, notably at
9500 feet, at 8500 feet at our Xometla camp, and at 7000 feet, indicate that
the increase is rather steady, and it seems that the absolute maximum otf
species is reached somewhere between 4000 and 5000 feet, the level of Orizaba.
It is therefore possible to construct a curve from the 4500 feet level with 2500
species to the 10,000 feet level with 200 species. Further, it stands to reason,
first, that the number of Southern species, which of course have their
maximum in the tropics, decrease steadily from that base upwards ; secondly,
that the Northerners decrease steadily to sea-level, where we are not far
wrong in assuming that they represent less than 5 per cent. of the plants
found in the true tropics. But it is very difficult to ascertain in which level
lies the absolute maximum of the Northerners. It lies, of course, not as low
as 4500 feet, that is quite obvious, not even at 5000 feet. On the other
hand, it does not stand at 9000 feet, since thence downwards Northern species
and genera show a rapid increase. The mean between the two limits is 7000
feet, and this seems to agree fairly with actual conditions. It marks, more-
over, the lower level of the cloud-belt, at least on the sides away from the
plateau, with the average height of which it also coincides, and this is an
important point. Lastly, broadly speaking, this level marks the change from
the Oak to the Pine belt.

All such calculations must be vague ; they are to a bewildering extent
influenced by local conditions. On the northern side of Citlaltepetl,
Popocatepetl, and Nevado de Colima the floral aspect is much more
Northern than it is at the same level on the south slopes which are in direct
communication with the tropics. The plateau side of Citlaltepetl strikes one

* It is important to note that the proportion differs but slightly whether we consider all
the highest Mexican mountains, or restrict ourselves to Citlaltepetl.

E T

+ T I —— |

| [ T T Т T T T T T T 4
ooks col, eo" 000, гоб cog 002 209 20. од» abe Е 20.

GILMJCAGL 00Р HGONGO/

d a WUIMIPOS TWHIOLL QOG ООФ/ 1700 83/2729 JO SYFTWAN LOL
RS :
14000 || X
Ў
г
"SUM 77 NESHINOM - FL VEIL 2 wezeunms
£ NFIMLIG 502909 10 SYTOWNN NI 32AIVTWE. 72177 SIL LY
b N LSOOG/ LY АРИЯ SUTO FHL NI adit ae eam Wi [2/4 НЙ
IS , АЕ И SHIIIS ODE TULS HUM 9)ITWIOSTO JOOS E
c SO 77777 CW SIKI M РИО FAL YAO TINYYTINOP TYS X BÉ
ШЕ 72WFOWAEE 49340302 HUM ЗИК ЗИ M M men

9 | s
Я ` 57/0905 YIHLO IHL 9 eee

NYFIMLYON NIFMLIF JONGIVE 77177 S —
б УРГА LNVONFISY ATYETIO OSE, 1709 9327299 тыи

470004 WOKS SHITAS НДИ |
. pesa ——

N

LSIGOS ЭМ ? УрО
э 50/0072 JO L779
< qq

Q

ОО $3 9f49 NAO!

S

'ДеЧ-әчо 03 paonpor ísopods c.9 = ‘шш [ :o[eos [еши

z/| '892tI]sIp

. үеўчожхлоч әчү Aq pojeorput st ѕ[әләү snorma oy} je SUL sopoods Jo 1oquinu ONY,
€/

INITIFAL ‘моаую) “FT о} Supo.
120006/
OJIKI MW Udioujnog

ur зи ѕпошъЗоләпеца Jo uornqujsHq pue epnanrv

IM/TMONS

'72A77 V3.

14000! | = E

‘INOZ 7002 FHL OINI YO 9 ILVATINFL FHL OLNI
0002 ONIISY YI “INOZ LOH FHL OL CHLHULSTY FAY Kbb
HIIHM JO 'SHITAS NATHLNOS GO 72/408

000€

0092 |.

ooo! |

'sapeds [= sup ^. 0} раопрал ‘ции g opuos тейм)
"2210.4 GG рив [8214044
-uou 08 Orqa Jo fsoroods ez[ эпо эле 399] 0009 PAA PY SIOUIIYMOQ j3uvpuoose ec
0002 put [oq әўїләйшәў оў pa3orrjsox p 3noqu *juvpueosap OL pue JULPUdISL QZ влтәшләчїдо у
цәтум Jo “вәтдәЧв QOL MOge oiv өләцу 199] 00б} [PAI] Je *o2uvjsur хо ‘SPAS, впошшх

943 38 Зшллпәоо sopoads Jo 1oquuinu oq] әувогрш SIM OY} 9994394 soouvjsrp [e3uoztro ot T,

000#/
"38422321
12000ы

"(оотхәр urieuanog ш) вәтуіөҹч pue
ъртцашү Jo soroeds 09% oy} Jo uomnqrunsrp теитризиту

436 DR. HANS GADOW ON ALTITUDE AND

as barren, whilst the south and east appear luxuriant. Then there is the
impressionist bias of the leading features to contend with. We are impressed,
for instance, at Xometla (south-east side of Citlaltepetl, 8500 feet) by the
forest composed of Pines, Oak, Arbutus, and Alder ; they are the dominant
feature, truly characteristic of that level, but they do not make up the
majority of the species, which being smaller, although much more numerous,
are far less impressive, But when we gather during an hour's ramble at
haphazard an armful of plants, even if with the unscientific intention of
making a bouquet of flowers, then the true state of affairs soon becomes
clear. The Northerners are comparatively easy to sort out, they being old
friends, while the others are endemic Mexicans, and in such the country is
extremely rich.

They increase the lower down we go. At such a delightful level as
Orizaba, Oaxaca, or Chilpancingo, i.e. between 4000 and 5000 feet elevation,
whence high levels or a deep and wide valley can be reached by a few hours’
excursion, we are struck with another state of affairs. The Northerners are
few and far between, no longer obtrusive, nearly every plant is new to us ;
but the plants after an hour's climb higher up give a very different
impression from those which we meet at the bottom of the valley. The
latter kinds, in looks and behaviour, make up a tout ensemble which we
recognise as typical of the Tierra caliente, even if we have but slight
experience of the tropics. Indeed, it is surprising what a change a thousand
feet up or down can imply, not everywhere, but at the right level, and such
a level is that mysterious border-land between what the natives call the
Tierra caliente and the Tierra templada. Not much happens when safely
within the Tierra templada, whether we are at 4000, 5000, or 6000 feet, but
the changes are truly surprising which meet the traveller who crosses the
ranges of hills, themselves only a few thousand feet high, which run parallel
with the coast of Guerrero. There, at the bottom of the valleys. for instance
on the Rio Omitlan, we are in the unmitigated tropics with nothing whatever
to remind us of Northern influence; but one thousand feet higher, on the
ridge, we are amongst Oaks and Pines and the tropieal life is gone, although
there, at 17? N., we are at a level of less than 2000 feet above the sea.
We descend within an hour on the other side, to meet the same river
winding its way through the full glory of the tropics.

It is one of the great attractions, and a circumstance which makes Mexico
so valuable for the study of altitudinal distribution, that there we can get so
easily into and out of the tropics. This is the case, first because the country
is so extremely varied in its structure, secondly because most of it lies just
upon the border-line of the tropical belt of the world.

DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO, 437

But to return to our diagram. The area of the Southern species, and the
long strip of the Northern species according to the plan adopted for the
plotting out, enclose of necessity a large odd-shaped area which of course is
nota vacuum. It represents the endemic temperate species of which we
know how many extend into the alpine region, and of which many more
grow down into the hot lands. It does not matter much whether we allow
200 or 600 species for this base ; nor does it matter whether we increase the
absolute total number from 2500 to 4000 and refer it either to the 3500 or
to the 5000 feet level, The general shape of the diagram with its three
areas will remain essential the same ; in other words, the broad principle
expressed by it is correct, The shape of the diagram is odd, bulging out as
it does at the 4500 feet level; but this very odd shape is another great point
in its favour of being correct, since it graphically represents the respective
areas of the hot, temperate, and cold regions of the country. А great portion
of Mexico is high plateau with a mean elevation of perhaps 5000 feet, fringed
east, south, and west by high Sierras, whilst the hot country, although formed
by extensive coast-lands, is of comparatively small extent. But the southern
portion of Mexico is much intersected by mountain-ranges and by deep
depressions ; for instance, the large Balsas basin extends so far inland that
it is exceedingly difficult to apportion the various areas, especially if we
remember that much of the country is but imperfectly surveyed.

The following calculations ean therefore be approximate only. Reckoning
the country between 21? N. and the Isthmus to contain 185,000 square miles,
I have apportioned 75,000 square miles to the Tierra caliente, 85,000 to the
Tierra templada, and 25,000 square miles to the Tierra fria or to what lies
above 7000 feet elevation. What lies above 10,000 feet can amount at most
to a few hundred square miles.

The quotient of the areal number of square miles, divided by the number
of species occurring, I call the areal density of species.

Thus we have :—
Areal density,

Area in Number of i, e., an average of
square miles. species. — sq. miles to
every species,
Tierra caliente ...... 75,000 1600 41
Tierra templada ... 85,000 2500 34
Tierra fria ............ 25,000 1300 19

The result is somewhat surprising : the areal density of species increases
steadily from the tropical belt upwards! That of the tropics compared with

438 DR. HANS GADOW ON ALTITUDE AND

that of the temperate zone is almost exactly like 2 to 3 ; tropics compared
with the cool zone like 1 to 21. If the temperate zone be taken as the
normal condition, then the hot zone with its 75,000 square miles should have
2200 species instead of the assumed 1600, and the cool zone with 25,000
square miles should possess only 730 instead оЁ 1300 species—i. e., the cool
zone has twice as many as expected ; and this is the ease because most of
the 1300 cool zone species have got up there so easily from the temperate
base.

It would be ridiculous to conclude from the above Table that the Tierra fria
is more favourable for plants, as regards number of species, than the Tierra
ealiente. '

It seems a paradox that the areal density should increase from the tropical
belt upwards. But the underlying principle, or solution, appears clear if we
say that of 10,000 feet elevation— with
200 species, the areal density would be enormous, perhaps averaging one

remember that on a very small ared

species for every square mile, since in such plaees the species, although few,
are crowded as if they were on refuge islands. If the area of the Tierra fria
were three times as large as it is, equal to that of the tropieal belt, there
would probably be still not more than 1300 species, 7. e. with an areal density
of 19 x 3=57, i. e. much smaller than that of the tropical belt.

Dut the faet remains that the Tierra templada of Southern Mexico is richer
than the tropical belt, probably for the following reasons. The upper limit
of the Tierra caliente is generally assumed to lie at 3000 feet elevation ;
undoubtedly this is not enough on the moist Atlantic side, but rather too
much on the much drier Pacific slope. The belt of the Tierra templada, in
this paper from 3000 to 7000 feet, comprises 33 per cent. more in vertical
extent, and it comprises, moreover, in its larger area the most varied features,
more varied and juxtaposed than exist in the other regions, from sweltering
tropieal rain-forests to vast arid tablelands. All the mountain-ranges of
middle height lie in the Tierra templada, with their mysterious eloud-belt (not
to be confounded with the cloud-belt which reaches from 7000 to 10,000 feet
elevation on the giant mountains). Innumerable brooks exist in the Tierra
templada before they combine into larger and therefore less varied rivers :
there are deep depressions in the Central Plateau with a semi-tropical climate,
and also high wind-swept plateaus exposed to excessive heat in the summer
days and to frost in the winter.

In short, the great variety of environmental conditions is responsible for
the richness of the flora of this intermediate belt, the most delightful and
prettiest of all Mexico.

It is therefore all the more interesting that this obviously reasonable

DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO. 439

conclusion does not at all apply о ће distribution of Amphibia and Reptiles,
two groups which I have submitted to a detailed scrutiny *.

Tierra caliente with 173 species. Areal density 434 square miles.

Tierra templada „ 100 ,, » „ 850 , "
‘Tierra fria » 86 " » » 290 ., "
Above 10,000 ft. „ 10 " " " 30 ., »

The total number of species in Southern Mexico is 250.

The actual number of species decreases from the tropics to the higher
levels, just as we might expect ; and the fewer species of the cool regions,
just over half of those in the tropics, being condensed upon one-third of
space, show naturally a much larger areal density. This is also not sur-
prising, and it agrees with the plants. But the temperate belt possesses only
100 species; it is therefore comparatively by far the poorest of the three
zones. Т have been able to sift the total of 250 species into two categories.

I. Southern or hot-country species.
4 5]

Restricted to hot countries — ............ 44 per cent.
Ascending into temperate countries ... 16 »
Ascending into cool zone ............ .. 5 ,

JI. Northern or cool-country species.

Restricted to cool or cold zone ......... 17 per cent.
Descending into temperate zone ...... »
Descending into hot countries ......... "

The remaining 6 per cent.—or, allowing for the diffieulty of sorting
intermediate species, at most 10 per cent.,
restricted to the temperate belt. This surprisingly small number—only
about 15 to 20 species—does not represent the Sonoran or truly endemic
stock, but is for the most part composed of Southern ascendants or Northern
descendants, which, so to speak, have stuck at this level and there have been
modified into the respective species.

are species which seem to be

# The “Distribution of Mexican Amphibians and Reptiles,” Proc. Zool. бое. 1905,
ii. pp. 191-244 (with tabulated lists and 6 diagrams to llustrate the contours of Mexico at
different geological ages).

440 DISTRIBUTION OF PLANTS IN SOUTHERN MEXICO,

Mexico, although genetically part of the North American continent, has
received its present fauna from both North and South America. The
Northern fauna, which includes the Sonoran, and therefore what may be
called the endemic Mexican stock, is the oldest arrival and its species belong
now mostly to the cool and cold zone: the fauna of the plateaus is made up
essentially of those Northerners which have spread, although thinly, over
the elevated plains; some have remained in the temperate zone and a few
have passed into the tropics. The Southern fauna has surged northwards
through the Tierra caliente, both east and west of the plateau. This plateau
as such presents a most effective barrier to the Southerners, few of them
having to a small extent spread on to it, whilst some Southern species have
succeeded in reaching greater elevations on those mountains which slope
into the tropics. Lastly, those few species—about 15 to 20—which are
restricted to the temperate zone and yet are not ancient endemies, show that,
for Reptiles and Amphibia, the temperate belt is rather no-man's land than the
happy medium favourable to the majority.

MARINE BIOLOGY OF THE SUDANESE RED SEA. 441

Reports on the MARINE Broxóav of the SUDANESE RED SkA.—IX. Ara.
By В. J. Harvey Gibgon, M.A., F.L.8., Professor of Botany, University
of Liverpool.

[Read 5th December, 1907.]

[Reprinted from the Journal, Zoology, Vol. хххт. pp. 76-80. |

THE following notes are the result of an examination of a small collection of
Marine Algæ made by Mr. Crossland during 1904 and 1905, while engaged
in investigations on the Sudan Marine Fauna, under the direction of
Professor W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Professor Herdman has handed me the
collection for identification and report.

The plants were collected chiefly in the neighbourhood of Suakim and
Trinkitat, and include 35 species, of which 12 belong to the Chlorophyceee,
12 to the Pheeophycez, and 11 to the Rhodophyceæ. In addition, 4 species
of marine or brackish-water Phanerogams occur among the Algæ, and are
given in an Appendix.

I am greatly indebted to Dr. M. Foslie, of Trondhjem, Dr. Reinhold, of
Itzehoe, and to Mrs. Gepp for aid in identification of some of the calcareous
and other forms both among the Rhodophyceæ and Chlorophyces, and also
to the officials of the Cryptogamie Department of the Natural History
Museum for aid rendered to me during a brief visit to the Museum for the
purpose of identifying some of the more critical forms.

In addition to records of Algee of the Indian Ocean and East Africa
in more general works such as those of Agardh, Engler, Harvey & Sonder,
&e., the following papers, dealing more especially with the forms occurring
in the Red Sea and its immediate vicinity, have been consulted :—

ZANARDINI: “ Plantarum in Mari Rubro hucusque collectarum enu-
meratio " (Mem. dell’ I. R. Ist. Veneto, 1858).

PiccoxE: “ Contribuzioni all’ Algologia Eritrea” (Nuov. Giorn. Bot.
Ital. 1883).

Hauck: “ Ueber einige von J. M. Hildebrandt т Rothen Meere und
in Indischen Ocean gesammelte Algen ” (Hedwigia, 1886-89).

CHLOROPHYCEJE.

1. CAULERPA RACEMOSA, J. Ag., var. UVIFERA, J. Ag.: Weber van Bosse,
Monographie des Caulerpes (Ann, Jard, Buitenz. 1898, p. 362).

This variety was dredged in 2-3 fathoms off Suez. It is recorded from
LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 21

[76]

442 MARINE BIOLOGY OF THE SUDANESE RED SEA.

the Red Sea by Agardh, from Suez by Zanardini, and from the Somaliland

Coast by Piecone.

9. CAULERPA PELTATA, Lame., Ё. TYPICA ; Weber van Bosse, in Ann. Jard.
Вниепз. 1898, р. 875.

Collected on coral-reefs at Khor Dongola, Suez. Recorded by Zanardini,
under the name of C. chemnitzia, var. peltata, It is not recorded by Piccone.

3. HALIMEDA INCRASSATA, Lamz., f. MONILIS, Е. S. Barts; №. S. Barton,
Genus Halimeda, Monogr. lx. of the ода Expedition, 1889—1900,

Dredged at 2-3 fathoms at anchorage off Suez. Recorded by Zanardini,
under the name of М. monile, from Suez, Akaba, and Kosseir.

4. HALIMEDA Opuntia, Lamz., Ё. TRILOBA, Hart.

('olleeted in shallows in Suakim Harbour.

5. HALIMEDA OPUNTIA, Lamz.
The plant here referred to seems intermediate in character between the
f. typica and f. cordata of Barton's Monograph. This identification is on the

authority of Dr. Reinhold.

6. AVRAINVILLEA LACERATA, J. Ag.
Suez Bay. Recorded from the same locality by Zanardini, under the

name of Chloroplegma sordidum.

7. AVRAINVILLEA PAPUANA, (7. Murr. et Boodle.
Suakim. This is a Malayan and Indian Ocean species, not recorded in
any of the Red Sea lists above referred to.

8. UDOTEA ARGENTEA, Zan.

Mud-flats in Suez Bay. Recorded and figured by Zanardini as а new
species. The present plant agrees in all respects with Zanardini’s figure and
description, as was pointed out to me by Mrs. Gepp.

9. DICTOSPHARIA FAVULOSA, Deene.

This form occurred along with sponges forming large patches on the sands
at Khor Dongola. It is recorded as Valonia favulosa, Ag., from the Red
Sea by Zanardini and by Piccone.

10. Сортем TOMENTOSUM, Kütz.

One small and somewhat mangled plant was found attached to Lithophyllan
affine (34). It was unmistakably, however, C. tomentosum, whieh has been
recorded by several authors from the Red Sea.

К. J. HARVEY GIBSON—REPORT ON THE ALG 443

11. Bryopsis PLUMOSA, Küt:.

Suakim and Trinkitat.

12. ENTEROMORPHA COMPRESSA, Grev

Suez Day and Suakim.

PHAOPHYCE.

13. SAnGASSUM DENTIFOLIUM, J. Ag.; J. 6. Agardh, Spec. Sarg. Austr.
p. 101.

Dredged from Trinkitat Harbour. One of the most common Sargassa in
the Red Sea. Recorded both by Zanardini and Piccone from Suez, Akaba,
Tor, &e.

14. SARGASSUM LATIFOLIUM, J. Ag. ; J. G. Agardh, l. e. р. 103.

Dredged from 9 fathoms in Suez Day. Recorded by Zanardini from the
same locality. Hauck records a var. zanzibarica from the Somaliland Coast,
but the present plant agrees more closely with the type itself.

15. SARGASSUM CRISPUM, Forsk.
Suez Bay. Recorded also by Zanardini from the same locality.

16. SARGASSUM SUBREPANDUM, J. Ag.
Suez Day. Trinkitat.

17. CYSTOSEIRA Муса, J. Ag.

Several fragments referable to this species occurred in the collections.
The species is described by Zanardini as “in mari rubro vulgatissima.”

18. HvpnocLATHRUS CANCELLATUS, Bory.

Dredged from 10-12 fathoms at Khor Sinab. Recorded by Zanardini
from Suez, Akaba, and Tor.

19. PADINA PAVONIA, J. Ag.

Suakim, Suez Bay, and one young plant from Trinkitat.

20. ZONARIA SCHIMPERI, Айг,

Suez Bay. Iam a little doubtful of this identification as the plant is a
young one, but it agrees with the description given by Zanardini, who records
it from the same locality.

919

га =

[78]

444 MARINE BIOLOGY OF THE SUDANESE RED SEA.

21. DICTYOTA DICHOTOMA, J. Ag.
Tella Tella Kebira.

22. SPHACELARIA RIGIDA, Аёс.

An epiphyte on several Sargassa.

23. ECTOCARPUS SILICULOSUS, J. Ag.
Suez Day, Suakim.

24. CASTAGNEA VIRESCENS, Thur.

Suez Day. Suakim.

RHODOPHYCE.

25. LAURENCIA PINNATIFIDA, J. Ag.
Suez Day. Recorded by Portier from Hodeida.

26. LAURENCIA DIVARICATA, J. Ag.
Suez Bay. Recorded by Zanardini from Suez, and by Hauck from
Madagascar and the Somaliland Coast,

27. LAURENCIA PAPILLOSA, Grev,

Suakim. Recorded also by Piccone from Massaua and the Assab Archi-
pelago and by Hauck from the Somaliland Coast, and by Zanardini from
Suez, Tor, Djedda, &c.

98. GELIDIUM RIGIDUM, Grev.
Trinkitat. Recorded from the Red Sea by Zanardini, from Massaua and
the Assab Archipelago by Piecone, and by Hauck from the Zanzibar Coast.

29. GELIDIUM CORNEUM, Aütz.

А form of this species occurs among the collection obtained at Trinkitat,
which appears to be near Piecone's var. ambiguum.

30. POLYZONIA JUNGERMANNIOIDES, J. Ag.
On Sargassum dentifolium, but fragmentary.
31, Hyprma VALENTIA, J. Ag.

Trinkitat and Suez Bay.

32. SPYRIDIA FILAMENTOSA, J. Дф.

Suez Bay. Recorded also by Zanardini from the same locality, and also
from Akaba and Kosseir.

В. Г. HARVEY GIBSON—REPORT ON THE АІС, 445

33. CORALLINA TENELLA, Kütz.
Suakim. This plant was identified for me by Dr. Reinhold.

94. LITHOPHYLLUM AFFINE, /'osl.

Suakim. Dr. Foslie informs me that this species is probably only a variety
of Г. Kaiserü, Heydr., ог both may be varieties of the Pacific species
L. pallescens, Fosl.

35. GONIOLITHON MYRIACARPON, 2084.
Suakim. According to Dr. Foslie this is a variable species, and he
identified the plant I sent him with a query.

APPENDIX.

The following two species of Potamogetonacez were also present in the
collection, viz., Cymodocea nodosa, Aschers. and Halophila stipulacea,
Aschers. ; and also Najas marina, Linn. (Naiadacee), from Suez mud-flats.
Fragments of Salicornia fruticosa, Linn., were also present in the same

gatherings.

[80]

446 MR. A. W. SUTTON ON WILD FORMS AND

Notes on some Wild Forms and Species gf TUBER-BEARING SOLANUMS,
By Автнсв W. Surtby, ILS.
(PLATES 38-49.)
[Read 20th February, 1908. ]

Ix 1883, Mr. J. G. Baker, F.R.S., F.L.S., at the suggestion of the late
Lord Catheart, made a study of the various species of tuber-bearing Solanums,
the resuits of which were embodied in a paper presented to the Society on
January 17th, 1884 *, |

Lord Catheart was interested chiefly in the discovery of some wild species

Solanum which could be utilized for crossing with the
commonly cultivated potato, in the hope of obtaining new forms c:
resisting the attacks of the potato-disease fungus

It was concluded that Solanum Maglia of Schlechtendal, generally known
as Darwin's potato, afforded the best prospeet of success in the direc
this species does not appear to suffer from the disease in its indigenous
habitat in the low-lying swampy soil of the Chonos Archipelago, whereas the
ordinary potato is praetically destroyed by the fungus on wet soils in damp
seasons,

On August 6th, 1886, I obtained tubers of Solanum Maglia from a plant
growing in the gardens at Kew, the tubers being dug up in the presence of
Mr. Baker and myself.

(Plate 38. Flowers, foliage, &с., of Solanum Maglia, Schlecht
living specimen grown at Reading.)—This species, so far
goes, does not produce fertile seeds when
although it blooms very freely, the flowe
hundreds of attempts were made to fertilize Maglia flowers with the pollen
from cultivated potatoes, but in one instance only was a hybrid seedling
obtained, the latter being the produce of a cross made in July 1887,

The hybrid, which has been cultivated continuously during the past 20 years
has smooth tubers nearly white in skin (the tubers of Solanum

dull, dark purple colour), with leaflets more pointed th
potatoes.

of tuber-bearing

ipable of
, Phytophthora infestans.

tion, since

„ drawn from
as my experience
pollinated with its own pollen :
rs drop off prematurely, Many

Maglia are а
an those of cultivated

In addition to experiments with Solanum Maglia, crosses we
with Solanum Jamesii, but from none of these were seedlings obtained.

Resembling Solanum Maglia in its general refusal to set “seed” either
when pollinated with its own pollen or with that from othe
Commersonii of Dunal.

re attempted

r species, is Solanum

(Plate 89. Solanum Commersonti, Dun., whit

e-flowered form, foliage,
flowers, &c.)—Two forms of this species are known ; one bearing lilae

* See Journ, Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xx. (1854) pp. 489-507.

SPECIES OF TUBER-BEARING SOLANUMS. 447

flowers and corresponding both in this and in all other respects with Dunal's
description, and the other very similar to it but bearing white flowers. In
both forms the jessamine-like scent of the flowers is very noticeable. Of
the violet-flowered form I have had very many tubers collected in a wild
state in Uruguay, and Professor Archeavaleta of Montevideo assures me that
there is no other form to be found in a wild state in Uruguay. There is,
however, reason to think that the white-flowered variety was introduced
into France from Uruguay by a Colonel Robido in the year 1895. Many
attempted pollinations were made with both varieties, but only one weak

seedling from each has been obtained.

In 1901 M. Labergerie, of Verriéres, Vienne, stated that some of the tubers
of Solanum Commersonii (white-flowering type), which had been given
him in the spring of that year by Professor Heckel of Marseilles, had given

The supposed new

rise to a new variety bv “sporting " or bud variation.
v m T

plant was named by M. Labergerie ** Solanum Commersonii * Violet.”
(Plate 40. “ Solanum Commersonii * Violet, " Labergerie, foliage, flowers, &e.)
Much controversy has arisen in regard to it, since it differs entirely from
Solanum Commersonii in the character of its tuber, foliage, flower, and habit of
growth, as well as in the form and size of its pollen-grains. On account
of the very close resemblance in all its morphological features to the variety
of the cultivated potato known on the Continent аз Paulsen’s * Blue Giant ”
(Plate 41. Paulsen’s “Blue Giant” Potato, foliage, flowers, &e.), it has
been concluded by most investigators who have grown the so-called “ sport ”’
and the latter variety side by side in the same soil, that a stray tuber of
the * Blue Giant? must have found its way accidentally into the plantations
of Solanum Commersonii т M. Labergerie’s garden.
(Plate 42. Solanum Commersonii, Dun., flowers, tubers, &e. Plate 48.
“Solanum Commersonii Violet, ? Labergerie, flowers, tubers, Ke. Plate 44.
Paulsen’s “ Blue Giant” Potato, flowers, tubers, &c.)—On reference to
Plate 39 it will be noticed that the seed-berries are distinetly cordiform in
shape, much more so than is seen in any other tuber-bearing Solanum, the
usual form of berry in the wild species being round or slightly oval, and in
almost all the cultivated potatoes distinctly round. The pollen-grains shown
on Plate 39 are entirely regular and elliptical in form. In both these
respects true Solanum Commersoni differs greatly from the “ sport” sup-
posed to have been derived from it, as will be seen on reference to Plate 40.
A comparison between Plates 42 and 48 will show not only the relative
form and size of the tubers in Solanum Commersonii and in the presumed
sport, but also the fact that the tubers of the former (see Plate 49), as in the
case of nearly all other wild species, are borne at the extremity of long
underground stolons, whereas the tubers of the * sport," like all cultivated
potatoes, are produced close to the base of the stem. А further comparison

448 МВ. А. W. SUTTON ОХ WILD FORMS AND

between Plates 40 and 41 will show the complete similarity which exists
between the pollen-grains of the supposed sport and Paulsen’s “ Blue Giant,”
and also between the seed-berries of these two. A comparison of the hairs of
the tips of the petals on Plates 39, 40, and 41 is also suggestive. It will
also be seen on comparing Plates 48 and 44, that the tubers of the supposed
sport and Paulsen's “ Blue Giant” correspond in all respects.

Besides Solanum Maglia and Solanum Commersonii, I have had the fol-
lowing wild species under observation and experiment at Reading :—

1. Two distinct forms of Solanum tuberosum sent me by Mr. Stuart, of the
Vermont Experiment Station, U.S.A. One of them, collected in Mexico,
Mr. Stuart considered to be a practically unaltered ancestral form of Solanum
tuberosum.

(Plate 45. Solanum tuberosum, Linn., var.)—The chief points of interest in
this plate are :—

(a) The regular and elliptical form of pollen-grains.

(b) The wheel-shaped corolla, in contrast with the star-shaped corolla of
Solanum Commersonii (Plate 39). This wheel-shaped corolla is
also seen in Solanum Maglia (Plate 38), in Solanum etuberosum
(Plate 46), and almost universally in the cultivated potatoes.

(c) The round form of the seed-berry, in contrast with the cordiform
seed-berries of Solanum Commersonii (Plate 39).

2. Solanum polyadenium, Greenman, also from Mr. Stuart. This species
is one of the most distinct of all wild tuber-bearing Solanums with which I
am acquainted, the leaves and stems being covered with a dense coat of hairs,
and emitting a strong scent somewhat resembling that of Feverfew, Pyrethrum
Parthenium, Sm.

3. Solanum verrucosum, Schlecht.

4, Solunum tuberosum, var. boreale (= Solanum fendleri, А. Gray), from
Arizona.
The latter was sent to me by the Rey. J. Aikman Paton, of Castle

Kennedy, N.B.

5. Solanum etuberosum, Lindley. (Plate 46.)

All the five last mentioned wild species, except Solanum etuberosum, flower
freely, and produce fruits containing an abundance of seeds, The plants
raised from seed of these wild species (excepting only Solanum etuberosum)
exhibit no variation whatever from the parents or among themselves, even
when the seeds are taken from plants allowed to flower in close proximity to

SPECIES OF TUBER-BEARING SOLANUMS. 449

other species. Seedlings, however, of the commonly cultivated potatoes
differ very widely from each other, those raised from the seed-berry or fruit
generally exhibiting extensive variation in foliage, colour of tuber, and in
habit of growth.

I find that the pollen-grains of all these wild species are of one particular
shape, namely oval or elliptical, whereas the pollen-grains of all the cultivated
potatoes which I have examined are very irregular in form and size, and
possibly degenerate. This fact is clearly illustrated on Plate 49.

One of the forms or species which has proved of great interest, and which
on account of its remarkable exemption from disease may become of economic
value, is Solanum etuberosum, Lindley. This name was given by Lindley in
1834 to a tuberless Solanum, which he states was obtained from Chile some years
previously by the Horticultural Society. He described it as exceedingly like
the ordinary potato, Solanum tuberosum, Linn., in all its characters, except
that it possesses thickened rhizomes devoid of definite tubers, and the calyx
and flower-stalks are smooth instead of hairy.

It may be remarked here that if Lindley’s plant of Solanum etuberosum
produced no tubers, it would have been difficult to propagate it except from seed;
and judging by the behaviour of the plants I have experimented with, it is
not likely that Lindley’s plants reproduced themselves from seed, for two
reasons: Ist, that seed-berries are very rarely formed, and 2nd, when formed
the seedlings resulting therefrom differ so markedly from the parent stock.
It may be suggested that the Solanum etuberosum when growing in the wild
“state, the tubers, of course, not being lifted from year to year and replanted,
might produce tubers so small as to be mistaken for “thickened rhizomes
devoid of definite tubers,’—or that possibly the plants which Lindley
examined may not have been fully developed, in which case the tubers would
not yet have been formed.

The examples of Solanum etuberosum which 1 possess came originally from
the Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh, in March 1887, through Mr. Lindsay, aud
again from the same stock in 1897 from Dr. Bayley Balfour. They produced
at first small tubers about the size of walnuts, and the calyces are hispid ; in
other respects the plants are similar to the type specimen described by Lindley.

Solanum etuberosum has been grown continuously for more than twenty years
in the Trial Grounds at Reading. During that time no variation has occurred
in the characters of the foliage or flowers of the plants. The tubers have
also retained their original form and colour with the exception of an increase
in size.

Up to 1906 the plants had never been seen to bear fruits, but in that year
a single berry was found in the centre of the plantation and allowed to ripen.
Whether this was the product of self-fertilization or the result of a cross with
some other Solanum growing near, it is impossible to say.

450 MR. A, W. SUTTON ON WILD FORMS AND

The seeds taken from this fruit were sown, and during the past season
(1907) twenty young plants were raised. None of these resemble the parent
form very closely, but they exhibit the same variation that is met with among
seedlings of the cultivated potato.

The tubers of the parent Solanum etuberosumare white in the skin and flesh,
and after twenty years of garden culture ave ‘age about 14 inches in diameter.
Those of the seedlings, however, ary very much in size, some being already
as large as cultivated potatoes : they are also very varied in colour of skin,
some being white, others dark purple, pale blue, or rose white; one seedling
has given tubers the flesh of which is deep purple and the skin almost black,
characters which are met with in some of the cultivated varieties now growing
in Chile.

The pollen-grains of the parent are elliptical like those of all wild species,
and the seed-berries are round or slightly oval, but are covered somewhat
closely with distinet white spots, in which they differ from the fruits of all
other wild types.

(Plate 47. Solanum etuberosum, Lindl.—W hite-flowered seedling.) I was
only able to examine the pollen-grains of one of. the twenty seedlings above
referred to, and. that happened to be a plant bearing white flowers, In this
‘ase the pollen-grains were regular and elliptieal, and entirely similar in
form to those of the parent. The coming season I hope to examine more of
the seedlings, to determine if the pollen-grains of any of them are irregular
like those of the cultivated potatoes.

[ P.8. (Sept. 1908).—In order to avoid any doubt as to the parentage of
the seedlings above described, several different blooms of Solanum etuberosum
were artificially self-pollinated under controlled conditions in 1907.
Ripe fruits were obtained from several flowers, Seedlings raised from
these in 1908 exhibit the same variability in charaeter of foliage, and
colour of the flowers as those obtained from the single berry collected in
1906, the male parent of which was uncertain, and they vary also in the
Гогт and colour of tuber.

Some of the plants raised from the same berry have white flowers, others
lilac-eoloured blooms.

The pollen-grains of the white-flowered plants of 1008, like the one white-
flowering plant of 1907 alluded to above, are elliptical like those of the lilac-
flowered parent, while those of the lilac-flowered seedling are irregular and
polygonal in form, corresponding closely in these respeets with pollen-grains
of the cultivated potatoes. These are illustrated in Plate 49, and on Plate 48
is figured one of the lilac-flowered seedlings raised by selfing flowers of
Solanum etuberosum in 1907, with drawings of its irregular pollen-grains.

From the uniform character and shape of its pollen-grains, it would appear

SUTTON. JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. Мог. XXXVIII. PL. 38.

SOLANUM MAGLIA, Schlecht.

JOURN. мм. Soc., Вот. VoL. XXXVII. PL. 39.

SUTTON.

Dun. (White flowered form).

SOLANUM COMMERSONII,

JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 40.

SUTTON.

Labergerie.

‘Violet’ ”,

“SOLANUM COMMERSONII

SUTTON. Journ. LINN. Soc., Bor. Мог. XXXVIII. PL. 41.

Paulsen's “Blue Giant” Potato.

SUTTON, JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 42.

——
-=

К кесш
`

SOLANUM COMMERSONII, Dun. (White flowered form).

SUTTON,

Ji

B
`
D
\

Y.
АШ?

if / "ke N
il NN

JOURN. LINN. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL.

-%

eal ify

“SOLANUM COMMERSONII

‘Violet’ ”, Labergerie.

H

43.

Зоттом.

Paulsen's

JOURN. Linn. Soc., Bor. Мог. XXXVII. PL.

«Blue Giant” Potato.

44.

SUTTON, JOURN. Linn. Soc. Bor. Vou. XXXVIII. PL. 45

SOLANUM TUBEROSUM, Linn. var.

=

SUTTON, Journ. LINN. Soc., Bor. Мог. XXXVIII. PL. 46.

SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl.

SUTTON, JOURN. LINN. Soc., Вот. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 47.

SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl. (White flowered seedling.)

Sutton. Journ. Linn. Soc., Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 48.

^x
C, Me Dx

ч
\ s
` '
A “ү!
ү "
\ uu /
` 4
avt abu
MI
L \\ К h
bint Lin DILE 7] n
хма ‚у Б T
XA es "E
SX S ‚^Ш
NY / " 7
` ши D
` war

SOLANUM ETUBEROSUM, Lindl, (Lilac flowered seedling),

Journ. Linn. Soc, Bor. VoL. XXXVIII. PL. 49.

POLLEN OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF SOLANUM.

SPECIES OF TUBER-BEARING SOLANUMS. 451

that Solanum eluberosum is а primitive specific form, since it agrees in this
respect with admittedly wild species of tuber-bearing Solanums. Moreover,
in the great variability of its seedlings it closely resembles the cultivated
potato. These facts, I think, point to the conclusion that Lindley’s Solanum
etuberosum may probably be the parent form of the cultivated potato of
to-day. ] ARTHUR W. SUTTON.

ENPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

The figures on the Plates were all drawn from specimens growing in the
Reading Trial Grounds.

PLATE 38.
Solanum Maglia, Schlecht.
A. Intlorescence and upper leaves, 3. E. Flower section, x 2, showing cleft
B. Flower showing anthers, x 2. stigma.
C. Flower showing calyx, x 2. F, б, Н. Cymes with flowers removed, 3.
D. Flower, side view X 2, showing cleft J. Largest leaf on examples examined, >.
stigma, K. Pollen, x 300.

PLATE 39.

Solanum Commersonii, Dun. (White-flowered form.)

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves, large F. Pollen, x 200.

lower leaf behind, 2. б. Self-fertilized berries, 3.
B. Cymes with flowers removed, 3. H. Seed, x 2.
C. Flower-bud, x 2. J. Cross-fertilized berries, 3.
D. Hairs from tips of petals, x 50. K. Sections of do., 1.
E. Hairs from limb of corolla, x 50. L. Seed, x 2.

PLATE 40.

“ Solanum Conmmersonii * Violet, " Labergerie.

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves, large | Е. Pollen, x 300.
lower leaf behind, 3. F. Berry, 3.

B. Cyme with flowers removed, 3. G. Section of berry, 1.

C. Hairs from tips of petals, x 50. H. Seed, x 2.

D. Hairs from limb of corolla, x 50.

PLATE 41.

Paulsen’s “ Blue Giant " Potato.

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves, large E. Pollen, x 300.
lower leaf behind, 1. F. Berry, 3.

B. Cyme with flowers removed, 3. G. Section of berry, 4.

C. Hairs from tips of petals, x 50. H. Seed, x 2.

D. Hairs from limb of corolla, x 50.

=
Il:
ү

MR. А. W. SUTTON ON WILD FORMS

AND

PLATE 42.

Solanum Commersonii, Dun.

A. Flower from above, showing anthers,
x 2.

D. Flower from below, showing calyx,
x 2.

C. Flower, side view, part of corolla
removed, x 2.

D. Flower section, x 2.

—

(White-tlowered form.)

E, К, G. Tubers, 3.

H. Stolon cut at 44 showing distance
from plant at which tubers are pro-
duced, 3.

J. Section of stolon at К, ].

K. Point of section shown at J.

L. External cells of tuber, x 60.

PLATE 43.

“ Solanum Commersonii * Violet! " Labergerie.

A. Flower from above, showing anthers,
x 2.

B. Flower from below, showing calyx, x 9.

C. Flower, side view, part of corolla
removed, x 2.

D. Section, x 9,
E, К, G. Tubers, 3.
Н. External cells of tuber, x 60.

PLATE 44.

Paulsen's * Blue Giant " Potato.
^

A. Flower from above, showing anthers,
x 2.

В. Flower from below, showing calyx, x 2.

C. Flower, side view, part of corolla
removed, x 2.

D. Section of flower, x 2.
E, F, G. Tubers, 1.
H. External cells of tuber, x 60.

PLATE 45.

Solanum tuberosum, Linn., var.

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves, 1.
В. Flower showing anthers, x 2.

C. Flower showing calyx, x 2.

D. Flower, side view, x 2.

E. Flower section, x 2.

F. Pollen, x 300,

G. Cyme with berries, 1.

H. Berry, vertical and horizontal sections,
1

1.
J. Tubers, 1,

PLATE 46.

Solanum etuberosum, Lindl.

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves with
large lower leaf, 1.

D. Flower showing anthers, x 2.

C. Flower showing calyx, x 2.

D. Flower, side view x 2.

E. Flower section, x 2.

. Bud, x 2.

=

|

G. Bud, x 2.
IT. Berry, i.
H'. a.

IP. | White-spotted berries, 1.
J. Berry section, 1.

K. Pollen, x 300.

LL. Tubers, 1.

SPECIES OF TUBER-BEARING SOLANUMS. 453

PLATE 47.

Solanum etuberosum, Lindl. (White-flowered Seedling.)

А. Inflorescence and upper leaves, large = D. Flower, side view, X 2.

lower leaf behind, 3. | Е. Flower section, x 2.
B. Flower showing anthers, x 2. Е. Cyme, with flowers removed, 3,
C. Flower showing calyx, x 2. G. Pollen, x 300.

PLATE 48.

Solanum etuberosum, Lindl. (Lilac-flowered Seedling.)

A. Inflorescence and upper leaves, 3. | Е. Flower section, x 2.
B. Flower showing anthers, x 2. F, G, Н. Cymes with flowers removed, 3.

C. Flower showing calyx, x 2. | J. Pollen, x 300.
D. Flower, side view, x 2.

PLATE 49.
POLLEN OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF Solanum.

А, В, C. Figures representing t.e pollen-grains of Solanum verrucosum, Solanum
polyadenium, and Solanum tuberosum respectively, each x 300. Although
varying somewhat in size, the form in each case is regular and elliptical, and
is typical of the pollen-grains of all the wild types I have examined.

D, E, F. Representing the pollen-grains of the cultivated potatoes ** Up to Date," * Main-
crop,” and “ Discovery " respectively, each x 300. There is little if any
difference in the size of these three groups of pollen-grains, and in each case
the form is irregular and polygonal, and thus typical of the pollen of all the
cultivated potatoes I have examined.

G. Pollen-grains of Solanum etuberosum, X 300.

H. Pollen-grains of a seedling plant bearing white flowers raised from a berry
produced in 1906. The form of pollen-graius still remains regular and
elliptical. х 300.

I. Pollen-grains of a seedling plant bearing white flowers raised from a berry
produced in 1907. The form of pollen-grains still remains regular and
elliptical. x 300.

J, K, L. Pollen-grains of three seedling plants raised from berries produced in 1907, each
bearing lilac flowers, The form of pollen-grains in each case is irregular and
polygonal, corresponding to that of the cultivated potatoes, x 300.

In each case all pollen-grains shown in I, J, K, and L, the flowers had been artificially

selfed under controlled conditions,
The seedling plants which gave the pollen-grains shown in I and J were raised from the

same seed-berry.
N.B.—The figures of pollen-grains on this Plate, and those also shown on previous
Plates, were drawn when the pollen-grains were dry.

454 MRS. E. M. REID ON A METHOD OF

On a Method of Disintegrating Peat and other Deposits containing Fossil
Seeds. By ELEANOR М. Ret, B.Sc. (Communicated by CLEMENT
Rip, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[ Read 6th February, 1908.]

AT the present time much interest is being taken in the investigation of
deposits of peat, and many inquiries reach us as to the methods of dis-
integrating. these deposits so that an examination may be made of the fossils
contained in them. It may be well, therefore, to describe a very simple
method which I have used of late with great success. By it the examination
of peat is rendered as easy as that of loam, and can be aecomplished with
the same degree of thoroughness.

The method 1х an extension of one used for many years by Mr. Reid
and myself, though without any striking results. We have long been
accustomed to boil peats with a small quantity of carbonate of soda, as
we have found that this assisted the process of disintegration. But even
во, we have always regarded peat as one of the most difficult and intraetable
of the materials with which we have to deal. The change in method
which I have employed lately with such satisfactory results, is to use а
very large, instead. of а small, percentage of carbonate of soda. I have
used dehydrated soda, sold commercially at а very cheap rate as concentrated
soda. This is stronger, and therefore less bulky and more convenient, than
common washing soda.

The method was first tried last summer on three samples of an ancient
highly-compressed peat, sent from Hornsea and Bielsbeck respectively, by
the Committee of the British Association “appointed to investigate the
Fossiliferous Drift deposits at Kirmington, Lincolnshire, and at various
localities in the East Riding of Yorkshire.” The samples were sent as being
most difficult, if not impossible, to deal with. Similar samples had been
treated with dilute soda solution, but with no success, and. the Secretary,
Mr. Stather, writes of the Bielsbeck peat: “The material will not break
down, in faet it seems tougher at end of process than at the beginning."
Пе adds that the Hornsea peat is “equally intractable.” It was evident
that strong measures would be necessary, so Т boiled each sample with a large
quantity of dehydrated soda, perhaps a third or more of its bulk in each
case. To my surprise, when I came to wash them, Т found that instead
of being difficult to break up, I had never before experienced anything
like such ease in dealing with peat. A very little crumbling with the
fingers loosened the fibre so that the matrix could easily be washed away.
The seeds were clean and quite unharmed by their treatment, and I was
able to collect even such minute and delicate seeds as those of Juncus and
Гр/омит from the Bielsbeck peat, though before boilir

ig I had been

obliged to break it with hammer and chisel,

>
Тл
л

DISINTEGRATING PEAT CONTAINING FOSSIL SEEDS.

Seeing the unexpected results of this treatment with strong soda solution,
I was anxious to test whether we had really found a satisfactory method
of dealing with recalcitrant peats, but no opportunity presented itself till
а few weeks ago, when through the courtesy of Mr. Rankin, of the Storey
Institute, Laneaster, I was enabled to test a specimen of a particularly
difficult peat. Mr. Rankin had previously experimented with varions
methods, including Dr. Gunnar Andersson’s nitric acid treatment, but with
comparatively little success, and had come to the conclusion that “Ше
best method, though laborious, was to go carefully over the dry peat and
pick out the seeds with a needle, or dry it a little and tease it out under
water." The specimen sent by Mr. Rankin was of a ‘
the base of a high peat moor” near Lancaster. It weighed about 2 oz.
I boiled it for two hours with its own weight of dehydrated soda, crushing
it once slightly so as to allow the water to have access to all parts. This
I did with a sort of pestle made by a flat piece of cork on the end of a
stick. At the end of the time, the matted fibre appearing to be completely
loosened, Т poured the contents of the pan into a sieve of very fine mesh—

‘swamp peat from

we always use perforated zine in preference to wire, as seeds are apt to
get entangled in the wire and damaged—and held it under a tap, moving
it slightly with the fingers now and again, so that the water could percolate
freely. The matrix of humus had been either completely dissolved, or
disintegrated to an exceedingly fine sediment, for the'water which streamed
off, though at the first dark brown in colour, flowed unimpeded through
the sieve. After a few minutes the water ran through perfectly clean,
and the contents of the sieve were completely loosened and separate. I
therefore washed them into the middle of the sieve, inverted it over a bowl,
and allowed water to run through it the wrong way. By this means the
residue was washed into the bowl, where it was, as in the sample exhibited,
clean, quite separate, and ready to be looked over with a dissecting micro-
scope, and the vegetable and other remains in no way injured by their
treatment.

The result of the examination by this method was that from the
exceedingly small sample sent by Mr. Rankin, only 2 oz., I was able to
pick out nearly three hundred specimens of moss, seeds, and insects, in
a fit state to be determined.

'The species of flowering plants represented are :—

Lychnis Flos-cuculi, Linn. | Scirpus pauciflorus, LigAtf.
Menyanthes trifoliata, Linn. | » fluitans, Linn.
Betula alba, Linn. Carex 2 sp.
Cladium Mariscus, Ze. Br,

Many specimens of moss,

Several elyira of beetles, and wings of flies.

A few fragments of charcoal, or carbonised wood,

456 MRS. E. M. REID ON А METHOD OF

This is a very large number of specimens to be derived from so very
small а sample of peat. It is partly due to the richness of the deposit,
but largely also to the completeness with which it was disintegrated and
the ease with whieh all the individual constituents couid be examined.
And it would seem that by working peats in bulk by this method, an
enormous supply of material for the study of their natural history may
easily be obtained. Indeed, it would appear that the complete study of
peat deposits would be limited rather by the great amount of material
available, and the consequent great length of time required to work through
it, than by the difficulty, hitherto so frequently felt, of treating peat so as
to obtain any material at all.

Further, what is true of any other kind of deposit is true of peat, that
if we are to gain an accurate knowledge of the flora contained in it, some
such method of intimate examination is absolutely necessary. For it is
not only the often recurring species, which formed the mass of vegetation
growing on the spot, that we have to take into account. Peat, like all
other deposits, contains over and above such vegetation, seeds of plants
which have been carried into it by wind and other agencies, and except
by such a minute inspection as we have been enabled to make, these chance
comers would almost inevitably remain undiscovered. But it is frequently
these very seeds which are the most interesting, and have most to tell
us about the climate and physical conditions of the time. We have ап
instance of this in the present case, where the wind-borne birch-seed tells,
that though the peat was laid down in a swamp, hard by there was drier
ground where the birch-tree grew. That is, the swamp conditions were local,
not general, and local conditions, not climate, must account for the nature
of the vegetation.

The result of the experiment with this swamp peat was so encouraging
that I was desirous still further to test the efficacy of the method, and at
Mr. Reid’s suggestion tried what could be done with the Eocene lignite
of Bovey Tracey. This material, of which a sample is exhibited, is not
а true peat, but is probably a reconstructed vegetable mould of tropical
or sub-tropical formation, It is formed of decayed wood and other vegetable
matter, together with a few seeds and a great quantity of structureless
humus. The bulk of the material bears evidence of having been much
decayed before its deposition. It is extremely hard and close-grained, and
is burnt as lignite. I boiled a very small sample of this material for three
hours with double its weight of dehydrated soda. The result was en-
couraging so far, that at the end of the time the water was dyed a deep
brown, but the peat was not disintegrated. Next day I boiled it for
twelve hours, the day after for ten hours, and the day following for eight
hours, taking it off oecasionally to examine what effect the treatment was
having, to pick out any specimens which had become free and clean, and

DISINTEGRATING PEAT CONTAINING FOSSIL SEEDS. 457

to change the old solution for new. At the end of the time, after thirty-
three hours' boiling, the humus was practieally dissolved and the process of
separation complete.

Unfortunately the specimen used in the experiment, the only one available
at the time, is devoid of remains of much interest. Still I think the purpose
for which the experiment was undertaken may be regarded as demonstrated,
viz. that peats of any degree of obduracy may be disintegrated by the
treatment described, provided a sufficiently strong soda solution be used,
and a sufficiently long time be allowed for boiling. As far as I have tested
the method, it is shown that, in any peat which does not need exceedingly
strong solutions and long boiling, there is no danger of even the most
delicate structures, such as leaves and fronds of ferns, being injured.
With regard to the far more rigorous treatment accorded to the Bovey
Tracey lignite, owing to the nature of the specimen examined, it is not
easy to say what might be the effect on such structures, already much
decayed. I found, however, small leaf-fragments and other delicate tissue.
These, though not complete enough for identification, indicate by their state
of preservation that, if they had been present in the lignite in a perfect
condition, they would in all probability have been washed out uninjured.
Without a doubt hard woody seeds would be preserved. We can tell this
from the state in which we find the fragments of wood and other vegetable
tissues.

During the above experiments, we found reason to believe that mineral
impurities such as clay were disintegrated at the same time as the humus
and possibly to some extent also the pyrites. It proved to be so. I took
a small sample of highly fossiliferous pipe-clay from the Eocene beds of
Bovey Tracey, and after boiling it for three hours with a large quantity
of soda, found it was completely disintegrated, though a similar sample,
boiled for a much longer time without soda, remained unaltered. The
seeds and other vegetable remains collected from this small quantity of
pipe-clay proved to be of the highest interest, and even the most delicate
structures were found to be preserved in a perfect condition. Several of
these seeds are, I believe, unrecorded from these deposits, though the sample
examined weighed scarcely more than 1 lb.

It is here that the interest of these investigations lies. We hope that
by the use of this very simple process we may now have complete access
to those deposits which hitherto it has been possible to examine only in
the most imperfect manner, and to others which, owing to the extreme
labour or even impossibility of disintegrating them, it has not been possible
to examine at all. It is our wish to apply to such deposits the same
methods of complete and intimate investigation which have long been used
for deposits of sand and loam.

LINN, JOURN,—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII. 2K

[Synonyms and native names are printed in italics.

A star is added to names

which are ostensibly here published for the first time.]

Abies, Tourn., distrib, 205; species in
China, 198; — Europe, 200; — in
Mexico, 451 ftnote.

Delavayi, Franch., distrib., 208.
Fargesii, Franch., distrib., 208.
firma, Sieb. § Zucc., distrib., 203.
recurvata, Mast., distrib., 203.
sachalinensis, Mast., distrib., 203.
squamata, Mast., distrib., 203.
Veitchii, Lindl., distrib., 203.
Webbiana, Lindl., distrib., 205.

Acacia Catechu, Willd., 249; mentioned,
229.

Acæna in Mexico, 431, 432.

Acalypha psilostachya, Hochst., 278.

Асап асе, Hallieracantha, a new genus
of (Stapf), 6; of Malayan Peninsula, 7 ;
of Ruwenzori, 269.

Acanthococcus aciculiferus, Lagerh., 131.

Acanthopale confertiflora, C. В. Clarke,
270.

Acanthus arboreus, Forsk., mentioned, 230.

Acer campestre, Linn., 209, 214.

Wilsoni, Reder, var. serrulata, Dunn *,

358.

Achnanthaceæ from Tanganyika, 152.
Achnanthes, Bory, 152.

coarctata, Grun., 152.

linearis, Grun., 97, 152.

obliqua, Turp., 139.

quadricauda, Turp., 139.

Achnanthidium lineare, W . Sm., 152.

Achyranthes aspera, Linn., mentioned,
277.

Acorus, Linn., 43; hermaphrodite flowers
regarded as primitive types, 43.
Calamus, Linn., 371.
Acriopsis javanica, Blume, 380.
Acrotrema costatum, Jack, 303.
Actinastrum, Lagerh., mentioned, 151.
Actinidia, Lindl., mentioned, 352.
Hemsleyana, Dunn *, 355.
lanata, Hemsl., 355; mentioned, 351.
lanceolata, Dunn *, 356.
melanandra, Franch., mentioned, 357.
sabiæfolia, Dunn *, 357.
Adenocarpus Mannii, Hook. f., 246.
Adhatoda Engleriana, C. B. Clarke, men-
tioned, 229, 271.
Adinandra angulata, Ridl., 304.
villosa, Choisy, 304.
ZEschynanthus sp., 320.
Æthusa Cynapium, Linn., 209, 215.
Africa, South, Mycology (Cheesman), 408.
Tropical, Algæ from, mentioned,

8l.
African Gardenia Thunbergia (Stapf &
Hutchinson), 417.
Agathis loranthifolia, Salisb., 332.
Ageratum, Linn., in Mexico, 432.
conyzoides, Linn., mentioned, 230.
Aglaonema, Schott, 43.
Ajuga, Linn., mentioned, 284.
reptans, Linn., 210, 218.
Albizzia Brownei, Walp., 249.
Alchemilla, Linn., in Mexico, 432.
—— argyrophylla, Oliver, 250 : mentioned,
232, 251. .
2к2

460

Alchemilla argyrophylloides, Baker f*,
250, 25] ; mentioned, 232.
arvensis, Scop., 209, 214.
cinerea, Engl., mentioned, 232, 250.
geranioides, Rolfe, 250; mentioned,
232.
ruwenzoriensis, Rolfe, 240, 251; men-
tioned, 282.
Stuhlmanni, Engler, 251.
subnivalis, Baker f.*, 250, 251 ; men-
tioned, 233.
tripartita in Mexico, Ruiz § Pav., 432.
Alectra communis, Hemsl., 268.
Aletris glanduligera, Franch., mentioned,
210.
scopulorum, Dunn *, 310.

Alga-flora of Tanganyika, 82, 191.

Alge, from Lake Nyasa, 18; Freshwater,
including Phytoplankton of Third
Tanganyika Exped., conducted by Dr. W.
А. Cunnington, 1904-1905 (West),
81-197; mentioned, 20.

-—, Green, Critical (West), 279-288;
new forms, 82.

of Tanganyika Exped., Systematic
account of, 97-197 ; of Tropical Africa,
mentioned, 81 ; of the Red Sea (Gibson),
441 ; tendency to spiral growth, 85.

Alisma Plantago, Linn., 211.

Alismaceæ presenting primitive features,
45, 46; from Ruwenzori, 211.

Allett, Susan, abnormal Platanthera, 393.

Allogonium, Aii/z., mentioned, 197.

Alnus, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.

glutinosa, Gaertn., 210, 220.
sp., 220.
Aloë amanensis,
239.
lateritia, Zngl., mentioned, 939.
Wollastoni, Rendle *, 238; mentioned
230.

Alsine Roylei, Fenzl, 398; mentioned,
395.

Alsinez of Tibet, 395.

Alsophila Kingi, C. В. Clarke, 333.

Altingia gracilipes, Hemsl., 300.

Altitude of plants in Mexico (Gadow),
499.

Amarantaces from Ruwenzori, 277

Amaranthus caudatus, Linn., mentioned,
229, 217.

А. Berg, mentioned,

H

INDEX.

Amaryllidaceze from Ruwenzori, 237.

Amentacez, catkins, 6].

Amentiferæ, 39, 40; absence of perianth
accepted as primitive feature, 43; mode
of fertilization, 41.

Amentiferales, 42, 75.

American Bennettiteæ, strobilus of, 57;
— fossil Cycads, 51.

Amomum angustifolium, Sonn., 237.

Ampelideæ of Ruwenzori, 246.

Amphibia, distrib. in Mexico, 434; cf. 439
ftnote.

Anabæna, Bory, 169; species in Victoria

Nyanza,9]; — abundant in Tangan-
yika and Lake Nyasa, 01,

baltica, J. Schmidt, mentioned, 171.

Flos-aque, Breb., 169; mentioned,
91, 93, 96; — filaments, 85.

var. circularis, G. 5, West *,

170, 171; mentioned, 92, 93, 96;
— filaments, 85.

iniequalis, Dorn., 170.

sp., 170, 171.

spheerica, Born., 171.

spiroides, Klebahn, mentioned, 169.

Tanganyike, G. S. West *, 178; men-
tioned, 93.

Anacamptis pyramidalis, Rich., 4.

Anacardiaceæ from Fokien, 358.

Andines of Mexico, 431, 435.

Andropogon cymbarius, Linn., 241.
Sorghum, Brot., mentioned, 426.
Andreecium, its evolution, 67; regarded

as primitive in Маспопасег, 48.

Aneilema beniniense, Kunth, 240.

Anemone Hepatica, Linn., its involucre,
69; mentioned, 50.

Anerincleistus fruticosus, Rid/.#, 309.

macranthus, King, mentioned, 309.

Angiospermez, see Angiosperms.

Angiosperms (Arber & Parkin), 29-80
cf. 30-33, 40, 46, 52, 56; alternation of
generations, 3] ; andreeeium of 58; antho-
strobilus of, 58; carpels, 59; embryo-
sac, 32; flower, 41, 57; foliage, 80;
fossil, 33; fructification, 59; Mesozoie
ancestors, 37, 58; Paleozoic ancestors of,
48; phylogeny of, 34, 36, 43; primitive,
no such plant in existence, 35; Pterido-
spermeze ancestors of, 48; seeds, 65;
typical flower, 62.

Angiosperms and Cycadeæ compared, 57 ;
Gnetacee, supposed connection with
them, 35.

Angrecum Scottellii, Rendle, 236; men-
tioned, 232.

Ankistrodesmus, Corda, 140, 285, 287,

acutissimus, Arch., 140.

Chodati, G. 5, West *, 288 ftnote.

falcatus, Ralfs, 140; mentioned, 97,
185.

var. acicularis, G. S. West, 140.

—— var. mirabilis, С. 5. West, 288
ftnote.

——- var. spirilliformis, Œ. S. West,
140.

fractus, G. S. West *, 288 ftnote.

fusiformis, Corda, 140.

nitzschioides, Œ. 5. West *, 140; men-
tioned, 92.

setigerus, G. 5. West, mentioned,
140.

Anneslea crassipes, Hook., 304.

Anonacese, calyx and corolla, 50; perianth,
45.

Anplectrum, A. Gray, 309.

Antherozoids of Cycas and Ginkgo, 32.

Anthostrobilus (Arber & Parkin), 37 ; early
form, 75.

Anthriscus dissectus, C. H. Wright, men-
tioned, 253.

Apetale from Pahang, 320; Ruwenzori,
277.

Aphanocapsa, Näg., 187.

pulchra, ЁабепА., 187.

Aphanothece, Näg., 184.

microscopica, Niig., 184.

Apium sp., 209, 215.

Apostasia nuda, А. Br., 330.

A розіазіасеғе of Pahang, 330.

Appendicula rupestris, Ridl., 330.

Appendiculatæ (§ Illigera), 293, 294.

Aquilegia, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.

Arabis albida, Stev., 242.

alpina, Linn., 242; mentioned, 233.

Aracem, flower, 42; inflorescence, 43; of
Fokien, 370; Pahang, 332.

Araliacese of Fokien, 360.

Araucariez (Arber & Parkin), 34.

Archichlamyde (Arber & Parkin), 39.

Arctium sp., 210, 216.

Arctostaphylos, Adans., in Mexico, 432.

INDEX. 461.

Arcyria serpula, Massee, 412.
Ardisia biniflora, Rid/, *, 514.
littoralis, Ændr., mentioned, 315.
retinervia, fidi. *, 315.
rosea, King $ Gamble, 314.
Areal density of species (Gadow), 437.
Arenaria, Кирр., in Mexico, 432.
acicularis, Welliams*, 400; men-
tioned, 395.
bryoides, Willd., in Mexico, 432.
bulica, Stapf, mentioned, 399.
cerastiiformis, Williams *, 402.
ciliolata, Edgew., 398; mentioned,
395.
—— var, pendula, Duthie, 402.
densissima, Edgew., 401; mentioned,
395.
festucoides, Benth., mentioned, 400.
glanduligera, Edgew., 401 ; mentioned,
395.
—— var. cernua, Williams *, 402.
var. micrantha, Williams *, 402.
Griffithii, Borss., mentioned, 401.
ischnophylla, Williams *, 400; men-
tioned, 39
kansuensis, Maxim., 400; mentioned,
395.
melandryiformis, Williams*, 399;
mentioned, 395.
melandryoides, £dgew., 399; men-
tioned, 395.
monantha, Wiliams *, 401; mentioned,
395.
monosperma, Williams * , 398; men-
tioned, 395.
monticola, Edgew., 400; mentioned,
395.
orbiculata, Edgew., 398; mentioned,
395.
polytrichoides, édgew., 401; men-
tioned, 395. '
var. perlevis, Williams, 401.
Przewalskii, Maxim., mentioned, 400.
pulvinata, Edgew., 401; mentioned,
395.
ramellata, Wilhams *, 399 ; mentioned,
395.
serpyllifolia, Linn., 209, 213.
Stracheyi, Edgew., 398; mentioned,
395, 399.
Stracheyi, Fl. Brit. Ind., 399.

462. INDEX.

Arenaria tenella, Duthie, 398.
aniflora, Luce, mentioned, 401,
yunnanensis, Franch., 402; mentioned,
395.
—— forma angustifolia, 402.
Argostemma albociliatum, /tdl.*, 311.
Hookeri, King, 311.
involucratum, Hemsil., mentioned, 311.
muscicola, Ztidi.*, 510.
pictum, Wall, ВП.
Yappii, King, 311.
Arisema ruwenzoricum, N. E. Br., 240;
mentioned, 232.
Aristolochia contorta, Bunge, mentioned,
364.
heterophylla, Hemsl., mentioned, 364.
mollis, Dunn *, 364.
tubiflora, Dunn *, 364.
Aristolochiaceæ of Fokien, 364.
Arizona, mentioned, 430.
Aroidec of Ruwenzori, 240.
Arthrodesmus, Ehrenb., 124.
glaucescens, Wittr., 186.
Incus, Hass., 124.
— var. Ralfsii, W. § G. S. West,
124.
Ralfsii, West, 124.
Arthrospira, Stizb., 86 ftnote.
Arum italicum, Mill., mentioned, 207.
maculatum, Linn., mentioned, 207.
Arundina speciosa, Blume, 328.
Asclepiadacem, of Pahang, 315; of Ruwen-
zori, 267 ; the family mentioned, 299,
Asclepias semilunata, №. E. Br., 267,
Ascophanus granuliformis, Boud., men-
tioned, 416.
sp., 416; mentioned, 414.
Asian (N.) Flora, mentioned, 198.
Asparagus Kale, cross fertilization of, 347 ;
foliage, 346 ; mentioned, 338; pollination
of, 340.
Assam flora, mentioned, 199.
Aster auriculatus, Franch., 361.
Asterionella, Hass., disposition of frustules,
85; not found in African Lakes, 84;
mentioned, 197.
Asterocystis africana, G. 5. West, 196;
mentioned, 197.
Atriplex hastata, Linn., 210, 219.
Autosporacee ( = Protococcacem), 135,
196.

Avrainvillea lacerata, J. Ag., 442.
papuana, G. Murr. § Boodle, 442.
Azolia nilotica, Decne., 18, 26.
pinnata, A. Br., var. africana, Baker,
26.

Bacillaries of Lofu River, 97; of Tan-
ganyika, 88-89, 147, 191.

Badhamia varia, Massee, 413.

Bieckea frutescens, Linn., 307.

Baker, E. G., Campanulacez of Ruwenzori,
265-2660; Dicotyledons (Polypetalm),
241-253.

— see Rendle.

Ballota nigra, Linn., 210, 218.

Baphia angolensis, Welw., 248 ; mentioned,

230.

barombiensis, Taub., 248.

bipindensis, Harms, 248.

Preussii, Harms, 248.

Wollastoni, Baker f.*, 947; men-
tioned, 230.

Barleria Grantii, Oliver, 229, 271.

Basella alba, Linn., mentioned, 277.

Bath, three-spurred Platanthera from,
393.

Batrachospermum from Lofu River, 97.

Beetles’ elytra from peat, 455.

Begonia Engleri, Gilg, mentioned, 253.

Herveyana, King, 310.

Johnstoni, Oliver, 253; mentioned,
23].

Meyeri-Johannis, Engl., 953; men-
tioned, 93].

sinuata, Wall., 310.

Wollastoni, Baker * , 252; mentioned,
231.

Begoniacew from Pahang, 310; from Ru-
wenzori, 252.

Belonastrum ($ Synedra), 86 ftnote; men-
tioned, 151.

Bennettitee, a group between Gymno-
sperms and Angiosperms, 60 ; ancestors,
66 ; carpels, 59; cone, 59, 61, 64, 68;
embryo, 59; evolution contrasted with
Cyeads, 58; foliage, 70; fructification,
53, 58, 66; megasporophylls, 35, 63, 65,
68; mierosporophylls, 59, 67 ; ovule, 65,
66; seeds, 65; strobilus, 62, 68.

Bennettites, Carruth. 55; British and
Italian specimens of 52; cone, 55;

embryo, 65,72; fructification, 61 ; ovule,
47.
Bennettites dacotensis, Arber $ Parkin*,
53, 59; figured, 53, 54.
Gibsonianus, Carruth., 56; fruits, 59.
ingens, Arber & Parkin *, cone of, 57,
59; male flower of, 506.
Jenneyana, Arber § Parkin *, cone of,
59.
Morierei, Sap. $ Mar., 56, 57.
Betula alba, Linn., 210; from peat, 455.
Betulaceæ, 42.
Bidens tripartita, Linn., 210.
Bielsbeck peat, 454.
Віспопіасег, 269.
Boottia scabra, Ridl., 24; mentioned, 19.
Borraginee from Ruwenzori, 268.
Botanical Exped. to Central Fokien (Dunn),
350; mentioned, 170.
Botryococcus, Kütz., 144.
Braunii, Kiitz., 144; mentioned, 145,
170.
Bovey Tracey lignite, 456.
Brachiomonas, Bohlin, 281, 282.
gracilis, Bohlin, mentioned, 285.
submarina, Bohlin, 281, 285.
Brassica, Tourn., mentioned, 339, 342;
crosses (A. W. Sutton), 337.
campestris, Linn., var. communis, DC.,
mentioned, 338.
var. Napo-Brassica, DC., 339.
var. Napo-Brassica communis,
DC., 338, 347 ; mentioned, 337, 339.
var. Napo-brassica Rutabaga,
DC., mentioned, 358, 341.
var, oleifera, DC., 337, 338.
oleracea, Linn., cross-fertilization of,
337, 346.
— var. acephala, DC., 338.
——— capitata, DC., mentioned, 333.
caulo-rapa, DC., mentioned, 338.
Rapa, Linn., 347; mentioned, 387-
339, 341.
Brillantaisia nyanzarum, Burkill, 270.
patula, T. And., 270; mentioned,
230.
Britain, Pre-Glacial Flora of (Reid), 206.
Brochidium parvulum, Perty, 147.
Bromheadia alticola, Ridl., 330.
Brussels Sprouts, mentioned, 346.
Bryophyta of Pahang, 335,

INDEX.

|

463

Bryopsis plumosa, Kitz., 443.
Bulbochæte, Ag., 100 ; sterile species, from
Nyasa and Tanganyika, 100.
elatior, Pringsh., 100.
Bulbophyllum catenarium, Ridl., mentioned,
325.
galbinum, Zid/., 324.
microglossum, Feidl.*, 325.
Titania, Ridl.*, 325.
viridescens, Ridl,?, 325.
Burmannia disticha, Linn., 951.
longifolia, Весс., 331.
Burmanniacee of Pahang, 331.
Burmese Flora, mentioned, 199.
Butomacee presenting primitive features,
45, 46.
Byssospheria, Cooke, 412.

Cabbage, pollination of, 340.
Calamintha arvensis, Lam., 210, 218.
parvula, 5. Moore *, 276; mentioned,
232.
simensis, Benth., mentioned, 276.
Calamus Hoplites, Dunn *, 369.
thysanolepis, Hance, mentioned, 309.
Calanthe Cecilie, Reichd. f., 529.
Caleutta herbarium, Tibet plants in, 395.
Californian flora, alluded to, 430.
Callicarpa longipes, Dunn *, 365.
rubella, Lindl., mentioned, 363.
Calocera cornea, Fr., 412.
Calophyllum spectabile, Willd., 304.
venustum, King, 302, 304.
Calothamnus, Labill., mentioned, 68.
Calothrix, Ау. 180; from Deep Bay,
Nyasa, 07 ; of Tanganyika Exped.,
82.
balearica, Born. $ Flah., mentioned,
182.
Braunii, Born., 181.
brevissima, G. S. West *, 180; men-
tioned, 103.
cartilaginea, С. S. West *, 181; men-
tioned, 174.
epiphytica, И’. $ G. S. West, 180.
juliana, Born., 180 ; mentioned, 182.
parietina, Thur., 181.
Caltha palustris, Linn., 209, 212.
Calycanthaceæ, primitive features, 45, 46.
Calyx of Caryophyllaceæ, 39.

464. INDEX.

Campanula cashmiriana, Royle, mentioned,
391.
purpurea, Spreng., 390.
thalictrifolia, Spreng., 382.
viridis, Spreng., 386.
Campanulacee, from Fokien, 374; from
Pahang, 312; from Ruwenzori, 265.
Campanumeea, Blume, 374, 376.
celebica, Blume, mentioned, 391.
inflata, C. B. Clarke, mentioned, 391.
javanica, Blume, mentioned, 391.
lanceolata, Sieb. & Zucc., 380,
parviflora, Benth. & Hook. #., men-
tioned, 391,
Camptandra parvula, Rid/., 331.
Canoe, Fungi found on, 27.
Canscora diffusa, R. Br., mentioned, 316.
pentanthera, C. В. Clarke, mentioned,
316.
trinervia, Ridl. * , 310.
Capparidacerm, stamens, 68.
Caprifoliacez, fossil, 210,
Carallia eugenoidea, King, 307.
Cardamine obliqua, Hochst., 242; men-
tioned, 233.
Carduus heterophyllus, Linn., 910, 217.
lanceolatus, Wild., 217.
nutans, Zinn., 210, 216; mentioned,
217.
palustris, Linn., 210; mentioned, 217.
Carex, Linn., 352; fruit from peat, 455.
acutiformis, Ehrh., 911,
brunnea, Thunb., mentioned, 372.
cuspidosa, Dunn *, 373.
dioica, Linn., 211.
fokienensis, Dunn *, 371.
graciliflora, Dunn *, 372,
granifera, Dunn * , 372.
Harlandi, Boott, mentioned, 371.
helodes, Link, 911.
hirta, Linn., 211.
ischnostachya, Steud., 373.
muricata, Linn., 911.
radiciflora, Dunn #, 371.
riparia, Curtis, 911.
rivulorum, Dunn *, 372.
rostrata, Stokes, 211.
runssoroensis, А. Schum., 941; men-
tioned, 233.
spp., 211.
Spachiana, Boott, 373,

Carex transversa, Blume, 373.
vesicaria, Linn., 211.
Carpels of Magnoliaceæ, 34. -
Carpha Emini, C. B. Clarke, 241; men-
tioned, 233.
Carpinus Betulus, Zinn., 210.
Caryophyllaceæ, calyx and corolla, 39; of
Tibet (Williams), 895-407.
Caryophylleæ, in fossil state, 209; of
Ruwenzori, 242,
Cassia didymobotrya, Fres., 249; men-
tioned, 231.
Kirkii, Oliver, 249.
mimosoides, Linn., 249; mentioned,
229.
Castagnea virescens, Thur., 444.
Castalia alba, Woods, 209, 212.
Castanopsis Hystrix, А. DC., 367.
Castilleia in Mexico, 432.
Casuarina, Linn., related to Carpinus, 42;
megaspores within nucellus of, 41.
Caulerpa peltata, Lam., forma typica, Bosse,
442,
racemosa, J. Ag., var. uvifera, J. Ag.,
441.
Cecidomyia, gall-insects, mentioned, 339.
Cedrus, Linn., mentioned, 200.
Celastracee, of Fokien, 357 ; of Pahang,
306; of Ruwenzori, 245.
Celastrus gracilipes, Welw., 945.
Celosia trigyna, Linn., mentioned, 229,
277.
Centaurea Calcitrapa, Linn., mentioned, 217.
sp., 210, 217.
Central Fokien, Botanical Exped. to
(Dunn), 350-573.
Centric Diatoms almost absent in Tan-
ganyika, 92,
Cephalotaxus, Sieb. $ Zucc., distrib., 201;
mentioned, 199 ; of Greenland, 200;
of S.W. China, 199.
drupacea, Sieb. § Zucc., distrib., 202.
Fortunei, Hook., distrib., 901, 202.
Griffithii, Hook. f., distrib., 202.
Mannii, Hook, f., distrib., 201, 202;
in China, 199.
Oliveri, Mast., distrib. 202; in China,
199.
pedunculata, Sieb. $ Zucc., distrib., 202.
Cerasterias, Reinsch, 143
rhaphidioides, Reinsch, 92, 143,

INDEX.

Cerastium pumilum, Curt., 397 ; mentioned,
395.
var. alpestre, Williams *, 397.
vulgare, Linn., 242 ; mentioned, 282.
Ceratium, Schrank, 189.

Hirundinella, O. F. Müll, 189; of

Victoria Nyanza, 91.

Ceratophyllez, 210.

Ceratophyllum demersum, Zinn., 18, 21,

210; mentioned, 221.

Ceratostylis gracilis, Blume, 327.

Ceriscoides ($ Gardenia), 418.

Ceylon Desmids, 82.

Cheerophyllum sylvestre, Linn., 209, 215.

Cheetomorpha, Kiitz., 101.

Linum, Kiitz., 101; mentioned, 159,
184, 197.
sutoria, Berk., 101.

Cheetopeltideze, 280.

Cheetophora, Schrank, 101.
elegans, Ag., 101.

Cheetophoracez, 101.

Cheetophoraies, 100.

Chalazogamy, 32.

Chameecyparis, Spach, 300; distrib., 201;

mentioned, 199; in Greenland, 200.

Chamesiphon, 4. Br. $ Grun., 184.
confervicola, A. Br., 184.
incrustans, Grun., 184.

Chamesiphoniacex, 184.

Chara brachypus, 4. Br., 26.
fragilis, Desv., mentioned, 26.
gymnopus, А. Вг., 27.
polyphylla, А. Br., 27.
zeylanica, Wild., 27;

20.

Characeæ, mentioned, 19.

Characieæ, 131.

Characium, A. Br., 131.
longipes, Rabenh., 131.
Pringsheimii, 4. Br., 131.

Charcoal from peat, 455.

Chenopodiacez, fossil, 210.

Chenopodium album, Linn., 210, 219.
fetidum, Schrad., mentioned, 277.
rubrum, Linn., 210, 219.

Chinese Conifers (Masters),

Taxace:e, 198.

Chionolena, DC., in Mexico, 431-438.

lavandulifolium, Benth. $ Hook, f.
(mispr. lavandulacea) in Mexico, 432.

mentioned,

198-205 ;

|

465

Chipp, T. F., A Revision of the Genus
Codonopsis, Wall., 374—391.
Chlamydomonadere, palmelloid state, 282.
Chlamydomonas sp., 282.
Chlora, Adans., mentioned, 284.
Chloranthace of Fokien, 265.
Chloranthus, Sw., 39.
Oldhami, Solms, 365.
Chlorococeum gigas, Grun., 146.
Chlorophyceæ, critical (West), 279; of
Lofu River, 96; of Nyasa, 90; of Tan-
ganyika, 92, 96, 98, 191; of Victoria
Nyanza, 91; tabular statement, 87-88.
Chlorophytum fusiforme, G. 5. West, men-
tioned, 239.
macrophyllum, Aschers., 239.
ruwenzoriense, Rendle *, 239; men-
tioned, 239.
Choananthus, Rendle *, 937 ; mentioned,
252.
evrtanthiflorus, Rendle *, 238.
Wollastoni, Rendle *, 238.
Chodatella, Lemm., 143.
amphitricha, Lemm., 287.
ciliata, Lemm., 287.
quadriseta, Lemm., 287, 288.
radians, Lemm., 287.
subsalsa, Lemm., 92, 143, 191; men-
tioned, 82.
Chondrioderma difforme, Rost., 412.
Choriophyllum malayanum, Benth., men-
tioned, 322.
montanum, Ridl.*, 322.
Choripetale, 39.
Chroococcus, Nág.,187,280; mentioned, 197.
helveticus, Näg., 187.
minimus, Lemm., 187.
minutus, var. minimus, Keissler, 187.
pallidus, Näg., 187.
Parallelopipedon, Schmidle, 187.
turgidus, Ndg., 187.
Chroococeacer, of Tanganyika, 38, 93, 184,
196, 197; of Victoria Nyanza, 91.
Chroococces of Tanganyika, 184.
Chroocystez, critical, 280 ; of Tanganyika,
184.
Chroodactylon, Hansg., mentioned, 197.
Chthonoblastus monticola, Kütz., 173.
Cicuta virosa, Linn., 209.
Circeea lutetiana, Linn., 209, 214.
Cissus ukerewensis, Gilg, 246.

466

Cistacem, stamens, 68.
Cladium Maingayi, С. В. Clarke, 302;
mentioned, 332.
Mariscus, А. Br., in peat, 455.
Cladonia macilenta, Hoffm., 336.
rangiferina, Hoffm., 330.
Cladophora, Az, 101; mentioned, 103,
172, 180, 186,
brachystelecha, Rabenh., 102.
canalicularis, Avitz., 102.
—— forma capitellata, 102.
crispata, Kitz., 102; mentioned, 184.
fracta, Hass., 101.
forma Flotowiana, Rabenh., 102.
——— fracta normalis, Rabenh., 101,
inconspieua, G. 5. West*, 103; men-
tioned, 145, 181.
Cladophorace of Tanganyika, 101.
Clathrocystis eruginosa, Henfrey, 180.
Clavaria fusiformis, Sowerby, 336.
Clematis orientalis, Linn., subsp. Wightiana,
О. Kuntze, 241.
Closteriopsis, Lemm., 141.
longissima, Lemm., 141; mentioned,
99, 91.
Closterium, Nitzsch, 108.
acerosum, Zhrenb., 109.
acutum, Bréb., 110.
galictense, Gutw., 109.
gracile, Bréb., 109.
var, tenue, JF. § С. S. West, 109.
Jenneri, Ralfs, 108.
lagoense, Nordst., 108.
Leiblinii, Avitz., 109.
limneticum, Lemm., var. tenue, Lemm.,
110.
moniliferum, Ёйгеяб., 109.
— var. galiciense, И”. § G. 8, West,
109.
nematodes, Josh., 108.
- var. tumidum, 6. S. West *, 108.
parvulum, Ndy., 108.
Ralfsii, Bréb., 110.
var, hybridum, Rabenh., 110.
tumidum, Johnson, 109,
Venus, Kütz., 96, 109.
Wage, Gutw., mentioned, 110.
Соссосопег, 184.
Cocconeidacex, 152.
Cocconeis, Ehrenb., 159.
Pediculus, Ehrenb., 153.

INDEX.

Cocconeis Placentula, Ehrenb., 152.
Cocconema, Ehrenb., 159.
Cistula, TV. Sm., 160.
var. maculatum, Cleve, 160.
cymbiforme, ZZrenb., 160.
gracile, G. 5. West, 97, 160.
grossestriatum, И’. $ G. S. West, 159.
var. Tanganyike, G. S. West *,
159; alluded to as Cymbella, 92.
leve, IW. y @. S. West, 97, 159.
turgidum, И”. $: G. S. West, 159.
ventricosum, W. $: G. S. West, 160,
Соссопетасег, 159.
Cochlearia fumarioides, Dunn*, 355,
Codium tomentosum, Kütz., 442.
Codonacanthus, Nees, 7,
Codonopsis, Wall, 377, 378 ; Revision of
genus (Chipp), 374-391.
айпи», Hook. f. $ Thoms., 379, 387-
389.
— — var. birmanica, C. В. Clarke,
390,
albiflora, Griff., 391,
Benthami, Hook. f. $ Thoms., 882;
mentioned, 378.
cardiophylla, Diels, 385; alluded to,
379.
cashmeriana, Royle, 391.

celebica, Miq., 391.

convolvulacea, Awrz, 380; mentioned,
377, ЭТӘ.

cordata, Hassk., 391.

cordifolia, Kom., 391.

deltoidea, Chipp*, 387; mentioned,
379.

foetens, Hook, f. $ Thoms., 383; men-
tioned, 379,

gracilis, Hook. f. & Thoms., 391.

Griffith, C. B. Clarke, 386.

Henryi, Oliver, 379, 380.

japonica, Mig. (sp. dub.), 390.

Javanica, Hook. f. & Thoms., 391.

lanceolata, Benth. § Hook. f., 379.

-— var, ussuriensis, Trautv., 381,

leucocarpa, Miq., 391.

micrantha, Chipp*, 382; mentioned,
378,

ovata, Benth., 384; mentioned, 577,
379.

var. cuspidata, Chipp *, 385.

var. glabrata, Hook. f., 385.

INDEX.

Codonopsis ovata, var. nervosa, Chipp*, 385.

var. obtusa, Chipp *, 385.

var. ramosissima, Hook. f. &
Thoms., 385.

parviflora, Wall., 391.

pilosa, CAipp*, 388; mentioned, 379,
387.

purpurea, Wall., 390; mentioned, 379,

rotundifolia, Royle, 382; mentioned,
377, 918.

silvestris, Kom., 583.

subscaposa, Кот. 388; mentioned,
379.

subsimplex, Hook. f. 5 Thoms., 388;

mentioned, 379.

à

Tanshen, Oliver, 379; mentioned, 576 -
318.

thalictrifolia, Wall., 381 ; mentioned,
378.

truncata. Wall., 591.

tubulosa, Kom., 387 ; mentioned, 379.

ussuriensis, Hemsl., 380; mentioned,
377, 378.

vinciflora, Kom., 389.

viridiflora, Mazim., 383; mentioned,
377, 918.

viridis, Wall., 386; mentioned, 379.

Coelastrez, 135.

Colastrum, Näg., 185; absent from Tan-
ganyika, 92; ccenobium of, 135; of
Nyasa, 90,

cambricum, Arch., 155.
—- var, intermedium, W. $ G. 5.
West, 136.

var. nasutum, С. S. West*, 87,

91, 136.

var. quinqueradiatum, Lemaire,

135.
compositum, G. S. West*, 136; men-
tioned, 82, 91.

cornutum, Lem., mentioned, 135.

eruciatum, Schmidle, 136.

distans, W. В. Turn., 137.

Kawraiskyi, Schmidie, mentioned, 135.

microporum, Näg., 135.

pulchrum, Schmidle, 155.

var. intermedium, Bohlin, 136.

var. nasutum, Schmidle, 136.
reticulatum, Senn., 137.

sphæricum, Näg., 135.
subpulchrum, Lagerh., 137.

467.

Ccelogyne carnea, Hook. f., 329.
cymbidioides, Ridl.*, 329.
Dayana, Reichb. f., mentioned, 329.
stenochila, Hook. f., 329.

Coelosphzerium, Näg., not found in African
Lakes, 84, 85.

Coleus aquaticus, Giirke, mentioned, 275.

clivicola, S. Moore*, 274 ; mentioned,
232.

edulis, Га ве, mentioned, 275.

Garckeanus, Vatke, mentioned, 274.

gracilentus, S. Moore*, 275 ; mentioned,
230.

latidens, S. Moore*, 273; mentioned,
252.

latifolius, Hochst., mentioned, 273.

Colletonema vulgaris, Thw., 157.

Collybia sp., 409.

Colobanthus, Bartl., in Mexico, 432.

Colpodium, an infusorian, mentioned, 170.

Colza Rape, pollination of, 340.

Commelina nudiflora, Linn., 26.

Jommelinacere of Ruwenzori, 240.

Composite of Fokien, 361.

Conamomum utriculosum, Rid/., 331.

Conferva echinulata, Sm., mentioned, 183,

Linum, O. F. Müll., 101.
mirabilis, Dillw., 168.
mucosa, Dillw., 131.

Confervales, 147.

Coniferæ, embryo-sac of, 81; New Species
from Formosa (Hayata), 297-300; of
China (Masters), 198-285 ; Fokien, 367 ;
Formosa, 198; Japan, 198; Pahang,
332; Ruwenzori, 210.

Coniferales, strobili of, 37.

Coniferous flora of provinces of China, 198.

Conium maculatum, Linn., 209, 215; men-
tioned, 207.

Conjugatæ, 104 ; mentioned, 82.

Convolvulace: of Ruwenzori, 267.

Conyza gigantea, О. Hoffm., mentioned,

259.

montigena, S. Moore”, 259 ; mentioned,
232.

scariosa, 5. Moore *, 258; mentioned,
931.

Coprinus Cheesmani, Gibbs*, 414, 417.
radiatus, Fr., mentioned, 415.
sp., 415; mentioned, 414.
Coprophilous Fungi (Gibbs), 408, 413.

468 INDEX.

Corallina tenella, Kütz., 445.
Corchorus trilocularis, Tinn., 244; men-
tioned, 229,
Cordaites, Ung., stamens, 61.
Jordaitales, fossil, 72.
Coreopsis abyssinica, Sch.- Bip., 962 ; men-
tioned, 231.
Cornace:e, fossil, 210.
Cornus, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
sanguinea, Linn., 210.
Corolla of Caryophyllacem, 39.
Corylus Avellana, Zinn., 210.
Coryzadenia, Griff., 290, 99],
trifoliata, Griff., 294.
Coscinodiscaceæ, 148,
Cosmarium, Corda, 115, 287.
abruptum, Zund., 119.
var. granulatum, W. & G. 5.
West, 119.
angulosum, Bréb., 119.
var. concinnum, W. $. G. S. West,
119.
bigemma,
120.
binum, Nordst., 96, 121.
bioculatum, Bréb., 116.
var. hians, W. $ G. 5. West,
mentioned, 116.
biretum, Bréb., mentioned, 122,
Blyttii, Wille, 96, 121.
ceylanieum, W. $ G. S, West, men-
tioned, 120.
concinnum, Reinsch, 119.
contractum, Kirchn., 116.
var. ellipsoideum, W. $ G. S.
West, 116.
creperum, W, $ G. 5. West, 193.
Cunningtonii, 6, 5. West ж, 119,
decachondrum, Roy & Biss., 120.
var, ornatum, (7. 5. West *, 120,
var. striatum, Schmidle, men-
tioned, 120.
depressum, Lund., 116.
ellipsoideum, Elfv., 116; mentioned,
116.
fontigenum, Nordst., 115.
galeritum, Nordst., 117.
var. retusum, G', S. West *, 117.
globosum, Buln., 118.
—— var. Wollei, W. $ G. S. West,
118.

Racib, mentioned,

|

Cosmarium globosum, Wolle, 118.

glyptodermum, JF. & G. 5. West, 82.

granatum, Breb,, 117.

Hammeri, Reinsch, 117.

forma abscissa, Schmidle, 116.

var. retusiforme, Wille, 116.

homalodermum, var. minor, Schmidle,
mentioned, 117.

tnornatum, Joshua, 123.

lacunatum, G. S. West *, 192; men-
tioned, 123.

leve, Rabenh., 119.

var, minimum, W. $. G. S. West.
119.

latum, Bréb., var. margaritatum, Lund.,
122,

Lundellii, Delp., 115.

var. madagascariense, JV, $: G, 5.
West, 115.

marearitatum, Roy & Biss., 96, 122.

Meneghinii. Bréb., 119.

forma octangulare, Wille, 119.

minimum, JW. $ G. S. West, 118.

minutissimum, Arch., 116.

moniliforme, Ralfs, 91, 117.

multiordinatum, JV. & G. 5. West, 82,
121.

nitidulum, De Not., 96, 117.

obsoletum, Reinsch, 115.

occultum, Schmidie, mentioned, 121.

Phaseolus, Bréb., 116.

var. elevatum, Nordst., mentioned,
116.

planum, W, 5 6. S. West, 82, 118.

platyisthmum, Avch., 286, 987,

premorsum, Bréb., 190.

pseudameenum, Wille, 123.

Pseudobroomei, Wolle, 96, 123.

var. compressum, G. 5. West *,

123.

var. convexum, JW. $: С. S, West,
mentioned, 123.

pseudopyramidatum, Zund., 117.

quadrum, Lund., 122.

Regnesi, Reinsch, 118.

retusiforme, Gutw., 116; mentioned,
117.

forma abscissum, Borge, 116.

retusum, Rabenh., mentioned, 117.

scabratulum, W. $ G. S. West, 120.

Scenedesmus, Delp., 116,

INDEX.

Cosmarium sexangulare, Lund., 119.

forma minimum, Nordst., 119.

subauriculatum, JW. $ G. 5. West, 82,
115.

var. truncatum, W. $ С. S. West,
mentioned, 115.

subcirculare, W. B. Turn., 115.

subconstrictum, Sehmidle, 82, 118.

subcostatum, Nordst., 121.

— — forma minus, W. $ С. S. West,
121.

subcucumis, Schmidle, 196.

suberosum, Gutw., mentioned, 115.

sublatum, Nordst., mentioned, 125.

subprotumidum, Nordst., 121.

supergranatum, W. В. Turn, forma
subspeciosum, Nordst., 121.
pulchrum, W. В. Turn., mentioned,
120.
taxichondrum, Lund., mentioned, 120.
forma subdenticulatum, W. § ©.
S. West, mentioned, 120.
var. subundulatum, Boldt, men-
tioned, 120.
zonarium, W. § G. S. West, 196.
Cotyledon Umbilicus, Linn., mentioned, 232.
var. botryoides, Engl., 252.
Crassocephalum ruwenzoriense, 8. Moore,
262.
Crassulacez from Ruwenzori, 251.
Crateegus Oxyacantha, Linn., 209, 214.
sp., 209, 214.
Craterostigma plantagineum, Hochst., 208;
mentioned, 229.
Crepis succisefolia, Tausch, 210, 217.
Cretaceous and Jurassic Rocks of U. S.A.,
affording Bennettites, 52.
Crinum giganteum, Andr., 237 ; mentioned,
230.
scabrum, Herb., 237 ; mentioned, 280.
Critical Green Alga (West), 279-288.
Crossandra guineensis, Nees, 271.
Crossotheca, Zeill., 48; the male organs of
Lyginodendron, 35.
Crotalaria cleomifolia, Welw., 246.
Crucifere from Fokien, 354; Ruwenzori,
242.
Crucigenia, Morren, 137.
heteracantha, Nordsé., mentioned, 137.
rectangularis, F. Gay, var. irregularis,
W. & G. S. West, mentioned, 138.

469

Crucigenia tetracantha, G. 5. West *, 137 ;
referred to, 92.
Crucigeniez, 197.
Cryptomeria, D. Don, distrib., 201; men-
tioned, 199.
japoniea, D. Don, distrib., 202.
Culeasia scandens, Beauv., 240.
Cunninghamia, R. Br., 299: mentioned,
199, 300.
Konishii, Hayata *, 299; mentioned,
300.
sinensis, R. Br., distrib., 202, 204;
mentioned, 500.

Cunnington, Dr. W. A. his collections,
81; Report on his Tanganyika Exped.
(Rendle), 18; Results of Third Tan-
ganyika Exped. (West), 81-197.

Cupressus, Tourn., distrib., 201 ; of Green-

land, 200.
formosensis, Matsum., distrib., 202.
funebris, Endl, distrib., 201, 202.
Hodginsii, Dunn *, 367.
sempervirens, Linn., distrib., 201,
202

Сари ега, fossil, 210; of Fokien, 366 ;
of Pahang, 322.

Cyathea Brunonis, Wall., 888.

Cyathula cylindrica, Mog., 277 ; mentioned,
250.

Cyathus stercorarius, De Тот, 409.

Cycadew, cone of, 53, 56; compared with
Angiosperms, 57.

Cycad-like Mesozoic plants, 52.

Cycadales, 51.

Cycadeoidea, not a Cycad, 51; figured, 53,

64; fruits, 59; Mesozoic, 01; stami-
nate fronds, 61.

dacotensis, Ward, 53, 59.

ingens, Ward, 56, 57, 59.

Jenneyana, Ward, 59.

Cycadofilices, 32, 61.

Cycadophyta, 30.

Cycads, allied to Gymnosperms, 51 ; flowers
of, 55; fronds of, 51; male cones of
living, 56.

Cycas, Linn., cones, 76; fructification, 51;
leaves, 51; mega- and micro-sporophylls,
61.

Cyclotella, Aüfz, 148; mentioned, 93; of
Nyasa, 90 ; of Tanganyika, 93 ; of Victoria
Nyanza, 91.

170 INDEX.

Cyclotella compta, Kitz., 148.
Kützingiana, Chauvin, 148.
Meneghiniana, Avitz., 148.

var, rectangulata, Grun., 148.
minutula, Kütz., 148.
operculata, Avitz., 148.

Cylindroeystis, Menegh., 107.
subpyramidata, W., $: G. 5, West, 107.

Cylindrospermum, Kitz., 172.

Goetzei, Schmidle, 172.

Cymatopleura, W. Sm., 160 ; of Victoria

Nyanza, 91.

apiculata, W. Sm., 167.

Nyansæ, G. 5. West*, 167; men-
tioned, 85, 91.

Solea, W. Sm., 166; a plankton
Diatom, 85; mentioned, 85,

-— var. laticeps, О. Miill., 167.

Cymbella grossestriata, O. Müll., 159.

— — var, Tanganyike, G. S. West *,
(err. = Cocconema), 92.
levis, Naos 159.

leptoceros, Rabenh., 159,
maculata, А. Schm., 160.
turgida, Greg., 159.
Cymbopogon cymbarius, Rendle,* 241.
Cymodocea nodosa, А schers., from Red Sea,
445.
Cynoglossum geometricum, Baker $ С.
Н. Wright, 268; mentioned, 231.
Cynorchis anacamptoides, ArünzlL, 237;
mentioned 232.
chinensis, Rolfe *, 309.
gracilis, Kränzl., mentioned, 369.
Cyperacew, fossil, 220; from Fokien, 371;
from Ruwenzori, 240.
Cyphella Cheesmani, Massee *, 411.
Cypripedium barbatum, Lindl., 330.
Cyrtandra cupulata, Ridl., 319.
Cyrtanthus, Forst., mentioned, 232, 238,
carneus, Lindi., mentioned, 238,
Cystoseira Myrica, J. Ag., 443.

Dacrydium Becearii, Parl, distrib., 202,
204.
elatum, Wali., 333.
Dactylococcopsis, Hansg., 184.
acicularis, Lemm., mentioned, 185.
africana, G. 5. West*, 184; mentioned,
91.
Daphnoideæ from Ruwenzori, 292,

Davallia pinnata, var. gracilis, Hook. $
Baker, 334.

Debarya, Wittr., 104.

africana, (7, 5. West *, 104.
immersa, W. West *, 104.

Decameria Jovis Tonantis, Welw., 42].

Dehaasia lancifolia, Rid/.*, 320.

Delitschia bisporula, Hans., 415.

sp., 415.
Delphinium, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote,
Dendrobium aduncum, Wall., 368.
Anthrene, Ridl., mentioned, 394.
bifarium, Lindl., 324.
cornutum, Hook. f., 324.
gracile, Lindl., mentioned, 323.
Hasseltii, Lindi., mentioned, 324,
Kelsalli, Ridl., 323.
kuhlii, Lindl., mentioned, 324.
longipes, Hook. f., 323.
megaceras, Hook. f., mentioned, 324.
sp., 325.
subflavidum, Аи. *, 324,
uniflorum, Grif, 323.

Density of Species (Gadow ), 437.

Desmidiacee, geogr. peculiarities, 82 ;
granules formed in, 282; of Lake Nyasa,
90; of Tanganyika, 107, 105; of
Victoria Nyanza, 91.

Desmodium lasiocarpum, DC., 947; men-

tioned, 229,
Scalpe, DC., 247; mentioned 230.

Diachæa leucopoda, Rost., 413.

Dianthera, Gronov., 7.

sp., Benth., 9, 11, 13.

Diatoms from Lake Nyasa, 18, 90; in
Plankton of Tanganyika Exped., 82, 62 ;
Victoria Nyanza, 91.

Dicliptera maculata, Nees, 271.

Dicotyledons, age, 71; derivation, 71 ;
embryo-sae, 32;
point of, 39.

Dictyospheeria favulosa, Decne., 442,

Dictyospheriew of Tanganyika, 144.

Dictyospheerium, Näg., 144.

pulehellum, Wood, 144.
Dictyota dichotoma, J. Ag., 444.
Didymocarpus, Wall., 302.
flavobrunnea, Ridl., 318.
grandifolia, Rid/.?, 318.
heterophylla, Ridl., mentioned, 319.
hispida, Rid/., mentioned, 319.

lanales as starting

.INDEX. 471

Didymocarpus Robinsonii, Ridl.?, 318.
salicina, Ridl., 318.

Didymogenes palatina, Schmidle, 286.

Dilleniaceæ of Pahang, 308; stamens, 68.

Dimorphococcus, A. Br., 140.

lunatus, 4. Br., 91, 140.

Dinobryon, ZArenb., not found in African
Lakes, 84.

Diodia stipulosa, 5. Moore, 256.

Dioscorea rhizopogonoides, Oliver, 370.

zingiberensis, C. H. Wright, 370.

Dioscoreacesz of Fokien, 370.

Dipteris Horsfieldii, Bedd., 354.

Disa Stairsii, Kränzl, 337; mentioned,
281.

Dischidia albida, Griff., 316.

coccinea, Grif, 815.
Discopodium penninervium, Hochst., 263;
mentioned, 231.
“Discovery " potato, pollen, 455.
Distichophylle ($ Dendrobium}, 223.
Distribution of Chinese Conifers (Masters),
198-205 ; plants in Mexico (Gadow ) 429 ;
S. African Fungi, 408.
Dissochzeta, Blume, 302, 309.
Distylium myricoides, Hemsl., 359.
strictum, Hemsl., 350.

Docidium conjunctum, W. В. Turn., 111.
Ehrenbergii, Dréb., 111.
elatum, W. В. Turn, 111.
ma.vimum, Remsch, 111.
robustum, W. B. Turn., 111.
undulatum, Bail., 286.

Dombeya, Cav., mentioned, 231.

Double fertilization, 32.

Dracæna Porteri, Baker, 331.

Drimys, Forst., embryo-sac of, 46 ; perianth
of, 49.

Drumhead Cabbage, cross-fertilization of,
24.

Dunn, S. T., Botanical Exped. to Central
Fokien, 350-373; Revision of Гега,
Blume, 290-297.

Dysphinctium — subellipticum, Schmidle,
mentioned, 118.

Echeveria, DC., in Mexico, 432.

Ectocarpus siliculosus, J. 4g., 444.

Elæocarpus monticola, Rid/.?, 305.
parvifolius, Wall., mentioned 30c.

Elæocarpus punctatus, King, mentioned,
306.
Elaphoglossum latifolium, J. Sm., 335.
Elatine Hydropiper, Linn., 209, 215.
Eleocharis sp., 211.
Elytra of beetles from peat, 455.
Embryo-sac of Conifers, 31; of Dicotyle-
dons, 32; of Drimys, 46; of Monocotyle-
dons, 32; of Phanerogams, 31.
Encyonema cespitosum, Kütz., 160.
gracile, Rabenh., 160.
ventricosum, Van Heurck, 160.
Zndemies of Mexico, 431—455.
Engler’s Theory, 45.
Enteromorpha compressa, Grev., 443.
Epacrideæ of Pahang, 314.
Epipactis africana, Rendle, 236 ; mentioned,
232,
Epithemia, Bréb., 161.
gibba, Kutz., 161.
gibberula, О. Müll., 161.
turgida, Kitz., 161.
ventricosa, Kiitz., 161.
Equisetum ramosissimum, Desf., 26.
Eria brunnea, Ridl., 327.
carunculata, Ztd/.*, 326.
crassipes, Rid/.*, 326.
ferox, Blume, 326.
longifolia, Hook. f., 526.
Maingayi, Hook. f., 326.
nutans, Lindl., 326.
reptans, Ки. * , 327.
Scortechinii, Hook. f., 327.
teretifolia, Grif., 326.
Erica arborea, Linn., 207 ; mentioned, 231,
232.
Ericacew, of Fokien, 376 ; of Pahang, 267,
313.
Eriocaulonaceee of Pahang, 332.
Eriocaulon macrophyllum, Ruhl., 332.
Eriophorum vaginatum, Linn., 211.
Eriosema montanum, Baker f., 248; men-
tioned, 230.
Evlangea marginata, S. Moore, 257.
Erythrina tomentosa, R. Br., mentioned,
280.
Eu-anthostrobilus, 37, 58; its derivation,
37. |
Euastropsis, Lagerh., cenobia of, 152.
Euastrum, Ehrenb., 112.
ansatum, Ralfs, 112.

412

Euastrum binale, Ehrenb., 119.
— forma hians, West, 112.

var. denticulatum, Kirchn., 112,

var. subelobatum, West, 112.

denticulatum, F. Gay, 96, 112.

elegans, Kitz., 112.

hypochondroides, JW. & G. S. West,

112 ; cf. 82.
incisum, Bréb., 114.
intermedium, Cleve, 286.
personatum, JW. & G. S. West, 112;
cf. 82.

pingue, Elfe., 286.

pseudopectinatum, Schmidle, 113; cf.
82.

- var. evolutum, Schmidle, 114.

rostratum, Ralfs, 112.

sinuosum, Lenorm,, 112.

spinulosum, Delp., 113.

forma duplo-minor, W. $ G. 5.

West, 113.

subsp. africanum, Nordst., 113.
sympageum, W. $ G. S. West, men-

tioned, 113
truncatiforme, G. S. West *, 113.
truncatum, Joshua, mentioned, 113.

Eucamptodon macrocalyx, C. Müll., 335.

Eu-Gardenia, 418, 419.

Eugenia pahangensis, Ridl. *, 307.
subdecussata, Duthie, mentioned, 308.
viridescens, Ridl. *, 308,

Eulophia subulata, Rendle, 234.

Kunotia, Ehrenb., 152.
biceps, Ehrenb., 152.

Jlexuosa, Kütz., var. bicapitata, Grun.,
152.
lunaris, Grun., 152.
pectinalis, Rabenh., 152.
Eunotiacee of Tanganyika, 152.
Eupatorium cannabinum, Linn., mentioned,
2106.
sp., 210, 216.
Euphorbia amygdaloides, Linn., 210.
hypericifolia, Zinn., mentioned, 229,
277.
Euphorbiacee, fossil, 210; of Fokien, 365 ;
Pahang, 322; Ruwenzori, 278.
Eurya japonica, var. nitida, Hook. f. §
Thoms., 355.
Loquaiana, Dunn *, 355.
Euspcrangiate Ferns, 67.

INDEX.

Evodia pachyphylla, King, mentioned, 306.
simplicifolia, Ridl. *, 306.

Evolvulus alsinoides, Linn., mentioned,
229.

Evolution, principles of, 34; seed-plants,
35.

Ewart, A. J., Systematic Position of Hecto-
rella cespitosa, Hook. f., 1-3.

Expedition, Botanical, to Central Fokien
(Dunn), 850-373,

Fagales connected with Hamamelidaceæ,
42; inflorescence, 42.

Fagus sylvatica, Linn., 210.

Fauna of Mexico, 440.

Ferns connected with Gymnosperms, 32.

Fern-prothallus, 32.

Fertile sporophylls, 37.

Ficus heteromorpha, Hems/., 366.

Filices, fossil, 211.

Fimbristylis stolonifera, C. В. Clarke, 19.

var. africana, C. B. Clarke * , 25.

var. diphylla, Гай, 25.

Fleurya podocarpa, Wedd, 278; men-
tioned, 230.

Flies’ wings from peat, 455.

Flora of Japan, mentioned, 198,

of N, Asia, mentioned, 198.

of Philippine Islands, mentioned, 198,

Floral leaves derived from sporophylls, 50.

Еогаз of Mexico, 429.

Fokien, Central, Botanical Ex ped. to (Dunn),
350.

Foliage of Mesozoic floras, 36.

Fomes hemileucus, Berk., 410.

senex, Nees, 410.

Formosan Conifers (Masters), 198; (Hayata),
297 -300.

Fossil Angiosperms in Mesozoic rocks, 33;
seeds, peat containing, 454; — preserva-

tion of, 203.
Fragilaria, Lyngb., 149.
wthiopica, G. 5. West *, 149.
Fragilariace of Tanganyika, 149.
Freshwater Alge, including Phytoplankton
of Third Tanganyika Exped. (West), 81—
197, cf. 20; of Trop. Africa, mentioned,
81; geogr. distrib., mentioned, 81.
Frustulia rhomboides, De Toni, 157.
savonica, Rabenh., 157.
ventricosa, Kiitz., 160.

INDEX. ' | 413

Fuirena glomerata, Lam., 18, 25.
Fungi, Coprophilous (Gibbs) 408, 413;
of Pahang, 336; from Tanganyika, 27.

Gaertnera oblanceolata, King $ Gamble,
317.
ramosa, fidi. *, 317.
Galium Aparine, Linn., 210, 216; men-
tioned, 257.
asprellum, Michx., 561.
serratohamatum, S. Moore*, 256;
mentioned, 233.
Gamopetale, floral envelopes, 50;
hang, 310; of Ruwenzori, 254.
Gardenia Aqualla, Stapf § Hutchinson *,
427; key, 420; mentioned, 419.
asperula, Stapf & Hutchinson +, 423;
key, 419 ; mentioned, 419.
cornuta, Hemsl., 424; key, 420; men-
tioned, 413.
erubescens, Stapf § Hutchinson *, 428 ;
key, 420.
Goetzei, Stapf § Hutchinson *, 427;
key, 420.
Jovis Tonantis, Miern, 417, 421; key,
419; mentioned, 418.
lutea, Fresen.,425; key, 419; mentioned,
419.
macrocarpa, Carey, 426,
Saundersie, № E. Brown, 423; key,
419.
spatulifolia, Stapf Y Hutchinson *, 424 ;
key, 420.
subacaulis, Stapf § Hutchinson *, 420 ;
key, 419; mentioned, 419.
ternifolia, Schum. § Thonn., 425; key,
420; mentioned, 419.
Thunbergia, Linn. f., 417-422; key,
419.
Thunbergiit, Engl., 425.
Tinnew, Kotschy $ Heuglin, 421; key,
419; mentioned, 420,
triacantha, DC., 420; kev, 420.
var, parvilimbus, Williams, 428.
Volkensii, A. Schum, 422; key, 419.
Geaster limbatus, Fr., 409.
Gelidium corneum, Küfz., 444.
rigidum, Grev., 444.
Gentiana borneensis, Hook. f., mentioned,
316.
malayana, Rtd/.?, 316; mentioned, 302.

of Pa-

LINN. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII.

Gentiana Thunbergii, Griseb., 561,
Zollingeri, Fawcett, mentioned, 361.
Gentianaceve, fossil, 210; of Fokien, 361;
of Pahang, 316.
Geostachys elegans, Ridl., 331.
Geraniaceæ of Ruwenzori, 244. .
Geranium aculeolatum, Oliver, 244; men-
tioned, 231.
Gesneraceæ of Fokien, 862; of Pahang,
318; of Ruwenzori, 269.
Ginkgo, Linn., formation of antherozoids,
32.
biloba, Linn., distrib., 202, 204.
Gleichenia dicarpa, R. Br., 333.
Norrisii, Mett., 333,
Glenodiniaceæ, 188.
Glenodinium, Ё/геяф., 183.
Pulvisculus, Stein, 188; cf. 93, 96.
Glæochæte, Lagerh., 184.
bicornis, Kirchn., 184.
Wittrockiana, Lagerh., 184, 280; men-
tioned, 281.
Gleeocystis, Уау.. 146.
gigas, Lagerh., 146.
Gleotrichia, J. Ag., 182.
echinulata, P. Richter, mentioned, 183.
indica, Schmidle, mentioned, 183.
longiarticulata, Œ. 5. IVest*, 91, 188.
natans, Ztabenh., 182.
Gloriosa virescens, Lindl, var. splendens,
Rendle * , 240; mentioned, 230.
Glosoconua, D. Don, 378 ; mentioned, 374.
clematidea, Fisch., 384.
hortensis, lupr., 381.
lanceolata, Maxim., 380.
tenera, D. Don, 381.
thalictrifolia, Wall., 381.
ussuriensis, Rupr., 381.
Glossopteris, Brongn., in Natal, 409 ftnote.
Glyptostrobus, Endl., mentioned, 199; of
W. Europe, 200; of Greenland, 200.
heterophyllus, Endl., distrib., 201, 202.
Gnetacee and Loranthacesm,
affinity, 34.
Gnetum, Linn., embryology, 33; nucellus,
34; suppression of internodes, 33.
Golenkinia botryoides, Schmidle, 143.
Gomphonema, Ag., 158.
africanum, (у. 5, West * , 159.
angustatum, Kitz., 158.
dichotomum, W. Sm., 158.

2L

suggested

4

Gomphonema exiguum, Kütz., 158.
gracile, Ehrend., 158.
var, dichotomum, Van Heurck,
158.
intricatum, Kitz., 158.
var. Vibrio, Van Heurck, 158.
oxycephalum, Cleve, mentioned, 159,
parvulum, Kitz., 07, 158.
var. micropus, Cleve, 158.
Gomphonemacez, 158, 197.
Gomphospheeria, Kitz., 186.
aponina, Aiz., 186.
lacustris, Chodat, 186.
Gonatozygon, De Bary, 107.
Kinahani, Rabenh., 107.
monotienium, De Bary, 96, 107.
Ralfsti, De Bary, 107. |
Goniolithon myriacarpon, А08(., 445.
Gooringia Littledalei, Wiliams, 403 ; men-
tioned, 305.
Gordonia imbricata, King, 302, 305.
Gramineie, fossil, 211; of Fokien, 573; of

Kuwenzori, 241.
Green Algie, new forms of, 82.
rewia similis, A. Schum., 244 ; mentioned,
229.
Gronovia, Blanco, 290, 291.
ternata, Blanco, mentioned, 204,

Grumilea megistosticta, 5. Moore * , 256;
mentioned, 251.

Guepinia flabellata, Fr., 412.

Guizotia colina, А. Moore *, 262; men-
tioned, 230.

Gunong Tahan, Pahang, Plants collected
by IT. C. Robinson & L. Wray (Ridley),
301-386.

Guttiferie of Pahang, 304.

Gymnadenia Miq.,
369.

Gymnosperms allied to modern Cycads,
51; alternation
embryo-sac, 32; megasporophylls, 75;
microsporophylls, 75.

Gymnosporia gracilipes, Loes., 245.

lepidota, Loes., 245.

G ynieceum, evolution, 67.

Gynura ruwenzoriensis, 5. Moore*, 262;
mentioned, 230,

Gypsophila cerastoides, D. Don, 407 ; men-
tioned, 396.

Gyrocarpus, Jacq., 292.

gracilis, mentioned,

of generations, 81;

INDEX.

Gyrosigma, Hass., 157.
attenuatum, Cleve, 157.
nodiferum, G. S. West * , 157.
nodosum, sphalm., 92=nodiferum.

Habenaria bifolia, А. Br., mentioned, 3.
Rendlei, Rolfe, 236; mentioned, 231.
zosterostyloides, Hook. f., 330.

Hæmanthus, mentioned,

237.

cyrtanthiflorus, C. И. Wright, men-
tioned, 238.

multiflorus, Martyn, 237 ; mentioned,
258.

Radeliffei, Rendle, 238,
Hemodoracez of Fokien, 370.
lalimeda incrassata, Lama., f.

Е. S. Dart., 442,

monile, Zan., 442.

Opuntia, Zame., 442.

f. triloba, 2.8. Bart., 442.

Hallieracantha, Stapf*, 7; distribution

area, 7; new genus of Acanthacee
(Stapf), 6.
anisophylla, Stapf * , 10, 17.
auriculata, Stapf, 9, 10.
Beecarii, Stapf *, 9, 18.
caudata, Stapf *, 10, 16.
Creaghu, Stapf *, 9, 11.
dispar, Stapf *, 10, 16,
duleamarioides, Stapf *, 9, 10.
frutescens, Sfapf *, 10, 16.
granulata, Stapf *, 10, 16.
hirsuta, Stapf *, 9, 10.
lanceolata, Stapf, 9, 12.
laxa, Stapf*, 9, 11; cf. 7.
leptoneura, Stapf *, 9, 13.
micropollinia, Stapf *, 10, 15,
Motleyi, Stapf *, 9, 133; ef. 7.
philippinensis, Stapf *, 9, 14.
procridifolia, Stapf, 9, 15.
psychotriüfolia, Меру *, 9, 14.
salicifolia, Stapf *, 9, 12.
Halophila stipulacea, Aschers., from the
Red Sea, 445.

IHaloragez, fossil, 209.

IHamamelides of Fokien, 359;
307.

Hamamelis, Gronov.,
megaspores, 4l.

92302

402

T'ourn.,

monilis,

of Pahang,

embryo-sac,

41;

INDEX.

Hapalosiphon, № 9., mentioned, 196; of
Tanganyika Exped., 97.
Hayata, B., New Species of Coniferie from
Formosa, 297-300.
ITectorella, Hook. f., 1, 3.
cespitosa, Hook. f., its systematic posi-
tion (Ewart), 1-3.

Hedona Davidi, Williams, mentioned,
306. |
ischnopetala, Williams *, 405; men-

tioned, 396.
Hedychium collinum, Ridl., 331.
Hedyotis Maingayi, Hook. f., mentioned,
312.
patens, Rid/.”, 311.
peduncularis, King, mentioned, 312.
Heilprin, A., on Mexican plants, 429,
432.
Helichrysum
260.
elegantissimum,
260.
fætidum, Moench, 261; mentioned,
230.
formosissimum, Sch.-Dip., mentioned,
260.
Gulielmi, Engl., mentioned, 261.
Lentii, Volk. $ О. Hoffin., mentioned,
261.
setosum, Harv., 262.
Stuhlmanni, О, Hoffm., 261; men-
tioned, 233.
var. latifolium, 5. Moore *, 261 ;
mentioned, 233.
Wollastoni, А. Moore *,
tioned, 232.
Helinus mystacinus, £. Mey.,
tioned, 229.
Hemiangiosperme:, 62, 75; fructification
of, 62, 61;. unknown fossils, 76.
Hemsley, W. B., chief source of data for
Mexican plants, 431; communication
by (Chipp), 374; Platanthera chlorantha
with three spurs, 391; Platanthera
chlorantha, Custor, var. tricalearata,
Hemsl.*, 3.
Henschelia, Presl, 290.
luzonensis, Presl, 291;
294.
Henslowia Lobbiana, 4. DC., 322.
varians, Blume, 322.

argyrocotyle, ©. Moore *,

DC,

mentioned,

260; men-

245; men-

mentioned,

475

Heracleum Sphondylium, Linn., 209, 215.
Hernandia, Plum., closely related to
Illigera, 292.
Hernandiacesz, 292, 293.
Hetæria elata, Hook. f., 530.
elegans, Ztdl.*, 330,
Heterokonte, 147.
Наегорапах fragrans, Seem., var. chinensis,
Dunn *, 860,
Hexagonia decipiens, Berk., 411; distrib.,
408.
polygramma, 4r., 411.
tenuis, Fries, 336.
Hibiscus æthiopicus, Lim», 244; men-
tioned, 229,
cannabinus, Linn., 243; mentioned,
229.
crassinervius, ZJochst., mentioned, 229,
244.
diversifolius, J«cg., var. granatensis,
Triana § Planch., 243; mentioned,
251.
micranthus, Linn. f., mentioned, 229.
Himalayan (Eastern) Flora, mentioned,
199.
Hippuris vulgaris, Linn., 200.
Hirneola auriformis, Fr., 412,
Holocystis incisa, G. C. Wall., 114.
Hormogoneæ of Tanganyika, 167.
Hoslundia opposita, Fahl, 271.
Humata pedata, J. Sm., 534.
Hyalotheca, Ehrenb,, 181.
mucosa, ZArenb., 97, 131.
Hybrid Turnips, mentioned, 359.
Hydrila verticillata, Royle, var. brevifolia,
Casp., 24.
H ydrocharide:, fossil, 210.
Hydroclathrus cancellatus, Bory, 443.
Hydrodictyacez of Tanganyika, 132.
Hymenochete tabacina, Lév., 411.
tenuissima, Berk., 411.
Hymenophyllum polyanthos, Sw., 388.
Hypecoum procumbens, Linn., 209, 212;
mentioned, 222.
Нурегісасеғе, fossil, 200; of Ruwenzori,
243; stamens, 68.
Hypericum hirsutum, Linn., 209, 214.
keniense, Schweinf., 245; mentioned,
233.
quadrangulum, Linn., 209, 214.
Hypnza Valentie, J. Ag., 444.
21.2

ATO

Hypoéstes triflora, Roem. $ Schult., 271.
verticillaris, R. Br., 271.

Hypoxylon annulatum, Fr., 412.
colliculosum, Nitsch., 412.

Illigera, Blume, 291; Revision of Genus
(Dunn), 290-297.

appendiculata, Blume, 295;
tioned, 204-296.

appendiculata, Kurz, 294.

men-

appendiculata, Vidal, 294.

celebica, Miq., 296 ; mentioned, 298.

cordata, Dunn *, 296;
293.

Coryzadenia, Meissn., 204.

mentioned,

dasyphylla, Miq, 295; referred to,
293.

dubia, Span., 291, 294.

khasiana, C. В. Clarke, 293, 204.

Kurzii, C. D. Clarke, 295.

lucida, Teijsm., 295; mentioned, 296.

luzonensis, Merrill, 204.

Meyeniana, Kunth, 291, 294; cf.
errata.

obtusa, Meissi., 207.

parviflora, Dunn *, 296; mentioned,
293.

pentaphylla, Welw., 295, 295.

platyandra, Dunn *, 296; referred to,

293.

pulchra, Blume, 293, 295; mentioned,
2906.

rhodantha, Mance, 298, 295; men-
tioned, 204.

ternata, Dunn *, 203, 204; cf. errata.

trifoliata, илт *, 204; referred to,
293.
var, Kurzii, King, 295.
villosa, C. B. Clarke, 293, 297.
Illigereie, 292.
Impatiens Eminii, Warb., 245.

var. lenduensis, Warb., 245.
runssorensis, Warb., 245; mentioned,
232.
Stairsii, Warb., 245.
Indigofera longebarbata, Fugl., 246 ; men-
tioned, 230.

Ineffigiata, И”. $ G. S. West, 144.
neglecta, W. $ С. S. West, 144.
Inflorescence of Pandanales and Piperales,

39.

INDEX.

Ipomoea calycina, C. D. Clarke, 207 ; men-
tioned, 229,
sp., mentioned, 230.
Wightii, Choisy, 207 ; mentioned, 229.
Tridacez of Fokien, 870,
Iris speculatrix, Hance, 570,

Iristemma sphalm., vide Tristenmma.
Isoëtes, Linn., resemblance to certaiu Mono-
cotyledons, 32-53; sporophylls of, 33.
lsoglossa ruussorica, Lindau, 271; men-

tioned, 230.

Japanese Conifers, mentioned, 198; Flora,
alluded to, 198.
Jasminum Schimperi, Vatke, 207; men-
tioned, 229,
Juglans, Linn., mentioned, 221.
Juncaces of Ruwenzori, 240,
Juncellus levigatus, С. JB. Clarke, 25;
referred to, 18.
Juniperus, Tourn., 298; distrib, 201; т
Mexico, 431 ftnote; referred to, 199.
chinensis, Linn., distrib., 202; men-
tioned, 299.
communis, Linn., distrib., 202.
litoralis, Maxim., distrib., 202.
morrisonicola, Hayata *, 298.
nipponica, Maxim., distrib., 901, 202,
recurva, Duch,- Ham., distrib., 202.
rigida, Sieb. у Zucc., distrib., 202.
sinensis, Aort distrib., 201;
tioned, 200.
sphærica, Lindi., distrib., 202,
taxifolia, Hook. § Arn., distrib., 202.
Jurassic and Cretaceous Rocks yielding
Bennettites, 52.
Jussiæa repens, Linn., 18, 20, 22.
Justicia, Linn., mentioned, 7.
pinguior, C, B. Clarke, 911.

men-

Kalanchoë crenata, Haw., war. collina,
Engl., 252.
Kale foliage, 342-346 ; Thousand-headed,
pollination of, 340.
Keteleeria, Carr., mentioned, 199.
Рау! па, Beissn., distrib., 203, 205.
Evelyniana, Mast., distrib., 203, 205.
Fabri, Mast., distrib., 203.
Fortunei, Carr., distrib., 203.
Kirchneriella, Schmidle, 141.
contorta, Bohlin, 285.

INDEX.

Kirchneriella contorta, var.
Bohlin, 285.
lunaris, Schmidle, 285.
obesa, W. § С. 5. West, 141, 285.
subsolitaria, (и. 5. West *, 284, 285;
mentioned, 285.
Kohl Rabi, foliage, 344, 345 ; pollination,
340.
Kosteletzkya adoénsis, Mast., 243; men-
tioned, 231.
Kotschy on Mexican plants, 451.
Krascheninnikowia himalaica, Korsh., 397 ;
mentioned, 395.
rupestris, auct., 297.
Kyllinga Buchanani, C. B. Clarke, 25,
chrysantha, K, Schum., 25.

gracillima,

Labiatæ, fossil, 210, 218; from Fokien,
363; from Ruwenzori, 271.
Lachnocladium brasiliense, Sace., 336.
Lactoris, PAil., affinity doubtful, 40.
Lactuca abyssinica, Fres., 265; mentioned,
231.
Lagarosiphon, Harv., mentioned, 19.
Nyassæ, Rid/., mentioned, 19.
Lagenocarpus, Nees, mentioned, 376.
Lagenostoma, Williamson, female organs of
Lyginodendron, 55.
Lagerheimia, Chodat, 287.
subsalsa, Lemm., 143.
Laggera alata, Sch-Dip., 260; mentioned,
230.
var, dentata, 5. Moore *, 260.
Lake Nyasa, its Phytoplankton, 83.
Lamium, Linn., mentioned, 222.
foliatum, Dunn *, 363.
Lancaster, peat from, 455.
Larches, distrib. in China and neighbouring
Countries, 205.
Larix, Tourn., mentioned, 199; sp. in
Centr. Europe, 200; Nebraska, 200;
North China, 198; W. China, 199.
chinensis, Beissn., distrib., 203.
dahurica, Turez., distrib., 203.
Griffithii, Hook. f. & Thoms., distrib.,
203, 205.
leptolepis, Aort., distrib., 205.
Ро шш, Batal., distrib., 203.
Principis-Rupprechti, Mayr, distrib.,
203.
sibirica, Ledeb., distrib., 203.

ATI

Larix tibetiea, Franch., distrib., 203.
Lasianthus chinensis, Benth., 312.
coronatus, King $ Gamble, 812,
Laurencia divaricata, J. Ag., 444.
papillosa, Grev., 444.
pinnatifida, J. Ag., 444.
Lauraceæ, from Fokien, 365; from Pahang,
320; Illigera referred to, 292, 293.
Law of corresponding Stages in Evolution,
35.
Lecanopteris carnosa, Blume, 333.
from Fokien, 358;
ruwenzori, 246.
Leibleinia Martensiana, Wiitz., 174.
Lemna, Linn., mentioned, 19.
Lemnaces, mentioned, 19.
Lentibulariacese from Pahang, 817.
Leontodon autumnalis, Linn., 210, 217.
Lepidodendron Hibb-rtianus, Binney, cone
of, 38.
Lepidozia Walliehiana, Gottsche, 336.
Lepiota sp., 409.
Leptocodon, [.Lem.] Hook. f. $ Thoms., 374.
gracilis, Lem., 391.
Leptospermum flavescens, Sm., var. com-
mune, Benth., 307.
Leucobryum chlorophyllosum, C. Müll,
335.
Leucopogon malayanus, Jack, 314.
Libocedrus, Endl., mentioned, 199; distrib.,
201.
macrolepis, Benth. § Hook. f., distrib.,
202.
Lichens from Pahang, 336.
Liebmann on Citlaltepetl, 431.
Lignite from Bovey Tracey, 456.

Leguminosæ, from

Liliaceæ, from Fokien, 370; from Pahang,
331 ; from Ruwenzori, 238.

Limnogeton, Edyew., mentioned, 162.
Limnophyton, Mig., mentioned, 19.
Limosella aquatica, Linn., 210, 217.
Lindera cæsia, Reinw., 321.
Lindsaya cultrata, Sw., 384.

divergens, Wall., 394.

flabellulata, Dryand., 334.

rigida, J. Sm., 334.

scandens, Hook., 534.
Liparis Dunnii, Rolfe *, 368.

pauciflora, Rolfe, mentioned, 568.
Lippia nodiflora, Rich., 23.
Liriodendron, Linn., mentioned, 33, 80, 61.

478

Lissochilus Krebsii, Reich, f., 234; men-
tioned, 231.
Livingstonianus, Reichb, f., 934; men-
tioned, 229.
ruwenzoriensis, Rendle, 235; men-
tioned, 231.
Lithophyllum affine, Fosl., 445; host of
Codium, 442.
Kaiserii, ZTeydr., mentioned, 445.
pallescens, Fos?., mentioned, 445,
Littorella juncea, Berg., 210, 218.
Lobelia Deckenii, Hemsl., mentioned, 232,
234, 266.
Giberroa, Hemsl., mentioned, 230, 234,
266.
Rhynchopetalum, Mems., mentioned,
252, 266.
Stuhlmanni, Schweinf.,
232 234, 266,
Telekei, ScAicein., mentioned, 266.
Wollastoni, S. Moore *, 965; men-

tioned, 935, 93.

mentioned,

Lofu River, ВасШамею of, 97; Myxo-
phycew of, 97; Plankton from, 96-97;
rich in Spherocystis Schroeteri, 84.
Loganiacem from Pahang, 317.
Lonicera, Linn., mentioned, 215.
Loranthacew from Pahang, 321.
Loranthus globosus, Rorb., 321,
Lobbii, Mook. f., 821.
pulcher, DC., 321.

Loxocarpus angustifolia, ВИЙ», 319.
incana, R. Br., 819.

Luzula Johnstoni, Buchen., 240; men-
tioned, 233.

Lyallia, Mook. f., 1, 3. |

kerguelensis, Mook.. f., 3.
Lychnis apetala, Linn., 405.
Flos-cuculi, Linn., from peat, 455;
mentioned, 222,
macrorhiza, Royle, mentioned, 405.
nigrescens, Edgew., 405.
Lycoperdon lilacinum, Berk., 409.
Lycopodium casuarinoides, Spring, 335.
nummularifolium, Blume, 335.

Lycopus europæus, Linn., 210,

Lyginodendron, Williamson, pollen, 61,

Lyngbya, €. Ag., 173; of Tanganyika,

82, 91.
wrugineo - ezrulea, Gomont, | 173

174. |

INDEN.

Lyngbya bipunctata, Lemm.,97, 147 ; men-
tioned, 91, 175.
cireumereta, G, S. West*, 91, 174;
its filaments, 85.
contorta, Lemm., 174; its filaments,
85.
crispa, C. Ag., 168,
distincta, Schmidle, 174.
Kützingii, Schmidle, 174.
var. distincta, Lemm., 174.
Lagerheimii, Gomont, mentioned, 175.
limnetica, Lemm., 175.
majuscula, Harv., 93, 191.
Martensiana, Meneg., 173.
var. distincta, Nordst., 174.
Martensiana, Rabenh., 174.
Nyassee, Schinidle, mentioned, 175.
perelegans, Lemm., 175.
purpurea, Gomont, 174.
putealis, Mont., 173.
subtilis, West, 174.
versicolor, Gomont, 173; mentioned,
75.
Wollei, Farlow, 173.
Lyngbyez, 173.
Lysimachia africana, Engl, 267; men-
tioned, 231.
Nummularia, Linn., mentioned, 284.

Machilus Grijsii, Hance, 365 ; mentioned,
35].
Sheareri, ZZemst., 365.
Madagascar, Desmids from, 82.
Magnolia glauca, Linn., 49; perianth mem-
bers, 49.
grandiflora, Linn., perianth members,
49.
Kobus, DC., mentioned, 221,
obovata, Thunb., perianth members,
49.
stellata, Maxim., 49.
Yulan, Desf., 49.
Magnoliacew, 32 ; of Fokien, 352; primitive
features, 45.
“Машегор " potato, pollen, 453.
Mallotus philippinensis, Muell. Arg., men-
tioned, 365.
reticulatus, Dunn *, 365.
Roxburghianus, Muell.
glabra, Dunn *, 365,

Arg. var,

INDEX.

Malvaceæ from Ruwenzori, 245; stamens,
68.
Masters, Dr. Maxwell T., Distrib. of Coni-
fers in China, 198-205.
Mastigobry um sp., 336.
Matonia pectinata, R. Br., 333.
Medinilla Clarkei, King, 309.
Hasseltii, Blume, mentioned, 310.
pahangensis, Ridl. *, 310.
Megasporangia, 47.
Megasporophylls, 38, 47.
Melandryum apetalum, Fenzl, 405; men-
tioned, 396.
indicum, Walp., 405 ; mentioned, 396.
jugorum, Williams #, 406 ; mentioned,
396, 407.
lhassanum, Williams *,
tioned, 396.
macrorhizum, Rohrb., 405.
nigrescens, Williams *,
tioned, 396.
Olgæ, Maxim., 407.
viscidulum, Williams *, 407;
tioned, 396.
Melanthera Brownei, Sch.-Bip., 262; men-
tioned, 230.
Melastoma decemfidum, Roxb., mentioned,
308.
intermedia, Dunn *, 360.
malabathricum, Linn., 308,
repens, Desr., mentioned, 360.
sanguinea, Sims, mentioned, 360.
Melastomace:e, of Fokien, 360; of Pahang,
308; of Ruwenzori, 252.
Melia Azedarach, Linn., 245; mentioned,
299.
Ме! асе from Ruwenzori, 245.
Meligethes, fertilizing Cruciferæ, 559.
Meliosma myriacanthum, Sieb. $ Zucc., var.
discolor, Dunn *, 358.
rigida, Sieb. § Zuce., 558.
Meliera lobulata, 5. Moore, 270; men-
tioned, 229.
Melosira, Ag., 93, 147 ; of Nyasa, 90; of
Victoria Nyanza, 91.
granulata, Ralfs, 147 ; tilaments, 85.
nyassensis, O. Müll, 147; filaments,
86.
— var. angustissima, 0.
147.
Ме]озігасеғе, 147.

406; men-

men-

405 ;

men-

Müll,

479

Memecylon garcinioides, Blume, 310.
Maingayi, C. B. Clarke, 310.

Mendelian characters, 342; applied to
Brassica, 339.

Mentha aquatica, Linn., 210,

Menyanthes trifoliata, Linn., 210; from
peat, 455.

Merismopedia, Meyen, 185.

æruginea, Bréb., 185.
elegans, A. Br., 185.
var. remota, G. 5. West *, 185.
glauca, Näg., 185.
punctata, Meyen, 185.

Mesocarpeæ, 104.

Mesozoic Bennettiter, 52, 75; Cycadeoideæ,
6l; floras, 36, 7l; plants, 43,
52.

Mexico, altitude and distribution of plants
(Gadow), 429.

Michelia fusca (err. see next), 554.

fuscata, Blume, mentionel (err. typ.
as fusca), 354.

Maudie, Dunn *, 352,

Skinneriana, Dunn *, 354.

Micrasterias, Ag., 114.

americana, Ztalfs, 96, 115.
apiculata, Menegh., mentioned, 114.
Cunningtonii, G. S. West *, 114.
faleata, Corda, 140.
incisa, Bréb, ex Ralfs, 114.
Tetras, Ehrenb., 132.
Microcoleus, Desmaz., 173.
vaginatus, Gomont, 113.
var, monticola, Gomont, 179.
Microcystis, Aiitz., 186.
ceruginosa, Kitz., 180.
elabens, Avitz., 187.
incerta, Lemm., 187.

prasina, Lemm., 186.
viridis, Lemm., 186.
Micromeria biflora, Benth., 276;
tioned, 231.
Microsporangia, 48.
Mierosporophylls, 48.
Microstylis minutiflora, Rolfe *, 367.
Microtropis fokienensis, Dunn *, 357.
Millettia pachycarpa, Benth., 558.
Mimulopsis Elliotii, C. B. Clarke, 270;
mentioned, 232.
Mniodendron divaricatum, Lindo., 336.
Monochasma Savatieri, Franch., 262.

men-

480

Monocotyledons, of Pahang, 322; of Ru-
wenzori, 334; primitive features, 40,

Moore, S. Le М., Gamopetale of Ruwen-
zori, 254-277; see also Rendle,

Moschosma multiflorum, Benth. 271; men-
tioned, 23],

Moss from peat, 455,

Mougeotia, Ag., 90, 104; filaments of, 85

immersa, W. West, 104.

Mucuna Poggei, Taubert, 248; mentioned,
250.

Mycena sp., 409,

Mycology of S. Africa (Cheesman), 408.

Myrica Farquhariana, Wall., 322,

Myricaceve of Pahang, 322,

.

Myriophyllum spicatum, Linn, 18, 22,
209,
Myrsineæ of Pahang, 314.
Myrtaceæ of Pahang, 307.
Myxoderma, Schmidle, 168,
Goetzei, Schmidle, 167,
Myxonema, Fries, 101,
subuligerum, Mazen., 96, 100, 101.
Myxophycem, of Lofu River, 97 : of Tan-
ganyika, 93, 96, 167, 191; of Victoria
Nyanza, 91.
Naiadaceæ, fossil, 911: of Tanganyika, 153.
Najas horrida, 4. Br., 18, 23.
marina, Linn., 23, 211; alluded to, 18,
19; from Suez, 445,
var. muricata, A. Br., 23.
minor, Allioni, 211 ; mentioned, 222,
Nanoenide lobata, Wedd., 366.
Nasturtium rivulorum, Dunn * 054.
Nauplius 1агуг, mentioned, 96,
Navicula, Bory, 153; of Nyasa, 91; ot
Tanganyika, 92.
acrosphieria, Kiitz., 156.
Amphigomphus, Ehrend.. mentioned,
153.
bahusiensis, Grun., 154.
cardinalis, Phrenb., 156.
constricta, Ehrenb., 165.
Crucicula, Donkin, 154,
eryptocephala, Kitz., 154.
Dactylus, Ehrenb., 156,
dicephala, W. Sm., 155.
distincta, G. S. West *, 155, 191; ef. 92,
elliptica, Kitz., 153,

INDEX.

Navicula exilis, Kitz., 154.
Gastrum, Kitz., 96, 155.
gibba, EArenb., 156,
interrupta, ТИ. Sm., 155,
Jridis, var. producta, Van Heurck,153.
mesolepta, £Arenb., 156,
mutica, Kitz., 154.
ovalis, W. Sm., 153.
producta, JF. Sm., 153.
Pupula, Kitz., 154.
radiosa, Kitz., 154.
rhynchocephala, Kitz., 155,
rhombotdes, Ehrenb., 157.
serians, Bréb., 197.
spherophora, Kitz., 154.
Tanganyikw, G. S. West *, 153; cf. 92,
viridis, Kitz., 156.
Naviculaceæ from Tanganyika, 197,
Nelumbium, Juss., primitive features, 40.
Nepenthaceæ from Pahang, 320.
Nepenthes Bongso, Korth., 390,
gracilis, Korth., 320.
gracillima, Rid/, *, 320,
Nephelaphyllum pulchrum, Dlume, 328.
Nephrocytium, № у., 142.
Agardhianum, № у., 149.
lunatum, West, 142.
Nephthytis, SeAott, mentioned, 43,
Netrium, Lütkem., 107.
Digitus, Jtzigs. § Rothe, 107.
Nitzschia, Mass., 162; mentioned, 141,
164.
amphibia, Grun., 163.
dissipata, Grun., 162.
Lancettula, O. Mill., 162.
linearis, ТЇ, Sm., 163,
var. tenuis, Grun., 163.
littoralis, Grun., 162,
nyassensis, O. Müll., 91, 93, 163, 192;
mentioned, 92,
Palea, W. Sm., 163.
var. debilis, Fan Heurck, 163,
— — var. tenuirostris, Van Heurck,
163.
tenuis, W. Sm., 163.
Tryblionella, Hantzsch, 162,
var. littoralis, Van Heurck, 162,
191.
tubicola, Grun., 162.
Nitzschiaceæ, 162.

INDEX. 481

Nodularia, Mert., 191.
Harveyana, Thur., 172.
sp. 172.
sphærocarpa, Bonn. $ Flah., 171.
tenuis, G. S. West * , 171.
Northern plants of Mexico, 431-435, 439.
Nostoc, Vaucher, 168; from Tanganyika,
93, 97.
carneum, Ag., 169.
paludosum, Kiitz., 93, 168.
piscinale, Avitz., 93, 169.
Nostocaceæ of Tanganyika, 168.
Notochopsis, Wood, 167; of Tanganyika,
97; mentioned, 168,
Goetzi, Schmidle, 167; mentioned,
168.
lobatus, Wood, 168.
Nuphar luteum, Sibth. & Sm., 209, 212.
Nyasa, Anabena of, 91; Phytoplankton
of, 83; Plankton from, 81.
Nympha alba, Linn., 209, 212.
calliantha, Con., 21.
dentata. Schum. $ Thonn, 21.
Heudelotii, Planch., 21.
Lotus, Linn., 19, 21.
lutea, Linn., 209, 212.
ovalifolia, Con., 21.
zanzibarensis, Casp., 21.
Nymphæaceæ, fossil, 209; primitive fea-
tures, 45, 46.
sp., fossil, 212.

Oberonia condensata, Ridl. * , 522.

Oedogoniacere, 98.

Oedogoniales, 08.

Oedogonium, Link, 98; referred to, 96;
sterile species of Nyasa and Tan-
сапуіка, 100,

alternans, Wittr. § Lund., mentioned,
99.
Borisianum, ИИ, mentioned, 99,
100.
cataractum, Wolle, mentioned, 99.
cryptoporum, Wittr., 98.
cyathigerum, Wittr., mentioned, 99.
dictyosporum, Wittr., 93.
Hirnii, Gutw., 98.
var. africanum, С. 5. Test *, 98.
Kitute, б, 5. West *, 99.

Oedogonium Kurzii, Zeller, 99 ; mentioned,
82.
Oenanthe Lachenalii, C. C. Gmel., 209, 215.
Phellandrium, Lam., 209, 215.
Olea capitellata, Ridl. *, 517.
Oleaceæ, from Pahang, 217; from Ruwen-
zori, 267.
Oleandra neriiformis, Cav., 354,
Onagrarieze, fossil, 209.
Oocystide of Tanganyika, 141.
Oocystis, Näg., 141.
lacustris, Chodat, 141; ef. 92.
parva, IF. § G. 5. West, 141.
solitaria, Wittr., 141.
Ophioeytium, Näg., 147.
parvulum, 4. Br., 147
Ophiorrhiza Mungos, Linn., 811.
Orchidere, fossil, 322 ; Fokien, 367 ; Ruwen-
zori, 294,
Orchis pyramidalis, Linn., 4.
Oreocharis amabilis, Dunn *, 362.
Benthami, C. В. Clarke, var, reticu-
lata, Dunn, 262.
Oreograstis Emini, К. Schum., 24].
Origin of Angiosperms (Arber & Parkin),
29.
Oritrephes, Ridi.#, 309; referred to,
302.
pulchra, 2201. *, 309.
Ornithogalum Eckloni, Sehlecht., 329;
mentioned, 229.
Orobanche minor, Sutt., 269; mentioned,
951.
Orobanchez from Ruwenzori, 269.
Osbeckia densiflora, Gilg, 252; mentioned,
320.
Oscillatoria, Vauch., 177 ; of Tanganyika,
83, 93.
amphibia, Ay., 177.
Cortiana, Menegh., 178.
formosa, Bory, 178.
geminata, Menegh., 177.
Princeps, Vauch., 177.
purpurea, Hook, f. & Harv., 174.
splendida, Grev., 177.
— — var. attenuata, JF. у б. 5. West,
177.
subbrevis, Schmidle, 178.
subuliformis, Kitz., 93:
177, 178, 191.

mentioned,

482

Oscillatoria Tanganyika, G. S. West *, 177 ;
cf. 93, 191 ; mentioned, 178,
tenerrima, Kütz., 177.
tenuis, Ag., 177.
turfosa, Carm., 173.
Oscillatoriaceze of Tanganyika, 172.
Osmunda regalis, Linn., 911.
Ottelia laneifolia, Rich., 24; mentioned,
18, 19.
Oxalis corniculata, Linn., 945.

Pachycentria tuberculata, Korth., 310.
H H

Padina pavonia, J. Ag., 443.

Preonia, Tourn., mentioned, 50.

Pepalanthus Wahlbergii, Koern., 26;
mentioned, 18.
Palieozoie ancestors of Angiosperms, 48;

Lycopod, 65.
Palmace:e, primitive features, 45, 46.
Palme of Fokien, 369.
Palmellaceæ, 20, 145,
Palmophyllum, Kiitz., 145.
crassum, Rabenh,, mentioned, 145,
Jlabellatum, Kitz., 145.
foliaceum, 6, 5. West*, 145; men-
tioned, 103.
Pandanacee, 56.
Pandanales, inflorescence, 39, 42,
Pandanus, Linn. f., mentioned, 61.
Pandorina, Bory, 181.
Morum, Bory, 131,
Panicum plicatum, Zam., 241 ; mentioned,
(err. typ. as pileatum), 229,
Panus sp., 336.
Рарауегасел, fossil, 209,
Рагароа pyroliflora, Ridl., 319.
rubiginosa, Ridl, *, 319,
Parietaria debilis, Forst., 975,
Parochetus communis, Hamilt., 246.
Parviglandulatie ($ ligera), 293, 295,
Pastinaca sativa, Linn., 209, 215.
Paulsen's “ Blue Giant " potato, 447.
Paulueci, Marchese, abnormal Platanthera,
394.

Pavonia macrophylla, Æ. Meyer, 243;
mentioned, 229,

ruwenzoriensis, 5. Moore *, 255;
mentioned, 93].

Sehimperiana, Zochst., 943; men-

tioned, 281.

INDEX,

Peat containing fossil seeds, 454,

Pediastreze of Tanganyika, 132.

Pediastrum, Meyen, 132.
Boryanum, Menegh., 132.

var. rugulosum, 6. 5. West *

29

Lm
clathratum, Lemm., 134.
forma oratum, Schmidle, 134.
var. Baileyanum, Lemm., 134.

—— var. microporum, Lemm., 134.
duplex, Meyen, 133.
-— forma coh:wrens, Bohlin,
tioned, 138.
- — forma rectangulare, Bohlin, men-
tioned, 133.
var. clathratum, А. Br., 133.
——- var. reticulatum, Lagerh., 133.
enoplon, W. & G. S. West, 134.
integrum, Nag., 132.
Napoleonis, Ralfs, 133.

men-

pertusum, Kitz., 133.
Schröteri, Lemm., 134.
var. microporum, Lemm., 134.

simplex, Meyen, 133; scarce in Tan-
ganyika, 92; mentioned, 90, 01, 134,
135, 137.

forma mieroporum, G. S. West *,

134.

—-- forma ovatum, G. 5. West*,
134,

—— forma radians, (6v. S. West *,
134.

var. clathratum, G. S. West *,
184.
— var, radians, Lemm., 134.
— -— var, Sturmi, (т, 5. West *, 133,
simplex, Reinsch, 133.
—— var, а, compactum, Chodat, 133.
—— var. B. annulatum, Chodat, 134.
Sturmit, Reinsch, 133.
—— var. radians, Lemm., 133.
Tetras, Ralfs, 132.
—-— var, longicorne, Racib., 132,
Penium, Brcb,, 108.
adelochondrum, £f», 286.
australe, Racib., 108.
lagenarioides, Roy, 195.
—— var. sydneyense, Racib., 195.
Navicula, Bréb., 108.
Pennatie (Bacillariew), 149,
Pentaphragma grandis, Ridl. *, 319,

INDEX,

Pentaphylax euryoides, Сага». $ Champ.,
mentioned, 305.
malayana, Ridl, *, 302, 305.

Pentas herbacea, Hiern ; mentioned,
255.

pubiflora, S. Moore *, 254 ; mentioned,
230.

var. longistyla, S. Moore *, 255 ;
mentioned, 231.
purpurea, Oliver, 254; mentioned,
230.
Pentasacme caudatum, Wall., 315.
Pentstemon in Mexico, 432.
Peperomia ruwenzoriensis, Rendle *, 278;
mentioned, 231.
Stuhlmanni, С. DC.,
231, 278.
Percival, Prof. J., experiments by, 338.
Peridiniaceæ, of Nyasa, 91 ; of Tanganyika,
70, 93, 188; of Victoria Nyanza, 91.
Peridiniopsis, Lemm., 189.
Borgei, Lemm., 189.
Cunningtonii, Zemm. *, 180 ; cf. 93.
Peridinium, Ehrenb., mentioned, 170.
africanum, Lemm. *, 188; cf. 91, 93.
berolinense, Lemm., 188.
var. apiculatum, Lemm, *, 188,
quadridens, Stein, mentioned, 189.
Pernettya, Gaud., in Mexico, 431, 432.
Peucedanum Kersteni, Engl, 258; men-
tioned, 255.
Petitianum, A. Rich., 253.
yar. kilimanscharicum,

mentioned,

— ingl.,
253.
Phaius maculatus, Lindl., 568.
Phanerogamie distrib. in Mexico, 435.
Phanerogams, from Red Sea, 445; embryo-
sac, 31; pollen-grain, 31.
Philippine Islands flora, mentioned, 198.
Pholidota chinensis, Lindl., 369.
parviflora, Hook. f., 329.
— — var. pumila, Ridl. *, 320.
Phormidium, Kitz, 175; of Tanganyika
Exped., 83.
ambiguum, Gomont, 176.
angustissimum, V. $ ©. S. West, 96,
176.
autumnale, Gomont, 176.
Corium, Gomont, 176.
foveolarum, Gomont, 175.
inundatum, Aiitz., 176.

483

Phormidium papyraceum, Gomont, 176.
tenue, Gomont, 175.
uncinatum, Gomont, 176,
Photinia dubia, Lindl., 506.
Phragmites communis, Trin., 211.
Phreatia listrophora, Ridl., 327.
Phycastrum denticulatum, Nüg., 127.
Phyllagathis chinensis, Dunn *, 560.
pulcher, Wall., 365.
Phyllobium, АТерв, on Sphagnum, 284.
dimorphum, Klebs, 284; green resting
cells of, 284.
incertum, Klebs, 284.
sphagnicola, (7. S. West *, 283; green
resting cells of, 284.
Phyllostachys nigra, Munro, 375.
Phythelies from Ruwenzori, 143.
Phytoplankton and Freshwater Alem of
Third Tanganyika Exped., conducted by
Dr. W. A. Cunnineton, 1904-1905
(West), 81-197 ; of Lake Nyasa, 85, 90-
91; Tanganyika, 88, 92-93, 191; Victoria
Nyanza, 83, 91-92.
Phytophthora infestans, De Bary, 446.
Picea, Link, distrib., 204; mentioned, 199;
of Centr. Europe, 200 ; — Grinnell
Land, 206; — Nebraska, 200 ; —
Spitzbergen, 200 ; — W. China, 199.
ajanensis, Fisch., distrib., 205, 204.
Aleockiana, Carr., distrib., 205.
asperata, Mast., distrib., 205.
aurantiaca, Mast., distrib.. 203
brachytila, Mast., distrib., 203.
excelsa, Link, 210 ; mentioned, 222,
Glehni, Mast., distrib., 203.
likiangensis, Mast., distrib., 203.
Mastersii, Mayr, distrib., 203.
Maximowiezii, Regel, distrib., 203.
Neoyeitchii, Mast., distrib., 203; of
Centr. China, 199.
obovata, Ledeb., distrib., 203; of N.
China, 198.
Omorica, Mast., distrib., 204.
polita, Carr., distrib., 204.
purpurea, Mast., distrib., 204.
retroflexa, Mast., distrib., 203.
sitchensis, Trautv. § Mey., distrib., 204,
Watsoniana, Mast., distrib., 203, 204.
Wilsoni, Mast., distrib., 203 ; of Centr.
China, 200.
Picris hieracioides, Linn., 210,

484

Pieris ovalifolia. D. Don, 313.
Pilea aquarum, Dunn *, 366,

pumila, A. Gray, mentioned, 866,
Pinellia Browniana, Dunn *, 370.

cordata, №. E. Br., 371.
Pires of Northern China, 198,
Pinguicula, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
Pinnularia biceps, Greg., 155.

Tourn, 297; distrib, 904; in
Mexico, 431, ftnote; mentioned,
199 ; of Greenland, 200 ; — Grinnell
Land, 200 ; — W. China, 199.
Armandi, Franch., distrib., 202, 204.
Bungeana, Zuce., distrib., 202, 204 ;

of N. China, 198.

Sieb,

Pinus,

densiflora,
203.

dentata, Mast., distrib., 203, 204; of
S.W. China, 199.

formosana, Hayata *, 297.

Henryi, Mast., distrib., 203, 204; of
Centr. China, 198.

insularis, Endl., distrib., 204,

Khasya, Royle, distrib., 204.

koraiensis, Sieb. & Zuee., distrib.,
203.

luchuensis, Mast., distrib., 203.

mandshurica, Rupr., distrib., 203.

Massoniana, Lamb., distrib., 203; of
N. China, 198.

montana, Mil, (?), 290.

Montezumæ, Lamb., in Mexico, 432.

parviflora, Sieb. & Zuec., mentioned,
298,

prominens, Mast., distrib., 203, 204;
of S.W. China, 199,

scipioniformis, Mast.. distrib.,
204; of Centr. China, 198,

sylvestris, Linn., 210.

Thunbergii, Parl., distrib., 203.

yunnanensis, Franch., distrib., 204; of
S.W. China, 199.

Piper capense, Linn. f., 278.
dindigulense, Mig., 364.
Futokadsura, Sieb. $ Zuce., 305,
Piperaceæ, 39, 40; from Fokien, 264; from
Ruwenzori, 278.

Piperales, primitive features, 43; ш-
florescence, 39 ; seed-development, 40.
Pireunia abyssinica, Mog., mentioned, 977.

Pistia Stratiotes, Lnn., 18, 25,

& Zucc, distrib.,

205,

INDEX.

Pittosporeæ from Pahang, 303.
Pittosporum ferrugineum, Dryand., men-
tioned, 304.
sp., 903.

Placodermæ (Sub-fam.), 108.

Plankton, Chlorophyceous, 92 ; of African
lakes, 81; from Lake Nyasa, 18; from
Lofu hiver, 96, 97; from Tanganyika,
20.

Plant-remains from Norfolk and Suffolk,
list of, 209.

Plantaginei, fossil, 210; from Ruwenzori,
277.

Plantago palmata, Mook. f.,
tioned, 231.

Plants from Mt. Ruwenzori (Rendle, Baker,
& Moore), 228-278.

Platanthera bifolia, Rich., 392-5; abnor-

mal, 3, 4.
var, tricalcarata, Somm., 304.
chlorantha, Cust., 4.
— — var. tricalcarata, Hemsl.*, 4, 5,
391, 298.
ciliaris, Lindl., spurless, 398.
fimbriata, Lindl., spurless, 393
hyperborea, Lindl., spurless, 398.
Platanus, T'ourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote,
Platyclinis gracilis, Hook. f., 323.
Kingii, Hook. f., 323.
Platystoma africanum, Beauv., 271,
Plectonema, Thur., 173.
Tomasinianum, Born., 173.
Wollei, Farlow, 03, 173, 191; in
table, 89; mentioned, 175, 176.
Plectranthus albus,

272.

977

214; men-

Gürke, mentioned,

Schimperi, Vatke, 272; mentioned,
231.
Wollastoni, S. Moore *, 272; men-
tioned, 231,
Pleurococcaceme from Tanganyika, 131.
Plewrosigma attenuatum, W. Sm., 157.
nodiferum, Grun., 157.
Spenceri, W. Sm., var. nodifera, Van
Heurck, 157.
Pleurotienium, Näg., 110.
ealdense, Nordst., 111.
— — forma africana, G. S. West *, 111.
coronatum, Rabenh., 110.
Ehrenbergii, De Bary, 111.
elatum, Borge, 111.

Pleurotenium elatum, var. conjunctum,
W. $ G. S. West, 96, 111.
maximum, Lund., 111.
subcoronulatum, W. у G. 5. West,
110; cf. 96.
, var. detum, W. $ G. S. West,
110.

Trabecula, Ehrenb., 111.
Plumbaginesz from Ruwenzori, 267.
Plumbago zeylanica, Linn, 267; men-

tioned, 229.
Poa glacialis, Stapf, 241 ; mentioned, 255.
Podocarpus, Z’ Hérit., mentioned, 199, 200,
231; of S. China, 198; S. W. China,
199; W. China, 199.

argotzenia, Hance, distrib., 202, 204.

bracteata, Blume, 333.

chinensis | Sweet], distrib., 202, 204.

cupressina, №. Br., 333,

latifolia, Wall., distrib., 202.

macrophylla, all., distrib., 202.

neriifolia, D. Don, distrib., 202.

sutchuenensis, Franch., distrib., 202,

204.
Polemonium, Linn., referred to, 374.
Polien of Phanerogams, 31; of Solanum,
448, pl. 49.
Polychetopbora lamellosa,
West, mentioned, 280.
simplex, G. S. West *, 279; mentioned,
281.
Polyeystis eruginosa, Kütz., 186.

prasina, Wittr., 186.

viridis, A. Br., 186.

Polyedrium lobulatum, Nüg., 143.

minimum, А. Вг., 142.

tetraédricum, Nag., 145.

trigonum, Nüg., 142.

B. bifurcum, Wille, 143.
Polygala Latouchei, Finet $ Franch., 357.
monticola, Ridi.*, 303.

persicariæfolia, DC., 242 ;

281.

venenosa, Juss., mentioned, 308.

Polygalacee from Fokien, 357 ; Пот
Ruwenzori, 242.

Polygonacee, fossil, 210 ; from Ruwenzori,
271.

Polygonum africanum, Meissn., 20.

amphibium, Linn., 210, 219.

aviculare, Linn., 210, 219.

W. $ G. S.

mentioned,

INDEX. 485

Polygonum barbatum, Linn., 20.
Jonvolvulus, Lian., 210, 219.
glabrum, Willd., 20.
lanigerum, R. Br.,
M eissn., 20.
Persicaria, Linn., 210, 219.
Polyosma coriacea, King, 302, 307.
leete-virens, Griff, 307.
Polypetale, floral envelopes, 50; from
Pahang, 303; from Ruwenzori, 241.
Polypodium cucullatum, Nees $ Blume, 334.
hirtum, Hook., 834.
laciniatum, Blume, 335.
stenophyllum, Blume, 334.
streptophyllum, Baker, 334.
venulosum, Blume, 334.
Wrayl, Baker, 355.
Polyporus cristatus, Fr., 411.
Eckloni, Henn., 411.
elegans, Zr., 410; distrib., 408.
gilvus, Schwein., 410; distrib., 408.
nanus, Massee, 410; distrib., 408.
ochroleucus, Zr., 411.
varius, Fr., 411.
Polystachya Adansoniæ, KReichb. f., men-
tioned, 256.
bicarinata, Rendle *, 236.
cultrata, Lindl., mentioned, 236.
Doggettii, Rendle 5: Rolfe *, 235; men-
tioned, 232.
gracilenta, Kränzi. 236; mentioned, 232.
Rendlei, Rolfe, mentioned, 235.
Woosnami, Rendle *, 235.
Polystictus sanguineus, G. F. W. Meyer,
27, 410 ; distrib., 408.
sp., 27.
Polytrema, C. В. Clarke, referred to, 7.
Polyzonia jungermannioides, J. Ag., 444.
орших, Linn., 40; derived from entomo-
philous ancestors, 41.
glauca, Haines, mentioned, 41.
Poria citrina, Massee, 410.
vaporaria, Fries, 410 ; distrib., 4^8.
Potamogeton, Linn., paucity in African
lakes, 12.
crispus, Linn., 24, 211.
heterophyllus, Schreb., 211.
javanicus, Hassk., 18, 24.
Livingstonel, А. Benn, 23; men-
tioned, 19.
lucens, Linn., mentioned, 220.

var. africanum,

486 INDEX.

Potamogeton natans, Linn., 211, 220.
obtusifolius, Mert, & Koch, 211, 220.
pectinatus, Linn., 23, 211; mentioned,

18, 19.
perfoliatus, Linn., 911, 220.
prelongus, Wulf., 911.
pusillus, Zinn., 211, 220.
Schweinfurthii, A. Benn., 93; men-
tioned, 18.
trichoides, Cham., 211.
Potatoes, experiments on (Sutton), 446-
451.

Potentilla palustris, Scop., mentioned, 222.
silvestris, Neck., 209, 214,

Pre-Glacial Flora of Britain (Mr. & Mrs.

Reid), 206.
Preservation of fossil fruits and seeds, 208.
Primitive Angiosperms, 60, cf. 35; peri-
anth of, 49, 50.
Primulacew from Ruwenzori, 967.
Proangiospermex, 35, 60; a hypothetical
group of extinct plants, 33.

Pro-anthostrobilus, 37, 58, 75.

Prothalli, male and female, 31.

Ргофососсасе trom Tanganyika, 135, 196.

Protococcoidere of Lake Nyasa, 90; from

Tanganyika, 131, 191; of Victoria N yanza,
91.

Protococcus gigas, Kütz., 146.

Prunella vulgaris, Linn., 210, 218.

Prunus spinosa, Linn., 209.

Pseuderanthemew, mentioned, 7.

Pseudolarix, Gord., mentioned, 199.
Fortunei, Mayr, distrib., 205, 205.

Psophocarpus palustris, Desv., 247; men-

tioned, 230.
Pseudotsuga, Carr., ment'oned, 199,
japonica, Hayata, distrib., 203,
205.
Psychotria, Linn., mentioned, 256.
Pteridophytes, 32; alternation of genera-
tions, 31; from Pahang, 333; hetero-
sporous, 323 ; strobili of, 38.
Pteridospermese, 30, 76 ; foliage, 35 ; fructi-
fications, 67 ; leaves, 70; stems, 70.
Pterocarya caucasica, C. 4. Mey., mentioned,
22].
Ptyssiglottis, Hallier f., 6, 7,9, 10; corolla,
8; leaves, 8.
antsophylia, Hallier f., 17.

Ptyssiglottis dispar, Hallier f., 16.
Jrutescens, Hallier f., 16,
hirsuta, Hallier f., 9, 10.
lanceolata, Hallier f., 12.
leptoneura, Hallier f., 13.
picta, Hallier f., 7.
procridifolia, Hallier f., 15.
radicosa, Hallier f., 6, 7.
Pycnophyllum, Remy, mentioned, 3.
Pycnostachys Elliotii, 5. Moore *, 275;
mentioned, 232.
urticefolia, Baker, 275.
Pycreus Mundtii, Nees, 18, 25.
Pyrola, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
Pyrus Aria, Lar., 209, 214,
granulosa, Bertol., 306.
Malus, Linn., 209.

Quercus, Tourn., iu Mexico, 431 ftnote.
Blumeana, Korth., mentioned, 367.
Editha, Skan, 366.

Harlandi, Hance, var. integrifolia,
Dunn *, 366.

Rassa, Miq., 322.

Robur, Linn., 210.

Skaniana, Dunn *, 366.

thalassica, Mance, var. obtusiglans,
Dunn *, 366,

“ Ragged Jack " Kale, cross-fertilization of,
947; mentioned, 338; pollination of,
240.

Ranales, double perianth, 50; primitive
features, 49; theoretie starting-point of
Dicotyledons, 39.

Капипешасеге, fossil, 200; from Ruwen-
zori, 241; presenting primitive features,
45, 46.

Ranunculus, Linn., mentioned, 207,

acris, Linn., mentioned, 212, 222,

aquatilis, Linn., 209, 211,

bulbosus, Linn., mentioned, 212, 222,

Ficaria, Linn., mentioned, 222,

Flammula, Linn., 209, 211.

Lingua, Linn., 209, 211.

membranaceus, Fres., 242 ; mentioned,
222, 231.

nemorosus, DC, 209, 212; men-
tioned, 222.

INDEX,

Ranunculus oreophytus, Delile, 242 ; men-
tioned, 233.
pinnatus, Oliver, 242,
repens, Linn., 209, 212.
sceleratus, Linn., 209, 211.
sp., 209, 212.

Rape, cross-fertilization of, 347 ; varieties,
mentioned, 341.

Red Sea Algæ (Gibson), 441.

Reid, Clement, comm. (E. M. Reid), 454.

Reid, Clement, and Mrs, Reid, Pre-Glacial
Flora of Britain, 206-227.

Reid, Eleanor M., Method of disintegrating
Peat containing Fossil Seeds, 454-457.
Rendle, Dr. A. B., Monocotyledons of Itu-
wenzori, 234-241; Report on Dr. W. A.
Cunnington's Exped. to Tanganyika, 15-

28.

Rendle, Dr. A. В., E. G. Baker, & S. L.
Moore, on Plants collected on Mt. Ru-
wenzorl, 228-278.

Report on Results of Third Tanganyika
Exped. (Rendle), 18-28.

Reptiles, distrib. in Mexico, 434; cf. 499
ftnote.

Reseda, Tourn., 45.

Resedacee, stamens, 68.

Retinospora, Sieb. & Zuee., distrib., 201.

Revision of Codonopsis, Wall. (Chipp), 974 ;
Illigera, Blume (Dunn), 290-297.

Rhamnace:e, fossil, 209; of Ruwenzori, 245.

Rhamnus Frangula, Linn., 209, 214.

Rhamphicarpa Herzfeldiana, Vatke, 268 ;
mentioned, 250.

Rhaphidium, Kütz., 285.

aciculure, А. Br., 140.

Chodati, l'anner-Füllemann, 288ftnote.

fasciculatum, Witz., 140.

fractum, W. & G. S. West, 288 ftnote.

polymorphum, Fresen., var. mirabile,
W. &. G. S. West, 288 ftnote.

var. spirale, W.& G.S. West, 140.

Rhizophorez of Pahang, 307.

Rhizosolenia, Ehrenb., not found in African
Lakes, 84.

Rhodamnia trinervia, Blume, 397.

Rhododendron elegans, Ridl.*, 314.

longiflorum, Lindl., 314.
malayanum, Jack, 313.
Wrayi, King § Gamble, 314.

487

Rhodoleia Teysmanni, Mig., 307.
Rhoicosphenia curvata, Grun., 197.
lthophalodia, 0. Müll., 161.
gibba, O. Müll., 161.
——— var. ventricosa, O. Müll., 161.
gibberula, O. Müll., 161.
gracilis, O. Müll., 162,
var, impressa, O. Müll., 162.
var, undulata, O. Müll., 162.
hirudiniformis, O. Müll., 167.
vermicularis, О, Müll., 162.
Rhus sylvestris, Sieb, § Zucc., 358.
Rhytiglossa, Nees, 6.

radicosa, Nees, 6.

Richteriella, Lemm., 143.

botryoides, Zemm., 143.
globosa, Lemm., 143.

Ricinus, Linn., mentioned, 68; stamens,
61.

Ridley, Н. N,, Collection of Plants from
Gunong Tahan, Pahang, 301-336.

Rivularia, Ag., 182.

dura, Roth, 182.

echinulata, Turn., mentioned, 185,
globiceps, G. 5. West *, 182.
hematites, Ag., mentioned, 182.

Rivulariacee of Tanganyika, 180.

Rocky Mountain flora alluded to, 430.

Rosa, T'ourn., mentioned, 207,

Rosaceæ, fossil, 209; from Fokien, 359 ;
from Pahang, 306; from Ruwenzori,
249.

Rossellinia aquila, De Not., 412.

Rostellularia sarmentosa, Zoll., б; a species
of Rungia, 7.

Rothmannia ($ Gardenia), 418.

Rubiacee, fossil, 210; from Коеп, 361;
from Pahang, 310;
254.

Rubus, Tourn., mentioned, 356; species

cannot be distinguished as fossils,
207.

Doggetti, C. H. Wright, 249; men-
tioned, 232.

fruticosus, Linn., 209, 214.

Ideus, Linn., 209, 214.

pectinellus, Maxim., 359.

runssorensis, Engl., 249; mentioned,
232, 233.

rusticanus, Ё, Merc., mentioned, 355

from Ruwenzori,

488 INDEX.

Rubus trifidus, Thunb., 359.
Ruellia patula, Jacq., 270; mentioned,
229.
Rumex abyssinicus, Jacq., 27
231.
Acetosella, Linn., 210, 219.
acutus, Linn. ?, 210, 219.
crispus, Linn., mentioned, 219.
Hydrolapathum, Huds., 210, 219.
maritimus, Linn., 210, 219.
obtusifolius, Linn., 210, 219.
Steudelii, Hochst., 277 ; mentioned,
231.
Rungia sarmentosa, С. B. Clarke, 7.
Rutaceæ from Pahang, 306,
tuwenzori Mountain, Notes on its Vege-
tation, 228; Plants collected by Dr. A.
G. F. Wollaston (Rendle, Baker, &
Moore), 228-278,

7; mentioned,

Sabia discolor, Dunn *, 858.
japonica, Mavim., mentioned, 358.
Sabiacew from Fokien, 358.
Saccobolus depauperatus, Кейт, 416,
Saccoderma (subfam, Desmid.), 107.
Sagittaria sagittifolia, Linn., 211, 220.
Salacia perakensis, King, 306.
Salicaceæ, 40.
Salicornia fruticosa, Linn., from Suez, 445.
Salix, embryology of, 40-41 ; entomophily,
40-41.
cinerea, Linn., 210.
Salvia Bowleyana, Dunn *, 363.
miltiorhiza, Bunge, mentioned, 363.
Salvinia hastata, Desv., 26.
Sambucus, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.

nigra, Linn., mentioned, 222.

Sanicula europæa, Linn., 253; mentioned,
231.

Sapindaceæ, fossil, 209; from Fokien, 358;
from Pahang, 322.

Sargassum crispum, Forsk., 443.
dentifolium, J. Ag., 443.
latifolium, J. Ag., 443.

var. zanzibarica, Hauck, men-

tioned, 443.
subrepandum, J. Agy., 443.
Satyrium crassicaule, Rendle, 237; men-
tioned, 231, 232.

Saxifragaceæ from Pahang, 306.

Scenedesmus, Meyen, 13%, 287.
acutiformis, Schroder, 138.

var, brasiliensis, W. § G.S. West,

138.
var, spinulifer, W. & G. S. West,
138.

acutus, Meyen, 139.

arcuatus, Lemm., 158.

bijugatus, Kitz., 138.

forma arcuata, И”. $ G. 5. West,
92, 96.

—— var. brasiliensis, W. § G. S. West,
138.

brasiliensis, Bohlin, 138.

eaudatus, Corda, 139.
denticulatus, Lagerh., 91, 138.
— — var. linearis, Mansy., 97, 138.
-— var, lineatus, West, 133.
obliquus, Kiitz., 07, 139.
obtusus, Meyen, 15%.
opoliensis, Richter, 139.
quadricauda, Bréb., 92, 139.
— — var. maximus, WS G.S. West, 139,
var. opoliensis, W.& GS. West,139.
radiatus, Reinsch, 140.
Schima Noronhæ, Reinw., 305.
Schizæa malaecana, Baker, 335.
Schizandra elongata, Hook. f., var. longis-
sima, Dunn *, 354.
Schizoglossum eximium, N. Ё. Br., 267;
mentioned, 230.
Schizophyllum commune, Fr., 97, 410;
distrib., 408.
Schizostauron, Grun., 156.
Crucicula, Grun., 156,
Schizothrix, Kitz., 172.
lacustris, A. Br., 172.
Schrammia barbata, Dang., 184, 281 ftnote.
Sciadopitys, Sieb. $ Zucc., distrib., 202,
204; mentioned, 199.
Scindapsus Scortechinii, Mook. f., 332.
Scirpus filipes, C. B. Clarke, 371,
fluitans, Zann., 211; seeds from peat, 455.
lacustris, Linn., 211.

pauciflorus, Lightf., seeds from peat,
455.
Tabernæmontani, C. C. Gmel., 211.
Scrophularinez, fossil, 210; from Fokien,
362; from Ruwenzori, 268.
Scutellaria luzonica, Rolfe, 364.
Scytonema, 47., 168.

:

че

Ja

e

t

$
i
E:

Ai. Ч РО ЕС

P. "XN

INDEX. 489

Scytonema cincinnatum, Thur., 168.
coactile, Montagne, 196.
crispum, Born., 168.

figuratum, Ag., 168.
mirabile, Born., 168.
Усуіопешасеге, 168, 196.
Sedum ruwenzoriense, Laker f.*, 251;
mentioned, 232, 233.
Volkensii, Engl., mentioned, 233.

Seeds, fossil, in peat, 454.

Selaginella atroviridis, Spring, 335.
plumosa, Baker, 335.
Wallichii, Spring, 335.

Selenastre:w, 138.

Selenastrum, Reinsch, 141.
gracile, Reinsch, 91, 141.
obesum, West, 141.

Selenospherium Hathoris, Cohn,

Senecio, Tourn., in Mexico, 432.

or

oi.

adnivalis, Stapf, 263; mentioned, `

233.
denticulatus, Engl, mentioned, 265.
gynuroldes, S. Moore#, 263; men-
tioned, 233.
Johnstoni, Oliver, mentioned, 233.
jugicola, 5. Moore *, 264 ; mentioned,
232.
keniense, Baker f., mentioned, 233.
macropappus, Sch.-Bip., 265.
multicorymbosus, Klatt, 263.
ochrocarpus, Oliver & Hiern, men-
tioned, 265.
scrophulariifolius, О. Hoffm., men-
tioned, 264.
sycephyllus, 5. Moore, 263; mentioned,
232. |
Wollastoni, 5. Moore#, 264; men-
tioned, 231.
Sequoia, Endl., in Greenland, 200; of W.,
Europe, 200.
Sexual theory, 31.
Sida rhombifolia, Linn., mentioned, 231.
var., 243.
riparia, Hochst., 245.
spinosa, Linn., 243 ; mentioned, 229.
Sikkim flora, mentioned, 199,
Silene adenocalvx, Wiliams, 403; men-
tioned, 896.
ccespitella, Williams, 403 ; mentioned,
396.
cretacea, Fisch., mentioned, 404.

N. JOURN.—BOTANY, VOL. XXXVIII.

Silene Moorcroftiana, Ztohrb., forma nana,
Hook. f., A04; mentioned, 396.
Оше, Rohrb., 407.
subcretacea, Williams *, 404.
tenuis, Willd., mentioned, 403.
viscidula, Franch., 407.
Waltoni, Williams *, 404; mentioned,
396.
Smilax levis, var, ophirensis, A. DC., 370.
Smithia sschynomenoides, Welw., men-
tioned, 247.
ruwenzoriensis, Baker f.*, 246,
spherocepbala, Baker f., mentioned,
247.
Solanaceæ, fossil, 210; from Ruwenzori,
268. |
Solanum, Tourn., mentioned, 230; tuber-
bearing species (Sutton), 446-458.
aculeastrum, Dur., 268: mentioned
(err. typ. aculeatum), 231.
Commersonii, Dun., 446-453.
—— “Violet,” Labergerie, 447, 451,
458.
Dulcamara, Linn., 210,
etuberosum, Lindl., 448-453.
Fendleri, A, Gray, 448.
Maglia, Schlecht., 446, 451.
hybrid, 446.
polyadenium, Greenm., 448, 453.
runsoriense, С. Н. Wright, 268; men-
tioned, 232,
tuberosum, Linn., 447-453.
Paulsen's * Blue Giant," 447,
45], 452.
var., 448.
var. boreale, 448-455.
verrucosum, Schlecht., 448, 453.
Sommier, Cav. Z., on peloria in Platanthera,
394.
Sonchus, Tourn., mentioned, 222,
Bipontini, Aschers., 265.
var. pinnatifidus, Oliver § Hiern,
265; mentioned, 230.
Sonerila, Roxb., mentioned, 311.
heterostemona, Naud., 398.
paradoxa, Naud., 308.
suffruticosa, Stapf $ King, 308.
Sonora, mentioned, 430.
Sophora Frauchetiana, Dunn *, 358.
Sopubia ramosa, Hochst., 268 ; mentioned,
229.

2M

490

Sorastrum, Avitz., 157.
Hathoris, Schmidle, 137.
spinulosum, Näg., 196.

Sordaria curvula, De Bary, 415.
platyspora, Plowr., 415.
pleiospora, Wint., 415.
sp, 415; mentioned, 414.

Southern or hot country species, 439, cf.

435.

Sparattanthelium, Mart., 292.

Sparganium erectum, Linn., 911.

Spathicarpa, Mook., 43.

Spathodea campanulata, Beauv., 200 ; men-

tioned, 229.
Spathoglottis aurea, Lindi., 328.
Wrayi, Hook. f., 328.
Species, their areal density (Gadow), 437.
Spermatophyta, Fern-like, 30; of Pahang,
309.

Sphacelaria rigida, Kitz., 444.

Sphierocystis, Chodat, 140.

Schroeteri, Chodat, 96, 07, 146; not
found in African Lakes, but in
Lofu Hiver, 84.

Spherogonium incrustans, Rostaf., 184,

Spherozosma, Corda, 131.
excavatum, Ra/fs, 131.

Spherozyga iue qualis, Kütz., 170.

Sphagnum, Dùl, from Outer Hebrides,

283-284.
Junghuhnianum, Роду § Molk., 335.

Sphinctosiphon, G. 5. West", 145 ; men-

tioned, 20.
polymorphus, 6. S. West, 145; men-
tioned, 20, 82, 91.

Spilanthes Acmella, Linn., 23.

Spiræa, Linn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote,
Blumei, G. Don, var. Maximowiezii,

Dunn ^, 359.
Ma imowiezii, Schneider, 359.
prunifolia, Sieb. $ Zucc., var. integri-
folia, Dunn *, 359.
Ulmaria, ZLi»n., 209.

Spirogyra, Link, 96; sterile species, 107,
wquinoctialis, G, 5. West *, 105.
bellis, Cleve, 106.

var, minor, G. 5. West *, 106.

crassa, Kitz., mentioned, 107.

decimina, Avitz., 106.

forma tropica, И”. $: G. S. West*,

106.

INDEX.

Spirogyra decimina forma, W. § G. S.
West, 106.
Füllebornei, Schmidle, 106.
longata, Wittr., mentioned, 105.
neglecta, Kiitz., 106.
var. ternata, И” $ G. S. West,
106.
nitida, Link, 106.
porticalis, Cleve, 105,
var. africana, G. 5. West *, 105.
Sehmidti, W. $: G. S. West, mentioned,
105.
sp., 105.
ternata, Ripart, 106.
Spirulina, Turp., 178;
cells, ӨЗ,
gigantea, Schmidle, 179.
Gomontii, Gutw., 179.
laxissima, G. 5. West *, 93,175; men-
tioned, 86 ftnote, 90.
Princeps, W. $; G. S. West, 179,
subsalsa, Gomont, 178.
tenuissima, Kitz., 178.
Sporophylls, their function, 37.
Sporormia ambigua, Niessl, 416.
intermedia, Auersw., 416.
pascua, Niessl, 416.
Spruces of China, distrib., 204.
Spyridia filamentosa, J. Ag., 445.
Stachys aculeolata, Hook. А, 276;
tioned, 231.
arvensis, Linn., 210, 218.
palustris, Linn., mentioned, 918.
sylvatica, Linn., 910, 218,
Stamen as sporophyll, 48: as male organs,
3l.
Staurastrum, Meyen, 124; from Victoria
Nyanza, 92.
acanthastrum, W. § GG. S. West, men-
tioned, 130,
alternans, Bréb., 195.
anatinum, Cooke § Wills, 129,
хаг, subglabrum, С. 5. West *,
129,
angulare, W. B, Turn., mentioned, 126.
aspinosum, Wolle, mentioned, 130.
brevispinum, Bréb., 124.
var. inerme, Wille, 124; men-
tioned, 91.
contortum, Delp.,var, pseudotetracerum,
Nordst., 127.

cf. 86

ftnote ;

men-

INDEX. 491

Staurastrum Cunningtonii, G. S. West *, 127.
cuspidatum, Zréb., 124.
denticulatum, Arch., 127.
Dickiei, Ralfs, 124.
echinatum, Bréd., 125.
elongatum, Barker, 286.
gracile, Ralfs, 91, 128.
yar. elegantulum, И”. $ (С. S.
West, mentioned, 128.
var. Nyanse, G. 5. Wrest *, 12%,
var. protractum, G. S. West”,
128.
var. subornatum, Schmidle, 82,
138.
gracillimum, JV. $ С. S. West, 128.
leptocladum, Nordst., 129.
forma africanum, G. S. West *,
129; mentioned, 90, 91.
Libeltii, Racib., mentioned, 126.
limneticum, Schmidle, 129 ; mentioned,
82, 91; plentiful, 85.
var. aculeatum, Lemm., 130.
longiradiatum, W. & G. S. West, 128.
margaritaceum, Menegh., mentioned,
127.
montieulosum, Bréb., 126.
var. bidens, G. S. West *, 126.
—— var. bifarium, Nordst., mentioned,
126.
mutabile, JV. B. Turn., 127.
попапит, W. В. Turn., 130.
Ophiura, Lund., mentioned, 85.
orbiculare, Menegh., 125.
var. depressum, Roy $ Biss., 125.
pilosum, Arch., 125.
var. minimum, G. S. West *, 125.

polymorphum, Bréb., 127.

pseudotetracerum, IF. & G. S. West,
127.

punctulatum, Bréb., 125.

quadrangulare, Bréb., 126.

var. attenuatum, Nordst., 126.

setigerum, Cleve, 126.

var. Nyanse, Schmidle, 126,

sinense, Liithem., 125.

subgemmulatum, W. & G. S. West,
127.

Submanfeldtii, W. & G. S. West, 128.

tetracerum, Ralfs, 127.

tohopekaligense, Wolle, 130; men-
tioned, 91

Staurastrum tohopekaligense, var. quadr-
angulare И”. у С. 5. West, men-
tioned, 150.

turgescens, De Not., 125.
Stauroneis, Zhrenb., 156.
anceps, Ehrenb., 156.
Crucicula, Cleve, 156.
Crucicula, W. Sm., 154.
Staurosira, ZZhrenb., mentioned, 149.
Stellaria aquatica, Moench, 209, 213.
arenaria, Maxim., 397 ; mentioned, 395.
Boraeana, Jord., mentioned, 207.
bulbosa, Hook. f., 397.
Cherlerie, Williams, 397 ; mentioned,
Davidit, var. himalaica, Franch., 397.
dianthifolia, Wiliams *, 396; men-
tioned, 395.
graminea, Linn., 395; mentioned, 395.
gyangtsensis, Williams, 396; mentioned,
395.
Holostea, Linn., 209, 218.
lanata, Hook. f., 397; mentioned, 395.
media, Villars, 209, 213; mentioned,
207.
neglecta, Weihe, mentioned, 207.
subumbeilata, Edgew., 396; mentioned,
395.
Stemonites Friesiana, De Bary, 412.
fusca, Kost., 412.

Stephanodiscus, Ehrenb., 148; mentioned,

93; of Nyasa, 91.
Astrea, Grun., 148.
var, minutulus, Grun., 148.
var. spinulosus, Grun., 148.
Stereocaulon coralloides, Fries, 356.
Stereum lobatum, Fr., 411.
Stigeoclonium subuligerum, Kütz., 101.
Stigonema, .4g., absent from Tropical
Africa, 97.

Stigonemacese of Tanganyika Exped., 97,
167.

Stratiotes, Linn., mentioned, 221.

Aloides, Linn., 210.

Streptocarpus ruwenzoriensis, Baker, 269;
mentioned, 230.

Striga hermonthica, Benth,, 268; mentioned,
229.

Strobilomyces strobilaceus, Bert., 411.

Strobilus Theory, 43.

Stumpdorn, 425.

MSS

492 INDEX.

Styracem, 315.
Subularia monticola, 4. Br., 942; men-
tioned, 253.
Surtraya, auct, 166 = Surirella, Turp.
Surirella, Twp, 164; of Nyasa, 91; of
Tanganyika, 92; of Victoria Nyanza,
91.
bifrons, Avitz., 164 ; mentioned, 91.
—— yar. intermedia, O. Müll., 164.
—— var. tumida, О, Müll., 164; men-
tioned, 165,
constricta, Zrenb., 165; mentioned,
166.
—— var. africana, О, Müll, 165.
diaphana, Bleisch., mentioned, 165.
Füllebornii, O. Mill., 164; mentioned,
91,

var, elliptica, O. Müll, 164.
linearis, JV. Sm., 165; mentioned, 166.
Malombæ, О. Mülk, 164; mentioned,

91, 165.
nobilis, W. Sm., 164.
Nyassie, О, Müll, 165; mentioned, 91.
—— var, Sagitta, О. Mill., 165.
obtusiuscula, (г. 5. West *, 165; men-
tioned, 92.
plana, (г. S. West *, 165; mentioned,
92.
robusta, Ehrenb., 164.
——— yar. splendida, Fan Heurck, 97,
164.
Solea, IKütz., 160,
splendida, Kütz., 164.
striatula, Гигр., 166; mentioned, 92,
191.
Tanganyika, G. 5. West *, 166; men-
tioned, 92, 191.
tenera, Greg., mentioned, 165.
Surirellaceie, of Tanganyika, 164; Victoria
Nyanza, 85.
Sutton, А. W., Brassica crosses, 337-349,
Swede, or *wede-turnip, cross-fertil., 347;
foliage, 242, 345, 346; mentioned, 338,
339, 341, 546; pollination, 540; seeds,
340,

Syeopsis Dunnii, Memsl., 359.

Symplocos adenophylla, Wall., 815.
Scortechinii, King § Gamble, 315.

Synedra, Ehrenb., 149, 86 ttnote.

| actinastroldes, Lemm., 151; men-
tioned, 86 ftnote, 92,

Synedra Acus, Aiitz., 150, 151 ; mentioned
92, 03, 06, 192.
—— var. delicatissima, Grun., 150,
151; mentioned, 96.
var. revaliensis, G. S. West *, ӨӨ,
asterionelloides, О. Müll, 151.
berolinensis, Lemm., mentioned, 86
ftnote, 151.
biceps, W. Sm., 152.
Cunningtonii, G. 5. West *, 151.
delicatissima, W. Sm., 150, 151.
dissipata, Kütz., 162.
Lemmermannii, W. & С. S. West,
mentioned, 164.
limnetica, Lemm., mentioned,
86 ftnote, 151.
lunaris, Ehrenb., 152,
Nyansm, (7. S. West *, 149.
oxyrhynchus, Kitz., mentioned, 140.
Palea, Wiitz., 163.
pulchella, Kutz., 150.
radians, W. Sm., 150.
revaliensis, Lemm., 150, cf. 86 ftnote ;
mentioned, 151.
splendens, Kütz., 150.
Ulna, Fhrend., 97, 150; mentioned,
149.
var. splendens, Van Heurck, 97,
150.
Systematic Position of Hectorella cespitosa,
Hook. f. (Ewart), 1-3.
Sze-Chuan, Conifers of, 198.

Tabellaria, ZZhren., disposition of frustules
in, 85; not found in African Lakes,
84.
flocculosa, Kiitz., observed in Angola,
84.
Teenitis blechnoides, Sw., 335.
Tainia Папой, Ro/fe *, 368,
grandiflora, Kidi. *, 328.
latilingua, Hook. f., mentioned, 369,
speciosa, Plume, 328.
vegetissima, Rid/, *, 328.
Taiwainia, Hayata, distrib., 901; men-
tioned, 199, 200, 300,
cryptomerioides, ZZayata, distrib., 202.
Tanganyika, Anabeena of, 91; А1р from,
97; Chlorophycer of, 99; Diatoms of,
92; Freshwater Algæ and Phytoplank-
ton of (West), 81-07 : Phytoplankton

INDEX,

of, R3, 92; Plankton from, 81; Plants

from the three Lakes, 18, 28.
Taraxacum, Linn., mentioned, 222.
Tauschia, Schlecht., in Mexico, 421.
Taxaceæ of China, 198.

Taxodium, Rich., distrib., 201; of Green-
land, 200; of Grinnell-land, 200; of W.
Europe, 200.

Taxus, Tourn., distrib., 201;

199; of Greenland, 200.
baccata, Linn., 210; distrib., 201, 202;
of W. China, 199.
Tephrosia bracteolata, Guill. § Perr., men-
tioned, 246,

mentioned,

paniculata, Welw., 246; mentioned,
230.
Ternstremia aneura, Miq., 305.
japonica, Thunb., 304; mentioned,
305,

Ternstreemiacere of Fokien, 355; of Pahang,
302, 304.

Tetracentron, Oliver, primitive feature, 46.

Tetracoceus, Weet, 144.
botryoides, West, 144.

Tetraëdreæ, 142.

Tetraëdron, Kiitz., 142; mentioned, 237.
bifureum, Lagerh., 143.
lobulatum, Hansg., 148.
minimum, Hansg., 142.
platyisthmum, G. 5. West, 286.
regulare, Kitz., 145.
trigonum, Hansg., 142.

Tetrapedia, Reinsch, 156.
glaucescens, Boldt, 186.

Reinschiana, Arch., 186.

Thalictrum, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
flavum, Linn., 211; mentioned, 209.
vhynchocarpum, Dillon et Rich., 241;

mentioned, 232

& Thousand-headed ” Kale, pollination, 340.

Thrixspermum Scortechinii, Ridl., 380.

Thunbergia alata, Boj., mentioned, 270.
fascieulata, Lindau, 269; mentioned,

229-230.
oculata, 5.
| 230.
Thuya, Linn.,
199.
japonica, Maxim., distrib., 201.
orientalis, Linn., distrib., 201, 202.
plicata, Donn, distrib., 201,

Moore *, 269 ; mentioned,

distrib., 901; mentioned,

493

Thuya sutchuenensis, Franch, distrib.,
201, 202.
Thylacospermum rupifragum, Sehrenk, 403;
mentioned, 395.
Tibet, Caryophyllaces of (Williams), 595-
407.
Tierra caliente plants, 437, 439.
fria plants, 437, 459.
templada plaiits, 457, 439 ;
Tiliaceze from Ruwenzori, 244.
Tilmadoche nutans, Rost., 413.
Timonius Jambosella, TAw., mentioned, 312.
montanus, 12201. *, 312.
Tolypothrix, Kitz., 168; mentioned, 181,
lanata, Wartm,, 168.
tenuis, Kiifz., 168.
Torilis Anthriscus, Bernh., 209, 215.
gracilis, Engl., 253; mentioned, 251.
Torreya, Arz., mentioned, 199.
Fargesii, Franch., distrib., 202, 204.
grandis, Fortune, distrib., 202, 204.
nucifer a, Sieb. & Zucc., listrib, 202,
204.
Tragia cordifolia, Benth., 278.
Trametes hydnoides, Sw., 410.
Trapa bispinosa, ovb., 18, 22.
natans, Linn., 18, 22, 209,
tioned, 222.
Tribonemaceæ of Tanganyika, 147.
Trichomanes apiifolium, Presl, 334.

rich, 43

214; men-

digitatum, Sw., 333.
pallidum, Blume, 3 339.
Pluma, Hook., 533.
radicans, Sw., 334,
Trichostellum scabrellum, Jaeg. § Sauerb.,
335.
Tristemma incompletum, R. Br. (misprinted
Iristemma), 252.
Triumfetta ruwenzoriensis,
mentioned, 250.
Trochiscia, Avitz., 131.
aciculifera, Hansg., 131.
Trochodendron, Sieb. & Zuce., primitive
feature of, 46.
Tropical African
mentioned, 81;
mentioned, 199.
Tsuga, Carr., distrib., 205; mentioned, 199;
of W. China, 199
Brunoniana, Carr., distrib., 203, 205.
chinensis, Mast., distrib., 205, 205.

244;

Sprague,

Algm, geogr. distrib.
Floras of Burma,

494

Tsuga diversifolia, Mast., distrib., 203.
Sieboldi, Carr., distrib., 203, 205.
yunnanensis, Mast., distrib., 203, 905.

Turnips, cross-fertilization of, 847; men-

tioned, 338, 339, 341; pollination of,

340; seeds, 340; so-called * Hybrid

Turnips’ mentioned, 339.
Turrea nilotica, Kotschy $ Peyr., 245;

mentioned, 229.
robusta, Giirke, mentioned, 245.

Tussilago Farfara, Linn., 210, 216.
Typhaceæ, fossil, 211.

Udotea argentea, Zan., 442.
Ulmus, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
montana, Stokes ?, 210, 219.
Ulotrichaceæ, 100.
Ulothrix, Kiitz., 100.
tenerrima, Kiitz., 96, 100.
Umbelliferze, fossil, 209; from Ruwenzori,
253.

Umbilicus botryoides, Hochst., 252.

Unitormitarianism and Catastrophism, 36.

“ Up-to-date ” potato, pollen, 453.

Uronema, Lagerh., 100.

confervicolum, Lagerh., 100.
Urtica dioica, Linn., 210, 220,
urens, Linn. ?, 210, 220.
Urticacem, fossil, 210; from Fokien, 866;
from Ruwenzori, 278.

Usnea dasypoga, Nyl., 336.

Utricularia, Linn., 18; Algm from leaves
of, 81; mentioned, 101, passim
109-119.

exoleta, №, Br., 20, 22.
nigricaulis, Ridl. *, 317.
orbiculata, Wali., 318.
reflexa, Oliver, 22.
stellaris, Linn., 92.
Thonningii, Schum., 22.

Vaeciniacem, from Fokien, from
Pahang, 313.

Vaccinium, Linn., 292.
Carlesii, Dunn *, 861.
Donianum, Wight, mentioned, 361.
longibracteatum, Ridl. *, 313.
malaccensis, Wight, mentioned, 313.
pubicarpum, 20:07. *, 313,
Teysmanni, Miq., 313,

361;

INDEX.

Vaginariem, 172.
Valeriana sambucifolia, Willd., 210, 216.
Valerianere, fossil, 910.
Valerianella olitoria, PoJl., 210, 216.
Vallisneria spiralis, Linn., 24; mentioned,
18.
Valonia favulosa, Ag., 449,
Vanheurckia, Bréb., 157,
rhomboides, Bréd., 157.
var. saxonica, G. S. West, 157.
vulgaris, Van Heurck, 97, 157.
Vegetation of Mt. Ruwenzori, 928,
Veratrum, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
Verbascum Thapsus, Linn., 210, 217.
Verbenaceæ from Fokien, 363.
Vernonia Biafre, Oliver § Hiern, men-
tioned, 258.
cinerascens,
tioned, 229.
ruwenzoriensis, 5. Moore, 258; men-
tioned, ?31.
syringæfolia, O. Hoffm., mentioned,
258.
Wollastoni, 5. Moore*, 257; men-
tioned, 231.
Veronica Chamædrys, Linn., 210, 918.
Viburnum Opulus, Linn., 210, 215.
sp., 215, 216, 222.
Tinus, Linn., mentioned, 215.
Victoria Falls Fungi (Cheesman), 409,
Victoria Nyanza, Diatoms from, 91; Phyto-
plankton of, 83; Plankton from, 81.
Vigna luteola, Benth., 247.
Viola abyssinica, Steud., 242; mentioned,
232,
hirta, Linn., 209, 213.
luteola, Jord., mentioned, 230.
palustris, Linn., 209, 213.
Riviniana, ZteicAb., 209, 213.
Violaceæ, fossil, 209.
Violarieæ from Ruwenzori, 242,
Viscum, Tourn., in Mexico, 431 ftnote.
Vitis vinifera, Linn., mentioned, 221.
Vittaria falcata, Kunze, 335.
Volvaria sp., 409.
Volvoencerm, critical, 281; from Tanganyika,
131.
Vorticella, mentioned, 165,

Sch.-Bip., 258; men-

Wahlenbergia clematidea, Schrenk, 384.
purpurea, A. DC., 390,

is м-да...

INDEX.

Wahlenbergia rotundifolia, A. DC., 385.
Roylei, A. DO., 384.
thalictrifolia, DC., 381-882.
viridis, A. DC., 386.

Weinmannia Blumei, Planch., 306.

Welwitschia, Hook. f., mentioned, 59.

West, G. S., Critical Green Algze, 279-288 ;
Freshwater Algæ of Third Tanganyika
Exped., 81-197.

Williamsonia, Carruth., cone, 59; fructifi-

cation, 55.
gigas, Carruth., 52.

Willows, entomophily, 41.

Wings of flies from peat, 455.

Wolffia, Horkel, mentioned (as Wolfia), 19.

Wollaston, Dr. A. F. G., see Rendle.

Wood, carbonised, from peat, 455. |

Woodruffe-Peacock, Rev. E. A., abnormal
Platanthera, 393.

Xanthidium, Zhrenb., 124.
cristatum, Bréb., 124.
Xyridacez from Pahang, 332.
Xyris grandis, Rid/.*, 332; mentioned,
302.
multicaulis, №. Е. Br., 26; mentioned,
19.
Ridleyi, Rendle, 332 ; mentioned, 302.

Zannicbellia, Mich., mentioned, 208.
palustris, Linn., 211.
pedunculata, Reichd., 211.
Zingiberaceze from Pahang, 331; from
ruwenzori, 237.
Zingiber gracile, Jack, 331.
Zonaria Schimperi, Aiitz., 443.
Zygnema, Ag., 104; ef. 96.
neglecta, Hass., 106.
Zygnemacee from Tanganyika, 104.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF
SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE.

Tux RovAL SocrerY has been engaged for some years past in arranging for
the publication of an International Catelogue of Scientific Literature,
beginning from the lst January, 1901. Each science is represented iu
an annual volume containing lists arranged under authors and subjects, of
all books and papers published during the year; these are contributed
through official channels of information—abroad, by direct control of the
respective governments—at home, by meaus of the various Societies which
devote themselves to particular sciences those Societies whose domains

overlap having arranged for mutual cooperation.

The collection of title-slips for the United Kingdom of Great Britain

and Ireland as regards
BOTANY

has been undertaken by the Council of the Linnean Society, and they appeal
to all botanic workers for support in their endeavour to compile a complete
record, by sending notices promptly of all botanic issues to the undersigned.

The seventh volume, for 1907, is in preparation.

B. DAYDON JACKSON,

General Secretary, Linn. Soc.

The CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application.
Price to Fellows, 5s. ; to the Public, 10s.

T

The Official Account of the Darwin-Wallace Celebration of
the 1st July, 1908, with Portraits and Plates. Price in
wrapper, 4s.; in cloth, 5s. LN.

The Set of 8 Portraits, in quarto, 2s. |

All communications relating to the general business of the
Society should be addressed to the GENERAL SECRETARY,
but letters on library business only may be addressed to the
** LIBRARIAN." ;